As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 9, 2023

 

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

Needham Bank 401(k) Plan 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Maryland  6036  Applied for
(State or Other Jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial  (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)  Classification Code Number)  Identification Number)

 

1063 Great Plain Avenue 

Needham, Massachusetts 02492 

(781) 444-2100 

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

Joseph P. Campanelli 

President, Chief Executive Officer 

and Chairman of the Board 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

1063 Great Plain Avenue 

Needham, Massachusetts 02492 

(781) 444-2100 

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

Copies to:

 

Steven Lanter, Esq. Samantha M. Kirby, Esq.
Lawrence M.F. Spaccasi, Esq. Goodwin Procter LLP
Luse Gorman, PC 100 Northern Avenue
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W. Boston, MA 02210
Suite 780 (617) 570-1000
Washington, D.C. 20015  
(202) 274-2004  

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462I under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨  Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  x  Smaller reporting company  ¨
      Emerging growth company  x

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act: ¨

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUBSCRIPTION AND COMMUNITY 

OFFERING PROSPECTUS

 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

(Proposed Holding Company for Needham Bank) 

Up to 34,500,000 shares of Common Stock 

(Subject to increase to up to 39,675,000 shares)

 

NB Bancorp, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation, and the proposed holding company for Needham Bank, is offering shares of common stock for sale in connection with the conversion of NB Financial, MHC, from a mutual holding company to a stock holding company form of organization. There is currently no public market for the shares of our common stock. We expect that upon conclusion of the offering our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “NBBK.” We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

 

We are offering up to 34,500,000 shares of common stock for sale. We must sell a minimum of 25,500,000 shares in order to complete the offering. We may sell up to 39,675,000 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions without resoliciting subscribers.

 

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of Needham Bank. Employees, officers, directors and corporators of NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc, Needham Bank and NB Bancorp, Inc. also have rights to purchase shares in the subscription offering, subject to the priority rights of Needham Bank’s eligible depositors and its tax-qualified employee benefit plans. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to residents of the communities served by Needham Bank. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering may be offered for sale in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Piper Sandler & Co. Piper Sandler & Co. will assist us in selling the shares in the subscription offering and any community or syndicated community offering on a best efforts basis, but is not required to purchase any shares of the common stock that are being offered for sale in those offerings. In addition to the shares that we will sell in the offering, we will also contribute to a charitable foundation that we are establishing in connection with the conversion, $2.0 million of cash and a number of shares of our common stock equal to 4% of the shares that will be outstanding immediately after this contribution.

 

The minimum purchase order is 25 shares. All shares of common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share. Purchasers will not pay a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Stock orders must be received by us before [__:__] p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [extension date], unless we receive regulatory approval to extend the offering to a later date, which may not be beyond [final date]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 39,675,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 25,500,000 shares. If the offering is extended past [extension date], or the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 39,675,000 shares or decreased to less than 25,500,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. Funds received during the offering will be held in a segregated account at Needham Bank and will earn interest at [escrow rate per annum] until completion or termination of the offering.

 

We expect that our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, will subscribe for approximately 706,000 shares of our common stock.

 

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of your investment.

Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

 

OFFERING SUMMARY 

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

   Minimum   Midpoint   Maximum   Adjusted Maximum 
Number of shares    25,500,000    30,000,000    34,500,000    39,675,000 
Gross offering proceeds   $255,000,000   $300,000,000   $345,000,000   $396,750,000 
Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent fees and expenses  (1) (2)  $2,150,000   $2,150,000   $2,150,000   $2,150,000 
Selling agent fees and expenses (1)   $3,333,125   $3,890,000   $4,446,875   $5,087,281 
Estimated net proceeds   $249,516,875   $293,960,000   $338,403,125   $389,512,719 
Estimated net proceeds per share (1)   $9.78   $9.80   $9.81   $9.82 

 

 

1.See “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” for a discussion of Piper Sandler & Co.’s compensation for this offering and the compensation to be received by Piper Sandler & Co. and the other broker-dealers that may participate in the syndicated community offering.

2.Excludes records agent fees and expenses payable to Piper Sandler & Co., which are included in estimated offering expenses. See “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Marketing and Distribution; Compensation.”

 

 

 

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other government agency, or the Massachusetts Depositors Insurance Fund.

 

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

For assistance, please call the Stock Information Center, toll free, at [phone number].

 

Piper Sandler

 

The date of this prospectus is [prospectus date].

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page 
      
SUMMARY   1 
RISK FACTORS   17 
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA   42 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   44 
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING   46 
OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS   47 
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK   48 
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE   49 
CAPITALIZATION   50 
PRO FORMA DATA   52 
COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION   58 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   60 
BUSINESS OF NB BANCORP   80 
BUSINESS OF NEEDHAM BANK   80 
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION   106 
TAXATION   119 
MANAGEMENT OF NB BANCORP   120 
SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS   135 
THE CONVERSION AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION   136 
NEEDHAM BANK CHARITABLE FOUNDATION   160 
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NB BANCORP   164 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK   169 
TRANSFER AGENT   171 
EXPERTS   171 
CHANGE IN AUDITOR   171 
LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS   172 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION   172 
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-1 

 

 

 

SUMMARY

 

The following summary explains the significant aspects of NB Financial, MHC’s mutual-to-stock conversion and the related offering of NB Bancorp, Inc. common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For additional information before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the financial statements, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

In this prospectus, the terms “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to NB Bancorp, Inc., Needham Bank, NB Financial, MHC and NB Financial, Inc. unless the context indicates another meaning. In addition, we sometimes refer to NB Bancorp, Inc. as “NB Bancorp,” and to Needham Bank as the “Bank.”

 

NB Bancorp, Inc.

 

NB Bancorp is a newly formed Maryland corporation that will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Needham Bank upon completion of the conversion and the offering. NB Bancorp has not engaged in any business to date. Our executive offices are located at 1063 Great Plain Avenue, Needham, Massachusetts 02492. Our telephone number at this address is (781) 444-2100.

 

Needham Bank

 

Needham Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered cooperative bank headquartered in Needham, Massachusetts. Needham Bank was organized in 1892 and has operated continuously in Needham, Massachusetts, since this time. Our primary market area is the Greater Boston metropolitan area and surrounding communities, including eastern Connecticut, southern New Hampshire and Rhode Island. Our headquarters are located in Needham, Massachusetts, which is approximately 17 miles southwest of Boston’s financial district, and we have branch locations in Wellesley, Westwood, Dedham, Medfield, Medford, Dover, Ashland, Millis, Natick and Boston (Mission Hill), Massachusetts.

 

Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in commercial real estate and multifamily loans, one- to four-family residential real estate loans, construction and land development loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans. To a lesser extent, we also originate home equity loans and lines of credit. At March 31, 2023, $1.09 billion, or 33.9%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of commercial real estate and multifamily loans, and $972.9 million, or 30.3%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. We also invest in securities, consisting primarily of U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities, municipal bonds and corporate bonds. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including certificate of deposit accounts, IRAs, money market accounts, savings accounts, demand deposit accounts and interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking accounts. We historically have utilized advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (the “FHLB”) to fund our operations and we had $160.1 million of FHLB advances outstanding at March 31, 2023. Additionally, in recent years, we have also accepted brokered deposits as a non-retail funding source to fund our operations and we had $250.0 million of brokered deposits at March 31, 2023.

 

Needham Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, or the “Commissioner”, under Massachusetts law, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the “Federal Reserve Board”, as its primary federal regulator. It is also regulated by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the “FDIC”, as its primary insurer of its deposits.

 

Our executive offices are located at 1063 Great Plain Avenue, Needham, Massachusetts 02492. Our telephone number at this address is (781) 444-2100. Our website address is www.needhambank.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.

 

 

 

Business Strategy

 

As one of the largest community banks in the Greater Boston metropolitan area, and throughout New England, we believe that our reputation for providing personalized customer service is our strongest asset and our most effective business strategy to continue to grow and be a profitable bank.

 

In recent years, we have focused on building an experienced management team and diversifying and enhancing our operating and business strategy. In January 2017, we hired Joseph Campanelli as our Chief Executive Officer, and in April 2017, we hired Salvatore Rinaldi, our Chief Operating Officer. Messrs. Campanelli and Rinaldi each have more than 40 years of banking experience, and have worked together for over 40 years at other financial institutions prior to joining Needham Bank. Under their leadership, the Bank has implemented an intentional and structured growth plan to enable the Bank to grow its balance sheet and diversify its operations and offer a personalized banking experience to individuals and businesses while seeking to address the risks inherent with such growth.

 

Since 2020, the Bank added approximately 137 full time employees, including approximately 23 employees in connection with the April 2022 acquisition of a cannabis banking business from another financial institution. Consistent with our strategy to continue to service individuals and small businesses in our market area, while also competing for larger business customers, the Bank has invested heavily in infrastructure, upgraded technology solutions and offerings, and compliance and risk management.

 

In May 2023, we added four new board members, each of whom individually, and together as a group, we believe bring a level of business acumen and sophistication that matches our growth strategy.

 

The proceeds from the stock offering will enable us to continue to implement our prudent growth strategy, and we plan to employ the following strategies to maximize profitability:

 

·Continue to grow our commercial real estate and multifamily loan portfolio. In recent years, we have increased our commercial real estate and multifamily loan portfolio consistent with safe and sound underwriting practices. This has had the benefit of increasing the yield on our loan portfolio while reducing the average term to repricing of our loans. At March 31, 2023, our commercial real estate and multifamily loan portfolio totaled $1.09 billion, or 33.9%, of our total loan portfolio, compared with $642.7 million, or 30.6% of total loans, at December 31, 2021. We intend to continue to compete for more and larger loan relationships, primarily to experienced builders, developers and investors in our market area.

 

·Continue to diversify our commercial and industrial loan portfolio. We have diversified our commercial and industrial loan portfolio into three divisions, which we refer to as Small Business, Middle Market and Structured Finance. The Small Business Lending division generally focuses on loans under Small Business Administration, or “SBA,” programs of up to $5 million and traditional non-small SBA commercial business loans generally up to $2 million, and our Middle Market lending division generally focuses on loans from $2 million to $10 million for a variety of operating businesses, nearly all of which are to borrowers in our primary market area. Our Structured Finance division seeks to service the banking needs of larger business customers, which to date have primarily been in the cannabis, wind and solar industries. We believe that our industry-specific knowledge about the banking needs of these industries gives us a competitive advantage to service these customers. We intend to continue to emphasize growth in each of these divisions of our commercial and industrial lending.

 

2

 

  

·Continue our historical emphasis on residential mortgage lending, including construction of single-family homes. Historically, we have emphasized residential mortgage lending, including for the construction of single-family homes, and at March 31, 2023, one- to four-family residential real estate loans totaled $972.9 million, or 30.3% of our total loan portfolio. We intend to continue measured, efficient growth of these types of residential lending.

 

·Grow our consumer loan operations. We seek to continue our growth in consumer loan operations, and in 2022, we began purchasing a variety of consumer loans from a third-party originator. Largely as a result of these purchases, at March 31, 2023, consumer loans totaled $192.9 million, or 6.0% of our total loan portfolio, compared to $39.4 million, or 1.9% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2021. We intend to continue to emphasize the growth in our consumer loan portfolio, either through ongoing purchases or originations. We believe that this loan diversification will allow us to continue to execute our business strategy of growing the Bank while addressing the inherent risks of community banking, including the risk of geographic concentrations in our loan portfolios. The diversification of our loan products allows us to address risk across a wider variety of borrowers and industries as well as the ongoing management of these portfolios to minimize our exposure to interest rate risk.

 

·Diversify our deposit gathering. Consistent with our strategy to grow core deposits, which we consider all deposits including certificates of deposits, other than brokered deposits, we have invested in a cash management suite of products and enhanced our online and mobile banking offerings, as well as fraud prevention and detection systems. We intend to continue to implement new technology as it is developed or improved. We view the growth of commercial and industrial lending, in each of our market segments, as an opportunity to increase our core deposits through our effort to capture the full banking relationship of these commercial customers.

 

Our Organizational Structure and the Proposed Conversion

 

In January 2020, Needham Bank completed a mutual holding company reorganization at which time Needham Bank became the wholly owned subsidiary of NB Financial, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, which in turn became the wholly owned subsidiary of NB Financial, MHC, a Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company. The following diagram shows our organizational structure as of March 31, 2023:

 

 

NB FINANCIAL, MHC

(a Massachusetts mutual holding company)

 
   
    100% of common stock  
 

NB FINANCIAL, INC.

(a Massachusetts stock corporation)

 
    100% of common stock  
 

NEEDHAM BANK

(a Massachusetts stock cooperative bank)

 
       

 

3

 

 

After the conversion and offering are completed, we will be organized as a fully public stock holding company, as follows:

  

 

PUBLIC STOCKHOLDERS

(including charitable foundation)

 
   
    100% of common stock  
 

NB BANCORP, INC.

(a Maryland stock corporation)

 
    100% of common stock  
 

NEEDHAM BANK

(a Massachusetts stock cooperative bank)

 

 

Reasons for the Conversion

 

We believe the stock form of organization will provide us with access to additional resources to expand the products and services we offer our customers. Management believes that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us, while allowing us to retain our commitment to remaining an independent community bank. Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are to:

 

·better position the Bank to remain an independent community bank by increasing our capital to enhance our financial strength;

 

·support future lending in an orderly and diligent manner, including, in particular, construction and land development lending, commercial and industrial lending, including small business lending, middle market commercial lending, and structured finance lending;

 

·enable us to compete for, originate and retain larger loans and maintain larger lending relationships, particularly loans and relationships in our local community, thereby allowing us to maintain a reputation as a locally managed community lender;

 

·continue to invest in new technologies and personnel that will enable us to expand and enhance our products and services;

 

·support our banking franchise as opportunities arise through targeted de novo branching and/or branch acquisitions;

 

·attract and retain qualified personnel by enabling us to establish stock-based benefit plans for management and employees that will give them an opportunity to share in our long-term success;

 

·enhance our community ties by providing customers and members of our community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in NB Bancorp and Needham Bank; and

 

·establish a foundation to support charitable organizations operating in our local communities now and in the future and fund the foundation with shares of our common stock and cash.

 

4

 

 

As of March 31, 2023, Needham Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and was not subject to a directive or a recommendation from any regulator to raise capital. The proceeds from the offering will further improve our capital position.

 

Terms of the Offering

 

We are offering between 25,500,000 shares and 34,500,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Needham Bank and our tax qualified employee benefit plans, and, to the extent shares remain available, to members of our local community and the general public. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 39,675,000 shares as a result of demand for the shares or changes in the market for financial institution stocks. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to greater than 39,675,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 25,500,000 shares, or the offering is extended beyond [extension date], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted.

 

The purchase price of each share of common stock to be issued in the offering (other than shares we are contributing to our charitable foundation) is $10.00. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

 

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

 

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

·First, to depositors of Needham Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on March 31, 2022.

 

·Second, to depositors of Needham Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on [supplemental eligibility record date].

 

·Third, to Needham Bank’s tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including the ESOP we are establishing in connection with the conversion), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation). We expect our tax-qualified ESOP (“ESOP”) to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation).

 

·Fourth, to employees, officers, directors and corporators of Needham Bank, NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc. and NB Bancorp who do not have a higher purchase priority.

 

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the following Massachusetts towns and cities: in Norfolk County, the following cities and towns: Brookline, Dedham, Dover, Franklin, Medfield, Millis, Needham, Norfolk, Norwood, Walpole, Wellesley and Westwood; in Middlesex County, the following cities and towns: Arlington, Ashland, Belmont, Cambridge, Everett, Framingham, Holliston, Hopkinton, Malden, Medford, Medway, Natick, Newton, Sherborn, Somerville, Waltham, Watertown, Wayland and Weston; in Worcester County, the following cities and towns: Milford; and in Suffolk County, the following cities and towns: Boston and Chelsea (which we refer to herein, collectively, as our “Local Community”). We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering to the general public through a syndicated community offering, which will be managed by Piper Sandler & Co. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering, and our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion will be final, subject to the authority of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or the syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

 

5

 

  

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering. A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated community offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution.”

 

How We Determined the Offering Range

 

The amount of common stock that we are offering is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of NB Bancorp, assuming the offering is completed. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of May 19, 2023, this market value (including cash and shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) was $300.0 million. Based on applicable state and federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $255.0 million and a maximum of $345.0 million. Based on this valuation range and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by NB Bancorp ranges from 25,500,000 shares to 34,500,000 shares. The purchase price of $10.00 per share was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the conversion and offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, RP Financial, LC. determines that our estimated pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 39,675,000 shares without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at the time we complete the conversion and offering is either below $255.0 million or above $396.8 million, then, after consulting with the Massachusetts Division of Banks and the Federal Reserve Board, we may: terminate the offering and promptly return all funds with interest; set a new offering range and give all subscribers the opportunity to place a new order; or take such other actions as may be permitted by our regulators.

 

RP Financial, LC. also considered that we intend to contribute to a charitable foundation that we are establishing $2.0 million in cash and a number of shares of our common stock equal to 4% of the shares that will be outstanding immediately after this contribution. The intended contribution of cash and shares of common stock to our charitable foundation has the effect of reducing our estimated pro forma valuation. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without our Charitable Foundation.”

 

The appraisal is based in part on our financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings and loan and bank holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to us. The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

6

 

 

Company Name and Ticker Symbol 

 

 

Exchange

  Headquarters  Total assets as of
March 31, 2023
 
          (in millions) 
Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc. (NECB)  Nasdaq  White Plains, NY  $1,503 
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. (ESSA)  Nasdaq  Stroudsburg, PA  $1,986 
Blue Foundry Bancorp (BLFY)  Nasdaq  Rutherford, NJ  $2,101 
Western New England Bancorp, Inc. (WNEB)  Nasdaq  Westfield, MA  $2,562 
Hingham Institution for Savings (HIFS)  Nasdaq  Hingham, MA  $4,206 
HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (HONE)  Nasdaq  Brockton, MA  $5,573 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY) (NFBK)  Nasdaq  Woodbridge, NJ  $5,663 
TrustCo Bank Corp NY (TRST)  Nasdaq  Glenville, NY  $6,046 
Kearny Financial Corp. (KRNY)  Nasdaq  Fairfield, NJ  $8,349 
Provident Financial Services, Inc. (PFS)  NYSE  Jersey City, NJ  $13,779 

  

The following table presents a summary of our selected pricing ratios (on a pro forma basis) as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023 and for the peer group as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023 (or the last twelve months for which data are available), with stock prices as of May 19, 2023, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a premium of 9.4% on a price-to-earnings basis, a discount of 27.6% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 33.9% on a price-to-tangible book value basis.

 

    Price-to-earnings
multiple(1)
    Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 
NB Bancorp (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)                        
Adjusted Maximum     11.44X       59.52 %     59.52 %
Maximum     10.01X       55.37 %     55.37 %
Midpoint     8.75X       51.23 %     51.23 %
Minimum     7.48X       46.55 %     46.55 %
                         
Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)                        
Averages     8.00X       70.75 %     77.46 %
Medians     7.15X       65.08 %     71.57 %

 

 

(1)Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

 

The independent appraisal does not indicate trading market value. Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the conversion and offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were used by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

7

 

 

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

  

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

 

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25. Generally, no individual, or individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying account held jointly, may purchase more than 80,000 shares ($800,000) of common stock. Additionally, if any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, will be combined with your purchases and may not exceed 80,000 shares ($800,000):

 

·your spouse or any relative of you or your spouse living in your house, or who is a director or officer of NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc. or Needham Bank or any subsidiary of Needham Bank;

 

·most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior management position; or

 

·other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

 

See the detailed descriptions of “acting in concert” and “associate” in “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

Subject to regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations at any time. Please see “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

 

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

·personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to NB Bancorp, Inc.;

 

·authorizing us to withdraw available funds from the types of Needham Bank deposit accounts identified on the stock order form; or

 

·cash.

 

Cash will be accepted only at Needham Bank’s main office and will be converted to a bank check. Please do not submit cash by mail.

 

Needham Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a Needham Bank line of credit check or any type of third-party check to pay for shares of common stock. On the stock order form, you may not designate withdrawal from Needham Bank accounts with check-writing privileges; instead, please submit a check. If you request that we directly withdraw the funds from an account with check writing privileges, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account. Funds received in the subscription and community offerings and, if applicable, the syndicated community offering will be held in a segregated account at Needham Bank and will earn interest at [escrow rate per annum] until completion or termination of the offering. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a Needham Bank retirement account. See “ – Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.”

 

8

 

 

In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must submit a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to NB Bancorp or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Needham Bank deposit accounts. We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. We must receive all order forms before [__:__] p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. Orders received after [__:__] p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date] will be rejected unless we extend this expiration date. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by paying for overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the address noted on the stock order form or by hand-delivery to the drop box at Needham Bank’s office, located at 1063 Great Plain Avenue, Needham, Massachusetts. We will accept order forms only at this location. Please do not mail stock order forms to Needham Bank. Once submitted, your order will be irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to greater than 39,675,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 25,500,000 shares.

 

For a complete description of how to purchase shares in the offering, see “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Procedure for Purchasing Shares.”

 

Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

 

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your IRA or other retirement account. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your Needham Bank IRA or other retirement account, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent custodian or trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent custodian or trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using funds in your IRA or other retirement account you may have at Needham Bank or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds to purchase shares in the offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

 

See “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings – Payment for Shares” and “ – Using Retirement Account Funds” for a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

 

Purchases by Executive Officers and Directors and Ownership by Benefit Plans

 

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 706,000 shares ($7,060,000) of common stock in the offering, or 2.8% of the shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation). Our directors and executive officers will pay the same $10.00 per share price for the common stock as all other subscribers in the offering. Purchases of the common stock by our directors and executive officers are for investment purposes for these individuals and not with a view towards resale, and pursuant to applicable conversion regulations, our directors and executive officers generally will not be permitted to sell any shares of the common stock that they purchase in the offering for a period of at least one year from the closing of the conversion and offering. See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers.”

 

9

 

  

Additionally, we expect our ESOP to purchase 8% of the total number of shares of common stock that we issue in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation), and also expect, following completion of the conversion, and subject to stockholder approval, to adopt and implement one or more stock-based benefit plans. The shares owned by these plans will increase the ownership of our officers and directors. See “ – Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Following the Conversion.”

 

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

 

Assuming we sell 30,000,000 shares of common stock in the offering, the midpoint of the offering range, and we have net proceeds of $294.0 million, we intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

·$147.0 million (50.0% of the net proceeds) will be invested in Needham Bank;

 

·$25.0 million (8.5% of the net proceeds) will be loaned to our ESOP to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock;

 

·$2.0 million (0.7% of the net proceeds) will be contributed to our charitable foundation; and

 

·$119.9 million (40.8% of the net proceeds) will be retained by NB Bancorp. We may use the funds we receive for investments, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock and for other general corporate purposes, subject to regulatory approval as applicable. Needham Bank may use the proceeds from the offering it receives from NB Bancorp to support increased lending and to increase its capital position. The net proceeds retained by NB Bancorp and Needham Bank also may be used for future business expansion through de novo branching and/or branch acquisitions. We have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such branching. Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments consistent with our investment policy.

 

We do not anticipate the number of shares we sell in the offering will result in significant changes in the respective uses of proceeds by Needham Bank and NB Bancorp. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering, including a table showing the distribution of net proceeds at different points in the offering range.

 

Our Contribution of Cash and Shares of Our Common Stock to Needham Bank Charitable Foundation

 

To further our commitment to our local community, we have established a charitable foundation as part of the conversion and offering and have received approval from our depositors to fund the charitable foundation with shares of our common stock and cash. Such contribution will consist of $2.0 million in cash and a number of shares of our common stock equal to 4% of the shares that will be outstanding immediately after this contribution. As a result of the issuance of shares of common stock and the contribution of cash to the charitable foundation, at the maximum of the offering range, we will record an after-tax expense of approximately $12.3 million during the quarter in which the offering is completed.

 

10

 

  

The charitable foundation will be dedicated exclusively to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate now and in the future. The charitable foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets. Assuming we close the stock offering at the maximum of the offering range, the charitable foundation is expected to make contributions totaling approximately $819,000 in its first year of operation.

 

Issuing shares of common stock and contributing cash to the charitable foundation will:

 

·dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the offering; and

 

·result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings, during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.

 

The amount of common stock that we would offer for sale would be greater if the offering were to be completed without the formation and funding of Needham Bank Charitable Foundation. For a further discussion of the financial impact of the charitable foundation, including its effect on those who purchase shares in the offering, see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Charitable Foundation – The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in 2023,” “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation” and “Needham Bank Charitable Foundation.”

 

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

 

Applicable regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the shares of common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or given away his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights.

 

When registering your stock purchase on the stock order form, you cannot add the name(s) of others for joint stock registration unless they are also named on the qualifying deposit account. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all qualifying accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation if there is an oversubscription.

 

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

 

If you wish to purchase shares of common stock in the offering, we must receive a properly signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock, no later than [__:__] p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend the subscription offering and/or the community offering. Orders received after [__:__] p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date] will be rejected unless we extend the offering. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.

 

11

 

  

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

 

For a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the offering, see “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Procedure for Purchasing Shares – Expiration Date.”

 

Steps We May Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

 

If we do not receive orders for at least 25,500,000 shares of common stock (not counting shares to be contributed to our charitable foundation), we may take additional steps to complete the offering. Specifically, we may:

 

·increase the purchase limitations; and/or

 

·seek regulatory approval, to the extent required, to extend the offering beyond [extension date], so long as we resolicit persons that have previously subscribed in the offering.

 

If we extend the offering past [extension date], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period of time, your stock order will be cancelled and your deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or your funds submitted will be returned promptly with interest at [escrow rate per annum] from the date the stock order was processed. If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the newly applicable limit.

 

Possible Change in the Offering Range

 

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares, changes in market conditions or changes to our financial condition, operating results or other aspects of our business, RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 39,675,000 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $255.0 million or above $396.8 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner, we may:

 

·terminate the offering, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds received in the offering with interest at [escrow rate per annum];

 

·set a new offering range; or

 

·take such other actions as may be permitted, to the extent such permission is required, by the Commissioner, the Federal Reserve Board, the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or “FINRA”.

 

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at [escrow rate per annum] for funds received in the offering, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and commence a resolicitation. In connection with the resolicitation, we will notify subscribers of their right to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.

 

12

 

 

 

Possible Termination of the Offering

 

We may terminate the offering at any time with the approval, to the extent such approval is required, of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board.

 

We must sell a minimum of 25,500,000 shares to complete the offering (not including the shares that we will contribute to the charitable foundation). If we terminate the offering because we fail to sell the minimum number of shares or for any other reason, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [escrow rate per annum], and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

 

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering

 

We cannot complete the conversion and the offering unless:

 

·the plan of conversion is approved by a majority of the votes cast by members of NB Financial, MHC, who are the depositors of Needham Bank, at a special meeting of members of NB Financial, MHC. A special meeting of the members of NB Financial, MHC was held on [special meeting date] at which meeting the members approved the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation by the required votes;

 

·we have received and accepted orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and

 

·we receive all required final approvals of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board to complete the conversion and the offering.

 

In addition, the merger of NB Financial, MHC with NB Financial, Inc. was approved by a majority of the corporators of NB Financial, MHC in office and entitled to vote.  The merger was approved at a special meeting of corporators held on [special corporator meeting date].

 

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Following the Conversion

 

We expect our ESOP to purchase 8% of the total number of shares of common stock that we issue in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation), or 2,875,000 shares of common stock, assuming we sell the maximum of the shares proposed to be sold.

 

We also intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans after completion of the conversion and offering. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required, and the stock-based benefit plans cannot be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the conversion pursuant to applicable regulations. We have not yet determined whether we will present these plans for stockholder approval within 12 months following the completion of the conversion or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion. If presented more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, these plans would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast; otherwise, they would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes eligible to be cast. Further, there are a number of restrictions that would apply to these plans if adopted within one year of the conversion (and with regard to vesting, within three years), including limits on awards to non-employee directors and officers and vesting. See “Management of NB Bancorp – Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Offering.” For example, if adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and will also reserve a number of stock options equal to not more than 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation ) for key employees and directors.

 

13

 

  

If 4% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) are awarded under a stock-based benefit plan and come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of up to 3.85% in their ownership interest in NB Bancorp. If 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) are issued upon the exercise of options granted under a stock-based benefit plan and come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of 9.09% in their ownership interest in NB Bancorp.

 

In connection with the conversion, we expect to establish change in control agreements with certain of our other executive officers. See “Management of NB Bancorp – Executive Compensation” for a further discussion of these agreements, including their terms and potential costs, as well as a description of other benefits arrangements.

 

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and aggregate dollar value of grants (valuing each share granted at the offering price of $10.00) that will be available under our ESOP and one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans are adopted within one year following the completion of the conversion and the offering. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all these shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the ESOP for allocation to all employees. A portion of the stock awards and stock option grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees.

 

  

Number of Shares to be Granted

or Purchased (3)

       Value of Grants (1) 
   At
Minimum
of Offering
Range
   At
Adjusted
Maximum
of Offering
Range
   As a
Percentage
of Common
Stock to be
Issued (2)
   Dilution
Resulting
From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock Benefit
Plans
  

At
Minimum

Offering
Range

  

At
Adjusted Maximum

Offering
Range

 
                        (Dollars in thousands) 
ESOP    2,125,000    3,306,250    8.00%      $21,250   $33,063 
Stock awards    1,062,500    1,653,125    4.00    3.85%   10,625    16,531 
Stock options    2,656,250    4,132,813    10.00    9.09%   13,148    20,457 
Total    5,843,750    9,092,188    22.00%   12.28%  $45,023   $70,051 

  

 

(1)The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $4.95 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 0%; an expected option life of 10 years; a risk-free interest rate of 3.48%; and a volatility rate of 32.02% based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions. The actual expense of stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted, which may or may not be the Black-Scholes model.
(2)The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and shares, respectively, if the plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.
(3)For plans adopted within 12 months of the completion of the conversion, applicable regulations permit stock awards to encompass up to 4.0% and the ESOP and stock awards to encompass in the aggregate up to 12.0% of the shares issued, provided Needham Bank has tangible capital of 10.0% or more following the conversion.

 

14

 

 

Market for Common Stock

  

We anticipate that the common stock sold in the offering will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “NBBK” following the completion of the offering. Piper Sandler & Co. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the conversion and offering, but it is under no obligation to do so. See “Market for the Common Stock.”

 

Our Policy Regarding Dividends

 

Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock. The board’s determination of whether to declare a dividend and the amount of any such dividend is subject to our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. No decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. For information regarding our proposed dividend policy, see “Our Policy regarding Dividends.”

 

Material Income Tax Consequences

 

The conversion qualifies as a tax-free reorganization. None of NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc., NB Bancorp, Needham Bank, nor persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering will recognize any gain or loss as a result of the conversion. See “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Material Income Tax Consequences” for a complete discussion of the income tax consequences of the transaction.

 

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

 

All shares of common stock of NB Bancorp sold in the subscription offering and community offering will be issued in book entry form and held electronically on the books of our transfer agent. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock sold in the offering will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the address noted by them on their stock order form as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion. Shares of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering may be delivered electronically through the services of The Depository Trust Company. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the business day of or on the business day immediately following the completion of the conversion and offering. It is possible that until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Offering – We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors” and “Regulation and Supervision – Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

15

 

 

We may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years from the closing of the offering, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.24 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

  

An emerging growth company may elect to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. We have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

Important Risks in Owning NB Bancorp’s Common Stock

 

An investment in our common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties. Investors should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including the detailed discussion of these and other risks under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17, before investing in our common stock.

 

Specific areas of risk related to our business include those related to: our lending activities; market interest rates; economic conditions; our funding and liquidity; laws and regulations; our business strategy; competitive matters; operational matters; accounting matters; our reputation and business.

 

Specific risks related to this offering include those related to the future trading price of our common stock; the use of the net offering proceeds; the trading market for our common stock; our return on equity after the completion of the offering; intended new stock-based benefit plans; anti-takeover factors; a forum selection provision for certain litigation; the irrevocability of your investment decision; potential adverse tax consequences related to subscription rights; and our contribution to our charitable foundation.

 

Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” that immediately follows and that discusses the above risks in further detail.

 

How You Can Obtain Additional Information – Stock Information Center

 

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The toll-free telephone number is [phone number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday, between [__:__] a.m. and [__:__] p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 

TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON IN THE OFFERING RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF [expiration date] AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW, NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS OR TWO DAYS, RESPECTIVELY, PRIOR TO [expiration date].

 

16

 

  

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the following risk factors that may affect our business, future operating results and financial condition, as well as the other information set forth in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The following risks are not the only risks we face. Additional risks that are not presently known or that we presently deem to be immaterial also could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and business.

 

Risks Related to our Lending Activities

 

Our portfolios of commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans have increased in recent periods, and we intend to continue originating these types of loans. These loans involve credit risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

At March 31, 2023, commercial real estate and multifamily loans and construction and land development loans, totaled $1.64 billion, or 50.9% of our loan portfolio, and commercial and industrial loans totaled $338.9 million, or 10.5% of our loan portfolio. These loans generally have more risk than the one-to four-family residential real estate loans we originate. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of these types of loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s businesses or properties. The repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the local real estate market or economy. Also, many of our commercial borrowers have more than one loan outstanding with us. Further, the offering will allow us to increase our loans-to-one borrower limit, which may result in larger loan balances. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential real estate loan. Commercial and industrial loans expose us to additional risk since they typically are dependent on the borrower’s ability to make repayments from the cash flows of the business and are secured by non-real estate collateral that may depreciate over time. Further, our commercial and industrial loans may be secured by collateral other than real estate, such as inventory and accounts receivable, the value of which may be more difficult to appraise, control or collect and may be more susceptible to fluctuation in value at the time of default. In addition, if we foreclose on commercial real estate loans, our holding period for the collateral may be longer than for a single-family residential property if there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Furthermore, if loans that are collateralized by commercial real estate become troubled and the value of the real estate has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan. Any of these risks could cause us to increase our provision for credit losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

The level of our commercial real estate loan portfolio subjects us to additional regulatory scrutiny.

 

The Federal Reserve Board and the other federal bank regulatory agencies have promulgated joint guidance on sound risk management practices for financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. Under the guidance, a financial institution that is actively involved in commercial real estate lending should perform a risk assessment to identify concentrations. A financial institution may have a concentration in commercial real estate lending if, among other factors, (i) total reported loans for construction, land acquisition and development, and other land represent 100% or more of total capital, or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and non-farm residential properties, loans for construction, land acquisition and development and other land, and loans otherwise sensitive to the general commercial real estate market, including loans to non-owner occupied commercial real estate related entities, represent 300% or more of total capital.

 

17

 

  

Based on these factors we have a concentration in commercial real estate lending, as such loans represent approximately 309.9% of our total capital as of March 31, 2023. The guidance focuses on exposure to commercial real estate loans that is dependent on the cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that is likely to be at greater risk to conditions in the commercial real estate market (as opposed to real estate collateral held as a secondary source of repayment or as an abundance of caution). The guidance assists banks in developing risk management practices and capital levels commensurate with the level and nature of real estate concentrations. The guidance states that management should employ heightened risk management practices including board and management oversight and strategic planning, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing. While we believe we have implemented policies and procedures with respect to our commercial real estate loan portfolio consistent with this guidance, bank regulators could require us to implement additional policies and procedures consistent with their interpretation of the guidance that may result in additional costs to us or that may result in a curtailment of our commercial real estate lending, including multifamily and construction and land development lending, and/or the requirement that we maintain higher levels of regulatory capital, either of which would adversely affect our loan originations and profitability.

 

Our construction and land development loans involve credit risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

At March 31, 2023, construction loans and loans to finance the acquisition of developable land which we refer to as “land development loans” totaled $545.0 million, or 16.9% of our loan portfolio. Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent finance lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value before its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the appraised value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss. In addition, speculative construction loans, which are loans made to home builders who, at the time of loan origination, have not yet secured an end buyer for the home under construction, typically carry higher risks than those associated with traditional construction loans. These increased risks arise because of the risk that there will be inadequate demand to ensure the sale of the property within an acceptable time. As a result, in addition to the risks associated with traditional construction loans, speculative construction loans carry the added risk that the builder will have to pay the property taxes and other carrying costs of the property until an end buyer is found. Land loans have substantially similar risks to speculative construction loans. As our construction and land loan portfolio increases, the corresponding risks and potential for losses from these loans may also increase.

 

18

 

 

Lack of seasoning of certain portions of our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, especially with respect to cannabis, wind and solar customers, may increase the risk of credit defaults in the future.

  

We have experienced significant loan growth in recent years in our larger commercial and industrial loans, which we refer to as Structured Finance loans. Most of these loans are to new customers in the cannabis, wind and solar industries. We believe we have grown these loan portfolios consistent with prudent underwriting standards but in general, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process referred to as “seasoning.” As a result, a portfolio of older loans will usually behave more predictably than a newer portfolio. It will take several years to determine our borrowers’ payment histories, with respect to many of these new lending relationships and, as a result, we may not be able to reliably evaluate the quality of the loan portfolio until that time.

 

Our historical emphasis on residential mortgage loans exposes us to lending risks.

 

At March 31, 2023, $972.9 million, or 30.3% of our loan portfolio, was secured by one- to four-family residential real estate and we intend to continue to emphasize this type of lending after the offering. One- to four-family residential mortgage lending is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. Declines in real estate values could cause some of our residential mortgages to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.

 

The geographic concentration of our loan portfolio and lending activities makes us vulnerable to a downturn in the local economy.

 

We primarily serve individuals and businesses located in the Greater Boston metropolitan area and surrounding communities, including eastern Connecticut, southern New Hampshire and Rhode Island. At March 31, 2023, approximately $2.6 billion, or 81% of our total loans, was primarily secured by real estate in this market area. Therefore, our success is largely dependent on the economic conditions, including employment levels, population growth, income levels, savings trends and government policies, in this market area. Weaker economic conditions caused by recessions, unemployment, inflation, a decline in real estate values or other factors beyond our control may adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to service their debt obligations and could result in higher loan and lease losses and lower net income for us.

 

Although there is not a single employer or industry in our market area on which a significant number of our customers are dependent, a substantial portion of our loan portfolio is composed of loans secured by property located in the Greater Boston metropolitan area. This makes us vulnerable to a downturn in the local economy and real estate markets. Decreases in local real estate values caused by economic conditions or other events could adversely affect the value of the property used as collateral for our loans, which could cause us to realize a loss in the event of a foreclosure.

 

A worsening of business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we conduct business could have adverse effects on our business, including the following:

 

·A decrease in the demand for, or the availability of, loans and other products and services offered by us;
·A decrease in the value of our loans or other assets secured by residential or commercial real estate;

 

19

 

 

·A decrease in interest income from variable rate loans due to declines in interest rates; and
·An increase in the number of customers and counterparties who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to us, which could result in a higher level of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, provisions for credit losses, and valuation adjustments on loans held for sale.

 

Moreover, a significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment, public health crises or other factors beyond our control could further impact these local economic conditions and could further negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance. In the event of severely adverse business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we conduct business, there can be no assurance that the federal government and the Federal Reserve Board would intervene. If economic conditions worsen or volatility increases, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. For more information about our market area, please see the section of this prospectus titled “Business of Needham Bank – Market Area.”

 

If our allowance for credit losses is not sufficient to cover actual credit losses, our earnings could decrease.

 

We maintain an allowance for credit losses, which is established through a provision for credit losses that represents management’s best estimate of the current expected losses within the loan portfolio. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions or the results of our analyses are incorrect, our allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. In addition, our emphasis on loan growth and on increasing our portfolios of commercial real estate loans, as well as any future credit deterioration or changes in economic conditions could require us to increase our allowance for credit losses in the future. At March 31, 2023, our allowance for credit losses was 0.87% of total loans and 213% of non-performing loans. Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income.

 

We adopted the Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, standard on January 1, 2023. CECL requires financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for credit losses. This has changed the current method of providing allowances for credit losses that are incurred or probable, which has required us to increase our allowance for credit losses, and to greatly increase the types of data we need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for credit losses. Our day one CECL adjustment on January 1, 2023, was $2.1 million, net of tax, and is reflected in our financial statements at and for the three months ended March 31, 2023.

 

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and, as a result of such reviews, we may be required to increase our provision for credit losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. However, regulatory agencies are not directly involved in the process of establishing the allowance for credit losses, as the process is our responsibility and any adjustment of the allowance is the responsibility of our management. Any increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as a result of such review or otherwise may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

20

 

  

We provide banking services to customers who do business in the cannabis industry and the strict enforcement of federal laws regarding cannabis would likely result in our inability to continue to provide banking services to these customers and we could have legal action taken against us by the federal government.

 

We have deposit and loan customers that are licensed in various States to do business in the cannabis industry as growers, processors, and dispensaries. While cannabis is legal in each of these States, it remains classified as a Schedule I controlled substance under the Federal Controlled Substances Act, or CSA. As such, the cultivation, use, distribution, and possession of cannabis is a violation of federal law that is punishable by imprisonment and fines. Moreover, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in USA v. Oakland Cannabis Buyers’ Coop. that the federal government has the authority to regulate and criminalize cannabis, including medical marijuana.

 

In January 2018, the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, rescinded the “Cole Memo” and related memoranda which characterized the enforcement of the CSA against persons and entities complying with state regulatory systems permitting the use, manufacture and sale of medical marijuana as an inefficient use of their prosecutorial resources and discretion. The impact of the DOJ’s rescission of the Cole Memo and related memoranda is unclear, but may result in the DOJ increasing its enforcement actions against the regulated cannabis industry generally.

 

As in past years, the U.S. Congress has enacted an omnibus spending bill that includes a provision prohibiting the DOJ and the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration from using funds appropriated by that bill to prevent states from implementing their medical-use cannabis laws. This provision was recently renewed as part of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2022. While this provision has been re-enacted every year since 2014, and is expected to continue to be re-enacted in future federal spending bills, if Congress and the President fail to further renew the provision, then the ability of medical cannabis businesses to act in this area, and our ability to provide banking products and services to such businesses, may be impeded. Further, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit held in USA v. McIntosh that this provision prohibits the DOJ from spending funds from relevant appropriations acts to prosecute individuals who engage in conduct permitted by state medical-use cannabis laws and who strictly comply with such laws. There is no guarantee that the U.S. Congress will extend this provision or that U.S. Federal courts located outside the Ninth Circuit will follow the ruling in USA v. McIntosh. As of the date of filing this prospectus, we are aware of no federal or state court in or for Massachusetts that has addressed the merits of the McIntosh ruling.

 

Federal prosecutors have significant discretion and there can be no assurance that a federal prosecutor in any of the federal districts in which we operate will not choose to strictly enforce the federal laws governing cannabis, including medical-use cannabis, or that any of these federal courts will follow the Ninth Circuit’s ruling in USA v. McIntosh. Any change in the federal government’s enforcement position, could cause us to immediately cease providing banking services to the medical-use cannabis industry in the States where we operate.

 

Additionally, as the possession and use of cannabis remains illegal under the CSA, we may be deemed to be aiding and abetting illegal activities through the services that we provide to these customers and could have legal action taken against us by the Federal government, including imprisonment and fines. Any change in position or potential action taken against us could result in significant financial damage to us and our stockholders.

 

21

 

 

The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, or “FinCEN,” published guidelines in 2014 for financial institutions servicing state legal cannabis business. These guidelines were issued for the explicit purpose so “that financial institutions can provide services to marijuana-related businesses in a manner consistent with their obligations to know their customers and to report possible criminal activity.” Needham Bank has and will continue to follow this and other FinCEN guidance in the areas of cannabis banking. Any adverse change in this FinCEN guidance, any new regulations or legislation, any change in existing regulations or oversight, whether a change in regulatory policy or a change in a regulator’s interpretation of a law or regulation, could have a negative impact on our interest income and noninterest income, as well as the cost of our operations, increasing our cost of regulatory compliance and of doing business, and/or otherwise affect us, which may materially affect our profitability.

  

Environmental liability associated with our lending activities could result in losses.

 

In the course of business, we may acquire, through foreclosure, properties securing loans originated or purchased that are in default. Particularly in commercial real estate lending, there is a risk that material environmental violations could be discovered on these properties. In this event, we might be required to remedy these violations at the affected properties at our sole cost and expense. The cost of remedial action could substantially exceed the value of affected properties. We may not have adequate remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected properties. These events could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Uncertainty about the future of the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” may adversely affect our business.

 

LIBOR is used extensively in the United States as a benchmark for various commercial and financial contracts, including funding sources, adjustable rate mortgages, corporate debt, interest rate swaps and other derivatives. LIBOR is set based on interest rate information reported by certain banks, which will stop reporting such information after June 30, 2023. Other benchmarks may perform differently than LIBOR or may have other consequences that cannot currently be anticipated. It is also uncertain what will happen with instruments that rely on LIBOR for future interest rate adjustments and which of those instruments may remain outstanding or be renegotiated if LIBOR ceases to exist. The transition from LIBOR to another benchmark rate or rates, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, could have adverse impacts on our funding costs or net interest margins, as well as any floating-rate obligations, loans, deposits, derivatives, and other financial instruments that currently use LIBOR as a benchmark rate and, ultimately, adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The foreclosure process may adversely impact our recoveries on non-performing loans.

 

The judicial foreclosure process is protracted, which delays our ability to resolve non-performing loans through the sale of the underlying collateral. The longer timelines have been the result of the economic turmoil largely related shutdowns resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, additional consumer protection initiatives related to the foreclosure process, increased documentary requirements and judicial scrutiny, and, both voluntary and mandatory programs under which lenders may consider loan modifications or other alternatives to foreclosure. These reasons and the legal and regulatory responses have impacted the foreclosure process and completion time of foreclosures for residential mortgage lenders. This may result in a material adverse effect on collateral values and our ability to minimize its losses.

 

22

 

 

Risks Related to Market Interest Rates

  

The reversal of the historically low interest rate environment may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

 

The Federal Reserve Board decreased benchmark interest rates significantly, to near zero, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Federal Reserve Board has reversed its policy of near zero interest rates given its concerns over inflation. Market interest rates have risen significantly in response to the Federal Reserve Board’s recent rate increases. The increase in market interest rates could have an adverse effect on our net interest income and profitability, and we expect that it will have an adverse effect on the present net value of our assets and liabilities and the corresponding value of our equity.

 

Changes in interest rates could reduce our profits and asset values.

 

We derive our income mainly from the difference or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. In general, the larger the spread, the more we earn. When market rates of interest change, the interest we receive on our assets and the interest we pay on our liabilities will fluctuate. This can cause decreases in our spread and can adversely affect our income. For the past several years, we have been asset sensitive, which indicates that assets generally reprice faster than liabilities. In a rising rate environment, asset sensitivity is preferable as it results in improvement to our net interest margin.

 

Interest rates also affect how much money we lend. For example, when interest rates rise, the cost of borrowing increases and loan originations tend to decrease. A rising rate environment can also negatively impact us if the higher debt service costs on adjustable-rate loans lead to borrowers' inability to pay contractual obligations. In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and securities. For example, a reduction in interest rates generally results in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities, as borrowers refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing cost. This causes reinvestment risk, because we generally are not able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities in a declining rate environment.

 

Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect the value of our assets, including the value of our available-for-sale investment securities, which generally decrease when market interest rates rise, and ultimately affect our earnings. During the three months ended March 31, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022, we incurred other comprehensive income (losses) of $1.1 million and $(12.1) million, respectively, primarily related to net changes in unrealized holding gains (losses) in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio.

 

Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect our ability to originate real estate loans, the value of our assets, and our ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately affect our earnings. Also, our interest rate risk modeling techniques and assumptions likely may not fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest rate changes on our balance sheet or projected operating results. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Management of Market Risk.”

 

23

 

 

Hedging against interest rate exposure may adversely affect our earnings.

 

On occasion we have employed various financial risk methodologies that limit, or “hedge,” the adverse effects of rising or decreasing interest rates on our loan portfolios and short-term liabilities. We also engage in hedging strategies with respect to arrangements where our customers swap floating interest rate obligations for fixed interest rate obligations, or vice versa. Our hedging activity varies based on the level and volatility of interest rates and other changing market conditions. There are no perfect hedging strategies, and interest rate hedging may fail to protect us from loss. Moreover, hedging activities could result in losses if the event against which we hedge does not occur. Additionally, interest rate hedging could fail to protect us or adversely affect us because, among other things:

 

·Available interest rate hedging may not correspond directly with the interest rate risk for which protection is sought;

·The duration of the hedge may not match the duration of the related liability;

·The party owing money in the hedging transaction may default on its obligation to pay;

·The credit quality of the party owing money on the hedge may be downgraded to such an extent that it impairs our ability to sell or assign our side of the hedging transaction;

·The value of derivatives used for hedging may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with accounting rules to reflect changes in fair value; and/or

·Downward adjustments, or “mark-to-market” losses, would reduce our stockholders’ equity.

 

Risks Related to Economic Conditions

 

Inflation can have an adverse impact on our business and on our customers.

 

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. Recently, there has been a rise in inflation and the Federal Reserve Board has raised certain benchmark interest rates in an effort to combat inflation. As discussed above under “– Risks Related to Market Interest Rates – Changes in interest rates could reduce our profits and asset values,” as inflation increases and market interest rates rise, the value of our investment securities, particularly those with longer maturities, would decrease, although this effect can be less pronounced for floating rate instruments. In addition, inflation generally increases the cost of goods and services we use in our business operations, such as electricity and other utilities, which increases our noninterest expenses. Furthermore, our customers are also affected by inflation and the rising costs of goods and services used in their households and businesses, which could have a negative impact on their ability to repay their loans with us.

 

A worsening of economic conditions in our market area could reduce demand for our products and services and/or result in increases in our level of non-performing loans, which could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

 

Local and regional economic conditions have a significant impact on the ability of our borrowers to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing loans. A deterioration in economic conditions, especially local conditions, could have the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, and could more negatively affect us compared to a financial institution that operates with more geographic diversity:

 

·demand for our products and services may decline;

·loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

24

 

 

·collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, thereby reducing customers’ future borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans, causing an increase in our allowance for credit losses; and

·the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.

 

Moreover, a significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, civil unrest, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, an epidemic or pandemic, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could further impact these local economic conditions and could further negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

 

Further, a U.S. government debt default would have a material adverse impact on our business and financial performance, including a decrease in the value of U.S. Treasury securities and other government securities held by us, which could negatively impact our capital position and our ability to meet regulatory requirements. Other negative impacts could be volatile capital markets, an adverse impact on the U.S. economy and the U.S. dollar, as well as increased default rates among borrowers in light of increased economic uncertainty. Some of these impacts might occur even in the absence of an actual default but as a consequence of extended political negotiations around the threat of such a default and a government shutdown.

 

We have a high concentration of loans secured by real estate in our market area. Adverse economic conditions, both generally and in our market area, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Most of our loans are inside of our market area and, as a result, we have a greater risk of loan defaults and losses in the event of a further economic downturn in our market area, as adverse economic conditions may have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely payments of their loans. A return of recessionary conditions and/or negative developments in the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our loans, investments, and collateral securing our loans, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Any of these negative events may result in higher-than-expected loan delinquencies, increase our levels of nonperforming and classified assets, and reduce demand for our products and services, which may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our capital, liquidity and financial condition.

 

Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, such as actual events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults, or non-performance by financial institutions or transactional counterparties, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Actual events involving limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions, transactional counterparties or other companies in the financial services industry or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide liquidity problems. For example, on May 1, 2023, First Republic Bank went into receivership and its deposits and substantially all of its assets were acquired by JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association. Similarly, on March 10, 2023, Silicon Valley Bank went into receivership, and on March 12, Signature Bank went into receivership.

 

25

 

 

Inflation and rapid increases in interest rates have led to a decline in the trading value of previously issued government securities with interest rates below current market interest rates. Although the Treasury, FDIC and Federal Reserve Board have announced a program to provide up to $25 billion of loans to financial institutions secured by certain of such government securities held by financial institutions to mitigate the risk of potential losses on the sale of such instruments, widespread demands for customer withdrawals or other liquidity needs of financial institutions for immediately liquidity may exceed the capacity of such program. Additionally, there is no guarantee that the Treasury, FDIC and Federal Reserve Board will provide access to uninsured funds in the future in the event of the closure of other banks or financial institutions, or that they would do so in a timely fashion.

  

Inflationary pressures and rising prices may affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Inflation rose sharply at the end of 2021 and throughout 2022. Inflationary pressures are currently expected to remain elevated throughout 2023. Small to medium-sized businesses may be impacted more during periods of high inflation as they are not able to leverage economics of scale to mitigate cost pressures compared to larger businesses. Consequently, the ability of our business customers to repay their loans may deteriorate, and in some cases this deterioration may occur quickly, which would adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, a prolonged period of inflation could cause wages and other costs increase, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our securities portfolio performance in difficult market conditions could have adverse effects on our results of operations.

 

Unrealized losses on investment securities result from changes in credit spreads and liquidity issues in the marketplace, along with changes in the credit profile of individual securities issuers. Under GAAP, we are required to review our investment portfolio periodically for the presence of credit losses of our securities, taking into consideration current and future market conditions, the extent and nature of changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, volatility of earnings, current analysts’ evaluations, our ability and intent to hold investments until a recovery of fair value, as well as other factors. Adverse developments with respect to one or more of the foregoing factors may require us to deem particular securities to be impaired, with the credit-related portion of the reduction in the value recognized as a charge to our earnings through an allowance. Subsequent valuations, in light of factors prevailing at that time, may result in significant changes in the values of these securities in future periods. Any of these factors could require us to recognize further impairments in the value of our securities portfolio, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

 

The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to factors outside of our control.

 

Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency actions with respect to individual securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities, and changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the capital markets. Any of these factors, among others, could cause credit losses and realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods and declines in other comprehensive income, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. The process for determining whether impairment of a security is related to credit usually requires complex, subjective judgments about the future financial performance and liquidity of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Significant negative changes to valuations could result in credit losses on our securities portfolio, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

26

 

  

Potential downgrades of U.S. government securities by one or more of the credit ratings agencies could have a material adverse effect on our operations, earnings and financial condition.

 

A possible future downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government and a decline in the perceived creditworthiness of U.S. government-related obligations could impact our ability to obtain funding that is collateralized by affected instruments, as well as affect the pricing of that funding when it is available. A downgrade may also adversely affect the market value of such instruments. We cannot predict if, when or how any changes to the credit ratings or perceived creditworthiness of these organizations will affect economic conditions. Such ratings actions could result in a significant adverse impact on us. Among other things, a downgrade in the U.S. government’s credit rating could adversely impact the value of our securities portfolio and may trigger requirements that we post additional collateral for trades relative to these securities. A downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government or the credit ratings of related institutions, agencies or instruments would significantly exacerbate the other risks to which we are subject and any related adverse effects on the business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

 

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty and other relationships. We have exposure to many different counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, other commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other financial institutions. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions and organizations. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be liquidated or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure due to us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Funding

 

Our inability to generate core deposits may cause us to rely more heavily on wholesale funding strategies for funding and liquidity needs, which could have an adverse effect on our net interest margin and profitability.

 

We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We also receive funds from loan repayments, investment maturities and income on other interest-earning assets. While we emphasize generating transaction accounts, we cannot guarantee if and when this will occur. Further, the considerable competition for deposits in our market area also has made, and may continue to make, it difficult for us to obtain reasonably priced deposits. Moreover, deposit balances can decrease if customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If we are not able to increase our lower-cost transactional deposits at a level necessary to fund our asset growth or deposit outflows, we may be forced seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit, FHLB advances, brokered deposits and lines of credit to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of our customers, which may be more expensive and have an adverse effect on our net interest margin and profitability.

 

27

 

  

Additionally, through our April 2022 purchase of cannabis-related and money service businesses from another financial institution, we acquired approximately $297.7 million of deposits.  At March 31, 2023, this portfolio grew to approximately $359.6 million. Of this total, approximately $279.3 million are cannabis-related deposits.  Due to the unique industry-specific risks of this business, if we were forced to terminate this business line, we could lose many or most of these deposits, all of which are core deposits.

 

Our funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits at maturity and support our future growth.

 

We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. As we continue to grow, we are likely to become more dependent on these sources, which may include FHLB advances, proceeds from the sale of loans, federal funds purchased and brokered certificates of deposit. Adverse operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to difficulty or an inability to access these additional funding sources. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. If we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

 

Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations and/or increase our costs of operations.

 

Needham Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board, and, also by the FDIC as insurer of Needham Bank’s deposit accounts and, upon completion of the conversion and offering, NB Bancorp will be subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the federal deposit insurance fund and the depositors of Needham Bank, rather than for our stockholders. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the adequacy of the level of our allowance for credit losses. These regulations, along with existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance and monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations, control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations.

 

Our cannabis-related business, money service business and ATM business present compliance risks that are different in kind or degree compared to those that we are accustomed to managing and have required us to implement new or enhance existing procedures, systems and controls.

 

Our April 2022 acquisition resulted in our operation of three different business lines that are new to us and have necessitated robust compliance policies and procedures in order to comply with various laws and regulations. We provide depository services to cannabis businesses, including cannabis retailers and cannabis dispensaries. We also provide loans to various cannabis-related businesses. We also provide depository services to money service businesses and ATM businesses.

 

28

 

  

These acquired portfolios are mature portfolios which have been previously reviewed and managed by the management team and employees now employed by Needham Bank who were previously employed by the selling institution. However, these business lines are relatively new to us and have required, and we expect will continue to require, proportionately greater compliance and risk management resources than our other business lines in order for us to comply with laws and regulations related to the prevention of financial crimes and combating terrorism, including the U.S. Patriot Act of 2001. These laws and regulations require us to, among other things, implement specific policies and procedures related to those business lines, including enhanced licensing procedures and policies, and anti-money laundering, anti-bribery and corruption, fraud, compliance, suspicious activities, currency transaction reporting, and due diligence on new and existing customers.

 

With respect to cannabis-related businesses, the Controlled Substances Act makes it illegal under federal law to manufacture, distribute, or dispense cannabis, and therefore federal law, including the money laundering statutes and the Bank Secrecy Act, apply to cannabis-related conduct. Financial transactions involving proceeds generated by cannabis-related conduct can form the basis for prosecution under the money laundering statutes. Financial institutions must report currency transactions and conduct suspicious activity monitoring and reporting in connection with cannabis-related businesses to FinCEN.

 

Our ability to comply with anti-money laundering laws and our reporting obligations to FinCEN depend on our ability to maintain robust customer due diligence, surveillance, detection, reporting and analytic capabilities. Although we believe that we have policies, systems and procedures designed to comply with these laws and regulations, to the extent our policies or procedures are not fully effective or do not meet heightened regulatory standards or expectations, we may be subject to fines, penalties, restrictions on certain activities including future acquisitions, reputational harm, or other adverse consequences from our federal bank regulators, the Department of Justice or FinCEN.

 

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

 

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are suspected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with FinCEN. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on pursuing acquisitions or establishing new branches. The policies and procedures we have adopted that are designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations. Furthermore, these rules and regulations continue to evolve and expand.

 

Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve Board. An important function of the Federal Reserve Board is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve Board to implement these objectives are open market purchases and sales of U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in banks’ reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

 

29

 

  

The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.

 

We are subject to stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or limit our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares.

 

Federal regulations establish minimum capital requirements for insured depository institutions, including minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, and define “capital” for calculating these ratios. The minimum capital requirements are: (1) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (2) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6%; (3) a total capital ratio of 8%; and (4) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The regulations also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, which results in the following minimum ratios: (1) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (2) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%; and (3) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the capital conservation buffer amount.

 

The application of these capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, and result in regulatory actions if we are unable to comply with such requirements. Specifically, following the completion of the offering, Needham Bank’s ability to pay dividends to NB Bancorp will be limited if it does not maintain the capital conservation buffer required by the capital rules, which may limit NB Bancorp’s ability to pay dividends to its stockholders. See “Supervision and Regulation – Banking Regulation – Capital Requirements.”

 

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

NB Bancorp is an emerging growth company, and we expect we will cease to be an emerging growth company at the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the offering. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have also elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. Investors may find our common stock less attractive since we have chosen to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

 

30

 

 

If our deposits grow too large, we may lose the benefits of excess deposit insurance provided by the Depositors Insurance Fund.

  

The deposits of Needham Bank are insured in full beyond federal deposit insurance coverage limits by the Depositors Insurance Fund, or the DIF, a private excess deposit insurer created under Massachusetts law. We believe offering full deposit insurance gives us a competitive advantage for individual, corporate and municipal depositors having deposit balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits.  However, the DIF may require member institutions that pose greater than normal loss exposure risk to the DIF to take certain risk-mitigating measures or withdraw from the DIF and become a Massachusetts trust company by operation of law, subject to the Commissioner’s approval.  In such an event, an institution may be required to reduce its level of excess deposits, pay for the reinsurance of excess deposits, make an additional capital contribution to the DIF, provide collateral or take other risk-mitigating measures that the DIF may require, which may include entering into reciprocal deposit programs with other financial institutions or reciprocal deposit services. Reducing excess deposits by taking any of the above risk-mitigating measures, which allows deposits to run off, reduces our overall level of deposits and increases the extent to which we may need to rely in the future on other, more expensive or less stable sources for funding, including FHLB advances, which would reduce net income. Shifting excess deposits into reciprocal deposit programs may result in higher funding costs, which also would reduce net income.

 

The Federal Reserve Board may require us to commit capital resources to support our bank subsidiary.

 

Federal law requires that a holding company act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve Board may require a holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank. A capital injection may be required at times when the holding company may not have the resources to provide it and therefore may be required to borrow the funds or raise capital. Thus, any borrowing or funds needed to raise capital required to make a capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may become subject to enforcement actions even though noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional.

 

The financial services industry is subject to intense scrutiny from bank supervisors in the examination process and aggressive enforcement of federal and state regulations, particularly with respect to mortgage-related practices and other consumer compliance matters, and compliance with anti-money laundering, Bank Secrecy Act and Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations, and economic sanctions against certain foreign countries and nationals. Enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. We maintain systems and procedures designed to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and regulations; however, some legal/regulatory frameworks provide for the imposition of fines or penalties for noncompliance even though the noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional and even though there was in place at the time systems and procedures designed to ensure compliance. Failure to comply with these and other regulations, and supervisory expectations related thereto, may result in fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions, reputation damage, or restrictions on our business.

 

31

 

 

We face significant legal risks, both from regulatory investigations and proceedings and from private actions brought against us.

  

As a participant in the financial services industry, many aspects of our business involve substantial risk of legal liability. From time to time, customers and others make claims and take legal action pertaining to the performance of our responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the performance of our responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant expenses, attention from management and financial liability. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. There is no assurance that litigation with private parties will not increase in the future. Actions currently pending against us may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other results adverse to us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cause serious reputational harm to us.

 

Risks Related to our Business Strategy

 

Our business strategy includes growth, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively. Growing our operations could also cause our expenses to increase faster than our revenues.

 

Our business strategy includes growth in assets, deposits and the scale of our operations. Achieving such growth will require us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market area. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced bankers, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities and the level of competition from other financial institutions. Growth opportunities may not be available or we may not be able to manage our growth successfully. If we do not manage our growth effectively, our financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected. Furthermore, there can be considerable costs involved in expanding lending capacity, and generally a period of time is required to generate the necessary revenues to offset these costs, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. Accordingly, any such business expansion can be expected to negatively impact our earnings until certain economies of scale are reached.

 

Our continued pace of growth may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.

 

We are required by banking regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations.  We may at some point need to raise additional capital to support our continued growth. If we raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other securities, it would dilute the ownership interests of stockholders and may dilute the per share book value of our common stock. New investors may also have rights, preferences and privileges senior to our current stockholders, which may adversely impact our current stockholders. Also, the need to raise additional capital may force our management to spend more time in managerial and financing-related activities than in operational activities.

 

Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we may not be able to raise additional capital, if needed, with favorable terms. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired.

 

32

 

 

We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations and we could be harmed by the loss of their services.

  

We depend on the services of the members of our senior management team who direct our strategy and operations. Our executive officers and lending personnel possess substantial expertise, extensive knowledge of our markets and key business relationships. Any one of them could be difficult to replace. Additionally, in recent years, we have grown our Structured Finance loan portfolio largely through lending relationships to cannabis, wind and solar companies. These industries can entail unique regulatory and operational risks and we believe we have experienced team members who are able to understand and assess these risks when originating and managing these relationships. Our loss of these persons, or our inability to hire additional qualified personnel, could impact our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete in our markets. See “Management of NB Bancorp.”

 

Development of new products and services may impose additional costs on us and may expose us to increased operational risk.

 

The introduction of new products and services can entail significant time and resources, including regulatory approvals. Substantial risks and uncertainties are associated with the introduction of new products and services, including technical and control requirements that may need to be developed and implemented, rapid technological change in the industry, our ability to access technical and other information from its clients, the significant and ongoing investments required to bring new products and services to market in a timely manner at competitive prices and the preparation of marketing, sales and other materials that fully and accurately describe the product or service and its underlying risks. Our failure to manage these risks and uncertainties also exposes it to enhanced risk of operational lapses which may result in the recognition of financial statement liabilities. Regulatory and internal control requirements, capital requirements, competitive alternatives, vendor relationships and shifting market preferences may also determine if such initiatives can be brought to market in a manner that is timely and attractive to our clients. Products and services relying on internet and mobile technologies may expose us to fraud and cybersecurity risks. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation, as well as on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

  

Risks Related to Competitive Matters

 

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

 

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. We compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, financial technology or “fintech companies,” and unregulated or less regulated non-banking entities. Many of these competitors are substantially larger than we are and have substantially greater resources and higher lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, some of our competitors offer loans with lower interest rates and/or more attractive terms than loans we offer. Competition also makes it increasingly difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete for business and qualified employees in our market areas. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some of our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets.

 

33

 

 

 

Risks Related to Operational Matters

  

We face significant operational risks because of our reliance on technology. Our information technology systems may be subject to failure, interruption or security breaches.

 

Information technology systems are critical to our business. Our business requires us to collect, process, transmit and store significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and our own business, operations, plans and business strategies. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, investments, deposits, and loans. Our computer systems, data management and internal processes, as well as those of third parties, are integral to our performance. Our operational risks include the risk of malfeasance by employees or persons outside our company, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, systems failures or interruptions, breaches of our internal control systems and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. There have been increasing efforts by third parties to breach data security at financial institutions. Such attacks include computer viruses, malicious or destructive code, phishing attacks, denial of service or information or other security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other information, damages to systems, or other material disruptions to network access or business operations. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions and security breaches, including privacy breaches and cyber-attacks. Although we take protective measures and believe that we have not experienced any of the data breaches described above, the security of our computer systems, software, and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious code and cyber-attacks that could have an impact on information security. Because the techniques used to cause security breaches change frequently, we may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.

 

In the event of a breakdown in our internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, or a breach of our security systems, including if confidential or proprietary information were to be mishandled, misused or lost, we could suffer financial loss, loss of customers and damage to our reputation, and face regulatory action or civil litigation. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits.

 

We outsource critical operations to third-party service providers. Systems failures, interruptions and cybersecurity breaches could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

We outsource a majority of our data processing requirements to third-party providers. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to the risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with our contractual agreements with them, or we also could be adversely affected if such an agreement is not renewed by the third-party vendor or is renewed on terms less favorable to us. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with those service providers, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel, and our third-party service providers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security breaches. We may have to expend additional resources to protect against the threat of such security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by such security breaches or viruses. To the extent that the activities of our third-party service providers or the activities of our customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, regulatory scrutiny, litigation costs and other possible liabilities. To our knowledge, the services and programs provided to us by third parties have not experienced any material security breaches. However, the existence of cyber-attacks or security breaches at third parties with access to our data, such as vendors, may not be disclosed to us in a timely manner.

 

34

 

 

Our business may be adversely affected by an increasing prevalence of fraud and other financial crimes.

 

Our loans to businesses and individuals and our deposit relationships and related transactions are subject to exposure to the risk of loss due to fraud and other financial crimes. Nationally, reported incidents of fraud and other financial crimes have increased. To our knowledge, we have not experienced material losses due to apparent fraud or other financial crimes.  While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent such losses, losses may still occur.

 

We participate in a multiple employer defined benefit pension plan for the benefit of certain of our employees. We may determine to withdraw from this plan in the future. We could incur a substantial expense in connection with the withdrawal, which would negatively affect our income during the year of withdrawal.

 

We participate in a multiple employer defined benefit pension plan for the benefit of employees of Needham Bank who were employees prior to April 1, 2018, the date on which we froze the future accrual of benefits under this plan. We may choose to withdraw from the plan in the future. The cost to withdraw from the plan is primarily dependent on the value of the plan’s assets and applicable interest rates at the time of any such withdrawal. We cannot estimate the actual costs associated with a potential withdrawal from the plan until the date of the withdrawal, but if these costs were material, it will negatively impact future earnings in the year of withdrawal.

 

Risks Related to Accounting Matters

 

Changes in management’s estimates and assumptions may have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and our financial condition or operating results.

 

In preparing this prospectus, as well as periodic reports we will be required to file under the Exchange Act, including our consolidated financial statements, our management is and will be required under applicable rules and regulations to make estimates and assumptions as of a specified date. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and experience as of that date and are subject to substantial risk and uncertainty. Materially different results may occur as circumstances change and additional information becomes known. The area requiring significant estimates and assumptions by management include our evaluation of the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses.

 

Changes in accounting standards could affect reported earnings.

 

The regulatory bodies responsible for establishing accounting standards, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting guidance that governs the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply new or revised guidance retroactively.

 

35

 

 

Other Risks Related to Our Business

 

We operate as a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation, which is critical to the success of our business, may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our market area and contiguous areas. Threats to our reputation can come from many sources, including adverse sentiment about financial institutions generally, unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies, cybersecurity incidents and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers and employees, costly litigation and increased governmental regulation, any or all of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses.

 

As a result of the completion of the offering, we will become a public reporting company. The obligations of being a public company, including the substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. We will make changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. Any failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. In addition, we may need to hire additional compliance, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical knowledge, and we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion. As a result, we may need to rely on outside consultants to provide these services for us until qualified personnel are hired. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert our management’s attention from our operations.

 

Societal responses to climate change could adversely affect our business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on our customers.

 

Concerns over the long-term impacts of climate change have led and will continue to lead to governmental efforts around the world to mitigate those impacts. Consumers and businesses also may change their behavior as a result of these concerns. We and our customers will need to respond to new laws and regulations as well as consumer and business preferences resulting from climate change concerns. The impact on our customers will likely vary depending on their specific attributes, including reliance on or role in carbon intensive activities. Among the impacts to us could be a drop in demand for our products and services, particularly in certain sectors. In addition, we could face reductions in creditworthiness on the part of some customers or in the value of assets securing loans. Our efforts to take these risks into account in making lending and other decisions, including by increasing our business with climate-friendly companies, may not be effective in protecting us from the negative impact of new laws and regulations or changes in consumer or business behavior.

 

36

 

 

Risks Related to the Offering

 

The future price of our common stock may be less than the purchase price in the offering.

 

If you purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, you may not be able to sell them at or above the purchase price in the offering. The purchase price in the offering is based upon an independent third-party appraisal of the pro forma market value of NB Bancorp. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock, and such appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. Our aggregate pro forma market value as reflected in the final independent appraisal may exceed the market price of our shares of common stock after the completion of the offering, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.

 

After the shares of our common stock begin trading, the trading price of the common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and will be influenced by many factors outside of our control, including prevailing interest rates, investor perceptions, securities analyst research reports and general industry, geopolitical and economic conditions. Publicly traded stocks, including stocks of financial institutions, often experience substantial market price volatility. Price fluctuations in our common stock may be unrelated to our operating performance.

 

We have broad discretion in using the net proceeds of the stock offering. Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds of the offering may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.

 

We intend to invest between $124.8 million and $169.2 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $194.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in Needham Bank. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds to make a cash contribution to our charitable foundations and fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by our ESOP. We may use the remaining net proceeds (if any) to invest in short-term and other investments and for other general corporate purposes, including the repurchase of shares of our common stock. Needham Bank intends to use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, enhance existing products and services, invest in securities, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the loan to the ESOP and the contribution to the charitable foundation, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and when we apply or reinvest such proceeds. We have not established a timetable for investing the net proceeds, and, accordingly, we may not invest the net proceeds at a time that is most beneficial to NB Bancorp, Needham Bank or our stockholders. For additional information see “How We Intent to Use the Proceed From the Offering.”

 

There may be a limited trading market in our common stock, which would hinder your ability to sell our common stock and may lower the market price of the stock.

 

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions. Piper Sandler & Co. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once trading begins. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. If you purchase shares of common stock, you may not be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

 

37

 

 

The capital we raise in the stock offering may negatively impact our return on equity until we can fully implement our business plan. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

 

Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. Our return on equity may be relatively low until we are able to implement our business plan and leverage the additional capital we receive from the offering. Although we anticipate increasing net interest income using proceeds of the offering, our return on equity will be reduced by the capital raised in the offering, higher expenses from the costs of being a public company, and added expenses associated with our ESOP and the stock-based benefit plan we intend to adopt. Until we can implement our business plan and increase our net interest income through investment of the proceeds of the offering, our return on equity may remain relatively low compared to our peer group, which may reduce the value of our shares.

 

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses, which will reduce our net income.

 

We intend to implement a stock-based benefit plan after the offering, subject to shareholder approval, which would increase our annual compensation and benefit expenses related to stock options and stock awards granted to participants under the stock-based benefit plan. The amount of these stock-related compensation and benefit expenses would depend on the number of options and stock awards granted, the fair value of the options and our stock on the date of grant, the vesting period, and other factors that we cannot predict at this time. If we implement stock-based benefit plan within one year following the completion of the offering, the total shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards of restricted stock and grants of options under such plan would be limited to 4% and 10%, respectively, of the shares of our common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation. If we adopt a stock-based benefit plan more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, any such plan could allow for greater amounts of awards and options and, therefore, we could award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts, which would further increase costs.

 

We anticipate that our ESOP will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation. The cost of acquiring the shares of common stock for the ESOP is estimated to be between $21.3 million at the minimum of the offering range and $33.1 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range (assuming we are able to purchase all of such shares in the offering). We will record annual ESOP expenses in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees. If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the ESOP will increase.

 

The estimated expense in the first year following the offering for shares purchased in the offering (or in the after-market if the offering is oversubscribed by the eligible account holders) by our ESOP and for a stock-based benefit plan implemented within one year after the offering, subject to receipt of shareholder approval, is approximately $9.1 million ($6.8 million after tax) at the adjusted maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $10.00 per share offering price as fair market value. Actual expense may be higher if the price of our common stock at the time the shares are allocated or awarded is greater than $10.00 per share. For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management – Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering.”

 

38

 

 

The implementation of a stock-based benefit plan is likely to dilute your ownership interest.

 

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans following the offering. These plans may be funded either through open market purchases of our common stock or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of our common stock to fund these plans will be subject to many factors, including applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of our stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. While our intention is to fund the new stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, stockholders would experience a 9.09% dilution in ownership interest if newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options in an amount equal to 10% of the sum of shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, and all such stock options are exercised, and a 3.85% dilution in ownership interest if newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund grants of restricted common stock in an amount equal to 4% of the sum of shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. Such dilution would also reduce earnings per share. If we adopt the plans more than 12 months following the conversion, new stock-based benefit plans would not be subject to these size limitations and stockholders could experience even greater dilution.

 

Although the implementation of new stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

 

We have not determined the timing of the adoption of stock-based benefit plan following the offering. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year following the completion of the offering may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within one year, which would increase our expenses and the dilution to other stockholders.

 

If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than 12 months following the completion of the conversion, then grants of shares of common stock or stock options under our proposed stock-based benefit plans may exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of the sum of shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “– Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “– The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest. Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.” Although the implementation of stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, the timing of the implementation of such plans will be at the discretion of our board of directors.

 

Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.

 

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws and federal and state banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of NB Bancorp without our board of directors’ approval. Massachusetts and federal regulations applicable to the conversion state that for a period of three years following completion of the conversion, no person may offer to acquire or acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of our common stock without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group must notify the Federal Reserve Board and receive the Federal Reserve Board’s non-objection before acquiring control of a bank holding company. There also are provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws that we may use to delay or block a takeover attempt, including a provision that prohibits any person from voting more than 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Furthermore, shares of restricted stock and stock options that we may grant to employees and directors, stock ownership by our management and directors and other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of NB Bancorp without the consent of our board of directors, and may increase the cost of an acquisition. Taken as a whole, these statutory or regulatory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws could result in NB Bancorp being less attractive to a potential acquirer and therefore could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. For additional information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of NB Bancorp” and “Management of NB Bancorp – Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

 

39

 

 

Our articles of incorporation provide that, subject to limited exception, state and federal courts in the State of Maryland are the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, and other employees.

 

The articles of incorporation of NB Bancorp provide that, unless NB Bancorp consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of NB Bancorp, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of NB Bancorp to NB Bancorp or its stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine will be conducted in a state or federal court located within the State of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This exclusive forum provision does not apply to claims arising under the federal securities laws. This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum it finds favorable for disputes with NB Bancorp and its directors, officers, and other employees or may cause a stockholder to incur additional expense by having to bring a claim in a judicial forum that is distant from where the stockholder resides, or both. In addition, if a court were to find this exclusive forum provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable in a particular action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the action in another jurisdiction, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

You may not revoke your decision to purchase NB Bancorp common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

 

Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated offering. Because completion of the offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, among other factors, there may be one or more delays in completing the offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 39,675,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 25,500,000 shares.

 

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

 

If the subscription rights granted in connection with the offering are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value. Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, that it is more likely than not that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

40

 

 

Risks Related to Our Contribution to the Charitable Foundations

 

The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in 2023.

 

We intend to establish and fund a new charitable foundation in connection with the conversion and offering. We intend to contribute $2.0 million in cash and a number of shares of our common stock equal to 4% of the shares that will be outstanding immediately after this contribution. Assuming the sale of 30,000,000 shares at the midpoint of the offering range, we would contribute $2.0 million in cash and 1,250,000 shares to the charitable foundation. The contribution will have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the issuance and contribution to the charitable foundation. Assuming the sale of 30,000,000 shares at the midpoint of the offering range, the after-tax expense of the contribution is expected to reduce net income in the year of the contribution by approximately $10.9 million.

 

Our contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.

 

We may not have sufficient profits to be able to fully use the tax deduction from our contribution to the charitable foundation. Under the Internal Revenue Code, an entity is permitted to deduct up to 10% of its taxable income (generally income before federal income taxes and charitable contributions expense) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal income tax purposes over each of the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution is made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution could, if necessary, be deducted over a six-year period and expires thereafter. Our contribution to the charitable foundation will result in the creation of a deferred tax asset. We will assess at least annually whether it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will be realized, taking into account projections of future taxable income during the relevant periods. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized, we would establish a valuation allowance, which would be a charge against earnings in the year in which the allowance is established.

 

41

 

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data of Needham Bank for the years and at the dates indicated. This information is derived in part from, and should be read together with, the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Needham Bank beginning at page F-1 of this prospectus. The following information is only a summary, and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

     At March 31,   At December 31, 
    

2023

   2022   2021 
     (In thousands) 
  Selected Financial Condition Data:               
  Total assets   $3,716,055   $3,592,335   $2,922,671 
  Cash and cash equivalents    91,871    156,545    467,050 
  Investment securities available for sale    244,917    245,480    259,750 
  Loans, net of allowance for credit losses    3,186,078    2,990,417    2,086,341 
  Banking premises and equipment, net    35,923    35,344    29,208 
  Bank-owned life insurance    49,377    49,006    25,651 
  Prepaid expenses and other assets    55,007    57,167    26,452 
  Deposits    3,140,839    2,886,743    2,564,538 
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities    47,775    52,399    20,188 
  Equity    351,787    344,065    326,129 

 

  

For the Three Months Ended
March 31,

  

For the Years Ended
December 31,

 
   2023   2022   2022   2021 
   (In thousands) 
Selected Operating Data:                    
Interest income   $45,460   $23,343   $120,512   $90,641 
Interest expense    14,799    2,086    15,548    12,630 
Net interest income    30,661    21,257    104,964    78,011 
Provision for credit losses    2,072    400    6,700    2,050 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses    28,589    20,857    98,264    75,961 
Non-interest income    6,083    1,358    9,275    8,654 
Non-interest expense    22,691    16,377    71,151    56,983 
Income before income taxes    11,981    5,838    36,388    27,632 
Income tax expense    3,229    1,563    6,323    6,057 
Net income   $8,752   $4,275   $30,065   $21,575 

 

42

 

 

  

At or For the

Three Months Ended

March 31,

  

At or For the

Years Ended

December 31,

 
   2023   2022   2022   2021 
Performance Ratios:                    
Return on average assets (1)    0.99%   0.60%   0.96%   0.76%
Return on average equity (1)    10.22%   5.29%   9.06%   6.82%
Interest rate spread (2)    3.13%   2.98%   3.33%   2.69%
Net interest margin (1)(3)    3.61%   3.06%   3.49%   2.81%
Non-interest expense to average assets (1)    2.56%   2.30%   2.28%   2.00%
Efficiency ratio (4)    61.8%   72.4%   62.3%   65.8%
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities    127.5%   127.7%   132.2%   126.5%
                     
Capital Ratios:                    
Community bank leverage ratio    10.07%   11.49%   10.49%   11.23%
Average equity to average assets    9.66%   11.33%   10.64%   11.11%
                     
Asset Quality Ratios:                    
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans    0.87%   0.83%   0.83%   0.88%
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of non-performing loans    213%   389%   192%   307%
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average outstanding loans during the period (1)   (0.04)%   0.00%   0.00%   (0.16)%
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans    0.41%   0.21%   0.43%   0.29%
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total assets    0.35%   0.17%   0.36%   0.21%
Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets    0.35%   0.17%   0.36%   0.21%
                     
Other:                    
Number of offices    13    12    13    12 
Number of full-time equivalent employees    317    265    307    257 

 

 

(1)Annualized where appropriate.

(2)Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

(3)Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

(4)Represents noninterest expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

 

43

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “indicate,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “intend,” “target” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

·statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

·statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

·statements regarding the quality of our loan portfolio; and

 

·estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

 

These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. We are under no duty to and do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

·general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected including as a result of employment levels and labor shortages, and the effects of inflation, a potential recession or slowed economic growth caused by supply chain disruptions or otherwise;

 

·inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, our mortgage banking revenues, the fair value of financial instruments, including our mortgage servicing rights asset, or our level of loan originations, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make;

 

·changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses;

 

·the effect of any change in federal government enforcement of federal laws affecting the cannabis industry;

 

·changes in liquidity, including the size and composition of our deposit portfolio, including the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio;

 

·our ability to access cost-effective funding;

 

·fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions;

 

·demand for loans and deposits in our market area;

 

44

 

 

·our ability to implement and change our business strategies;

 

·competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

·adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets;

 

·changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees, capital requirements and insurance premiums;

 

·changes in the quality or composition of our loan or investment portfolios;

 

·technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected;

 

·the inability of third-party providers to perform as expected;

 

·a failure or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including cyberattacks;

 

·our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk;

 

·our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

·changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

·changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

·our ability to attract and retain key employees; and

 

·changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

 

Because of these and a wide variety of other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

 

45

 

 

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

 

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $249.5 million and $338.4 million, or $389.5 million if the offering range is increased to the adjusted maximum. Please see “Pro Forma Data” for additional information.

 

We intend to distribute the net proceeds from the offering as follows:

 

  

Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of

 
  

25,500,000 shares

  

30,000,000 shares

  

34,500,000 shares

  

39,675,000 shares (1)

 
  

Amount

 

Percent
of Net
Proceeds

  

Amount

 

Percent
of Net
Proceeds

  

Amount

 

Percent
of Net
Proceeds

  

Amount

 

Percent
of Net
Proceeds

 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Offering proceeds   $255,000      $300,000      $345,000      $396,750    
Less offering expenses and fees    (5,483)      (6,040)      (6,597)      (7,237)   
Net offering proceeds   $249,517  100.0%  $293,960  100.0%  $338,403  100.0%  $389,513  100.0%
                                 
Use of net proceeds:                                
To Needham Bank   $124,759  50.0%  $146,980  50.0%  $169,202  50.0%  $194,757  50.0%
To fund loan to ESOP    21,250  8.5%   25,000  8.5%   28,750  8.5%   33,063  8.5%
Cash contribution to charitable foundation    2,000  0.8%   2,000  0.7%   2,000  0.6%   2,000  0.5%
Retained by NB Bancorp.   $101,509  40.7%  $119,880  40.8%  $138,452  40.9%  $159,694  41.0%

 

 

(1)As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

 

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Needham Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.

 

NB Bancorp intends to fund a loan to the ESOP to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering and contribute cash and shares of common stock to our charitable foundation. NB Bancorp may also use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

 

·to invest in investment securities consistent with our investment policy;

 

·to pay cash dividends to stockholders;

 

·to repurchase shares of our common stock; and

 

·for other general corporate purposes.

 

With the exception of the funding of the loan to the ESOP and the contribution to our charitable foundation, NB Bancorp has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for each of the foregoing purposes. Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in shorter term investment securities prior to deploying the proceeds into new loans.

 

46

 

 

Under currently applicable regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the conversion, except to fund equity benefit plans other than stock options or except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval.

  

Needham Bank will receive a capital contribution equal to at least 50% of the net proceeds of the offering. Needham Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering:

 

·to fund new loans;

 

·to invest in investment securities consistent with our investment policy;

 

·to pay down existing borrowings and/or reduce our utilization of brokered deposits;

 

·to expand its banking franchise by establishing targeted de novo branches or acquiring branches from another financial institution, although no such acquisition transactions are contemplated at this time; and

 

·for other general corporate purposes.

 

Needham Bank has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for any of the foregoing purposes. The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, our relative position in the financial services industry, the attractiveness of opportunities to expand our operations through establishing or acquiring new branches, our ability to receive regulatory approval for any such expansion activities, and overall market conditions.

 

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

 

Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. In determining whether to pay a cash dividend and the amount of such cash dividend, the board of directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including capital requirements, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, they will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulations and policy, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends. We will file a consolidated tax return with Needham Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to bank conversion regulations, during the three-year period following the offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

 

The dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Needham Bank, because initially we will have no source of income other than dividends from Needham Bank, earnings from the investment of proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock, and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the ESOP. Applicable regulations impose significant limitations on “capital distributions” by depository institutions. See “Supervision and Regulation – Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision – Dividends” and “Supervision and Regulation – Federal Regulation – Capital Requirements.”

 

47

 

 

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

 

NB Bancorp is a newly formed company which has never publicly issued capital stock, and there is no established market for our shares of common stock. We expect that our shares of common stock will be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “NBBK” subject to completion of the stock offering and compliance with certain listing conditions, including the presence of at least three registered and active market makers. Piper Sandler & Co. has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the stock offering, but it is not obligated to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. While we will attempt before completion of the stock offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in shares of our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments.

 

The development and maintenance of a public market, having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness, depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of shares of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which shares of our common stock can be sold. There can be no assurance that persons purchasing the shares of common stock will be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 offering purchase price per share.

 

48

 

 

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

  

At March 31, 2023, Needham Bank had opted in, and was in compliance with, the community bank leverage ratio framework. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Needham Bank at March 31, 2023, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of Needham Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price. The table assumes the receipt by Needham Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

    Needham Bank
Historical at March
    Needham Bank Pro Forma at March 31, 2023 Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of:  
    31, 2023     25,500,000 shares      30,000,000 shares      34,500,000 shares     39,675,000 shares (1)  
    Amount   Percent
of Assets
    Amount   Percent
of Assets
    Amount   Percent
of Assets
    Amount   Percent
of Assets
    Amount   Percent of
Assets
 
                                                   
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Equity   $ 351,700   9.46 %   $ 444,584   11.57 %   $ 461,180   11.94 %   $ 477,777   12.30 %   $ 496,864   12.70 %
                                                             
Tier 1 leverage capital (2)(3)   $ 364,050   10.07 %   $ 456,934   12.21 %   $ 473,530   12.58 %   $ 490,127   12.95 %   $ 509,214   13.36 %
Tier 1 leverage requirement     180,805   5.00 %     187,043   5.00 %     188,154   5.00 %     189,265   5.00 %     190,543   5.00 %
Excess   $ 183,245   5.07 %   $ 269,890   7.21 %   $ 285,376   7.58 %   $ 300,860   7.95 %   $ 318,670   8.36 %
                                                             
Reconciliation of capital infused into Needham Bank:                                                  
Net proceeds               $ 124,759         $ 146,980         $ 169,202         $ 194,757      
Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP       (21,250 )         (25,000 )         (28,750 )         (33,063 )    
Less:  Common stock acquired by stock-based incentive plans   (10,625 )         (12,500 )         (14,375 )         (16,531 )    
Pro forma increase     $ 92,884         $ 109,480         $ 126,077         $ 145,163      

 

 

(1)As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

(2)Leverage capital ratios are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets.

(3)Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 50% risk weighting.

 

49

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of NB Financial, MHC at March 31, 2023 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of NB Bancorp, after giving effect to the conversion and the offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

    NB Financial,    Pro Forma at March 31, 2023, Based Upon the Sale
in the Offering at $10.00 per Share of 
 
    MHC at March
31, 2023
   25,500,000
shares 
   30,000,000
shares 
   34,500,000
shares 
   39,675,000
shares (1) 
 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Deposits (2)   $3,140,839  $3,140,839  $3,140,839  $3,140,839  $3,140,839 
Borrowings    160,079   160,079   160,079   160,079   160,079 
Total deposits and borrowings   $3,300,918  $3,300,918  $3,300,918  $3,300,918  $3,300,918 
Stockholders’ equity:                     
Preferred stock $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding   $  $  $  $  $ 
Common stock $0.01 par value, 120,000,000 shares authorized; assuming shares outstanding as shown (3)       266   313   359   413 
Additional paid-in capital (4)       259,876   306,147   352,419   405,631 
Retained earnings (5)    365,100   365,100   365,100   365,100   365,100 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)    (13,313)  (13,313)  (13,313)  (13,313)  (13,313)
Net impact of foundation                      
Expense of donation to foundation       (12,625)  (14,500)  (16,375)  (18,531)
Tax benefit of donation to foundation       3,156   3,625   4,094   4,633 
Less:                     
Common stock to be acquired by ESOP (6)       (21,250)  (25,000)  (28,750)  (33,063)
Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plans (7)       (10,625)  (12,500)  (14,375)  (16,531)
Total stockholders’ equity   $351,787  $570,585  $609,872  $649,159  $694,339 
                      
Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets (2)    9.47%  14.50%  15.35%  16.17%  17.11%
                      
Pro forma shares outstanding:                     
Shares offered for sale in offering       25,500,000   30,000,000   34,500,000   39,675,000 
Shares issued to charitable foundation       1,062,500   1,250,000   1,437,500   1,653,125 
Total shares outstanding       26,562,500   31,250,000   35,937,500   41,328,125 

 

 

(1)As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the subscription and community offerings.

(2)Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.

(3)No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of NB Bancorp common stock pursuant to one or more stock-based benefit plans. If these plans are implemented within 12 months following the completion of the offering, an amount up to 10% and 4% of the shares of NB Bancorp common stock sold in the offering, including shares issued to our charitable foundation, will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options and for issuance as restricted stock awards, respectively. See “Management of NB Bancorp – Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering.”

(4)The sum of the par value of the total shares outstanding and additional paid-in capital equals the net offering proceeds at the offering price of $10.00 per share before deducting shares issued to the charitable foundation.

(5)The retained earnings of Needham Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.”

 

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

50

 

 

(continued from previous page)

  

(6)Assumes that 8% of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be acquired by the ESOP financed by a loan from NB Bancorp. The loan will be repaid principally from Needham Bank’s contributions to the ESOP. Since NB Bancorp will finance the ESOP debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no asset or liability will be reflected on NB Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the amount of common stock to be acquired by the ESOP represents unearned compensation. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the ESOP is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.

(7)Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans in open market purchases. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation, which is presented as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As NB Bancorp accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based benefit plans, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to non-interest expense. Implementation of the stock-based benefit plans will require stockholder approval. Any funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to conduct open market purchases will be provided by NB Bancorp.

 

51

 

 

PRO FORMA DATA

 

The following table summarizes historical data of NB Financial, MHC and pro forma data of NB Bancorp at and for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and at and for the year ended December 31, 2022. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the table, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

 

The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

·all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription or community offerings;

 

·our ESOP will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) with a loan from NB Bancorp. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest over a period of 20 years;

 

·we will pay Piper Sandler & Co. a fee equal to 1.35% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the subscription offering, assuming all shares are sold in the subscription offering (net of insider purchases, shares purchased by our ESOP and shares contributed to our charitable foundation);

 

·NB Bancorp will contribute $2.0 million in cash to our charitable foundation; and

 

·expenses of the offering, other than selling agent fees and expenses to be paid to Piper Sandler & Co., will be approximately $2.2 million.

 

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022 as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of the period at an assumed interest rate of 3.60% (2.70% on an after-tax basis). This represents the yield on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note as of March 31, 2023, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate federal regulations provide that we assume in presenting pro forma data.

 

52

 

 

We further believe that the reinvestment rate is factually supportable because:

 

·the yield on the U.S, Treasury Note can be determined and/or estimated from third-party sources; and

 

·we believe that U.S. Treasury securities are not subject to credit losses due to a U.S. Government guarantee of payment of principal and interest.

 

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the ESOP. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

 

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the same price for which they were sold in the offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a five-year period.

 

We have also assumed that options will be granted under the stock-based benefit plans to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of 10 years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $4.95 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 32.02% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 0%, an expected option life of 10 years and a risk-free interest rate of 3.48%.

 

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the offering. In addition, we may grant options and award shares that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the offering.

 

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds to Needham Bank. We will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering and use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the ESOP and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

 

The pro forma tables do not give effect to:

 

·withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering;

 

·our results of operations after the offering, including the impact of additional expenses we expect to incur as a result of operating as a public company; or

 

·changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the offering.

 

The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the offering at the date on which the offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP. We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets, the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion or tax bad debt reserves in the unlikely event we are liquidated.

 

53

 

 

 

    At or For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
    25,500,000 shares     30,000,000 shares     34,500,000 shares     39,675,000 shares (1)   
                         
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Gross proceeds of offering   $ 255,000     $ 300,000     $ 345,000     $ 396,750  
Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation     10,625       12,500       14,375       16,531  
Pro forma market capitalization   $ 265,625     $ 312,500     $ 359,375     $ 413,281  
                                 
Gross proceeds of offering   $ 255,000     $ 300,000     $ 345,000     $ 396,750  
Less: Expenses     (5,483 )     (6,040 )     (6,597 )     (7,237 )
Estimated net proceeds     249,517       293,960       338,403       389,513  
Less:  Common stock purchased by ESOP (2)     (21,250 )     (25,000 )     (28,750 )     (33,063 )
Less:  Cash contribution to charitable foundation     (2,000 )     (2,000 )     (2,000 )     (2,000 )
Less:  Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)     (10,625 )     (12,500 )     (14,375 )     (16,531 )
Estimated net cash proceeds   $ 215,642     $ 254,460     $ 293,278     $ 337,919  
                                 
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023                                
Net income:                                
Historical   $ 8,752     $ 8,752     $ 8,752     $ 8,752  
Pro forma income on net proceeds     1,456       1,718       1,980       2,281  
Pro forma ESOP adjustment(2)     (199 )     (235 )     (270 )     (310 )
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)     (399 )     (469 )     (539 )     (620 )
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)     (616 )     (725 )     (834 )     (959 )
Pro forma net income (6)   $ 8,994     $ 9,041     $ 9,090     $ 9,144  
                                 
Per share net income:                                
Historical   $ 0.36     $ 0.30     $ 0.26     $ 0.23  
Pro forma income on net proceeds     0.06       0.06       0.06       0.06  
Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2)     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )
Pro forma net income per share (5) (6)   $ 0.36     $ 0.30     $ 0.26     $ 0.23  
                                 
Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net income per share     6.94 x     8.33 x     9.62 x     10.87 x
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculations (5)     24,464,063       28,781,250       33,098,438       38,063,203  
                                 
At March 31, 2023                                
Stockholders’ equity:                                
Historical   $ 351,787     $ 351,787     $ 351,787     $ 351,787  
Estimated net proceeds     249,517       293,960       338,403       389,513  
Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation     10,625       12,500       14,375       16,531  
Expense of donation to foundation     (12,625 )     (14,500 )     (16,375 )     (18,531 )
Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation     3,156       3,625       4,094       4,633  
Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)     (21,250 )     (25,000 )     (28,750 )     (33,063 )
Common stock awarded under stock-based
benefit plans (3)
    (10,625 )     (12,500 )     (14,375 )     (16,531 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity (7)   $ 570,585     $ 609,872     $ 649,159     $ 694,339  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity per share:                                
Historical   $ 13.24     $ 11.26     $ 9.79     $ 8.51  
Estimated net proceeds     9.39       9.41       9.42       9.42  
Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation     0.40       0.40       0.40       0.40  
Expense of donation to foundation     (0.48 )     (0.46 )     (0.46 )     (0.45 )
Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation     0.12       0.12       0.11       0.11  
Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)     (0.80 )     (0.80 )     (0.80 )     (0.80 )
Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)     (0.40 )     (0.40 )     (0.40 )     (0.40 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)   $ 21.47     $ 19.53     $ 18.06     $ 16.79  
                                 
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share     46.58 %     51.20 %     55.37 %     59.56 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations (7)     26,562,500       31,250,000       35,937,500       41,328,125  

 

 

(footnotes begin on second following page)

 

54

 

 

    At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2022
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
    25,500,555 shares     30,000,000 shares     34,500,000 shares     39,675,000 shares (1)   
                         
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Gross proceeds of offering   $ 255,000     $ 300,000     $ 345,000     $ 396,750  
Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation     10,625       12,500       14,375       16,531  
Pro forma market capitalization   $ 265,625     $ 312,500     $ 359,375     $ 413,281  
                                 
Gross proceeds of offering   $ 255,000     $ 300,000     $ 345,000     $ 396,750  
Expenses     (5,483 )     (6,040 )     (6,597 )     (7,237 )
Estimated net proceeds     249,517       293,960       338,403       389,513  
Common stock purchased by ESOP (2)     (21,250 )     (25,000 )     (28,750 )     (33,063 )
Cash contribution to charitable foundation     (2,000 )     (2,000 )     (2,000 )     (2,000 )
Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)     (10,625 )     (12,500 )     (14,375 )     (16,531 )
Estimated net cash proceeds   $ 215,642     $ 254,460     $ 293,278     $ 337,919  
                                 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022                                
Net income:                                
Historical   $ 30,065     $ 30,065     $ 30,065     $ 30,065  
Pro forma income on net proceeds     5,822       6,870       7,919       9,124  
Pro forma ESOP adjustment(2)     (797 )     (938 )     (1,078 )     (1,240 )
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)     (1,594 )     (1,875 )     (2,156 )     (2,480 )
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)     (2,465 )     (2,900 )     (3,335 )     (3,836 )
Pro forma net income (6)   $ 31,031     $ 31,222     $ 31,415     $ 31,633  
                                 
Per share net income:                                
Historical   $ 1.22     $ 1.04     $ 0.91     $ 0.79  
Pro forma income on net proceeds     0.24       0.24       0.24       0.24  
Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2)     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)     (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)     (0.10 )     (0.10 )     (0.10 )     (0.10 )
Pro forma net income per share (5) (6)   $ 1.27     $ 1.09     $ 0.96     $ 0.84  
                                 
Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net income per share     7.87 x     9.17 x     10.42 x     11.90 x
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculations (5)     24,543,750       28,875,000       33,206,250       38,187,188  
                                 
At December 31, 2022                                
Stockholders’ equity:                                
Historical   $ 344,065     $ 344,065     $ 344,065     $ 344,065  
Estimated net proceeds     249,517       293,960       338,403       389,513  
Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation     10,625       12,500       14,375       16,531  
Expense of donation to foundation     (12,625 )     (14,500 )     (16,375 )     (18,531 )
Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation     3,156       3,625       4,094       4,633  
Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)     (21,250 )     (25,000 )     (28,750 )     (33,063 )
Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)     (10,625 )     (12,500 )     (14,375 )     (16,531 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity (7)   $ 562,863     $ 602,150     $ 641,437     $ 686,617  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity per share:                                
Historical   $ 12.95     $ 11.01     $ 9.57     $ 8.33  
Estimated net proceeds     9.39       9.41       9.42       9.42  
Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation     0.40       0.40       0.40       0.40  
Expense of donation to foundation     (0.48 )     (0.46 )     (0.46 )     (0.45 )
Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation     0.12       0.12       0.11       0.11  
Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)     (0.80 )     (0.80 )     (0.80 )     (0.80 )
Less:  Common stock awarded under stock-based
benefit plans (3)
    (0.40 )     (0.40 )     (0.40 )     (0.40 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)   $ 21.18     $ 19.28     $ 17.84     $ 16.61  
                                 
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share     47.21 %     51.87 %     56.05 %     60.20 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations (7)     26,562,500       31,250,000       35,937,500       41,328,125  

 

 

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

55

 

 

(1)As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2)Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased by the ESOP. For purposes of the tables, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the ESOP from NB Bancorp. Needham Bank intends to make annual contributions to the ESOP in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Needham Bank’s total annual payments on the ESOP debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. ASC 718-40 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the ESOP shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Needham Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the ESOP expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 25%. The unallocated ESOP shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the ESOP. The pro forma net income further assumes that 26,563, 31,250, 35,938 and 41,328 shares were committed to be released during the three months ended March 31, 2023 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and that 106,250, 125,000, 143,750 and 165,313 shares were committed to be released during the year ended December 31, 2022 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the ESOP shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations.
(3)If approved by NB Bancorp’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion), as restricted stock awards to our officers, employees and directors. Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plan, may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from NB Bancorp or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by NB Bancorp. The tables assume that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the fiscal year and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 25%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.85%.
(4)If approved by NB Bancorp’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $4.95 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 25%. The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the grant of options under the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10% of the shares issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.09%.
(5)Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and, in accordance with applicable accounting standards for ESOPs, subtracting the ESOP shares that have not been committed for release during the period. See note 2, above.
(6)Pro forma net income does not give effect to the nonrecurring expense that would be expected to be recognized in the year ended December 31, 2023 as a result of the contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation. The estimated before tax expense, estimated after-tax expense and pro forma tax benefit associated with the contribution to the charitable foundation is $14.5 million, $3.6 million and $10.9 million, respectively, at the midpoint of the offering. The table below presents before and after tax expense of the foundation contribution for the year ended December 31, 2023, along with pro forma net income and per share net income for the same period. The pro forma data assume that we will realize 100.0% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 25% income tax rate. The realization of the tax benefit is limited annually to 10.0% of our annual taxable income. However, for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.

 

56

 

 

   Minimum of
Offering Range
   Midpoint of
Offering Range
   Maximum of
Offering Range
   Maximum, as
adjusted, of
Offering Range
 
                 
   (in thousands, except per share data) 
Before tax expense of contribution:                
Three Months Ended March 31, 2023  $12,625   $14,500   $16,375   $18,531 
                     
Pro forma tax benefit:                    
Three Months Ended March 31, 2023   3,156    3,625    4,094    4,633 
                     
After tax expense of contribution:                    
Three Months Ended March 31, 2023   9,469    10,875    12,281    13,898 
                     
Pro forma net income:                    
Three Months Ended March 31, 2023   8,994    9,041    9,090    9,144 
                     
Pro forma net income (loss) after foundation expense:                    
Three Months Ended March 31, 2023  $(475)  $(1,834)  $(3,192)  $(4,754)

 

(7)The retained earnings of Needham Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution – Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.” The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

 

57

 

 

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION
W
ITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

 

As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not established and funded in connection with the conversion and offering, RP Financial, LC. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $255.0 million, $300.0 million, $345.0 million and $396.8 million, respectively, with the charitable foundation, as compared to $272.0 million, $320.0 million, $368.0 million and $423.2 million, respectively, without the charitable foundation. There is no assurance that if the charitable foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.

 

For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios, financial data and ratios at and for the three months ended March 31, 2023 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the offering was completed at the beginning of the period, with and without the charitable foundation.

 

    Minimum of Offering Range   Midpoint of Offering Range   Maximum of Offering Range   Adjusted Maximum of Offering
Range
 
    With
Foundation
  Without
Foundation
  With
Foundation
  Without
Foundation
  With
Foundation
  Without
Foundation
  With
Foundation
  Without
Foundation
 
                                   
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Estimated offering amount   $ 255,000   $ 272,000   $ 300,000   $ 320,000   $ 345,000   $ 368,000   $ 396,750   $ 423,200  
Pro forma market capitalization     265,625     272,000     312,500     320,000     359,375     368,000     413,281     423,200  
Total assets     3,934,853     3,949,709     3,974,140     3,991,353     4,013,427     4,032,997     4,058,607     4,080,887  
Total liabilities     3,364,268     3,364,268     3,364,268     3,364,268     3,364,268     3,364,268     3,364,268     3,364,268  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity     570,585     585,441     609,872     627,085     649,159     668,729     694,339     716,619  
Pro forma net income (1)     8,994     9,086     9,041     9,148     9,090     9,209     9,144     9,280  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share   $ 21.47   $ 21.52   $ 19.53   $ 19.59   $ 18.06   $ 18.17   $ 16.79   $ 16.93  
Pro forma net income per share   $ 0.36   $ 0.35   $ 0.30   $ 0.30   $ 0.26   $ 0.26   $ 0.23   $ 0.22  
                                                   
Pro forma pricing ratios:                                                  
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share     46.58 %   46.47 %   51.20 %   51.05 %   55.37 %   55.04 %   59.56 %   59.07 %
Offering price to pro forma net income per share     6.94 x   7.14 x   8.33 x   8.33 x   9.62 x   9.62 x   10.87 x   11.36 x
                                                   
Pro forma financial ratios:                                                  
Return on assets     0.91 %   0.92 %   0.91 %   0.92 %   0.91 %   0.91 %   0.90 %   0.91 %
Return on equity     6.30 %   6.21 %   5.93 %   5.84 %   5.60 %   5.51 %   5.27 %   5.18 %
Equity to assets     14.51 %   14.83 %   15.35 %   15.72 %   16.18 %   16.59 %   17.12 %   17.57 %
                                                   
Total shares issued     26,562,500     27,200,000     31,250,000     32,000,000     35,937,500     36,800,000     41,328,125     42,320,000  

 

(1)The following table shows the estimated after-tax expense associated with the contribution to the charitable foundation, as well as pro forma net income, pro forma net income per share, pro forma return on assets and pro forma return on stockholders’ equity assuming the contribution to the charitable foundation was expensed during the quarter ended March 31, 2023.

 

58

 

 

   Minimum of
Offering Range
   Midpoint of
Offering Range
   Maximum of
Offering Range
   Adjusted Maximum
of Offering Range
 
                 
   (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Before-tax expense of contribution to foundation   $(12,625)  $(14,500)  $(16,375)  $(18,531)
After-tax expense of contribution to foundation   $(9,469)  $(10,875)  $(12,281)  $(13,898)
Pro forma net (loss)   $(475)  $9,041   $9,090   $9,144 
Pro forma net (loss) per share   $(0.02)  $0.30   $0.26   $0.23 
Pro forma tax benefit   $3,156   $1,625   $2,094   $2,633 
Offering price to pro forma net income per share     n/m     n/m     n/m     n/m 
Pro forma return on assets (annualized)    (0.05)%   (0.18)%   (0.32)%   (0.47)%
Pro forma return on equity (annualized)    (0.33)%   (1.20)%   (1.97)%   (2.74)%

 

59

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section has been derived from the consolidated financial statements that appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Needham Bank and the consolidated financial statements provided in this prospectus for NB Financial, MHC. NB Bancorp had not engaged in any activities at March 31, 2023.

 

Overview

 

Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in commercial real estate and multifamily loans, one- to four-family residential real estate loans, construction and land development loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans. To a lesser extent, we originate home equity loans and lines of credit. At March 31, 2023, $1.09 billion, or 33.9%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of commercial real estate and multifamily loans, and $972.9 million, or 30.3%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. We also invest in securities, consisting primarily of U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities, municipal bonds and corporate bonds. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including certificate of deposit accounts, IRAs, money market accounts, savings accounts, demand deposit accounts and interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking accounts. We historically have utilized advances from the FHLB to fund our operations and we had $160.1 million of FHLB advances at March 31, 2023. Additionally, in recent years, we have also utilized brokered deposits as a non-retail funding source to fund our operations and at March 31, 2023 we had $250.0 million of brokered deposits.

 

For the quarter ended March 31, 2023 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we had net income of $8.8 million, $30.1 million and $21.6 million, respectively. The increase in our net income year over year resulted primarily from an increase of our interest and fee income on loans in 2022.

 

Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our results of operations also are affected by our provision for credit losses, noninterest income and noninterest expense. Noninterest income currently consists primarily of customer service fees, swap contract income, and income on bank-owned life insurance. Noninterest expense currently consists primarily of expenses related to salary and employee benefits and director fees, occupancy and equipment, data processing, marketing and charitable contribution expense, professional fees, federal deposit insurance assessments and other general and administrative expenses.

 

Our results of operations also may be affected significantly by general and local economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expenses. We consider the accounting policies discussed below to be significant accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions that we use are based on historical experience and various other factors and are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, resulting in a change that could have a material impact on the carrying value of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations.

 

60

 

 

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an “emerging growth company” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

The following represent our significant accounting policies:

 

Loans Held for Investment and Allowance for Credit Losses. Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until loan maturity or pay-off are reported held for investment at their outstanding principal balance adjusted for any charge-offs and net of any deferred fees (including purchase accounting adjustments) and origination costs (collectively referred to as “amortized cost”). Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment of the yield using the payment terms required by the loan contract.

 

Loans are generally placed into nonaccrual status when they are past due 90 days or more as to either principal or interest or when, in the opinion of management, the collection of principal and/or interest is in doubt. A loan remains in nonaccrual status until the loan is current as to payment of both principal and interest or past due less than 90 days and the borrower demonstrates the ability to pay and remain current. When cash payments are received, they are applied to principal first, then to accrued interest. It is the Company's policy not to record interest income on nonaccrual loans until principal has become current. In certain instances, accruing loans that are past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest may not go on nonaccrual status if the Company determines that the loans are well-secured and are in the process of collection. In accordance with ASC 326, the Company elected to exclude accrued interest from the amortized cost basis in its determination of the allowance for credit losses (the “ACL”) for loans held for investment, and will instead reverse accrued but unpaid interest through interest income in the period in which the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

 

The ACL represents management’s best estimate of credit losses over the remaining life of the loan portfolio. Loans are charged-off against the ACL when management believes the loan balance is no longer collectible. Subsequent recoveries of previously charged-off amounts (recoveries) are recorded as increases to the ACL. The provision for credit losses is an amount sufficient to bring the ACL to an estimated balance that management considers adequate to absorb lifetime expected losses in the Company’s held for investment loan portfolio. The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans.

 

Management’s determination of the adequacy of the ACL under ASC 326 is based on an evaluation of the composition of the loan portfolio current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, reasonable and supportable forecasts, and other risk factors. We use a third-party CECL model as part of our estimation of the ACL on a quarterly basis. Loans with similar risk characteristics are collectively assessed within pools (or segments). Loss estimates within the collectively assessed population are based on a combination of pooled assumptions and loan-level characteristics. We have determined that using federal call codes is an appropriate loan segmentation methodology, as it is generally based on risk characteristics of a loan’s underlying collateral. Using federal call codes also allows us to utilize and assess publicly available external information when developing our estimate of the ACL. The weighted average life (“WAL”) method is the primary credit loss estimation methodology we use and involves estimating future cash flows for pools of loans using their weighted average life.

 

61

 

 

In applying future economic forecasts, we utilize a forecast period of one year. We consider economic forecasts of national gross domestic product and unemployment rates from the Federal Open Market Committee to inform the model for loss estimation. Historical loss rates used in the quantitative model are primarily derived from the Bank’s data, supplemented with peer bank data obtained from publicly available sources (i.e., federal call reports). The Bank’s peer group is comprised of financial institutions of relatively similar size (i.e., $1.5 - $5 billion of total assets) and in similar markets. Management also considers qualitative adjustments when estimating loan losses to take into account the model’s quantitative limitations. Qualitative adjustments to quantitative loss factors, either negative or positive, may include considerations of trends in delinquencies, nonaccrual loans, charged-off loans, changes in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in lending policy, experience and depth of management, regional and local economic trends and conditions, and concentrations of credit, competition, and loan review results.

 

For those loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, we evaluate the ACL needs on an individual (or loan by loan) basis. This population of individually evaluated loans (or loan relationships with the same primary source of repayment) is determined on a quarterly basis and is based on whether the risk grade of the loan is substandard or worse and the balance exceeds $500,000 and the loan’s terms differ significantly from other pooled loans. In accordance with our policy, non-accrual residential real estate loans that are well secured (LTV <75%) are not considered to warrant a downgrade to substandard risk rating and are therefore excluded from individually evaluated loans. Measurement of credit loss is based on the expected future cash flows of an individually evaluated loan, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or measured on an observable market value, if one exists, or the estimated market value of the collateral underlying the loan, discounted to consider estimated costs to sell the collateral for collateral-dependent loans. If the net value is less than the loan’s amortized cost, a specific reserve in the ACL is recorded, which is charged-off in the period when management believes the loan balance is no longer collectible.

 

Income Taxes. We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.  We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets.  These judgments may require us to make projections of future taxable income and/or to carryback to taxable income in prior years. The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets, which are inherently subjective, are reviewed on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change.  Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

 

Securities Valuation and Impairment. We classify our investments in debt securities as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale. Securities classified as held-to maturity are recorded at cost or amortized cost. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value. We obtain our fair values from one or more third-party services. This service’s fair value calculations are based on quoted market prices when such prices are available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimates of fair value are computed using a variety of techniques, including extrapolation from the quoted prices of similar instruments or recent trades for thinly traded securities, fundamental analysis, or through obtaining purchase quotes. Due to the subjective nature of the valuation process, it is possible that the actual fair values of these investments could differ from the estimated amounts, thereby affecting our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

62

 

 

We adopted ASC 326 using the prospective transition approach for debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment had been recognized prior to January 1, 2023. As of December 31, 2022, we did not have any other than-temporarily impaired investment securities. Therefore, upon adoption of ASC 326, we determined that an allowance for credit losses on available for sale securities was not deemed material. For available for sale securities, management evaluates all investments in an unrealized loss position on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such evaluation. If we have the intent to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security, the security is written down to fair value and the entire loss is recorded in earnings. If either of the above criteria is not met, we evaluate whether the decline in fair value is the result of credit losses or other factors. In making the assessment, we may consider various factors including the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, performance on any underlying collateral, downgrades in the ratings of the security by a rating agency, the failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments and adverse conditions specifically related to the security. If the assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security and any excess is recorded as an allowance for credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any amount of unrealized loss that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. Changes in the allowance for credit loss are recorded as provision for (or reversal of) credit loss expense. Losses are charged against the allowance for credit loss when management believes an available for sale security is confirmed to be uncollectible or when either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met. At March 31, 2023, there was no allowance for credit loss related to the available for sale portfolio. Accrued interest receivable on available for sale debt securities totaled $1.4 million at March 31, 2023 and was excluded from the estimate of credit losses.

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022

 

Total Assets. Total assets increased $123.7 million, or 3.4%, to $3.72 billion at March 31, 2023 from $3.59 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily the result of increases in net loans, offset, in part, by decreases in cash and cash equivalents and FHLB stock.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $64.7 million, or 41.3%, to $91.9 million at March 31, 2023 from $156.5 million at December 31, 2022. The decrease in cash and cash equivalents was due to the deployment of cash primarily into loans.

 

Securities Available-for-Sale. Securities available-for-sale decreased $563,000, or 0.2%, to $244.9 million at March 31, 2023 from $245.5 million at December 31, 2022. No securities were sold during the quarter ended March 31, 2023.

 

Loans, net. Loans, net increased $195.7 million, or 6.5%, to $3.19 billion at March 31, 2023 from $2.99 billion at December 31, 2022. During the quarter, we experienced increases in each of our loan portfolios other than construction and land development and consumer loans. One- to four- family residential real estate loans increased $40.4 million, or 4.3%, from December 31, 2022 to March 31, 2023; our commercial real estate portfolio, including multi-family real estate loans, increased $78.2 million, or 7.7%, from December 31, 2022 to March 31, 2023; commercial and industrial loans (including Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans) increased $91.6 million, or 37.0%, from December 31, 2022 to March 31, 2023. Construction and land development loans decreased $7.4 million, or 1.3%, and consumer loans decreased $3.6 million, or 1.8%, from December 31, 2022 to March 31, 2023, respectively. The increase in our loan portfolios reflects our strategy to grow the balance sheet by continuing to diversify into these higher-yielding loans to improve net margins and manage interest rate risk. In addition, to help manage interest rate risk and generate non-interest income, we sell one- to four-family residential mortgage loans into the secondary market on a servicing-retained basis. During the quarter ended March 31, 2023, we did not sell any loans.

 

63

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. The FHLB is a cooperative bank that provides services to its member banking institutions. The primary reason for our membership in the FHLB is to gain access to a reliable source of wholesale funding and as a tool to manage interest rate risk. The purchase of stock in the FHLB is a requirement for a member to gain access to funding. We purchase and/or are subject to redemption of FHLB stock proportional to the volume of funding received and view the holdings as a necessary long-term investment for the purpose of balance sheet liquidity and not for investment return. We held an investment in FHLB stock of $7.9 million and $13.2 million at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. The amount of stock we are required to purchase is in proportion to our FHLB borrowings and level of total assets. Accordingly, the decrease in the FHLB stock during the quarter ended March 31, 2023 is due to decreased borrowings.

 

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets. Prepaid expenses and other assets consist primarily of right of use assets related to our long-term leases and derivatives with a positive fair value and other investments and decreased $2.2 million, or 3.8%, to $55.0 million at March 31, 2023 from $57.2 million at December 31, 2022. The decrease resulted primarily from decreases in derivatives from hedging strategies and other investments.

 

Deposits. Deposits increased $254.1 million, or 8.8%, to $3.14 billion at March 31, 2023 from $2.89 billion at December 31, 2022.

 

Core deposits (which we define as all deposits including certificates of deposit, other than brokered deposits) increased $254.1 million, or 9.6%, to $2.89 billion at March 31, 2023 from $2.64 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily a result of a $104.1 million, or 15.8%, increase in money market accounts to $763.6 million at March 31, 2023 from $659.5 million at December 31, 2022 and a $46.6 million, or 5.5%, increase in interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking and demand deposit accounts during the period, offset, in part, by a decrease of $17.5 million, or 10.7%, in savings accounts. Certificates of deposit increased $120.8 million, or 10.0%, to $1.33 billion at March 31, 2023 from $1.21 billion at December 31, 2022. At March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had approximately $250 million of brokered deposits.

 

A significant amount of our deposit growth during the quarter ended March 31, 2023 occurred in March 2023. We believe much of this growth resulted, in part, from the turmoil and liquidity uncertainty created in the banking industry by the high-profile failures of certain financial institutions around the country in March 2023. Additionally, in December 2022 we opened a new branch office in Medford, Massachusetts, and at March 31, 2023, this branch office accounted for approximately $50.0 million of new deposits.

 

Borrowings. Borrowings decreased $133.0 million, or 45.4%, to $160.1 million at March 31, 2023 from $293.1 million at December 31, 2022. The increase in deposits during the quarter allowed us to paydown certain higher-cost borrowings upon maturity and utilize the deposits to fund loan growth. At March 31, 2023, our borrowings consisted solely of FHLB advances.

 

64

 

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities. Accrued expenses and other liabilities decreased $4.6 million, or 8.8%, to $47.8 million at March 31, 2023 from $52.4 million at December 31, 2022. The decrease resulted from a decrease in derivatives with a negative fair value.

 

Equity. Total equity increased $7.7 million, or 2.2%, to $351.8 million at March 31, 2023 from $344.1 million at December 31, 2022, due to net income of $8.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $1.3 million, reflecting the net impact that the interest rate environment had on the Company’s available-for-sale securities, offset, in part, by the implementation of the CECL credit loss standard which resulted in a $2.1 million decrease to equity and a decrease of $195,000 in the unrealized gain on interest rate swaps.

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021

 

Total Assets. Total assets increased $669.7 million, or 22.9%, to $3.59 billion at December 31, 2022 from $2.92 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily the result of increases in net loans, bank-owned life insurance and prepaid expenses and other assets, offset, in part, by decreases in cash and cash equivalents.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $310.5 million, or 66.5%, to $156.5 million at December 31, 2022 from $467.1 million at December 31, 2022. The decrease in cash and cash equivalents was due to the deployment of cash primarily into loans.

 

Securities Available-for-Sale. Securities available-for-sale decreased $14.3 million, or 5.5%, to $245.5 million at December 31, 2022 from $259.8 million at December 31, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2022, purchases of securities were more than offset by the fair value decline in the portfolio, as well as amortization and calls. The rising rate environment in the second half of 2022 contributed to a $17.7 million decrease in the net unrealized position of the portfolio. No securities were sold during the year ended December 31, 2022.

 

Loans, net. Loans, net increased $904.1 million, or 43.3%, to $2.99 billion at December 31, 2022 from $2.09 billion at December 31, 2021. We experienced increases in each of our loan portfolios. One- to four- family residential real estate loans, including home equity loans, increased $153.0 million, or 17.9%, from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022; our commercial real estate portfolio, including multi-family real estate loans and construction and land development loans, increased $472.6 million, or 43.3%, from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022; commercial and industrial loans (including PPP loans) increased $130.5 million, or 111.6%, from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022; and consumer loans increased $157.2 million, or 399.1%, from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022. The increase in these loan portfolios reflects our strategy to grow the balance sheet by continuing to diversify into these higher-yielding loans to improve net margins and manage interest rate risk. In addition, to help manage interest rate risk and generate non-interest income, we sell one- to four-family residential mortgage loans into the secondary market on a servicing-retained basis. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we sold $1.8 million in loans and recognized gains of $47,000.

 

The increases in each of our loan portfolios were offset, in part, by a decrease in PPP loans of $17.5 million, or 96.4%, to $645,000 at December 31, 2022 from $18.1 million at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022, we had eight PPP loans outstanding totaling $645,000 compared to 60 loans outstanding totaling $18.1 million at December 31, 2021.

 

65

 

 

We participated in the PPP, established as part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), and administered by the SBA. The PPP provided 100% federally guaranteed loans for small businesses to cover payroll, utilities, rent and interest. These small business loans may be forgiven if borrowers maintained their payrolls and satisfied certain other conditions for a period of time during the COVID-19 pandemic. We began accepting and funding loans under this program in April 2020 and the program has been largely completed with substantially all of the borrowers receiving forgiveness payments. We originated 1,600 PPP loans totaling approximately $228.6 million and through December 31, 2022. 1,586 borrowers have received forgiveness payments totaling approximately $227.7 million.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. The FHLB is a cooperative bank that provides services to its member banking institutions. The primary reason for our membership in the FHLB is to gain access to a reliable source of wholesale funding and as a tool to manage interest rate risk. The purchase of stock in the FHLB is a requirement for a member to gain access to funding. We purchase and/or are subject to redemption of FHLB stock proportional to the volume of funding received and view the holdings as a necessary long-term investment for the purpose of balance sheet liquidity and not for investment return. We held an investment in FHLB stock of $13.2 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The amount of stock we are required to purchase is in proportion to our FHLB borrowings and level of total assets. Accordingly, the increase in the FHLB stock is due to increased borrowings.

 

Bank-owned Life Insurance. We invest in bank-owned life insurance to help offset the costs of our employee benefit plan obligations. Bank-owned life insurance also generally provides noninterest income that is nontaxable. Bank-owned life insurance increased $23.4 million, or 91.0%, to $49.0 million at December 31, 2022 from $25.7 million at December 31, 2021. The increase was driven by purchases of $22.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022.

 

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets. Prepaid expenses and other assets consist primarily of right of use assets related to our long-term leases and derivatives with a positive fair value and other investments and increased $30.7 million, or 116.1%, to $57.2 million at December 31, 2022 from $26.5 million at December 31, 2021. The increase resulted primarily from increases in the value of our right of use assets and derivatives from hedging strategies and other investments.

 

Deposits. Deposits increased $322.2 million, or 12.6%, to $2.89 billion at December 31, 2022 from $2.56 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase resulted in part from our April 2022 purchase of a cannabis and money service banking business from another financial institution which resulted in our acquisition of approximately $297.7 million of core deposits.

 

Core deposits (which we define as all deposits including certificates of deposit, other than brokered deposits) increased $122.2 million, or 4.9%, to $2.64 billion at December 31, 2022 from $2.51 billion at December 31, 2021. This increase was primarily a result of a $110.7 million, or 14.9%, increase in interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking and demand deposit accounts, offset, in part, by a decrease of $39.9 million, or 5.7%, in money market accounts to $659.5 million at December 31, 2022 from $699.3 million at December 31, 2021. Certificates of deposit increased $248.2 million, or 25.8%, to $1.21 billion at December 31, 2022 from $961.5 million at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, we had approximately $250 million and $50 million of brokered deposits, respectively. The increase in brokered deposits during 2022 resulted from our decision to increase alternative funding sources to fund a portion of the 2022 loan growth.

 

66

 

 

Borrowings. We had $293.1 million of borrowings at December 31, 2022 as compared to $256,000 at December 31, 2021. The increase is related to the execution of short-term borrowings during the second half of 2022 to support loan growth. Our borrowings consisted solely of FHLB advances.

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities. Accrued expenses and other liabilities increased $32.2 million, or 159.6%, to $52.4 million at December 31, 2022 from $20.2 million at December 31, 2021. The increase resulted from an increase in derivatives with a negative fair value.

 

Equity. Total equity increased $17.9 million, or 5.5%, to $344.1 million at December 31, 2022 from $326.1 million at December 31, 2021, due to net income of $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 offset, in part by an increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $12.1 million, reflecting the net impact that the interest rate environment had on the Company’s available-for-sale securities, offset, in part, by an increase in the unrealized gain on interest rate swaps.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022

 

Net Income. Net income was $8.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023, compared to net income of $4.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2022, an increase of $4.5 million, or 104.7%. The increase was primarily due to a $7.7 million increase in net interest income after provision for credit losses and an increase of $4.7 million in noninterest income, offset in part by a $6.3 million increase in noninterest expense and a $1.7 million increase in income tax expense quarter to quarter.

 

Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income increased $22.1 million, or 94.7%, to $45.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $23.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2022, primarily due to a $21.4 million increase in interest and fees on loans. The increase in interest and fees on loans was primarily due to an increase of $917.6 million in the average balance of the loan portfolio to $3.10 billion for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $2.18 billion for quarter ended March 31, 2022 and an increase of 158 basis points in the weighted average yield for the loan portfolio to 5.70% for the 2023 quarter from 4.12% for the 2022 quarter, reflecting the increasing rate environment quarter to quarter as well as the growth of our consumer and commercial portfolios.

 

Average interest-earning assets increased $629.6 million, to $3.45 billion for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $2.82 billion for the quarter ended March 31, 2022. The yield on interest-earning assets increased 199 basis points to 5.35% for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from 3.36% for the quarter ended March 31, 2022.

 

Interest Expense. Total interest expense increased $12.7 million, or 609.4%, to $14.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $2.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2022. Interest expense on deposit accounts increased $10.2 million, or 489.9%, to $12.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $2.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2022, due to an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits of $297.8 million, or 13.5%, to $2.50 billion for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $2.21 billion for the quarter ended March 31, 2022 and an increase in the weighted average rate on interest-bearing deposits to 1.99% for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from 0.38% for the quarter ended March 31, 2022.

 

Interest expense on FHLB advances increased $2.5 million to $2.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $2,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2022. The average balance of FHLB advances increased $199.9 million to $200.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $297,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2022. The increase in the average balance was due to our strategy to utilize additional borrowings to support loan growth and liquidity.

 

67

 

 

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $9.4 million, or 44.2%, to $30.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $21.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2022, primarily due to a $629.6 million increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets during the quarter ended March 31, 2023, together with an increase in the interest rate spread to 3.13% for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from 2.98% for the quarter ended March 31, 2022 and an increase in the net interest margin to 3.61% for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from 3.06% for the quarter ended March 31, 2022. The increase in the interest rate spread and the net interest margin was primarily due to the increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets to $3.45 billion for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $2.82 billion for the quarter ended March 31, 2022 and a 199 basis point increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets when comparing the 2023 quarter to the 2022 quarter, offset, in part, by an increase of $497.7 million in the average balances on interest-bearing liabilities and an increase of 184 basis points in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities to 2.22% for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from 0.38% for the quarter ended March 31, 2022.

 

Provision for Credit Losses. Based on management’s analysis of the adequacy of allowance for credit losses, a provision of $2.1 million was recorded for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 in accordance with the CECL standard, compared to a provision of $400,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2022 in accordance with the incurred loss methodology standard. The $1.7 million, or 418.0%, increase in the provision was primarily due to the portfolio loan growth.

 

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $4.7 million, or 347.9%, to $6.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $1.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2022. The increase resulted primarily from a one-time gain of $3.5 million in employee retention credit, a refundable tax credit against certain employment taxes under the CARES Act and a $1.5 million increase in customer service fees, resulting largely from cash management services fees during 2023 from our cannabis business which we acquired effective April 1, 2022, offset, in part, by decreases in mortgage banking income and swap contract income. The table below sets forth our noninterest income for the quarters ended March 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

    Quarter Ended
March 31,
    Change  
    2023     2022     Amount     Percent  
                         
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Customer service fees     1,904       439       1,465       333.7 %
Income from bank-owned life insurance     371       180       191       106.1 %
Mortgage banking income     230       280       (50 )     (17.9 )%
Swap contract income     107       457       (350 )     (76.6 )%
Employee retention credit income     3,452             3,452       n/a  
Other     19       2       17       850 %
Total noninterest income   $ 6,083     $ 1,358       4,725       347.9 %

 

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $6.3 million, or 38.6%, to $22.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $16.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2022. Salary and employee benefit expenses increased $3.6 million, or 31.3%. The increase in salary and employee benefits resulted primarily from the hiring of additional employees consistent with our business strategy to grow the Bank, including the addition of 23 employees who became employed at Needham Bank in connection with our cannabis and money service business acquisition, as well normal salary increases. Additionally, director and professional fees increased $719,000, or 76.1%, This increase was mainly the result of increased professional services in connection with our loan operations. Data processing expense increased $430,000, or 33.6%, resulting from our strategy to upgrade and implement information technology systems, including cybersecurity and fraud prevention and detection platforms, as well as data expense related to increased deposit activity. General and administrative expense increased $459,000, or 73.4%, primarily resulting from a general increase in the customer base as well as increases resulting from the addition of the Medford branch and the servicing of our cannabis business primarily from this branch location.

 

68

 

 

The table below sets forth our noninterest expense for the quarters ended March 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

    Quarters Ended
March 31,
    Change  
    2023     2022     Amount     Percent  
                         
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Salaries and employee benefits   $ 14,977     $ 11,408       3,569       31.3 %
Director and professional fees     1,664       945       719       76.1 %
Occupancy and equipment     1,375       1,068       307       28.7 %
Data processing     1,709       1,279       430       33.6 %
Marketing and charitable contribution     1,190       632       558       88.3 %
FDIC and state insurance assessments     692       420       272       64.8 %
General and administrative     1,084       625       459       73.4 %
Total noninterest expense   $ 22,691     $ 16,377       6,314       38.6 %

 

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense increased $1.7 million, or 106.6%, to $3.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 from $1.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2022. The effective tax rate was 27.0% and 26.8% for the quarters ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021

 

Net Income. Net income was $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to net income of $21.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $8.5 million, or 39.4%. The increase was primarily due to a $22.3 million increase in net interest income after provision for loan losses, offset in part by a $14.2 million increase in noninterest expense.

 

Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income increased $29.9 million, or 33.0%, to $120.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $90.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a $27.9 million increase in interest and fees on loans. The increase in interest and fees on loans was primarily due to an increase of $362.7 million in the average balance of the loan portfolio to $2.49 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $2.12 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021 and an increase of 53 basis points in the weighted average yield for the loan portfolio to 4.58% for 2022 from 4.05% for 2021, reflecting the increasing rate environment year to year as well as the growth of our consumer and commercial portfolios. Our 2022 and 2021 income included $270,000 and $4.0 million of interest and dividend income related to PPP loans, respectively.

 

Average interest-earning assets increased $229.4 million, to $3.01 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $2.78 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021. The yield on interest-earning assets increased 74 basis points to 4.01% for the year ended December 31, 2022 from 3.27% for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

Interest Expense. Total interest expense increased $2.9 million, or 23.1%, to $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Interest expense on deposit accounts increased $2.1 million, or 19.8%, to $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, due to an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits of $54.7 million, or 2.6%, to $2.19 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $2.13 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021 and an increase in the weighted average rate on interest-bearing deposits to 0.58% for the year ended December 31, 2022 from 0.50% for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

69

 

 

Interest expense on FHLB advances increased $819,000, or 40.1%, to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The average balance of FHLB advances increased $24.7 million, or 38.9%, to $88.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $63.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in the average balance was due to our strategy to utilize additional borrowings to support loan growth and for liquidity management.

 

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $27.0 million, or 34.6%, to $105.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $78.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a $229.4 million increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets during the year ended December 31, 2022, together with an increase in the interest rate spread to 3.33% for the year ended December 31, 2022 from 2.69% for the year ended December 31, 2021 and an increase in the net interest margin to 3.49% for the year ended December 31, 2022 from 2.81% for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in the interest rate spread and the net interest margin was primarily due to the increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets to $3.01 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $2.78 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021 and a 74 basis point increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets in 2022 versus 2021, offset, in part, by an increase of $79.5 million in the average balances on interest-bearing liabilities and an increase of 10 basis points in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities to 0.68% for the year ended December 31, 2022 from 0.58% for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

Provision for Loan Losses. Based on management’s analysis of the adequacy of allowance for loan losses, a provision of $6.7 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to a provision of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The $4.7 million, or 226.8%, increase in the provision was primarily due to the material growth in net loans which increased $904.1 million, or 43.3%, to $2.99 billion at December 31, 2022 from $2.09 billion at December 31, 2021.

 

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $621,000, or 7.2%, to $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase resulted primarily from a bargain purchase gain from our acquisition of a cannabis and money service banking business from another financial institution in April 2022 and increases in customer service fees, including cash management and money service fees related primarily to our cannabis business, and increase in the cash surrender value of our Bank-owned life insurance, offset, in part, by decreases in realized net gains on sale of securities, mortgage banking income and swap contract income. The table below sets forth our noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

70

 

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
    2022     2021     Amount     Percent  
                         
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Bargain purchase gain   $ 1,070     $     $ 1,070       n/a %
Customer service fees     5,138       3,413       1,725       50.5 %
Income from bank-owned life insurance     1,157       400       757       189.3 %
Net gain on sales of securities           481       (481 )     n/a %
Gain on sale of bank premises and equipment           496       (496 )      n/a %
Mortgage banking income     595       1,830       (1,235 )     (67.5 )%
Swap contract income     1,262       1,988       (726 )     (36.5 )%
Other     53       46       7       15.2 %
Total noninterest income   $ 9,275     $ 8,654     $ 621       7.2 %

 

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $14.2 million, or 24.9%, to $71.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $57.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Salary and employee benefit expenses increased $9.4 million, or 24.8%. The increase in salary and employee benefits resulted primarily from the hiring of additional employees consistent with our business strategy to grow the Bank, including the addition of 23 employees who became employed at Needham Bank in connection with our cannabis and money service business acquisition, as well normal salary increases. Additionally, director and professional fees increased $1.0 million, or 28.1%, resulting primarily from increased professional services in connection with our loan operations, and general and administrative expense increased $1.3 million, or 57.1%, resulting from a general increase in the customer base as well as increases resulting from the addition of the Medford branch and the servicing of our cannabis business primarily from this branch location. The table below sets forth our noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
    2022     2021     Amount     Percent  
                         
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Salaries and employee benefits   $ 47,466     $ 38,046     $ 9,420       24.8 %
Director and professional fees     4,758       3,713       1,045       28.1 %
Occupancy and equipment     4,354       3,845       509       13.2 %
Data processing     5,657       4,814       843       17.5 %
Marketing and charitable contribution     3,404       2,822       582       20.6 %
FDIC and state insurance assessments     1,829       1,398       431       30.8 %
General and administrative     3,683       2,345       1,338       57.1 %
Total noninterest expense   $ 71,151     $ 56,983     $ 14,168       24.9 %

 

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense increased $266,000, or 4.4%, to $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The effective tax rate was 17.4% and 21.9% for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The effective tax rate decreased during 2022 primarily as a result of an increase in tax credits received from renewable energy projects as we increased our investments in renewable energy during 2022.

 

71

 

 

Average Balances and Yields. The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments have been made, as the effects would be immaterial. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances. All average balances are daily average balances. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts, and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense; such fees, discounts and premiums were not material for the periods presented.

 

   For the Three Months Ended March 31, 
   2023   2022 
   Average
Outstanding
Balance
   Interest   Average
Yield/Rate (1)
   Average
Outstanding
Balance
   Interest   Average
Yield/Rate (1)
 
                         
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Interest-earning assets:                              
Loans   $3,099,605   $43,552    5.70%  $2,182,007   $22,143    4.12%
Securities    252,895    1,109    1.78%   264,944    965    1.48%
Other investments    37,905    196    2.10%   23,427    94    1.63%
Short-term investments    57,491    603    4.25%   347,955    141    0.16%
Total interest-earning assets    3,447,896    45,460    5.35%   2,818,333    23,343    3.36%
Non-interest-earning assets    174,088              92,388           
Allowance for credit losses    (26,302)             (18,497)          
Total assets   $3,595,682             $2,892,225           
                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:                              
Savings accounts   $159,087    20    0.05%  $166,296    21    0.05%
NOW accounts    368,795    65    0.07%   397,998    89    0.09%
Money market accounts    654,043    2,535    1.57%   740,149    397    0.22%
Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts    1,322,760    9,673    2.97%   902,411    1,577    0.71%
Total interest-bearing deposits    2,504,685    12,293    1.99%   2,206,854    2,084    0.38%
FHLB advances    200,194    2,506    5.01%   297    2    2.73%
Total interest-bearing
liabilities
   2,704,879    14,799    2.22%   2,207,151    2,086    0.38%
Non-interest-bearing deposits    472,788              327,315           
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities    70,674              30,206           
Total liabilities    3,248,341              2,564,672           
Equity    347,342              327,553           
Total liabilities and equity   $3,595,682             $2,892,225           
Net interest income        $30,661             $21,257      
Net interest rate spread (2)              3.13%             2.98%
Net interest-earning assets (3)   $743,017             $611,183           
Net interest margin (4)              3.61%             3.06%
                               
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities    127.47%             127.69%          

 

 

(1)Annualized
(2)Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

72

 

 

   For the Years Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
     Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
   Average
Outstanding
Balance
   Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
 
                             
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Interest-earning assets:                              
Loans   $2,485,182   $113,760    4.58%  $2,122,519   $85,873    4.05%
Securities    324,567    4,954    1.53%   194,316    3,738    1.92%
Other investments    27,522    656    2.38%   35,733    475    1.33%
Short-term investments    168,190    1,142    0.68%   423,533    555    0.13%
Total interest-earning assets    3,005,461    120,512    4.01%  $2,776,101    90,641    3.27%
Non-interest-earning assets    133,851              88,581           
Allowance for loan losses    (20,422)             (17,981)          
Total assets   $3,118,890             $2,846,701           
                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:                              
Savings accounts   $166,905    84    0.05%  $146,921    99    0.07%
NOW accounts    402,110    328    0.08%   361,633    423    0.12%
Money market accounts    768,487    2,466    0.32%   644,358    2,117    0.33%
Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts    848,500    9,811    1.16%   978,353    7,951    0.81%
Total interest-bearing deposits    2,186,003    12,689    0.58%   2,131,265    10,590    0.50%
FHLB advances    88,344    2,859    3.24%   63,607    2,040    3.21%
Total interest-bearing
liabilities
   2,274,347    15,548    0.68%   2,194,872    12,630    0.58%
Non-interest-bearing deposits    464,461              303,959           
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities    48,210              31,522           
Total liabilities    2,787,018              2,530,353           
Equity    331,872              316,348           
Total liabilities and equity   $3,118,890             $2,846,701           
Net interest income        $104,964             $78,011      
Net interest rate spread (1)              3.33%             2.69%
Net interest-earning assets (2)   $731,114             $581,229           
Net interest margin (3)              3.49%             2.81%
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities    132.15%             126.48%          

 

 

(1)Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2)Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

73

 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume. There were no out-of-period items or adjustments required to be excluded from the table below.

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2023 vs. 2022
    Years Ended
December 31, 2022 vs. 2021
 
    Increase (Decrease) Due to    Total    Increase (Decrease) Due to    Total 
              Increase              Increase 
    Volume    Rate    (Decrease)    Volume    Rate    (Decrease) 
                               
    (In thousands) 
Interest-earning assets:                              
Loans   $11,182   $10,227   $21,409   $15,763   $12,124   $27,887 
Securities    (41)   185    144    1,757    (541)   1,216 
Other    70    32    102    (74)   255    181 
Short-term investments    (16)   478    462    (99)   686    587 
Total interest-earning assets    11,195    10,922    22,117    17,347    12,524    29,871 
                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:                              
Savings accounts    (1)   0    (1)   17    (32)   (15)
NOW accounts    (6)   (18)   (24)   56    (151)   (95)
Money market accounts    (41)   2,179    2,138    397    (48)   349 
Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts    1,033    7,063    8,096    (851)   2,711    1,860 
Total interest-bearing deposits    985    9,224    10,209    (381)   2,480    2,099 
Federal Home Loan Bank
advances
   2,500    4    2,504    800    19    819 
Total interest-bearing liabilities    3,485    9,228    12,713    419    2,499   $2,918 
                               
Change in net interest income   $7,710   $1,694   $9,404   $16,928   $10,025   $26,953 

 

74

 

 

 

Management of Market Risk

 

General. Our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk because, as a financial institution, the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Therefore, a principal part of our operations is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our financial condition and results of operations to changes in market interest rates. Our Asset Liability Committee is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the policy and guidelines approved by our board of directors. We currently utilize a third-party modeling program, prepared on a quarterly basis, to evaluate our sensitivity to changing interest rates, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the board of directors.

 

We have sought to manage our interest rate risk in order to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. We have implemented the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk:

 

·maintaining capital levels that exceed the thresholds for well-capitalized status under federal regulations;

 

·maintaining a prudent level of liquidity;

 

·growing our volume of core deposit accounts;

 

·utilizing our investment securities portfolio and interest rate swaps as part of our balance sheet asset and liability and interest rate risk management strategy to reduce the impact of movements in interest rates on net interest income and economic value of equity;

 

·managing our utilization of wholesale funding with borrowings from the FHLB and brokered deposits in a prudent manner;

 

·continuing to diversify our loan portfolio by adding more commercial-related loans and consumer loans, which typically have shorter maturities and/or balloon payments; and

 

·continuing to price our one-to-four family residential real estate loan products in a way that encourages borrowers to select our adjustable-rate loans as opposed to longer-term, fixed-rate loans.

 

Shortening the average term of our interest-earning assets by increasing our investments in shorter-term assets, as well as originating loans with variable interest rates, helps to match the maturities and interest rates of our assets and liabilities better, thereby reducing the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates.

 

On occasion we have employed various financial risk methodologies that limit, or “hedge,” the adverse effects of rising or decreasing interest rates on our loan portfolios and short-term liabilities. We also engage in hedging strategies with respect to arrangements where our customers swap floating interest rate obligations for fixed interest rate obligations, or vice versa. Our hedging activity varies based on the level and volatility of interest rates and other changing market conditions.

 

75

 

 

Net Interest Income. We analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through a net interest income model.  Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.  We estimate what our net interest income would be for a 12-month period.  We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under the assumptions that the United States Treasury yield curve increases or decreases instantaneously by various basis point increments, with changes in interest rates representing immediate and permanent, parallel shifts in the yield curve.  A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent.  An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100-basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below.

 

The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2023, the calculation of the estimated changes in our net interest income that would result from the designated immediate changes in the United States Treasury yield curve.

 

At March 31, 2023
Change in Interest Rates
(basis points) (1)
  Net Interest Income Year
1 Forecast
    Year 1 Change from
Level
 
    (Dollars in thousands)        
300   $ 359       0.3 %
200     359       0.3 %
100     718       0.6 %
Level     119,616       n/a %
(100)     (1,675 )     (1.4 )%
(200)     (3,349 )     (2.8 )%
(300)     (5,742 )     (4.8  )%

 

 

(1)Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

 

The table above indicates that at March 31, 2023, we would have experienced a 0.3% increase in net interest income in the event of an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in market interest rates and a 2.8% decrease in net interest income in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point decrease in market interest rates.

 

Economic Value of Equity. We also compute amounts by which the net present value of our assets and liabilities (economic value of equity or “EVE”) would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. This model uses a discounted cash flow analysis and an option-based pricing approach to measure the interest rate sensitivity of net portfolio value. The model estimates the economic value of each type of asset, liability and off-balance sheet contract under the assumptions that the United States Treasury yield curve increases instantaneously by 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis point increments or decreases instantaneously by 100 or 200 basis point increments, with changes in interest rates representing immediate and permanent, parallel shifts in the yield curve.

 

The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2023, the calculation of the estimated changes in our EVE that would result from the designated immediate changes in the United States Treasury yield curve.

 

76

 

 

At March 31, 2023 
Change in Interest
Rates (basis points)
   Estimated   Estimated Increase
(Decrease) in EVE
 
(1)   EVE (2)   Amount   Percent 
              
(Dollars in thousands) 
 300   $476,917   $4,553    1.0%
 200    479,388    7,024    1.5%
 100    478,426    6,062    1.3%
 Level    472,364     n/a    n/a% 
 (100)    457,197    (15,167)   (3.2)%
 (200)    431,748    (40,616)   (8.6)%
 (300)    394,632    (77,732)   (16.5)%

 

 

(1)Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

(2)EVE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.

(3)Present value of assets represents the discounted present value of incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets.

(4)EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the present value of assets.

 

The table above indicates that at March 31, 2023, we would have experienced a 1.5% increase in EVE in the event of an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in market interest rates and an 8.6% decrease in EVE in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point decrease in market interest rates.

 

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. The net interest income and net economic value tables presented assume that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the tables provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates, and actual results may differ.

 

Interest rate risk calculations also may not reflect the fair values of financial instruments. For example, decreases in market interest rates can increase the fair values of our loans, mortgage servicing rights, deposits and borrowings.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity describes our ability to meet the financial obligations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of our customers and to fund current and planned expenditures. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities, and proceeds from maturities of securities. We are also able to borrow from the FHLB. At March 31, 2023, we had outstanding advances of $160.1 million from the FHLB. At March 31, 2023, we had unused borrowing capacity of $631.1 million with the FHLB. At March 31, 2023 we also had a $49.2 million available line of credit with the Discount Window at the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. Additionally, at March 31, 2023, we had $250.0 million of brokered deposits and pursuant to our internal liquidity policy, which allows us to utilize brokered deposits up to 10.0% of our total assets, we had an additional capacity of up to approximately $121.6 million of brokered deposits.

 

77

 

While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. Our most liquid assets are cash and short-term investments. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending, and investing activities during any given period.

 

Our cash flows are comprised of three primary classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities. For additional information, see the consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 included as part of the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

We are committed to maintaining a strong liquidity position. We monitor our liquidity position on a daily basis. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds to meet our current funding commitments. Based on our deposit retention experience and current pricing strategy, we anticipate that a significant portion of maturing time deposits will be retained.

 

At March 31, 2023, Needham Bank exceeded all of its regulatory capital requirements, and was categorized as well-capitalized at that date. Management is not aware of any conditions or events since the most recent notification of well-capitalized status that would change our category. See Note 11 of the notes to consolidated financial statements on page F-78.

 

The net proceeds from the offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including funding loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the offering, which will increase our net interest-earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds raised in the offering, as well as other factors associated with the offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected following the offering. See “Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance” and “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Offering – Our return on equity may be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.”

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

 

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. At March 31, 2023, we had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $177 million. Our allowance for credit losses on unfunded commitments amounted to $1.7 million. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet our current lending commitments. Time deposits that are scheduled to mature in less than one year from March 31, 2023 totaled $1.3 billion. Management expects that a substantial portion of these time deposits will be retained. However, if a substantial portion of these time deposits is not retained, we may utilize advances from the FHLB, brokered deposits or raise interest rates on deposits to attract new accounts, which may result in higher levels of interest expense.

 

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include data processing services, operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities.

 

78

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

See Note 1 to the notes to the consolidated financial statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements that may affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The consolidated financial statements and related data presented in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates, generally, have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than does inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

 

79

 

 

BUSINESS OF NB BANCORP

 

NB Bancorp is a Maryland corporation organized and incorporated in June 2023 for the purpose of becoming the bank holding company of Needham Bank upon completion of the conversion and offering. NB Bancorp has not engaged, and prior to the completion of the conversion will not engage, in any business. Upon completion of the conversion, NB Bancorp will own all of the issued and outstanding stock of Needham Bank. NB Bancorp will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the offering to Needham Bank. NB Bancorp will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering and use a portion of the retained net proceeds to make a loan to the ESOP and contribute a portion of the retained net proceeds to the charitable foundation that we are establishing and funding in connection with the conversion. At a later date, we may use the net proceeds from the offering to pay dividends to stockholders and repurchase shares of common stock, subject to our capital needs and regulatory limitations. We will invest our initial capital as discussed in “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

After the conversion and the offering are complete, NB Bancorp, as the holding company of Needham Bank, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations, which may include the acquisition of other banking and financial services companies. See “Supervision and Regulation – Holding Company Regulation” for a discussion of the activities that are permitted for bank holding companies.

 

Following the offering, our cash flow will depend on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the offering that we retain, and any dividends we receive from Needham Bank. Needham Bank is subject to regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends that it may pay. See “Supervision and Regulation – Federal Regulations – Capital Requirements.” Initially, NB Bancorp will neither own nor lease any property, but will instead pay a fee to Needham Bank for the use of its premises, equipment and furniture. At the present time, we intend to employ only certain persons who are officers of Needham Bank to serve as officers of NB Bancorp. We will, however, use the support staff of Needham Bank from time to time. We will pay a fee to Needham Bank for the time devoted to NB Bancorp by employees of Needham Bank; however, these persons will not be separately compensated by NB Bancorp. NB Bancorp may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.

 

BUSINESS OF NEEDHAM BANK

 

General

 

Needham Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered cooperative bank headquartered in Needham, Massachusetts. Needham Bank was organized in 1892 and has operated continuously in Needham, Massachusetts, which is approximately 17 miles southwest of Boston’s financial district, since this time. Our headquarters are still located in Needham, and we have branch locations in Wellesley, Westwood, Dedham, Medfield, Medford, Dover, Ashland, Millis, Natick and Boston (Mission Hill). Our branch network covers the metro-west area of Boston and surrounding communities, which is our primary deposit market area. We consider our primary lending market area to be the Greater Boston metropolitan area and surrounding communities in Massachusetts, eastern Connecticut, southern New Hampshire and Rhode Island.

 

Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in commercial real estate and multifamily loans, one- to four-family residential real estate loans, construction and land development loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans. To a lesser extent, we originate home equity loans and lines of credit. At March 31, 2023, $1.09 billion, or 33.9%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of commercial real estate and multifamily loans, and $972.9 million, or 30.3%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. We also invest in securities, consisting primarily of U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities, municipal bonds and corporate bonds. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including certificate of deposit accounts, IRAs, money market accounts, savings accounts, demand deposit accounts and interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking accounts. We historically have utilized advances from the FHLB to fund our operations and we had $160.1 million of FHLB advances at March 31, 2023. Additionally, in recent years, we have also utilized brokered deposits as a non-retail funding source to fund our operations and at March 31, 2023, we had $250.0 million of brokered deposits.

 

80

 

 

In recent years and consistent with our growth strategy to increase our commercial relationships along all business lines, we have enhanced our online and mobile banking offerings, including fraud prevention and detection systems, and additionally, we have invested heavily in our cash management suite of products. Additional investments have been made to continually strengthen cybersecurity controls, such as with expanded vulnerability detection and patch management protocols. The acquisition of our cannabis-related and money service banking businesses resulted in the addition of approximately $297.7 million of core deposits and we believe our significant investment in these cash management products has allowed us to capture and service the full banking relationships for these and our other Structured Finance customer relationships. We have invested in systems to automate compliance with cannabis-related regulatory requirements and guidance. Investments in tools have been completed to further automate compliance with state-specific regulatory requirements for cannabis banking and consumer lending activities. We are also implementing a Marketing Customer Information File and Customer Relationship Management system to improve communication, collaboration and the customer experience.

 

Business Strategy

 

As one of the largest community banks in the Greater Boston metropolitan area, and throughout New England, we believe that our reputation for providing personalized customer service is our strongest asset and our most effective business strategy to continue to grow and be a profitable bank.

 

In recent years, we have focused on building an experienced management team and diversifying and enhancing our operating and business strategy. In January 2017, we hired Joseph Campanelli as our Chief Executive Officer, and in April 2017, we hired Salvatore Rinaldi our Chief Operating Officer. Messrs. Campanelli and Rinaldi each have more than 40 years of banking experience, and have worked together for over 40 years at other financial institutions prior to joining Needham Bank. Under their leadership, Needham Bank implemented targeted Project Management Planning Initiatives to diversify and grow the Bank’s operations. To this end, since 2017, Needham Bank has hired or promoted numerous executive officers to oversee and implement the Bank’s growth and risk management strategy. In the lending department, these executives include an Executive Vice President - Chief Credit Officer, an Executive Vice President- Senior Commercial Lender and a Senior Vice President – Director Structured Finance. Addressing the Bank’s risk, compliance and administrative strategies, including information technology and cyber risk, the Bank has added an Executive Vice President – Chief Administrative Officer, an Executive Vice President – Chief Risk Officer and a Senior Vice President – General Counsel. Under their leadership, the Bank has implemented an intentional and structured growth plan to enable the Bank to grow its balance sheet and diversify its operations and offer a banking experience to individuals and businesses while seeking to address the risks inherent with such growth.

 

81

 

 

Since 2020, the Bank added approximately 137 full time employees, including approximately 23 employees in connection with the April 2022 acquisition of a cannabis and money service banking business from another financial institution. Consistent with our strategy to continue to service individuals and small businesses in our market area, while also competing for larger business customers, the Bank has invested heavily in infrastructure, upgraded technology solutions and offerings, and compliance and risk management. Since 2020, the Bank has spent approximately $35.0 million in technology, compliance and infrastructure investments.

 

In May 2023, we added four new board members, each of whom individually, and together as a group, we believe bring a level of business acumen and sophistication that matches our growth strategy.

 

The proceeds from the stock offering will enable us to continue to implement our prudent growth strategy, and we plan to employ the following strategies to maximize profitability:

 

·Continue to grow our commercial real estate and multifamily loan portfolio. In recent years, we have increased our commercial real estate and multifamily loan portfolio consistent with safe and sound underwriting practices. This has had the benefit of increasing the yield on our loan portfolio while reducing the average term to repricing of our loans. At March 31, 2023, our commercial real estate and multifamily loan portfolio totaled $1.09 billion, or 33.9%, of our total loan portfolio, compared with $642.7 million, or 30.6% of total loans, at December 31, 2021. We intend to continue to compete for more and larger loan relationships, primarily to experienced builders, developers and investors in our market area.

 

·Continue to diversify our commercial and industrial loan portfolio. We have diversified our commercial and industrial loan portfolio into three divisions, which we refer to as Small Business, Middle Market and Structured Finance. The Small Business Lending division generally focuses on loans under SBA programs of up to $5 million and traditional non-small SBA commercial business loans generally up to $2 million, and our Middle Market lending division generally focuses on loans from $2 million to $10 million for a variety of operating businesses, nearly all of which are to borrowers in our primary market area. Our Structured Finance division seeks to service the banking needs of larger business customers, which to date have primarily been in the cannabis, wind and solar industries. We believe that our industry-specific knowledge about the banking needs of these industries gives us a competitive advantage to service these customers. We intend to continue to emphasize growth in each of these divisions of our commercial and industrial lending.

 

·Continue our historical emphasis on residential mortgage lending, including construction of single-family homes. Historically, we have emphasized residential mortgage lending, including for the construction of single-family homes, and at March 31, 2023, one- to four-family residential real estate loans totaled $972.9 million, or 30.3% of our total loan portfolio. We intend to continue measured, efficient growth of these types of residential lending.

 

·Grow our consumer loan operations. We seek to continue our growth in consumer loan operations, and in 2022, we began purchasing a variety of consumer loans from a third-party originator. Largely as a result of these purchases, at March 31, 2023, consumer loans totaled $192.9 million, or 6.0% of our total loan portfolio, compared to $39.4 million, or 1.9% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2021. We intend to continue to emphasize the growth in our consumer loan portfolio, either through ongoing purchases or originations. We believe that this loan diversification will allow us to continue to execute our business strategy of growing the Bank while addressing the inherent risks of community banking, including the risk of geographic concentrations in our loan portfolios. The diversification of our loan products allows us to address risk across a wider variety of borrowers and industries as well as the ongoing management of these portfolios to minimize our exposure to interest rate risk.

 

82

 

 

·Diversify our deposit gathering. Consistent with our strategy to grow core deposits, which we consider all deposits including certificates of deposits, other than brokered deposits, we have invested in a cash management suite of products and enhanced our online and mobile banking offerings, as well as fraud prevention and detection systems. We intend to continue to implement new technology as it is developed or improved. We view the growth of commercial and industrial lending, in each of our market segments, as an opportunity to increase our core deposits through our effort to capture the full banking relationship of these commercial customers.

 

Reflecting our focus on our community, in connection with the offering, we intend to establish a charitable foundation called Needham Bank Charitable Foundation and fund it with $2.0 million in cash and a number of shares of our common stock equal to 4% of the shares that will be outstanding immediately after this contribution. The purpose of this foundation will be to make contributions to support various charitable organizations operating in our community now and in the future.

 

Market Area

 

We consider our primary lending market area to be any counties, towns or municipalities within a 100 mile radius of Needham, which generally covers the Greater Boston metropolitan area as well as surrounding communities in Massachusetts, eastern Connecticut, southern New Hampshire and Rhode Island. We will consider commercial and residential real estate loan opportunities outside of this market area, but these loans are generally to borrowers with whom we have an existing relationship and who have a presence within our primary lending market. We will also make industry-specific and structured commercial and industrial loans to cannabis, wind and solar companies based on our underlying diligence and understanding of the specific borrower’s operations outside of our primary lending area.

 

The Greater Boston metropolitan area benefits from the presence of numerous institutions of higher learning, medical care and research centers and the corporate headquarters of several significant multinational corporations. Eastern Massachusetts also has many high technology companies employing personnel with specialized skills. These factors affect the demand for residential homes, multifamily apartments, office buildings, shopping centers, industrial warehouses and other commercial properties.

 

According to the United States Census Bureau (the “Census”), at July 2022, the Greater Boston metropolitan area is the eleventh largest metropolitan area in the United States.  Located adjacent to major transportation corridors, the Greater Boston metropolitan area provides a highly diversified economic base, with major employment sectors ranging from services, manufacturing and wholesale/retail trade, to finance, technology and medical care.  According to the United States Department of Labor, in March 2023, the Boston-Cambridge-Newton, Massachusetts area had an estimated unemployment rate of 3.2%, compared to a Massachusetts state unemployment rate of 3.5% and the national unemployment rate of 3.5%.

 

Based on the Census’ estimates, from 2020 to 2022, the populations of Boston–Cambridge–Newton, MA–NH Metropolitan Statistical Area (“MSA”) decreased 0.83%, compared to a 0.6% increase for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  At July 2022, the Census estimates that the Boston–Cambridge–Newton, MA–NH MSA’s median household incomes was $104,372, compared to median household income of $81,744 for the city of Boston, $89,026 for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and $69,021 for the United States.

 

83

 

 

Competition

 

We face significant competition within our market both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions, including large money center and regional banks, community banks, credit unions and other non-bank financial service providers. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services or wealth management services.

 

Our competition for loans comes primarily from the competitors referenced above and from other financial service providers, such as mortgage companies and mortgage brokers. Competition for loans also comes from the increasing number of non-depository financial service companies participating in the mortgage market, such as insurance companies, securities firms, financial technology companies, specialty finance firms and technology companies.

 

We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend toward consolidation of the financial services industry. Technological advances, for example, have lowered barriers to entry, which have allowed banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the internet and made it possible for non-depository institutions, including financial technology companies, to offer products and services that traditionally have been provided by banks. Competition for deposits and the origination of loans could limit our growth in the future.

 

Lending Activities

 

Our principal lending activity is originating commercial real estate and multifamily loans, one- to four-family residential real estate loans, construction and land development loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans. To a lesser extent, we also originate home equity loans and lines of credit. Subject to market conditions and our asset-liability analysis, we expect to continue to grow each of our loan portfolios with the most significant emphasis of growth in commercial real estate and multifamily loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans. From time to time and subject to market conditions, we have also originated for sale and sold a portion of our long-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, on a servicing-retained, limited or no recourse basis, while retaining shorter-term fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in order to manage the duration and time to repricing of our loan portfolio.

 

Historically, we have also engaged in loan participation sales, with Needham Bank as the lead, for certain larger commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans and have purchased participations from well-established financial institutions in our market area. Participations are periodically reported to the board of directors. At March 31, 2023, our highest combined participations with one bank was approximately 15% of our total capital and was comprised of commercial real estate and multifamily, and construction and land development loans.

 

84

 

 

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated.

 

           At December 31, 
   At March 31, 2023   2022   2021 
   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent 
                         
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate loans:                              
One- to four-family residential   $972,873    30.3%  $932,436    30.9%  $801,690    38.1%
Home equity loans and lines of credit   75,674    2.4    75,226    2.5    52,986    2.5 
Commercial real estate and multifamily   1,090,208    33.9    1,012,023    33.6    642,702    30.6 
Construction and land development   544,972    16.9    552,375    18.3    449,109    21.4 
Commercial and industrial loans    338,936    10.5    247,361    8.2    116,878    5.5 
Consumer loans   192,907    6.0    196,535    6.5    39,380    1.9 
         100%        100%        100%
Less:                              
Net deferred loan fees   (1,561)        (511)        2,011      
Allowance for credit losses   (27,931)        (25,028)        (18,415)     
Loans, net   $3,186,078        $2,990,417        $2,086,341      

 

Contractual Maturities. The following tables set forth the contractual maturities of our total loan portfolio at March 31, 2023. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. The tables present contractual maturities and do not reflect repricing or the effect of prepayments. Actual maturities may differ.

 

   One- to four-
family
residential
   Home Equity
Loans and
Lines of Credit
   Commercial
Real Estate and
multifamily
   Construction
and Land
Development
   Commercial
and Industrial
   Consumer
Loans
 
                         
   (In thousands) 
Amounts due in:                              
One year or less   $20,330   $75,674   $67,791   $197,311   $122,780   $70,657 
After one through five years    22,015    -    266,344    313,441    80,916    120,795 
After five through 15 years    66,401    -    333,901    21,079    124,628    490 
More than 15 years    864,127    -    422,172    13,141    10,612    965 
Total   $972,873   $75,674   $1,090,208   $544,972   $338,936   $192,907 

 

The following table sets forth our fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at March 31, 2023 that are contractually due after March 31, 2024.

 

   Due After March 31, 2024 
   Fixed   Adjustable   Total 
             
   (In thousands) 
Real estate loans:               
One- to four-family residential   $495,376   $457,166   $952,543 
Home equity loans and lines of credit    -    -    - 
Commercial real estate and multifamily    223,437    798,981    1,022,417 
Construction and land development    44,789    302,872    347,661 
Commercial and industrial loans    53,307    162,850    216,156 
Consumer loans    120,807    1,442    122,250 
Total loans   $937,716   $1,723,311   $2,661,027 

 

85

 

 

One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending. One of the primary focuses of our lending has long been the origination of long-term loans secured by mortgages on primarily owner-occupied, one- to four-family residences. At March 31, 2023, $972.9 million, or 30.3%, of our total loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. The vast majority of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate are secured by properties located in our primary market area. See “ – Originations, Sales and Purchases of Loans.”

 

Our one- to four-family residential real estate loans are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). We also originate loans above the FHFA limit, which are referred to as “jumbo loans.” We generally underwrite jumbo loans in a manner similar to conforming loans and at March 31, 2023, approximately 54.5% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans were jumbo loans with an average balance of less than $800,000.

 

Our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans are originated with terms of up to 30 years and our and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans are originated with terms of up to 40 years. At March 31, 2023, $521.0 million, or 53.9%, of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans were fixed-rate loans.

 

We originate our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans with initial interest rate adjustment periods of three, five and seven years, based on changes in a designated market index. Generally, these loans are limited to a 200 basis point initial increase in their interest rate, a 200 basis point initial increase in their interest rate, a 200 basis point increase in their interest rate annually after the initial adjustment and a maximum upward adjustment of 600 basis points over the life of the loan. We determine whether a borrower qualifies for an adjustable-rate mortgage loan based on our lending policy.

 

We originate conventional one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 95% without private mortgage insurance. We also originate loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 97% for loans that are sold and serviced by MassHousing, an independent, quasi-public Massachusetts agency charged with providing financing for affordable housing in Massachusetts or under our First-Time Homebuyer Program.

 

From time to time and subject to market conditions, we sell a portion of the fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate with terms of greater than 20 years. We base the amount of fixed-rate loans that we sell on our liquidity needs, asset/liability mix, loan volume, portfolio size and other factors. In recent years, most of the loans that we originated and sold to the secondary market were sold with servicing retained.

 

We generally do not offer “interest-only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential real estate loans nor do we offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on their loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. Additionally, we do not offer “subprime loans” (loans that are made with low down-payments to borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios).

 

We evaluate both the borrower’s ability to make principal, interest and escrow payments and the value of the property that will secure the loan. Our one- to four-family residential real estate loans do not currently include prepayment penalties, are non-assumable and do not produce negative amortization. Our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans customarily include “due-on-sale” clauses giving us the right to declare the loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells the property subject to the mortgage. All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance. We also require homeowner’s insurance and fire and casualty insurance and, where circumstances warrant, flood insurance on properties securing real estate loans.

 

86

 

 

We offer one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by non-owner occupied properties. Generally, we will not make loans in excess of 80% loan to value on non-owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate properties or in excess of 80% on single family non-owner occupied residential real estate properties.

 

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. In addition to one- to four-family residential real estate loans, we offer home equity loans and lines of credit that are secured by the borrower’s primary or secondary residence. At March 31, 2023, we had $75.7 million, or 2.4%, of our total loan portfolio in home equity loans and lines of credit.

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally underwritten using the same criteria that we use to underwrite one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Home equity loans and lines of credit may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 80% when combined with the principal balance of the existing first mortgage loan.

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally secured by junior mortgages and have greater risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by first mortgages. We face the risk that the collateral will be insufficient to compensate us for loan losses and costs of foreclosure, after repayment of the senior mortgages, if applicable. When customers default on their loans, we attempt to foreclose on the property and resell the property as soon as possible to minimize foreclosure and carrying costs. However, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from those customers. Particularly with respect to our home equity loans and lines of credit, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect our ability to fully recover the loan balance in the event of a default.

 

Commercial Real Estate and Multifamily Lending. Our commercial real estate and multifamily loans are secured primarily by multifamily apartment buildings, retail and mixed-use properties, light industrial properties, manufacturing facilities and office buildings, almost all of which are located in our primary lending market area. We will also make these loans out of our primary lending market area to customers of Needham Bank with whom we have an existing lending relationship. Our multifamily loans are secured primarily by five or more-unit residential buildings. At March 31, 2023, we had $1.09 billion in commercial real estate and multifamily loans, representing 33.9% of our total loan portfolio.

 

We generally originate adjustable-rate commercial real estate and multifamily loans with maximum terms of up to 30 years. From time to time we will also originate fixed rate loans in these portfolios. We generally limit loan-to-value ratios to 80% of the appraised value or purchase price, whichever is lower. All of our commercial real estate and multifamily real estate loans are subject to our underwriting procedures and guidelines.

 

At March 31, 2023, our 25 largest commercial real estate lending relationships had an average balance of approximately $17.6 million, or approximately $440 million in the aggregate, representing 53% of our total commercial real estate loans at such date. Consistent with our internal policies, any borrowing relationship with aggregate exposure of greater than $55.0 million requires approval by the board of directors and at such date we had four such relationships in excess of $55.0 million, which were comprised of commercial real estate and multifamily, and construction and land development loans. At March 31, 2023, each of the commercial real estate loans underlying our 25 largest commercial real estate relationships was performing in accordance with its repayment terms.

 

87

 

 

We consider a number of factors in originating commercial real estate and multifamily loans. We evaluate the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower (including credit history), profitability and expertise, as well as the value and condition of the mortgaged property securing the loan. When evaluating the qualifications of the borrower, we consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrower’s payment history with us and other financial institutions. In evaluating the property securing the loan, among other factors we consider the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of net operating income to debt service) to ensure that, subject to certain exceptions, it is at least 1.20x for multifamily loans and 1.25x for commercial real estate loans, and the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property. Our commercial real estate and multifamily loans are appraised by outside independent and qualified appraisers that are duly approved in accordance with Needham Bank policy. Personal guarantees are often obtained from commercial real estate borrowers. Each borrower’s financial information on such loans is monitored on an ongoing basis by requiring periodic financial statement updates.

 

Our loans-to-one borrower limit is 20% of our capital, which limit was $78.7 million at March 31, 2023. With the increase in capital resulting from the conversion, we will be able to originate even larger commercial loans.

 

Construction and Land Development Loans. At March 31, 2023, we had $545.0 million in construction and land development loans, or 16.9% of total loans. We make construction loans on raw land, land which has received permits for construction and commercial and residential properties which are being re-constructed, primarily to developers, contractors and builders of apartment buildings, single-family homes and condominiums and individuals for the construction of their primary residences. We also make a limited amount of land loans that will be used for residential or commercial development. Land loans also include loans secured by land purchased for investment purposes.

 

While we may originate loans to builders whether or not the collateral property underlying the loan is under contract for sale, we consider each project carefully in light of current residential real estate market conditions. Historically, most of our construction loans for residential properties are to well-known builders in our market area for which there is no contract for sale for the underlying completed home at the time of origination. We refer to these loans as speculative construction loans, and we expect this concentration of speculative residential construction lending to continue to be an important component of our construction and land development loans in the future. We actively monitor the number of unsold homes in our construction loan portfolio and local housing markets to attempt to maintain an appropriate balance between home sales and new loan originations. We generally will limit the maximum number of speculative units (units that are not pre-sold) approved for each builder, typically starting with five speculative loans per builder until we develop a relationship with the builder.

 

Our construction loans are fixed- and adjustable-rate, interest-only loans that provide for the payment of interest during the construction phase, which is usually up to 24 months. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may convert to a permanent mortgage loan or may be paid in full. Given supply chain issues resulting in delays and longer permitting and approval times, in part due to the COVID-19 pandemic, in recent years, depending on the complexity of the construction project, the term of an “interest-only” construction loan may be extended if circumstances warrant.

 

88

 

 

Construction loans are generally limited to 80% (75% for investment properties) loan-to-completed-appraised-value ratio upon completion of the project. Land development loans which are approved for development are limited to 75%, and not yet approved for development land loans, are limited to 65% loan to completed appraised value. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. We also generally require inspections of the property before disbursements of funds during the term of the construction loan.

 

At March 31, 2023, our 25 largest construction and land development loan relationships had an average balance of approximately $15.0 million, or approximately $380 million in the aggregate, representing 70% of our total construction and land development loans at such date. Consistent with our internal policies, any borrowing relationship with aggregate exposure of greater than $55 million requires approval by the board of directors and at such date we had four such relationships in excess of $55.0 million, which were comprised of commercial real estate and multifamily loans and construction and land development loans. At March 31, 2023, each of the construction and land development loans underlying our 25 largest construction and land development loan relationships was performing in accordance with its repayment terms.

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans.  We offer a broad range of commercial and industrial loans, including lines of credit and terms loans, to a variety of commercial businesses and industrial borrowers.  The loans are used to support working capital and general corporate needs.

 

Our commercial and industrial lending division is segmented into three core units: Small Business Lending, Middle Market Lending and Structured Finance.  The Small Business division generally focuses on loans under SBA programs of up to $5 million and non-SBA commercial business loans generally up to $2 million.  SBA product offerings include SBA 7(a) Loans, SBA Express Lines of Credit, 504 Loans, and Massachusetts Capital Access Program.

 

Our Middle Market lending division generally focuses on loans from $2 million to $10 million for a variety of operating businesses.  We serve operating companies such as manufacturers, distributors, importers, exporters, medical practices, CPA firms, and law firms. The Middle Market division offers loans and lines of credit to fund general operations, expansion, sales growth, new product development, and working capital. Nearly all of these loans are to borrowers in our primary lending market area.

 

Our Structured Finance division generally focuses on loans of greater than $10 million and which may contain unique attributes to certain industries.  In recent years, most of these larger, structured commercial and industrial loans have been to customers in the cannabis, wind or solar industries. These industries may be subject to heightened regulatory or business risks, and we believe our knowledge of the operating and cash flow structures of these industries, as well as the applicable regulatory considerations, enable us to offer competitive credit facility solutions to these customers while maintaining our prudent underwriting standards consistent with our small business and middle market lending divisions.  Generally, our Structured Finance loans are collateralized by the borrower’s real estate and not by operating equipment which is harder to value due to these industries’ unique operations. We seek to partner with company owners, management teams, and private equity sponsors to provide personalized debt facility solutions for borrowers. The Structured Finance division’s practices include sponsored and direct-to-company transactions, family-owned and privately held businesses, and publicly traded companies. We believe our Structured Finance division’s portfolio is well diversified with 39 commercial relationships consisting of 100 loans at March 31, 2023.

 

Our small business and middle market commercial and industrial loans are generally secured by all business assets of the borrower, including but not limited to equipment, accounts receivable, inventory, specific project assets and contracts, and real estate.  Across all three segments, loans are priced either by floating rate benchmarks plus applicable spreads, fixed-interest rates or floating rate fixed synthetically through interest rate swap derivative products.  Terms generally range from three to 10 years.  The average tenor of our commercial and industrial portfolio varies and at March 31, 2023 was 11 years Structured Finance loans. At March 31, 2023, the average loan to value of the Structured Finance loan portfolio was approximately 67%.

 

89

 

 

We also offer lines of credit in amounts of up to 80% of the value of the collateral securing the loan.

 

When making commercial and industrial loans, we consider the financial statements of the borrower, lending history with the borrower, the debt service capabilities and global cash flows of the borrower and other guarantors, the projected cash flows of the business and the value of the business assets.  Where applicable we engage third-party specialists to assist in conducting diligence on any prospective borrower, and they may include industry-specific consultants, engineers, appraisers, and accountants.

 

The primary risk associated with commercial and industrial loans is the ability of borrowers to achieve business results consistent with those projected at origination. The vast majority of the loans are extended on a secured basis, with a limited number of unsecured lines of credit with additional covenants. At March 31, 2023, we had commitments to fund $25.5 million of unsecured lines of credit with $0 balances outstanding at this date.   The security of any underlying loan is determined according to the credit profile of the customer on a case-by-case basis.

 

In managing our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, we focus on the size of the customer’s lending relationship, which we view as the aggregate amount of all loans and loan commitments outstanding to a commercial borrower and any related borrowers or guarantors.

 

At March 31, 2023, approximately 97% of our small business and middle market commercial and industrial loan exposure was to customers headquartered within our primary lending market area, which is the Greater Boston metropolitan area and surrounding communities, including eastern Connecticut, southern New Hampshire and Rhode Island. On occasion, we will make these types of loans outside of the primary lending market but generally only to customers with whom we have a pre-existing relationship.

 

Because of the unique business characteristics of the cannabis, wind and solar industries, which comprise most of our Structured Finance loans, many of these loans are to customers which have operations both within and outside of our primary lending market area.

 

The vast majority of the relationships in the commercial and industrial segment also have cash management and treasury service product offerings tied to the relationships.  These products include specific online banking tools, ACH products, wire capabilities, fraud prevention tools and other customized set-up that help the underlying business securely manage cash.  Generally, these products provide for additional fee income to the Bank and are managed within the commercial and industrial business unit of the Bank.

 

Consumer Lending. We offer a variety of consumer loans to individuals who reside or work in our primary lending area, including loans that are secured by mobile homes, new and used automobiles, new and used boats and recreational vehicles, solar panels, deposit accounts, as well as a limited number of unsecured loans, including student loans, home improvement loans and credit cards loans. In recent years we have purchased a variety of consumer loan portfolios from a third-party originator subject to our underwriting procedures. Largely as a result of these purchases, consumer loans increased $157.2 million, or 399.1%, to $196.5 million at December 31, 2022 from $39.4 million at December 31, 2021, and at March 31, 2023, our consumer loan portfolio totaled $192.9 million, or 6.0%, of our total loan portfolio. Subject to market conditions, we intend to continue to emphasize the growth of our consumer loan portfolio and we would expect this growth to come through partnerships with established third-party originators.

 

90

 

 

In furtherance to our commitment to the local community and consistent with our Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) compliance and efforts, we offer a fixed-rate, three-year unsecured term loan product for up to $15,000 to our low and moderate-income customers.

 

Consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity, which reduces our exposure to changes in interest rates. In addition, management believes that offering consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to our existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities.

 

Loan Underwriting Risks

 

Adjustable-Rate Residential Real Estate Loans. Although adjustable-rate mortgage loans may reduce to an extent our vulnerability to changes in market interest rates because they periodically reprice, as interest rates increase, the required payments due from the borrower also increase (subject to rate caps), increasing the potential for default by the borrower. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Upward adjustments of the contractual interest rate are also limited by the maximum periodic and lifetime rate adjustments permitted by our loan documents.

 

Commercial Real Estate and Multifamily Loans. Loans secured by commercial real estate or multifamily properties generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than owner-occupied, one- to four-family residential real estate loans. The primary concern in commercial real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the project. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject, to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors to provide quarterly, semi-annual or annual financial statements, depending on the size of the loan, on commercial real estate loans. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, we consider and review a global cash flow analysis of the borrower and consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. We have generally required that the properties securing these real estate loans have an aggregate debt service ratio, including the guarantor’s cash flows and the borrower’s other projects, of at least 1.25x for commercial real estate and 1.20x for multifamily loans. An environmental phase one report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials.

 

If we foreclose on a commercial real estate or multifamily loan, the marketing and liquidation period to convert the real estate asset to cash can be lengthy with substantial holding costs. In addition, vacancies, deferred maintenance, repairs and market stigma can result in prospective buyers expecting sale price concessions to offset their real or perceived economic losses for the time it takes them to return the property to profitability. Depending on the individual circumstances, initial charge-offs and subsequent losses on commercial real estate loans can be unpredictable and substantial. As of March 31, 2023, we held no “other real estate owned” as a result of foreclosures (or the acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure).

 

91

 

 

Construction and Land Development Loans. Our construction and land development loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the completed project. Underwriting is focused on the borrowers’ financial strength, credit history and demonstrated ability to produce a quality product and effectively market and manage their operations.

 

Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value before its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the appraised value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss. In addition, speculative construction loans, which are loans made to home builders who, at the time of loan origination, have not yet secured an end buyer for the home under construction, typically carry higher risks than those associated with traditional construction loans. These increased risks arise because of the risk that there will be inadequate demand to ensure the sale of the property within an acceptable time. As a result, in addition to the risks associated with traditional construction loans, speculative construction loans carry the added risk that the builder will have to pay the property taxes and other carrying costs of the property until an end buyer is found. Land loans have substantially similar risks to speculative construction loans.

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans. Unlike residential real estate loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial and industrial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flows of the borrower’s business, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Our commercial and industrial loans are originated primarily based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Collateral for commercial and industrial loans typically consists of accounts receivable, inventory or equipment. Credit support provided by the borrower for most of these loans is based on the liquidation of the pledged collateral and enforcement of a personal guarantee, if any. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial and industrial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself.

 

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as boats, motorcycles and recreational vehicles, or for which there is a limited re-sale market, such as solar panels. Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

 

92

 

 

Originations, Sales and Purchases of Loans

 

Our loan originations are generated by our loan personnel operating at our banking office and mortgage brokers. Additionally, in recent years, we have purchased a variety of consumer loans. We also obtain referrals from existing and former customers and from accountants, real estate brokers, builders and attorneys. All loans we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures which incorporate Fannie Mae underwriting guidelines to the extent applicable for residential loans.

 

While we originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, our ability to generate each type of loan depends upon relative borrower demand and the pricing levels as set in the local marketplace by competing banks, thrifts, credit unions, and mortgage banking companies. Our volume of real estate loan originations is influenced significantly by market interest rates, and, accordingly, the volume of our real estate loan originations can vary from period to period.

 

Consistent with our interest rate risk strategy, we originate for sale and sell a portion of the long-term, fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate on a servicing-retained, limited or no recourse basis, while generally retaining shorter-term fixed-rate and all adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in order to manage the duration and time to repricing of our loan portfolio. We consider our balance sheet as well as market conditions on an ongoing basis in making decisions as to whether to hold loans we originate for investment or to sell such loans to investors, choosing the strategy that is most advantageous to us from a profitability and risk management standpoint.

 

Historically, we have also engaged in loan participations sales, with Needham Bank as the lead, for certain larger commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans and have purchased participations from well-established financial institutions in our market area. Participations are periodically reported to the board of directors. In recent years we have also purchased a variety of consumer loan portfolios and would expect to continue to purchase consumer loans from established third-party originators. At March 31, 2023, our highest combined participations with one bank was approximately 15% of total capital and was comprised of commercial real estate loans.

 

Loan Approval Procedures, Loans to One Borrower Limit and Lending Authority

 

The maximum amount that we may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities is generally limited, by statute, to 20% of our capital, which is defined under Massachusetts law as the sum of our surplus account, undivided profits and, after the completion of the conversion, capital stock. Loans secured by a first mortgage on residential property occupied by the borrower are excluded from this limit. At March 31, 2023, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $78.7 million.

 

At March 31, 2023, our general internal limit on an aggregate loan relationship-to-one borrower (and related entities) was $55.0 million. Most of our largest loan relationships are to borrowers which have multiple loans with Needham Bank and are collateralized by commercial real estate and construction and land development loans. Aggregate exposure limits can be increased above our internal limit up to the legal lending limit on an exception basis with the approval of the Credit Committee and the board of directors, and at March 31, 2023, we had four relationships in excess of $55.0 million which were secured by commercial real estate loans, including construction and land development loans. Each of these relationships was approved by the board of directors and at March 31, 2023 each of the loans underlying these relationships was performing in accordance with their prepayment terms.

 

93

 

 

As a result of the offering, our regulatory loans-to-one borrower limit will increase and, consistent with our strategy to grow our loan portfolio, we may increase our internal loan limit and would expect to originate and retain in our portfolio larger loan relationships while also remaining diversified with smaller and mid-sized relationships as well.

 

Our lending is subject to written underwriting standards and origination procedures. Decisions on loans are made consistent with our loan policies and procedures, and the underwriting and review of a loan decision is designed primarily to determine the borrower’s ability to repay the requested loan.

 

The board of directors has overall responsibility for our lending policy, and the board reviews this policy at least annually.

 

The board of directors has delegated loan approval authority to certain officers up to prescribed limits, depending on the officer’s experience, the type of loan and whether the loan is secured or unsecured. Loans for residential real estate of greater than $2.5 million require approval by management’s Credit Committee, which consists of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), Chief Credit Officer (“CCO”), SVP - Managed Assets Group Leader and managers of the Bank’s lending departments. Loans for commercial real estate of greater than $3.0 million up to our internal loans-to-one relationship limitation require approval by the Credit Committee. All commercial and industrial loans under $3.0 million are approved by the Chief Credit Officer (or designated signer), and all commercial and industrial loans over $3.0 million are approved by the Credit Committee. Loan policy exceptions are fully disclosed to the approving authority, either an individual officer or the appropriate management or credit committee prior to approval. Reporting on Policy exceptions are included within each Board package.

 

Generally, we require title insurance on our mortgage loans as well as fire and extended coverage casualty insurance in amounts at least equal to the principal amount of the loan or the value of improvements on the property, depending on the type of loan. We also require flood insurance if the improved property is determined to be in a flood zone area.

 

Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets

 

Delinquency Procedures. When a borrower fails to make required payments on a loan, we take a number of steps to induce the borrower to cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status. We generally send a written notice of non-payment to the borrower 15, 30, 60 and 90 days after a loan is first past due. We will additionally try to contact the borrower by telephone after the 15th day after the due date.

 

Generally, when a loan becomes 90 days past due, the loan is turned over to our attorneys to ensure that further collection activities are conducted in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. All loans past due 90 days are put on non-accrual and reported to the board of directors monthly. If our attorneys do not receive a response from the borrower, or if the terms of any payment plan established are not followed, then foreclosure proceedings will be implemented on loans secured by real estate. Management submits a delinquent loan report detailing loans 30 days or more past due to the board of directors on a monthly basis.

 

When we acquire real estate as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the real estate is classified as foreclosed real estate until it is sold. The real estate is recorded at estimated fair value at the date of acquisition less estimated costs to sell, and any write-down resulting from the acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Estimated fair value is based on an appraisal typically obtained before the foreclosure process is completed. Subsequent decreases in the value of the property are charged to operations. After acquisition, all costs incurred in maintaining the property are expensed. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property, however, are capitalized to the extent of estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell.

 

94

 

 

A loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring if, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession to the borrower that we would not otherwise consider. This usually includes a modification of loan terms, such as a reduction of the interest rate to below market terms, capitalizing past due interest or extending the maturity date and possibly a partial forgiveness of the principal amount due. Interest income on restructured loans is accrued after the borrower demonstrates the ability to pay under the restructured terms through a sustained period of repayment performance, which is generally six consecutive months.

 

Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type and amount at the dates indicated.

 

               At December 31, 
   At March 31, 2023   2022   2021 
   30-59
Days
Past Due
   60-89
Days
Past Due
   90 Days
or More
Past Due
   30-59
Days
Past Due
   60-89
Days
Past Due
   90 Days
or More
Past Due
   30-59
Days
Past Due
   60-89
Days
Past Due
   90 Days
or More
Past Due
 
                                     
   (In thousands) 
Real estate loans:                                             
One- to four-family residential   $802   $-   $1,434   $1,449   $-   $1,664   $6,335   $241   $1,622 
Home equity loans and lines
of credit
   7    -    570    728    490    -    20    -    329 
Commercial    -    -    470    4,243    -    670    3,084    -    - 
Construction and land development    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    399 
Commercial and industrial loans    8,393    -    798    38    -    800    288    64    903 
Consumer loans    1,160    392    969    1,499    436    817    249    89    235 
Total   $10,362   $392   $4,241   $7,957   $926   $3,951   $9,977   $394   $3,488 

 

95

 

 

Non-Performing Assets. The following table sets forth information regarding our non-performing assets. As a result of the adoption of CECL during the quarter ended March 31, 2023, troubled debt restructuring recognition and measurement has been eliminated. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, non-accrual loans include non-accruing troubled debt restructurings of $3.8 million and $0, respectively. We had no loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing interest as of the dates presented.

 

   At March 31,   At December 31, 
   2023   2022   2021 
             
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Non-accrual loans:               
Real estate loans:               
One- to four-family residential   $5,748   $5,579   $3,384 
Home equity loans and lines of credit    570    818    370 
Commercial    670    670    542 
Construction and land development    10    10    409 
Commercial and industrial loans    5,077    5,086    945 
Consumer loans    1,011    859    358 
Total non-accrual loans   $13,086   $13,022   $6,008 
                
Total non-accrual loans to total loans (1)    0.41%   0.43%   0.29%
Total non-performing loans to total loans    0.41%   0.43%   0.29%
Total non-performing assets to total assets    0.35%   0.36%   0.21%

 

 

(1)Includes both non-accrual loans and non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans.

 

The increase in nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2022 compared to at December 31, 2021 was primarily attributable to one large commercial and industrial lending relationship.

 

Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide that each insured savings institution classify its assets on a regular basis. In addition, in connection with examination of insured depository institutions, federal and Massachusetts banking regulators have authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, classify them. There are three classifications for problem assets: “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as “special mention” by our management.

 

When an insured depository institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover probable accrued losses. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to cover probable accrued losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory agencies, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

 

96

 

 

In connection with the filing of our quarterly reports with the Federal Reserve Board and in accordance with our classification of assets policy, we regularly review the problem loans in our portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.

 

On the basis of this review of our assets, our classified and special mention assets at the dates indicated were as follows:

 

   At March 31,   At December 31, 
   2023   2022   2021 
             
   (In thousands) 
Substandard loans   $23,657   $10,532   $9,644 
Doubtful loans    10    10    10 
Loss loans    -    -    - 
Total classified loans   $23,667   $10,542   $9,654 
Special mention loans   $4,324   $18,709   $3,016 

 

The increase in the balance of special mention loans during 2022 resulted primarily from one Structured Finance relationship of $11.5 million related to additional construction costs. This loan was ultimately funded by the borrower in April 2023 but has remained as special mention due to prior cost overruns.

 

Other Loans of Concern. There were no other loans at March 31, 2023 that are not already disclosed where there is information about possible credit problems of borrowers that caused management to have serious doubts about the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and that may result in disclosure of such loans in the future.

 

Provision for Credit Losses. On January 1, 2023, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the CECL methodology. Under this new current expected loss model, provisions for credit losses are charged to operations to establish an allowance for credit losses at a level to cover expected losses over the expected life of a loan or securities portfolio. Under the previous “incurred loss” model, provisions for loan losses were charged to operations to establish an allowance for loan losses at a level necessary to absorb known and inherent losses in our loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the consolidated financial statements. In evaluating the level of the allowance for credit losses, management analyzes reasonable and supportable forecasts and several qualitative loan portfolio risk factors including, but not limited to, management’s ongoing review and grading of loans, facts and issues related to specific loans, historical loan loss and delinquency experience, trends in past due and non-accrual loans, existing risk characteristics of specific loans or loan pools, the fair value of underlying collateral, current economic conditions and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses.

 

As part of the initial adoption of the CECL standard, we recorded $1.1 million to the allowance for credit losses and $1.8 million for off balance sheet commitments. The total of $2.9 million was tax effected and resulted in a decrease of $2.1 million to retained earnings.

 

Additionally, as part of the adoption of the CECL standard, for the three months ended March 31, 2023, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $2.0 million, including $2.1 million for the allowance for credit losses for loans and a $97,000 credit as a reserve for off balance sheet commitments, compared to an allowance for credit losses of $400,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2022.

 

97

 

 

Our allowance for credit losses was $27.9 million at March 31, 2023 compared to $25.0 million at December 31, 2022 and $18.8 million at March 31, 2022. The ratio of our allowance for credit losses to total loans was 0.87% at March 31, 2023 compared to 0.83% and 0.83% at December 31, 2022 and March 31, 2022, respectively, while the allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans was 213% at March 31, 2023 compared to 192% and 389% at December 31, 2022 and March 31, 2022, respectively. We had net charge offs of $328,000, and net recoveries of previously charged off loans of $20,000 in the quarters ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

Additions to the allowance for credit losses are provided by charges against income based on various factors, which, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable losses. Credit losses are charged-off in the period the loans, or portion thereof, are deemed uncollectible. Generally, the Company will record a loan charge-off (including a partial charge-off) to reduce a loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, less cost to sell, for collateral dependent loans. We regularly review the loan portfolio in order to maintain the allowance for credit losses in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

As an integral part of their examination process, the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board will periodically review our allowance for credit losses, and as a result of such reviews, we may determine to adjust our allowance for credit losses. However, regulatory agencies are not directly involved in the process for establishing the allowance for credit losses as the process is our responsibility and any increase or decrease in the allowance is the responsibility of management.

 

98

 

 

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for credit losses for the periods indicated.

 

   At or For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
   At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
   2023   2022   2022   2021 
                 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance for credit losses at beginning
of period
  $25,028   $18,415   $18,415   $19,845 
Allowance for credit losses implementation    1,159    -    -    - 
Provision for credit losses    2,072    400    6,700    2,050 
Charge-offs:                    
Real estate loans:                    
One- to four-family residential    -    -    (35)   (62)
Home equity loans and lines
of credit
   -    -    -    - 
Commercial    -    -    -    (3,415)
Construction and land development    -    -    -    - 
Commercial and industrial loans    -    -    -    (113)
Consumer loans    (637)   (25)   (287)   - 
Total charge-offs    (637)   (25)   (322)   (3,590)
                     
Recoveries:                    
Real estate loans:                    
One- to four-family residential    -    33    33    - 
Home equity loans and lines
of credit
   -    -    -    - 
Commercial    12    12    48    48 
Construction and land development    -    -    -    - 
Commercial and industrial loans    -    -    -    62 
Consumer loans    297    -    154    - 
Total recoveries    309    45    235    110 
                     
Net (charge-offs) recoveries    (328)   20    (87)   (3,480)
                     
Allowance at end of period   $27,931   $18,835   $25,028   $18,415 
                     
Allowance to non-performing loans    213%   389%   192%   307%
Allowance to total loans outstanding at the end of the period    0.87%   0.83%   0.83%   0.88%
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans outstanding during the period (1)    (0.04)%   0.00%   0.00%   (0.16)%

 

 

(1)Annualized at and for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022.

 

The following table sets forth additional information with respect to charge-offs by category for the periods indicated.

 

   For the Three Months Ended
March 31, (1)
   For the Years Ended December 31, 
   2023   2022   2022   2021 
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans outstanding during the period:                    
Real estate loans:                    
One- to four-family residential    -    0.01%   -    - 
Home equity loans and lines
of credit
   -    -    -    - 
Commercial    -    -    -    (0.37)%
Construction and land development    -    -    -    - 
Commercial and industrial loans    -    -    -    - 
Consumer loans    (0.69)%   -    (0.11)%   - 

 

 

(1)            Annualized.

 

99

 

 

Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for credit losses allocated by loan category and the percent of the allowance in each category to the total allocated allowance at the dates indicated. The allowance for credit losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

       At December 31, 
   At March 31, 2023   2022   2021 
   Allowance
for Credit
Losses
   Percent of
Allowance
in Each
Category to
Total
Allocated
Allowance
   Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
   Allowance
for Credit
Losses
   Percent of
Allowance
in Each
Category to
Total
Allocated
Allowance
   Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
   Allowance
for Credit
Losses
   Percent of
Allowance
in Each
Category to
Total
Allocated
Allowance
   Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
                                     
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate loans:                                             
One- to four-family residential   $3,378    12.2%   30.3%  $3,485    14.7%   30.9%  $3,016    17.8%   38.1%
Home equity loans and lines of credit    295    1.1    2.4    258    1.1    2.5    175    1.0    2.5 
Commercial real estate and multifamily    8,301    29.9    33.9    6,538    27.5    33.6    4,449    26.2    30.6 
Construction and land development    3,547    12.8    16.9    3,846    16.2    18.3    3,467    20.4    21.4 
Commercial and industrial loans    10,314    37.1    10.5    8,255    34.7    8.2    5,749    34.0    5.5 
Consumer loans    1,929    6.9    6.0    1,403    5.8    6.5    109    0.6    1.9 
Total allocated allowance    27,764    100%   100%   23,785    100%   100%   16,965    100%   100%
Unallocated    167              1,243              1,450           
Total   $27,931             $25,028             $18,415           

 

100

 

 

Investment Activities

 

General. Our investment policy is established by the board of directors. The objectives of the policy are to: (i) provide and maintain liquidity within the guidelines of the Massachusetts banking laws and regulations for loan demand and deposit fluctuations, and to allow us to alter our liquidity position to meet both day-to-day and long-term changes in assets and liabilities; (ii) manage interest rate risk in accordance with our interest rate risk policy; (iii) provide collateral for pledging requirements; (iv) maximize return on our investments; and (v) maintain a balance of high quality diversified investments to minimize risk. All purchase and sale transactions are reviewed by the Finance Committee, which consists of the CEO, COO, Chief Financial Officer and certain board members, at least quarterly.

 

Our investment policy is reviewed annually by our board of directors and all policy changes recommended by management must be approved by the board. Authority to make investments under the approved guidelines are delegated to appropriate officers. The execution of specific actions with respect to securities held by Needham Bank rests with the Finance Committee within the scope of the established investment policy.

 

We have legal authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises and municipal governments, deposits at the FHLB, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and investment grade marketable equity securities. We also are required to maintain an investment in FHLB stock. While we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative securities, we have not purchased derivative securities as an investment strategy.

 

At March 31, 2023 we had $224.9 million of investment securities, representing 6.6% of our total assets, and our investment portfolio consisted primarily of U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities, government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities (which includes collateralized mortgage obligations), municipal bonds and corporate bonds.

 

At the time of purchase, we designate a security as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading, depending on our ability and intent. Securities available-for-sale or trading are reported at fair value, while securities held-to-maturity are reported at amortized cost. Consistent with our overall business and asset/liability management plan, which focuses on sustaining adequate levels of core earnings, the base premise of our investment portfolio is that all securities purchased will be suitable to be held-to-maturity. However, at March 31, 2023, we had no securities which we designated held to maturity.

 

Some of our securities are callable by the issuer. Although these securities may have a yield somewhat higher than the yield of similar securities without such features, these securities are subject to the risk that they may be redeemed by the issuer prior to maturing in the event general interest rates decline. At March 31, 2023, we had $60.4 million of securities which were subject to redemption by the issuer prior to their stated maturity, including five subordinated note agreements totaling $10.0 million issued by community bank mutual holding companies.

 

The Company measures expected credit losses on available-for-sale securities based upon the unrealized gain or loss position of the security. For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company evaluates qualitative criteria to determine any expected loss unless the Company intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell before recovery of the amortized cost. In the latter two circumstances, the Company recognizes the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value as a write-down of the investment balance with a charge to earnings. Otherwise, management’s analysis considers various factors, which include the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, performance on any underlying collateral, downgrades in the ratings of the security by a rating agency, the failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments and adverse conditions specifically related to the security.

 

101

 

 

At March 31, 2023, our corporate bond portfolio consisted of investment grade securities with maturities generally shorter than 10 years. Our investment policy provides that we may invest within the three highest investment-grade ratings from Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s. The maturity of these bonds generally may not exceed 10 years unless approved by the board of directors. Bonds that subsequently experience a decline in credit rating below investment grade are monitored at least quarterly.

 

For additional information regarding our investment securities portfolio, see Note 3 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance. We invest in bank-owned life insurance to provide us with a funding source for our benefit plan obligations. Bank-owned life insurance also generally provides us noninterest income that is non-taxable. Applicable regulations generally limit our investment in bank-owned life insurance to 25% of our Tier 1 capital plus our allowance for credit losses. At March 31, 2023, we had $49.4 million in bank-owned life insurance.

 

Other Securities. We hold common stock of the FHLB in connection with our borrowing activities. The FHLB common stock is carried at cost and classified as restricted equity securities. It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB common stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability. Under current FHLB rules, we will be required to purchase additional FHLB common stock if we increase borrowings in the future.

 

We maintain shares in the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston in order to meet criteria for membership in the Federal Reserve System. Dividends are paid semi-annually at the statutory rate of 6.0%. At March 31, 2023, we held 162,072 shares of stock in the approximate amount of $8.7 million.

 

We also invest in certain equity securities which offer favorable tax treatment. Please see Note 3 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

102

 

 

Sources of Funds

 

General. Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We also use borrowings and brokered deposits to supplement cash flow needs, lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk purposes and to manage the cost of funds. In addition, we receive funds from scheduled loan payments, investment maturities, loan prepayments, loan sales, retained earnings and income on earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income on interest-earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.

 

Deposits. Our deposits are generated primarily from residents within our primary deposit market area. We offer a selection of deposit accounts, including noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit including IRAs. Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate. In recent years, we have also utilized brokered deposits as non-retail funding source to fund our operations. These non-core funding sources are not relationship-based accounts and are generally more price-sensitive than our core deposits. Therefore, these deposits carry a greater risk of non-renewal than our core deposits. At March 31, 2023, our core deposits, which are deposits other than brokered deposits, were $2.89 billion, representing 92.0% of total deposits. At March 31, 2023, we had $250 million of brokered deposits and we had 75 municipal deposit relationships in the aggregate amount of $77.8 million. Additionally, At March 31, 2023, we had $288.3 million of cannabis-related deposits, of which $127.2 million were directly related to the cannabis industry and $161.1 million were indirectly related to the cannabis industry.

 

Interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts that we offer allows us to be competitive in generating deposits and to respond with flexibility to changes in our customers’ demands. Our ability to gather deposits is impacted by the competitive market in which we operate, which includes numerous financial institutions of varying sizes offering a wide range of products. We believe that deposits are a stable source of funds, but our ability to attract and maintain deposits at favorable rates will be affected by market conditions, including competition and prevailing interest rates.

 

103

 

 

The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposits, by account type, at the dates indicated.

 

        At December 31, 
   At March 31, 2023    2022    2021 
   Amount  Percent    Average
Rate
    Amount  Percent    Average
Rate
    Amount  Percent    Average
Rate
 
                                       
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  $516,771   16.5%    0.00%   $445,518   15.4%    0.00%   $324,392   12.6%    0.00%
Savings accounts   145,768   4.6     0.05%    163,257   5.7     0.05%    160,098   6.2     0.05%
NOW accounts   384,245   12.2     0.07%    408,894   14.2     0.07%    419,285   16.4     0.09%
Money market accounts   763,595   24.3     2.25%    659,455   22.8     1.12%    699,309   27.3     0.22%
Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts   1,330,460   42.4     3.34%    1,209,619   41.9     2.65%    961,454   37.5     0.60%
Total  $3,140,839   100%    1.97%   $2,886,743   100%    1.38%   $2,564,538   100%    0.30%

 

As of March 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the aggregate amount of deposits we had in amounts greater than $250,000, which is the maximum amount for federal deposit insurance, was $995 million, $915 million and $861 million, respectively. In addition, as of March 31, 2023, the aggregate amount of all our certificates of deposit in excess of $250,000 was $445 million.

 

All of our deposits are fully insured due to the additional insurance provided to a Massachusetts cooperative bank, such as Needham Bank, under the DIF, a private industry-sponsored insurance fund in Massachusetts that insures all deposits at Needham Bank above FDIC limits.

 

Borrowing Capacity. As a member of the FHLB, Needham Bank is eligible to obtain advances upon the security of the FHLB common stock owned and certain residential mortgage loans, provided certain standards related to credit-worthiness have been met. FHLB advances are available pursuant to several credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. At March 31, 2023, we had the ability to borrow an additional $631.1 million from the FHLB, subject to certain collateral requirements and had advances of $160.1 million at such date. At March 31, 2023 we also had an additional line of credit from the FHLB in an amount of $6.1 million. We had no borrowings under this line of credit at March 31, 2023.

 

Additionally, at March 31, 2023 we had secured Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window borrowing capacity of $49.2 million, and at March 31, 2023, we had no such borrowings.

 

Properties

 

We conduct our business through our main office located in Needham, Massachusetts and our branch offices located in Wellesley, Westwood, Dedham, Medfield, Medford, Dover, Ashland, Millis, Natick and Boston (Mission Hill), Massachusetts. Additionally, we have two administrative offices in Needham, Massachusetts. We own four of our offices, including our main office, and our two administrative offices and we lease seven offices of our offices. At March 31, 2023 the total net book value of our land, buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment was $36.0 million.

 

104

 

 

Subsidiary and Other Activities

 

Upon completion of the conversion, Needham Bank will become the wholly owned subsidiary of NB Bancorp.

 

Needham Bank has three subsidiaries: Needco-op Investment Corporation, Inc. (“Needco”), a Massachusetts corporation, which is engaged in the buying, selling and holding of investment securities. The income earned on Needco’s securities is subject to a significantly lower rate of state tax than that assessed on income earned on securities maintained at Needham Bank. At March 31, 2023, Needco had total assets of $90 million, substantially all of which were in securities and cash to be invested.

 

The Bank’s other subsidiaries are Eaton Square Realty LLC and 1892 Investments LLC, both of which hold certain real estate investments for Needham Bank, including investor tax credit investments. These entities enable us to segregate certain assets for management purposes, and or borrow against assets or stock of these entities for liquidity purposes.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Among other things, the activities of Needham Bank, including with respect to disclosures about and implementation of numerous consumer products, are subject to various laws and numerous regulations, including those related to unfair or deceptive acts or practices. If Needham Bank is found to have violated one or more consumer protection laws, it may be required to pay restitution to certain affected customers in connection with certain of these practices. In addition, as a result of the extensive regulation, supervision and examination of our business described elsewhere in this prospectus, we are also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental agencies regarding our business, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, public or private censure, increased costs, required remediation, restriction on business activities or other impacts on us.

 

We are not involved in any pending legal proceedings as a plaintiff or defendant other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business, and at March 31, 2023, we were not involved in any legal proceedings, the outcome of which would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Expense and Tax Allocation

 

Needham Bank will enter into an agreement with NB Bancorp to provide it with certain administrative support services for compensation not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, Needham Bank and NB Bancorp will enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.

 

Personnel

 

As of March 31, 2023, we had 317 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

 

105

 

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

General

 

Needham Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered cooperative bank and upon completion of the conversion will be the wholly owned subsidiary of NB Bancorp, a Maryland corporation, which will be a registered bank holding company. Needham Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC and by the Massachusetts Depositors Insurance Fund (“DIF”), a private industry-sponsored insurance fund, for amounts in excess of the FDIC insurance limits. Needham Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Massachusetts Division of Banks, as its chartering agency, and by the Federal Reserve Board, its primary federal regulator. It is also regulated by the FDIC as the insurer of its deposit accounts. Needham Bank must also comply with consumer protection regulations issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, as enforced by the Federal Reserve Board. Needham Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner concerning its activities and financial condition and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. As a registered bank holding company, NB Bancorp will be regulated by the Federal Reserve Board. Needham Bank also is a member of and owns stock in the FHLB, which is one of the 11 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

 

Under this system of regulation, the regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory, enforcement, rulemaking and examination activities and policies, including rules or policies that: establish minimum capital levels; restrict the timing and amount of dividend payments; govern the classification of assets; provide oversight for the adequacy of loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes and the adequacy of its risk management framework; and establish the timing and amounts of assessments and fees imposed by the regulatory agencies. Moreover, as part of their examination authority, the banking regulators assign numerical ratings to banks and savings institutions relating to capital, asset quality, management, liquidity, earnings and other factors. These ratings rely on the supervisor’s judgment and the receipt of a less than satisfactory rating in one or more categories may result in enforcement action by the banking regulators against a financial institution. A less than satisfactory rating may also prevent a financial institution, such as Needham Bank or its holding company, from obtaining necessary regulatory approvals to access the capital markets, pay dividends, acquire other financial institutions or establish new branches.

 

In addition, we must comply with significant anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations, Community Reinvestment Act laws and regulations, and fair lending laws and regulations. Government agencies have the authority to impose monetary penalties and other sanctions on institutions that fail to comply with these laws and regulations, which could significantly affect our business activities, including our ability to acquire other financial institutions or expand our branch network.

 

As a bank holding companies, NB Financial, MHC and NB Financial, Inc. are required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. Each is required to file certain reports with the Federal Reserve Board and is subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Following the conversion and offering, NB Bancorp will be a bank holding company and will be required to comply with the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. It will be required to file certain reports with the Federal Reserve Board and will be subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board may directly examine the subsidiaries of a bank holding company, including Needham Bank. NB Bancorp will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

 

106

 

 

Any change in applicable laws or regulations, whether by the Massachusetts legislature, the Commissioner, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the operations and financial performance of NB Bancorp and Needham Bank.

 

Set forth below is a brief description of material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Needham Bank and NB Bancorp. The description is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Needham Bank and NB Bancorp.

 

Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision Applicable to the Bank

 

General. As a Massachusetts-chartered cooperative bank, Needham Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Commissioner and to various Massachusetts statutes and regulations which govern, among other things, investment powers, lending and deposit-taking activities, borrowings, maintenance of surplus and reserve accounts, distribution of earnings and payment of dividends. In addition, Needham Bank is subject to Massachusetts consumer protection, Community Reinvestment Act, civil rights laws and regulations. The approval of the Commissioner is required for a Massachusetts-chartered bank to establish or close branches, merge with other financial institutions, issue stock and undertake certain other activities.

 

Massachusetts regulations generally allow Massachusetts banks, with appropriate regulatory approvals, to engage in activities permissible for federally chartered banks or banks chartered by another state. The Commissioner also has adopted procedures reducing regulatory burdens and expense and expediting branching by well-capitalized and well-managed banks.

 

Dividends. A Massachusetts stock bank may declare cash dividends from net profits not more frequently than quarterly. Noncash dividends may be declared at any time. No dividends may be declared, credited or paid if the bank’s capital stock is impaired. The approval of the Commissioner is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years. Dividends from NB Bancorp may depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Needham Bank. The payment of dividends from Needham Bank would be restricted by federal law if the payment of such dividends resulted in Needham Bank failing to meet regulatory capital requirements.

 

Loans to One Borrower Limitations. Massachusetts banking law grants broad lending authority. However, with certain limited exceptions, total obligations to one borrower may not exceed 20% of the total of an institution's capital stock (if any), surplus and undivided profits. The Commissioner applies the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency’s attribution rules to a borrower’s related interests. At March 31, 2023, Needham Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.

 

Loans to a Bank’s Insiders. Under Massachusetts law, a Massachusetts-chartered bank must comply with Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner retains examination and enforcement authority to ensure compliance.

 

Investment Activities. In general, Massachusetts-chartered banks may invest in preferred and common stock of any corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any state provided such investments do not involve control of any corporation and do not, in the aggregate, exceed 4% of the bank’s deposits. Federal law imposes additional restrictions on Needham Bank’s investment activities. See “ – Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision – Investment Activities.”

 

107

 

 

Regulatory Enforcement Authority. Any Massachusetts bank that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies and directives of the Commissioner may be subject to sanctions for noncompliance, including revocation of its charter. The Commissioner may, under certain circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the bank’s business in an unsafe or unsound manner or contrary to the depositors’ interests or been negligent in the performance of their duties. Upon finding that a bank has engaged in an unfair or deceptive act or practice, the Commissioner may issue an order to cease and desist and impose a fine on the bank concerned. The Commissioner also has authority to take possession of a bank and appoint the FDIC as receiver under certain conditions such as an unsafe and unsound condition to transact business, the conduct of business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner or impaired capital. In addition, Massachusetts consumer protection and civil rights statutes applicable to Needham Bank permit private individual and class action law suits and provide for the rescission of consumer transactions, including loans, and the recovery of statutory and punitive damages and attorneys’ fees in the case of certain violations of those statutes.

 

Excess Deposit Insurance Fund. All Massachusetts-chartered cooperative banks are members of the DIF, a private industry-sponsored insurance fund in Massachusetts that insures all deposits at Needham Bank above FDIC limits. In the future, if the aggregate amount of our deposits in excess of the federal deposit insurance limit (which is $250,000 per depositor) exceed the threshold as established by the DIF, which at March 31, 2023 was approximately $1.1 billion, then we may be required to exit from the DIF resulting in these excess deposits no longer being insured above FDIC-limits, beginning one year after such exit.

 

Protection of Personal Information. Massachusetts banking regulations contain requirements intended to protect personal information and are similar to federal laws such as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, discussed below under “ – Federal Regulations – Other Regulations,” that require organizations to establish written information security programs to prevent identity theft. The Massachusetts regulation also contains technology system requirements, especially for the encryption of personal information sent over wireless or public networks or stored on portable devices.

 

Insurance Sales. Massachusetts banks may engage in insurance sales activities if the Commissioner has approved a plan of operation for insurance activities and the bank obtains a license from the Massachusetts Division of Insurance. A bank may be licensed directly or indirectly through an affiliate or a subsidiary corporation established for this purpose. Needham Bank does not sell insurance products, and has not sought approval for direct insurance sales activities. Needham Bank is licensed to solicit and refer potential insurance customers to an unaffiliated, third-party licensed insurance producer.

 

Parity Regulation. A Massachusetts bank may exercise, with appropriate regulatory approvals, any power and engage in any activity that has been authorized for national banks, federal thrifts or state banks in a state other than Massachusetts, provided that the activity is permissible under applicable federal law and not specifically prohibited by Massachusetts law. Such powers and activities must be subject to the same limitations and restrictions imposed on the national bank, federal thrift or out-of-state bank that exercised the power or activity.

 

Massachusetts has other statutes or regulations that are similar to certain of the federal provisions discussed below.

 

108

 

 

Federal Regulations Applicable to the Bank

 

Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require federally insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets ratio of 8.0%, and a 4.0% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio.

 

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for calculating risk-based capital ratios, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk-weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and related surplus and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus, meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations. In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the FDIC takes into consideration not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where deemed necessary.

 

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.

 

Federal law required the federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, to establish a “community bank leverage ratio” of between 8% and 10% for institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. Institutions with capital complying with the ratio and otherwise meeting the specified requirements and electing the alternative framework are considered to comply with the applicable regulatory capital requirements, including the risk-based requirements. The community bank leverage ratio was established at 9% Tier 1 capital to total average assets, effective January 1, 2020. A qualifying institution may opt in and out of the community bank leverage ratio framework on its quarterly call report. An institution that temporarily ceases to meet any qualifying criteria is provided with a two-quarter grace period to regain compliance. Failure to meet the qualifying criteria within the grace period or maintain a leverage ratio of 8% or greater requires the institution to comply with the generally applicable regulatory capital requirements.

 

At March 31, 2023, Needham Bank had opted into the community bank leverage ratio framework and its leverage capital ratio exceeded the applicable requirement.

 

Capital Distributions. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act generally provides that an insured depository institution may not make any capital distribution if, after making such distribution, the institution would fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirement. Unless the approval of the Federal Reserve Board is obtained, Needham Bank may not declare or pay a dividend if the total of all dividends declared during the calendar year, including the proposed dividend, exceeds the sum of its net income during the current calendar year and the retained net income of the prior two calendar years. Payments of dividends by Needham Bank are also subject to other banking law restrictions, such as the Federal Reserve Board’s authority to prevent a bank from paying dividends if such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice or reduce a bank’s capital below safe and sound levels and Massachusetts banking law restrictions which require dividends to be paid from net profits for the current and two previous years, and which preclude a Massachusetts bank from paying dividends if its capital is, or would become, impaired.

 

109

 

 

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All insured depository institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers, consistent with its safe and sound banking operations. The Federal Reserve Board’s Community Reinvestment Act regulations are generally based upon objective criteria of the performance of institutions under three key assessment tests: (i) a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas; (ii) an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low- or moderate-income individuals and businesses; and (iii) a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices. The Federal Reserve Board is required to assess Needham Bank’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the Federal Reserve Board, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.

 

The Community Reinvestment Act requires all institutions insured by the FDIC to publicly disclose their rating. Needham Bank received a “Satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination.

 

Massachusetts has its own statutory counterpart to the CRA which is also applicable to Needham Bank. The Massachusetts version is generally similar to the CRA but utilizes a five-tiered descriptive rating system. Massachusetts law requires the Commissioner to consider, but not be limited to, a bank’s record of performance under Massachusetts law in considering any application by the bank to establish a branch or other deposit-taking facility, to relocate an office or to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of any other banking institution. Needham Bank’s most recent November 2022 CRA performance rating under Massachusetts law was “Satisfactory.”

 

Transactions with Related Parties. An insured depository institution’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is generally limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and federal regulation. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, or is under common control with, an insured depository institution such as Needham Bank. NB Bancorp will be an affiliate of Needham Bank because of its control of Needham Bank. In general, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative limits and collateral requirements. In addition, federal regulations prohibit a state-chartered bank from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve the purchase of low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates.

 

110

 

 

Needham Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

·be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

 

·not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Needham Bank’s capital.

 

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Needham Bank’s board of directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.

 

Enforcement. The Federal Reserve Board has extensive enforcement authority over insured state member banks. The enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations, breaches of fiduciary duty and unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Reserve Board is required, with certain exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state non-member bank if that bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the institution became “critically undercapitalized.” The Federal Reserve Board may also appoint itself as conservator or receiver for an insured state non-member bank under specified circumstances, including: (1) insolvency; (2) substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices; (3) existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business; (4) insufficient capital; or (5) the incurrence of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment without federal assistance.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for the insured depository institutions they supervise. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, compensation and benefits, and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to implement an acceptable compliance plan. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a cease and desist order and/or the imposition of civil money penalties.

 

Branching. Federal law permits insured state banks to engage in interstate branching if the laws of the state where the new banking office is to be established would permit the establishment of the banking office if it were chartered by a bank in such state. Under current Massachusetts law, Needham Bank can establish a branch in Massachusetts or in any other state. All branch applications require prior approval of the Commissioner and the FDIC. Finally, Needham Bank may also establish banking offices in other states by merging with banks or by purchasing banking offices of other banks in other states, subject to certain restrictions.

 

111

 

 

Acquisitions. Prior approval from the Commissioner and Federal Reserve Board is required in order for Needham Bank to acquire another bank.  Well capitalized and well managed banks may acquire other banks in any state, subject to certain deposit concentration limits and other conditions, pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Member Banks.  The Federal Reserve Act generally limits the types of equity investments a Federal Reserve member bank, such as Needham Bank, may make, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act generally limits the kinds of activities in which such an FDIC-insured state-chartered bank may engage, as a principal, to those that are permissible for national banks.  Further, the GLBA permits national banks and state banks, to the extent permitted under state law, to engage via financial subsidiaries in certain activities that are permissible for subsidiaries of a financial holding company.  In order to form a financial subsidiary, a state-chartered bank must be “well capitalized,” and such banks must comply with certain capital deduction, risk management and affiliate transaction rules, among other requirements.

 

Brokered Deposits.  The FDIA and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of an insured depository institution to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless the institution’s capital category is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” Depository institutions that have brokered deposits in excess of 10% of total assets may be subject to increased FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. However, for institutions that are well capitalized and have a CAMELS composite rating of 1 or 2, reciprocal deposits are deducted from brokered deposits. Section 202 of the Economic Growth Act, which was enacted in 2018, amends the FDIA to exempt a capped amount of reciprocal deposits from treatment as brokered deposits for certain insured depository institutions.

 

Prompt Corrective Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal banking agencies take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For this purpose, the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations establish five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Under applicable regulations, an institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

 

112

 

 

At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on the payment of dividends, and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. An undercapitalized bank’s compliance with a capital restoration plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including a regulatory order to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, ceasing receipt of deposits from correspondent banks, dismissal of directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

 

The previously referenced final rule establishing an elective “community bank leverage ratio” regulatory capital framework provides that a qualifying institution whose capital exceeds the community bank leverage ratio and opts to use that framework will be considered “well-capitalized” for purposes of prompt corrective action.

 

At March 31, 2023, Needham Bank met the criteria for being considered “well capitalized.”

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC insures deposits at FDIC -insured financial institutions such as Needham Bank, generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor. The FDIC charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.

 

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, institutions deemed less risky of failure pay lower assessments. Assessments for institutions of less than $10 billion of assets are based on financial measures and supervisory ratings derived from statistical modeling estimating the probability of an institution's failure within three years.

 

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Needham Bank. For 2022, the FDIC insurance expense for Needham Bank was approximately $1.4 million. We cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the Federal Reserve Board. Needham Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of its deposit insurance.

 

Privacy Regulations. Federal regulations generally require that Needham Bank disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer’s “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship. Needham Bank currently has a privacy protection policy in place, provides each new customer with this policy at the time of an initial account opening, and believes that such policy is in compliance with the regulations. Most states, including Massachusetts, have enacted legislation concerning breaches of data security and the duties of Needham Bank in response to a data breach. Congress continues to consider federal legislation that would require consumer notice of data security breaches. In addition, Massachusetts has promulgated data security regulations with respect to personal information of their residents. Pursuant to the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act (the “FACT Act”), Needham Bank had to develop and implement a written identity theft prevention program to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of certain accounts or certain existing accounts. Additionally, the FACT Act amended the Fair Credit Reporting Act to generally prohibit a person from using information received from an affiliate to make a solicitation for marketing purposes to a consumer, unless the consumer is given notice and a reasonable opportunity and method to opt out of the making of such solicitations.

 

113

 

 

Anti-Money Laundering - The Bank Secrecy Act. Under the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), a financial institution is required to have systems in place to detect certain transactions, based on the size and nature of the transaction. Financial institutions are generally required to report to the U.S. Treasury any cash transactions involving at least $10,000. In addition, financial institutions are required to file suspicious activity reports for any transaction or series of transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution knows, suspects or has reason to suspect involves illegal funds, is designed to evade the requirements of the BSA or has no lawful purpose. The USA PATRIOT Act, which amended the BSA, together with the implementing regulations of various federal regulatory agencies, has caused financial institutions, such as the Bank, to adopt and implement additional policies or amend existing policies and procedures with respect to, among other things, anti-money laundering compliance, suspicious activity, currency transaction reporting, customer identity verification and customer risk analysis. In evaluating an application to acquire a bank or to merge banks or effect a purchase of assets and assumption of deposits and other liabilities, the applicable federal banking regulator must consider the anti-money laundering compliance record of both the applicant and the target. In addition, under the USA PATRIOT Act financial institutions are required to take steps to monitor their correspondent banking and private banking relationships as well as, if applicable, their relationships with “shell banks.”

 

Office of Foreign Assets Control. The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These sanctions, which are administered by OFAC, take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial or other transactions relating to a sanctioned country or with certain designated persons and entities; (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons); and (iii) restrictions on transactions with or involving certain persons or entities. Blocked assets (for example, property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences for Needham Bank.

 

Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements. Needham Bank is prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

 

Consumer Protection and Fair Lending Regulations. Needham Bank is subject to a variety of federal and Massachusetts statutes and regulations that are intended to protect consumers and prohibit discrimination in the granting of credit. These statutes and regulations provide for a range of sanctions for non-compliance with their terms, including imposition of administrative fines and remedial orders, and referral to the Attorney General for prosecution of a civil action for actual and punitive damages and injunctive relief. Certain of these statutes, including Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair and deceptive acts and practices against consumers, authorize private individual and class action lawsuits and the award of actual, statutory and punitive damages and attorneys’ fees for certain types of violations. Federal laws also prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices against consumers, which can be enforced by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and state attorneys general.

 

114

 

 

Other Regulations

 

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Needham Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to state and federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

·Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

·Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

·Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; and

 

·Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

The deposit operations of Needham Bank also are subject to, among others, the:

 

·Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

·Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and

 

·Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System

 

Needham Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Banks provide central credit facilities primarily for member institutions. Members of a Federal Home Loan Bank are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in their Federal Home Loan Bank. Needham Bank complied with this requirement at March 31, 2023. Based on redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. Needham Bank reviews for impairment, based on the ultimate recoverability, the cost basis of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock. At March 31, 2023, no impairment had been recognized.

 

115

 

 

Bank Holding Company Regulation

 

Upon completion of the conversion, NB Bancorp will be a bank holding company within the meaning of BHCA. As such, NB Bancorp will be registered with the Federal Reserve Board and be subject to regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements applicable to bank holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board will have enforcement authority over NB Bancorp and its non-bank subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to Needham Bank.

 

A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in non-banking activities, or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing discount brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings association whose direct and indirect activities are limited to those permitted for bank holding companies.

 

NB Bancorp will be subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies (on a consolidated basis). The Dodd-Frank Act, however, required the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to the depository institutions themselves. Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary banks apply to bank holding companies.

 

By law, holding companies, including bank holding companies, must act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress. This support may be required at times when the NB Bancorp may not have the resources to provide support to Needham Bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

 

The Federal Reserve Board has issued supervisory policies regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase of shares of common stock by bank holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of capital distributions previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. The policy statement also states that a holding company should inform the Federal Reserve Board supervisory staff before redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or if the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, at the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies may affect the ability of NB Bancorp to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

 

116

 

 

NB Bancorp is a legal entity separate and distinct from Needham Bank and any of its other subsidiaries. Revenues of NB Bancorp are derived primarily from dividends paid to it by Needham Bank and NB Bancorp’s other subsidiaries. The right of NB Bancorp, and consequently the right of shareholders of NB Bancorp, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of its subsidiaries, through the payment of such dividends or otherwise, is subject to the prior claims of creditors of the subsidiaries, including, with respect to the Bank, depositors of the Bank, except to the extent that certain claims of NB Bancorp in a creditor capacity may be recognized.

 

Massachusetts Holding Company Regulation. Under Massachusetts banking laws, a company owning or controlling two or more banking institutions, including a cooperative bank, is regulated by the Commissioner as a bank holding company. Each such bank holding company: (i) must obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before engaging in certain transactions, such as the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of another banking institution; (ii) must register, and file reports, with the Commissioner; and (iii) is subject to examination by the Commissioner. NB Bancorp would become a bank holding company regulated by the Commissioner if it acquires a second banking institution and holds and operates it separately from Needham Bank.

 

Change in Control Regulations

 

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person or group of persons may acquire “control” of a bank holding company, such as NB Bancorp, unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquirer has the power, directly or indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the institution. There is a presumption of control upon the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock if the holding company involved has its shares registered under the Exchange Act, or, if the holding company involved does now have its shares registered under the Exchange Act, if no other persons will own, control or hold the power to vote a greater percentage of that class of voting security after the acquisition.

 

In addition, the BHCA prohibits any company from acquiring control of a bank or bank holding company without first having obtained the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other circumstances, under the BHCA, a company has control of a bank or bank holding company if the company owns, controls or holds with power to vote 25% or more of a class of voting securities of the bank or bank holding company, controls in any manner the election of a majority of directors or trustees of the bank or bank holding company, or the Federal Reserve Board has determined, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that the company has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank or bank holding company. The Federal Reserve Board has established presumptions of control under which the acquisition of control of 5% or more of a class of voting securities of a bank holding company, together with other factors enumerated by the Federal Reserve Board, could constitute the acquisition of control of a bank holding company for purposes of the BHCA.

 

117

 

 

Federal Securities Laws

 

The common stock of NB Bancorp will be registered with the SEC after the conversion and offering. NB Bancorp will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Exchange Act.

 

The registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) of shares of common stock to be issued in the initial public offering of NB Bancorp does not cover the subsequent resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of NB Bancorp may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of NB Bancorp will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If NB Bancorp meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each affiliate of NB Bancorp that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares of NB Bancorp, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We have policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we review and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

NB Bancorp will be an emerging growth company. For as long as it continues to be an emerging growth company, it may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to public companies. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an emerging growth company, NB Bancorp also will not be subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which would require that our independent auditors audit our internal control over financial reporting. We have also elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company.

 

NB Bancorp will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the conversion and offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.235 billion (adjusted for inflation) or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million at the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We expect to lose our status as an emerging growth company effective December 31, 2028, which is the end of the fifth year after the expected completion date of the conversion and offering.

 

118

 

 

TAXATION

 

Federal Taxation

 

General. NB Bancorp and Needham Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize material federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to NB Bancorp, NB Financial, MHC and Needham Bank.

 

Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, NB Financial, MHC currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal income tax returns.

 

Alternative Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, less an exemption amount, referred to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent tax computed this way exceeds tax computed by applying the regular tax rates to regular taxable income. Net operating losses can, in general, offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act repealed the alternative minimum tax for income generated after January 1, 2018. At March 31, 2023, NB Financial, MHC had no minimum tax credit carryovers.

 

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act generally, a financial institution may carry net operating losses forward indefinitely. At March 31, 2023, NB Financial, MHC had no federal net operating loss carryforwards.

 

Capital Loss Carryovers. A corporation cannot recognize capital losses in excess of capital gains generated. Generally, a financial institution may carry back capital losses to the preceding three taxable years and forward to the succeeding five taxable years. Any capital loss carryback or carryover is treated as a short-term capital loss for the year to which it is carried. As such, it is grouped with any other capital losses for the year to which it is carried and is used to offset any capital gains. Any undeducted loss remaining after the five-year carryover period is not deductible. At March 31, 2023, NB Financial, MHC had no capital loss carryovers.

 

Corporate Dividends. NB Bancorp may generally exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from Needham Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.

 

Audit of Tax Returns. Needham Bank’s federal income tax returns, nor the consolidated returns of NB Financial, MHC’s and NB Financial, Inc.’s since their inception in 2020, have not been audited in the most recent five-year period.

 

State Taxation

 

Financial institutions in Massachusetts file combined income tax returns with affiliated companies that are not security corporations. The Massachusetts excise tax rate for cooperative banks is currently 9.0% of federal taxable income, adjusted for certain items. Taxable income includes gross income as defined under the Internal Revenue Code, plus interest from bonds, notes and evidences of indebtedness of any state, including Massachusetts, less deductions, but not the credits, allowable under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, except for those deductions relating to dividends received and income or franchise taxes imposed by a state or political subdivision. Carryforwards and carrybacks of net operating losses and capital losses are not allowed. None of Needham Bank’s state tax returns, as well as those of its subsidiaries, nor the consolidated returns of NB Financial, MHC’s and NB Financial, Inc.’s since their inception in 2020, have not been audited in the most recent five-year period.

 

119

 

 

A financial institution or business corporation is generally entitled to special tax treatment as a “security corporation” under Massachusetts law provided that: (a) its activities are limited to buying, selling, dealing in or holding securities on its own behalf and not as a broker; and (b) it has applied for, and received, classification as a “security corporation” by the Commissioner of the Massachusetts Department of Revenue. A security corporation that is also a bank holding company under the Internal Revenue Code must pay a tax equal to 0.33% of its gross income. A security corporation that is not a bank holding company under the Internal Revenue Code must pay a tax equal to 1.32% of its gross income. Needham Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, Needco-op Investment Corporation, which engages in securities transactions on its own behalf, is qualified as a security corporation. As such, it has received security corporation classification by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue and does not conduct any activities deemed impermissible under the governing statutes and the various regulations, directives, letter rulings and administrative pronouncements issued by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue.

 

As a Maryland business corporation, NB Bancorp is required to file an annual report with and pay franchise taxes to the state of Maryland.

 

MANAGEMENT OF NB BANCORP

 

Shared Management Structure

 

The directors of NB Bancorp are the same persons who are the directors of Needham Bank. In addition, each executive officer of NB Bancorp is also an executive officer of Needham Bank. We expect that NB Bancorp and Needham Bank will continue to have common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.

 

Directors of NB Bancorp and Needham Bank

 

The board of directors of NB Bancorp consists of 10 members. Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors of Needham Bank will be elected by NB Bancorp as its sole stockholder.

 

The following table states our directors’ names, their ages as of March 31, 2023, the years when they began serving as directors of Needham Bank, and the years when their current terms expire.

 

120

 

 

Name (1)  Position(s) Held With
Needham Bank
  Age   Director
Since
   Current Term
Expires
 
Joseph Campanelli  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   66    2017    2026 
William Darcey  Director   60    2016    2026 
Susan Elliott  Director   69    2020    2025 
Angela Jackson  Director   47    2023    2024 
Christopher Lynch  Director   60    2015    2025 
Joseph Nolan  Director   60    2023    2024 
Francis Orfanello  Director   64    2007    2025 
Hope Pascucci  Director   55    2023    2024 
Raza Shaikh  Director   48    2023    2024 
Mark Whalen  Director   64    2007    2026 

 

 

(1)The mailing address for each individual is 1063 Great Plain Avenue, Needham, Massachusetts 02492.

 

The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following sets forth certain information regarding the members of our board of directors, and executive officers who are not directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any director and any other person pursuant to which the director was selected.

 

With respect to directors, the biographies contain information regarding the person’s business experience and the experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director.

 

Most of our directors are long-time residents of the communities we serve and many of such individuals have operated, or currently operate, businesses located in such communities. As a result, we believe each director has significant knowledge of the businesses that operate in our market area, an understanding of the general real estate market, values and trends in such communities and an understanding of the overall demographics of such communities. As the holding company for a community bank, we believe that the local knowledge and experience of our directors assists us in assessing the credit and banking needs of our customers, developing products and services to better serve our customers and in assessing the risks inherent in our lending operations. As local residents, our directors are also exposed to the advertising, product offerings and community development efforts of competing institutions which, in turn, assists us in structuring our marketing efforts and community outreach programs.

 

Directors

 

Joseph Campanelli is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Needham Bank. Mr. Campanelli has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Needham Bank since joining the Bank in January 2017 and was elected Chairman in 2022.  Mr. Campanelli has over 40 years of banking experience in a variety of senior and executive positions, including having served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary Sovereign Bank as well as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary Flagstar Bank.  Mr. Campanelli’s positions as President and Chief Executive Officer foster clear accountability, effective decision-making, a clear and direct channel of communication from senior management to the full board of directors, and alignment on corporate strategy. Additionally, Mr. Campanelli has a long history of community involvement, currently serving on the board of the Massachusetts Business Roundtable, Boys and Girls Club of Boston and The One Hundred Club of Boston.  We believe each of these attributes qualifies him to serve on the board of directors.

 

121

 

 

William Darcey is President and Chief Executive Officer of Provider Group, an insurance agency headquartered in Needham, Massachusetts and Providence, Rhode Island. Mr. Darcey joined Provider Group in 2001 and has served as its President and Chief Executive Officer since 2009. He has over 30 years of experience providing risk management services to businesses and individuals throughout New England and as President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Darcey leads Provider Group’s strategic direction, including overseeing sales, marketing, client services, and agency operations. We believe Mr. Darcey’s executive management experience as well as his knowledge of the commercial landscape and trends in our market area qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Susan Elliott is retired. Prior to her retirement in 2019, from 1981 until 2019, Ms. Elliott was employed at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston in roles of increasing responsibility, including serving as Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer from 2009 until her retirement. Ms. Elliott has over 45 years of banking experience and we believe this experience qualifies her to serve on the board of directors.

 

Angela Jackson, Ed.L.D., is a lecturer at Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. She has held teaching positions in a part-time capacity since 2018 and has focused more exclusively as a lecturer since June 2022. In her role at Harvard, among other responsibilities, Dr. Jackson teaches classes on education, entrepreneurship and innovation. In addition to her lecturing responsibilities, from February 2022 until October 2022, Dr. Jackson served as Chief Ecosystem Investment Officer for Kapor Enterprises, a family office, and from June 2018 until February 2022, she was a Managing Partner at New Profit, a venture philanthropy firm headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts where she oversaw Economic Mobility Investments. As an Environment, Social and Corporate Governance (ESG) expert, Dr. Jackson is a frequent lecturer and is a widely published consultant and Board member to numerous organizations and entities, and has advised over 100 enterprises in ESG strategy and oversight. We believe that Dr. Jackson’s expertise in the areas of ESG as well as her knowledge and interaction with civic, charitable and venture philanthropic enterprises in our market area and nationally qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

 

Christopher Lynch is a partner and co-founder, since 1995, of Marshall Resources, an information technology services company with offices in Massachusetts, North Carolina and Arizona. Mr. Lynch is also an entrepreneur and investor and since 2003, Mr. Lynch has been the sole owner and operator of various real estate investment entities which purchase, develop and manage commercial real estate properties in Needham, Massachusetts and since 2009 has owned and managed a wine investment company. We believe that Mr. Lynch’s experience as a business owner and entrepreneur offers a valuable perspective on developing a successful business as well as the challenges and risks an organization may face as it grows its product offerings which qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Joseph Nolan is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Eversource Energy Service Company, New England’s largest electric, gas and water utility provider and is Chairman and a director of Eversource Energy’s principal subsidiaries, except The Connecticut Light and Power Company. Mr. Nolan was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of Eversource Energy in May 2021 and elected Chairman in 2022. Previously, Mr. Nolan served as Executive Vice President-Strategy, Customer and Corporate Relations of Eversource Energy since February 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Nolan served as Executive Vice President-Customer and Corporate Relations of Eversource Energy from August 2016 to February 2020. Mr. Nolan is active in civic and charitable organizations including serving on the Boards of Directors of the New England Council, Camp Harbor View, Francis Ouimet Scholarship Fund, Long Island Association, and an advisory board member of Intercontinental Real Estate Corporation.  We believe Mr. Nolan’s management and executive experience and his general business acumen qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

 

122

 

 

Francis Orfanello is an Operating Partner focused on the Food and Beverage Manufacturing and Distribution vertical for One Rock Capital Partners, LLC, a value-oriented, operationally focused private equity firm headquartered in New York.  Prior to being engaged by One Rock Capital, Mr. Orfanello was a corporate executive for over 20 years at various beverage and food companies as well as service businesses. Mr. Orfanello oversaw national supply chain and sales operations as well as leading strategic initiatives in new product development, manufacturing modernization, opening new channels of distribution and scaling branded consumer products businesses. Mr. Orfanello began his career in a Boston-based accounting firm where he ultimately became a partner. We believe Mr. Orfanello’s strategic marketing experience as well as his financial acumen qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Hope Pascucci is President and Principal of Rose Grove Capital Management, LLC, headquartered in Wellesley, Massachusetts, which manages fixed-income credit hedge funds focused on preferred stock and hybrid capital markets. Ms. Pascucci has held these positions since the firm’s founding in 2006. Prior to Rose Grove Capital’s founding, Ms. Pascucci served as Co-head of Global Capital Markets for Deutsche Bank in London where her responsibilities included oversight of Global Debt Capital Markets, European and Asian Equity Capital Markets and High Yield/Leveraged Loans. Ms. Pascucci has previously served on the Board of Trustees of Amherst College as well as the Board of Directors of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC. We believe that Ms. Pascucci’s knowledge of the capital markets, management skills and business acumen qualify her to be on our board of directors.

 

Raza Shaikh, whose legal name is Muhammad Raza, is an entrepreneur and early-stage investor and, since January 2020, is a Managing Director of Launchpad Venture Group, an early-stage angel investment group centered in Boston, Massachusetts. He is also the owner of Raza Enterprises, LLC, a consulting firm founded in January 2019 which focuses on mobile applications and games and, since June 2019, has been a Managing Partner of Beacon Venture Partners, an early-stage Venture Capital Fund for high-growth companies throughout New England. From 2010 until January 2019, Mr. Shaikh was co-Founder and Chief Technology Officer of NorthBay, a consulting firm focused on data analytics, cloud computing and artificial intelligence.  We believe Mr. Shaikh’s extensive business investment analysis, analytics and information technology expertise qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Mark Whalen is retired. Prior to his retirement in 2017, Mr. Whalen was a career banker and from 2007 until his retirement, Mr. Whalen was employed at Needham Bank. He served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Needham Bank from 2014 through 2015 and Chief Executive Officer of Needham Bank from 2015 until his retirement. Prior to his employment at Needham Bank, from 1999 through 2007, Mr. Whalen was President and Chief Executive Officer of Dedham Co-operative Bank, Dedham, Massachusetts. Mr. Whalen has over 40 years of banking experience. We believe Mr. Whalen’s broad banking experience as well as his institutional knowledge of Needham Bank and our market areas qualifies him to serve on the board of directors.

 

Executive Officers Who Are not Directors

 

Peter Bakkala, age 58, is Executive Vice President – Chief Risk Officer of Needham Bank, a position he has held since 2016. In this role, Mr. Bakkala oversees the Bank’s enterprise risk management, fraud prevention, and general compliance, including Bank Secrecy Act and Community Reinvestment Act compliance, and the Bank’s internal audit functions.  Prior to joining Needham Bank, Mr. Bakkala led various audit, risk, and compliance functions, as well as commercial businesses, throughout his career in large superregional and multinational firms.

 

123

 

 

Paul Evangelista, age 60, is Executive Vice President – Director of Specialized Bank of Needham Bank, a position he has held since April 2022. In this position, Mr. Evangelista has primary responsibility of the Bank’s cannabis and money service businesses. From December 2021 until March 2022, Mr. Evangelista was a consultant to Eastern Bank, headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts, advising the institution primarily with respect to the cannabis and money service business it acquired in connection with its November 2021 acquisition of Century Bank, headquartered in Medford, Massachusetts. From December 1999 until its sale to Eastern Bank in November 2021, Mr. Evangelista served in positions of increasing responsibility at Century Bank, having served as an Executive Vice President since December 1999.

 

Kevin Henkin, age 53, is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of Needham Bank, a position he has held since April 2018. In this role, Mr. Henkin has primary responsibility for managing all aspects of the credit risk management framework over the Bank’s lending operations. Mr. Henkin has over 30 years of banking experience, having served at other financial institutions as well as running a bank consulting firm for three years at which Mr. Henkin conducted external loan reviews, stress testing and due diligence for financial institutions.

 

Stephanie Maiona, age 56, is Executive Vice President and Senior Commercial Lender of Needham Bank, having served as Senior Commercial Lender since 2011 and becoming Executive Vice President in 2018. Ms. Maiona joined Needham Bank in 2009. She has over 30 years of banking experience, having previously served at other financial institutions as well as serving as a Bank Examiner at the FDIC.

 

Salvatore Rinaldi, age 68, is Chief Operating Officer of Needham Bank, a position he has held since April 2017 when he joined Needham Bank. In this role, Mr. Rinaldi assists the Chief Executive Officer in the general oversight of Needham Bank and implementation of the Bank’s strategic direction. Mr. Rinaldi has over 40 years of banking experience, primarily with commercial banks and their holding companies.

 

Michael Sinclair, age 60, is Executive Vice President – Residential and Consumer Lending of Needham Bank, a position he has held since July 2020. Prior to this, since he joined Needham Bank in September 2018, Mr. Sinclair served as Senior Vice President – Director of Residential and Consumer Lending. Mr. Sinclair has more than 30 years of banking experience having worked from 1995 until August 2018 at Hingham Institution for Savings where he held roles of increasing responsibility including as Vice President of Retail Lending.

 

Danielle Walsh, age 45, is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Needham Bank, a position she has held since July 2020. Prior to this appointment, from 2014 until July 2020, Ms. Walsh served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of Needham Bank. Ms. Walsh joined Needham Bank in 2009. She has over twenty years of banking experience, having previously served at other financial institutions as well as working as an auditor for a public accounting firm.

 

Margaret Watson, age 55, is General Counsel to Needham Bank, a position she has held since January 2020. Ms. Watson has over 25 years of legal experience in national and local firms, including her previous position at Cohn and Dussi, PC, a full-service law firm headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts where she served as a Partner in the firm’s Real Estate, Banking and Litigation departments for seven years.

 

124

 

 

James White, age 59, is Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Needham Bank, where he oversees all aspects of the technology, operations and innovation strategy for the Bank, including digital, cyber-security/fraud, innovation, customer care centers, data and facilities management. Mr. White joined Needham Bank in February 2018 as Senior Vice President, Director of Retail Banking and was promoted into his current roles in July 2020. Mr. White has over 40 years of banking experience.

 

Board Independence

 

The board of directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of director Campanelli, is “independent” as defined in, and for purposes of satisfying the listing standards of, the Nasdaq Stock Market. Director Campanelli is not independent because he is an executive officer of NB Bancorp and Needham Bank.

 

In determining the independence of the directors listed above, the board of directors considered relationships between Needham Bank and our directors and officers, none of which are required to be reported under “ – Transactions With Certain Related Persons” below, including loans and deposit accounts that our directors maintain at Needham Bank.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We conduct business through meetings of our board of directors and its committees. The board of directors of NB Bancorp has established standing committees, including a Compensation Committee, an Audit Committee and a Governance and Nominating Committee. Each of these committees operates under a written charter, which governs its composition, responsibilities and operations. Needham Bank also has standing committees of its board of directors.

 

The table below sets forth the directors of each of the listed standing committees. Each member of each committee meets the Nasdaq and the Securities and Exchange Commission independence requirements for such committee. The board of directors has determined that Director Susan Elliott will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Audit Committee   Compensation Committee   Governance and Nominating
Committee
Susan Elliott (Chair)   Christopher Lynch (Chair)   Mark Whalen (Chair)
William Darcey   Joseph Nolan   Angela Jackson
Hope Pascucci   Francis Orfanello    
Raza Shaikh   Mark Whalen    

 

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits publicly traded companies from making loans to their executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by federally insured financial institutions, such as Needham Bank, to their executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. At March 31, 2023, all of our loans to directors and executive officers were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Needham Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. These loans were performing according to their original terms at March 31, 2023, and were made in compliance with federal banking regulations.

 

125

 

 

Executive Compensation

 

Summary Compensation Table. The following information is furnished for our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers (other than the principal executive officer) whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. These individuals are sometimes referred to in this prospectus as the “named executive officers.”

 

Name and Principal
Position
  Year  Salary
($)
  Bonus ($)  Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)
(1)
  Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)(2)
  All Other
Compensation ($)(3)
  Total ($) 
Joseph Campanelli Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   2022   850,000   900,000   1,500,000   79,000   228,400   3,557,400 
                              
Salvatore Rinaldi Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer   2022   510,000   350,000   1,000,000      99,400   1,959,400 
                              
Margaret Watson Senior Vice President and General Counsel   2022   335,837   100,000   100,000      24,400   560,237 

 

 

(1)Represents grants made under the Long-term Incentive Plan for 2022.

(2)Represents the above-market earnings credited to amounts deferred under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan.

(3)The compensation set forth in the “All Other Compensation” column is detailed in the following table:

 

   401(k) Plan
Employer
Contributions
($)
   Personal
Benefit
Allotment ($)
  Deferred
Compensation
Plan ($)(a)
  Total All Other
Compensation
($)
 
Joseph Campanelli   24,400    34,000   170,000   228,400 
Salvatore Rinaldi   24,400    24,000   51,000   99,400 
Margaret Watson   24,400          24,400 

 

 

 

(a)Represents contributions made to the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers for the benefit of Messrs. Campanelli and Rinaldi.

 

Employment Agreements. Needham Bank has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Campanelli and Rinaldi. The term of the employment agreement with Mr. Campanelli is three years, currently expiring on January 1, 2026, and the term of the employment agreement with Mr. Rinaldi is two years, currently expiring on January 1, 2025. The terms of the employment agreements automatically extend on each January 1st (the “Renewal Date”) for one year, so that the term again becomes either three years (in the case of Mr. Campanelli) or two years (in the case of Mr. Rinaldi), unless either Needham Bank or the executive provides written notice to the other party at least 90 days prior to the Renewal Date notifying the other party of his or its election not to renew the term of the employment agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event NB Bancorp or Needham Bank enters into a transaction that would constitute a change in control, as defined under the employment agreements, the term of the agreements would automatically extend so that they would expire no less than three years (in the case of Mr. Campanelli) or two years (in the case of Mr. Rinaldi) following the effective date of the change in control.

 

The employment agreements specify the base salaries of Messrs. Campanelli and Rinaldi, which are currently $950,000 and $575,000, respectively. The Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Needham Bank may increase, but not decrease (except for certain across-the-board reductions), the executives’ base salaries. In addition to base salary, the agreements provide that each executive will participate in short-term and long-term incentive compensation arrangements and receive certain fringe benefits from Needham Bank. In addition, Messrs. Campanelli and Rinaldi receive an annual personal benefits allotment of $34,000 and $24,000, respectively. Needham Bank will also reimburse the executive for reasonable travel and business expenses incurred in the performance of his duties.

 

126

 

 

Under the employment agreements, in the event of the executive’s termination of employment, the executive will receive (i) any earned but unpaid base salary, (ii) any unpaid expense reimbursements, (iii) any accrued but unpaid vacation, (iv) any earned but unpaid short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the calendar year preceding the year in which the termination occurs and (v) except in the event of a voluntary termination by the executive without good reason or a termination by Needham Bank for cause, a prorated portion of the executive’s targeted short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the year in which the termination occurs. In addition, Needham Bank will provide the executive with any vested benefits under employee benefit plans of Needham Bank. These payments and benefits are referred to as the “Automatic Termination Payments.”

 

In the event Needham Bank terminates the executive’s employment without cause or the executive voluntary resigns for “good reason,” in addition to the Automatic Termination Benefits, and subject to the executive signing and not revoking a release agreement, Needham Bank will pay the executive a severance payment equal to three times, in the case of Mr. Campanelli, or two times, in the case of Mr. Rinaldi, the sum of (i) the executive’s base salary and (ii) the highest annual short-term incentive compensation awarded to the executive for the three fiscal years ending before the year in which the termination occurs. Needham Bank will also provide the executive with a payment equal to two times the executive’s personal benefit allotment. Needham Bank will also make an additional payment to the executive equal to thirty-six (36) times, in the case of Mr. Campanelli, or twenty-four (24) times, in the case of Mr. Rinaldi, the total monthly cost for participation (by the executive and his dependents, if applicable) in the Needham Bank’s group life, medical and dental insurance plans. These payments will be made to the executive in a single lump sum within ten days of the effective date of the release agreement. In addition to these payments, the executive will fully vest in any non-qualified deferred compensation plan in which he participates.

 

With respect to payments and benefits made or provided in connection with a change in control, if the payments and benefits constitute an excess parachute payment, then the executive may elect between (i) reducing the payments and benefits to an amount that is one dollar less than three times his “base amount” (as that term is defined for Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code) or (ii) accepting all of the payments and benefits and paying any resulting income and excise taxes on the payments.

 

For purposes of the employment agreements, the term “good reason” includes (i) failure of Needham Bank to continue the executive in his current employment positions, (ii) a material adverse change in the nature or scope of the executive’s responsibilities, titles, authorities, powers, functions or duties (including the failure of Needham Bank to permit the executive to attend board meetings), (iii) an involuntary reduction in base salary except an across the board reduction affecting similarly affected executive management employees, (iv) an involuntary relocation by more than twenty-five (25) miles driving distance, (v) a material breach of the employment agreement, (vi) a change in control, as defined in the employment agreement, provided the executive terminates employment within three years (two years in the case of Mr. Rinaldi) of the effective date of the change in control, and (vii) Needham Bank’s election to not renew the term of the employment agreement, provided the executive terminates his employment within 90 days of the notice from Needham Bank to not renew the term of the employment agreement.

 

127

 

 

For purposes of the employment agreements, the term “cause” means (i) a conviction by the executive or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contender or an admission of sufficient facts with respect to any criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust or any felony crime of moral turpitude, (ii) the commission of an act of fraud upon Needham Bank, (iii) the willful refusal to perform the duties reasonably assigned to the executive, which failure last for more than 30 days, (iv) a willful breach of fiduciary duty or willful misconduct of the commission of an act of moral turpitude that materially and adversely affects Needham Bank or has the ability to do so and (v) a material breach of the breach of the employment agreement by the executive.

 

The employment agreements terminate upon the executive’s death or disability. In the event of the executive’s death or disability, as applicable, Needham Bank will pay the executive’s beneficiary or the executive, as applicable, the executive’s base salary for a period of twelve months (six months in the case of Mr. Rinaldi).

 

During the term of the employment agreements and for a period of one year following the executive’s termination of employment, the executive will be required to adhere to non-solicitation restrictions set forth in the employment agreement. In addition, during the term of the employment and for a period of one year following the termination of the executive’s employment by Needham Bank without cause or by the executive for good reason, the executive will be required to adhere to one-year non-competition restrictions in favor of Needham Bank.

 

Proposed Change in Control Agreement. Needham Bank does not currently maintain change in control agreements with any of its employees. In connection with the conversion and stock offering, it intends to enter into a change in control agreement with Margaret Watson, our Senior Vice President and General Counsel.

 

The change in control agreement will have an initial term of 18 months. Each year, the term of the change in control agreement will extend for an additional 12 months, so that the term is again 18 months, unless either party gives at least 60 days written notice of non-renewal to the other. If a change in control occurs during the term of the change in control agreement, the term of the agreement will automatically renew for 18 months from the effective date of the change in control.

 

In the event the executive’s employment involuntary terminates for reasons other than cause, or in the event of the executive’s resignation for “good reason,” in either case following a change in control and during the term of the agreement, the executive will receive a severance payment, paid in a single lump sum, equal to one and one-half times the sum of the executive’s base salary and the annual total incentive bonus that would have been earned in the year of the Change in Control at target bonus opportunity. In addition, if the executive elects COBRA coverage, the executive will be reimbursed for the executive for the monthly COBRA premium payments for up to 18 months. For purposes of the change in control agreement, the term “good reason” includes (i) the assignment to the executive of any duties which are materially inconsistent with the executive’s positions, duties, responsibilities immediately prior to a change in control, or a material change in the executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles or offices as an officer and employee and as in effect immediately prior to the change in control, or any removal of the executive from or any failure to re-elect the executive to any of her responsibilities, titles or offices, (ii) a reduction in the executive’s base salary or bonus/incentive award opportunity under Needham Bank’s (or its successor’s) incentive compensation plans or arrangements as in effect immediately prior to the date of the change in control or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter or a reduction in the package of fringe benefits provided to the executive as in effect immediately prior to the date of the change in control, (iii) a change in the executive’s principal place of employment by a distance in excess of twenty-five (25) miles from its location immediately prior to the change in control; or (iv) the failure of the successor to assume and honor the change in control agreement. With respect to payments and benefits made or provided in connection with a change in control, if the payments and benefits constitute an excess parachute payment, then the payments and benefits will be reduced to an amount that is one dollar less than three times her “base amount” (as that term is defined for Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code) if doing so would result in a higher after-tax benefit to the executive than the executive receiving all of the payments and benefits and paying any income and excise taxes on those amounts.

 

128

 

 

Bonus Policy. Under Needham Bank’s informal bonus policy for management employees, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer recommend bonuses for management employees, based on a targeted percentage of the employee’s base salary, to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determines bonuses for the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer based on a targeted percentage of base salary. The President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer have discretion in determining the final bonus amount for management employees, as does the Compensation Committee for the final bonus amounts of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Although the policy provides for this discretion, the primary driver of determining the bonus amounts is the employee’s individual performance.

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan. Needham Bank sponsors the Needham Bank Long-term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, including the Named Executive Officers. Each year, beginning in 2020, after the end of the calendar year, Needham Bank makes awards under the LTIP to participants based on employee performance. The size of any award made to a participant, as well as the terms and conditions of that award, including individual and bank performance metrics and vesting conditions, are set forth in a grant agreement specific to each participant. An LTIP award will be paid to a participant within 75 days of becoming vested and the award is the total of the original award plus crediting for the appreciation of Needham Bank’s tangible book value. Vesting typically occurs after three years. Participants may defer the receipt of the award if the deferral complies with certain rules and procedures. Awards may also be paid earlier to participants in certain circumstances: (i) a change in control (as defined in the LTIP); (ii) the participant’s death or disability; and (iii) the participant’s involuntary separation from service. Upon a participant’s separation from service after completing at least ten years of services and attaining age 65, a participant will also become fully vested in an award. Needham Bank may, however, in its discretion, provide for different criteria in a participant’s grant agreement. Grants made under the LTIP for 2022 were, in part, to recognize the accomplishment of acquiring our cannabis banking business and the overall quality of earnings of the bank for the year.

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Needham Bank sponsors the Needham Bank Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). Under the Deferred Compensation Plan, participants may elect to defer receiving up to 50% of their salary and 100% of their bonus or LTIP award. Each of the named executive officers is eligible to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan. Mr. Campanelli participates in and makes deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan. Mr. Rinaldi and Ms. Watson did not elect to make deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan for 2022. At the time a participant makes the election to defer his or her salary and bonus, the participant must also elect the form and timing of the distribution of the deferrals. Each year, a participant’s deferral will be credited with earnings based on the rate established under the LTIP. A participant is always fully vested in their deferrals and the earnings on the deferrals. The earnings rate for 2022 was 9.15%.

 

Needham Bank may also make discretionary contributions on behalf of participants under the Deferred Compensation Plan. Discretionary contributions and any earnings on the discretionary contributions will vest after 36 months, unless Needham Bank designates a different vesting schedule at the time it makes the contribution. Discretionary contributions also fully vest upon a participant’s death, disability, retirement (after attaining age 65 and the completion of ten years of service) and a change in control. Needham Bank did not make discretionary contributions to the Deferred Compensation Plan for any of the named executive officers for 2022.

 

129

 

 

In general, in-service distributions (as elected by a participant) and distributions in connection with retirement may be made in annual installments over five or ten years or in a lump sum. Other distributions due to a separation from service (other than on account of retirement), will be made in a lump sum within sixty days following the separation from service. Distributions made on account of a participant’s death or disability are also made in a lump sum within sixty days of the date of death or disability. If elected by a participant, distributions may also be made in a lump sum within sixty days of a change in control (as defined in the plan). Participants may change their distribution elections if the changes comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Distributions may also be delayed or made upon certain hardships of the participant, provided the distributions comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Upon a termination for cause, a participant will be entitled to their deferrals under the plan but will forfeit any discretionary contributions made to the plan on their behalf.

 

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Needham Bank sponsors the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers of Needham Bank (the “Officers Deferred Compensation Plan”). Messrs. Campanelli and Rinaldi each participate in the plan. Under the Officers Deferred Compensation Plan, as of each December 31, Needham Bank credits participants with a contribution equal to a percentage of the officer’s base compensation, as specified on a participation agreement related to the plan. For 2022, the contribution percentages for Messrs. Campanelli and Rinaldi were 20% and 10%, respectively, of base salary. In addition, an officer may be credited with a discretionary contribution from time to time. Needham Bank credits earnings to the officer’s account each year based on the average percentage yield for five-year individual retirement accounts. The earnings rate may also be adjusted by Needham Bank based on the achievement of a performance metric established by the board of directors within 75 days of the beginning of the calendar year. The earnings rate for 2022 was 3.38%. Each officer becomes vested in the contributions and earnings credited on his or her behalf in accordance with the schedule set forth on his or her participation agreement. Under their participation agreements, Messrs. Campanelli and Rinaldi vest over a period of seven years (December 31, 2023, for Mr. Campanelli and August 21, 2024, in the case of Mr. Rinaldi). Their account also becomes fully vested in the event of their death or disability, an involuntary termination without cause and a change in control.

 

Upon a separation from service after attaining their benefit age (age 67 for Mr. Campanelli and age 69 for Mr. Rinaldi) or after becoming vested in their account balance, other than due to death, disability, cause, or a change in control, an officer will receive his or her vested benefit in a lump sum. An officer will also receive their account balance in a lump sum upon a change in control. Upon an officer becoming disabled, the officer will receive a lump sum payment of his or her account balance. If an officer dies while in service, the officer’s beneficiary will receive a lump payment equal to the officer’s account balance under the plan. If the officer dies after a separation from service but prior to receiving his or her benefits under the plan, the officer’s beneficiary will receive a lump sum payment equal to the remaining benefits due to the officer. If an officer is terminated for cause, all benefits under the plan are immediately forfeited. The plan also contains certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that an officer must adhere to upon a separation from service other than on account of cause, death, disability, or a change in control.

 

130

 

 

401(k) Plan. Needham Bank maintains a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under which eligible employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation and receive certain employer contributions (the “401(k) Plan”). The named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan on the same terms as other eligible employees of Needham Bank. Eligible employees who are at least 21 years of age generally become participants in the 401(k) Plan after they have been employed for one month.

 

Under the 401(k) Plan, a participant may elect to defer, on a pre-tax basis, between 1% and 75% of their eligible compensation. For 2023, the salary deferral contribution limit is $22,500, provided, however, that a participant over age 50 may contribute an additional $7,500 to the 401(k) Plan, for a total of $30,000. In addition to salary deferral contributions, Needham Bank makes matching contributions up to 8% of the participant’s compensation. A participant is immediately 100% vested in his or her salary deferral contributions. Participants become vested in employer contributions, including matching contributions, to the 401(k) Plan after completing three years of service.

 

Needham Bank intends to allow participants in the 401(k) plan to use a portion of their account balances in the 401(k) Plan to subscribe for stock in the offering. The expense recognized in connection with the 401(k) Plan totaled approximately $1.87 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan. Needham Bank participates in the Defined Benefit Plan (Plan C) of CBERA (the “Pension Plan”). Employees hired prior to April 1, 2018, and who attain age 21, are eligible to participate in the Pension Plan. The Pension Plan was frozen so that no employees hired after April 1, 2018, are eligible to participate in the Pension Plan. Messrs. Campanelli and Rinaldi participate in the Pension Plan. The normal annual retirement benefit under the Pension Plan equals 1.50% of the participant’s final average compensation (as defined in the Pension Plan) up to the participant’s “covered compensation” (i.e., the amount of compensation that may be taxed each year for purposes of social security) plus 0.50% of the participant’s compensation in excess of his or her covered compensation, multiplied by the participant’s years of credit service (up to a maximum of 25 years). A participant’s compensation since 1989 is considered under the Pension Plan. A participant’s normal retirement age under the Pension Plan is age 65 and a participant may retire early upon achieving age 65, age 55 with ten years of service or age 50 with 15 years of service. Participants begin vesting at the rate of 20% per year after completing two years of service (so that they are 100% vested after completing six years of service). The expense recognized in connection with the Pension Plan totaled approximately $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

 

ESOP. In connection with the conversion, Needham Bank intends to adopt an ESOP for eligible employees. The named executive officers will be eligible to participate in the ESOP on the same terms as other eligible employees. Eligible employees will begin participation in the ESOP on the later of the effective date of the conversion or upon the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employee’s completion of one year of service and attainment of age 21.

 

The ESOP trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the ESOP, 8.0% of the total number of shares of NB Bancorp common stock sold in the conversion and contributed to the charitable foundation. We anticipate the ESOP will fund its stock purchase with a loan from NB Bancorp equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The trustee will repay the loan principally through contributions to the ESOP by Needham Bank and any dividends, if any, paid on common stock held by the ESOP over the anticipated 20-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the ESOP loan is expected to equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal, on the closing date of the offering. See “Pro Forma Data.”

 

The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the ESOP in an unallocated suspense account, and shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as the trustee repays the loan. The trustee will allocate the shares released among participants’ accounts based on each participant’s proportional share of compensation relative to all participants. A participant will become fully vested in his or her account balance after completing three years of service with Needham Bank. Participants who have not completed three years of service with Needham Bank will not have any vested interest in the ESOP. Participants who are employed by Needham Bank immediately prior to the closing of the offering will receive credit for vesting purposes for years of service prior to adoption of the ESOP. Participants also will automatically become fully vested upon attainment of their normal retirement age (age 65), death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the ESOP. Generally, participants will receive distributions from the ESOP upon terminating employment in accordance with the terms of the plan document. The ESOP reallocates any unvested shares forfeited upon a participant’s termination of employment among the remaining participants.

 

131

 

 

The ESOP will permit participants to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to their accounts. The trustee will vote unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not timely provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide timely instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities.

 

Under applicable accounting requirements, Needham Bank will record a compensation expense for the ESOP at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account, which may be more or less than the original purchase price. The compensation expense resulting from the release of the common stock from the suspense account and allocation to the accounts of plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in the earnings of NB Bancorp.

 

Directors’ Compensation

 

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2022, certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to our non-employee directors.

 

Name(1)  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
   Bonus ($)   All Other
Compensation ($)
   Total ($) 
Lennox Chase(2)   83,129    300        83,429 
William Darcey   85,996    300        86,296 
William Day(2)   105,300    300        105,600 
Susan Elliott   84,959    300        85,259 
Christopher Lynch   102,496    300        102,796 
John W. McGeorge (3)   144,996    300        145,296 
Paula McLaughlin(2)   76,500    300        76,800 
Francis X. Orfanello   85,809    300        86,109 
Mark Whalen   120,525    300        120,825 

 

 

(1)Mr. Campanelli does not receive fees for his service as a member of the board of directors.

(2)Messrs. Chase, Day and Ms. McLaughlin retired from the Board in 2023.

(3)Mr. McGeorge retired on July 27, 2022.

 

Director Fees. Effective May 19, 2023, directors will receive an annual retainer (paid monthly) of $75,000. Directors will also receive an annual per committee retainer of $25,000 and chairs of committees will receive an annual fee of $10,000.

 

For 2022, non-employee directors received a monthly board fee of $3,250, and each committee member received a quarterly fee of $1,125 (Planning), $3,125 (CRA), $4,125 (Compensation), $5,125 (Finance, Audit) or $5,750 (Security). Committee chairs also received a quarterly fee of $750 (CRA) or $1,125 (Audit, Compensation, Finance, Security) for committee participation. Mr. Whalen also received a fee of $16,950 for his service on the Security Committee. All non-employee directors received a holiday bonus of $300 in 2022.

 

132

 

 

Each individual who serves as a director of Needham Bank also serves as a director of NB Bancorp. Initially, each director will receive director fees only in his or her capacity as a director of Needham Bank. Following the completion of the conversion and stock offering, NB Bancorp may also pay director fees but has not determined to do so at this time.

 

Director Retirement Plan. Needham Bank sponsors the Needham Bank Second Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan (the “Director Retirement Plan”), in which non-employee directors participate. Under the Director Retirement Plan, a director who retires after his or her “Full Vesting Date” and on or after his or her 70th birthday, will receive the Normal Plan Benefit. The “Normal Plan Benefit” for directors as of December 31, 2022, equals the highest annual director fee amount paid to the director over the immediately preceding consecutive five calendar years. For directors as of January 1, 2023, the normal retirement benefit requires (i) a recommendation, together with a specific vesting schedule, of the Governance Committee and (ii) the majority vote by the Board of Directors (with the specific vesting schedule). An employee-director who also serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors is eligible for a benefit equal to the greater of (x) 1.25 times the highest paid director or (y) 70% of the previous Chairman’s five-year highest compensation. An employee-director not serving as Chairman will receive 70% of the average highest pay of all sitting directors. The benefit is paid monthly for 120 months. A director who retires after his or her full vesting date and on or after attaining age 62 will also receive the Normal Plan Benefit. The Full Vesting Date is accelerated in the event of a change in control.

 

If an individual dies while serving as a director, his or her beneficiary will receive the present value of the normal retirement benefit in a lump sum. If the director dies while receiving benefits, the beneficiary will receive a lump sum payment equal to the present value of the remaining benefits due to the director. A director who incurs a disability will be entitled to the normal benefit under the Director Retirement Plan. A director who is removed for cause is not entitled to any benefit under the Director Retirement Plan.

 

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering

 

Following the offering, we intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. In accordance with applicable regulations, we anticipate that the plan will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation. These limitations will not apply if the plan is implemented more than one year after the consummation date of the conversion.

 

The stock-based benefit plan will not be established sooner than six months after the conversion is completed and, if adopted within one year after the conversion, would require the approval by stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of NB Bancorp. If the stock-based benefit plan is established after one year after the conversion, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast.

 

The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the completion of the conversion:

 

·non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

133

 

 

·any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

·any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted within the first year following the conversion, the rights must vest on an equal installment basis at a rate not to exceed 20% per year. If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year but less than three years following the conversion, the rights must vest on an equal installment basis over a period of not less than three years following establishment of the stock-based benefit plan. In addition, any stock-based benefit plan established or maintained, as applicable, during the three years following the close of the conversion will include provisions that comport with additional requirements, including the following:

 

·the duration of rights granted under the stock-based benefit plan must be limited, and in no event shall the exercise period exceed ten years;

 

·the exercise price of stock rights shall not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the time that the rights are granted;

 

·rights under the plan must be exercised or expire within a reasonable time after termination or separation as an active officer, employee, or director; and

 

·allowing our primary federal regulator to direct the institution to require plan participants to exercise or forfeit their stock rights.

 

We have not yet determined whether we will present the stock-based benefit plan for stockholder approval within one year following the completion of the conversion or whether we will present this plan for stockholder approval more than one year after the completion of the conversion. In the event of changes in applicable regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

 

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

 

The actual value of the shares awarded under stock-based benefit plans would be based in part on the price of the common stock of NB Bancorp at the time the shares are awarded. The following table presents the total value of all shares of restricted stock that would be available for issuance under the new stock-based benefit plan, assuming the shares are awarded when the market price of our common stock ranges from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

 

Share Price   1,062,500 Shares
Awarded at Minimum of
Offering Range
   1,250,000 Shares
Awarded at Midpoint of
Offering Range
   1,437,500 Shares
Awarded at Maximum of
Offering Range
   1,653,125 Shares
Awarded at Adjusted
Maximum of Offering
Range
 
                  
(In thousands, except share price information) 
$8.00   $8,500   $10,000   $11,500   $13,225 
 10.00    10,625    12,500    14,375    16,531 
 12.00    12,750    15,000    17,250    19,838 
 14.00    14,875    17,500    20,125    23,144 

 

134

 

 

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the new stock-based benefit plan will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of NB Bancorp at the time the options are granted. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the stock options, and the actual value of the stock options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

Exercise Price   Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Option
   2,656,250 Options at
Minimum of
Offering Range
   3,125,000 Options at
Midpoint of Offering
Range
   3,593,750 Options at
Maximum of
Offering Range
   4,132,813 Options at
Adjusted Maximum
of Offering Range
 
                      
(In thousands, except exercise price and fair value information) 
$8.00   $3.96   $10,519   $12,375   $14,231   $16,366 
 10.00    4.95    13,148    15,469    17,789    20,457 
 12.00    5.94    15,778    18,563    21,347    24,549 
 14.00    6.93    18,408    21,656    24,905    28,640 

 

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read this prospectus carefully, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

 

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of the directors and executive officers and their associates, and by all directors, executive officers and their associates as a group. However, there can be no assurance that any such person or group will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase order. Directors and officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the ESOP, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The directors and officers have indicated their intention to subscribe in the offering for an aggregate of 706,000 shares ($7,060,000) of common stock, equal to 2.8% of the number of shares of common stock to be sold in the offering at the minimum of the offering range (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), assuming shares are available. Purchases by directors, executive officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale.

 

135

 

 

Name and Title  Number of Shares (1)  Aggregate
Purchase Price (1)
  Percent at
Minimum of
Offering Range
 
Directors and Named Executive Officers             
Joseph Campanelli   80,000   800,000   * 
William Darcey   80,000   800,000   * 
Susan Elliott   25,000   250,000   * 
Angela Jackson   5,000   50,000   * 
Christopher Lynch   80,000   800,000   * 
Joseph R. Nolan   80,000   800,000   * 
Francis Orfanello   50,000   500,000   * 
Hope Pascucci   80,000   800,000   * 
Raza Shaikh   10,000   100,000   * 
Mark Whalen   20,000   200,000   * 
Margaret Watson   5,000   50,000   * 
Executive Officers             
Peter Bakkala   15,000   150,000   * 
Paul Evangelista   15,000   150,000   * 
Kevin Henkin   7,500   75,000   * 
Stephanie Maiona   40,000   400,000   * 
Salvatore Rinaldi   80,000   800,000   * 
Michael Sinclair   3,500   35,000   * 
Danielle Walsh   20,000   200,000   * 
James White   10,000   100,000   * 
All directors and executive officers as a group   706,000  $7,060,000   2.8%

 

 

(1)Includes purchases by the named individual’s spouse and other relatives of the named individual living in the same household. Other than as set forth above, the named individuals are not aware of any other purchases by a person who or entity that would be considered an associate of the named individuals under the plan of conversion.

 

THE CONVERSION AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

The boards of directors of NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc., NB Bancorp and Needham Bank have each unanimously approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must also be approved by the depositors of Needham Bank. A special meeting of depositors was held on [special meeting date] at which meeting the depositors approved the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation by the required votes. NB Financial, MHC has filed an application with respect to the conversion with the Commissioner and the Commissioner has authorized us to commence the offering. However, the final approval of the Commissioner is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. NB Financial, MHC has also filed an application for conversion with the Federal Reserve Board and the final approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we are permitted to consummate the conversion. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston must approve NB Bancorp’s application to become the bank holding company of Needham Bank in connection with the conversion. Any such approvals or non-objections do not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by any regulatory agency.

 

General

 

The board of directors of Needham Bank unanimously adopted the plan of conversion on June 7, 2023. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, NB Financial, MHC will convert from the mutual form of organization to the fully stock form and we will sell shares of common stock to the public in our offering. In connection with the conversion, we have organized NB Bancorp. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Needham Bank will be owned by NB Bancorp, and all of the common stock of NB Bancorp will be owned by public stockholders. NB Bancorp will offer 100% of its common stock to eligible depositors of Needham Bank in a subscription offering and, if necessary, to members of the general public through a community offering, with a preference given to residents of the following Massachusetts towns and cities: in Norfolk County, the following cities and towns: Brookline, Dedham, Dover, Franklin, Medfield, Medway, Millis, Needham, Norfolk, Norwood, Walpole, Wellesley and Westwood; in Middlesex County, the following cities and towns: Arlington, Ashland, Belmont, Cambridge, Everett, Framingham, Holliston, Hopkinton, Malden, Medford, Natick, Newton, Sherborn, Somerville, Waltham, Watertown, Wayland and Weston; in Worcester County, the following cities and towns: Milford; and in Suffolk County, the following cities and towns: Boston and Chelsea (which we refer to, collectively, as the “Local Community”), and/or a syndicated community offering.

 

136

 

 

We intend to retain between $101.5 million and $138.5 million of the net proceeds of the offering, or $159.7 million if the offering range is increased by 15%, and to contribute the balance of the net proceeds (excluding the contributions to the ESOP and charitable foundation) to Needham Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least 25,500,000 shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

 

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our ESOP that we are establishing in connection with the conversion. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we intend to offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Local Community.

 

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering, and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us with the approval, to the extent such approvals are required, of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board. See “ – Community Offering.”

 

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of NB Bancorp. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “– Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

 

The following is a brief summary of the conversion. We recommend reading the plan of conversion in its entirety for more information. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at Needham Bank’s offices, the Massachusetts Division of Banks and at the Federal Reserve Board. Additionally, the plan of conversion is an exhibit to the registration statement which we have filed with the SEC and which is publicly available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Reasons for the Conversion

 

Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are to:

 

137

 

 

·better position the Bank to remain an independent community bank by increasing our capital to enhance our financial strength;

 

·support future lending in an orderly and diligent manner, including, in particular, construction and land development lending, commercial and industrial lending, including small business lending, middle market commercial lending, and structured finance lending;

 

·enable us to compete for, originate and retain larger loans and maintain larger lending relationships, particularly loans and relationships in our local community, thereby allowing us to maintain a reputation as a locally managed community lender;

 

·continue to invest in new technologies and personnel that will enable us to expand and enhance our products and services;

 

·support our banking franchise as opportunities arise through targeted de novo branching and/or branch acquisitions;

 

·attract and retain qualified personnel by enabling us to establish stock-based benefit plans for management and employees that will give them an opportunity to share in our long-term success;

 

·enhance our community ties by providing customers and members of our community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in NB Bancorp and Needham Bank; and

 

·establish a foundation to support charitable organizations operating in our local communities now and in the future and fund the foundation with shares of our common stock and cash.

 

We believe that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us, while remaining an independent community-oriented institution.

 

As of March 31, 2023, Needham Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and the proceeds from the offering will further improve our capital position. We are not subject to any directive from any regulatory agency to raise capital.

 

Approvals Required

 

The affirmative vote of a majority of the depositors of Needham Bank present and voting at the special meeting of depositors is required to approve the plan of conversion. At a special meeting of depositors of Needham Bank held on [special meeting date], the depositors approved the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation by the required votes.

 

The conversion also must be approved by the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston must approve NB Bancorp’s application to become the bank holding company of Needham Bank in connection with the conversion. Any such approvals do not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by any regulatory agency.

 

138

 

 

Effects of Conversion on Depositors and Borrowers

 

Continuity. While the conversion is being accomplished, our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. We will continue to be a Massachusetts cooperative bank and will continue to be regulated by the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board after the conversion. After the conversion, we will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Needham Bank at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Needham Bank and of NB Bancorp after the conversion.

 

Effect on Deposit Accounts. Each depositor of Needham Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each deposit account will continue to be insured by the FDIC and the Massachusetts Depositors Insurance Fund to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates of deposit, savings accounts and other evidences of their accounts.

 

Effect on Loans. No loan outstanding from Needham Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

 

Effect on Voting Rights of Depositors. At present, all of Needham Bank’s depositors have voting rights only in the context of a minority offering or full conversion of NB Financial, MHC. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will no longer have voting rights. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Needham Bank will be vested in NB Bancorp as the sole stockholder of Needham Bank. The stockholders of NB Bancorp will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to NB Bancorp common stock. Accordingly, only depositors who purchase NB Bancorp common stock will continue to have voting rights following the conversion.

 

Tax Effects. We have received an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc, NB Bancorp, Needham Bank or its depositors. See “ – Material Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Effect on Liquidation Rights. Each depositor in Needham Bank has both a deposit account in Needham Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of NB Financial, MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Needham Bank without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all, respectively, of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of NB Financial, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

 

Consequently, depositors in a co-operative bank that is a subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest in the mutual holding company, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that the co-operative bank is completely liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of the mutual holding company after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

 

139

 

 

Under the plan of conversion, depositors as of March 31, 2022 and [supplemental eligibility record date] will receive an interest in liquidation accounts maintained by NB Bancorp and Needham Bank in an aggregate amount equal to NB Financial, MHC’s total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus. NB Bancorp and Needham Bank will hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of depositors as of March 31, 2022 and [supplemental eligibility record date] who continue to maintain deposits in Needham Bank after the conversion. The liquidation accounts would be distributed to depositors as of March 31, 2022 and [supplemental eligibility record date] who maintain their deposit accounts in Needham Bank only in the event of a liquidation of (a) NB Bancorp and Needham Bank or (b) Needham Bank. The liquidation account in Needham Bank would be used only in the event that NB Bancorp does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under its liquidation account. The total obligation of NB Bancorp and Needham Bank under their respective liquidation accounts will never exceed the dollar amount of NB Bancorp’s liquidation account as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and applicable regulations. Pursuant to federal banking regulations, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution. See “ – Liquidation Rights.”

 

Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued

 

The plan of conversion and federal and state regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $205,000, and will be reimbursed for its expenses. RP Financial, LC. will receive an additional fee of $20,000 for each update to the valuation report. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

 

RP Financial, LC. has estimated that, as of May 19, 2023, the estimated pro forma market value of NB Bancorp, assuming the establishment and funding of our charitable foundation with a contribution to consist of $2.0 million in cash and a number of shares of our common stock equal to 4% of the shares that will be outstanding immediately after this contribution, ranged from $255.0 million to $345.0 million, with a midpoint of $300.0 million, subject to increase up to $396.8 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 25,500,000 shares to 34,500,000 shares subject to an increase up to 39,675,000 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.

 

Consistent with applicable appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach.

 

RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

·our recent results and financial condition;

 

·the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

140

 

 

·certain historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

·a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;

 

·the aggregate size of the offering of common stock;

 

·the impact of the conversion and the offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

·our potential to pay cash dividends; and

 

·the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

 

The appraisal is based in part on an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings institutions that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to us. The peer group consists of the following ten companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Company Name and Ticker Symbol  Exchange  Headquarters  Total assets as of
March 31, 2023
 
         (in millions) 
Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc. (NECB)  Nasdaq  White Plains, NY  $1,503 
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. (ESSA)  Nasdaq  Stroudsburg, PA  $1,986 
Blue Foundry Bancorp (BLFY)  Nasdaq  Rutherford, NJ  $2,101 
Western New England Bancorp, Inc. (WNEB)  Nasdaq  Westfield, MA  $2,562 
Hingham Institution for Savings (HIFS)  Nasdaq  Hingham, MA  $4,206 
HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (HONE)  Nasdaq  Brockton, MA  $5,573 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY) (NFBK)  Nasdaq  Woodbridge, NJ  $5,663 
TrustCo Bank Corp NY (TRST)  Nasdaq  Glenville, NY  $6,046 
Kearny Financial Corp. (KRNY)  Nasdaq  Fairfield, NJ  $8,349 
Provident Financial Services, Inc. (PFS)  NYSE  Jersey City, NJ  $13,779 

 

 

(1)Assets as of March 31, 2023.

 

RP Financial, LC. has informed us that it sought to provide meaningful comparative data to limit the need to perform subjective valuation adjustments with respect to institutions that did not share common characteristics with Needham Bank. As a result, a comparable institution’s dissimilar asset size may be outweighed by similarities with respect to other characteristics that RP Financial, LC. considers more indicative of an institution’s value than asset size.

 

The peer group selection process was limited to publicly traded thrifts in accordance with regulatory conversion guidelines, which limit the number of potential comparable companies for inclusion in the peer group to 45 full stock publicly traded companies which were not subject to announced acquisition offers. As noted in the appraisal report, the selection process for the peer group involved applying the following criteria to the universe of all public thrifts that were eligible for inclusion in the peer group:

 

·Based in the Mid-Atlantic and New England region of the United States

 

·Total assets between $1 billion and $15 billion; and

 

141

 

 

·Reporting positive earnings on a trailing 12 month basis.

 

Companies excluded from the peer group included one company completing a conversion in July 2022 which had only limited time to reinvest its conversion proceeds, and two companies which were excluded since they were reporting operating losses for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023.

 

In selecting the peer group, RP Financial, LC. considered only those companies that have been in full stock form for over one year, are not subject to acquisition, and are not experiencing unusual financial characteristics or other trends.

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pro forma pricing ratios for NB Bancorp and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Ratios for the peer group are based on earnings for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023 (or the last twelve months for which data are available) and stock price information as of May 19, 2023. Ratios for NB Bancorp are based on equity as of March 31, 2023 and net income for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023.

 

   Price-to-earnings
multiple(1)
  Price-to-book
value ratio
  Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
NB Bancorp (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)         
Adjusted Maximum  11.44x  59.52%  59.52%
Maximum  10.01x  55.37%  55.37%
Midpoint  8.75x  51.23%  51.23%
Minimum  7.48x  46.55%  46.55%
          
Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)         
Averages  8.00x  70.75%  77.46%
Medians  7.15x  65.08%  71.57%

 

 

(1)Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

 

Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 27.6% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 33.9% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a premium of 9.4% on a price-to-earnings basis. This means that, at the midpoint of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis and would be more expensive on an earnings basis.

 

RP Financial, LC. prepared the appraisal taking into account the pro forma impact of the offering. Consistent with federal appraisal guidelines, RP Financial, LC. applied three primary methodologies to estimate the pro forma market value of our common stock: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and estimated core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based on the current market valuations of a peer group of companies considered by RP Financial, LC. to be comparable to us, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial, LC. to account for differences between Needham Bank and the peer group. In preparing its appraisal, RP Financial, LC. placed emphasis on the price-to-earnings and the price-to-book approaches, although it also considered the price-to-assets approach as required by Federal Reserve Board regulations.

 

142

 

 

In applying each of the valuation methods, RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of NB Bancorp with the peer group. RP Financial, LC. made slight upward adjustments for financial condition, asset growth and primary market area. A moderate downward adjustment was made for marketing of the issue. No adjustments were made for profitability, growth, viability of earnings, dividends, liquidity of the shares, management or the effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

 

Our board of directors carefully reviewed the information provided to it by RP Financial, LC. through the appraisal process. We engaged RP Financial, LC. to help us understand the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and to advise the board of directors as to how much capital NB Bancorp would be required to raise under the regulatory appraisal guidelines.

 

The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value. Do not assume or expect that the valuation of NB Bancorp as indicated above means that, after the conversion and the offering, the shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information which we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Needham Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Needham Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.

 

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the offering range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $396.8 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 39,675,000 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the offering.

 

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the offering range to more than $396.8 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 39,675,000 shares (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $255.0 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 25,500,000 shares (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), then we may promptly return with interest at [escrow rate per annum] for all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations, and, after consulting with the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board, we may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may hold a new offering, establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted, to the extent that permission is required, by the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board in order to complete the conversion and the offering. In the event that a resolicitation is commenced, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. Any resolicitation following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days unless further extended with the approval, to the extent approval is required, of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board, for periods of up to 90 days.

 

143

 

 

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”

 

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are filed as exhibits to the documents specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

 

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the maximum, minimum and overall purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each depositor of Needham Bank with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) as of the close of business on March 31, 2022 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of 80,000 shares ($800,000) of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

To ensure proper allocation of shares of our common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on March 31, 2022. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also our directors or officers or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits during the year preceding March 31, 2022.

 

144

 

 

 

Priority 2: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, each depositor with a Qualifying Deposit as of the close of business on [supplemental eligibility record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 80,000 shares ($800,000) of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [supplemental eligibility record date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

 

Priority 3: Tax-Qualified Plans. Our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our ESOP, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering (including shares issued to the charitable foundation). Our ESOP intends to purchase 8% of our outstanding shares (including shares to be issued to our charitable foundation). If Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders subscribe for all of our common stock being sold in the offering, no shares will be available for our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and if market conditions warrant, in the judgment of this plan’s trustees, our ESOP may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion.

 

Priority 4: Employees, Officers, Directors and Corporators. To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and tax-qualified plans, each employee, officer, director and corporator of Needham Bank, NB Financial, MHC or NB Financial, Inc. at the time of the offering who is not eligible in the first or second priority categories will receive, without payment therefor, subject to the overall purchase limitations, non-transferable subscription rights to purchase up to 80,000 shares ($800,000) of common stock; provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be purchased by employees, officers, directors and corporators in the conversion shall be limited to 25% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in the offering (including shares purchased by employees, officers, directors and corporators under this priority and under the preceding priority categories, but not including shares purchased by the tax-qualified plans). In the event that persons in this category subscribe for more shares of stock than are available for purchase by them, shares will be allocated among such subscribing persons on an equitable basis, such as by giving weight to the period of service, compensation, position of the individual subscriber and the amount of the order.

 

145

 

 

Expiration Date. The Subscription Offering will expire at [__:__] p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at any point between the minimum and the maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

 

We will not execute orders until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase at least 25,500,000 shares within 45 days after the expiration date and the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board has not consented, to the extent such consents are required, to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at [escrow rate per annum] and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [extension date] is granted by the required regulatory agencies, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and subscribers will be given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. Extensions may not go beyond [final date], which is two years after the date of the adoption of the plan of conversion by our board of directors.

 

Persons in Non-qualified States or Foreign Countries. We will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which persons entitled to subscribe for stock pursuant to the plan of reorganization reside. However, we are not required to offer stock in the subscription offering to any person who resides in a foreign country.

 

Restrictions on Transferability of Subscription Rights. Subscription rights are non-transferable. See "—Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares" below for more information.

 

Community Offering

 

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, we intend to offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Local Community.

 

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to 80,000 shares ($800,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

 

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in the Local Community, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons residing in the Local Community, whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If, after the allocation of shares to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Local Community, we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of other members of the general public, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among members of the general public whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order.

 

146

 

 

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the Local Community, has a present intent to remain within the community for a period of time and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

 

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin at the same time as, during or after the subscription offering. The community offering is expected to conclude at [__:__] p.m., Eastern time on [expiration date], but it must terminate no more than 45 days following the closing of the subscription offering. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension date]. If an extension beyond [extension date] is granted by the required regulatory agencies, persons whose orders we accept in the community offering will be given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return purchase funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. These extensions may not go beyond [final date], which is two years after the date of the adoption of the plan of conversion by our board of directors.

 

Syndicated Community Offering

 

Our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a widespread distribution of our shares of common stock. If a syndicated community offering is held, Piper Sandler & Co. will serve as sole manager and will assist us in selling our common stock on a best efforts basis. In such capacity, Piper Sandler & Co. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms. Neither Piper Sandler & Co. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering.

 

In the syndicated community offering, any person may purchase up to 80,000 shares ($800,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. See “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” We retain the right to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the syndicated community offering. Unless the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board permits otherwise, as required, accepted orders for NB Bancorp common stock in the syndicated community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2.0%) of the shares sold in the offering on a basis that will promote a widespread distribution of our common stock. Thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares per order basis until all shares have been allocated or orders have been filled, as the case may be. Unless the syndicated community offering begins during the subscription and/or community offering, the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as possible after the completion of the subscription and community offerings.

 

147

 

 

The syndicated community offering will be conducted in accordance with certain SEC rules applicable to best efforts “min/max” offerings. Orders in the syndicated community offering will be submitted in substantially the same manner as utilized in the subscription and community offerings. Payments in the syndicated offering, however, must be made in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, Needham Bank account withdrawal authorizations or wire transfers). Personal checks will not be accepted. If the closing of the offering does not occur, either as a result of not confirming receipt of at least $255.0 million in gross proceeds (the minimum of the offering range) or the inability to satisfy other closing conditions to the offering, the funds will be promptly returned with interest at a rate of [escrow rate per annum].

 

The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among NB Bancorp and Needham Bank and Piper Sandler & Co. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable, will be delivered promptly to us.

 

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there are a significant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. Any such arrangement will be disclosed in a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. In addition, the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board must approve any such arrangements.

 

The opportunity to order shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering is subject to our right to reject orders, in whole or in part, either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering. If your order is rejected in part, you will not have the right to cancel the remainder of your order.

 

Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

 

The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

·No person or entity may purchase more than 80,000 shares ($800,000) of common stock in the subscription offering, and no person or entity together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 80,000 shares ($800,000) of common stock in all categories of the offering, except that our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including the ESOP that we are establishing in connection with the conversion, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%);

 

·The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by our officers and directors and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 25.0% of the shares issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation; and

 

·The minimum purchase by each person purchasing shares in the offering is 25 shares, to the extent those shares are available.

 

148

 

 

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with any required approvals of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board, and without further approval of our depositors, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the stock order form will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation would be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.

 

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15% of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the offering, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:

 

·in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder levels, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and

 

·to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons residing in the Local Community.

 

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

·any corporation or organization, other than Needham Bank, NB Bancorp or a majority-owned subsidiary of these entities, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities;

 

·any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

·any relative or spouse of such person or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of Needham Bank or NB Bancorp.

 

The term “acting in concert” means persons seeking to combine or pool their voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. When persons act together for such purpose, their group is deemed to have acquired their stock. The determination of whether a group is acting in concert will be made solely by the board of directors of Needham Bank or NB Bancorp or officers delegated by either such board and may be based on any evidence upon which the board(s) or such delegate(s) chooses to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the SEC with respect to other companies; provided, however, that the determination of whether a group is acting in concert remains subject to review by the Commissioner. Persons living at the same address, whether or not related, will be deemed to be acting in concert unless otherwise determined by the board or such delegate(s). Directors of NB Bancorp and Needham Bank will not be deemed to be acting in concert solely as a result of their membership on any such board or boards:

 

·knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

149

 

 

·a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

 

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated. Persons having the same address or exercising subscription rights through qualifying accounts registered to the same address generally will be assumed to be associates of, and acting in concert with, each other. We have the right to determine, in our sole discretion, whether purchasers are associates or acting in concert.

 

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. We have the right to determine whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by our officers and directors and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Needham Bank or NB Bancorp for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of shares of our common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “ – Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of NB Bancorp.”

 

Marketing and Distribution; Compensation

 

Offering materials have been initially distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center.

 

Subscription and Community Offerings. We have engaged Piper Sandler & Co., a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of the FINRA, as a financial advisor in connection with the offering of our common stock. Other than as set forth below in connection with the conversion and offering, we have not paid any fees to Piper Sandler & Co. In its role as financial advisor, Piper Sandler & Co., will:

 

·advising us on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion;

 

·reviewing with our board of directors the financial impact of the offering, based on the independent appraiser's appraisal of the common stock;

 

·reviewing all offering documents, including the prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (it being understood that the preparation and filing of any and all such documents will be the responsibility of us and our counsel);

 

·assisting us in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the offering;

 

150

 

 

·assisting our management in scheduling and preparing meetings with potential investors, if necessary; and

 

·providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the offering;

 

For these services, Piper Sandler & Co. will receive a fee of 1.35% of the aggregate purchase price of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and 3.00% of the aggregate purchase price of all shares of common stock sold in the community offering. No fee will be payable to Piper Sandler & Co. with respect to shares purchased by directors, officers, employees or their immediate families and their personal trusts, shares purchased by our employee benefit plans or trusts, and shares issued to our charitable foundation.

 

Syndicated Offering. In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated offering, we will pay fees of 5.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold in the syndicated to Piper Sandler & Co. and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated offering.

 

Expenses. Piper Sandler & Co. also will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses, including legal fees, in an amount not to exceed $125,000. If the offering is terminated or if Piper Sandler & Co.’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agency agreement, Piper Sandler & Co. will only receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and will return any amounts paid or advanced by us in excess of these amounts.

 

Records Management. We have also engaged Piper Sandler & Co. to act as our records agent in connection with the offering. In its role as records agent, Piper Sandler & Co. will, among other things:

 

·consolidating deposit accounts into a central file;

 

·coordinating vote solicitation and special meeting services;

 

·designing and preparing proxy forms and stock order forms;

 

·organizing and supervising of our stock information center; and

 

·providing necessary subscription services to distribute, collect and tabulate stock orders in the offering.

 

For these services, Piper Sandler & Co. will receive a fee of $85,000. Piper Sandler & Co. will also be reimbursed for reasonable expenses in an amount not to exceed $35,000 without our prior approval.

 

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

 

Our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other trained employees of Needham Bank or its affiliates may assist in the offering in ministerial capacities, providing clerical work in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. All sales activity will be conducted in a segregated or separately identifiable area of our banking office apart from the area accessible to the general public. Other questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Piper Sandler & Co. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Exchange Act, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

 

151

 

 

The offering will comply with the requirements of Rule 10b-9 under the Exchange Act.

 

Indemnity

 

Among other things, we will indemnify Piper Sandler & Co. against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act, as amended as well as certain other claims and litigation arising out of Piper Sandler & Co.’s engagement with respect to the conversion.

 

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings

 

Expiration Date. The offering will expire at [__:__] p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. We will not accept orders for common stock in the subscription offering received after [expiration date]. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date] would require the approval of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board. If an extension beyond [extension date] is granted by the appropriate regulatory agencies, we will resolicit subscribers/persons who place orders, giving them an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase the minimum number of shares offered in the offering by the expiration date or any extension thereof, we may terminate the offering and promptly refund all funds received for shares of common stock. If the number of shares offered is reduced below the minimum of the offering range, or increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, subscribers may be resolicited with any required approvals of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board. All subscribers will be given an opportunity to place a new order within a specified period of time.

 

To ensure that each purchaser in the subscription and community offerings receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before [expiration date], the expiration date of the offering, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Exchange Act, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Stock order forms will be distributed only if preceded or accompanied by a prospectus. Subscription funds will be maintained in a segregated account at Needham Bank and will earn interest at [escrow rate per annum] from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.

 

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal orders and promptly return all funds delivered to us, with interest at our current savings account rate from the date of receipt.

 

We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion.

 

152

 

 

Use of Order Forms. In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must complete and sign an original stock order form and remit full payment. We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. We must receive all order forms prior to [__:__] p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. A postmark prior to [expiration date] will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock unless we receive the envelope by [expiration date]. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or waive immaterial irregularities. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your stock order form and payment by paying for overnight delivery to the indicated address on the stock order form, by hand-delivery to the drop box at Needham Bank at 1063 Great Plain Avenue, Needham, Massachusetts or by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided. Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final, subject to any required approvals of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board.

 

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Needham Bank or any government agency, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

 

Payment for Shares. Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 

·personal check, bank check or money order, payable to NB Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

·authorization of withdrawal from Needham Bank deposit accounts designated on the stock order form. or

 

·cash.

 

Cash will only be accepted at Needham Bank’s main office and will be converted to a bank check. Please do not submit cash by mail.

 

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Needham Bank are provided in the order forms. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contractual rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will be transferred to a savings account and earn interest at our current savings account rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by check or money order, these funds must be available in the account(s) and will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Needham Bank and will earn interest at [escrow rate per annum] from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.

 

153

 

 

You may not use wires or a check drawn on a Needham Bank line of credit, and we will not accept third-party checks (a check written by someone other than you) payable to you and endorsed over to NB Bancorp. You may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from a Needham Bank retirement account. See “ – Using Retirement Account Funds” for information on using such funds. Additionally, you may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from Needham Bank deposit accounts with check-writing privileges. Please submit a check instead. If you request direct withdrawal, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking accounts. Once we receive your executed order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by the expiration date, in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.

 

We will have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

 

Our ESOP will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until consummation of the offering, provided there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or NB Bancorp to lend to the ESOP the necessary amount to fund the purchase.

 

Regulations prohibit Needham Bank from knowingly lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

 

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using funds in your IRA at Needham Bank or other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you must do so through an account offered by a custodian that can hold common stock. By regulation, Needham Bank’s IRAs are not capable of holding common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use funds that are currently in an IRA held at Needham Bank, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm, which offers the type of retirement accounts that can hold common stock. The purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order. A one-time and/or annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. You may select the custodian of your choice. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Individuals interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account, whether held at Needham Bank or elsewhere, to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline. Processing these transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

 

154

 

 

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock Purchased in the Offering. All shares of NB Bancorp common stock sold will be issued in book entry form and held electronically on the books of our transfer agent. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the offering will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order form as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion. Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock which they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

Other Restrictions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country.

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

 

Applicable regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

 

We intend to pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

 

Stock Information Center

 

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at [phone number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between [__:__] a.m. to [__:__] p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

Liquidation Before the Conversion. In the unlikely event that NB Financial, MHC is liquidated before the conversion, all claims of creditors of NB Financial, MHC would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of NB Financial, MHC remaining, these assets would first be distributed to depositors of Needham Bank pro rata based on the value of their accounts at Needham Bank.

 

155

 

 

Liquidation Following the Conversion. The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by NB Bancorp for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to (i) NB Financial, MHC’s ownership interest in NB Financial, Inc.’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition contained in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of NB Financial, MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of NB Financial, MHC before the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of NB Financial, Inc.). The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel liquidation account in Needham Bank to support the NB Bancorp liquidation account if NB Bancorp does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the NB Bancorp liquidation account.

 

In the unlikely event that Needham Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation account to be established by NB Bancorp, a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest. Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of Needham Bank or NB Bancorp above that amount.

 

The liquidation account established by NB Bancorp is intended to provide qualifying depositors of Needham Bank with a liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation interests such persons had in NB Financial, MHC) after the conversion in the event of a complete liquidation of NB Bancorp and Needham Bank or a liquidation solely of Needham Bank. Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) Needham Bank or (ii) NB Bancorp and Needham Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to depositors as of the close of business on March 31, 2022 and [supplemental eligibility record date] of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by NB Bancorp. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Needham Bank only, when NB Bancorp has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Needham Bank) to fund the liquidation account distribution owed to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Needham Bank has positive net worth, then Needham Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the remaining obligations of NB Bancorp under the liquidation account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s interest in the liquidation account maintained by NB Bancorp as adjusted periodically pursuant to the plan of conversion and applicable regulations. If NB Bancorp is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Needham Bank, then the NB Bancorp liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the Needham Bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the NB Bancorp liquidation account.

 

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, after two years from the date of conversion and upon the written request of the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner, NB Bancorp will transfer, or, upon the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner, may transfer the liquidation account and the depositors’ interests in such account to Needham Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon be subsumed into the liquidation account of Needham Bank.

 

Under the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution or depository institution holding company in which NB Bancorp or Needham Bank is not the surviving institution, would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution or company.

 

156

 

 

Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro-rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Needham Bank as of the close of business on March 31, 2022 or [supplemental eligibility record date], respectively, equal to the proportion that the balance of such account holder’s deposit account at the close of business on March 31, 2022 or [supplemental eligibility record date], respectively, bears to the balance of all deposit accounts of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in Needham Bank on such dates.

 

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account at the close of business on March 31, 2022 or [supplemental eligibility record date], or any other annual closing date, then the liquidation account as well as the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account will be reduced by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositors. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.

 

Material Income Tax Consequences

 

Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to the federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc., Needham Bank, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors. Unlike private letter rulings, an opinion of counsel or a tax advisor is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and those authorities may disagree with the opinions. In the event of a disagreement, there can be no assurance that NB Bancorp or Needham Bank would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

 

NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc., Needham Bank and NB Bancorp have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which includes the following:

 

1.The merger of NB Financial, MHC with and into NB Financial, Inc. will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

2.The constructive exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in NB Financial, MHC for liquidation interests in NB Financial, Inc. will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

3.None of NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc., Eligible Account Holders nor Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of NB Financial, MHC to NB Financial, Inc. and the assumption by NB Financial, Inc. of NB Financial, MHC’s liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in NB Financial, Inc.

 

157

 

 

4.The basis of the assets of NB Financial, MHC (other than stock in NB Financial, Inc.) and the holding period of the assets to be received by NB Financial, Inc. will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in NB Financial, MHC immediately before the exchange.

 

5.The merger of NB Financial, Inc. with and into NB Bancorp, Inc. will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code and, therefore, will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code. Neither NB Financial, Inc. nor NB Bancorp, Inc. will recognize gain or loss as a result of the merger.

 

6.The basis of the assets of NB Financial, Inc. and the holding period of such assets to be received by NB Bancorp, Inc. will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in NB Financial, Inc. immediately before the exchange.

 

7.Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in NB Financial, Inc. for interests in the liquidation account in NB Bancorp.

 

8.It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase NB Bancorp, Inc. common stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of NB Bancorp common stock. Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

9.It is more likely than not that at the effective date of the conversion the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of Needham Bank supporting the payment of the NB Bancorp liquidation account in the event either Needham Bank (NB Bancorp and Needham Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion (including a liquidation of Needham Bank or Needham Bank and NB Bancorp following a purchase and assumption transaction with a credit union) when NB Bancorp lacks sufficient net assets to pay the liquidation account distribution due is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Needham Bank liquidation account as of the effective date of the conversion.

 

10.It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of NB Bancorp common stock purchased in the stock offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the NB Bancorp common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

11.No gain or loss will be recognized by NB Bancorp on the receipt of money in exchange for NB Bancorp common stock sold in the stock offering.

 

158

 

 

We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address the material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc., Needham Bank, NB Bancorp and persons receiving subscription rights. With respect to items 9 and 11 above, Luse Gorman, PC noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. Luse Gorman, PC also noted that RP Financial, LC. has issued a letter that the subscription rights have no ascertainable fair market value. Luse Gorman, PC also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman, PC believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on the distribution of such rights. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

  

The opinion as to item 10 above is based on the position that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received any payment attributable to a liquidation of a solvent bank and/or holding company (other than as set forth below); (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in Needham Bank are reduced; (iv) holders of an interest in a liquidation account have received payments of their interests in very few instances (out of hundreds of transactions involving mergers, acquisitions and the purchase of assets and assumption of liabilities of holding companies and subsidiary banks) and these instances involved the purchase and assumption of a bank’s assets and liabilities by a credit union; and (v) the Needham Bank liquidation account payment obligation arises only if NB Bancorp lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account or if Needham Bank (or Needham Bank and NB Bancorp) enters into a transaction to transfer Needham Bank’s assets and liabilities to a credit union.

 

In addition, we have received a letter from RP Financial, LC. stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Needham Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account if (i) NB Bancorp lacks sufficient net assets or (ii) Needham Bank (or Needham Bank and NB Bancorp) enters into a transaction to transfer Needham Bank’s assets and liabilities to a credit union, does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman, PC believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the Needham Bank liquidation account have no value. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value as of the effective time of the conversion, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.

 

The opinion of Luse Gorman, PC, unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the proposed conversion and stock offering, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.

 

We have also received an opinion from [_________] that the Massachusetts state income tax consequences are consistent with the federal income tax consequences.

 

159

 

 

The federal and state tax opinions have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to the registration statement of NB Bancorp.

 

Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

 

All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director, corporator or certain officers of NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc. or Needham Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the individual. For restricted shares, our transfer agent will be given notice of restrictions on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of NB Bancorp also will be restricted by the insider trading rules pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, certain officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the SEC, except with the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board or the Commissioner, as may be required. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, to purchases of our common stock to fund stock options by one or more stock-based benefit plans or to any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.

 

Federal regulations prohibit NB Bancorp from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, or to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by stockholders (with regulatory approval) or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. In addition, the repurchase of shares of common stock is subject to Federal Reserve Board policy related to repurchases of shares by financial institution holding companies. Massachusetts regulations prohibit NB Bancorp from repurchasing its shares of our common stock during the first three years following the completion of the conversion except to fund tax-qualified or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or except in amounts not greater than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock where compelling and valid business reasons are established to the satisfaction of the Commissioner.

 

NEEDHAM BANK CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

 

General

 

In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, our plan of conversion provides that we will establish a charitable foundation, Needham Bank Charitable Foundation, Inc., as a non-stock, non-profit Delaware corporation in connection with the offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with shares of our common stock and cash, as further described below.

 

By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of Needham Bank’s community banking franchise. The offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities through Needham Bank Charitable Foundation.

 

160

 

 

Purpose of the Charitable Foundation

 

In connection with the closing of the offering, we intend to contribute cash and stock to a charitable foundation that we have established, such contribution to consist of $2.0 million in cash and a number of shares of our common stock equal to 4% of the shares that will be outstanding immediately after this contribution. Assuming the sale of 30,000,000 shares at the midpoint of the offering range, we would contribute $2.0 million in cash and 1,250,000 shares to the charitable foundation. The purpose of the charitable foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which we operate now and in the future and to enable our communities to share in our long-term growth. Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will also complement our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act. Needham Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination by the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Funding Needham Bank Charitable Foundation with shares of our common stock in addition to cash is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the offering is completed because Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock. In addition, Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will maintain close ties with Needham Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Needham Bank operates.

 

Structure of the Charitable Foundation

 

Needham Bank Charitable Foundation has been incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock, non-profit corporation. The certificate of incorporation of Needham Bank Charitable Foundation provides that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Needham Bank Charitable Foundation’s certificate of incorporation further provides that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.

 

The charitable foundation is governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of Joseph Campanelli, who is a director of Needham Bank, and two other individuals. Applicable regulations require that we select one person to serve on the initial board of directors who is not one of our officers or directors and who has experience with local charitable organizations and grant making. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not selected the individual to serve as the director to satisfy these requirements. For five years after the offering, one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our officers, directors or employees, and at least one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for one of Needham Bank’s directors. Each of the charitable foundation’s directors will have one vote with regard to matters requiring board determination. On an annual basis, directors of the charitable foundation, who, pursuant to the non-stock bylaws of the charitable foundation serve as the members of the charitable foundation, nominate and elect the board members, each to serve for a one-year term. Stockholders of NB Bancorp will have no nomination or voting rights with respect to the charitable foundation. Initially, board members will not be compensated for service on the board of the charitable foundation.

 

161

 

 

The board of directors of Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a non-profit corporation, directors of Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation was established. The directors of Needham Bank Charitable Foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by the charitable foundation. However, as required by applicable regulations, all shares of our common stock held by Needham Bank Charitable Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.

 

Needham Bank Charitable Foundation’s initial place of business will be located at our corporate headquarters. The board of directors of Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the regulations of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board, as applicable, governing transactions between Needham Bank and the charitable foundation.

 

Capital for the charitable foundation will come from:

 

(1)any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future;

 

(2)within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or

 

(3)the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.

 

As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets.

 

Tax Considerations

 

We believe that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as Needham Bank Charitable Foundation files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months after the last day of the month in which it was organized, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization.

 

NB Bancorp and Needham Bank are authorized by federal law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to Needham Bank Charitable Foundation.

 

162

 

 

We believe that our contribution of cash and shares of our common stock to Needham Bank Charitable Foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a federal tax deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the cash and stock at the time of the contribution. We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to Needham Bank Charitable Foundation. We estimate that at all levels of the offering range, the contribution should be deductible for federal tax purposes over the six-year period (i.e., the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period).  However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation.  In such event, our contribution to Needham Bank Charitable Foundation would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination.  Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full.  Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to Needham Bank Charitable Foundation in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the charitable foundation.

  

As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 1.39%. Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. Needham Bank Charitable Foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.

 

Regulatory Requirements Imposed on Needham Bank Charitable Foundation

 

Applicable regulations require that, before our board of directors adopted the plan of conversion, the board of directors had to identify its members that will serve on the charitable foundation’s board, and these directors could not participate in our board’s discussions concerning contributions to the charitable foundation, and could not vote on the portions of the plan of conversion relating to the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. Our board of directors complied with this regulation in adopting the plan of conversion.

 

These regulations, and the conditional non-objection of the Federal Reserve Board to the conversion and the conditional approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston to our holding company application, impose the following additional requirements on the establishment of the charitable foundation:

 

·the Federal Reserve Board may examine the charitable foundation at the charitable foundation’s expense;

 

·the charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Federal Reserve Board;

 

·the charitable foundation must provide annually to the Federal Reserve Board a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

·the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;

 

·the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

163

 

 

·the charitable foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our stockholders.

 

Within six months of completing the offering, Needham Bank Charitable Foundation must submit to the Federal Reserve Board a three-year operating plan, conflicts of interest policy, gift instrument, bylaws and certificate of incorporation.

 

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NB BANCORP

 

Although the board of directors of NB Bancorp is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of NB Bancorp after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of NB Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of NB Bancorp and its stockholders from takeovers which our board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Needham Bank, NB Bancorp or NB Bancorp’s stockholders.

 

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of NB Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Maryland corporate law and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and, with respect to provisions contained in NB Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which is part of Needham Bank’s applications with the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board and NB Bancorp’s application with the Federal Reserve Board and its registration statement filed with the SEC. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

NB Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

NB Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of NB Bancorp more difficult.

 

Directors. The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including:

 

·a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is a director, officer or a 10% shareholder of a competitor of Needham Bank;

 

·a prohibition on service as a director by a person (i) who has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust that is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law, (ii) who is currently charged in an information, indictment or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime, or (iii) against whom a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency;

 

·a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is party to any agreement or understanding that (i) provides such person with material benefits that are contingent upon NB Bancorp entering into a merger or similar transaction in which NB Bancorp is not the surviving entity, (ii) materially limits such person’s voting discretion with respect to NB Bancorp’s strategic direction, or (iii) materially impairs such person’s ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of NB Bancorp;

 

164

 

 

·a requirement that any person proposed to serve as a director (other than the initial directors and other than directors who are also officers of NB Bancorp or Needham Bank) has maintained his or her principal residence for a period of at least one year immediately before his or her nomination or appointment to the Board of Directors in a county or a county contiguous to a county where Needham Bank maintains an office;

 

·a prohibition on service as a director by a person who has lost more than one election for service as a director of NB Bancorp; and

 

·a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for service.

 

Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

 

Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of NB Bancorp provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of NB Bancorp (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of NB Bancorp and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

·the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon NB Bancorp’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

·the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, NB Bancorp and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which NB Bancorp and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

·whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of NB Bancorp;

 

·whether a more favorable price could be obtained for NB Bancorp’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

·the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of NB Bancorp and its subsidiaries;

 

165

 

 

·the future value of the stock or any other securities of NB Bancorp or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

·any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

·the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

·the ability of NB Bancorp to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

 

If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

 

Restrictions on Calling Special Meetings. The bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by only the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairperson of the board of directors, a majority of the total number of directors that NB Bancorp would have if there were no vacancies on the board of directors, or the Secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting. The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

 

Limitation of Voting Rights. The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. The 10% limit shall not apply if, before the stockholder acquires shares in excess of the 10% limit, the acquisition is approved by a majority of the directors who are not affiliated with the holder and who were members of the board of directors prior to the time of the acquisition (or who were chosen to fill any vacancy of an otherwise unaffiliated director by a majority of the unaffiliated directors).

 

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office. The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “ – Limitation of Voting Rights”), voting together as a single class.

 

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. The bylaws provide that any shareholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at an annual meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to NB Bancorp at least 90 days prior and not earlier than 100 days prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the previous year’s annual meeting. However, if less than 90 days’ prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 30 days, from the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting then stockholders must submit written notice to NB Bancorp no later than 10 days following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the meeting is first made in a press release, in a document filed with the SEC or on a website maintained by NB Bancorp.

 

166

 

 

Authorized but Unissued Shares. After the conversion, NB Bancorp will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of NB Bancorp.” The articles of incorporation authorize 5,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. NB Bancorp is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares. In addition, the articles of incorporation provide that a majority of the total number of directors that NB Bancorp would have if there were no vacancies on the board of directors may, without action by the stockholders, amend the articles of incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of any class or series that NB Bancorp has the authority to issue. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of NB Bancorp that the board of directors does not approve, it would be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of NB Bancorp. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

 

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Except as provided under “ – Authorized but Unissued Shares,” above, regarding the amendment of the articles of incorporation by the board of directors to increase or decrease the number of shares authorized for issuance, or as otherwise allowed by law, any amendment to the articles of incorporation must be approved by our board of directors and also by two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our voting stock (or a majority of the outstanding shares of our voting stock if the amendment is approved by two-thirds of our board of directors); provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

(i)The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

(ii)The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

(iii)The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

(iv)The requirement that at least two-thirds of the voting power of the stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;

 

(v)The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws and the required stockholder vote to amend or repeal the bylaws;

 

(vi)The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire NB Bancorp;

 

(vii)The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

(viii)The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

(ix)The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

(x)The provision regarding stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

167

 

 

(xi)The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by NB Bancorp;

 

(xii)The limitation of liability of officers and directors to NB Bancorp for money damages; and

 

(xiii)The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation set forth in (i) through (xii) of this list and the provisions related to amendment of the articles of incorporation.

 

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors that NB Bancorp would have if there were no vacancies on the board of directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “ – Limitation of Voting Rights”).

 

Maryland Corporate Law

 

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of a corporation’s voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation at any time after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the Board.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

 

Bank Regulations

 

Federal regulations provide that, for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person may acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership, make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares, or actually acquire shares, of NB Bancorp. In addition, Massachusetts regulations and the plan of conversion provide that for a three-year period following the completion of the conversion, without prior approval of the Commissioner, NB Bancorp will not sell or liquidate itself or cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated. Please see also “Supervision and Regulation – Change in Control Regulations.”

 

168

 

 

Bank Holding Company Act

 

Federal law provides that no company may acquire control of a bank directly or indirectly without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires control of a bank becomes a “bank holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board. Pursuant to federal regulations, the term “company” is defined to include banks, corporations, partnerships, associations, and certain trusts and other entities, and “control” of a bank is deemed to exist if a company has voting control, directly or indirectly of at least 25% of any class of a bank’s voting stock, and may be found to exist if a company controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of the bank or has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank. In addition, a bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before acquiring voting control of more than 5% of any class of voting stock of a bank or another bank holding company. An acquisition of control of a bank that requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act is not subject to the notice requirements of the Change in Bank Control Act.

 

Accordingly, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act would be required: before any bank holding company could acquire 5% or more of the common stock of NB Bancorp; and before any other company could acquire 25% or more of the common stock of NB Bancorp.

 

Restrictions applicable to the operations of bank holding companies may also deter companies from seeking to obtain control of NB Bancorp. See “Supervision and Regulation.”

 

Massachusetts Banking Law

 

Under Massachusetts banking laws, a company owning or controlling two or more banking institutions, including a cooperative bank, is regulated as a bank holding company. Each Massachusetts bank holding company: (i) must obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before engaging in certain transactions, such as the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of another banking institution; (ii) must register, and file reports, with the Commissioner; and (iii) is subject to examination by the Commissioner. NB Bancorp would become a Massachusetts bank holding company if it acquires a second banking institution and holds and operates it separately from Needham Bank.

 

In addition, for a period of three years following completion of a conversion to stock form, no person may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a converted cooperative bank without prior written approval of the Commissioner.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

NB Bancorp is authorized to issue 120,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. NB Bancorp currently expects to issue in the offering up to 41,328,125 shares of common stock, including shares issued to our charitable foundation. NB Bancorp will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of NB Bancorp common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

169

 

 

The shares of common stock of NB Bancorp will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

 

Common Stock

 

Dividends. NB Bancorp may pay dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent, as and when declared by our board of directors. The payment of dividends by NB Bancorp is also subject to limitations that are imposed by law and applicable regulation. The holders of common stock of NB Bancorp will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If NB Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

 

Voting Rights. Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of NB Bancorp will have exclusive voting rights in NB Bancorp. They will elect NB Bancorp’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of NB Bancorp’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If NB Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Amendments to the articles of incorporation require a two-thirds stockholder vote in certain circumstances, and certain matters require an 80% stockholder vote.

 

As a stock cooperative bank, corporate powers and control of Needham Bank are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Needham Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Needham Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Needham Bank, which will be NB Bancorp. Shares of Needham Bank’s stock will be voted at the direction of NB Bancorp’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of NB Bancorp will not have direct control of Needham Bank.

 

Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Needham Bank, NB Bancorp, as the holder of 100% of Needham Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Needham Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Needham Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of NB Bancorp, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of NB Bancorp available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

 

Preemptive Rights. Holders of the common stock of NB Bancorp will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued, unless such preemptive rights are approved by the board of directors. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

 

170

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

None of the shares of NB Bancorp’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and that could assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

 

Forum Selection for Certain Stockholder Lawsuits

 

The articles of incorporation of NB Bancorp provide that, unless NB Bancorp consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of NB Bancorp, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of NB Bancorp to NB Bancorp or NB Bancorp’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine will be conducted in a state or federal court located within the State of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This exclusive forum provision does not apply to claims arising under the federal securities laws. Under the articles of incorporation, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of NB Bancorp shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the exclusive forum provision of the articles of incorporation. This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum it finds favorable for disputes with NB Bancorp and its directors, officers, and other employees or may cause a stockholder to incur additional expense by having to bring a claim in a judicial forum that is distant from where the stockholder resides, or both.

 

TRANSFER AGENT

 

The transfer agent and registrar for NB Bancorp’s common stock is [_____________________].

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary at and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Elliott Davis, LLC (“Elliott Davis”) an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to NB Bancorp setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letters with respect to subscription rights and the liquidation accounts.

 

CHANGE IN AUDITOR

 

On March 30, 2023, NB Financial, MHC dismissed G.T. Reilly & Company (“G.T. Reilly”) and engaged Elliott Davis as its independent auditor. This change in auditors was approved by NB Financial, MHC’s Audit Committee. Elliott Davis was engaged to audit the consolidated financial statements of NB Financial, MHC for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 according to auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

171

 

 

Before the engagement of Elliott Davis, NB Financial, MHC did not consult with Elliott Davis regarding the application of accounting principles to a specific completed or proposed transaction or regarding the type of audit opinion that might be rendered by Elliott Davis on NB Financial, MHC’s financial statements, and Elliott Davis did not provide any written or oral advice that was an important factor considered by NB Financial, MHC in reaching a decision as to any such accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue, and NB Financial, MHC did not consult with Elliott Davis regarding any of the matters or events set forth in Item 304(a)(2)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

  

The report of G.T. Reilly on its audit of the consolidated financial statements of NB Financial, MHC for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, performed under AICPA auditing standards, did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle. In connection with its audit of the consolidated financial statements of NB Financial, MHC for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, performed under AICPA standards, there were no disagreements with G.T. Reilly on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of G.T. Reilly, would have caused them to make reference thereto in their reports, and there have been no reportable events as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

NB Financial, MHC provided G.T. Reilly with a copy of this disclosure before its filing with the SEC and requested that G.T. Reilly furnish NB Financial, MHC with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above statements and, if it does not agree, the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of the letter is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of NB Bancorp, of which this prospectus is a part.

 

LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

 

Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C., counsel to NB Bancorp and Needham Bank, has issued to NB Bancorp its opinions regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Luse Gorman, PC has consented to the references in this prospectus to its opinions. [_____________] has issued to NB Bancorp its opinion regarding the Massachusetts income tax consequences of the conversion. [_________________] has consented to the reference in this prospectus to its opinion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Piper Sandler & Co. by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

NB Bancorp has filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities on official business days during the hours of 10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. at the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates. The SEC telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC, including NB Bancorp. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

 

172

 

 

Needham Bank has filed an applications for approval of the conversion with the Commissioner and with the Federal Reserve Board. NB Bancorp has also filed a bank holding company application with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. This prospectus omits certain information contained in those applications and notices. The application may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Commissioner, 1000 Washington Street, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts, and the bank holding company application and the Federal Reserve Board application for conversion is available on an expedited basis from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, P. O. Box 55882, Boston, Massachusetts 02205.

 

A copy of the plan of conversion and NB Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are available without charge from Needham Bank at its office.

 

The appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. has been filed as an exhibit to our registration statement, to our application to the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board. Portions of the appraisal report were filed electronically with the SEC and are available on its website at www.sec.gov.

 

In connection with the offering, NB Bancorp will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and, upon such registration, NB Bancorp and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Exchange Act, subject to subsequent deregistration of such shares under the Exchange Act.

 

173

 

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF

NB FINANCIAL, MHC AND SUBSIDIARY

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2023 (unaudited) and December 31, 2022 F-2
   
Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited) F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited) F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited) F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited) F-6
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-8
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-39
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 F-40
   
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 F-41
   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 F-42
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 F-43
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 F-44
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-46

 

***

 

Separate financial statements for NB Bancorp have not been included in this prospectus because NB Bancorp has not engaged in any significant activities, has no significant assets, and has no contingent liabilities, revenue or expenses.

 

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.

 

F-1

 

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In Thousands)

 

   March 31   December 31 
   2023   2022 
   unaudited   audited 
Assets          
Cash and due from banks  $91,216   $131,073 
Federal funds sold   655    25,472 
           
Total cash and cash equivalents   91,871    156,545 
           
Investment securities:          
Available for sale, at fair value   244,917    245,480 
Loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $27,931 and $25,028 at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively   3,186,078    2,990,417 
Accrued interest receivable   11,657    10,837 
Banking premises and equipment, net   35,923    35,344 
Depositors Insurance Fund   139    139 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock   7,862    13,182 
Federal Reserve Bank stock   8,673    8,104 
Non-public investments   10,174    10,592 
Bank owned life insurance   49,377    49,006 
Prepaid expenses and other assets   55,007    57,167 
Income tax refunds receivable   2,505    4,134 
Deferred income tax asset   11,872    11,388 
           
   $3,716,055   $3,592,335 
           
Liabilities and Equity          
Deposits  $3,140,839   $2,886,743 
Mortgagors' escrow accounts   3,867    4,064 
FHLB Borrowings   160,079    293,082 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities   47,775    52,399 
Accrued retirement liabilities   11,708    11,982 
           
Total liabilities   3,364,268    3,248,270 
           
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9, 11 & 13)          
           
Equity:          
Retained earnings   365,100    358,466 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (13,313)   (14,401)
    351,787    344,065 
           
   $3,716,055   $3,592,335 

 

F-2

 

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income
(In Thousands)

 

   Three months
ended
   Three months
ended
 
   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   unaudited   unaudited 
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME          
Interest and fees on loans  $43,552   $22,143 
Interest on investments securities   1,109    965 
Interest and dividends on cash equivalents and other   799    235 
    45,460    23,343 
INTEREST EXPENSE          
Interest on deposits   12,293    2,084 
Interest on borrowings   2,506    2 
    14,799    2,086 
NET INTEREST INCOME   30,661    21,257 
           
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES   2,072    400 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER CREDIT LOSS PROVISION   28,589    20,857 
           
NON INTEREST INCOME          
Customer service fees   1,904    439 
Increase in cash surrender value of BOLI   371    180 
Mortgage banking income   230    280 
Swap contract income   107    457 
Employee retention credit income   3,452    - 
Other income   19    2 
    6,083    1,358 
OPERATING EXPENSES          
Salaries and employee benefits   14,977    11,408 
Director and professional service fees   1,664    945 
Occupancy and equipment expenses   1,375    1,068 
Data processing expenses   1,709    1,279 
Marketing and charitable contribution expenses   1,190    632 
FDIC and state insurance assessments   692    420 
General and administrative expenses   1,084    625 
    22,691    16,377 
INCOME BEFORE TAXES   11,981    5,838 
           
INCOME TAXES   3,229    1,563 
           
NET INCOME  $8,752   $4,275 

 

F-3

 

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In Thousands)

 

   Three months
ended
   Three months
ended
 
   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   unaudited   unaudited 
NET INCOME  $8,752   $4,275 
           
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSSES):          
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on AFS Securities   1,713    (8,182)
Unrealized Holding (Losses) Gains on Cash Flow Hedge   (271)   909 
           
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), BEFORE TAX PROVISIONS   1,442    (7,273)
           
INCOME TAX PROVISIONS   (354)   1,849 
           
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), AFTER TAX PROVISIONS   1,088    (5,424)
           
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)  $9,840   $(1,149)

 

F-4

 

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 
       Accumulated Other     
   Retained   Comprehensive   Total 
   Earnings   Income (Loss)   Equity 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2021  $328,401   $(2,272)  $326,129 
NET INCOME   4,275    -    4,275 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS   -    (5,424)   (5,424)
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2022  $332,676   $(7,696)  $324,980 

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 
       Accumulated Other     
   Retained   Comprehensive   Total 
   Earnings   Income (Loss)   Equity 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2022   358,466    (14,401)   344,065 
               
Cumulative effect adjustment due to adoption of CECL accounting standard under ASC 326, net of income taxes   (2,118)   -    (2,118)
NET INCOME   8,752    -    8,752 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME   -    1,088    1,088 
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2023  $365,100   $(13,313)  $351,787 

 

F-5

 

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In Thousands)

 

   Three months ended
March 31, 2023
   Three months ended
March 31, 2022
 
   unaudited   unaudited 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES          
Net income  $8,752   $4,275 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:          
Net (accretion) amortization of investment securities   (27)   37 
Amortization of core deposit intangible   37    - 
Provision for credit losses   2,072    400 
Loan hedge fair value adjustments, inlcuding amortization   35    187 
Change in net deferred loan origination fees   1,050    446 
Mortgage loans originated for sale   -    (1,340)
Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans held for sale   -    1,370 
Gain on sale of mortgage loans   -    (30)
Depreciation and amortization expense   691    535 
Increase in cash surrender values of bank owned life insurance   (371)   (180)
Deferred income taxes (credits)   (48)   - 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Accrued interest receivable   (820)   (136)
Prepaid expenses and other assets   2,160    (12,288)
Refundable/accrued income taxes   1,629    (547)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities   (6,681)   9,998 
Accrued retirement liabilities   (274)   749 
           
NET CASH PROVIDED FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES   8,205    3,476 
           
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES          
Loan originations and pools purchased, net of repayments   (199,977)   (173,126)
Purchases of available-for-sale securities   (26,725)   (52,282)
Maturities, calls and principal repayments of available-for-sale securities   29,028    18,152 
Redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank stock   5,320    - 
Purchases of Federal Reserve stock, net   (569)   (109)
Net change in non-public investments   418    42 
Purchases of banking premises and equipment   (1,270)   (1,039)
           
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES   (193,775)   (208,362)
           
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES          
Net change in deposits   254,096    (67,001)
Net change in mortgagors' escrow accounts   (197)   26 
FHLB borrowings (repayments), net   (133,003)   172 
           
NET CASH PROVIDED FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES   120,896    (66,803)
           
RESULTING IN A NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS   (64,674)   (271,689)
           
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD   156,545    467,050 
           
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD  $91,871   $195,361 

 

F-6

 

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (cont.)
(In Thousands)

 

   Three months ended
March 31, 2023
   Three months ended
March 31, 2022
 
   unaudited   unaudited 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information          
Cash paid during the year for:          
Interest expense  $13,672   $2,115 
Income taxes  $1,600   $2,100 
           
Non-cash activities:          
Cumulative effect adjustment due to adoption of CECL accounting standard under ASC 326, net of income taxes  $(2,118)  $- 
Initial recognition of right of use asset under ASC 842  $-   $(1,505)
Initial recognition of operating lease liability under ASC 842  $-   $1,505 
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale  $1,713   $(8,182)
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on cash flow hedge  $(271)  $909 

 

F-7

 

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

March 31, 2023

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Significant Accounting Policies

 

The Company has adopted various accounting policies, which govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States in the preparation of our financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in the footnotes to the audited consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2022. Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management, which have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities, and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. We consider these accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The judgments and assumptions we use are based on historical experience and other factors, which we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the nature of the judgments and assumptions we make, actual results could differ from these judgments and estimates which could have a material impact on our carrying values of assets and liabilities and our results of operations. There have been no significant changes to the application of significant accounting policies since December 31, 2022, except for the following:

 

Adoption of New Accounting StandardOn January 1, 2023, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13 - Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”) along with amendments ASU 2019-11 - Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, and ASU 2022-02 - Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures (“ASU 2022-02”). Together, these ASUs, referred to herein as Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) “ASC 326”, replace the incurred loss impairment methodology with the current expected credit loss methodology (“CECL”) and require consideration of a broader range of information to determine credit loss estimates at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. ASC 326 applies to financial assets subject to credit losses that are measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet credit exposures, which include, but are not limited to, loans receivable, leases, held to maturity (“HTM”) securities, loan commitments, and financial guarantees.

 

In addition, CECL made changes to the accounting for available for sale (“AFS”) debt securities. One such change is to require credit losses to be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down on available for sale debt securities if management does not intend to sell and does not believe that it is more likely than not, they will be required to sell.

 

The Company adopted ASC 326 using the prospective transition approach for debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment had been recognized prior to January 1, 2023. As of December 31, 2022, the Company did not have any other than-temporarily impaired investment securities. Therefore, upon adoption of ASC 326, the Company determined that an allowance for credit losses on available for sale securities was not deemed material.

 

F-8

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

For AFS debt securities, management evaluates all investments in an unrealized loss position on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such evaluation. If the Company has the intent to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security, the security is written down to fair value and the entire loss is recorded in earnings. If either of the above criteria is not met, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value is the result of credit losses or other factors. In making the assessment, the Company may consider various factors including the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, performance on any underlying collateral, downgrades in the ratings of the security by a rating agency, the failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments and adverse conditions specifically related to the security. If the assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security and any excess is recorded as an allowance for credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any amount of unrealized loss that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. Changes in the allowance for credit loss are recorded as provision for (or reversal of) credit loss expense. Losses are charged against the allowance for credit loss when management believes an available for sale security is confirmed to be uncollectible or when either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met. At March 31, 2023, there was no allowance for credit loss related to the available for sale portfolio. Accrued interest receivable on available for sale debt securities totaled $1.4 million at March 31, 2023 and was excluded from the estimate of credit losses.

 

The Company adopted ASC 326 using the modified retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost and off-balance sheet credit exposures, which included loans receivable and commitments to extend credit (loan commitments and stand-by letters of credit), respectively. The Company does not have any securities classified as HTM. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2023 are presented under ASC 326 while prior period amounts are reported in accordance with previously applicable GAAP.

 

The following table presents the impact to the consolidated balance sheet as the result of adopting ASC 326 effective January 1, 2023.

 

   January 1, 2023   December 31, 2022   Impact of 
(Dollars in thousands)  Post-ASC 326 Adoption   Pre-ASC 326 Adoption   ASC 326 Adoption 
Assets:               
Loans receivable, net of deferred fees and costs  $3,015,445   $3,015,445   $- 
Allowance for credit losses   (26,188)   (25,028)   (1,160)
Deferred income tax asset   7,863    7,035    828 
                
Liabilities:               
Reserve for unfunded commitments   (1,786)   -    (1,786)
                
Equity:               
Retained earnings   356,348    358,466    (2,118)

 

Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”) - Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until loan maturity or pay-off are reported held for investment at their outstanding principal balance adjusted for any charge-offs and net of any deferred fees (including purchase accounting adjustments) and origination costs (collectively referred to as "amortized cost"). Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment of the yield using the payment terms required by the loan contract.

 

F-9

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

Loans are generally placed into nonaccrual status when they are past due 90 days or more as to either principal or interest or when, in the opinion of management, the collection of principal and/or interest is in doubt. A loan remains in nonaccrual status until the loan is current as to payment of both principal and interest or past due less than 90 days and the borrower demonstrates the ability to pay and remain current. When cash payments are received, they are applied to principal first, then to accrued interest. It is the Company's policy not to record interest income on nonaccrual loans until principal has become current. In certain instances, accruing loans that are past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest may not go on nonaccrual status if the Company determines that the loans are well-secured and are in the process of collection. In accordance with ASC 326, the Company elected to exclude accrued interest from the amortized cost basis in its determination of the ACL for loans receivable, and will instead reverse accrued but unpaid interest through interest income in the period in which the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

 

The ACL represents management’s best estimate of credit losses over the remaining life of the loan portfolio. Loans are charged-off against the ACL when management believes the loan balance is no longer collectible. Subsequent recoveries of previously charged-off amounts (recoveries) are recorded as increases to the ACL. The provision for credit losses is an amount sufficient to bring the ACL to an estimated balance that management considers adequate to absorb lifetime expected losses in the Company’s held for investment loan portfolio. The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans' amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans.

 

Management’s determination of the adequacy of the ACL under ASC 326 is based on an evaluation of the composition of the loan portfolio current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, reasonable and supportable forecasts, and other risk factors. The Company uses a third-party CECL model as part of its estimation of the ACL on a quarterly basis. Loans with similar risk characteristics are collectively assessed within pools (or segments). Loss estimates within the collectively assessed population are based on a combination of pooled assumptions and loan-level characteristics. The Company has determined that using federal call codes is an appropriate loan segmentation methodology, as it is generally based on risk characteristics of a loan's underlying collateral. Using federal call codes also allows the Company to utilize and assess publicly available external information when developing its estimate of the ACL. The weighted average life (“WAL”) method is the primary credit loss estimation methodology used by the Company and involves estimating future cash flows for pools of loans using their weighted average life.

 

In applying future economic forecasts, the Company utilizes a forecast period of one year. The Company considers economic forecasts of national gross domestic product and unemployment rates from the Federal Open Market Committee to inform the model for loss estimation. Historical loss rates used in the quantitative model are primarily derived using both the Bank's data, supplemented with peer bank data obtained from publicly available sources (i.e., federal call reports). The Bank's peer group is comprised of financial institutions of relatively similar size (i.e.  $1.5 - $5 billion of total assets) and in similar markets. Management also considers qualitative adjustments when estimating loan losses to take into account the model's quantitative limitations. Qualitative adjustments to quantitative loss factors, either negative or positive, may include considerations of trends in delinquencies, nonaccrual loans, charged-off loans, changes in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in lending policy, experience and depth of management, regional and local economic trends and conditions, and concentrations of credit, competition, and loan review results.

 

For those loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, the Company evaluates the ACL needs on an individual (or loan by loan) basis. This population of individually evaluated loans (or loan relationships with the same primary source of repayment) is determined on a quarterly basis and is based on whether (1) the risk grade of the loan is substandard or worse and the balance exceeds $500,000, and the loan's terms differ significantly from other pooled loans. In accordance with our policy, non-accrual residential real estate loans that are well secured (LTV <75%) are not considered to warrant a downgrade to substandard risk rating and are therefore excluded from individually evaluated loans. Measurement of credit loss is based on the expected future cash flows of an individually evaluated loan, discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, or measured on an observable market value, if one exists, or the estimated market value of the collateral underlying the loan, discounted to consider estimated costs to sell the collateral for collateral-dependent loans. If the net value is less than the loan's amortized cost, a specific reserve in the ACL is recorded, which is charged-off in the period when management believes the loan balance is no longer collectible.

 

F-10

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

The Company’s Allowance Committee approves the key methodologies and assumptions, as well as the final ACL on a quarterly basis. While management uses available information at the time of estimation to determine expected credit losses on loans, future changes in the ACL may be necessary based on changes in portfolio composition, portfolio credit quality, and/or economic conditions. In addition, bank regulatory agencies and the Bank’s auditors periodically review its ACL and may require an increase in the provision for credit losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management.

 

Upon the adoption of ASC 326, the Company recorded an increase in its ACL on loans receivable of $1.2 million, along with an after-tax cumulative effect adjustment, which reduced equity by approximately $800,000.

 

Collateral-dependent Loans

 

The Company has certain loans for which repayment is dependent upon the operation or sale of collateral, as the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. The underlying collateral can vary based upon the type of loan. The following provides more detail about the types of collateral that secure collateral-dependent loans:

 

Commercial real estate loans may be secured by either owner occupied commercial real estate or non-owner-occupied investment commercial real estate. Typically, owner occupied commercial real estate loans are secured by office buildings, warehouses, manufacturing facilities, and other commercial and industrial properties occupied by operating companies. Repayment is generally from the cash flows of the business occupying the property. Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans are generally secured by office buildings and complexes, retail facilities, multifamily complexes, land under development, industrial properties, as well as other commercial or industrial real estate.

 

Commercial and industrial loans may be secured by non-real estate collateral such as accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, or other similar assets.

 

Residential real estate loans are typically secured by first mortgages, and in some cases could be secured by a second mortgage.

 

Home equity lines of credit are generally secured by second mortgages on residential real estate property.

 

Consumer loans are generally secured by automobiles, motorcycles, recreational vehicles and other personal property. Some consumer loans are unsecured, have no underlying collateral, and would not be considered collateral dependent.

 

Modified Loans

 

ASU 2022-22 eliminated the concept of troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") from the accounting standards for companies that have adopted ASC 326. ASU 2022-02 also requires additional disclosures for certain loan modifications and disclosures of gross charge-offs by year of origination. Specifically, loan modification disclosures in periods subsequent to the adoption of ASC 326 must be made for modifications of existing loans to borrowers who were experiencing financial difficulties at the time of the modification. The modification type must include a direct change in the timing or amount of a loan's contractual cash flows. The additional disclosures are applicable to situations where there is: principal forgiveness, an interest rate reduction, an other-than-insignificant payment delay, a term extension, or any combination thereof.

 

F-11

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

Available for Sale Securities - The Company evaluates the fair value and credit quality of its AFS securities portfolio on a quarterly basis. In the event the fair value of a security falls below its amortized cost basis, the security is evaluated to determine whether the decline in value was caused by changes in market interest rates or security credit quality. The primary indicators of credit quality for the Company’s AFS securities portfolio are security type and credit rating, which is influenced by a number of security-specific factors that may include obligor cash flow, geography, seniority, and others. If unrealized losses are related to credit quality, the Company estimates the credit-related loss by evaluating the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security with the amortized cost basis of the security. Subsequent to the adoption of ASC 326, if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis of the security and a credit loss exists, then an ACL is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than amortized cost basis. As of December 31, 2022, the Company did not have any other-than-temporarily impaired AFS securities. Therefore, upon adoption of ASC 326, the Company determined that an ACL on AFS securities was not warranted. At March 31, 2023 there was no allowance for credit losses related to the available for sale portfolio.

 

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments - The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The reserve for unfunded commitments is adjusted as a provision for credit loss expense. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur, the existence of any third-party guarantees, and an estimate of credit losses on commitments expected to be funded using the same loss rates of similar financial instruments derived in the estimation of ACL for loans receivable. Upon the adoption of ASC 326, the Company recorded an increase in its reserve for unfunded commitments of $1.8 million (included in accrued expenses and other liabilities), along with an after-tax cumulative effect adjustment, which reduced equity by $1.3 million.

 

Note 2 – Investment Securities

 

Available for Sale - The amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities classified as Available-for-Sale (AFS) are as follows:

 

   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair Value/ 
   Cost   Gain   Loss   Carrying Value 
March 31, 2023  (In thousands) 
Debt Securities:                    
U.S. Treasury securities  $113,720   $           -   $(4,230)  $109,490 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   13,889    5    (1,789)   12,105 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   3,552    -    (617)   2,935 
Corporate bonds   107,272    -    (8,866)   98,406 
Municipal obligations   23,315    -    (1,334)   21,981 
   $261,748   $5   $(16,836)  $244,917 

 

   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair Value/ 
   Cost   Gain   Loss   Carrying Value 
December 31, 2022  (in thousands) 
Debt Securities:                    
U.S. Treasury securities  $111,953   $43   $(5,195)  $106,801 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   14,123    3    (1,985)   12,141 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   3,749               -    (676)   3,073 
Corporate bonds   110,886    -    (9,079)   101,807 
Municipal obligations   23,313    -    (1,655)   21,658 
   $264,024   $46   $(18,590)  $245,480 

 

F-12

 

 

Note 2 – Investment Securities (Cont.)

 

Investment securities with carrying values of $53.5 million as of March 31, 2023 (none at December 31, 2022) were pledged to secure borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank (see Note 8).

 

The Company did not sell any AFS securities during the first three months of 2023 and 2022.

 

The net unrealized gain (loss) on AFS securities is reported, net of deferred income tax effects, as a separate component of the Company’s equity, “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)”, and approximates the following as of the dates stated:

 

  

March 31,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
   (In thousands) 
Unrealized losses, net  $(16,831)  $(18,544)
Deferred income tax asset   4,375    4,805 
   $(12,456)  $(13,739)

 

Maturities of Debt Securities – The following is a summary of maturities of securities available for sale as of March 31, 2023. The amortized cost and fair values are based on the contractual maturity dates. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalty. Agency mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are presented as separate lines as paydowns are expected to occur before contractual maturity dates.

 

   Available for Sale 
   Amortized Cost   Fair Value 
   (In thousands) 
Within one year  $77,040   $76,167 
Over one year to five years   127,779    118,680 
Over five years to ten years   39,488    35,030 
    244,307    229,877 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   13,889    12,105 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   3,552    2,935 
   $261,748   $244,917 

 

F-13

 

 

Note 2 – Investment Securities (Cont.)

 

Credit Loss Evaluation – The following tables present fair value and gross unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, as of the dates stated. The reference point for determining when securities are in an unrealized loss position is period-end; therefore, it is possible that a security’s market value exceeded its amortized cost on other days during the past twelve-month period.

 

       March 31, 2023 
       Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total 
       Gross       Gross       Gross     
   Number of   Unrealized       Unrealized       Unrealized     
   Securities   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value 
   (In thousands) 
U.S. Treasury Securities   21   $(176)  $29,615   $(4,054)  $79,875   $(4,230)  $109,490 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   21    (37)   685    (1,752)   11,055    (1,789)   11,740 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   5    -    -    (617)   2,935    (617)   2,935 
Corporate bonds   32    (1,218)   11,765    (7,648)   75,641    (8,866)   87,406 
Municipal obligations   14    (138)   9,062    (1,196)   12,919    (1,334)   21,981 
    93   $(1,569)  $51,127   $(15,267)  $182,425   $(16,836)  $233,552 

 

       December 31, 2022 
       Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total 
       Gross       Gross       Gross     
   Number of   Unrealized       Unrealized       Unrealized     
   Securities   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value 
   (In thousands) 
U.S. Treasury Securities   20   $(47)  $19,958   $(5,148)  $83,759   $(5,195)  $103,717 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   25    (263)   2,900    (1,722)   8,932    (1,985)   11,832 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   6    (54)   1,048    (622)   2,025    (676)   3,073 
Corporate bonds   34    (4,332)   44,537    (4,747)   46,270    (9,079)   90,807 
Municipal obligations   14    (382)   10,841    (1,273)   10,817    (1,655)   21,658 
    99   $(5,078)  $79,284   $(13,512)  $151,803   $(18,590)  $231,087 

 

Municipal and Agency Debt Securities – The contractual cash flows of these securities are direct obligations of municipalities or the U.S. Treasury, or they consist of agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities or collateralized mortgage obligations which are guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Federal Home Loan Bank or other quasi-government agencies. It is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the investment.

 

Corporate Bonds – The Company invests in a substantial amount of corporate bonds and subordinated debentures, which are scheduled to mature between the calendar years 2023 through 2032. These corporate bonds vary in commercial industries, including automotive, energy, consumer products, and media companies. The Company has also invested in domestic and foreign banking institutions. The subordinated debentures are mostly debt issuances form bank holding companies.

 

At March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the majority of securities in an unrealized loss position were of investment grade; however, a few did not have a third-party investment grade available. These ungraded securities were primarily subordinated debt instruments issued by bank holding companies and are classified as corporate bonds in the tables above. At March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, 14 securities with a market value of $37.2 million and $37.9 million, respectively, did not have a third-party investment grade available. Investment securities with unrealized losses are generally a result of pricing changes due to changes in the interest rate environment since purchase and not as a result of permanent credit loss. The Company does not intend to sell, nor does it believe it will be required to sell, any of its securities prior to the recovery of the amortized cost. Because the declines in fair value are attributable to market changes in interest rates and not due to credit quality, management did not recognize an allowance for credit loss against the Company’s investment portfolio at March 31, 2023.

 

F-14

 

 

Note 2 – Investment Securities (Cont.)

 

Depositors Insurance Fund – The Company was previously required by Massachusetts banking statutes to maintain stock in the Co-operative Central Bank (“Coop Central”). In a prior year, in conjunction with the merger of the state depository insurance funds, Coop Central bought back ninety-five percent of the Company’s stock. The cost of the remaining shares, $139,000, represents the Company’s interest in the Depositors Insurance Fund, which is not redeemable.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock – The Company holds stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, a regional member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), as part of the Company’s membership requirements. Based upon the redemption provisions of the FHLB, the stock is restricted, has no quoted market value, and is carried at original cost. The balance in the investment account at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was $7,862,000 and $13,182,000, respectively. The stock serves as additional collateral on FHLB borrowings, which determines the amount of stock the Company is required to hold.

 

Federal Reserve Bank Stock – The Company is required to maintain shares in the Federal Reserve Bank for 50% of the total par value in order to meet criteria for membership in the Federal Reserve System. Although the full par value of the stock is $100 per share, the Company is required to pay only $50 per share at the time of purchase with the understanding that the other half of the subscription amount is subject to call at any time. Dividends are paid semi-annually at the statutory rate of 6 percent per annum, or $1.50 per share semi-annually. In addition, Federal Reserve regulations require that the Company purchase additional stock, or that the Federal Reserve System redeem stock, if a change in total deposit liabilities (as reported in the quarterly report of condition) results in a change in the Company’s Federal Reserve Stock holdings requirement by 15 percent or 100 shares, whichever is lower. At March 31, 2023, the Company holds 173,457 shares of stock in the approximate amount of $8,673,000 (162,072 shares of stock in the approximate amount of $8,104,000 at December 31, 2022).

 

Non-Public Investments – Non-public investments consists of the following:

 

Connecticut On-Line Computer Center, Inc. (“COCC”) – Common and preferred shares of COCC stock are recorded at cost. At March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company holds 43 shares of common stock in the amount of $175,000. The Company also holds 5 shares of Series A preferred stock in the amount of $75,000 at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

 

Jassby Inc. – Jassby Inc. is a convenient and easy to use app for families with the vision to bring banking and financial services to families and provide App-based banking for generations Z and Alpha. In October 2019, the Company lent Jassby, Inc. $1,000,000 at 5% in the form of a convertible promissory note, which had an original maturity date of December 31, 2021. Due to the occurrence of a private qualifying financing event in February 2020, the promissory note converted to approximately 320,000 shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock in Jassby Inc. The carrying value of this preferred stock at December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $1,000,000 for both years.

 

Reinventure Capital Fund I LP – During 2022, the Company invested $2,000,000 as a limited partner in the Reinventure Capital Fund to generate alternative investment earnings. In July of 2022, there was a capital call of $1,000,000 leaving the Company with a remaining investment (carrying value) of $1,000,000 as of March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

 

Massachusetts Housing Investment Corporation ("MHIC") – The MHIC is a program where the IRS allocates federal tax credits to state housing credit agencies based on each state’s population. The state agencies award Low Income Housing Tax Credits for Qualified Affordable Housing Projects (“QAHP”). Project sponsors use tax credits to raise equity from investors. The equity investment reduces the debt burden on the tax credit property, making it financially feasible to offer lower, more affordable rental rates to eligible individuals. The participating banks are entitled to certain federal tax credits. At March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company is carrying approximately $1,000,000 in the Massachusetts Housing Equity Fund XXII LLC, a QAHP sponsored by the MHIC. The Company holds a 1.15% interest in this partnership at December 31, 2021 (which is the most current information available as of the date of these financial statements). The Company’s accumulated share of losses and tax credits at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was $557,000.

 

F-15

 

 

Note 2 – Investment Securities (Cont.)

 

Sunwealth Project Pool 20 LLC (“Sunwealth”) – Sunwealth is a solar energy program formed on April 21, 2021 by the Company as a 99% non-controlling LLC investor member and Sunwealth Holdco 8 LLC (Holdco) as the sole managing LLC member. Sunwealth is in the business of developing, designing, installing, owning and maintaining solar photovoltaic energy generation facilities on the rooftops or properties of municipal and commercial customers in the United States. Sunwealth has or intends to purchase solar photovoltaic energy generation facilities from the developers prior to any PV System that is part of any such facilities being placed in service and sell electricity or lease such facilities to off-takers in a manner that will qualify the Company, through its ownership in Sunwealth, to receive income tax credits. Energy produced by the facilities will be sold to the applicable off-taker or the facilities will be leased to the applicable off-taker, in each case pursuant to the offtake agreements with the purchaser. The offtake agreements include leasehold or other rights of access to all areas of the facilities on which the facilities and their parts are located so that agents of the Sunwealth are able to inspect, access, maintain and improve facility equipment and all other rights and assets necessary for the ownership and operation thereof and the sale of power from the facilities.

 

During 2021, through its subsidiary, 1892 Investments, the Company invested $2.5 million in Sunwealth for Project Pool 20. The carrying value of the investment approximates $2.1 million at March 31, 2023 ($2.3 million at December 31, 2022). In addition, the Company has made a $2.5 million loan to Holdco to fund the project, which is included in the Company’s C&I loan portfolio at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

 

Sunwealth Project Pool 26 LLC – Through its subsidiary, 1892 Investments, in 2022 the Company committed $5 million to Sunwealth for Project Pool 26, of which invested $4.2 million (tax basis) was funded towards solar projects during 2022. The carrying value of the investment approximates $4.8 million at March 31, 2023 ($5 million at December 31, 2022), which includes a refundable advance of $800,000.

 

Patriot Renewable Energy Capital, LLC (“Patriot Renewables”) – Patriot Renewables is a developer, owner, and operator of commercial-scale wind and solar energy projects. Through its subsidiary, 1892 Investments, the Company invested $623,000 in Patriot Renewables in 2022 to obtain a tax basis in this project of $656,000 (solar project requires a 95% capital infusion). The carrying value of the investment approximates $583,000 and $623,000 at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

 

Note 3 – Loans Receivable and ACL

 

All loan and ACL information presented as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2023 is in accordance with ASC 326. All loan information presented prior to this period is presented in accordance with previous GAAP. As a result, the presentation of information pre-ASC 326 and post-ASC 326 adoption will not be comparable for most disclosures.

 

F-16

 

 

Note 3 – Loans Receivable and ACL (Cont.)

 

Loans consist of the following as of the dates stated (in thousands):

 

   March 31,
2023
   December 31,
2022
 
One to four-family residential  $972,873   $932,436 
Home equity   75,674    75,226 
Residential real estate   1,048,547    1,007,662 
           
Commercial real estate   878,460    822,744 
Multi-family residential   211,748    189,279 
Construction and land development   544,972    552,375 
Commercial real estate   1,635,180    1,564,398 
Commercial and industrial   338,936    247,361 
Commercial   1,974,116    1,811,759 
           
Consumer, net of premium/discount   192,907    196,535 
           
Total loans   3,215,570    3,015,956 
Deferred (fees) costs, net   (1,561)   (511)
Allowance for credit losses   (27,931)   (25,028)
 Net loans  $3,186,078   $2,990,417 

 

Included in commercial and industrial loans in the schedule above for March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 are SBA Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) loans in the amount of $630,000 and $645,000, respectively. Interest income recognized on these PPP loans, including amortization of deferred loan origination fees, approximated $1,000 and $177,000 for the first three months of 2023 and 2022. The Company has reported this with interest and fees on loans on the consolidated statements of income.

 

Included in the above at March 31, 2023 is approximately $63.4 million in loans to borrowers in the cannabis industry, of which 89% is collateralized by real estate ($58.3 million of cannabis industry loans, of which 91% is collateralized by real estate at December 31, 2022).

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2023, the Company purchased approximately $4.9 million ($187.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2022) of consumer loan pools. These purchases included loan pools collateralized by boat and recreational vehicles, automobiles, and solar panels, as well as unsecured home improvement loans. The outstanding balances of these consumer loan pools, shown net of premium (discount) are as follows as of the dates stated (in thousands):

 

   March 31, 2023 
       Premium     
   Gross Loan   (Discount)   Net Loan 
Student loans  $10,802   $57   $10,859 
Boat and RV loans   38,094    874    38,968 
Automobile loans   19,401    -    19,401 
Solar panel loans   66,223    (5,767)   60,456 
Home improvement loans   60,297    (37)   60,260 
Total  $194,817   $(4,873)  $189,944 

 

   December 31, 2022 
       Premium     
   Gross Loan   (Discount)   Net Loan 
Student loans  $11,679   $61   $11,740 
Boat and RV loans   40,270    925    41,195 
Automobile loans   15,498    -    15,498 
Solar panel loans   67,994    (5,914)   62,080 
Home improvement loans   63,146    (44)   63,102 
Total  $198,587   $(4,972)  $193,615 

 

F-17

 

 

Note 3 – Loans Receivable and ACL (Cont.)

 

For purposes of the schedules included in this note, the Company classifies multi-family residential loans as commercial real estate.

 

The following table presents the aging of the amortized cost of loans receivable by loan category as of the date stated (in thousands):

 

   March 31, 2023 
   Current
Loans
   30-59 Days
Past Due
   60-89 Days
Past Due
   90 Days or
More Past Due
Still Accruing
   Nonaccrual   Total Loans 
Real estate loans:                              
One to four-family residential  $966,323   $802   $-   $        -   $5,748   $972,873 
Home equity   75,097    7    -    -    570    75,674 
Commercial   1,089,538    -    -    -    670    1,090,208 
Construction & land development   544,962    -    -    -    10    544,972 
Commercial & industrial loans   325,466    8,393    -    -    5,077    338,936 
Consumer loans   190,344    1,160    392    -    1,011    192,907 
Total  $3,191,730   $10,362   $392   $-   $13,086   $3,215,570 

 

   December 31, 2022 
   Current
Loans
   30-59 Days
Past Due
   60-89 Days
Past Due
   90 Days or
More
   Total Loans   Past Due 90
Days or
More & Still
Accruing
   Loans on
Nonaccrual
 
Real estate loans:                                   
One to four-family residential  $929,323   $1,449   $-   $1,664   $932,436   $         -   $5,579 
Home equity   74,008    728    490    -    75,226    -    818 
Commercial   1,007,110    4,243    -    670    1,012,023    -    670 
Construction & land development   552,375    -    -    -    552,375    -    10 
Commercial & industrial loans   246,523    38    -    800    247,361    -    5,086 
Consumer loans   193,783    1,499    436    817    196,535    -    859 
Total  $3,003,122   $7,957   $926   $3,951   $3,015,956   $-   $13,022 

 

The following table presents the amortized cost of nonaccrual loans receivable by loan category as of the date stated (in thousands):

 

   March 31, 2023   December 31, 2022 
   Nonaccrual Loans
with No ACL
   Nonaccrual Loans
with an ACL
   Total
Nonaccrual
Loans
   Incurred Loss Model -
Nonaccrual Loans
 
Real estate loans:                    
One to four-family residential  $5,369   $379   $5,748   $5,579 
Home equity   570    -    570    818 
Commercial   670    -    670    670 
Construction & land development   10    -    10    10 
Commercial & industrial loans   1,315    3,762    5,077    5,086 
Consumer loans   1,011    -    1,011    859 
Total  $8,945   $4,141   $13,086   $13,022 

 

F-18

 

 

Note 3 – Loans Receivable and ACL (Cont.)

 

The following table represents the accrued interest receivables written off by reversing interest income during the three months ended March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

 

   Three Months
Ending
 
   March 31, 2023 
Real estate loans:     
One to four-family residential  $6 
Home equity loans and lines of credit           - 
Commercial   1 
Construction & land development   - 
Commercial loans   1 
Consumer loans   1 
Total  $9 

 

Credit Quality Information

 

The Company utilizes a nine-grade internal rating system for commercial real estate, which includes multi-family residential loans, construction and land development loans, and commercial and industrial loans as follows:

 

Loans rated 1-5: Loans in these categories are considered “pass” rated loans with low to average risk.

 

Loans rated 6: Loans in this category are considered “special mention”. These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are being closely monitored by management.

 

Loans rated 7: Loans in this category are considered “substandard”. Generally, a loan is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or the collateral pledged. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected. Non-accrual residential real estate loans that are well secured (LTV<75%) are not considered to warrant a downgrade to a substandard risk rating.

 

Loans rated 8: Loans in this category are considered “doubtful”. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.

 

Loans rated 9: Loans in this category are considered uncollectible (“loss”) and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not warranted.

 

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Company reviews the accuracy of risk ratings for all commercial real estate, construction and land development loans, and commercial and industrial loans based on various ongoing performance characteristics and supporting information that is provided from time to time by commercial borrowers. Annually, the Company engages an independent third-party to review a significant portion of loans within these segments. Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process.

 

F-19

 

 

Note 3 – Loans Receivable and ACL (Cont.)

 

The following table presents the amortized cost of loans receivable by internal risk grade by year of origination as of March 31, 2023. Also presented are current period gross charge-offs by loan type and vintage year for the three months ended March 31, 2023.

 

       Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year (in thousands) 
   Risk                           Revolving     
   Rating   2023   2022   2021   2020   2019   Prior   Loans   Total 
Residential and Home Equity                                    
Grade:                                            
Pass  1 - 5   $28,831   $239,242   $215,142   $130,142   $78,570   $190,137   $165,102   $1,047,166 
Special Mention  6    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Substandard  7    -    -    -    -    -    1,301    80    1,381 
Doubtful  8    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Loss  9    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Total      $28,831   $239,242   $215,142   $130,142   $78,570   $191,438   $165,182   $1,048,547 
Current period gross charge-offs      $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $- 
                                             
Commercial Real Estate                                            
                                             
Grade:                                            
Pass  1 - 5   $25,977   $270,677   $73,671   $105,445   $107,578   $185,951   $307,778   $1,077,077 
Special Mention  6    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Substandard  7    -    7,379    -    5,277    -    475    -    13,131 
Doubtful  8    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Loss  9    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Total      $25,977   $278,056   $73,671   $110,722   $107,578   $186,426   $307,778   $1,090,208 
Current period gross charge-offs      $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $- 
                                             
Construction & Land Development                                            
                                             
Grade:                                            
Pass  1 - 5   $24,834   $293,587   $169,112   $16,526   $39,147   $-   $1,756   $544,962 
Special Mention  6    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Substandard  7    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Doubtful  8    -    -    -    -    -    10    -    10 
Loss  9    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Total      $24,834   $293,587   $169,112   $16,526   $39,147   $10   $1,756   $544,972 
Current period gross charge-offs      $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $- 
                                             
Commercial & Industrial                                            
                                             
Grade:                                            
Pass  1 - 5   $2,612   $93,521   $17,659   $8,760   $4,218   $9,344   $189,353   $325,467 
Special Mention  6    -    3,319    -    -    -    505    500    4,324 
Substandard  7    -    -    -    -    689    3,762    4,694    9,145 
Doubtful  8    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Loss  9    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Total      $2,612   $96,840   $17,659   $8,760   $4,907   $13,611   $194,547   $338,936 
Current period gross charge-offs      $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $- 
                                             
Consumer                                            
                                             
Grade:                                            
Pass  1 - 5   $565   $96,271   $60,604   $11,384   $12,080   $10,588   $1,415   $192,907 
Special Mention  6    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Substandard  7    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Doubtful  8    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Loss  9    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Total      $565   $96,271   $60,604   $11,384   $12,080   $10,588   $1,415   $192,907 
Current period gross charge-offs      $-   $258   $146   $32   $12   $187   $2   $637 
                                             
Total Loans                                            
                                             
Grade:                                            
Pass  1 - 5   $82,819   $993,298   $536,188   $272,257   $241,593   $396,020   $665,404   $3,187,579 
Special Mention  6    -    3,319    -    -    -    505    500    4,324 
Substandard  7    -    7,379    -    5,277    689    5,538    4,774    23,657 
Doubtful  8    -    -    -    -    -    10    -    10 
Loss  9    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Total      $82,819   $1,003,996   $536,188   $277,534   $242,282   $402,073   $670,678   $3,215,570 
Current period gross charge-offs      $-  $258  $146  $32  $12  $187  $2  $637 

 

F-20

 

 

Note 3 – Loans Receivable and ACL (Cont.)

 

The following table presents an analysis of the change in the ACL by major loan segment for the period stated (in thousands):

 

   For the three months ended March 31, 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One to Four
Family
Residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction &
Land Development
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial &
Industrial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unallocated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2022   3,485    258    6,538    3,846    8,255    1,403    1,243    25,028 
Impact of ASC 326 adoption   266    13    822    (246)   932    615    (1,243)   1,159 
Provision for credit losses   (373)   24    929    (53)   1,127    251    167    2,072 
Charge offs   -    -    -    -    -    (637)   -    (637)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off   -    -    12    -    -    297    -    309 
Balance, March 31, 2023  $3,378   $295   $8,301   $3,547   $10,314   $1,929   $167   $27,931 

 

There were no material changes to the assumptions, loss factors (both quantitative and qualitative), or reasonable and supportable forecasts used in the estimation of the ACL and the provision for credit losses for loans receivable as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2023.

 

The following table presents the amortized cost of collateral-dependent loans of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

 

Real estate loans:     
One to four-family residential  $1,756 
Home equity   80 
Commercial   3,335 
Construction & land development   10 
Commercial & industrial loans   9,121 
Consumer loans   - 
Total  $14,302 

 

The Company closely monitors the performance of borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to understand the effectiveness of its loan modification efforts. The Company did not modify any loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during the three months ended March 31, 2023.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses - Unfunded Commitments

 

The Company maintains an allowance for off-balance sheet credit exposures such as unfunded balances for existing lines of credit, commitments to extend future credit, as well as both standby and commercial letters of credit when there is a contractual obligation to extend credit and when this extension of credit is not unconditionally cancellable (i.e., commitment cannot be canceled at any time). The allowance for off-balance sheet credit exposures is adjusted as a provision for (reversal of) credit loss expense. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur, which is based on a historical funding study derived from internal information, and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over its estimated life, which are the same loss rates that are used in computing the allowance for credit losses on loans. The allowance for credit losses for unfunded loan commitments of $1.7 million at March 31, 2023 (none at December 31, 2022), respectively, is separately classified on the consolidated balance sheet with accrued expenses and other liabilities.

 

F-21

 

 

Note 3 – Loans Receivable and ACL (Cont.)

 

The following table presents the balance and activity in the allowance for credit losses for unfunded loan commitments for the three months ended March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

 

Balance, December 31, 2022  $- 
Adjustment to allowance for unfunded commitments for adoption of ASC 326   1,786 
(Reversal of) provision for unfunded commitments   (97)
Balance, March 31, 2023   1,689 

 

Pre-ASC 326 Adoption Disclosures

 

Prior to the adoption of ASC 326 on January 1, 2023, the Company calculated the allowance for loan losses under the incurred loss methodology. The following disclosures are presented under this previously applicable GAAP for the applicable prior periods.

 

Due to the adoption of CECL under ASC 326, two significant concepts under the incurred loss methodology disclosed below, impaired loans and troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) have been eliminated and replaced by collateral-dependent loans and modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties which were discussed in Note 1 and disclosed previously. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Under the incurred loss methodology, when a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification was considered a TDR. All TDRs were initially classified by the Company as impaired.

 

The following table presents a summary of the loan portfolio individually and collectively evaluated for impairment as of the date stated (in thousands):

 

   Real Estate                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One to Four
Family
Residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction &
Land Development
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial &
Industrial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unallocated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
December 31, 2022                                        
Allowance for loans individually evaluated for impairment  $422   $-   $-   $-   $4,998   $-   $-   $5,420 
Allowance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment   3,063    258    6,538    3,846    3,257    1,403    1,243    19,608
Total Allowance for Loan Loss  $3,485   $258   $6,538   $3,846   $8,255   $1,403   $1,243   $25,028 
Loans individually evaluated for impairment  $1,809   $80   $3,360   $10   $9,121   $-   $-   $14,380 
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment   930,627    75,146    1,008,663    552,365    238,240    196,535    -    3,001,576 
Total Loans  $932,436   $75,226   $1,012,023   $552,375   $247,361   $196,535   $-   $3,015,956 

 

F-22

 

 

Note 3 – Loans Receivable and ACL (Cont.)

 

The following tables presents a summary of impaired loans as of the date stated (in thousands):

 

   Unpaid   Recorded   Related     
   Principal   Investment in   Allowance for   Net Impaired 
   Balance   Impaired Loans   Loan Losses   Loan Balance 
December 31, 2022                    
Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:                    
Real estate:                    
One to four-family residential  $1,912   $1,387   $-   $1,387 
Home equity   80    80    -    80 
Commercial real estate   9,178    3,360    -    3,360 
Construction & land development   640    10    -    10 
Commercial & industrial   2,669    874    -    874 
Consumer   -    -    -    - 
Total   14,479    5,711    -    5,711 
Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:                    
Real estate:                    
One to four-family residential   422    422    422    - 
Home equity   -    -    -    - 
Commercial real estate   -    -    -    - 
Construction & land development   -    -    -    - 
Commercial & industrial   8,247    8,247    4,998    3,249 
Consumer   -    -    -    - 
Total   8,669    8,669    5,420    3,249 
Total impaired loans:                    
Real estate:                    
One to four-family residential   2,334    1,809    422    1,387 
Home equity   80    80    -    80 
Commercial real estate   9,178    3,360    -    3,360 
Construction & land development   640    10    -    10 
Commercial & industrial   10,916    9,121    4,998    4,123 
Consumer   -    -    -    - 
Total impaired loans  $23,148   $14,380   $5,420   $8,960 

 

Additional information about impaired loans is as follows for the period stated (in thousands):

 

   Three Months Ending
 
   March 31, 2022 
Average recorded investment in impaired loans during the year  $13,806 
Related amount of interest income recognized during the time in the year that the loans were impaired:     
Total recognized  $132 
Amount recognized using a cash-basis method of accounting  $10 

 

F-23

 

 

Note 3 – Loans Receivable and ACL (Cont.)

 

The following table summarizes the carrying balance of troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) as of December 31, 2022 (in thousands):

 

Performing TDRs  $8,304 
Nonperforming TDRs   3,762 
   $12,066 

 

There were no loans modified as TDRs and no TDRs that defaulted in the first twelve months after restructuring during the three months ended March 31, 2022.

 

The following table presents an analysis of the change in the allowance for loan losses by loan type for the period stated (in thousands):

 

   For the three months ended March 31, 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One to Four
Family
Residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction &
Land Development
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial &
Industrial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unallocated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2021  $3,016   $175   $4,449   $3,467   $5,749   $109   $1,450   $18,415 
Provision for loan losses   (55)   (5)   474    163    414    335    (926)   400 
Charge offs   -    -    -    -    -    (25)   -    (25)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off   33    -    12    -    -    -    -    45 
Balance, March 31, 2022  $2,994   $170   $4,935   $3,630   $6,163   $419   $524   $18,835 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s loans by risk rating category as of the date stated (in thousands):

 

   Risk   Residential and   Commercial   Construction &   Commercial &       Total  
   Rating   Home Equity   Real Estate   Land Development   Industrial   Consumer  

Loans

 
December 31, 2022                                  
Grade:                                  
Pass  1 - 5   $1,006,275   $998,788   $552,365   $232,742   $196,535   $2,986,705 
Special Mention  6    -    13,235    -    5,474    -    18,709 
Substandard  7    1,387    -    -    9,145    -    10,532 
Doubtful  8    -    -    10    -    -    10 
Loss  9    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Total      $1,007,662   $1,012,023   $552,375   $247,361   $196,535   $3,015,956 

 

Note 4 – Lease Commitments

 

The Company is the lessee under seven building and land lease agreements for branch locations in Dedham, Dover, Ashland, Millis, Medford, Natick and Mission Hill. The Company’s operating leases have remaining lease terms of 12 to 25 years, some of which include options to extend the leases for up to 10 years. In addition to the rental amounts, the Company is responsible for its share of utilities.

 

F-24

 

 

Note 4 – Lease Commitments (Cont.)

 

The Company follows ASC 842, “Leases”, whereby all of its existing branch leases agreements have been recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in prepaid expenses and other assets as “right of use assets”, with offsetting “operating lease liabilities” in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

 

The following is a summary of the recorded lease right-of-use assets for all of the above-mentioned lease agreements as of the dates stated (in thousands):

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2023   2022 
Operating lease right-of-use assets  $11,540   $11,540 
Less accumulated amortization   (669)   (563)
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net  $10,871   $10,977 
Operating lease liabilities  $10,982   $11,049 
Weighted average remaining term (years)   20    20 
Weighted average discount rate   4.38%   4.38%

 

The future minimum lease payments under the terms of the above leases at March 31, 2023, along with the recorded present value of the lease obligations, are as follows:

 

   (in thousands) 
Nine months ending December 31, 2023  $568 
Year ending December 31, 2024   777 
Year ending December 31, 2025   802 
Year ending December 31, 2026   810 
Year ending December 31, 2027   827 
Thereafter   13,727 
   $17,511 
Less unamortized discount   (6,529)
Recorded present value of lease obligations  $10,982 

 

The Company has included in its recorded lease obligations and right-of-use assets any of the available lease extension options permitted under the agreements for branch locations as management can be reasonably certain under lease accounting criteria that the options will be exercised. Required payments for real estate taxes, insurance, utilities and management fees are not included in the recorded lease obligations and assets since they are variable payments that do not depend on a specified index or rate and they are recorded to expense as they are incurred. Any increases in lease payments as a result of changes in the CPI are charged to lease expense. Common area maintenance charges under the agreements are not considered in the lease payments since they represent a service provided to the Company and, as such, they are recorded to expense as incurred. The discount rates imputed on the lease obligations range from 3.01% to 5.29%, which represented the Company’s incremental borrowing rates for similar length terms as the applicable leases.

 

Total lease expense for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 approximated $235,000 and $147,000, respectively.

 

F-25

 

 

Note 5 – Deposits

 

A comparative summary of deposits is as follows as of the dates stated (in thousands):

 

  March 31,
2023
   December 
31, 2022
 
Transactional accounts:          
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  $516,771   $445,518 
Savings accounts   145,768    163,257 
Now accounts   384,245    408,894 
Money market accounts   763,595    659,455 
Total transactional accounts   1,810,379    1,677,124 
Time deposits:          
Greater than $250,000   444,517    415,860 
Less than or equal to $250,000   885,943    793,759 
Total time deposits   1,330,460    1,209,619 
   $3,140,839   $2,886,743 

 

Contractual maturities of time deposits are as follows (in thousands):

 

   March 31,
2023
   December 
31, 2022
 
Within 1 year  $1,276,660   $1,022,891 
Over 1 year to 2 years   33,418    160,545 
Over 2 years to 3 years   8,813    11,137 
Over 3 years to 4 years   4,159    5,937 
Over 4 years to 5 years   7,410    9,109 
   $1,330,460   $1,209,619 

 

Included in time deposits are brokered certificates of deposit of approximately $250 million at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

 

There are no customers that exceed 5% of total deposits at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

 

Note 6 – Borrowings

 

Federal Home Loan Bank – Borrowings from the FHLB are secured by a blanket lien on qualified collateral, defined principally by pledging a specified percentage of the carrying value of owner and non-owner occupied first mortgage loans secured by one to four-family properties and commercial real estate loans, including multifamily loans ($1.2 billion at March 31, 2023). Total additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB based upon collateral pledged, approximates $631 million at March 31, 2023. Additionally, in order to further secure these borrowings with the FHLB, the Company is also required to invest in the stock of the FHLB.

 

F-26

 

 

Note 6 – Borrowings (Cont.)

 

Maturities on outstanding borrowings from the FHLB as of December 31 are summarized by year as follows:

 

  March 31, 2023   December 31, 2022 
    Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
   Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
 
        (dollars In thousands)      
Advances maturing within:                    
One year  $160,073    4.93%  $293,075    4.27%
One to two years   6    2.80    7    2.80 
   $160,079    4.93%  $293,082    4.27%

 

The Company also has a line of credit from the FHLB Ideal Way in the amount of $6,058,000 at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. The Company has no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at March 31, 2023 or December 31, 2022.

 

Interest expense on the above FHLB borrowings approximated $2,506,000 and $2,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

The Federal Reserve Bank – The Company has a line of credit agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston for usage of the discount window. The terms of the agreement call for the pledging of certain assets for any and all obligations of the Company under the agreement (see Note 2). At March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 there were no borrowings outstanding under this agreement.

 

Interest Rate Swap Contracts – The Company is party to an International Swap and Derivative Association (ISDA) interest rate swap contract of $50 million with a financial institution (“counterparty”) to manage its exposure to interest rate changes previously associated with $50 million of FHLB borrowings. The swap was modified during 2021 to manage its exposure to interest rates by replacing the FHLB borrowings with $50 million of brokered certificates of deposit (representing the notional amount of the swap contract). The swap contract qualifies as a cash flow hedge and, accordingly, the Company records the fair value of the contract on its consolidated balance sheet as an asset or liability, with an offset to accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), net of income tax impacts, and with changes reflected in other comprehensive income.

 

The effect of the swap contract is to limit the interest rate exposure on the brokered certificates of deposits to a fixed rate (2.53%) versus the three-month LIBOR. In accordance with the swap agreement, the interest charge is calculated based upon the LIBOR and the fixed rate. If interest as calculated is greater based on the LIBOR, the counterparty pays the difference to the Company. However, if interest as calculated is greater based on the fixed rates, the Company pays the difference to the counterparty.

 

Depending on the fluctuations in the LIBOR, the Company's interest rate exposure and its related impact on interest expense and net cash flow could increase or decrease. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement is the estimated amount the Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreement at a particular point in time, considering current interest rates and the creditworthiness of the counterparty. The estimated fair value of the interest rate swap contract is provided by a third-party valuation expert.

 

At March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the fair value of the swap contract is estimated to be an asset of approximately $50,000 and $321,000, respectively, which are reflected as prepaid expenses and other assets, in the Company's accompanying consolidated balance sheets. An unrealized gain on the swap contract of approximately $36,000 and $231,000 at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, net of income tax effects, is recorded in AOCI in the consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

 

F-27

 

 

Note 6 – Borrowings (Cont.)

 

This financial instrument involves counterparty credit exposure. The counterparty for the interest rate exchange is a major financial institution that meets the Company’s criteria for financial stability and creditworthiness. In order to mitigate counterparty default risk, should there be a significant difference in the market value of the swap components and/or the projected net interest payments, the Company or the counterparty could demand that collateral be pledged to cover the difference on each swap contract. The Company is required to maintain $282,000 and $500,000 of collateral deposits with the counterparty at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

 

The swap agreement resulted in a credit to the Company’s interest expense of approximately $270,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and an additional charge of $288,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 (included with interest expense on deposits). This swap contract matured during April of 2023.

 

Note 7 – Employee Benefits

 

Employee Pension Plan – The Company provides pension benefits through a defined benefit plan maintained with CBERA. The Company’s Plan assets and liabilities are pooled together with those of other financial institutions; therefore, the Company is not required to recognize the funded status of the plan in its balance sheet and need only accrue for any quarterly contributions due and payable on demand, or any withdrawal liabilities assessed by CBERA if the Company intended to withdraw from the Plan, which is not the Company’s intention at the present time.

 

The Company’s participation in the CBERA Plan C defined benefit plan for three months ended March 31 is summarized below:

 

               Bank's Contributions for    
               the Three Months    
      Pension Protect Act Zone Status     Ended March 31    
Pension Fund  EIN/Plan Number  March 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  FIP/RP Status Pending / Implemented  2023   2022   Surcharge Imposed
The Defined Benefit Plan (Plan C) of the CBERA Retirement Program  EIN: 04-6035593; Plan No. 334  Green  Green  No  $500,000   $500,000   No

  

The Company's contributions to the Plan in each of the three years disclosed above exceeded 5% of the total plan contributions.

 

Director Pension Plan – The Company has a director defined benefit pension plan, covering substantially all directors who have met the plan’s vesting requirements. The Company’s liabilities for the director pension plan are calculated by an independent actuary who used the “projected unit credit” actuarial method to determine the normal cost and actuarial liability.

 

The following schedule reflects the net periodic pension cost, contributions received, and benefits paid for the three months ended March 31:

 

   2023   2022 
         
   (In thousands) 
Service cost  $65   $58 
Interest cost   66    29 
Amortization of net actuarial losses   20    21 
Amortization of prior service costs   122    14 
Net periodic pension cost  $273   $122 
Employer contribution  $101   $21 
Benefits paid  $101   $21 

 

F-28

 

 

Note 7 – Employee Benefits (Cont.)

 

The Company records an estimate of net periodic pension cost for the director pension plan to accrued retirement liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet on a quarterly basis. Equity adjustments, to accumulated other comprehensive loss, in conjunction with the pension plan are recorded by the Company annually upon receipt of the independent actuarial report.

 

Note 8 – Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Effective January 1, 2020, the federal banking agencies published a final rule on a Community Bank Leverage Ratio (“CBLR”) Framework that provides a simplified measure of capital adequacy for qualified community banking organizations. Management has determined that the Company meets the standards to qualify under the CBLR framework and opted into this framework for FDIC call reporting purposes during 2020. Under the CBLR framework, a bank that maintains a community bank leverage capital ratio of 9% (defined as Tier 1 capital divided by total average assets) is considered to have satisfied its capital requirements, determined to be well-capitalized, and will no longer be required to calculate risk-based capital ratios. As of March 31, 2023 the Bank met the minimum requirement with a community bank leverage capital ratio of 10.1%.

 

As of December 31, 2022, the Company did not meet the requirement for the CBLR framework due to its unfunded loan commitments being over 25% of its capital for more than two consecutive quarters. As a result, the Company operated under the risk-based framework for the year ended December 31, 2022. Under this framework, quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total Capital, Tier I Capital and Common Equity Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets, and Tier I Capital to Total Average Assets (as defined in the regulations). As of December 31, 2022, the Bank was categorized as well capitalized under this regulatory framework for prompt corrective action as presented in the table below.

 

                   To be well capitalized 
           For minimum capital   under prompt corrective 
   Actual   adequacy purposes   action provisions 
   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio 
   (dollars In thousands) 
December 31, 2022                              
Total Capital
 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
  $382,417    11.3%  $271,323    8.0%  $339,153    10.0%
Tier I Capital 
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)
  $357,389    10.5%  $203,492    6.0%  $271,323    8.0%
Common Equity Tier I Capital 
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)
  $357,389    10.5%  $152,619    4.5%  $220,450    6.5%
Tier I Capital 
(to Total Average Assets)
  $357,389    10.5%  $136,311    4.0%  $170,389    5.0%

 

The Company’s consolidated capital ratios are consistent with the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios as reported above for March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

 

F-29

 

 

Note 9 – Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Off-Balance Sheet Risk – The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, to disburse funds to borrowers on unused construction and land development loans, and to disburse funds on committed but unused lines of credit. These financial agreements involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

Commitments to originate loans and disburse additional funds to borrowers on lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments, is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The commitments to originate loans and lines of credit may expire without being funded or drawn upon; therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represents off-balance sheet credit risk and are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets consist of the following at the dates stated:

 

   March 31,
2023
   December 31,
2022
 
   (In thousands) 
Commitments to originate loans  $177,180   $480,503 
Unadvanced portions of construction loans  $79,075   $56,905 
Unadvanced funds on home equity lines of credit  $147,190   $138,316 
Unadvanced funds on commercial lines of credit  $784,968   $527,954 
Letters of credit  $6,886   $6,106 

 

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk – The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, investment securities, loans receivable, bank owned life insurance, borrowings, deposits and derivative financial instruments.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - The Company's cash and due from bank accounts are maintained in high credit quality financial institutions. At times, such amounts on deposit at any one financial institution may be in excess of the FDIC insurance limits. At March 31, 2023, based on bank balances, the Company has approximately $214,000 on deposit in excess of federal-insured limits.

 

At March 31, 2023, the Company has approximately $655,000 of uninsured investments in Federal Funds sold, which are obligations of the Federal Reserve.

 

Marketable Securities Available for Sale - The Company’s marketable investment securities at March 31, 2023 consist entirely of debt securities, primarily U.S. Treasury Securities, Corporate Bonds, Municipal Obligations and other Agency Mortgage-Backed Obligations. A full summary of the Company’s marketable debt securities, which approximate $244.9 million and are classified as available for sale, is presented in Note 2.

 

Loans Receivable – The Company’s most significant group of assets is its loan portfolio of over $3.1 billion, which represents approximately 86% of its total assets. The majority of the Company’s loans, 61%, are considered commercial loans and 33% are considered residential real estate loans granted to customers in the metro-west area of Boston. Most customers are also depositors of the Bank. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 3 to these financial statements.

 

F-30

 

 

Note 9 – Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk (Cont.)

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance - The cash surrender values of bank owned life insurance policies approximates $49.4 million at March 31, 2023, and relate to policies maintained with four reputable and sound life insurance companies.

 

Deposits – At March 31, 2023, $279.3 million (9% of total deposits) of the Company’s deposit obligations are with customers in the cannabis industry.

 

Borrowings – At March 31, 2023, all of the Company’s borrowings approximating $160.1 million (5% of total liabilities) are with the FHLB.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments - The Company is party to an ISDA interest rate swap contract of $50 million with a financial institution. The Company’s other derivative contracts, including collateral deposits, are held with several financial institution counterparties.

 

Note 10 – Fair Value Measurements

 

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company records fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and determines fair value disclosures utilizing a definition of fair value of assets and liabilities that states that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value is best determined using quoted market prices, however additional considerations are involved to determine the fair value of financial assets in markets that are not active. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available to management.

 

Generally accepted accounting principles establish a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value, and gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

Level 1 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets.

 

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data and are significant to the fair value measurement of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs include fair value measurements that use pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.

 

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements.

 

Investment securities - Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities would include highly liquid government bonds (such as US Treasuries), mortgage products and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities would include U.S. agency securities, mortgage-backed agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, and certain corporate, asset-backed and other securities. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The carrying value of restricted FRB and FHLB stock approximates fair value based upon the redemption provisions of each entity and is therefore excluded from the following table.

 

F-31

 

 

Note 10 – Fair Value Measurements (Cont.)

 

Derivative arrangements - The fair values of derivative arrangements are estimated by the Company using a third-party derivative valuation expert who relies on Level 2 inputs, namely interest cash flow models to determine a fair value by calculating a settlement termination value with the counterparty.

 

Assets measured and reported at estimated fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

 

   March 31, 2023 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Fair Value 
       (In Thousands)     
Assets - Available-for-sale securities                    
U.S. Treasury securities  $109,490   $-   $-   $109,490 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   -    12,105    -    12,105 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   -    2,935    -    2,935 
Corporate bonds   -    89,406    9,000    98,406 
Municipal obligations   -    21,981    -    21,981 
   $109,490   $126,427   $9,000   $244,917 
Interest rate swap (cash flow hedge)  $-   $50   $-   $50 
Derivative assets  $-   $25,083   $-   $25,083 
Liabilities:                    
Derivative liabilities  $-   $25,095   $-   $25,095 

 

   December 31, 2022 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Fair Value 
       (In Thousands)     
Assets - Available-for-sale securities                    
U.S. Treasury securities  $106,801   $-   $-   $106,801 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   -    12,141    -    12,141 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   -    3,073    -    3,073 
Corporate bonds   -    92,807    9,000    101,807 
Municipal obligations   -    21,658    -    21,658 
   $106,801   $129,679   $9,000   $245,480 
Interest rate swap (cash flow hedge)  $-   $321   $-   $321 
Derivative assets  $-   $31,483   $-   $31,483 
Liabilities:                    
Derivative liabilities  $-   $31,492   $-   $31,492 

 

The Company purchased $3 million in level 3 subordinated debentures during the three months ended March 31, 2022 (no purchases during the period ended March 31, 2023). There were no sales, transfers or changes in fair value of level 3 assets during the period ended March 31, 2023 or 2022.

 

The Company may also be required from time to time to measure certain other assets on a non-recurring basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Any adjustments to fair value usually result in write-downs of individual assets.

 

Collateral-Dependent Loans - Collateral-dependent loans with specific reserves are carried at fair value, which equals the estimated market value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. A loan may have multiple types of collateral; however, the majority of the Company’s loan collateral is real estate. The value of real estate collateral is generally determined utilizing a market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using observable market data (Level 2). However, if the collateral value is significantly adjusted due to differences in the comparable properties or is discounted by the Company because of lack of marketability, then the fair value is considered Level 3. The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal if deemed significant or the net book value on the applicable borrower’s financial statements if not considered significant. Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivables collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3). Fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-32

 

 

Note 10 – Fair Value Measurements (Cont.)

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights – Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active market with readily observable market data. As a result, the Company estimates the fair value of mortgage servicing rights by using a discounted cash flow model to calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model are those that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income. Assumptions in the valuation of mortgage servicing rights may include estimated loan repayment rates, the discount rate, servicing costs, and the timing of cash flows, among other factors. The Company measures mortgage servicing rights accounted for using the amortization method as nonrecurring Level 3.

 

The Company had no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

Assets measured and reported at estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:

 

   March 31, 2023 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Fair Value 
   (In Thousands) 
Collateral-dependent loans  $-   $-   $8,925   $8,925 
Mortgage servicing rights  $-   $-   $2,230   $2,230 

 

   December 31, 2022 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Fair Value 
   (In Thousands) 
Impaired Loans - Pre-ASC 326  $-   $-   $8,960   $8,960 
Mortgage servicing rights  $-   $-   $2,298   $2,298 

 

For Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows:

 

        Significant   Significant
  Valuation     Observable   Unobservable
  Technique     Inputs   Inputs
Collateral-dependent (previously known as impaired loans) Appraisal Value/Comparison Sales     Appraisals and/or sales of comparable properties   Appraisals discounted 5 to 20% for sales commission and other holding costs
             
Mortgage servicing rights Discounted Cash Flows     Comparable sales  

Weighted average discount rate - 8%

Constant prepayment rate - 5%

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - The following table includes the estimated fair value of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities measured on a recurring and nonrecurring basis are discussed above. The methodologies for estimating the fair value for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data in order to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented below are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation techniques may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts at March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

 

F-33

 

 

Note 10 – Fair Value Measurements (Cont.)

 

The following tables present the estimated fair values, related carrying amounts, and valuation level of the financial instruments as of the dates stated:

 

   March 31, 2023 
           Fair Value Measurements 
(Dollars in thousands)  Carrying Value   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 
Financial Assets                         
Cash and cash equivalents  $91,871   $91,871   $91,871   $   $ 
Non-public investments   10,174    10,174            10,174 
Loans receivable, net   3,186,078    3,116,499            3,116,499 
Accrued interest receivable   11,657    11,657        11,657     
Bank owned life insurance   49,377    49,377        49,377     
Financial Liabilities                         
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  $516,771   $516,771   $516,771   $   $ 
Savings, NOW and money markets   1,293,608    1,293,608        1,293,608     
Time deposits   1,330,460    1,320,492            1,320,492 
FHLB borrowings   160,079    160,074        160,074     

 

   December 31, 2022 
           Fair Value Measurements 
(Dollars in thousands)  Carrying Value   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 
Financial Assets                         
Cash and cash equivalents  $156,546   $156,545   $156,545   $   $ 
Non-public investments   10,592    10,592            10,592 
Loans receivable, net   2,990,417    2,928,734            2,928,734 
Accrued interest receivable   10,837    10,837        10,837     
Bank owned life insurance   49,006    49,006        49,006     
Financial Liabilities                         
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  $445,518   $445,518   $445,518   $   $ 
Savings, NOW and money markets   1,231,606    1,231,606        1,231,606     
Time deposits   1,209,619    1,194,871            1,194,871 
FHLB borrowings   293,082    293,056        293,056     

 

Cash and cash equivalents - The carrying amount approximates fair value for these instruments.

 

Non-public investments - Non-public investments are carried at original cost basis, as cost or accounted for using the equity method. This approximates fair value as there is no ready market for such investments.

 

Loans receivable, net - Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics if collateral dependent. Loans are segregated by type. The fair value of performing loans is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect observable market information incorporating the credit, liquidity, yield and other risks inherent in the loan. The estimate of maturity is based upon the Company’s historical experience with repayments for each loan classification, modified, as required, by an estimate of the effect of the current economic and lending conditions. Fair value for significant non-performing loans is generally based upon recent external appraisals. If appraisals are not available, estimated cash flows are discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash flows. Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows and discounted rates are judgmentally determined using available market information and specific borrower information.

 

Accrued interest receivable - The carrying amount approximates fair value for these instruments.

 

Bank owned life insurance - Bank owned life insurance is carried at net cash surrender value of the polices which approximates fair value since that is the approximate liquidation value of these assets.

 

Deposits - The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity date, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW and money market accounts, is based on the carrying value. The fair value of time deposits is based upon the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

F-34

 

 

Note 10 – Fair Value Measurements (Cont.)

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings - Fair value is estimated based on discounted cash flows using current market rates for borrowing with similar terms.

 

Note 11 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities

 

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives – The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s assets and liabilities.

 

Fair Value Hedges of Interest Rate Risk –The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its pools of pre-payable fixed-rate assets due to changes in benchmark interest rates. The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to changes in the fair value of these instruments attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate. Interest rate swap agreements designated as fair value hedges involve the payment of fixed-rate amounts to a counterparty in exchange for the Company receiving variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount.

 

For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in interest income.

 

The Company had previously entered into two “last of layer hedges” on a significant portion of its fixed rate residential loan pool. These amounts include the amortized cost basis of closed portfolios used to designate hedging relationships in which the hedged item is the last layer expected to remain at the end of the hedging relationship.

 

During September 2021, the Company terminated these last of layer hedges by paying out $2.15 million to the respective third parties. These fees were capitalized into loans receivable and are being amortized against loan income over the contractual lives of the remaining designated residential loans. The unamortized amount of this cost basis adjustment is $1.2 million at both March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

 

Non-designated Hedges – Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and are used to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements and other identified risks but do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements and/or the Company has not elected to apply hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships, exclusive of credit valuation adjustments, are recorded directly in earnings.

 

The Company executes interest rate swap and cap agreements with commercial banking customers to facilitate its respective risk management strategies. Those interest rate swap and cap agreements are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps and caps that are executed with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As of March 31, 2023, the Company had 36 interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $260.1 million related to this program. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had 36 interest rate swap agreements and one interest rate cap agreement with an aggregate notional amount of $263.9 million related to this program.

 

F-35

 

 

Note 11 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Cont.)

 

Risk Participation Agreements – Risk Participation Agreements (RPAs) are guarantees issued by the Company to other parties for a fee, whereby the Company agrees to participate in the credit risk of a derivative customer of the other party. Under the terms of these agreements, the “participating bank” receives a fee from the “lead bank” in exchange for the guarantee of reimbursement if the customer defaults on an interest rate swap. The interest rate swap is transacted such that any and all exchanges of interest payments (favorable and unfavorable) are made between the lead bank and the customer. In the event that an early termination of the swap occurs, and the customer is unable to make a required close out payment, the participating bank assumes that obligation and is required to make this payment. RPAs where the Company acts as the lead bank are referred to as “participations-out,” in reference to the credit risk associated with the customer derivatives being transferred out of the Company. Participations-out generally occur concurrently with the sale of new customer derivatives. RPAs where the Company acts as the participating bank are referred to as “participations-in,” in reference to the credit risk associated with the counterparty’s derivatives being assumed by the Company. The Company’s maximum credit exposure is based on its proportionate share of the settlement amount of the referenced interest rate swap. Settlement amounts are generally calculated based on the fair value of the swap plus outstanding accrued interest receivable from the customer. As of March 31, 2023, the Company had 9 RPAs with an aggregate notional amount of $32.1 million related to this program (8 RPAs with an aggregate notional amount of $31.4 million at December 31, 2022). These RPAs all represent “participations-in” and generally have terms ranging from five to ten years.

 

Tabular Disclosure of Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Balance Sheet – The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments not designated as hedging instruments, as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets as of the dates stated (in thousands):

 

  Asset
Derivatives (1)
   Liability
Derivatives (2)
 
March 31, 2023          
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:          
Interest rate products  $25,083   $25,083 
RPA credit contracts   -    12 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments  $25,083   $25,095 
December 31, 2022          
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:          
Interest rate products  $31,483   $31,483 
RPA credit contracts   -    9 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments  $31,483   $31,492 

 

(1) Recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets
(2) Recorded in accrued expenses and other liablities in the consolidated balance sheets

 

The table below presents the financial impact of the Company’s derivative financial instruments not designated as hedges to the consolidated statements of income, caused by changes in fair value and default termination fees paid on the swap arrangements for the three months ended March 31 (in thousands):

 

   Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized  Three months ended March 31 
   in Income on Derivative  2023   2022 
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:             
RPA credit contracts-fair value adjustments  Other non-interest income  $(3)  $7 

 

Swap contract fees, net of brokerage costs, recognized in earnings on the above noted interest rate products and RPA contracts approximated $110,000 and $450,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

F-36

 

 

Note 11 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Cont.)

 

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults (or is capable of being declared in default) on any of its indebtedness, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations, and it could be required to terminate its derivative positions with the counterparty. The Company also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision whereby if the counterparty fails to maintain its status as a well-capitalized institution, then the Company could be required to terminate its derivative positions with the counterparty. In order to mitigate counterparty default risk in conjunction with these interest rate products and RPA credit contracts, the Company was required to maintain $8.8 million of collateral deposit accounts with the counterparties to these agreements at March 31, 2023 ($8.6 million required at December 31, 2022).

 

Note 12 – Other Comprehensive Income

 

The components of the Company’s “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”, along with the changes during the dates stated (net of deferred income tax effects), are as follows (in thousands):

 

   Unrealized Gain   Director   Unrealized Gain   Total Accumulated 
   (Loss) on AFS   Pension   (Loss) on Cash   Other Comprehensive 
   Securities   Plan   Flow Hedge   Income (Loss) 
Balances at December 31, 2021  $(639)  $(749)  $(884)  $(2,272)
Other comprehensive income (losses), net of taxes   (6,079)   -    655    (5,424)
Balances at March 31, 2022   (6,718)   (749)   (229)   (7,696)
Balances at December 31, 2022  $(13,739)  $(893)  $231   $(14,401)
Other comprehensive income (losses), net of taxes   1,283    -    (195)   1,088 
Balances at March 31, 2023  $(12,456)  $(893)  $36  $(13,313)

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the changes in the components of “other comprehensive income” and the reclassifications out of “accumulated other comprehensive income” (in thousands):

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 
       Tax     
   Before-Tax   (Expense)   After-Tax 
   Amount   Benefit   Amount 
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on AFS Securities:               
Unrealized holding losses arising during the year  $(8,182)  $2,103   $(6,079)
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedge:               
Unrealized holding gains arising during the year   909    (254)   655 
Total other comprehensive loss  $(7,273)  $1,849   $(5,424)

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 2023 
       Tax     
   Before-Tax   (Expense)   After-Tax 
   Amount   Benefit   Amount 
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on AFS Securities:               
Unrealized holding gains arising during the year  $1,713   $(430)  $1,283 
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedge:               
Unrealized holding losses arising dhring the year   (271)   76    (195)
Total other comprehensive income  $1,442   $(354)  $1,088 

 

F-37

 

 

Note 13 – Litigation Matters

 

Various legal claims arise from time to time in the normal course of business which, in the opinion of management, will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 14 – Purchase and Assumption Agreement

 

On January 14, 2022, Needham Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with Eastern Bank for the transfer of Eastern Bank’s cannabis and money service banking businesses. As part of the agreement, customer relationships transitioned to Needham Bank on April 1, 2022. The Eastern Bank team that served this customer base transitioned to Needham Bank and are now employed at the Company’s new branch location in Medford, therefore the Company treated this as a business combination. Approximately $297.7 million in deposits transitioned from Eastern Bank to Needham Bank. Also, as a result of this transaction Needham Bank recognized a core deposit intangible of approximately $1.5 million as well as a corresponding after-tax bargain purchase gain of approximately $1.1 million. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over a 10-year period resulting in an annual amortization expense of $149,000.

 

Note 15 – Employee Retention Tax Credit Claims

 

During the first quarter of 2023, the Company made a determination that it was eligible to claim Employee Retention Tax Credits (ERTC) in the form of refunds of certain federal employment taxes as authorized and established under the CARES Act. As a result, in 2023 the Company filed amended employment tax returns for certain periods in 2021 to claim refunds related to the ERTC in the approximate amount of $3.5 million. At March 31, 2023 a receivable was recorded for this amount on the Company’s balance sheet (included in “prepaid expenses and other assets”) via a credit to non-interest income in the 2023 statement of income. The full amount is outstanding as of March 31, 2023. Eligibility and qualification to file a claim for the ERTC is self-determined. Regardless of whether ERTC claims are pending payment by the IRS or have already been received by the taxpayer, Congress has extended the time by which the IRS could audit ERTC claims from three years to five.

 

F-38

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors of NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements and schedules (collectively, the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Elliott Davis, LLC

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2023.

 

Columbia, South Carolina 

June 9, 2023

 

F-39

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

 

As of December 31

(In Thousands)

 

   2022   2021 
Assets          
           
Cash and due from banks  $131,073   $457,181 
Federal funds sold   25,472    9,869 
           
Total cash and cash equivalents   156,545    467,050 
           
Investment securities:          
Available for sale, at fair value   245,480    259,750 
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $25,028 and $18,415 at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively   2,990,417    2,086,341 
Accrued interest receivable   10,837    7,538 
Banking premises and equipment, net   35,344    29,208 
Depositors Insurance Fund   139    139 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock   13,182    2,286 
Federal Reserve Bank stock   8,104    7,596 
Non-public investments   10,592    4,286 
Bank owned life insurance   49,006    25,651 
Prepaid expenses and other assets   57,167    26,452 
Income tax refunds receivable   4,134    - 
Deferred income tax asset   11,388    6,374 
   $3,592,335   $2,922,671 
           
Liabilities and Equity          
           
Deposits  $2,886,743   $2,564,538 
Mortgagors' escrow accounts   4,064    3,650 
FHLB borrowings   293,082    256 
Accrued income taxes   -    15 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities   52,399    20,188 
Accrued retirement liabilities   11,982    7,895 
           
Total liabilities   3,248,270    2,596,542 
           
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 12, 14 & 16)          
           
Equity:          
Retained earnings   358,466    328,401 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (14,401)   (2,272)
    344,065    326,129 
           
   $3,592,335   $2,922,671 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-40

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

For the Years Ended December 31

(In Thousands)

 

   2022   2021 
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME          
Interest and fees on loans  $113,760   $85,873 
Interest on investment securities   4,954    3,738 
Interest and dividends on cash equivalents and other   1,798    1,030 
    120,512    90,641 
INTEREST EXPENSE          
Interest on deposits   12,689    10,590 
Interest on borrowings   2,859    2,040 
    15,548    12,630 
           
NET INTEREST INCOME   104,964    78,011 
           
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES   6,700    2,050 
          
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER LOAN LOSS PROVISION   98,264    75,961 
           
NON INTEREST INCOME          
Gain from bargain purchase and assumption agreement   1,070    - 
Customer service fees   5,138    3,413 
Increase in cash surrender value of BOLI   1,157    400 
Realized net gains on sales of securities   -    481 
Gain on sale of banking premises and equipment   -    496 
Mortgage banking income   595    1,830 
Swap contract income   1,262    1,988 
Other income   53    46 
    9,275    8,654 
OPERATING EXPENSES          
Salaries and employee benefits   47,466    38,046 
Director and professional service fees   4,758    3,713 
Occupancy and equipment expenses   4,354    3,845 
Data processing expenses   5,657    4,814 
Marketing and charitable contribution expenses   3,404    2,822 
FDIC and state insurance assessments   1,829    1,398 
General and administrative expenses   3,683    2,345 
    71,151    56,983 
           
INCOME BEFORE TAXES   36,388    27,632 
           
INCOME TAXES   6,323    6,057 
           
NET INCOME  $30,065   $21,575 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-41

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

For the Years Ended December 31

(In Thousands)

 

   2022   2021 
NET INCOME  $30,065   $21,575 
           
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSSES):          
Unrealized Losses on AFS Securities   (17,657)   (4,968)
Changes in Director Pension Plan Benefits   (200)   (520)
Unrealized Holding Gains on Cash Flow Hedge   1,548    1,817 
           
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS, BEFORE TAX PROVISIONS   (16,309)   (3,671)
           
INCOME TAX PROVISIONS   4,180    908 
           
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS, AFTER TAX PROVISIONS   (12,129)   (2,763)
           
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  $17,936   $18,812 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-42

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

 

For the Years Ended December 31

(In Thousands)

 

       Accumulated Other     
   Retained   Comprehensive   Total 
   Earnings   Income (Loss)   Equity 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2020  $306,826   $491   $307,317 
NET INCOME   21,575    -    21,575 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS   -    (2,763)   (2,763)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2021   328,401    (2,272)   326,129 
NET INCOME   30,065    -    30,065 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS   -    (12,129)   (12,129)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2022  $358,466   $(14,401)  $344,065 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-43

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

For the Years Ended December 31

(In Thousands)

 

   2022   2021 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES          
Net income  $30,065   $21,575 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:          
Net amortization of investment securities   71    102 
Gain from bargain purchase and assumption agreement   (1,070)   - 
Amortization of core deposit intangible   111    - 
Realized net gains on sales of securities   -    (481)
Provision for loan losses   6,700    2,050 
Loan hedge fair value adjustments, including amortization   502    3,443 
Change in net deferred loan origination fees   2,522    (367)
Mortgage loans originated for sale   (1,840)   (73,155)
Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans held for sale   1,887    74,403 
Gain on sale of mortgage loans   (47)   (1,248)
Depreciation and amortization expense   2,363    2,100 
Gain on sale of banking premises and equipment   -    (496)
Increase in cash surrender values of bank owned life insurance   (1,157)   (400)
Deferred income taxes (credits)   (1,253)   533 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Accrued interest receivable   (3,299)   1,024 
Prepaid expenses and other assets   (22,800)   21,028 
Refundable/accrued income taxes   (4,149)   (211)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities   27,221    (7,356)
Accrued retirement liabilities   3,887    1,300 
           
NET CASH PROVIDED FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES   39,714    43,844 
           
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES          
Loan originations and pools purchased, net of repayments   (913,800)   83,724 
Purchases of available-for-sale securities   (174,053)   (178,032)
Sales of available-for-sale securities   -    20,457 
Maturities, calls and principal repayments of available-for-sale securities   170,595    52,428 
(Purchases) redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank stock, net   (10,896)   5,772 
Purchases of Federal Reserve stock, net   (508)   (1,364)
Net change in non-public investments   (6,306)   (2,404)
Cash acquired from purchase and assumption agreement   297,671    - 
Premiums paid on bank-owned life insurance   (22,198)   (21,635)
Proceeds from sale of banking premises and equipment   -    919 
Purchases of banking premises and equipment   (8,498)   (1,805)
           
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES   (667,993)   (41,940)
           
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES          
Net change in deposits   24,534    362,477 
Net change in mortgagors' escrow accounts   414    62 
FHLB borrowings (repayments), net   292,826    (120,112)
           
NET CASH PROVIDED FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES   317,774    242,427 
           
RESULTING IN A NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS   (310,505)   244,331 
           
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR   467,050    222,719 
           
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR  $156,545   $467,050 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-44

 

 NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Cont.)

 

For the Years Ended December 31

(In Thousands)

 

   2022   2021 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information          
Cash paid during the year for:          
Interest expense  $13,921   $13,158 
Income taxes  $11,616   $5,625 
Non-cash activities:          
Initial recognition of right of use assets under ASC 842  $(6,538)  $(5,002)
Initial recognition of operating lease liabilities under ASC 842  $6,538   $5,002 
Unrealized losses on securities available for sale  $(17,657)  $(4,968)
Changes in director pension plan benefits  $(200)  $(520)
Unrealized holding gains on cash flow hedge  $1,548   $1,817 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-45

 

NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Significant Accounting Policies

 

Organization and Activities – NB Financial, MHC (the “Company”) is a mutual holding company and parent company of NB Financial, Inc., the parent corporation of Needham Bank (the “Bank”) and its subsidiaries. The Company, through its subsidiary, NB Financial Inc., exists primarily for the purpose of holding the stock of its Bank subsidiary. Under this structure the Bank has the ability to raise capital by issuing stock through the stock holding company, while still maintaining its mutually owned status. The mutual and stock holding companies had negligible financial activity for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

The Bank’s deposits are insured by The Bank Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to federal limits. All deposits above the FDIC insurance amount are insured by the Depositors Insurance Fund (DIF). The DIF is a private, industry-sponsored insurance fund that insures all deposits above FDIC limits at our member banks. The Bank provides numerous services to customers, including the maintenance of checking, savings, money market and certificate of deposit accounts, and the granting of several types of residential, construction, commercial, and consumer loans. The primary market area of the Company is the metro-west area of Boston and surrounding communities, with headquarters in Needham and branch locations in Wellesley, Westwood, Dedham, Medfield, Medford, Dover, Ashland, Millis, Natick and Mission Hill. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions, including commercial banks, other savings and co-operative banks, credit unions, mortgage banking companies, and other financial service providers. The primary regulators of the Company are the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve System (see Note 11, Regulatory Capital Requirements). As part of the criteria for membership in the Federal Reserve System, the Company is required to maintain stock in the Federal Reserve Bank (see Note 3, Investment Securities).

 

Basis of Presentation – The accounting and reporting policies of NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and to general practices within the banking industry. The Company follows the accrual basis of accounting in recording all significant items of income and expense.

 

Consolidation Policy and Operating Segments – The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc., Needham Bank and its three wholly-owned subsidiaries, Needco-op Investment Corporation, a security corporation, and Eaton Square Realty LLC and 1892 Investments LLC, both real estate entities. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Accounting standards require that information be reported about a company’s operating segments using a “management approach.” Reportable segments are identified in these standards as those revenue producing components for which separate financial information is produced internally and which are subject to evaluation by the chief operating decision maker. While the chief operating decision maker monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed, and financial performance is evaluated, on a Company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable segment.

 

Use of Estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-46

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, the valuation of deferred tax assets, actuarial estimates related to the Company’s various retirement programs, and the valuation of financial instruments. In connection with the determination of the allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

 

A majority of the Company's loan portfolio consists of one to four-family residential, commercial real estate, construction and land development loans in the metro-west area of Boston and its surrounding communities. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Company's loan portfolio and the recovery of the carrying amount of foreclosed real estate are susceptible to changes in local market conditions.

 

While management uses currently available information to recognize losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, future additions to the allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate may be necessary based on changes in local economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowances based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these factors, it is reasonably possible that the allowance for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate may change in the near future.

 

Comprehensive Income – Under generally accepted accounting principles, "comprehensive income" is defined as the change in equity during a period due to transactions, events and circumstances arising from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income includes net income under generally accepted accounting principles as well as "other comprehensive income” (OCI), which consists of items that are excluded from net income and reported as changes in separate components of equity as required by other accounting standards. The Company's OCI consists of unrealized gains and losses on investment securities available for sale (see Note 3), unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swap agreements (see Note 8) and unrecognized retirement benefit costs (see Note 9).

 

The Company presents the components of OCI in a separate consolidated statement of comprehensive income (see Note 15).

 

Fair Value Measurements – The Company follows the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, for assets and liabilities that are measured and recorded at fair value, and to determine fair value disclosures. This standard defines fair value and establishes a framework for measuring fair value. This standard applies to certain other existing accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements (see Note 13).

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents – For purposes of the consolidated balance sheet and statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, short-term investments, and federal funds sold deposited in other financial institutions that mature within ninety days.

 

Investment Securities – Debt securities that the Company has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as Held to Maturity and are reported at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Trading securities are debt securities held for current resale. Such securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Debt securities that are not classified as Held to Maturity or as Trading Securities are classified as Available for Sale and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from the determination of net income, and reported as “Other Comprehensive Income” (OCI)”, net of related deferred income tax effects, in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, and reported in the consolidated balance sheet as a separate component of the Company's equity as “Accumulated OCI”, net of related deferred income tax effects. All equity securities are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Currently, the Company does not classify any debt securities as Trading or Held to Maturity and does not hold any equity securities.

 

F-47

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

Premiums and discounts on investment securities are amortized or accreted into interest income using methods approximating the interest method over the period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated calls or prepayments. Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are recognized at the time of sale on a specific-identification basis (see Notes 3 and 15).

 

Other-than-Temporary Impairment (“OTTI”) – The Company follows generally accepted accounting principles for estimating fair value and recognizing OTTI with respect to debt securities. For debt securities considered to have OTTI, when the Company does not intend to sell the debt security and it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it will recognize the credit component of the OTTI of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. The credit loss component recognized in earnings is identified as the amount of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as estimated based upon cash flow projections.

 

When the Company does intend to sell a debt security considered to have OTTI, or when it is more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it will recognize both the credit and noncredit component of the OTTI in earnings. See Note 3 on Investment Securities.

 

Other Investments – Investments in mutually-owned banking organizations (Coop Central Bank, Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank), cooperative organizations (Connecticut On-Line Computer Center “COCC”), and non-controlling interests in privately-held companies (Jassby and Reinventure Capital), have no quoted market values and are carried at original cost, less any estimated impairment. Interest and dividends on these investments are recognized as earned or when dividends are declared. The Company reviews the above-mentioned stock for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of their cost. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, no impairment has been recognized.

 

A non-controlling partnership interest in the Massachusetts Housing Equity Fund XXII LLC (a Qualified Affordable Housing Project “QAHP” of the Massachusetts Housing Investment Corporation), is accounted for using the proportional amortization method, whereby the investment is reported at invested cost, less the tax benefits (tax losses and credits) utilized by the Company.

 

Investments in solar energy programs are accounted for under the equity method of accounting, rather than consolidation, due to the nature of the investee’s business (solar project where control remains with the managing LLC member) and the relative insignificance to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities – The Company follows ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, with regard to disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities, with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how the entity accounts for derivative instruments and related hedged items, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Qualitative disclosures explain the Company’s objectives and strategies for using derivatives, and quantitative disclosures are made regarding the fair value of, and gains and losses on, derivative instruments, and about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

 

As required by ASC 815, the Company reports all derivatives on its balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting, and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with 1) the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge, or 2) the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.

 

F-48

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply, or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting. In accordance with the FASB fair value measurement guidance, the Company made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of its derivative financial instruments that are subject to master netting agreements on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.

 

The Alternative Reference Rates Committee ("ARRC") convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the New York Fed has proposed that the Secured Overnight Funding Rate ("SOFR") replace USD-LIBOR. ARRC has proposed that the transition to SOFR from USD-LIBOR will take place by June 30, 2023. In December 2022, the FASB issued amendments to extend the period of time preparers can use the reference rate reform relief guidance under ASC Topic 848 from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2024, to address the fact that all LIBOR tenors were not discontinued as of December 31, 2021, and some tenors will be published until June 2023. The amendments are effective immediately for all entities and applied prospectively. The Company has material contracts that are indexed to USD-LIBOR. The Company is currently monitoring this activity and evaluating the risks involved. See Note 8 for cash flow hedges associated with borrowings and Note 14 for derivatives and fair value hedges associated with lending arrangements.

 

Loans Receivable – The Company’s loan portfolio includes one to four-family residential, home equity, multi-family residential, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, construction and land development, and consumer loans (see Note 4).

 

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for amounts due to borrowers on unadvanced loans, any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, deferred income/fees or costs on originated loans or unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans and any impacts of fair value hedges (see Note 14).

 

Loan origination income/fees, commitment fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred, and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment to the related loan’s yield. The Company amortizes these amounts over the contractual lives of the related loans.

 

The recognition of income on a loan is discontinued and previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest on loans when interest or principal payments become 90 days past due unless, in the opinion of management, the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Past due status is determined based upon contractual terms. A loan can be returned to accrual status when the collectability of principal is reasonably assured, and the loan has performed for a sufficient period of time to justify this decision and current financial information supports the decision. This period will typically be six months, but individual cases will be evaluated on their merits.

 

When on nonaccrual status, cash receipts of interest income on impaired loans are credited to principal to the extent necessary to eliminate doubt as to the collectability of the net carrying amount of the loan. Some or all of the cash receipts of interest income on impaired loans is recognized as interest income if the remaining net carrying amount of the loan is deemed to be fully collectible. When recognition of interest income on an impaired loan on a cash basis is appropriate, the amount of income that is recognized is limited to that which would have been accrued on the net carrying amount of the loan at the contractual interest rate. Any cash interest payments received in excess of the limit and not applied to reduce the net carrying amount of the loan are recorded as recoveries of charge-offs until the charge-offs are fully recovered.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses – The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

F-49

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

The allowance for loan losses consists of several components as described below.

 

General Component – The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by the following loan segments: one to four-family residential real estate, home equity, construction and land development, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and consumer loans. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels and trends in delinquencies and watch credits; trends in volume, credit concentrations and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; and legal/regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses.

 

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

 

One to Four-Family Residential – The Company does not originate subprime loans or stated-income loans. Properties securing one to four-family residential loans are generally appraised by independent state-licensed fee appraisers approved by the Board of Directors. Borrowers are required to obtain title and hazard insurance, and flood insurance if necessary, to secure the loan. Repayment of these loans is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including the interest rate environment, unemployment rates and housing prices, will influence the credit quality in this segment.

 

Home Equity – The Company generally underwrites these loans based on the applicant’s employment, credit history and property value. The Company requires borrowers to obtain hazard insurance and flood insurance, if necessary, to secure the loan. Repayment of these loans is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including the interest rate environment, unemployment rates and housing prices, will influence the credit quality in this segment.

 

Commercial Real Estate – Loans included in this segment include commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans. These loans are underwritten based on the income producing potential of the property, the financial strength of the borrower and any guarantors. The net operating income, which is the income derived from the operation of the property less all operating expenses, must be sufficient to cover the payments related to the debt outstanding. The Company typically requires an assignment of rents or leases in order to be assured that the cash flow from the project will be used to repay the debt. Appraisals on properties securing commercial real estate loans are generally performed by independent state-licensed fee appraisers approved by the Board of Directors. The properties securing commercial real estate loans are primarily located in Massachusetts. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, or if leases are not obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.

 

F-50

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

Construction and Land Development – Loans included in this segment include construction projects for residential speculation, multi-family, farmland, and commercial use, as well as land for future development. The attributes listed above for Commercial Real Estate apply to the long-term hold portion of this segment. The properties built for speculation are dependent upon the demand for such a property upon its completion and are subject to the builder’s ability to complete the project on time, under budget, and within regulatory requirements.

 

Commercial and Industrial – This segment consists of loans that are made to businesses and are secured by the assets of the business such as equipment, receivables and inventory, and are generally guaranteed by the business owner(s). Because payments on these loans are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the business, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the economy. If the cash flow from the business is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Loans in this segment also include fully guaranteed SBA Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) loans.

 

Consumer – This segment includes loans that are secured by new and used auto-mobiles, new and used boats and recreational vehicles, solar panels, deposit accounts, as well as a limited number of unsecured loans, including student loans, home improvement loans and credit cards. Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.

 

Individually Evaluated Component – The individually evaluated component of the allowance for loan losses relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial real estate (which includes multi-family residential), construction and land development loans, and commercial and industrial loans, by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or by fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. In accordance with our policy, non-accrual residential real estate loans that are well secured (LTV<75%) are not considered to warrant a downgrade to a substandard risk rating and are therefore excluded from individual impairment review; however, the Company may also identify individual consumer and one to four-family residential loans for impairment disclosures when the collection status of the loan is well established, and a collateral deficiency has been identified.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delay and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

 

The Company periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

 

Unallocated Component – An unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management's estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio. Management considers the principal balance of loans that have either been upgraded from impaired or are at risk to be downgraded to impaired in the Special Mention rating category. Furthermore, expected changes in the future growth and composition of the loan portfolio are considered by management, specifically the cash flow (growth or decline) expected with construction loan advances.

 

F-51

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

See Note 4 for analysis of the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Also see below, “New Credit Loss Accounting and Reporting Standard Effective in 2023”.

 

Other Real Estate Owned – Properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure are classified as other real estate owned (“OREO”). Real estate formally acquired in settlement of loans are recorded at the lower of the carrying value of the loan or the fair value of the property actually received. Losses arising from the acquisition of such properties are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Operating expenses and any subsequent provisions to reduce the carrying value to fair value less costs to sell are charged to current period earnings. In periods of declining real estate values, this accounting treatment would result in additional charges to OREO expense. Gains and losses upon disposal are reflected in earnings as realized.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets – Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

Revenue Recognition – The Company recognizes certain revenues in accordance with ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. The standard is based on the principles that revenues are recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a customer, and that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Under Topic 606, depending on the terms of a contract with a customer, revenues are either recognized at a point in time when a performance obligation is satisfied, or over time, as satisfaction of a performance obligation progresses. The standard does not apply to customer contracts that are within the scope of other accounting standards such as financial instruments and their transfer and servicing. As such, the standard does not apply to the Company’s interest income on loans, investment income, sale of financial assets and related mortgage banking and servicing income.

 

Revenues from contracts with customers that are subject to the principles of ASC Topic 606 are included in “non-interest income” under the customer service fees category in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. The following is a summary of such revenues from contracts with customers for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

   2022   2021 
ATM and interchange income, net of related expenses  $1,071   $827 
Non-sufficient funds ("NSF") and overdraft fees   438    310 
Other customer service fees   3,629    2,276 
   $5,138   $3,413 

 

ATM and interchange income are reported net of directly related expenses and are recognized by the Company when customers use their ATM/debit cards issued by the Company through a third-party payment network. NSF and overdraft protection fees represent fees charged to customers to cover or protect customer transactions in case of insufficient customer funds. Other customer service fees are primarily comprised of fees on cash management services, deposit account maintenance fees, wire transfer fees, certain loan prepayment fees and investment advisory fees. All of these fees are recognized at a point in time. Transaction based fees are recognized at the time of the transaction while account maintenance and protection fees are both charged and recognized on a monthly basis.

 

F-52

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

In each of the revenue streams identified above, there were no significant judgments made in determining or allocating the transaction price, as the consideration and service requirements are generally explicitly identified in the associated contracts and consist of a single performance obligation.

 

Loans Held for Sale – One to four-family residential mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value. Fair value is determined either on an individual loan-by-loan basis using secondary market pricing or on a related combined loan pool basis using independent third-party purchase price bids. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

 

Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights retained. Therefore, the carrying value of mortgage loans held for sale is reduced by the amount allocated to the servicing rights. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.

 

Loan Servicing – The Company records a servicing asset at estimated fair value, if practical, each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset, principally when it sells financial assets and retains servicing rights. For sales of one to four-family residential real estate loans, a portion of the cost of originating the loan is allocated to the mortgage servicing rights based on estimated relative fair value. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. For subsequently measuring and reporting servicing assets, the Company has chosen to use the amortization method, rather than the fair value measurement method. Under this method, the Company amortizes the servicing asset in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income, and it assesses the asset for estimated impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. Mortgage servicing rights are included in “prepaid expenses and other assets” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Loan servicing income received and the related amortization of the mortgage servicing rights are included in “mortgage servicing income” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income (see Note 5).

 

Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure – The Company's loan portfolio includes government-guaranteed mortgage loans, including those guaranteed by the SBA. Upon foreclosure, the Company derecognizes the mortgage loan and records a separate other receivable if the following conditions are met: (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure, (2) the Company has the intent and ability to make a claim on the guarantee, and (3) any amount of the claim is fixed and determinable using the loan amount as the basis. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable is measured based on the amount of the loan balance (unpaid principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor.

 

Banking Premises and Equipment – Land is carried at cost. Other premises and equipment are carried at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (see Note 6). Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred while major improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses on dispositions are included in current operations.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets – The Company tests long-lived assets, including the core deposit intangible asset, for impairment whenever circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell.

 

F-53

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

Hosting Implementation Costs – The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Internal-Use Software” for accounting for implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement. The standard allows the capitalization of certain implementation costs on software considered to be a service contract and their amortization over expected useful lives. The Company’s policy is to report these costs with “prepaid expenses and other assets” on its balance sheet and amortize them into expense over the estimated useful lives of the contracts.

 

Defined Benefit Plans:

 

Director Pension Plan – The Company maintains a director defined benefit pension plan which covers substantially all members of the board of directors upon meeting specific qualifications. Pension expense under this plan is charged to current operations and consists of several components of net periodic pension cost based on various actuarial assumptions regarding future experience under the plans.

 

The Company recognizes the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit plan as an asset or liability in its balance sheet and it recognizes changes in the funded status of the plan in the year in which the changes occur. The funded status of a plan is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the “projected benefit obligation” (PBO) at the financial statement date. The unrecognized prior service costs, net actuarial gains and accounting transition obligation are reflected as “accumulated other comprehensive income” (OCI). The changes in the plan’s funded status are recognized as charges or credits to “OCI” to the extent that they are not required to be recognized as components of “net periodic pension cost” in net income (see Notes 9 and 15).

 

Employee Pension Plans – The Company provides pension benefits for substantially all employees through membership in the Co-operative Banks Employees Retirement Association (CBERA). The Plan is accounted for as a multi-employer, noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan. Company employees become eligible after attaining age 21 and completing one year of service, and benefits become fully vested after six years of eligible service. Effective April 1, 2018, future eligibility for new Company employees to participate in the plan was frozen (see Note 9).

 

Advertising Costs – The Company participates in certain advertising activities to attract more customers. The advertising costs of the Company are considered to benefit the period in which they are incurred. It is the Company’s policy to expense all advertising costs in the period incurred and to include them in the operating expense section of the consolidated income statement under the category marketing and charitable contribution expenses. The Company’s advertising expenses were approximately $2,338,000 and $1,993,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Income Taxes – The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company recognizes certain revenue and expense items in periods which are different for financial accounting purposes than for federal income tax purposes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed under the liability method based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

F-54

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, management assesses the likelihood that tax positions taken will be sustained upon examination based on their technical merit, considering the facts, circumstances and information available at the end of each period. The Company recognizes the effects of significant income tax positions taken on tax returns only if the positions are “more likely than not” to be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. Positions taken on tax returns that do not meet that threshold are not recognized in the Company’s provisions for income taxes. The measurement of uncertain tax positions is adjusted when new information is available, or when an event occurs that requires a change. The Company’s policy is to analyze its tax positions for all open tax years. Interest and penalties, if any, associated with uncertain tax positions, are classified as additional income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income. See Note 10 for additional information.

 

Adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases – Effective January 1, 2021, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, “Leases” and all subsequent amendments to the ASU, collectively, ASC Topic 842. The newly effective accounting standard introduces a right-of-use accounting model, and it replaces ASC Topic 840. The standard requires that a “lease right-of-use asset” and a “lease obligation” be recorded for substantially all lease agreements; however, the Company had made the permitted accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and liabilities for short-term leases of equipment (terms of 12 months or less). Under the new standard, leases are classified by lessees as either finance leases or operating leases. At this time, the Company does not have any leases that meet the criteria of a finance lease.

 

The principal difference from the previous accounting standards is that lease liabilities and lease assets arising from operating leases are now required to be recorded in a lessee’s balance sheet. For leases classified as operating leases the Company now:

 

recognizes a “lease right-of-use asset” in its balance sheet representing its right to use the underlying asset, and a “lease obligation” representing the present value of its obligation to make future lease payments
recognizes lease expense by allocating the total of all required lease payments plus initial direct costs and lease incentives, if any, over the lease term on a straight-line basis, including fixed payments for any executory costs such as real estate taxes and operating expenses of the lessor
recognizes variable executory and other costs, if any, as lease expense in the period incurred

 

The Company has used the permitted modified retrospective method of adoption and has elected to use the beginning of its 2021 financial reporting year as the date of its initial application of ASC 842, whereby financial statements for periods prior to that date have not been restated. Upon implementation effective January 1, 2021, the Company recognized “lease obligations” approximating $5,002,000, representing the present value of total minimum lease payments over the remaining noncancelable periods of its leases. “Lease right-of-use assets” were initially recognized for the same amount as the obligations since there were no initial direct costs or lease incentives involved with the lease agreements. Lease right-of-use assets are included with “prepaid expenses and other assets” in the Company’s balance sheet and the recorded lease obligations are included with “accrued expenses and other liabilities”.

 

In transition to the new accounting standard, the Company elected to use the permitted practical expedient package whereby the Company was not required to reevaluate: 1) whether any existing contract included a lease, 2) the classification of its existing leases as operating versus finance leases, and 3) any capitalized initial direct costs. The discount rate applied to the lease agreements at the transition date was based on the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the time. The lease obligations are accreted using amortization schedules which reflect the lease payments applied over time against the obligations, and the right-of-use assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease terms. There was no cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings considered to be necessary at the date of initial application. The adoption of the new lease accounting standard had no significant effect on the amount of lease expense or net income for 2021. See Note 6 regarding Branch Lease Commitments.

 

F-55

 

 

Note 1 – Organization, Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont.)

 

New Credit Loss Accounting and Reporting Standard Effective in 2023 – In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, "Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments". Subsequently, the FASB issued a number of ASUs with additional amendments and guidance. The ASU and subsequent amendments to Topic 326 are required to be implemented by the Company in its 2023 annual financial statements.

 

The new standard requires the use of the “current expected credit losses” (CECL) model for measuring expected credit losses on financial assets that have contractual rights to receive cash, excluding financial assets that are measured and reported at fair value through net income. The amendments in this update replace the “incurred loss” impairment methodology in existing GAAP, which is based on the probability that a loss has been incurred. The CECL methodology is intended to determine “expected credit losses” over the life of a financial asset, and it requires consideration of a broader range of information about past events and historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported asset amount. The amendments are expected to apply principally to the Company’s loans receivable and certain investments in debt securities as well as to its off-balance sheet credit exposures such unfunded loan commitments. The amendments also eliminate existing guidance on troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) and, instead, require an entity to evaluate whether a modification represents a new loan or a continuation of an existing loan, consistent with the accounting for other loan modifications. A modified-retrospective approach to adopting the amendments is required whereby they are to be implemented as of the beginning of the year of adoption, and it may be necessary to record a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2022, management completed an evaluation of the impact of adopting the CECL model and other amendments to Topic 326 effective January 1, 2023 and has estimated that Company will report a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $2,118,000 (comprised of an increase in both the allowance for loan losses of $1,160,000 and reserve for unfunded commitments of $1,786,000, net of deferred taxes of $828,000) as a reduction to the opening balance of its retained earnings at January 1, 2023.

 

Evaluation of Subsequent Events – Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. Recognized subsequent events are events or transactions that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing financial statements. Nonrecognized subsequent events are events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but arose after that date.

 

During the first quarter of 2023, the Company made a determination that it was eligible to claim Employee Retention Tax Credits (ERTC) in the form of refunds of certain federal employment taxes as authorized and established under the CARES Act. As a result, in 2023 the Company filed amended employment tax returns for certain periods in 2021 to claim refunds related to the ERTC in the approximate amount of $3.5 million.  This filing does not affect the accompanying financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Management has reviewed the events occurring through June 9, 2023 and no additional subsequent events occurred requiring accrual or disclosure.

 

Note 2 – Transactions with Officers and Directors

 

The Company has banking transactions with certain of its officers and directors. These transactions were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not deemed related parties to the Company and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

 

F-56

 

 

Note 2 – Transactions with Officers and Directors (Cont.)

 

The following table presents loan transactions with such related parties as of December 31:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (in thousands) 
Balance at beginning of year  $2,683   $12,318 
New loans   -    - 
Repayments   (438)   (9,635)
           
Balance at end of year  $2,245   $2,683 

 

The Bank held related party deposits of approximately $3.0 million and $5.4 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Note 3 – Investment Securities

 

Available for Sale - The amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities classified as Available for Sale (AFS) are as follows:

 

   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair Value/ 
   Cost   Gain   Loss   Carrying Value 
                 
   (In thousands) 
December 31, 2022                   
Debt Securities:                    
U.S. Treasury securities  $111,953   $43   $(5,195)  $106,801 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   14,123    3    (1,985)   12,141 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   3,749    -    (676)   3,073 
Corporate bonds   110,886    -    (9,079)   101,807 
Municipal obligations   23,313    -    (1,655)   21,658 
   $264,024   $46   $(18,590)  $245,480 

 

   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair Value/ 
   Cost   Gain   Loss   Carrying Value 
                 
   (in thousands) 
December 31, 2021                   
Debt Securities:                    
U.S. Treasury securities  $95,887   $40   $(761)  $95,166 
U.S. Federal Agency obligations   11,486    96    -    11,582 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   15,628    174    (142)   15,660 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   5,241    20    (69)   5,192 
Corporate bonds   104,921    505    (756)   104,670 
Municipal obligations   27,474    235    (229)   27,480 
   $260,637   $1,070   $(1,957)  $259,750 

 

The Company did not sell any AFS securities in 2022. During 2021, the Company sold approximately $20,457,000 of AFS securities, resulting in realized gains of approximately $481,000.

 

The net unrealized gain (loss) on AFS securities is reported, net of deferred income tax effects, as a separate component of the Company’s equity, “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)”, and approximates the following at December 31:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Unrealized losses, net  $(18,544)  $(887)
Deferred income tax asset   4,805    248 
   $(13,739)  $(639)

 

See Note 15 for Other Comprehensive Income disclosures related to AFS investment securities.

 

F-57

 

 

Note 3 – Investment Securities (Cont.)

 

Maturities of Debt Securities – The following is a summary of maturities of securities available for sale as of December 31, 2022. The amortized cost and fair values are based on the contractual maturity dates. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalty. Agency mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are presented as separate lines as paydowns are expected to occur before contractual maturity dates.

 

   Available for Sale 
   Amortized Cost   Fair Value 
         
   (In thousands) 
Within one year  $68,882   $67,763 
Over one year to five years   135,752    125,020 
Over five years to ten years   41,518    37,483 
    246,152    230,266 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   14,123    12,141 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   3,749    3,073 
   $264,024   $245,480 

 

Impairment Evaluation – The following tables present fair value and gross unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, as of the dates stated. The reference point for determining when securities are in an unrealized loss position is period-end; therefore, it is possible that a security's market value exceeded its amortized cost on other days during the past twelve-month period.

 

   December 31, 2022 
       Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total 
       Gross       Gross       Gross     
   Number of   Unrealized       Unrealized       Unrealized     
   Securities   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value 
                             
   (In thousands) 
U.S. Treasury securities  20   $(47)  $19,958   $(5,148)  $83,759   $(5,195)  $103,717 
Agency mortgage-backed securities  25    (263)   2,900    (1,722)   8,932    (1,985)   11,832 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations  6    (54)   1,048    (622)   2,025    (676)   3,073 
Corporate bonds  34    (4,332)   44,537    (4,747)   46,270    (9,079)   90,807 
Municipal obligations  14    (382)   10,841    (1,273)   10,817    (1,655)   21,658 
   99   $(5,078)  $79,284   $(13,512)  $151,803   $(18,590)  $231,087 

 

   December 31, 2021 
       Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total 
       Gross       Gross       Gross     
   Number of   Unrealized       Unrealized       Unrealized     
   Securities   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value 
                             
   (In thousands) 
U.S. Treasury securities  18   $(761)  $88,060   $-   $-   $(761)  $88,060 
Agency mortgage-backed securities  9    (141)   11,513    (1)   47    (142)   11,560 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations  1    (69)   3,315    -    -    (69)   3,315 
Corporate bonds  19    (756)   54,267    -    -    (756)   54,267 
Municipal obligations  7    (169)   9,949    (60)   1,927    (229)   11,876 
   54   $(1,896)  $167,104   $(61)  $1,974   $(1,957)  $169,078 

 

F-58

 

 

Note 3 – Investment Securities (Cont.)

 

Municipal and Agency Debt Securities – The contractual cash flows of these securities are direct obligations of municipalities or the U.S. Treasury, or they consist of agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities or collateralized mortgage obligations which are guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Federal Home Loan Bank or other quasi-government agencies. It is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the investment.

 

Corporate Bonds – The Company invests in a substantial amount of corporate bonds and subordinated debentures, which are scheduled to mature between the fiscal years 2023 through 2032. These corporate bonds vary in commercial industries, including automotive, energy, consumer products, and media companies. The Company has also invested in certain domestic and foreign banking institutions. The subordinated debentures are mostly debt issuances from bank holding companies.

 

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the majority of securities in an unrealized loss position were of investment grade; however, a few did not have a third-party investment grade available. These ungraded securities were primarily subordinated debt instruments issued by bank holding companies and are classified as corporate bonds in the tables above. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, 14 securities with a market value of $37.9 million and 9 securities with a market value of $20.0 million, did not have a third-party investment grade available. Investment securities with unrealized losses are generally a result of pricing changes due to changes in the interest rate environment since purchase and not as a result of permanent credit impairment. The Company does not intend to sell, nor does it believe it will be required to sell, any of its temporarily impaired securities prior to the recovery of the amortized cost. Because the declines in fair value are attributable to market changes in interest rates and not due to credit quality, management does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Depositors Insurance Fund – The Company was previously required by Massachusetts banking statutes to maintain stock in the Co-operative Central Bank (“Coop Central”). During March 2020, in conjunction with the merger of the state depository insurance funds, Coop Central bought back ninety-five percent of the Company’s stock. The cost of the remaining shares, $139,000, represents the Company’s interest in the Depositors Insurance Fund, which is not redeemable.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock – The Company holds stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, a regional member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), as part of the Company’s membership requirements. Based upon the redemption provisions of the FHLB, the stock is restricted, has no quoted market value, and is carried at original cost. The balance in the investment account at December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $13,182,000 and $2,286,000, respectively. The stock serves as additional collateral on FHLB borrowings, which determines the amount of stock the Company is required to hold (see Note 8).

 

Federal Reserve Bank Stock – The Company is required to maintain shares in the Federal Reserve Bank for 50% of the total par value in order to meet criteria for membership in the Federal Reserve System. Although the full par value of the stock is $100 per share, the Company is required to pay only $50 per share at the time of purchase with the understanding that the other half of the subscription amount is subject to call at any time. Dividends are paid semi-annually at the statutory rate of 6 percent per annum, or $1.50 per share semi-annually. In addition, Federal Reserve regulations require that the Company purchase additional stock, or that the Federal Reserve System redeem stock, if a change in total deposit liabilities (as reported in the quarterly report of condition) results in a change in the Company’s Federal Reserve Stock holdings requirement by 15 percent or 100 shares, whichever is lower. At December 31, 2022, the Company holds 162,072 shares of stock in the approximate amount of $8,104,000 (151,923 shares of stock in the approximate amount of $7,596,000 at December 31, 2021).

 

Non-Public Investments – Non-public investments consists of the following:

 

Connecticut On-Line Computer Center, Inc. (“COCC”) – Common and preferred shares of COCC stock are recorded at cost. At December 31, 2022, the Company holds 43 shares of common stock in the amount of $175,000 (41 shares in the amount of $165,000 at December 31, 2021). The Company also holds 5 shares of Series A preferred stock in the amount of $75,000 at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

F-59

 

 

Note 3 – Investment Securities (Cont.)

 

Jassby Inc. – Jassby Inc. is a convenient and easy to use app for families with the vision to bring banking and financial services to families and provide App-based banking for generations Z and Alpha. In October 2019, the Company lent Jassby, Inc. $1,000,000 at 5% in the form of a convertible promissory note, which had an original maturity date of December 31, 2021. Due to the occurrence of a private qualifying financing event in February 2020, the promissory note converted to approximately 320,000 shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock in Jassby Inc. The carrying value of this preferred stock at December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $1,000,000 for both years.

 

Reinventure Capital Fund I LP – During 2022, the Company invested $2,000,000 as a limited partner in the Reinventure Capital Fund to generate alternative investment earnings. In July 2022 there was a capital call of $1,000,000 leaving the Company with a remaining investment (carrying value) of $1,000,000 as of December 31, 2022 (none at December 31, 2021).

 

Massachusetts Housing Investment Corporation ("MHIC") – The MHIC is a program where the IRS allocates federal tax credits to state housing credit agencies based on each state’s population. The state agencies award Low Income Housing Tax Credits for Qualified Affordable Housing Projects (“QAHP”). Project sponsors use tax credits to raise equity from investors. The equity investment reduces the debt burden on the tax credit property, making it financially feasible to offer lower, more affordable rental rates to eligible individuals. The participating banks are entitled to certain federal tax credits. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company is carrying approximately $1,000,000 in the Massachusetts Housing Equity Fund XXII LLC, a QAHP sponsored by the MHIC. The Company holds a 1.15% interest in this partnership at December 31, 2021 (which is the most current information available as of the date of these financial statements). The Company’s accumulated share of losses and tax credits for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 totaled $557,000 and $454,000, respectively.

 

Sunwealth Project Pool 20 LLC (“Sunwealth”) – Sunwealth is a solar energy program formed on April 21, 2021 by the Company as a 99% non-controlling LLC investor member and Sunwealth Holdco 8 LLC (Holdco) as the sole managing LLC member. Sunwealth is in the business of developing, designing, installing, owning and maintaining solar photovoltaic energy generation facilities on the rooftops or properties of municipal and commercial customers in the United States. Sunwealth has or intends to purchase solar photovoltaic energy generation facilities from the developers prior to any PV System that is part of any such facilities being placed in service and sell electricity or lease such facilities to off-takers in a manner that will qualify the Company, through its ownership in Sunwealth, to receive income tax credits. Energy produced by the facilities will be sold to the applicable off-taker or the facilities will be leased to the applicable off-taker, in each case pursuant to the offtake agreements with the purchaser. The offtake agreements include leasehold or other rights of access to all areas of the facilities on which the facilities and their parts are located so that agents of the Sunwealth are able to inspect, access, maintain and improve facility equipment and all other rights and assets necessary for the ownership and operation thereof and the sale of power from the facilities.

 

During 2021, through its subsidiary, 1892 Investments, the Company invested $2.5 million in Sunwealth for Project Pool 20. The carrying value of the investment approximates $2.3 million at December 31, 2022 ($2.5 million at December 31, 2021). In addition, the Company has made a $2.5 million loan to Holdco to fund the project, which is included in the Company’s C&I loan portfolio at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Sunwealth Project Pool 26 LLC – Through its subsidiary, 1892 Investments, in 2022 the Company committed $5 million to Sunwealth for Project Pool 26, of which invested $4.2 million (tax basis) was funded towards solar projects during 2022. The carrying value of the investment approximates $5.0 million at December 31, 2022, which includes a refundable advance of $800,000.

 

F-60

 

 

Note 3 – Investment Securities (Cont.)

 

Patriot Renewable Energy Capital, LLC (“Patriot Renewables”) – Patriot Renewables is a developer, owner, and operator of commercial-scale wind and solar energy projects. Through its subsidiary, 1892 Investments, the Company invested $623,000 in Patriot Renewables in 2022 to obtain a tax basis in this project of $656,000 (solar project requires a 95% capital infusion). The carrying value of the investment approximates $623,000 at December 31, 2022.

 

Note 4 – Loans Receivable

 

Loans consist of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

   2022   2021 
One to four-family residential  $932,436   $801,690 
Home equity   75,226    52,986 
Residential real estate   1,007,662    854,676 
           
Commercial real estate   822,744    539,771 
Multi-family residential   189,279    102,931 
Construction and land development   552,375    449,109 
Commercial real estate   1,564,398    1,091,811 
Commercial and industrial   247,361    116,878 
Commercial   1,811,759    1,208,689 
           
Consumer, net of premium/discount   196,535    39,380 
           
Total loans   3,015,956    2,102,745 
Deferred (fees) costs, net   (511)   2,011 
Allowance for loan losses   (25,028)   (18,415)
Net loans  $2,990,417   $2,086,341 

 

Included in commercial and industrial loans in the schedule above for December 31, 2022 and 2021 are SBA Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) loans in the amount of $645,000 and $18,136,000, respectively. Interest income recognized on these PPP loans, including amortization of deferred loan origination fees, approximated $270,000 and $4,045,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. The Company has reported this with interest and fees on loans on the consolidated statements of income.

 

Included in the above at December 31, 2022 is approximately $58.3 million in loans to borrowers in the cannabis industry, of which 91% is collateralized by real estate (none at December 31, 2021).

 

F-61

 

 

Note 4 – Loans Receivable (Cont.)

 

During 2022 and 2021, the Company purchased approximately $187.3 million and $38.2 million of consumer loan pools. These purchases included loan pools collateralized by boat and recreational vehicles, automobiles, and solar panels as well as unsecured home improvement loans. The outstanding balances of these purchased consumer loan pools, shown net of premium (discount) are as follows as of the dates stated (in thousands):

 

   December 31, 2022 
       Premium     
   Gross Loan   (Discount)   Net Loan 
Student loans  $11,679   $61   $11,740 
Boat and RV loans   40,270    925    41,195 
Vehicle loans   15,498    -    15,498 
Solar panel loans   67,994    (5,914)   62,080 
Home improvement loans   63,146    (44)   63,102 
Total  $198,587   $(4,972)  $193,615 

 

   December 31, 2021 
       Premium     
   Gross Loan   (Discount)   Net Loan 
Student loans  $15,132   $80   $15,212 
Boat and RV loans   17,720    452    18,172 
Vehicle loans   4,028    -    4,028 
Solar panel loans   -    -    - 
Home improvement loans   -    -    - 
Total  $36,880   $532   $37,412 

 

For purposes of the schedules included in this note, the Company classifies multi-family residential loans as commercial real estate.

 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses, by segment, are as follows (in thousands):

 

   Real Estate                 
   One to Four                             
   Family       Commercial   Construction &   Commercial &             
   Residential   Home Equity   Real Estate   Land Development   Industrial   Consumer   Unallocated   Total 
Balance, December 31, 2020  $3,954   $201   $8,143   $4,861   $1,852   $31   $803   $19,845 
                                         
Provision for loan losses   (876)   (26)   (327)   (1,394)   3,948    78    647    2,050 
Charge offs   (62)        (3,415)   -    (113)             (3,590)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off        -    48    -    62    -         110 
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2021   3,016    175    4,449    3,467    5,749    109    1,450    18,415 
                                         
Provision for loan losses   471    83    2,041    379    2,506    1,427    (207)   6,700 
Charge offs   (35)   -    -    -    -    (287)   -    (322)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off   33    -    48    -    -    154    -    235 
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2022  $3,485   $258   $6,538   $3,846   $8,255   $1,403   $1,243   $25,028 

 

F-62

 

 

Note 4 – Loans Receivable (Cont.)

 

Additional information pertaining to the allowance for loan losses at December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

 

   Real Estate                 
   One to Four                             
   Family       Commercial   Construction &   Commercial &             
   Residential   Home Equity   Real Estate   Land Development   Industrial   Consumer   Unallocated   Total 
2022                                        
Allowance for loans individually evaluated for impairment  $422   $-   $-   $-   $4,998   $-   $-   $5,420 
                                         
Allowance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment   3,063    258    6,538    3,846    3,257    1,403    1,243    19,608 
                                         
Total Allowance for Loan Loss  $3,485   $258   $6,538   $3,846   $8,255   $1,403   $1,243   $25,028 
                                         
Loans individually evaluated for impairment  $1,809   $80   $3,360   $10   $9,121   $-   $-   $14,380 
                                         
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment   930,627    75,146    1,008,663    552,365    238,240    196,535    -    3,001,576 
                                         
Total Loans  $932,436   $75,226   $1,012,023   $552,375   $247,361   $196,535   $-   $3,015,956 

 

   Real Estate                 
   One to Four                             
   Family       Commercial   Construction &   Commercial &             
   Residential   Home Equity   Real Estate   Land Development   Industrial   Consumer   Unallocated   Total 
2021                                        
Allowance for loans individually evaluated for impairment  $43   $-   $-   $-   $4,467   $-   $-   $4,510 
                                         
Allowance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment   2,973    175    4,449    3,467    1,282    109    1,450    13,905 
                                         
Total Allowance for Loan Loss  $3,016   $175   $4,449   $3,467   $5,749   $109   $1,450   $18,415 
                                         
Loans individually evaluated for impairment  $2,146   $-   $3,464   $10   $8,443   $-   $-   $14,063 
                                         
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment   799,544    52,986    639,238    449,099    108,435    39,380         2,088,682 
                                         
Total Loans  $801,690   $52,986   $642,702   $449,109   $116,878   $39,380   $-   $2,102,745 

 

F-63

 

 

Note 4 – Loans Receivable (Cont.)

 

The following is a summary of past due loans as well as nonaccrual loans at December 31 (in thousands):

 

   2022 
                   Past Due     
   Past Due   90 Days     
           90 Days       or More &   Loans on 
   30-59 Days   60-89 Days   or More   Total   Still Accruing   Non-accrual 
Real estate:                              
One to four-family residential  $1,449   $-   $1,664   $3,113   $           -   $5,579 
Home equity   728    490    -    1,218    -    818 
Commercial real estate   4,243    -    670    4,913    -    670 
Construction & land development loans   -    -    -    -    -    10 
Commercial & industrial   38    -    800    838    -    5,086 
Consumer   1,499    436    817    2,752    -    859 
   $7,957   $926   $3,951   $12,834   $-   $13,022 

 

   2021 
                   Past Due     
   Past Due   90 Days     
           90 Days       or More &   Loans on 
   30-59 Days   60-89 Days   or More   Total   Still Accruing   Non-accrual 
Real estate:                              
One to four-family residential  $6,335   $241   $1,622   $8,198   $        -   $3,384 
Home equity   20    -    329    349    -    370 
Commercial real estate   3,084    -    -    3,084    -    542 
Construction & land development loans   -    -    399    399    -    409 
Commercial & industrial   289    64    903    1,256    -    945 
Consumer   249    89    235    573    -    358 
Total  $9,977   $394   $3,488   $13,859   $-   $6,008 

 

The schedule above for December 31, 2021 does not include loans approximating $8,343,000 that were modified to temporarily defer principal and interest payments as permitted under both the COVID-19 interagency regulatory guidelines and the CARES act (none at December 31, 2022). At December 31, 2021, the Company had an impaired loan loss allowance of $4,467,000 against these COVID-19 modified loans related to one borrower relationship. During 2022, all COVID-19 modified loans, including the previously mentioned impaired loan relationship, were required to come off deferral status and resume payments under normal contractual terms. Additionally, during 2022, this relationship modified its loan terms with the Bank under a TDR as further discussed in the below disclosures.

 

F-64

 

 

Note 4 – Loans Receivable (Cont.)

 

The following is a summary of impaired loans at December 31 (in thousands):

 

   Unpaid   Recorded   Related     
   Principal   Investment in   Allowance for   Net Impaired 
   Balance   Impaired Loans   Loan Losses   Loan Balance 
2022                    
                     
Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:                    
Real estate:                    
One to four-family residential  $1,912   $1,387   $-   $1,387 
Home equity   80    80    -    80 
Commercial real estate   9,178    3,360    -    3,360 
Construction & land development   640    10    -    10 
Commercial & industrial   2,669    874    -    874 
Consumer   -    -    -    - 
Total   14,479    5,711    -    5,711 
                     
Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:                    
Real estate:                    
One to four-family residential   422    422    422    - 
Home equity   -    -    -    - 
Commercial real estate   -    -    -    - 
Construction & land development   -    -    -    - 
Commercial & industrial   8,247    8,247    4,998    3,249 
Consumer   -    -    -    - 
Total   8,669    8,669    5,420    3,249 
                     
Total impaired loans:                    
Real estate:                    
One to four-family residential   2,334    1,809    422    1,387 
Home equity   80    80    -    80 
Commercial real estate   9,178    3,360    -    3,360 
Construction & land development   640    10    -    10 
Commercial & industrial   10,916    9,121    4,998    4,123 
Consumer   -    -    -    - 
Total impaired loans  $23,148   $14,380   $5,420   $8,960 

 

F-65

 

 

Note 4 – Loans Receivable (Cont.)

 

   Unpaid   Recorded   Related     
   Principal   Investment in   Allowance for   Net Impaired 
   Balance   Impaired Loans   Loan Losses   Loan Balance 
2021                    
                     
Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:                    
Real estate:                    
One to four-family residential  $2,628   $2,103   $-   $2,103 
Home equity   -    -    -    - 
Commercial real estate   9,330    3,464    -    3,464 
Construction & land development   640    10    -    10 
Commercial & industrial   5,465    3,694    -    3,694 
Consumer   -    -    -    - 
Total   18,063    9,271    -    9,271 
                     
Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:                    
Real estate:                    
One to four-family residential   43    43    43    - 
Home equity   -    -    -    - 
Commercial real estate   -    -    -    - 
Construction & land development   -    -    -    - 
Commercial & industrial   4,749    4,749    4,467    282 
Consumer   -    -    -    - 
Total   4,792    4,792    4,510    282 
                     
Total impaired loans:                    
Real estate:                    
One to four-family residential   2,671    2,146    43    2,103 
Home equity   -    -    -    - 
Commercial real estate   9,330    3,464    -    3,464 
Construction & land development   640    10    -    10 
Commercial & industrial   10,214    8,443    4,467    3,976 
Consumer   -    -    -    - 
Total impaired loans  $22,855   $14,063   $4,510   $9,553 

 

Additional information about impaired loans is as follows at December 31 (in thousands):

 

   2022   2021 
Average recorded investment in impaired loans:          
Real estate:          
One to four-family residential  $1,633   $3,157 
Home equity   16    - 
Commercial real estate   3,413    5,465 
Construction & land development   10    118 
Commercial & industrial   8,802    5,240 
Consumer   -    - 
Total  $13,874   $13,980 
           
Related amount of interest income recognized during the time in the year that the loans were impaired:          
Total recognized  $683   $628 
Amount recognized using a cash-basis method of accounting  $367   $102 

 

F-66

 

 

Note 4 – Loans Receivable (Cont.)

 

The following table summarizes the carrying balance of trouble debt restructurings (TDRs) as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

   2022   2021 
Performing TDRs  $8,304   $4,530 
Nonperforming TDRs   3,762    - 
   $12,066   $4,530 

 

There was one loan relationship modified as a TDR during the year ended December 31, 2022. The borrower relationship (comprised of 5 loans) was re-underwritten and consolidated into two loans. The book value of these loans at December 31, 2022 was $8,248,000. There were no loans modified as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2021. There were no TDRs that defaulted in the first twelve months after restructuring during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired or restructured loans.

 

Credit Quality Information

 

The Company utilizes a nine-grade internal rating system for commercial real estate, which includes multi-family residential loans, construction and land development loans, and commercial and industrial loans as follows:

 

Loans rated 1-5: Loans in these categories are considered “pass” rated loans with low to average risk.

 

Loans rated 6: Loans in this category are considered “special mention”. These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are being closely monitored by management.

 

Loans rated 7: Loans in this category are considered “substandard”. Generally, a loan is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or the collateral pledged. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected.

 

Loans rated 8: Loans in this category are considered “doubtful”. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.

 

Loans rated 9: Loans in this category are considered uncollectible (“loss”) and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not warranted.

 

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Company reviews the accuracy of risk ratings for all commercial real estate, construction and land development loans, and commercial and industrial loans based on various ongoing performance characteristics and supporting information that is provided from time to time by commercial borrowers. Annually, the Company engages an independent third-party to review a significant portion of loans within these segments. Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process.

 

F-67

 

 

Note 4 – Loans Receivable (Cont.)

 

The following table summarizes the Company's loans by risk rating category at December 31 (in thousands):

 

   Risk   Residential &   Commercial   Construction &   Commercial &       Total 
   Rating   Home Equity   Real Estate   Land Development   Industrial   Consumer   Loans 
2022                                  
                                   
Grade:                                  
Pass  1 - 5   $1,006,275   $998,788   $552,365   $232,742   $196,535   $2,986,705 
Special Mention  6    -    13,235    -    5,474    -    18,709 
Substandard  7    1,387    -    -    9,145    -    10,532 
Doubtful  8    -    -    10    -    -    10 
Loss  9    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Total      $1,007,662   $1,012,023   $552,375   $247,361   $196,535   $3,015,956 
                                   
2021                                  
                                   
Grade:                                  
Pass  1 - 5   $853,085   $641,153   $448,700   $107,757   $39,380   $2,090,075 
Special Mention  6    390    1,549    399    678    -    3,016 
Substandard  7    1,201    -    -    8,443    -    9,644 
Doubtful  8    -    -    10    -    -    10 
Loss  9    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Total      $854,676   $642,702   $449,109   $116,878   $39,380   $2,102,745 

 

Note 5 – Mortgage Banking - Loan Sales and Servicing

 

Mortgage loans sold to and serviced for investors are not included in the accompanying financial statements. The loans serviced for others were sold without recourse provisions. The aggregate outstanding unpaid principal balance of such loans approximates $231,406,000 and $267,730,000 at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Gains on loans sold, including recognition of mortgage servicing rights, for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 approximated $60,000 and $1,980,000, respectively, and are included in "mortgage banking income" in the noninterest income section of the consolidated statements of income.

 

The fair value of the rights to service mortgage loans sold is estimated by management using independent market information. This fair value is capitalized and amortized into income in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income using the interest amortization method.

 

The following is a schedule of mortgage servicing assets for the years ended December 31:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Balance at beginning of year  $2,735   $3,015 
Additions:          
Servicing obligations that result from transfers of financial assets   14    874 
Subtractions:          
Amortization   (451)   (1,154)
Balance at end of year  $2,298   $2,735 

 

Management has concluded that the carrying value of mortgage servicing rights exceeds fair value, which is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts. Accordingly, there is no adjustment for impairment.

 

F-68

 

 

Note 5 – Mortgage Banking - Loan Sales and Servicing (Cont.)

 

The characteristics and sensitivity analysis of the mortgage servicing rights are included in the following table as of December 31 as follows:

 

   2022   2021 
Composition of residential loans serviced for others:          
Fixed-rate mortgage loans   94%   92%
Variable-rate mortgage loans   6%   8%
           
Weighted average expected life (years)   14    11 
Constant prepayment rate ("CPR")   5%   10%
Weighted average discount rate   8%   8%

 

Note 6 – Banking Premises and Equipment

 

A comparative summary of banking premises and equipment at December 31 is as follows:

 

   Estimated Useful Lives  2022   2021 
            
      (In thousands) 
Land     $4,631   $4,631 
Land Improvements  7 - 20   2,727    2,727 
Leasehold Improvements  Lease term (including all anticipated extensions)   12,308    6,783 
Buildings and improvements  20 - 50   21,171    21,161 
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment  3 - 10   18,377    15,494 
       59,214    50,796 
Less accumulated depreciation      (23,870)   (21,588)
      $35,344   $29,208 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 approximated $2,363,000 and $2,100,000, respectively.

 

Branch Lease Commitments - The Company is the lessee under seven building and land lease agreements for branch locations in Ashland, Dedham, Dover, Medford, Millis, Natick and Mission Hill. The lease agreements have remaining lease terms ranging from 12 to 25 years, and some of the agreements include options to extend the lease for up to 10 years. In addition to the base lease payments, the Company is responsible for its share of utilities.

 

F-69

 

 

Note 6 – Banking Premises and Equipment (Cont.)

 

As discussed in Note 1, in 2021 the Company adopted ASC 842, “Leases”. All of its existing lease agreements at the date of adoption, as well as the new Dedham and Medford leases entered into during 2022 ($6,538,000 “right of use asset with offsetting operating lease obligation recorded in 2022), qualify as operating leases. The following is a summary of the recorded leases and assumptions used as of December 31:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Operating lease right-of-use assets  $11,540   $5,002 
Less accumulated amortization   (563)   (257)
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net  $10,977   $4,745 
Operating lease liabilites  $11,049   $4,804 
Weighted average remaining term (years)   20    15 
Weighted average discount rate   4.38%   3.80%

 

The future minimum lease payments under the terms of the above leases at December 31, 2022, along with the recorded present value of the lease obligations, are as follows:

 

Year Ending     
December 31   (in thousands) 
2023   $756 
2024    777 
2025    802 
2026    810 
2027    827 
Thereafter    13,727 
    $17,699 
Less unamortized discount    (6,650)
Recorded present value of lease obligations   $11,049 

 

The Company has included in its recorded lease obligations and right-of-use assets certain of the available lease extension options permitted under the agreements where management is reasonably certain, under lease accounting criteria, that the options will be exercised. Required payments for real estate taxes, insurance, utilities and management fees are not included in the recorded lease obligations and assets since they are variable payments that do not depend on a specified index or rate and they are recorded to expense as they are incurred. Any increases in lease payments as a result of changes in the CPI are charged to lease expense. Common area maintenance charges under the agreements are not considered in the recorded lease obligations since they represent a service provided to the Company and, as such, they are recorded to expense as incurred. The discount rates imputed on the lease obligations range from 3.01% to 5.29% which represented the Company’s incremental borrowing rates, at the time of the adoption of ASC 842 or the inception of the lease if later, for similar length terms as the applicable leases.

 

Total lease expense under these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 approximated $630,000 and $474,000, respectively. The adoption of ASC 842 had no significant effect on the amount of lease expense recorded for 2022 or 2021.

 

F-70

 

 

Note 7 – Deposits

 

A comparative summary of deposits at December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

 

   2022   2021 
Transactional accounts:          
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  $445,518   $324,392 
Savings accounts   163,257    160,098 
NOW accounts   408,894    419,285 
Money market accounts   659,455    699,309 
Total transactional accounts   1,677,124    1,603,084 
           
Time deposits:          
Greater than $250,000   415,860    361,011 
Less than or equal to $250,000   793,759    600,443 
Total time deposits   1,209,619    961,454 
   $2,886,743   $2,564,538 

 

Contractual maturities of time deposits are as follows at December 31 (in thousands):

 

   2022   2021 
Within 1 year  $1,022,891   $886,750 
Over 1 year to 2 years   160,545    34,811 
Over 2 years to 3 years   11,137    27,431 
Over 3 years to 4 years   5,937    4,459 
Over 4 years to 5 years   9,109    8,003 
   $1,209,619   $961,454 

 

Included in time deposits are brokered certificates of deposit of approximately $250 million and $50 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

There are no customers that exceed 5% of total deposits at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Note 8 – Borrowings

 

Federal Home Loan Bank – Borrowings from the FHLB are secured by a blanket lien on qualified collateral, defined principally by pledging a specified percentage of the carrying value of owner and non-owner occupied first mortgage loans secured by one to four-family properties and commercial real estate loans, including multifamily loans ($1.1 billion at December 31, 2022). Total additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB based upon collateral pledged, approximates $473 million at December 31, 2022. Additionally, in order to further secure these borrowings with the FHLB, the Company is also required to invest in the stock of the FHLB.

 

F-71

 

 

Note 8 – Borrowings (Cont.)

 

Maturities on outstanding borrowings from the FHLB as of December 31 are summarized by year as follows:

 

   2022   2021 
       Weighted       Weighted 
       Average       Average 
   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate 
                 
   (dollars In thousands) 
Advances maturing within:                    
One year  $293,075    4.27%  $164    3.38%
One to two years   7    2.80    80    3.65 
Two to three years   -    -    12    2.80 
   $293,082    4.27%  $256    3.44%

 

The Company also has a line of credit from the FHLB Ideal Way in the amount of $6,058,000 at December 31, 2022 and 2021. The Company has no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at December 31, 2022 or 2021.

 

Interest expense on the above FHLB borrowings approximated $2,859,000 and $502,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

The Federal Reserve Bank – The Company has a line of credit agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston for usage of the discount window. The terms of the agreement call for the pledging of certain assets for any and all obligations of the Company under the agreement. At December 31, 2022 and 2021 there were no borrowings outstanding under this agreement and no assets had been pledged.

 

Interest Rate Swap Contracts – The Company is party to an International Swap and Derivative Association (ISDA) interest rate swap contract of $50 million with a financial institution (“counterparty”) to manage its exposure to interest rate changes previously associated with $50 million of FHLB borrowings. The swap was modified during late 2021 to manage its exposure to interest rate changes by replacing the FHLB borrowings with $50 million of brokered certificates of deposit (representing the notional amount of the swap contract). This swap contract matured during April of 2023. The swap contract qualifies as a cash flow hedge and, accordingly, the Company records the fair value of the contract on its consolidated balance sheet as an asset or liability, with an offset to accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), net of income tax impacts, and with changes reflected in other comprehensive income.

 

The effect of the swap contract is to limit the interest rate exposure on the brokered certificates of deposits to a fixed rate (2.53%) versus the three-month LIBOR. In accordance with the swap agreement, the interest charge is calculated based upon the LIBOR and the fixed rate. If interest as calculated is greater based on the LIBOR, the counterparty pays the difference to the Company. However, if interest as calculated is greater based on the fixed rates, the Company pays the difference to the counterparty.

 

Depending on the fluctuations in the LIBOR, the Company's interest rate exposure and its related impact on interest expense and net cash flow could increase or decrease. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement is the estimated amount the Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreement at a particular point in time, considering current interest rates and the creditworthiness of the counterparty. The estimated fair value of the interest rate swap contract is provided by a third-party valuation expert.

 

F-72

 

 

Note 8 – Borrowings (Cont.)

 

The fair value of the swap contract is estimated to be an asset (recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets) of approximately $321,000 at December 31, 2022 as compared to a liability (recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities) of $1,227,000 at December 31, 2021, which are reflected in the Company's accompanying consolidated balance sheets. An unrealized gain on the swap contract of approximately $231,000 at December 31, 2022 and an unrealized loss of $884,000 at December 31, 2021, net of income tax effects, is recorded in AOCI in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. See Note 15 for additional information.

 

This financial instrument involves counterparty credit exposure. The counterparty for the interest rate exchange is a major financial institution that meets the Company’s criteria for financial stability and creditworthiness. In order to mitigate counterparty default risk, should there be a significant difference in the market value of the swap components and/or the projected net interest payments, the Company or the counterparty could demand that collateral be pledged to cover the difference on each swap contract. The Company is required to maintain $500,000 and $1,500,000 of collateral deposits with the counterparty at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

The swap agreement resulted in an additional charge to the Company’s interest expense of approximately $313,000 (included with interest expense on deposits) and $1,538,000 (included with interest expense on borrowings) for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Note 9 – Employee Benefits

 

Defined Contribution Plan – The Company maintains an employee savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code whereby individual employee contributions to the Plan are matched within certain limitations by the Company. All employees who meet specified age and length of service requirements are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan. The Company’s expense (recorded in salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income) approximated $1,872,000 and $1,614,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Employee Pension Plan – As discussed in Note 1, the Company provides pension benefits through a defined benefit plan maintained with CBERA. The Company’s Plan assets and liabilities are pooled together with those of other financial institutions; therefore, the Company is not required to recognize the funded status of the plan in its balance sheet and need only accrue for any quarterly contributions due and payable on demand, or any withdrawal liabilities assessed by CBERA if the Company intended to withdraw from the Plan, which is not the Company’s intention at the present time.

 

The Company’s participation in the CBERA Plan C defined benefit plan as of December 31 is summarized below:

 

      Pension Protect Act Zone Status      Bank's Contributions    
Pension Fund  EIN/Plan Number   2022    2021   FIP/RP Status
Pending /
Implemented
   2022    2021    2020   Surcharge
Imposed
                                   
The Defined Benefit Plan (Plan C) of the CBERA Retirement Program  EIN: 04-6035593; Plan No. 334   Green    Green   No  $2,000,000   $2,000,000   $2,000,000   No

 

The Company's contributions to the Plan in each of the three years disclosed above exceeded 5% of the total plan contributions.

 

The Plan’s audited financial statements (most recently available) for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, indicated total net assets available for benefits of $403,634,773 and $398,193,810, respectively; total actuarial present value of accumulated plan benefits of $296,470,129 and $280,197,872, respectively; and total contributions from all participating employers of $8,560,568 and $9,681,927, respectively.

 

F-73

 

 

Note 9 – Employee Benefits (Cont.)

 

Deferred Compensation Plans – During 2014, the Company put into place an unfunded, defined contribution, Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“Deferred Comp Plan”) for select employees of the Company. The Deferred Comp Plan was provided to key management of the Company and results in 5% - 10% of the employee’s then current base salary being credited to the participant’s account annually, subject to increases based upon increases in annual base compensation and the possibility of additional discretionary contributions. The employees vest at varying dates in accordance with each individual’s deferred compensation participation agreement; however, all key officers will be fully vested upon the attainment of age 65. The obligations under these plans are included in accrued retirement liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and approximated $2,064,000 and $1,728,000 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The expense under these plans (recorded in salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income) approximated $336,000 and $298,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan – In January 2020, the Company put into place a long-term incentive plan for certain members of its management team where benefits are awarded annually on a discretionary basis and vest over a three-year period. Under this plan, individuals are granted “phantom shares” and benefits are accrued based upon the projected growth of the Company’s capital. The obligations under this plan is included in accrued retirement liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and approximated $4,920,000 and $1,617,000 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The expense under this plan (recorded in salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income) approximated $3,303,000 and $1,109,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Director Pension Plan – The Company has a director defined benefit pension plan, covering substantially all directors who have met the plan’s vesting requirements. The Company’s liabilities for the director pension plan are calculated by an independent actuary who used the “projected unit credit” actuarial method to determine the normal cost and actuarial liability.

 

A comparison of the actuarial estimates of the benefit obligations to the recorded obligations are as follows as of the measurement date, December 31:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Projected benefit obligations  $4,998   $4,549 
Plan assets at fair value   -    - 
Funded status  $(4,998)  $(4,549)

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet at December 31 are as follows:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Accrued retirement liabilities  $4,998   $4,549 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss in equity, before taxes   (1,241)   (1,041)
Net amount recognized  $3,757   $3,508 

 

F-74

 

 

Note 9 – Employee Benefits (Cont.)

 

Amounts included in “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)” that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic pension cost, are as follows at December 31:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Net actuarial losses  $(926)  $(1,041)
Prior service costs   (315)   - 
Unrecognized pension costs   (1,241)   (1,041)
Deferred income tax effect   348    292 
   $(893)  $(749)

 

See Note 15 for Other Comprehensive Income disclosures related to pension costs.

 

Changes in the projected benefit obligation of the director pension plan are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year  $4,549   $3,822 
Service cost   232    188 
Interest cost   114    84 
Plan amendments   372    - 
Actuarial Loss (Gain)   (30)   540 
Benefits paid   (239)   (85)
Benefit obligation at end of year  $4,998   $4,549 

 

The following schedule reflects the net periodic pension cost, contributions received, and benefits paid for the years ended December 31:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Service cost  $232   $188 
Interest cost   114    84 
Amortization of net actuarial losses   85    20 
Amortization of prior service costs   57    - 
Net periodic pension cost  $488   $292 
Employer contribution  $239   $85 
Benefits paid  $239   $85 

 

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine the director pension plan projected benefit obligations and net periodic pension cost at December 31 were as follows:

 

   2022   2021 
Pre-retirement discount rate for net periodic pension cost   2.35%   2.23%
Pre-retirement discount rate for projected benefit obligation   5.03%   2.35%
Post-retirement discount rate for projected benefit obligation   5.03%   2.35%
Rate of compensation increase   0.00%   0.00%

 

F-75

 

 

Note 9 – Employee Benefits (Cont.)

 

The components of projected net periodic pension cost for the year ending December 31, 2023 are as follows (amortization amounts will be recorded via charges or credits to “other comprehensive income”):

 

   (In thousands) 
Service cost  $260 
Interest cost   261 
Amortization of net actuarial losses   81 
Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs   488 
   $1,090 

 

Management expects the Company to contribute approximately $455,000 to the director pension plan to cover pension benefit payments during fiscal year 2023.

 

The following estimated pension benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid over the next ten years:

 

Year Ending    
December 31  (In thousands) 
2023  $455 
2024  $480 
2025  $514 
2026  $526 
2027  $489 
2028-2032  $3,293 

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance – The Company maintains Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) policies on a key executive and various directors to assist in defraying any benefits payable under the officer and director retirement benefit plans mentioned above. These life insurance policies were purchased by the Company on the lives of key employees who provided consent, allowing the Company to be the owner and beneficiary of such policies. The premiums paid on the BOLI were one-time payments made at the inception of the policies. During 2022, the Company paid approximately $22.2 million of premiums on additional BOLI as one-time payments made at inception of the contracts ($21.6 million of one-time payments were made in 2021). The cash surrender values of the BOLI policies approximate $49,006,000 and $25,651,000 at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Changes in the cash surrender value of BOLI are recorded as noninterest income on the consolidated statement of income.

 

F-76

 

 

Note 10 – Income Taxes

 

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Current tax expense:          
Federal  $3,625   $3,310 
State   3,951    2,214 
    7,576    5,524 
Deferred tax expense (credits):          
Federal   (458)   406 
State   (795)   127 
    (1,253)   533 
Total income tax expense  $6,323   $6,057 

 

The Company's effective tax rate differs from that computed at the statutory federal income tax rate as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

   2022   2021 
Statutory federal tax rate   21.0%   21.0%
Increase (decrease) resulting from:          
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit   6.9    6.7 
Tax-exempt income   (0.9)   (0.6)
Federal solar tax credits   (10.1)   (5.3)
Other, net   0.5    0.1 
           
Effective tax rate   17.4%   21.9%

 

The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31 consist of the following:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Deferred income tax assets:          
Allowance for loan losses  $7,035   $5,176 
Loan impairment charges   491    514 
Director retirement plans   1,056    986 
Deferred compensation   1,963    940 
Non-accrual interest on loans   184    166 
Accumulated OCI on director pension plan   348    292 
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge   -    343 
Unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale   4,805    248 
Other   29    128 
Gross deferred income tax assets   15,911    8,793 
           
Deferred income tax liabilities:          
Mortgage servicing rights   (646)   (769)
Depreciation   (1,777)   (1,035)
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge   (90)   - 
Solar tax credit investment   (1,623)   (615)
Bargain purchase gain   (387)   - 
Gross deferred income tax liabilities   (4,523)   (2,419)
Net deferred income tax asset  $11,388   $6,374 

 

F-77

 

 

Note 10 – Income Taxes (Cont.)

 

Based on the Company’s projected pretax earnings, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the gross deferred tax assets existing at December 31, 2022. Therefore, no valuation allowance has been provided. The primary sources of recovery of the gross federal and state deferred tax assets is the expectation that the existing net deductible temporary differences will reverse during periods in which the Company generates net taxable income. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will generate any earnings or any specific level of continuing earnings. It should be noted, however, that factors beyond management’s control, such as the general state of the economy and real estate values, can affect future levels of taxable income, and that no assurance can be given that sufficient taxable income will be generated to fully absorb gross deductible temporary differences.

 

In the past, the Internal Revenue Code provisions permitted co-operative banks a special bad debt deduction, irrespective of the amounts provided for financial reporting purposes. As a result, the Company's total pre-1988 bad debt reserve for federal income tax purposes approximates $13,806,000 at December 31, 2022, for which no deferred income tax liabilities have been recognized. Reduction of this amount for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses would be subject to income taxes.

 

The Company has not identified any uncertain tax positions requiring accrual or disclosure at December 31, 2022 and 2021. The Company’s income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal and state taxing authorities; however, there are currently no examinations for any tax periods in progress. Management of the Company believes it is no longer subject to examination for tax years prior to 2019.

 

Note 11 – Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Effective January 1, 2020, the federal banking agencies published a final rule on a Community Bank Leverage Ratio (“CBLR”) Framework that provides a simplified measure of capital adequacy for qualified community banking organizations. Management has determined that the Company meets the standards to qualify under the CBLR framework and opted into this framework for FDIC call reporting purposes during 2020. Under the CBLR framework, a bank that maintains a community bank leverage capital ratio of 9% (defined as Tier 1 capital divided by total average assets) is considered to have satisfied its capital requirements, determined to be well-capitalized, and will no longer be required to calculate risk-based capital ratios. The minimum community bank leverage capital ratio was 8.5% during 2021 and 9.0% during 2022. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank met the minimum requirement with a community bank leverage capital ratio of 11.2%.

 

F-78

 

 

Note 11 – Regulatory Capital Requirements (Cont.)

 

As of December 31, 2022, the Company did not meet the requirement for the CBLR framework due to its unfunded loan commitments being over 25% of its capital for more than two consecutive quarters. As a result, the Company operated under the risk-based framework for the year ended December 31, 2022. Under this framework, quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total Capital, Tier I Capital and Common Equity Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets, and Tier I Capital to Total Average Assets (as defined in the regulations). As of December 31, 2022, the Bank was categorized as well capitalized under this regulatory framework for prompt corrective action as presented in the table below.

 

                   To be well capitalized 
           For minimum capital   under prompt corrective 
   Actual   adequacy purposes   action provisions 
   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio 
   (dollars in thousands) 
December 31, 2022                              
Total Capital                              
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)  $382,417    11.3%  $271,323    8.0%  $339,153    10.0%
Tier I Capital                              
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)  $357,389    10.5%  $203,492    6.0%  $271,323    8.0%
Common Equity Tier I Capital                              
(to Risk-Weighted Assets)  $357,389    10.5%  $152,619    4.5%  $220,450    6.5%
Tier I Capital                              
(to Total Average Assets)  $357,389    10.5%  $136,311    4.0%  $170,389    5.0%

 

The Company’s consolidated capital ratios are consistent with the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios as reported above for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Note 12 – Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Off-Balance Sheet Risk – The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, to disburse funds to borrowers on unused construction and land development loans, and to disburse funds on committed but unused lines of credit. These financial agreements involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

Commitments to originate loans and disburse additional funds to borrowers on lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the borrower. The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments, is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The commitments to originate loans and lines of credit may expire without being funded or drawn upon; therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

F-79

 

 

Note 12 – Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk (Cont.)

 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represents off-balance sheet credit risk and are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets consist of the following at December 31:

 

   2022   2021 
         
   (In thousands) 
Commitments to originate loans  $480,503   $424,612 
Unadvanced portions of construction loans  $56,905   $168,191 
Unadvanced funds on home equity lines of credit  $138,316   $111,808 
Unadvanced funds on commercial lines of credit  $527,954   $462,071 
Letters of credit  $6,106   $6,350 

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk – The Company's financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, investment securities, loans receivable, bank owned life insurance, borrowings, deposits and derivative financial instruments.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - The Company's cash and due from bank accounts are maintained in high credit quality financial institutions. At times, such amounts on deposit at any one financial institution may be in excess of the FDIC insurance limits. At December 31, 2022, based on bank balances, the Company has approximately $928,000 on deposit in excess of federal-insured limits.

 

At December 31, 2022, the Company has approximately $25.5 million of uninsured investments in Federal Funds sold, which are obligations of the Federal Reserve.

 

Marketable Securities Available for Sale - The Company’s marketable investment securities at December 31, 2022 consist entirely of debt securities, primarily U.S. Treasury Securities, Corporate Bonds, Municipal Obligations and other Agency Mortgage-Backed Obligations. A full summary of the Company’s marketable debt securities, which approximate $245.5 million and are classified as available for sale, is presented in Note 3.

 

Loans Receivable – The Company’s most significant group of assets is its loan portfolio of over $2.9 billion, which represents approximately 83% of its total assets. The majority of the Company’s loans, 60%, are considered commercial loans and 33% are considered residential real estate loans granted to customers in the metro-west area of Boston. Most customers are also depositors of the Bank. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 4 to these financial statements.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance - The cash surrender values of bank owned life insurance policies approximates $49.0 million at December 31, 2022, and relate to policies maintained with four reputable and sound life insurance companies.

 

Deposits – At December 31, 2022, $234.9 million (8% of total deposits) of the Company’s deposit obligations are with customers in the cannabis industry.

 

Borrowings – At December 31, 2022, all of the Company’s borrowings totaling $293.1 million (9% of total liabilities) are with the FHLB (see Note 8).

 

Derivative Financial Instruments - The Company is party to an ISDA interest rate swap contract of $50 million with a financial institution as discussed in Note 8. The Company’s other derivative contracts, including collateral deposits, are held with several financial institution counterparties as discussed in Note 14.

 

F-80

 

 

Note 13 – Fair Value Measurements

 

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company records fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and determines fair value disclosures utilizing a definition of fair value of assets and liabilities that states that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value is best determined using quoted market prices, however additional considerations are involved to determine the fair value of financial assets in markets that are not active. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available to management.

 

Generally accepted accounting principles establish a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value, and gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

Level 1 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets.

 

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data and are significant to the fair value measurement of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs include fair value measurements that use pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.

 

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements.

 

Investment securities - Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities would include highly liquid government bonds (such as US Treasuries), mortgage products and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities would include U.S. agency securities, mortgage-backed agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, and certain corporate, asset-backed and other securities. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The carrying value of restricted FRB and FHLB stock approximates fair value based upon the redemption provisions of each entity and is therefore excluded from the following table.

 

Derivative arrangements - The fair values of derivative arrangements are estimated by the Company using a third-party derivative valuation expert who relies on Level 2 inputs, namely interest cash flow models to determine a fair value by calculating a settlement termination value with the counterparty.

 

F-81

 

 

Note 13 – Fair Value Measurements (Cont.)

 

Assets measured and reported at estimated fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

 

   December 31, 2022 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Fair Value 
                 
   (In Thousands) 
Assets:                    
Available-for-sale securities:                    
U.S. Treasury securities  $106,801   $-   $-   $106,801 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   -    12,141    -    12,141 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   -    3,073    -    3,073 
Corporate bonds   -    92,807    9,000    101,807 
Municipal obligations   -    21,658    -    21,658 
                     
   $106,801   $129,679   $9,000   $245,480 
                     
Interest rate swap (cash flow hedge)  $-   $321   $-   $321 
Derivative assets  $-   $31,483   $-   $31,483 
Liabilities:                    
Derivative liabilities  $-   $31,492   $-   $31,492 

 

   December 31, 2021 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Fair Value 
                 
   (In Thousands) 
Assets:                    
Available-for-sale securities:                    
U.S. Treasury securities  $95,166   $-   $-   $95,166 
U.S. Federal Agency obligations   -    11,582    -    11,582 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   -    15,660    -    15,660 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   -    5,192    -    5,192 
Corporate bonds   -    98,670    6,000    104,670 
Municipal obligations   -    27,480    -    27,480 
                     
   $95,166   $158,584   $6,000   $259,750 
                     
Derivative assets  $-   $8,556   $-   $8,556 
Liabilities:                    
Interest rate swap (cash flow hedge)  $-   $1,227   $-   $1,227 
Derivative liabilities  $-   $8,584   $-   $8,584 

 

The Company purchased $3 million in level 3 subordinated debentures during both 2022 and 2021. There were no sales, transfers, or changes in fair value of level 3 assets during 2022 and 2021.

 

The Company may also be required from time to time to measure certain other assets on a non-recurring basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Any adjustments to fair value usually result in write-downs of individual assets.

 

Impaired Loans - Loans that are considered impaired are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Once a loan is considered impaired, the fair value is measured using one of several methods, including collateral liquidation value, market value of similar debt or discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring a specific charge against the allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral meet or exceed the recorded investment in the loan. Loans which are deemed to be impaired are primarily valued on a nonrecurring basis at the fair value of the underlying real estate collateral. Such fair values are obtained using independent appraisals, which the Company considers to be Level 3 inputs.

 

F-82

 

 

Note 13 – Fair Value Measurements (Cont.)

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights – Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active market with readily observable market data. As a result, the Company estimates the fair value of mortgage servicing rights by using a discounted cash flow model to calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model are those that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income. Assumptions in the valuation of mortgage servicing rights may include estimated loan repayment rates, the discount rate, servicing costs, and the timing of cash flows, among other factors. The Company measures mortgage servicing rights accounted for using the amortization method as nonrecurring Level 3.

 

The Company had no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

The following table summarizes assets measured and reported at fair value on a non-recurring basis:

 

   December 31, 2022 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Fair Value 
                 
   (In Thousands) 
Impaired Loans  $-   $-   $8,960   $8,960 
Mortgage Servicing Rights  $-   $-   $2,298   $2,298 

 

   December 31, 2021 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Fair Value 
                 
   (In Thousands) 
Impaired Loans  $-   $-   $9,553   $9,553 
Mortgage Servicing Rights  $-   $-   $2,735   $2,735 

 

For Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows:

 

      Significant  Significant
   Valuation  Observable  Unobservable
   Technique  Inputs  Inputs
Impaired Loans  Appraisal Value/Comparison Sales  Appraisals and/or sales of comparable properties  Appraisals discounted 5 to 20% for sales commission and other holding costs
          
Mortgage Servicing Rights  Discounted Cash Flows  Comparable sales  Constant prepayment rate - 5% (2022)
         Constant prepayment rate - 10% (2021)
         Weighted average discount rate - 8%

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - The following table includes the estimated fair value of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities measured on a recurring and nonrecurring basis are discussed above. The methodologies for estimating the fair value for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data in order to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented below are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation techniques may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

F-83

 

 

Note 13 – Fair Value Measurements (Cont.)

 

The following tables present the estimated fair values, related carrying amounts, and valuation levels of the financial instruments as of the dates stated.

 

   December 31, 2022 
           Fair Value Measurements 
(Dollars in thousands)  Carrying Value   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 
Financial Assets                         
Cash and cash equivalents  $156,546   $156,545   $156,545   $   $ 
Non-public investments   10,592    10,592            10,592 
Loans receivable, net   2,990,417    2,928,734            2,928,734 
Accrued interest receivable   10,837    10,837        10,837     
Bank owned life insurance   49,006    49,006        49,006     
Financial Liabilities                         
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  $445,518   $445,518   $445,518   $   $ 
Savings, NOW and money markets   1,231,606    1,231,606        1,231,606     
Time deposits   1,209,619    1,194,871            1,194,871 
FHLB borrowings   293,082    293,056        293,056     

 

   December 31, 2021 
           Fair Value Measurements 
(Dollars in thousands)  Carrying Value   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 
Financial Assets                         
Cash and cash equivalents  $467,050   $467,050   $467,050   $   $ 
Non-public investments   4,286    4,286            4,286 
Loans receivable, net   2,086,341    2,090,754            2,090,754 
Accrued interest receivable   7,538    7,538        7,538     
Bank owned life insurance   25,651    25,651        25,651     
Financial Liabilities                         
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  $324,392   $324,392   $324,392   $   $ 
Savings, NOW and money markets   1,278,692    1,278,692        1,278,692     
Time deposits   961,454    962,719            962,719 
FHLB borrowings   256    259        259     

 

Cash and cash equivalents - The carrying amount approximates fair value for these instruments.

 

Non-public investments - Non-public investments are carried at original cost or accounted for using the equity method. This approximates fair value as there is no ready market for such investments.

 

Loans receivable, net - Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics if collateral dependent. Loans are segregated by type. The fair value of performing loans is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect observable market information incorporating the credit, liquidity, yield and other risks inherent in the loan. The estimate of maturity is based upon the Company’s historical experience with repayments for each loan classification, modified, as required, by an estimate of the effect of the current economic and lending conditions. Fair value for significant non-performing loans is generally based upon recent external appraisals. If appraisals are not available, estimated cash flows are discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash flows. Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows and discounted rates are judgmentally determined using available market information and specific borrower information.

 

Accrued interest receivable - The carrying amount approximates fair value for these instruments.

 

Bank owned life insurance - Bank owned life insurance is carried at net cash surrender value of the polices which approximates fair value since that is the approximate liquidation value of these assets.

 

F-84

 

 

Note 13 – Fair Value Measurements (Cont.)

 

Deposits - The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity date, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW and money market accounts, is based on the carrying value. The fair value of time deposits is based upon the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings - Fair value is estimated based on discounted cash flows using current market rates for borrowing with similar terms.

 

Note 14 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities

 

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives – The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s assets and liabilities.

 

Fair Value Hedges of Interest Rate Risk –The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its pools of pre-payable fixed-rate assets due to changes in benchmark interest rates. The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to changes in the fair value of these instruments attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate. Interest rate swap agreements designated as fair value hedges involve the payment of fixed-rate amounts to a counterparty in exchange for the Company receiving variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount.

 

For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in interest income.

 

The Company had previously entered into two “last of layer hedges” on a significant portion of its fixed rate residential loan pool. These amounts include the amortized cost basis of closed portfolios used to designate hedging relationships in which the hedged item is the last layer expected to remain at the end of the hedging relationship.

 

During September 2021, the Company terminated these last of layer hedges by paying out $2.15 million to the respective third parties. These fees were capitalized into loans receivable and are being amortized against loan income over the contractual lives of the remaining designated residential loans. The unamortized amount of this cost basis adjustment is $1.2 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

F-85

 

 

Note 14 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Cont.)

 

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Fair Value Hedge Accounting on the Income Statement – The table below presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges on the consolidated statements of income (in thousands):

 

   Location and Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Fair
Value Hedging Relationships
 
   Year Ended December 31, 2022   Year Ended December 31, 2021 
   Interest
Income
   Interest
Expense
   Interest
Income
   Interest
Expense
 
Total amounts of income and expense line items presented in the consolidated statements of income in which the effects of fair value hedges are recorded  $                       -                    $(3,015)                 
The effects of fair value hedging:                    
Gain or (loss) on fair value hedging relationships in Subtopic 815-20                    
Interest contracts                    
Hedged items  $-        $(3,133)     
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments  $-        $118      

 

Non-designated Hedges – Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and are used to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements and other identified risks but do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements and/or the Company has not elected to apply hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships, exclusive of credit valuation adjustments, are recorded directly in earnings.

 

The Company executes interest rate swap and cap agreements with commercial banking customers to facilitate its respective risk management strategies. Those interest rate swap and cap agreements are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps and caps that are executed with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had 36 interest rate swap agreements and one interest rate cap agreement with an aggregate notional amount of $263.9 million related to this program. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 34 interest rate swap agreements and one interest rate cap agreement with an aggregate notional amount of $274.6 million related to this program.

 

Risk Participation Agreements – Risk Participation Agreements (RPAs) are guarantees issued by the Company to other parties for a fee, whereby the Company agrees to participate in the credit risk of a derivative customer of the other party. Under the terms of these agreements, the “participating bank” receives a fee from the “lead bank” in exchange for the guarantee of reimbursement if the customer defaults on an interest rate swap. The interest rate swap is transacted such that any and all exchanges of interest payments (favorable and unfavorable) are made between the lead bank and the customer. In the event that an early termination of the swap occurs, and the customer is unable to make a required close out payment, the participating bank assumes that obligation and is required to make this payment. RPAs where the Company acts as the lead bank are referred to as “participations-out,” in reference to the credit risk associated with the customer derivatives being transferred out of the Company. Participations-out generally occur concurrently with the sale of new customer derivatives. RPAs where the Company acts as the participating bank are referred to as “participations-in,” in reference to the credit risk associated with the counterparty’s derivatives being assumed by the Company. The Company’s maximum credit exposure is based on its proportionate share of the settlement amount of the referenced interest rate swap. Settlement amounts are generally calculated based on the fair value of the swap plus outstanding accrued interest receivable from the customer. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had 8 RPAs with an aggregate notional amount of $31.4 million related to this program (6 RPAs with an aggregate notional amount of $21.1 million at December 31, 2021). These RPAs all represent “participations-in” and generally have terms ranging from five to ten years.

 

F-86

 

 

Note 14 – Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Cont.)

 

Tabular Disclosure of Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Balance Sheet – The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments not designated as hedging instruments, as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

2022 

Asset

Derivatives (1)

  

Liability

Derivatives (2)

 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:          
Interest rate products  $31,483   $31,483 
RPA credit contracts   -    9 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments  $31,483   $31,492 
           
2021          
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:          
Interest rate products  $8,556   $8,556 
RPA credit contracts   -    28 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments  $8,556   $8,584 

 

(1) Recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets

 

(2) Recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets

 

The table below presents the financial impact of the Company’s derivative financial instruments not designated as hedges to the consolidated statements of income, caused by changes in fair value and default termination fees paid on the swap arrangements for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

   Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized  Year Ended December 31 
   in Income on Derivative  2022   2021 
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:             
RPA credit contracts-fair value adjustments  Other non-interest income  $19   $8 

 

Swap contract fees, net of brokerage costs, recognized in earnings on the above noted interest rate products and RPA contracts approximated $1,242,000 and $1,980,000 during 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults (or is capable of being declared in default) on any of its indebtedness, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations, and it could be required to terminate its derivative positions with the counterparty. The Company also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision whereby if the counterparty fails to maintain its status as a well-capitalized institution, then the Company could be required to terminate its derivative positions with the counterparty. In order to mitigate counterparty default risk in conjunction with these interest rate products and RPA credit contracts, the Company was required to maintain $8.6 million of collateral deposit accounts with the counterparties to these agreements at December 31, 2022 ($7.6 million required at December 31, 2021).

 

F-87

 

 

Note 15 – Other Comprehensive Income

 

The components of the Company’s “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”, along with the changes during the years (net of deferred income tax effects), are as follows (in thousands):

 

   Unrealized Gain   Director   Unrealized Gain   Total Accumulated 
   (Loss) on AFS   Pension   (Loss) on Cash   Other Comprehensive 
   Securities   Plan   Flow Hedge   Income (Loss) 
Balances at December 31, 2020  $3,058   $(375)  $(2,192)  $491 
                     
Other comprehensive income (losses), net of taxes   (3,697)   (374)   1,308    (2,763)
                     
Balances at December 31, 2021   (639)   (749)   (884)   (2,272)
                     
Other comprehensive income (losses), net of taxes   (13,100)   (144)   1,115    (12,129)
                     
Balances at December 31, 2022  $(13,739)  $(893)  $231   $(14,401)

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the changes in the components of “other comprehensive income” and the reclassifications out of “accumulated other comprehensive income” (in thousands):

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2022    
       Tax        
   Before-Tax   (Expense)   After-Tax   Affected Line Item in Consolidated
   Amount   Benefit   Amount   Statements of Income-(Income) Expense
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on AFS Securities:                  
Unrealized holding losses arising during the year  $(17,657)  $4,557   $(13,100)   
                   
Director Pension Plan:                  
Net actuarial gains arising during the year   30    (8)   22    
New prior service costs related to plan amendments   (372)   104    (268)   
Reclassification adjustments into net periodic pension cost:                  
Amortization of prior service costs   57(b)   (16)   41   (b)  Salaries and employee benefits
Amortization of net actuarial losses   85(b)   (24)   61   (b)  Salaries and employee benefits
                   
Net change in unrecognized pension cost   (200)   56    (144)   
                   
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedge:                  
Unrealized holding gains arising during the year   1,548    (433)   1,115    
                   
Total other comprehensive loss  $(16,309)  $4,180   $(12,129)   

 

F-88

 

 

Note 15 – Other Comprehensive Income (Cont.)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2021    
       Tax        
   Before-Tax   (Expense)   After-Tax   Affected Line Item in Consolidated
   Amount   Benefit   Amount   Statements of Income-(Income) Expense
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on AFS Securities:                  
Unrealized holding losses arising during the year  $(4,472)  $1,144   $(3,328)   
                   
Reclassification adjustment for gains on sales of securities realized in net income   (496)(a)   127    (369)  (a)  Realized net gains on sales of securities
                   
Net unrealized losses during the year   (4,968)   1,271    (3,697)   
                   
Director Pension Plan:                  
Net actuarial losses arising during the year   (540)   152    (388)   
Reclassification adjustments into net periodic pension cost:                  
Amortization of net actuarial losses   20(b)   (6)   14   (b)  Salaries and employee benefits
                   
Net change in unrecognized pension cost   (520)   146    (374)   
                   
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedge:                  
Unrealized holding gains arising during the year   1,817    (509)   1,308    
                   
Total other comprehensive loss  $(3,671)  $908   $(2,763)   

 

Note 16 – Litigation Matters

 

Various legal claims arise from time to time in the normal course of business which, in the opinion of management, will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 17 – Purchase and Assumption Agreement

 

On January 14, 2022, Needham Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with Eastern Bank for the transfer of Eastern Bank’s cannabis and money service banking businesses. As part of the agreement, customer relationships transitioned to Needham Bank on April 1, 2022. The Eastern Bank team that served this customer base transitioned to Needham Bank and are now employed at the Company’s new branch location in Medford, therefore the Company treated this as a business combination. Approximately $297.7 million in deposits transitioned from Eastern Bank to Needham Bank. Also, as a result of this transaction Needham Bank recognized a core deposit intangible of approximately $1.5 million as well as a corresponding after-tax bargain purchase gain of approximately $1.1 million. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over a 10-year period and equates to an annual expense of approximately $149,000 per year.

 

F-89

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you. No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by NB Bancorp or Needham Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of NB Bancorp or Needham Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

 

NB BANCORP, INC.

(Proposed Holding Company for

Needham Bank)

 

Up to 34,500,000 shares of

Common Stock

Par value $0.01 per share

(Subject to increase to up to 39,675,000 shares)

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Piper Sandler

 

 

 [prospectus date]

 

 

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

 

Until [expiration date], all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver the prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.                  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

   Estimated Amount 
Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses  $750,000 
Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses   375,000 
Marketing Agent’s Fees and Expenses (1)   4,950,000 
Records Management Agent’s Fees and Expenses   120,000 
Independent Appraiser’s Fees and Expenses   230,000 
Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees and Expenses   625,000 
Filing Fees (FINRA, SEC, Nasdaq)   40,000 
Transfer Agent’s Fees and Expenses   10,000 
Business Plan Consultant’s Fees and Expenses   70,000 
Proxy Solicitation Fees and Expenses   10,000 
Other   100,000 
Total  $7,280,000 

 

 

(1)Estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming all shares are sold in the subscription offering.

 

Item 14.Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Article 10 of the Articles of Incorporation of NB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) sets forth the circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they may incur in their capacities as such:

 

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.            Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B.            Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

 

 

 

C.            Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D.            Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.            Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.            Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

Item 15.                  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 16.                  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)List of Exhibits

 

1.1Engagement Letter between NB Financial, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co. (Marketing Agent Services)
1.2Engagement Letter between NB Financial, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co. (Stock Information Center Manager Services)
1.3Form of Agency Agreement Among NB Financial, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co.*
2Plan of Conversion
3.1Articles of Incorporation of NB Bancorp, Inc.
3.2Bylaws of NB Bancorp, Inc.
4Form of Common Stock Certificate of NB Bancorp, Inc.
5Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1Federal Income Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC*
8.2State Income Tax Opinion*
10.1Employment Agreement between Needham Bank and Joseph P. Campanelli
10.2Employment Agreement between Needham Bank and Salvatore Rinaldi
10.3Form of Change in Control Agreement between Needham Bank and certain executive officers
10.4Needham Bank Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan
10.5Needham Bank Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers
10.6Needham Bank Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.7Needham Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan
16Letter from G.T. Reilly with respect to change in accountants
21Subsidiaries of NB Bancorp, Inc.
23.1Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3Consent of Elliott Davis
24Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)

 

 

 

 

99.1Engagement letter between NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial, Inc., Needham Bank and RP Financial, LC. with respect to independent appraisal services
99.2Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to value of subscription rights
99.3Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.
99.4Marketing Materials*
99.5Stock Order and Certification Form*
99.6Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Rights
107Filing fees exhibit

 

 

*              To be filed by amendment.

 

(b)           Financial Statement Schedules

 

Financial statement schedules are not filed because the required information is inapplicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

Item 17.            Undertakings

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i)To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii)           To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

(iii)           To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(2)            That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3)            To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4)            That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i)            Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

 

(ii)           Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

 

 

 

(iii)          The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv)          Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(5)            That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(6)            That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(7)            The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(8)            Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Needham, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on June 9, 2023.

 

  NB BANCORP, iNc.
   
  By: /s/ Joseph P. Campanelli
  Joseph P. Campanelli
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Duly Authorized Representative)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned directors and officers of NB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Joseph P. Campanelli, as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said individual may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Corporation’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said individual shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Joseph P. Campanelli  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer) 

  June 9, 2023
Joseph P. Campanelli      
         
/s/ Danielle Walsh  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

  June 9, 2023
Danielle Walsh      
         
/s/ William Darcey   Director   June 9, 2023
William Darcey        
         
/s/ Susan Elliott   Director   June 9, 2023
Susan Elliott        
         
/s/ Angela D. Jackson   Director   June 9, 2023
Angela D. Jackson        
         
/s/ Christopher Lynch   Director   June 9, 2023
Christopher Lynch        
         
/s/ Joseph R. Nolan, Jr.   Director   June 9, 2023
Joseph R. Nolan, Jr.        
         
/s/ Francis X. Orfanello   Director   June 9, 2023
Francis X. Orfanello        
         
/s/ Hope E. Pascucci   Director   June 9, 2023
Hope E. Pascucci        
         
/s/ Muhammad Raza   Director   June 9, 2023
Muhammad Raza        
         
/s/ Mark Whalen   Director   June 9, 2023
Mark Whalen        

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

March 20, 2023

 

  1251 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, 6TH FLOOR
NEW YORK, NY 10020
P 212 466-7800 | TF 800 635-6851
Piper Sandler & Co. Since 1985.
Member SIPC and NYSE.

 

Board of Directors

NB Financial, MHC

NB Financial Inc.

Needham Bank

1063 Great Plain Avenue

Needham, MA 02492

 

  Attention: Mr. Joseph P. Campanelli 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Piper Sandler & Co. (“Piper Sandler”) understands that the Boards of Directors of NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial Inc. and Needham Bank (collectively, the “Bank”) are considering the adoption of a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) pursuant to which NB Financial, MHC will convert from the mutual to stock form of organization (the “Conversion”) and shares of the common stock (the “Shares”) of a newly organized stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be offered and sold in a public offering. The Holding Company and the Bank are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” Piper Sandler is pleased to assist the Company with the Offering and this letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of Piper Sandler’s engagement.

 

Under the terms of the Plan and applicable regulations, the Shares will be offered first to eligible depositors of the Bank and the Company’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans (the “Subscription Offering”). Subject to the prior rights of subscribers in the subscription offering, the Shares may be offered in a community offering, with a preference given in the community offering to residents of the communities served by the Bank (the “Community Offering,” and together with the Subscription Offering, the “Subscription and Community Offering”). Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription and Community Offering, if any, may be offered to the general public by Piper Sandler on a best efforts basis (“Syndicated Offering” and together with the Subscription and Community Offering, the “Offering”).

 

Services

 

Piper Sandler will work with the Company and its management, counsel, accountants and other advisors in preparing for and completing the Offering and anticipates that its services will include the following:

 

1.Consulting as to the marketing implications of any aspect of the Plan, including the percentage of the Holding Company’s common stock to be offered in the Offering;

 

2.Reviewing with the Board the financial impact of the Offering on the Company, based upon the independent appraiser’s appraisal of the Holding Company’s common stock;

 

 

Page 2

 

3.Reviewing all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 

4.Assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the Offering;

 

5.Assisting Company management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors and/or other broker-dealers in connection with the Offering; and

 

6.Providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the Offering.

 

Piper Sandler will act as exclusive marketing agent for the Company in the Subscription and Community Offering and will serve as sole manager of any Syndicated Offering. Piper Sandler may also seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to assist in any Syndicated Offering (all such registered broker-dealers participating in the Syndicated Offering, including Piper Sandler, the “Syndicate Member Firms”). Piper Sandler will consult with the Company in selecting the Syndicate Member Firms and the extent of their participation in the Offering. Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Piper Sandler will endeavor to distribute the Shares among dealers in a fashion that best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the requirements of the Plan, which may result in limiting the allocation of stock to certain Syndicate Member Firms. It is understood that in no event shall any Syndicate Member Firm be obligated to take or purchase any Shares in the Offering.

 

Fees

 

If the Offering is consummated, the Company agrees to pay Piper Sandler for its marketing agent services a fee of (a) 1.35% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Subscription Offering, plus (b) 3.0% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Community Offering, excluding Shares purchased by or on behalf of (i) any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company established for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees, (ii) any director, officer or employee of the Company or members of their immediate families (whether directly or through a personal trust), and (iii) shares issued to the Company’s charitable foundation established in connection with the Conversion.

 

With respect to any Shares sold in the Syndicated Offering, the Company agrees to pay an aggregate fee of 5.0% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Syndicated Offering.

 

 

Page 3

 

For purposes of this letter, the term “Actual Purchase Price” shall mean the price at which the Shares are sold in the Offering. All fees payable hereunder shall be payable in immediately available funds by wire transfer at the time of the closing of the Offering. If the Offering is terminated by the Company, no marketing agent services fees shall be payable by the Company to Piper Sandler hereunder.

 

COSTS AND Expenses

 

In addition to any fees that may be payable to Piper Sandler hereunder and the expenses to be borne by the Company pursuant to the following paragraph, the Company agrees to reimburse Piper Sandler, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, travel and syndication expenses, up to a maximum of $125,000; provided, however, that Piper Sandler shall document such expenses to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification or contribution provisions of this letter.

 

As is customary, the Company will bear all other expenses incurred in connection with the Offering, including, without limitation, (i) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required FINRA filing fees; (ii) the cost of printing and distributing the offering materials; (iii) the costs of blue sky qualification (including fees and expenses of blue sky counsel) of the Shares in the various states; (iv) listing fees; (v) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants, transfer agent and other advisors; and (vi) the establishment and operational expenses for the Stock Information Center (e.g., postage, telephones, supplies, temporary employees, etc.). In the event Piper Sandler incurs any such fees and expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company will reimburse Piper Sandler for such fees and expenses whether or not the Offering is consummated.

 

Due Diligence Review

 

Piper Sandler’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this letter shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigation and inquiries relating to the Company and its directors, officers, agents and employees as Piper Sandler and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances. In this regard, the Company agrees that, at its expense, it will make available to Piper Sandler all information that Piper Sandler reasonably requests, and will allow Piper Sandler the opportunity to discuss with the management of the Company the financial condition, business and operations of the Company. The Company acknowledges that Piper Sandler will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all information received from the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents, independent accountants and counsel.

 

 

Page 4

 

To help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the federal law of the United States requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person with whom they do business. This means Piper Sandler may ask the Company and its significant shareholders or equityholders for certain identifying information and documents, including a government-issued identification number (e.g., a U.S. taxpayer identification number) and copies of documents containing personal identifying information, and such other information or documents that Piper Sandler and its counsel consider appropriate to verify the bona fide existence of the Company (e.g., certified articles of incorporation, a government-issued business license, a partnership agreement or a trust instrument) and the identities of its significant shareholders or equityholders.

 

Blue Sky Matters

 

Piper Sandler and the Company agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offering. The Company will cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Subscription and Community Offering and, if applicable, the Syndicated Offering, including Piper Sandler’s participation therein, and shall furnish Piper Sandler a copy thereof addressed to Piper Sandler or upon which such counsel shall state Piper Sandler may rely.

 

Confidentiality

 

Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation, legal process or order of any court or governmental or regulatory authority, Piper Sandler agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”); provided, however, that Piper Sandler may disclose such information to its affiliates, partners, directors, employees, agents and advisors who are assisting or advising Piper Sandler in performing its services hereunder and who have been directed to comply with the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Piper Sandler in breach of the confidentiality obligations contained herein, (b) was available to Piper Sandler on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to Piper Sandler by the Company, (c) becomes available to Piper Sandler on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to Piper Sandler to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation owed to the Company, or (d) is independently developed by Piper Sandler without use of or reference to the Confidential Information disclosed hereunder.

 

 

Page 5

 

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the financial models and presentations used by Piper Sandler in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to Piper Sandler and are protected under applicable copyright laws. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior written consent of Piper Sandler.

 

REPRESENTATIONS

 

The Bank represents and warrants that it has all requisite power and authority to enter into and carry out the terms and provisions of this agreement, the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement does not breach or conflict with any agreement, document or instrument to which it is a party or bound and this agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Bank.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

 

Annex A is hereby incorporated into this agreement by reference and made part of this agreement.

 

Definitive Agreement

 

Piper Sandler and the Company agree that (a) except as set forth in clause (b) below, the foregoing represents the general intention of the Company and Piper Sandler with respect to the services to be provided by Piper Sandler in connection with the Offering, which will serve as a basis for Piper Sandler commencing activities, and (b) the only legal and binding obligations of the Company and Piper Sandler with respect to the Offering (such obligations to survive any termination of this agreement) shall be (1) the Company’s obligation to reimburse costs and expenses pursuant to the section captioned “Costs and Expenses,” (2) those set forth under the captions “Confidentiality”, “Representations” and “Indemnification and Contribution,” and (3) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed definitive Agency Agreement to be entered into prior to the commencement of the Subscription and Community Offering. Such Agency Agreement shall be in form and content satisfactory to Piper Sandler and the Company and their respective counsel and shall contain standard indemnification and contribution provisions consistent herewith.

 

Piper Sandler’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (i) Piper Sandler’s satisfaction with its investigation of the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, (ii) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to Piper Sandler and its counsel, (iii) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of Piper Sandler and its counsel, (iv) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (v) market conditions at the time of the proposed Offering. Piper Sandler may terminate this agreement if such Agency Agreement is not entered into prior March 30, 2024.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

[Signature page to follow.]

 

 

Page 6

 

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Piper Sandler the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  PIPER SANDLER & CO.
   
  By:  /s/ Derek Szot
    Derek Szot 
    Managing Director

 

Accepted and agreed to as of 

the date first above written:

 

NB FINANCIAL INC.

 

By: /s/ Joseph P. Campanelli   
  Joseph P. Campanelli  
  President and Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

Page 7

 

ANNEX A

 

The Bank agrees to, and shall cause the Holding Company to, indemnify and hold Piper Sandler and its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Piper Sandler and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, (i) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the offering documents, including documents described or incorporated by reference therein, or in any other written or oral communication provided by or on behalf of the Holding Company or the Bank to any actual or prospective purchaser of the Shares or arising out of or based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (ii) arising out of or based in whole or in part on any inaccuracy in the representations or warranties of the Holding Company or the Bank contained in any agency agreement, or any failure of the Holding Company or the Bank to perform its obligations thereunder or (iii) arising in any manner out of or in connection with Piper Sandler’s engagement under, or any matter referred to in, this agreement, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party; provided, however, that the Company shall only be obligated to pay for one separate counsel (in addition to any required local counsel) in any one action or proceeding or group of related actions or proceedings for all Indemnified Parties collectively, and provided, further, that the Company will not be liable to Piper Sandler (a) to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by Piper Sandler expressly for use therein, or (b) under clause (iii) of this paragraph to the extent that it is finally judicially determined that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is primarily attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Piper Sandler. If the foregoing indemnification is unavailable for any reason other than for the reasons stated in subparagraph (a) or (b) above, the Company agrees to contribute to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in the proportion that its financial interest in the Offering bears to that of Piper Sandler. The Bank further agrees, and shall cause the Holding Company to agree, that neither Piper Sandler nor any of its controlling persons, affiliates, partners, directors, officers, employees or consultants shall have any liability to the Holding Company or the Bank or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Holding Company or the Bank for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arising out of or relating to this agreement or the services to be rendered by Piper Sandler hereunder, unless it is finally judicially determined that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses resulted directly from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Piper Sandler.

 

 

Page 8

 

The Bank agrees to, and shall cause the Holding Company to, notify Piper Sandler promptly of the assertion against it or any other person of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding relating to any transaction contemplated by this agreement. The Bank will not, and shall cause the Holding Company not to, without Piper Sandler’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not any Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party thereto, unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an explicit and unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from any liabilities arising out of such claim, action or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party. If the Holding Company or the Bank enters into any agreement or arrangement with respect to, or effects, any proposed sale, exchange, dividend or other distribution or liquidation of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of transactions, the Bank shall provide, and shall cause the Holding Company to provide, for the assumption of its obligations under this section by the purchaser or transferee of such assets or another party reasonably satisfactory to Piper Sandler.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.2

 

  1251 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, 6TH FLOOR
NEW YORK, NY 10020
P 212 466-7800 | TF 800 635-6851
Piper Sandler & Co. Since 1985.
Member SIPC and NYSE.

 

March 20, 2023

 

Board of Directors

NB Financial Inc.

1063 Great Plain Avenue

Needham, MA 02492

 

  Attention: Mr. Joseph P. Campanelli

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Piper Sandler & Co. (“Piper Sandler”) understands that NB Financial, MHC, NB Financial Inc. and Needham Bank (collectively, the “Bank”) have determined to adopt a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) pursuant to which NB Financial, MHC will convert from the mutual to stock form of organization (the “Conversion”) and shares of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of a newly organized stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be offered and sold to the Bank’s eligible depositors and certain tax-qualified employee benefit plans in a subscription offering and, to the extent shares remain available, to members of the Bank’s community in a community offering and, under certain circumstances, to the general public in a syndicated community offering (collectively, the “Offering”). The Holding Company and the Bank are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” Piper Sandler is pleased to act as records management agent (“Records Management Agent”) for the Bank in connection with the vote of the Bank’s depositors on the Plan and the offer and sale of shares of the common stock in the Offering. This letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of Piper Sandler’s engagement.

 

SERVICES AND FEES

 

In its role as Records Management Agent, Piper Sandler anticipates that its services will include the services outlined below, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

I.Consolidation of Deposit Accounts for Voting and Offering

 

II.Coordinate Vote Solicitation and Special Meeting Services

 

III.Design and Preparation of Stock Order Forms for the Offering

 

IV.Organization and Supervision of the Stock Information Center

 

V.Subscription Services

 

 

Page 2

Each of these services is further described in Appendix A to this agreement.

 

For its services hereunder, the Company agrees to pay Piper Sandler a fee of $85,000. This fee is based upon the requirements of current regulations and the Plan as currently contemplated. The Company will inform Piper Sandler within a reasonable period of time of any changes in the Plan or regulations that require changes in Piper Sandler’s services.

 

All fees under this agreement shall be due and payable in cash, as follows: (a) $10,000 due and payable upon execution of this agreement; and (b) the balance due and payable on the day of closing of the Offering.

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

It is understood that all expenses associated with the operation of the Stock Information Center will be borne by the Company. In addition to any fees that may be payable to Piper Sandler hereunder, the Company also agrees to reimburse Piper Sandler, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including, without limitation, travel, lodging, food, telephone, postage, communications and other similar expenses; provided, however, that such expenses shall not exceed $35,000 without the Company’s prior approval; provided, further, that Piper Sandler shall document such expenses to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification or contribution provisions of this agreement.

 

RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED; CONFIDENTIALITY

 

The Company will furnish Piper Sandler with such information as Piper Sandler reasonably believes appropriate to its assignment (all such information so furnished being the “Records”). The Company recognizes and confirms that Piper Sandler (a) will use and rely primarily on the Records without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Records.

 

To help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the federal law of the United States requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person with whom they do business. This means Piper Sandler may ask the Company and its significant shareholders or equityholders for certain identifying information and documents, including a government-issued identification number (e.g., a U.S. taxpayer identification number) and copies of documents containing personal identifying information, and such other information or documents that Piper Sandler and its counsel consider appropriate to verify the bona fide existence of the Company (e.g., certified articles of incorporation, a government-issued business license, a partnership agreement or a trust instrument) and the identities of its significant shareholders or equityholders.

 

 

Page 3

Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation, legal process or order of any court or governmental or regulatory authority, Piper Sandler agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”); provided, however, that Piper Sandler may disclose such information to its affiliates, partners, directors, employees, agents and advisors who are assisting or advising Piper Sandler in performing its services hereunder and who have been directed to comply with the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Piper Sandler in breach of the confidentiality obligations contained herein, (b) was available to Piper Sandler on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to Piper Sandler by the Company, (c) becomes available to Piper Sandler on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to Piper Sandler to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation owed to the Company, or (d) is independently developed by Piper Sandler without use of or reference to the Confidential Information disclosed hereunder.

 

LIMITATIONS

 

Piper Sandler, as Records Management Agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be liable to any person, firm or corporation including the Company by reason of any error of judgment or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof unless caused by or arising out of its own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence, as determined in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction; (d) will not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its reasonable judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (e) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties. Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall Piper Sandler be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if Piper Sandler has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

 

Annex A is hereby incorporated into this agreement by reference and made part of this agreement.

 

 

Page 4

REPRESENTATIONS

 

The Bank represents and warrants that it has all requisite power and authority to enter into and carry out the terms and provisions of this agreement, the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement does not breach or conflict with any agreement, document or instrument to which it is a party or bound and this agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Bank.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

The following addresses shall be sufficient for written notices to each other:

 

  If to Bank: NB Financial Inc.

1063 Great Plain Avenue

Needham, MA 02492

Attention: Mr. Joseph P. Campanelli

 

  If to Piper Sandler: Piper Sandler & Co.

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 6th Floor

New York, New York 10020

Attention: General Counsel

 

The agreement and the appendix hereto constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

It is understood that the provisions relating to the payment of fees and expenses and those contained under the captions “Limitations”, “Indemnification and Contribution” and “Representations” will survive any termination of this agreement.

 

[Signature page to follow.]

 

 

Page 5

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Piper Sandler the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  PIPER SANDLER & CO. 
   
  By: /s/ Derek Szot 
    Derek Szot
    Managing Director

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

 

NB FINANCIAL INC.

 

By: /s/ Joseph P. Campanelli   
  Joseph P. Campanelli  
  President and Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

 

 

ANNEX A

 

The Bank agrees to, and shall cause the Holding Company to, indemnify and hold Piper Sandler and its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Piper Sandler and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise related to or arising out of Piper Sandler’s engagement under, or any matter referred to in, this agreement, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party; provided, however, that the Company shall only be obligated to pay for one separate counsel (in addition to any required local counsel) in any one action or proceeding or group of related actions or proceedings for all Indemnified Parties collectively, and provided, further, that the Company will not be liable to Piper Sandler under this paragraph to the extent that it is finally judicially determined that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is primarily attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Piper Sandler. If the foregoing indemnification is unavailable for any reason other than for the reason stated above, the Company agrees to contribute to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in the proportion that its financial interest in the Offering bears to that of Piper Sandler. The Bank further agrees, and shall cause the Holding Company to agree, that neither Piper Sandler nor any of its controlling persons, affiliates, partners, directors, officers, employees or consultants shall have any liability to the Holding Company or the Bank or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Holding Company or the Bank for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arising out of or relating to this agreement or the services to be rendered by Piper Sandler hereunder, unless it is finally judicially determined that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses resulted directly from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Piper Sandler.

 

The Bank agrees to, and shall cause the Holding Company to, notify Piper Sandler promptly of the assertion against it or any other person of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding relating to any transaction contemplated by this agreement. The Bank will not, and shall cause the Holding Company not to, without Piper Sandler’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not any Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party thereto, unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an explicit and unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from any liabilities arising out of such claim, action or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party. If the Holding Company or the Bank enters into any agreement or arrangement with respect to, or effects, any proposed sale, exchange, dividend or other distribution or liquidation of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of transactions, the Bank shall provide, and shall cause the Holding Company to provide, for the assumption of its obligations under this section by the purchaser or transferee of such assets or another party reasonably satisfactory to Piper Sandler.

 

A - 1 

 

 

APPENDIX A

 

OUTLINE OF RECORDS MANAGEMENT AGENT SERVICES

 

I.Consolidation of Deposit Accounts for Voting and Offering
1.Consolidate files in accordance with regulatory guidelines and create central file.
2.Our EDP format will be provided to your IT representatives.

 

II.Coordinate Vote Solicitation and Special Meeting Services
1.Vote calculation.
2.Prepare deposit account holder data for Information Statement mailing
3.Coordinate with Bank and other advisors in designing and executing vote campaign.
4.If required, delete voting record date accounts closed prior to special meeting.
5.Act as or support inspector of election, it being understood that Piper Sandler will not act as inspector of election in the case of a contested election.

 

III.Design and Preparation of Stock Order Forms for the Offering
1.Assist in designing stock order forms for ordering stock.
2.Prepare deposit account holder data for stock order forms.

 

IV.Organization and Supervision of Stock Information Center
1.Advising on the physical organization of the Stock Information Center, including materials requirements.
2.Assist in the training of all Bank personnel and temporary employees who will be staffing the Stock Information Center.
3.Establish reporting procedures.
4.On-site supervision of the Stock Information Center during the offering period.

 

V.Subscription Services
1.Produce list of depositors by state (Blue Sky report).
2.Production of subscription rights and research books.
3.Stock order form processing.
4.Acknowledgment letter to confirm receipt of stock order.
5.Daily reports and analysis.
6.Proration calculation and share allocation in the event of an oversubscription.
7.Produce charter shareholder list.
8.Interface with Transfer Agent for DRS Statement issuance to shareholders.
9.Refund and interest calculations.
10.Confirmation letter to confirm purchase of stock.
11.Notification of full/partial rejection of orders.
12.Production of 1099/Debit tape.

 

A - 2 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 2

 

NB FINANCIAL, MHC

 

PLAN OF CONVERSION

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors
on June 7, 2023

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION—BUSINESS PURPOSE   1
     
ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS   4
     
ARTICLE 3. GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION   11
  3.1. Preconditions to Conversion   11
  3.2. Submission of Plan to Commissioner and FRB   11
  3.3. Special Meeting of Corporators to Approve the MHC Merger; Special Meeting of Shareholders to Approve the Plan  

12

  3.4. Completion of Conversion and Offering; Stock Holding Company Charter and Bylaws  

12

  3.5. Bank Charter and Bylaws   12
  3.6. Conversion Procedures   12
  3.7. Conversion to Stock Holding Company   13
  3.8. Offer and Sale of Holding Company Common Stock   13
         
ARTICLE 4. ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION  

14

  4.1. Establishment of the Foundation   14
  4.2. Purposes of the Foundation; Charitable Contributions   14
  4.3. Board of Directors of the Foundation   15
         
ARTICLE 5. SHARES TO BE OFFERED   15
  5.1. Holding Company Common Stock   15
  5.2. Independent Valuation, Purchase Price and Number of Shares.   15
         
ARTICLE 6. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AND ORDERS FOR COMMON STOCK   17
  6.1. Distribution of Prospectus   17
  6.2. Order Forms   17
  6.3. Undelivered, Defective, Early or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment   18
  6.4. Payment for Stock   18
         
ARTICLE 7. STOCK PURCHASE PRIORITIES AND OFFERING ALTERNATIVES   19
  7.1. Priorities for Offering   19
  7.2. Certain Determinations   20
  7.3. Minimum Purchase; No Fractional Shares   20
  7.4. Overview of Priorities   20
  7.5. Priorities for Subscription Offering   20
  7.6. Priorities for Direct Community Offering   22
  7.7. Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering   23

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8. ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES   24
  8.1. General   24
  8.2. Individual Maximum Purchase Limit   24
  8.3. Group Maximum Purchase Limit   25
  8.4. Purchases by Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators   25
  8.5. Special Rule for Tax-Qualified Employee Plans   25
  8.6. Illegal Purchases   25
  8.7. Rejection of Orders   26
  8.8. Subscribers in Non-Qualified States or in Foreign Countries   26
  8.9. No Offer to Transfer Shares   26
  8.10. Confirmation by Purchasers   26
         
ARTICLE 9. POST OFFERING MATTERS   26
  9.1. Stock Purchases After the Conversion   26
  9.2. Resales of Stock by Management Persons   27
  9.3. Stock Certificates   27
  9.4. Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases   27
  9.5. Stock Benefit Plans   27
  9.6. Market for Holding Company Common Stock   27
  9.7. Establishment of Liquidation Accounts   28
  9.8. Payment of Dividends   31
  9.9. Repurchase of Stock   31
  9.10. Conversion Expenses   31
  9.11. Public Inspection of Conversion Application   31
  9.12. Enforcement of Terms and Conditions   31
  9.13. Voting Rights in Converted Stock Holding Company   32
  9.14. Restrictions on Acquisition of Bank and Stock Holding Company   32
         
ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS   33
  10.1. Interpretation of Plan   33
  10.2. Amendment or Termination of the Plan   33
     

EXHIBITS

Exhibit 1.1 Form of Agreement of Merger between NB Financial, MHC and NB Financial, Inc.

Exhibit 1.2 Form of Agreement of Merger between NB Financial, Inc. and NB Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

 

NB FINANCIAL, MHC

 

PLAN OF CONVERSION

 

ARTICLE 1.

Introduction—Business Purpose

 

This Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion and reorganization of NB Financial, MHC, a Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”), into the capital stock form of organization and all steps incident or necessary thereto (the “Conversion”). The MHC currently owns 100% of the common stock of NB Financial, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), which owns 100% of the common stock of Needham Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered co-operative bank headquartered in Needham, Massachusetts. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Article 1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article 2 hereof.

 

The Plan, which has been adopted by the Board of Directors of the MHC, the Board of Directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Board of Directors of the Bank (collectively, the “Boards of Directors”), is to be carried out under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, applicable Regulations of the Massachusetts Division of Banks (the “Division”) and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”), and other applicable laws and regulations. The Board of Directors of the MHC currently contemplates that, following the Conversion, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be held by a Maryland corporation (the “Stock Holding Company”) and that the Stock Holding Company will issue and sell shares of its common stock (the “Holding Company Common Stock”) in a Subscription Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any), Tax-Qualified Employee Plans established by the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or the Mid-Tier Holding Company, according to the respective priorities set forth in the Plan. Any shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale to certain members of the public directly by the Stock Holding Company through a Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering. Alternatively, any shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering may be offered for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators. All sales of Holding Company Common Stock in a Direct Community Offering, in a Syndicated Community Offering, in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators, will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the MHC and the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company.

 

The Plan is subject to the approval of various regulatory agencies, and, must be approved, pursuant to the applicable Massachusetts Regulations, by a majority of the total votes of the Members that are entitled to vote that are present and voting, unless otherwise approved by the FRB, with such Member vote occurring at the annual meeting or at a special meeting of Members called for such purpose. In addition, the MHC Merger must be approved by a majority of the total votes of the Corporators cast at the annual meeting or at a special meeting of Corporators called for such purpose. By voting to approve the Plan, the Members will also be approving all steps necessary or incidental to effect the Conversion and will additionally be voting to adopt and approve the articles of incorporation and bylaws for the Stock Holding Company, and the stock charter and bylaws of the Bank, to the extent they are amended in connection with the Conversion.

 

 

 

 

The Conversion is to be effectuated as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of the Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will establish the Stock Holding Company as a first-tier stock holding company subsidiary. The MHC will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity pursuant to Section 7(3) of Chapter 167H of the Massachusetts General Laws and the Agreement and Plan of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit 1.1 (the “MHC Merger”). As part of the MHC Merger, shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the MHC will be canceled and all persons holding liquidation rights in the MHC will constructively receive liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation rights in the MHC. Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Stock Holding Company, with the Stock Holding Company as the resulting entity (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit 1.2, whereby the Bank will become the wholly owned subsidiary of the Stock Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation rights held by persons in the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the MHC Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of such persons, be exchanged for an interest in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account. Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Stock Holding Company will offer for sale shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering (the “Offering Shares”). The Stock Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

The foregoing is subject to modification as necessary to address tax or regulatory considerations. Upon the Conversion, Eligible Account Holders and the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if a Supplemental Eligibility Record Date is established) will be granted interests in the liquidation account to be established by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company pursuant to Section 9.7 hereof.

 

2

 

 

The business purpose of the Conversion is to better position the Bank to: remain an independent community bank by providing the Bank and the Stock Holding Company with enhanced capital resources and financial strength to respond to changing regulatory and market conditions; support future lending in an orderly and diligent manner, including, in particular, construction and land development lending, commercial and industrial lending, including small business lending, middle market commercial lending, and structured finance lending; better enable the Bank to compete for, originate and retain larger loans and maintain larger lending relationships, particularly loans and relationships in the Bank’s local community, thereby allowing the Bank to maintain a reputation as a locally managed community lender; continue to invest in new technologies and personnel that will enable the Bank to expand and enhance its products and services; support the Bank’s banking franchise as opportunities arise through targeted de novo branching and/or branch acquisitions; attract and retain qualified personnel by enabling the Bank and Stock Holding Company to establish stock-based benefit plans for management and employees that will give them an opportunity to share in the Bank’s long-term success; enhance the Bank’s community ties by providing customers and members of the Bank’s community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Bank through the Stock Holding Company; and establish a foundation to support charitable organizations operating in the Bank’s local communities now and in the future and fund the foundation with shares of Holding Company Common Stock and cash. \ In addition, after the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company will have the ability to issue additional shares of Conversion Stock to raise additional capital or to issue in connection with mergers or acquisitions, although no additional capital issuance and no specific mergers or acquisitions are planned or contemplated at the present time.  In addition, stock ownership by officers and other employees of banks which have converted into a stock holding company structure has proven to be an effective performance incentive and a means of attracting and retaining qualified personnel. The Boards of Directors believe that this will also be an important incentive which will allow the Bank to compete after the Conversion to attract and retain critical talent for the Bank. The Boards of Directors and senior management also believe that the Conversion will be beneficial to the communities within the Bank’s primary market area.  The Conversion will provide local customers and other residents with an opportunity to become equity owners of the Stock Holding Company, and thereby participate in the possible stock price appreciation and cash dividends, which is consistent with the objective of being a locally owned financial institution servicing local financial needs.  The Boards of Directors and management believe that, through expanded local stock ownership, current customers and non-customers who purchase Conversion Stock will seek to enhance the financial success of the Bank through consolidation of their banking business and increased referrals to the Bank. Finally, the establishment and funding of a charitable foundation will complement the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities now and in the future and allow the Bank’s local community to share in the Bank’s financial success as a community-based financial institution.

 

The Bank became a stock-form subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company when the Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company structure in 2020. Accordingly, the Conversion will not affect the corporate existence of the Bank. The Bank’s business and operations will not be affected or interrupted by the Conversion, and the Bank will continue as the same legal entity after the Conversion. The deposit accounts and loan accounts of the Bank’s customers will not be affected by the Conversion. Upon the Conversion, each deposit account holder of the Bank will continue to hold exactly the same deposit account as the holder held immediately before the Conversion, and such deposit account holder shall have all of the same rights and privileges after the Conversion. All deposit accounts in the Bank following the Conversion will continue to be insured up to the legal maximum by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and the Depositors Insurance Fund, the private industry-sponsored insurance fund in Massachusetts that insures all deposits at the Bank for amounts in excess of FDIC coverage limits, in the same manner as such deposit accounts were insured immediately before the Conversion. There will be no change in the Bank’s loans. The Conversion will not result in any reduction of the Bank’s reserves or net worth.

 

3

 

 

ARTICLE 2.

Definitions

 

As used in the Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:

 

Account Holder. Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

 

Acting in Concert. The term “Acting in Concert” means Persons seeking to combine or pool their voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. When Persons act together for such purpose, their group is deemed to have acquired their stock. The determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert shall be made solely by the Board of Directors of the MHC or Officers delegated by such Board and may be based on any evidence upon which the Board or such delegate(s) chooses to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such Persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the SEC with respect to other companies; provided, however, that the determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert remains subject to review by the Division. Persons living at the same address, whether or not related, will be deemed to be Acting in Concert unless otherwise determined by the Board or such delegate(s). Directors of the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company and the Bank shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert solely as a result of their membership on any such board or boards.

 

Affiliate. An “Affiliate” of, or a Person “Affiliated” with, a specified Person, is a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person specified.

 

Application. The application, including a copy of the Plan, submitted by the MHC to the Commissioner for approval of the Conversion.

 

Associate. The term “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (a) any corporation or organization (other than the Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the MHC or a majority-owned subsidiary of any thereof) of which such Person is an Officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; (c) any relative or spouse of such Person or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank; and (d) any Person Acting in Concert with any of the Persons or entities specified in clauses (a) through (c) above; provided, however, that (i) any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan shall not be deemed to be an Associate of any Director or Officer of the Bank for the purposes of Section 8.4 hereof, and (ii) any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan shall not be deemed to be an Associate of any Director or Officer of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank for any other purpose to the extent provided in the Plan.  When used to refer to a Person other than a Director or Officer of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank, the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, may determine in its sole discretion the Persons that are Associates of other Persons provided, however, that the determination of whether Persons are Associates remains subject to review by the Commissioner.  Directors and Corporators of the MHC and Directors of the Stock Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank shall not be deemed to be Associates solely as a result of their membership on such board or boards..

 

4

 

 

Bank. Needham Bank.

 

Bank Liquidation Account. The account established in the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) in connection with the Conversion.

 

Bank Regulators. The Commissioner, the FRB and other bank regulatory agencies, if any, responsible for reviewing and approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Stock Holding Company and the mergers required to effect the Conversion.

 

BHCA. The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

 

Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commissioner. The Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

Community Offering. A Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering.

 

Control (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by”, and “under common control with”). The possession, direct or indirect, of the Power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

Conversion. The Conversion of the MHC to stock form pursuant to the Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto.

 

Conversion Shares. The Offering Shares and the Foundation Shares.

 

Corporator. A corporator, as defined in Title 209, Section 33.02 of the Code of Massachusetts Regulations, of the MHC.

 

Deposit Account. Any withdrawable deposit account offered by the Bank, including, without limitation, savings accounts, NOW account deposits, certificates of deposit, demand deposits, Keogh Plan, SEPs and Individual Retirement Accounts for which the Bank acts as custodian or trustee, and such other types of deposit accounts as may then have been authorized by Massachusetts or federal law and regulations, but not including repurchase agreements, savings bank life insurance policies, certain escrow accounts, or trust department accounts held separately from deposit accounts in accordance with Section 4 of Chapter 167G of the Massachusetts General Laws.

 

5

 

 

Direct Community Offering. The offering for sale directly by the Stock Holding Company of Holding Company Common Stock (a) to the Local Community, as provided in Exhibit 7.6 of the Plan, with preference given to natural persons residing in the Local Community, and then (b) to the public at large. The Direct Community Offering may be conducted simultaneously with the Subscription Offering.

 

Director. A director of the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, as the context may dictate.

 

Division. The Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

Eligible Account Holder. Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date.

 

Eligibility Record Date. March 31, 2022, the date for determining who qualifies as an Eligible Account Holder.

 

Employee. All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the MHC. The term “Employee” does not include a Trustee, Director or Officer.

 

Employee Plan. Any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plan.

 

ESOP. The employee stock ownership plan established by the Bank.

 

Estimated Valuation Range. The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the range of the estimated pro forma market value of the aggregate Conversion Shares to be issued in the Conversion. The Estimated Valuation Range shall be based on the Independent Valuation determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering, as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The Independent Valuation of the pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company established by the Independent Appraiser shall form the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range. The maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range may vary as much as 15% above the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range (the “Maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range”) and 15% below the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range. The Maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Offering to reflect changes in demand for the Holding Company Common Stock or changes in market conditions.

 

Exchange Act. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

FDIC. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. The offering, at the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, of Offering Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering, if any.

 

6

 

 

Foundation. A charitable foundation established and funded by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company in connection with the Conversion as contemplated by Article 4 hereof. The Foundation will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code.

 

Foundation Shares. Shares of Common Stock issued to the Foundation in connection with the Conversion.

 

FRB. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

FRB Applications. The FRB Conversion Application to be submitted to the FRB by the MHC and the Holding Company Application to be submitted to the FRB by the Stock Holding Company.

 

FRB Conversion Application. The FRB Conversion Application seeking the FRB’s prior approval of, or non-objection to, the MHC’s conversion from mutual to stock form.

 

Group Maximum Purchase Limit. The limitation on the purchase of shares of Holding Company Common Stock established by Section 8.3 hereof, as such limit may be increased pursuant to said Section 8.3.

 

Holding Company Application. The Holding Company Application on Form FR Y-3 for the FRB’s prior approval of the Stock Holding Company’s acquisition of the Bank.

 

Holding Company Common Stock. The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued by the Stock Holding Company in the Conversion.

 

Independent Appraiser. The appraiser retained by the MHC to prepare an independent appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company.

 

Independent Valuation.  The independent valuation of the pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company, as determined by the Independent Appraiser.

 

Individual Maximum Purchase Limit.  The limitation on the purchase of shares of Holding Company Common Stock established by Section 8.2 hereof, as such limit may be increased pursuant to said Section 8.2.

 

Information Statement.  The information statement required to be sent to the Corporators in connection with the Special Meeting of Members in connection with the Special Meeting of Members, as the context may dictate.

 

Local Community.  The following Massachusetts cities and towns: Massachusetts towns and cities: in Norfolk County, the following towns and cities: Brookline, Dedham, Dover, Franklin, Medfield, Millis, Needham, Norfolk, Norwood, Walpole, Wellesley and Westwood; in Middlesex County, the following towns and cities: Arlington, Ashland, Belmont, Cambridge, Everett, Framingham, Holliston, Hopkinton, Malden, Medford, Medway, Natick, Newton, Sherborn, Somerville, Waltham, Watertown, Wayland and Weston; in Worcester County, the following towns and cities: Milford; and in Suffolk County, the following towns and cities: Boston and Chelsea.

 

7

 

 

Marketing Agent.  The broker-dealer or party responsible for organizing and managing the sale of the Holding Company Common Stock.

 

Market Maker.  A broker-dealer who, with respect to a particular security: (a)(i) regularly publishes bona fide, competitive bid and offer quotations in a recognized inter-dealer quotation system, or (ii) furnishes bona fide competitive bid and offers quotations on request; and (b) is ready, willing and able to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at his or her quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

 

Member. An individual that has membership rights in the MHC under 209 C.M.R 33.25 as a result of the reorganization of the mutual bank predecessor of the Bank into the mutual holding company format as such membership rights are prescribed by the governing documents of the MHC. It being understood that any depositor of the Bank shall be a Member.

 

MHC. NB Financial, MHC, the Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company for the Bank.

 

Mid-Tier Holding Company. NB Financial, Inc., the Massachusetts corporation which owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

 

Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plan.  Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not qualified under Section 401 of the Code.

 

Offering.  The Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering, if any, the Syndicated Community Offering, if any, and the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, if any.

 

Offering Range. The range of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. The Offering Range will be equal to the Estimated Valuation Range divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares.

 

Offering Shares. Shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered and sold in the Offering.

 

Officer.  The Chairman of the Board, the President, any officer of the level of vice president or above (but not an assistant vice president, second vice president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice president), the Clerk and the Treasurer of the Bank, the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Stock Holding Company, as the case may be.

 

Order Form. Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Offering Shares.

 

8

 

 

Participant. Any Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Tax-Qualified Employee Plan.

 

Person.  An individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust (including Individual Retirement Accounts, SEPs and Keogh Accounts), unincorporated organization, government entity or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Plan.  This Plan of Conversion as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

 

Qualifying Deposit.  The aggregate balances of all Deposit Accounts of an Eligible Account Holder as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or of a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) as of the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if required), as the case may be, provided that, in either case, such aggregate balance is not less than $50.

 

Range Maximum.  The number of Offering Shares that is 15% above the midpoint of the Offering Range.

 

Range Minimum.  The number of Offering Shares that is 15% below the midpoint of the Offering Range.

 

Regulations.  The regulations of the Division regarding mutual-to-stock conversions of mutual holding companies and the regulations of the FRB (to the extent deemed applicable by the FRB).

 

Resident. Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Local Community, has a present intent to remain within the Local Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Local Community together with an indication that such presence within the Local Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters of such Person must be in the Local Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The MHC may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the MHC. A Participant must be a “resident” of the Local Community for purposes of determining whether such Person “resides”, or is “residing”, in the Local Community as such term is used in this Plan.

 

SEC.  The Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

9

 

 

Special Meeting of Corporators.  The Special Meeting of Corporators called for the purpose of voting on the MHC Merger, which may be the Annual Meeting of Corporators.

 

Special Meeting of Members. The Special Meeting of the Members entitled to vote on the Plan called for the purpose of voting on the Plan, which may be the Annual Meeting of Members.

 

Stock Holding Company. The stock-form holding company that will (a) be a Maryland corporation known as NB Bancorp, Inc., (b) issue Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion and (c) own 100% of the common stock of the Bank upon consummation of the Conversion.

 

Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account.  The account established by the Stock Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the MHC immediately prior to the Conversion.

 

Subscription Offering. The offering of Holding Company Common Stock for subscription by Persons holding subscription rights pursuant to the Plan.

 

Subscription Price. The price per Offering Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be determined by the Board of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

 

Subsidiary.  A company that is controlled by another company, either directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

 

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.  Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if established).

 

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date. If the Eligibility Record Date is more than 15 months prior to the date of the latest amendment to the Application filed prior to approval of the Application by the Commissioner, a Supplemental Eligibility Record Date shall be established for determining who qualifies as a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder. The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date is June 9, 2023.

 

Syndicated Community Offering. The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Offering Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers. At the discretion of the Stock Holding Company, the offering of Holding Company Common Stock following or contemporaneously with the Direct Community Offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers.

 

Tax-Qualified Employee Plan.  Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan (including the ESOP, any stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan, 401(k) plan or other plan) of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the MHC or any of their Affiliates, which, with its related trusts, meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code.

 

10

 

 

Voting Record Date. The date fixed by the Board of Directors of the MHC for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Member.

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

General Procedure for Conversion

 

3.1.            Preconditions to Conversion.  The Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior occurrence of the following:

 

3.1.1            Approval of the Plan by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Members, present and voting at the annual meeting or at a special meeting called for such purpose.

 

3.1.2            Approval of the MHC Merger by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Corporators, present and voting at the annual meeting or at a special meeting called for such purpose.

 

3.1.3            Prior receipt of the private letter rulings or opinions of counsel set forth in Section 3.2 of this Plan.

 

3.1.4            Approval by the Commissioner of the Application, including the Plan.

 

3.1.5            Approval by the FRB of the FRB Applications.

 

3.2.            Submission of Plan to Commissioner and FRB.  Upon approval by at least two-thirds of all Directors of the MHC, the Plan will be submitted to the Commissioner as part of the Application, and to the FRB as part of the FRB Applications, together with a copy of the proposed Information Statement and all other material required by the Regulations, for approval by the Commissioner and the approval or non-objection of the FRB. The MHC must also receive either private letter rulings from the Internal Revenue Service and the Massachusetts Department of Revenue or opinions of its counsel as to the federal income tax consequences of the Conversion and of its tax accountants as to the Massachusetts income tax consequences of the Conversion, in either case substantially to the effect that the Conversion will not result in a taxable reorganization of the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank, or the Stock Holding Company under the Code. Upon a determination by the Commissioner that the Application is complete, the MHC will publish and post public announcements and notices of the Application as required by the Commissioner and the Regulations. The MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Stock Holding Company will also publish any notice required in connection with the Holding Company Application and any other applications required to complete the Conversion.

 

11

 

 

3.3.            Special Meeting of Corporators to Approve the MHC Merger; Special Meeting of Members to Approve the Plan.

 

3.3.1            Following approval of the Plan by the Commissioner, the Special Meeting of Corporators shall be scheduled in accordance with the MHC’s Bylaws, and the MHC Merger Agreement (as it may be revised in response to comments received from the Commissioner and the FRB), and any information required pursuant to the Regulations, will be submitted to the Corporators for their consideration and approval at the Special Meeting of Corporators. The MHC will mail to each Corporator a copy of the Information Statement not less than seven (7) days before the Special Meeting of Corporators. Following approval of the MHC Merger by the Corporators, and the approval of the Plan by the Members, the MHC intends to take such steps as may be appropriate pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to effect the MHC Merger.

 

3.3.2            Following approval of the Plan by the Commissioner, the Special Meeting of Members shall be scheduled in accordance with the MHC’s Bylaws, and the Plan (as it may be revised in response to comments received from the Commissioner and the FRB), and any information required pursuant to the Regulations, will be submitted to the Members entitled to vote for their consideration and approval at the Special Meeting. The MHC will mail to each Member a copy of the Information Statement not less than seven (7) days before the Special Meeting of Members. Following approval of the Plan by the Members, and the approval of the MHC Merger by the Corporators, the MHC intends to take such steps as may be appropriate pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to effect the Conversion.

 

3.4.            Completion of Conversion and Offering; Stock Holding Company Charter and Bylaws.  The Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to complete the Conversion and the Offering, including the timely filing of all necessary applications to appropriate regulatory authorities, and the filing with the SEC for review of a registration statement to register the sale and/or issuance of Conversion Shares and preliminary information materials, applications and other information in connection with the solicitation of Shareholder approval of this Plan and Corporator approval of the MHC Merger.

 

3.5.            Bank Charter and Bylaws. The current Charter and Bylaws of the Bank are to be amended, including to add the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

3.6.            Conversion Procedures.

 

3.6.1 The Conversion will be effected in any manner selected by the Board of Directors of the MHC that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Board of Directors of the MHC immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion, subject to any approval required by the Bank Regulators.

 

12

 

 

3.6.2 Approval of the Plan by the Board of Directors of the MHC shall also constitute (a)  approval of the formation of the Stock Holding Company as set forth herein, (b) subject to the approval of the Corporators, approval by the MHC (on its own behalf and as the sole shareholder of the Mid-Tier Holding Company) of a combination, by merger or otherwise, as provided herein, of the MHC with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company being the surviving entity and whereby the existing outstanding shares of capital stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the MHC will be canceled and all persons holding liquidation rights in the MHC will constructively receive liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation rights in the MHC, (c) approval by the Mid-Tier Holding Company of the combination, by merger or otherwise, of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with and into the Stock Holding Company with the Stock Holding Company being the surviving entity and whereby (i) the existing outstanding shares of capital stock of the Stock Holding Company held by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be canceled and (ii) the former holders of liquidation rights in the MHC who constructively received liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company will receive an interest in the Liquidation Account in the Stock Holding Company in exchange for their constructive liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (d) approval by the Bank to constructively issue additional shares of common stock to the Stock Holding Company and to establish the Bank Liquidation Account in exchange for a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering, and (e) approval of any other of the transactions that are necessary to implement the Plan.

 

3.7.            Conversion to Stock Holding Company.  Upon the consummation of the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company will be authorized to exercise any and all powers, rights and privileges, and will be subject to all limitations applicable to bank holding companies under applicable laws and regulations. The Officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion shall be the Officers of the Stock Holding Company immediately following the Conversion, in each case to serve until their terms of office expire and until their successors are elected and qualified. The Stock Holding Company will own 100% of the common stock of the Bank upon consummation of the Conversion in exchange for a portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the Offering Shares and in exchange for the establishment of the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

3.8.            Offer and Sale of Holding Company Common Stock.

 

3.8.1  Subject to approval of the Plan by the Members, and the receipt of all required regulatory approvals, the Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale in a Subscription Offering simultaneously to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any), and any Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans in the manner set forth in Article 7 hereof. The Subscription Offering period will run for no less than twenty (20) but no more than forty-five (45) days from the date of distribution of the Subscription Offering materials, unless extended by the MHC with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required. If feasible, any Offering Shares remaining may then be sold to the general public through a Direct Community Offering as provided in Article 7 hereof, which may be held either subsequent to or concurrently with the Subscription Offering.

 

13

 

 

3.8.2   If feasible, any Offering Shares remaining unsold after completion of the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering may, in the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, be sold in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any manner receiving the required approval of the Bank Regulators and other applicable regulatory agencies that will achieve a widespread distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock. The issuance of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Holding Company Common Stock is consummated in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, and only if the required minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock has been issued. The sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold pursuant to the Plan must be completed within forty-five (45) days after expiration of the Subscription Offering; subject to the extension of such forty-five (45) day period by the Stock Holding Company with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required. The Stock Holding Company may seek one or more extensions of such forty-five (45) day period if necessary to complete the sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock. If all available shares of Holding Company Common Stock are sold in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering, there will be no Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering and the Conversion will be consummated upon completion of the Subscription Offering or the Direct Community Offering, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE 4.

 

Establishment and Funding of Charitable Foundation.

 

4.1.            Establishment of the Foundation.  As part of the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company intends to establish the Foundation which will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and to donate to the Foundation $2,000,000 in cash and a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock equal to 4% of the shares that will be outstanding upon completion of the Offering and immediately after this contribution to the Foundation.

 

4.2.            Purposes of the Foundation; Charitable Contributions.  The Foundation is being formed in connection with the Conversion in order to complement the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities now and in the future and to share with the Bank’s local community a part of the Bank’s financial success as a community-based financial institution. The funding of the Foundation with Conversion Stock accomplishes this goal as it enables the community to share in the growth and profitability of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank over the long-term.

 

The Foundation will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes including community development, grants or donations to support housing assistance, not-for-profit community groups and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5% of the average fair market value of Foundation assets each year, less certain expenses. In order to serve the purposes for which it was formed and maintain its Section 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of the Conversion Stock contributed to it by the Stock Holding Company.

 

14

 

 

The establishment of the Foundation and contribution of Conversion Stock and cash to the Foundation in connection with the Conversion will require the prior approval of the Division and the Members.

 

4.3.            Board of Directors of the Foundation.  The board of directors of the Foundation will include persons who are Officers or Directors of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank. For at least five years after the Conversion, except for temporary periods resulting from death, resignation, removal or disqualification, at least (i) one director of the Foundation will be an independent director who is unaffiliated with the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, who is from the Bank’s local community and who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making, and (ii) at least one director will be a person who is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

The board of directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation.

 

ARTICLE 5.

 

Shares to be Offered

 

5.1.            Holding Company Common Stock.  The Conversion Shares, when issued in accordance with this Plan, shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock authorized under the Stock Holding Company’s Articles of Incorporation will exceed the number of Conversion Shares issued. HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK WILL NOT BE COVERED BY DEPOSIT INSURANCE.

 

5.2.            Independent Valuation, Purchase Price and Number of Shares.

 

5.2.1    Independent Valuation.  An Independent Appraiser shall be employed by the MHC to provide it with an Independent Valuation of the pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company as required by the Regulations, which value shall be included in the prospectus (as described in Section 6.1 hereof) filed with the Commissioner, the FRB and the SEC. The Directors of the MHC shall review the methodology and reasonableness of the Independent Valuation. The Independent Valuation will be made by a written report to the MHC, contain the factors upon which the Independent Valuation was made and conform to procedures adopted by the Commissioner and the FRB. The Independent Valuation may be updated by the Independent Appraiser as of the closing of the transaction and as required by the Commissioner or the FRB. The Independent Valuation of the pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company established by the Independent Appraiser shall form the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range. The maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range may vary as much as 15% above the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range (“Range Maximum”) and 15% below the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range (“Range Minimum”).

 

15

 

 

5.2.2    Subscription Price. All shares sold in the Offering will be sold at a uniform price per share (the “Subscription Price”), preliminarily set at $10.00 per share, which price will be definitively determined before the commencement of the Offering. If there is a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the price per share at which the Holding Company Common Stock is sold in such Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering shall be equal to the per share purchase price of the shares sold in the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering. The aggregate purchase price for all Offering Shares will be equal to the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company, as determined for such purpose by the Independent Appraiser, less (ii) the value of the Foundation Shares based on the Subscription Price.

 

5.2.3    Number of Shares. The Offering Range of Offering Shares to be offered for sale in the Offering will be determined by the Boards of Directors of the MHC and the Stock Holding Company immediately before the commencement of the Subscription Offering based on the Independent Valuation, the Estimated Valuation Range, the Subscription Price and the Foundation Shares. The Offering Range will be equal to the Estimated Valuation Range, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares. The Independent Valuation, and such number of shares, shall be subject to adjustment thereafter if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if necessary. In particular, the total number of shares may be increased by up to 15% above the Range Maximum if the Independent Valuation is increased subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the Holding Company Common Stock, provided that the resulting aggregate purchase price is not more than 15% above the Range Maximum.

 

5.2.4    Increase or Decrease in Number of Shares.  The Offering Range may be increased or decreased by the Stock Holding Company, subject to the following provisions. In the event that the number of Offering Shares ordered is below the Range Minimum, or materially above the Range Maximum, resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided, however, that a resolicitation will not be required if the number of shares increases by up to 15% above the Range Maximum. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Stock Holding Company shall establish, with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required.

 

5.2.5    Confirmation of Valuation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Commissioner and the FRB (if required), that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the aggregate number of Conversion Shares sold in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Stock Holding Company may cancel the Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Estimated Valuation Range, extend, reopen or hold a new Offering, or take such other action as the Commissioner and the FRB may permit.

 

16

 

 

ARTICLE 6.

 

Subscription Rights and Orders for Common Stock

 

6.1.            Distribution of Prospectus.  The Offering shall be conducted in compliance with the Regulations and applicable SEC regulations. As soon as practicable after the Stock Holding Company’s registration statement and the prospectus therein have been declared effective and/or approved for use by the SEC and the Commissioner (and the FRB if required), copies of the prospectus and order forms will be distributed to all eligible Participants in the Subscription Offering at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank and the MHC for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering. Prospectuses and order forms will also be made available (if and when a Direct Community Offering is held) for use by Persons to whom shares of Holding Company Common Stock are offered in the Direct Community Offering.

 

6.2.            Order Forms.  Each order form will be preceded or accompanied by the prospectus describing the Stock Holding Company, the Bank, the Holding Company Common Stock and the Subscription and Community Offerings. Each order form will contain, among other things, the following:

 

6.2.1  A specified date by which all order forms must be received by the Stock Holding Company, which date shall be not less than 20 nor more than 45 days following the date on which the order forms are mailed by the Stock Holding Company, and which date will constitute the expiration of the Subscription Offering, unless extended;

 

6.2.2  The Subscription Price per share for shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

 

6.2.3  A description of the minimum and maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Offering;

 

6.2.4  Instructions as to how the recipient of the order form is to indicate thereon the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

 

6.2.5  An acknowledgment that the recipient of the order form has received a copy of the prospectus before execution of the order form;

 

6.2.6  A statement indicating the consequences of failing to properly complete and return the order form, including a statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Stock Holding Company within the Subscription Offering period such properly completed and executed order form, together with a personal check, money order or bank draft in the full amount of the purchase price as specified in the order form for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the order form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the Deposit Account at the Bank maintained by such Person, but only if the MHC elects to permit such withdrawals from the type of such Deposit Account); and

 

17

 

 

6.2.7  A statement to the effect that the executed order form, once received by the Stock Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Stock Holding Company.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Stock Holding Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or faxed order forms.

 

6.3.            Undelivered, Defective, Early or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment.  In the event order forms (a) are not delivered for any reason or are returned undelivered to the MHC by the United States Postal Service, (b)  are not received by the Stock Holding Company or are received by the Stock Holding Company after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed order form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however, that the Stock Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any order form or require the submission of corrected order forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Stock Holding Company may specify, and all interpretations by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the order forms will be final.

 

6.4.            Payment for Stock.

 

6.4.1  All payments for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for or ordered in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Stock Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed order form (except in the case of the Syndicated Community Offering in which case an order form may or may not be required in connection with subscriptions), on or before the expiration date specified on the order form, unless such date is extended by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company; provided, further, that if any Employee Plan subscribes for shares during the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Conversion, provided, further, that, in the case of the ESOP there is in force from the time of its subscription until the consummation of the Conversion, a loan commitment to lend to the ESOP, at such time, the aggregated Subscription Price of the shares for which it subscribed.. Payment for Holding Company Common Stock may also be made by a participant in an Employee Plan causing funds held for such participant’s benefit by an Employee Plan to be paid over for such purchase to the extent that such plan allows participants or any related trust established for the benefit of such participants to direct that some or all of their individual accounts or sub-accounts be invested in Holding Company Common Stock.

 

18

 

 

6.4.2  Payment for Holding Company Common Stock shall be made either by personal check, bank draft, money order or cash, or if a purchaser has a Deposit Account in the Bank (and if the MHC has elected to permit such withdrawals from the type of Deposit Account maintained by such Person), such purchaser may pay for the shares subscribed for by authorizing the Bank to make a withdrawal from the purchaser’s Deposit Account at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate purchase price of such shares. Wire transfers may be accepted at the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company. Any authorized withdrawal, whether from a savings, passbook or certificate account, shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirements, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the purchaser’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the purchaser pending consummation of the Conversion or expiration of the 45-day period (or such longer period as may be approved by the Commissioner) following termination of the Subscription Offering, whichever occurs first. After consummation of the Conversion, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on checks, money orders and bank drafts will be paid by the Bank at the Bank’s passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Conversion. If for any reason the Conversion is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Conversion will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.

 

ARTICLE 7.

 

Stock Purchase Priorities and Offering Alternatives

 

7.1.            Priorities for Offering.  All purchase priorities established by this Article 7 shall be subject to the purchase limitations set forth in, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in, Article 8 of the Plan. In addition to the priorities set forth in this Article 7, the MHC may establish other priorities for the purchase of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the approval of the Commissioner and of the FRB, if required. The priorities for the purchase of shares in the Conversion are set forth in the following Sections.

 

19

 

 

7.2.            Certain Determinations.  All interpretations or determinations of whether prospective purchasers are “residents,” “Associates,” or “Acting in Concert,” or whether and purchase conflicts with the purchase limitations in the Plan or otherwise violates any provision of the Plan, and any other interpretations of any and all other provisions of the Plan shall be made by and at the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, and may be based on whatever evidence the Stock Holding Company may choose to use in making any such determination; provided, however, that the determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert remains subject to review by the Division. Such determination shall be conclusive, final and binding on all Persons and the Stock Holding Company may take any remedial action, including without limitation rejecting the purchase or referring the matter to the Commissioner for action, as in its sole discretion the Stock Holding Company may deem appropriate.

 

7.3.            Minimum Purchase; No Fractional Shares.  The minimum purchase by any Person shall be 25 shares (to the extent that shares of Holding Company Common Stock are available for purchase); provided, however, that the aggregate purchase price for any minimum share purchase shall not exceed $500. No fractional shares will be allocated or issued.

 

7.4.            Overview of Priorities.  In descending order of priority, the opportunity to purchase Holding Company Common Stock shall be given in the Subscription Offering to: (a) Eligible Account Holders; (b) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (c) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans. Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock that are not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering at the discretion of the Stock Holding Company may be offered for sale in a Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering on terms and conditions and procedures satisfactory to the Stock Holding Company. Alternatively, if feasible, any shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company.

 

7.5.            Priorities For Subscription Offering.

 

7.5.1    First Priority: Eligible Account Holders.  Subject to approval of the MHC Merger by the Corporators, approval of the Plan by the Members and the receipt of approval from the Commissioner, and the FRB if necessary, to offer the Holding Company Common Stock for sale, each Eligible Account Holder shall receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights on a first priority basis to subscribe for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock equal to the greater of (a) the quotient obtained by dividing the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as such term is defined in Section 8.2 hereof) by the per share Subscription Price, (b) one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the shares offered in the Conversion, or (c) 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying (1) the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering by (2) a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders. If there are insufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, shares will be allocated to Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be allocated to remaining subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the same proportion that each such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. Unless the Bank Regulators permit otherwise, subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock received by Officers, Directors and Corporators of the MHC and the Bank and the Associates of such persons that are based on their increased deposits in the Bank in the one year preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders. To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her subscription order form all Deposit Accounts in which he had an ownership interest as of the Eligibility Record Date.

 

20

 

 

7.5.2    Second Priority: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  To the extent there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, and if a Supplemental Eligibility Record Date is established, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock equal to the greater of (a) the quotient obtained by dividing the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit by the per share Subscription Price, (b) one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the shares offered in the Conversion, or (c) 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying (1) the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering by (2) a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event Supplemental Eligible Account Holders subscribe for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders, exceed available shares, the available shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the same proportion that such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

 

7.5.3    Third Priority: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans.  To the extent there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, if any, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall be given the opportunity to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Conversion. In the event that the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered in the Conversion is increased to an amount greater than the Range Maximum, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall have a priority right to purchase any such shares exceeding the Range Maximum (up to the aggregate of 10% of Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion). The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director, Officer or Corporator of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company or the Bank. Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market after the completion of the Conversion.

 

21

 

 

 

7.5.4            Fourth Priority: Employees, Officers, Directors and Corporators.  To the extent that there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, each employee, Officer, Director and Corporator of Needham Bank, NB Financial, MHC or NB Financial, Inc. at the time of the offering who is not eligible in the first or second priority categories will receive, without payment therefor, subject to the overall purchase limitations, non-transferable subscription rights to purchase up to 80,000 shares ($800,000) of Holding Company Common Stock; provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by employees, Officers, Directors and Corporators in the conversion shall be limited to 25% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the offering (including shares purchased by employees, Officers, Directors and Corporators under this priority and under the preceding priority categories, but not including shares purchased by the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans).  In the event that persons in this category subscribe for more shares than are available for purchase by them, shares will be allocated among such subscribing persons on an equitable basis as determined by the MHC, such as by giving weight to the period of service, compensation, position of the individual subscriber and the amount of the order.

 

7.6.          Priorities for Direct Community Offering.

 

7.6.1  Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in a Direct Community Offering. This will involve an offering of all unsubscribed shares of Holding Company Common Stock directly to the general public. The Direct Community Offering, if any, shall commence concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription Offering. The Stock Holding Company may use broker, dealer or an investment banking firm or firms on a best efforts basis to sell the unsubscribed shares in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company may pay a commission or other fee to such investment banking firm or firms as to the shares sold by such firm or firms in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering and may also reimburse such firm or firms for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the sale. The Holding Company Common Stock will be offered and sold in the Direct Community Offering in accordance with the Regulations, so as to achieve the widest distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock. In making the Direct Community Offering, the Bank will give preference to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Local Community. No Person may subscribe for or purchase more than the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit of Holding Company Common Stock in the Direct Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, may reject subscriptions, in whole or in part, received from any Person under this Section 7.6.

 

22

 

 

7.6.2  In the event of an oversubscription for shares in the Direct Community Offering, available shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural Persons residing in the Local Community, and second to the general public, so that each such Person may receive 100 shares, and thereafter, on a pro rata basis to such Persons based on the amount of their respective subscriptions or on such other reasonable basis as may be determined by the Stock Holding Company. If oversubscription does not occur among natural Persons residing in the Local Community, orders accepted in the Direct Community Offering shall be filled up to a maximum not to exceed 2% of the Holding Company Common Stock, and thereafter remaining shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all orders have been filled.  The Bank may use deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to determine whether a Person is a Resident of the Local Community. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company.

 

7.6.3  If:

 

(i)  aggregate subscriptions for shares totaling at least the Range Minimum are not received in the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, and the Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, determines that neither a Syndicated Community Offering nor a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering is in the best interests of the Stock Holding Company; or

 

(ii)  aggregate subscriptions and orders totaling at least the Range Minimum are not received in the Subscription Offering, Direct Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering;

 

then the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion, apply unsubscribed / unordered Holding Company Common Stock in any manner that facilitates the completion of the Conversion, subject to any approval required by the Bank Regulators.

 

7.7.Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.

 

7.7.1  Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale to the general public by a selling group of broker-dealers in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Stock Holding Company in a manner that is intended to achieve the widest distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock subject to the rights of the Stock Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part all orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. No Person may purchase in the Syndicated Community Offering more than the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit of Holding Company Common Stock. It is expected that the Syndicated Community Offering will commence as soon as practicable after termination of the Direct Community Offering, if any. The Syndicated Community Offering shall be completed within 45 days after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period is extended as provided herein. The commission in the Syndicated Community Offering shall be determined by a marketing agreement between the Stock Holding Company and the Marketing Agent. Such agreement shall be filed with the FRB (if required), the Division and the SEC.

 

23

 

 

7.7.2  Alternatively, if feasible, any shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company, subject to the right of the Stock Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time.

 

ARTICLE 8.
Additional Limitations on Purchases

 

8.1.          General.  Purchases of Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion will be subject to the purchase limitations set forth in this Article 8.

 

8.2.          Individual Maximum Purchase Limit.  This Section 8.2 sets forth the “Individual Maximum Purchase Limit.” No Person, through one or more qualifying deposit accounts, or Persons exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying deposit account held jointly, may purchase in the Offering (including the Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering) more than $800,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, except that: (a) the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, (i) increase such Individual Maximum Purchase Limit to up to 5% of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered in the Offering or (ii) decrease such Individual Maximum Purchase Limit to no less than one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered in the Conversion; and (b) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase up to 10% of the Conversion shares issued in the Conversion (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the Range Maximum of 15%). If the Stock Holding Company increases the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as permitted by this Section 8.2), subscribers in the Subscription Offering who ordered the previously effective maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit. Requests to purchase additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock under this provision will be determined by the Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion. In the event that the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit is increased to 5% of the number of Offering Shares, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99% of the Conversion Shares; provided, that orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceeding 5% of the Offering Shares shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the Offering Shares. Requests to purchase additional shares of the Holding Company Common Stock in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company in its sole discretion.

 

24

 

 

8.3.          Group Maximum Purchase Limit.  This Section 8.3 sets forth the “Group Maximum Purchase Limit.” No Person and his or her Associates or group of Persons Acting in Concert, may purchase in the Offering (including the Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering) more than $800,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, except that: (a) the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, (i) increase such Group Maximum Purchase Limit to up to 5% of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered in the Offering or (ii) decrease such Group Maximum Purchase Limit to no less than one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered in the Conversion; and (b) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase up to 10% of the Conversion Shares issued in the Conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Stock Holding Company increases the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as permitted by Section 8.2) to a number that is in excess of the Group Maximum Purchase Limit established by this Section 8.3, the Group Maximum Purchase Limit shall automatically be increased so as to be equal to the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit, as adjusted. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the Offering by any Person or Participant together with any Associate or group or Persons Acting in Concert shall not exceed 9.9% of the shares of Conversion Shares; provided, that this limitation shall not apply to the Employee Plans.

 

8.4.          Purchases by Officers, Directors and Corporators.  The aggregate number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be purchased in the Offering by Officers, Directors and Corporators of the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank (and their Associates) shall not exceed 25% of the total number of the Conversion Shares.

 

8.5.          Special Rule for Tax-Qualified Employee Plans.  Shares of Holding Company Common Stock purchased by any individual participant (“Plan Participant”) in a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan using funds therein pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights granted to such Participant in his individual capacity as an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall not be deemed to be purchases by a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan for purposes of calculating the maximum amount of Holding Company Common Stock that Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase pursuant to this Plan, if the individual Plan Participant controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount.

 

8.6.          Illegal Purchases.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Person shall be entitled to purchase any Holding Company Common Stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The Stock Holding Company and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished.

 

25

 

 

8.7.          Rejection of Orders.  The Stock Holding Company has the right in its sole discretion to reject any order submitted by a Person whose representations the Stock Holding Company believes to be false or who it otherwise believes, either alone or Acting in Concert with others, is violating, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

8.8          Subscribers in Non-Qualified States or in Foreign Countries.  The Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, may make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of any state in the United States in which its depositors reside, and will only offer and sell the Holding Company Common Stock in states in which the offers and sales comply with such states’ securities laws. However, no Person will be offered or allowed to purchase any Holding Company Common Stock under the Plan if he or she resides (a) in a foreign country or (b) in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (i) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to purchase shares under the Plan reside in such state; (ii) the offer or sale of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to such Persons would require the Stock Holding Company or its Employees to register, under the securities laws of such state, as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

8.9.          No Offer to Transfer Shares.  Before the consummation of the Conversion, no Person shall offer to transfer, or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of any subscription rights or shares of Holding Company Common Stock, except pursuant to the Plan. The following shall not constitute impermissible transfers under this Plan. Any Person having subscription rights in his individual capacity as an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) may exercise such subscription rights by causing a tax-qualified plan to make such purchase using funds allocated to such Person in such tax-qualified plan if such individual plan participant controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount. A tax-qualified plan that maintains an Eligible Deposit Account in the Bank as trustee for or for the benefit of a Person who controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount (“Beneficiary”) may, in exercising its subscription rights, direct that the Holding Company Common Stock be issued in the name of such individual Beneficiary in his individual capacity.

 

8.10         Confirmation by Purchasers.  Each Person ordering Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion will be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the purchase limitations in the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 9.
Post Offering Matters

 

9.1.          Stock Purchases After the Conversion.  For a period of three years after the proposed Conversion, no Officer or Director of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank, or his or her Associates, may purchase, without the prior written approval of the Commissioner, any Holding Company Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding Holding Company Common Stock, or (b) purchases of stock made by and held by or otherwise made pursuant to any Employee Plan of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company even if such stock is attributable to Officers, Directors or their Associates.

 

26

 

 

9.2.          Resales of Stock by Management Persons.  Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Conversion by Officers, Directors and Corporators of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company or the MHC may not be resold for a period of at least one year following the date of purchase, except in the case of death or substantial disability, as determined by the Commissioner, of such person, or upon the written approval of the Commissioner.

 

9.3.          Stock Certificates.  Shares of Conversion Stock will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. Appropriate instructions shall be issued to the Stock Holding Company’s transfer agent with respect to applicable restrictions on transfers of such stock set forth in Section 9.2 hereof. Any shares of stock issued as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to such restricted stock shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the restricted stock.

 

9.4.          Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases.  The Stock Holding Company and the Bank are prohibited from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purpose of purchasing Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion; provided, however, that the Stock Holding Company, or a subsidiary thereof, may loan funds to the ESOP for the purchase of up to 10% of the Conversion Shares issued in the Conversion.

 

9.5.          Stock Benefit Plans.  The Board of Directors of the Bank and/or the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company are permitted under the Regulations, and may decide, to adopt one or more stock benefit plans for the benefit of the Employees, Officers and Directors of the Bank and Stock Holding Company, including an ESOP, an employer stock fund option in a 401(k) plan, stock award plans and stock option plans, which will be authorized to purchase Conversion Stock and grant options for Common Stock.  However, only the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans will be permitted to purchase Conversion Stock in the Conversion subject to the purchase priorities set forth in the Plan.  Pursuant to the Regulations, the Stock Holding Company may authorize the ESOP and any other Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Conversion Stock to be issued.  The Bank or the Stock Holding Company may make scheduled discretionary contributions to one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase Conversion Stock or to purchase issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock or authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock subsequent to the completion of the Conversion, provided, however, that such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet any of its regulatory capital requirements.

 

9.6.          Market for Holding Company Common Stock.  If at the close of the Conversion the Stock Holding Company has more than 300 stockholders of any class of stock, the Stock Holding Company shall use its best efforts to:

 

9.6.1  Encourage and assist a Market Maker to establish and maintain a market for that class of stock;

 

27

 

 

9.6.2  List that class of stock on a national or regional securities exchange, including the Nasdaq Stock Market; and

 

9.6.3  Register the Holding Company Common Stock with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, and undertake not to deregister such Holding Company Common Stock for a period of three years thereafter.

 

9.7.          Establishment of Liquidation Accounts.

 

9.7.1  The Stock Holding Company shall establish a Liquidation Account at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to the Mutual Holding Company’s total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Conversion. Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his or her Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance in relation to his or her Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The Stock Holding Company also shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account (collectively with the Liquidation Account, the “Liquidation Accounts”) for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. The function of the Liquidation Accounts is to establish a priority on liquidation and, except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.7, the existence of the Liquidation Accounts shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company.  The initial Liquidation Account balance shall not be increased, and shall be subject to downward adjustment to the extent of any downward adjustment of any subaccount balance of any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in accordance with the Regulations.

 

9.7.2  In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Stock Holding Company (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to depositors to the extent of their Deposit Accounts) each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then-adjusted subaccount balances for his or her deposit accounts then held, before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holders of the Stock Holding Company’s capital stock. No merger, consolidation, reorganization, or purchase of bulk assets with assumption of deposit accounts and other liabilities, or similar transactions with an FDIC-insured institution, in which the Stock Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving institution, shall be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

 

28

 

 

9.7.3  In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Stock Holding Company (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Stock Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund the obligations under the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, the Bank with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) an amount necessary to fund the Stock Holding Company’s remaining obligation under the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Stock Holding Company’s creditors. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Stock Holding Company’s capital stock.

 

9.7.4 In the event of a complete liquidation of the Stock Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Stock Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account and receiving from the Stock Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account (except that the Stock Holding Company shall cease to exist).

 

9.7.5 The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Bank Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such Eligible Account Holder’s or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence on both dates, separate subaccounts shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Accounts on such record dates. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased by additional Deposits, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below. The initial subaccount balance in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be determined in the same manner as their interest in the Bank Liquidation Account is determined.

 

29

 

 

9.7.6  If, at the close of business on the last day of any period for which the Stock Holding Company has prepared audited financial statements subsequent to the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) is less than the lesser of: (a) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on the last day of any period for which the Stock Holding Company has prepared audited financial statements subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if established), or (b) the amount in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if established), then the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance, in an amount proportionate to the reduction in the balance of such Deposit Account. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero. For purposes of this Section 9.7, a time account shall be deemed to be closed upon its maturity date regardless of any renewal thereof. A distribution of each subaccount balance in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account may be made only in the event of a complete liquidation of the Stock Holding Company subsequent to the Conversion and only out of funds available for such purpose after payment of all creditors.

 

9.7.7  The creation and maintenance of the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the equity accounts of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Stock Holding Company nor the Bank shall (i) declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its net worth to be reduced below the amount required for the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable, or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Stock Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Neither the Stock Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) do not retain any voting rights in either the Stock Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.

 

9.7.8  The amount of the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Bank Liquidation Account, and in no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) be entitled to a distribution exceeding such holder’s subaccount balance in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account or Bank Liquidation Account. A distribution to an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) from the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account will extinguish the right of the Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) to receive a distribution from the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

30

 

 

9.7.9  For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company will not without prior approval of the Commissioner and the FRB: (i) sell or liquidate the Stock Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated. At any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company shall eliminate or transfer the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account to the Bank and the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank, at which time the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) will be solely and exclusively established in the Bank Liquidation Account, provided that, if required, such transfer shall be approved by the FRB. In the event such transfer occurs, the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall become the liquidation account of the Bank and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Stock Holding Company’s creditors. Approval of the Plan by the Members shall constitute approval of the transactions described therein.

 

9.8.          Payment of Dividends.  Neither the Stock Holding Company nor the Bank may declare or pay a cash dividend on its common stock if such dividend would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below applicable capital requirements or the amount required to maintain its respective liquidation account. Otherwise, the Bank and the Stock Holding Company may declare dividends in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

9.9.          Repurchase of Stock.  Based upon facts and circumstances following the Conversion and subject to applicable regulatory and accounting requirements, the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company may determine to repurchase stock in the future. Such facts and circumstances may include but not be limited to: (a) market and economic factors such as the price at which the Holding Company Common Stock is trading in the market, the volume of trading, the attractiveness of other investment alternatives in terms of the rate of return and risk involved in the investment, the ability to increase the book value and/or earnings per share of the remaining outstanding shares, and the opportunity to improve the Stock Holding Company’s return on equity; (b) the avoidance of dilution to stockholders by not having to issue additional shares to cover the exercise of stock options or the purchase of shares by the ESOP in the event the ESOP is unable to acquire shares in the Subscription Offering, or to fund any stock plans adopted after the consummation of the Conversion; and (c) any other circumstances in which repurchases would be in the best interests of the Stock Holding Company and its shareholders.

 

9.10.        Conversion Expenses.  The Regulations require that the expenses of the Conversion must be reasonable. The MHC will use its best efforts to assure that the expenses incurred by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company in effecting the Conversion will be reasonable.

 

9.11.        Public Inspection of Conversion Application.  The MHC and the Bank will maintain a copy of the non-confidential portion of the Application in the main banking office of the Bank and such copy will be available for public inspection.

 

9.12.        Enforcement of Terms and Conditions.    Each of the MHC and the Stock Holding Company shall have the right to take all such action as they, in its sole discretion, may deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to monitor and enforce the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions contained in the Plan, and the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions contained in the order forms, including, but not limited to, the right to require any subscriber or purchaser to provide evidence, in a form satisfactory to the MHC and the Stock Holding Company, of such Person’s eligibility to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Holding Company Common Stock under the terms of the Plan and the absolute right (subject only to any necessary regulatory approvals or concurrence) to reject, limit or revoke acceptance of any subscription or order and to delay, terminate or refuse to consummate any sale of Holding Company Common Stock that it believes might violate, or is designed to, or is any part of a plan to, evade or circumvent such terms, conditions, limitations, restrictions and representations. Any such action shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, and the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Bank and their Boards of Directors, Officers, Employees, Corporators and agents shall be free from any liability to any Person on account of any such action.

 

31

 

 

9.13.        Voting Rights in Converted Stock Holding Company.  Following the Conversion, the holders of the capital stock of the Stock Holding Company shall have exclusive voting rights in the Stock Holding Company.

 

9.14.        Restrictions on Acquisition of Bank and Stock Holding Company.

 

9.14.1    The charter of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Stock Holding Company, for a period of three years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank, without the prior written notice to the Bank and prior approval of the Commissioner and the FRB and shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.

 

9.14.2    For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Stock Holding Company without prior written notice to the Stock Holding Company and prior written approval of the Commissioner and the FRB and shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described ownership limitation shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. Nothing in this Plan shall prohibit the Stock Holding Company from taking actions permitted under 12 C.F.R. 239.63(f) or 209 CMR 33.08(6).

 

9.14.3    The Articles of Incorporation of the Stock Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Stock Holding Company may contain provisions which provide for, or prohibit, as the case may be, staggered terms of the Directors, noncumulative voting for Directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.

 

32

 

 

9.14.4For the purposes of this Section 9.14:

 

(1)the term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

(2)the term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

(3)the term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

(4)the term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)(1).

 

ARTICLE 10.
Miscellaneous

 

10.1         Interpretation of Plan. All interpretations of the Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by the MHC and Stock Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the Commissioner and the FRB. When a reference is made in this Plan to Sections or Exhibits, such reference shall be to a Section of or Exhibit to the Plan unless otherwise indicated. The recitals hereto constitute an integral part of the Plan. References to Sections include subsections, which are part of the related Section (e.g., a section numbered “Section 5.5.1” would be part of “Section 5.5” and references to “Section 5.5” would also refer to material contained in the subsection described as “Section 5.5.1”). The table of contents and headings contained in the Plan are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of the Plan. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in the Plan, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

 

10.2.        Amendment or Termination of the Plan.  If deemed necessary or desirable, the terms of the Plan may be substantively amended by a majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors as a result of comments from regulatory authorities at any time prior to approval of the Plan by the Commissioner and the FRB and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Commissioner and the FRB. If amendments to the Plan are made after the Special Meeting of Members, no further approval of the Members will be necessary unless otherwise required by the Commissioner or the FRB. If amendments to the plan of merger for the MHC Merger are made after the Special Meeting of Corporators or the Special Meeting of Members, no further approval of the Corporators or the Members will be necessary unless otherwise required by the Commissioner or the FRB. The Plan may be terminated by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, at any time prior to the Special Meeting of Members and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Commissioner and the FRB. The Plan will terminate if the sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock is not completed within twenty four months from the date of approval of the Plan by the Board of Directors.

 

Dated: June 7, 2023

 

33

 

 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

NB Financial, MHC

AND NB FINANCIAL, Inc.

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “MHC Merger Agreement”) dated as of [●], 2023, is made by and between NB Financial, MHC, a Massachusetts mutual holding company (the “MHC”), and NB Financial, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) of the MHC, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

1.             The MHC is a Massachusetts mutual holding company that owns 100% of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

2.             The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a Massachusetts corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of Needham Bank, a Massachusetts-chartered co-operative bank.

 

3.             The Board of Directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Board of Directors of the MHC and the Corporators of the MHC have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the MHC shall merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “MHC Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery of this MHC Merger Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

 

1.             Merger. At and on the Effective Date of the MHC Merger, the MHC will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (“Resulting Corporation”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the MHC will be canceled and persons having liquidation interests in the MHC will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the MHC.

 

2.             Effectiveness and Effective Date. The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless: (i) the Plan is approved by the Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, (ii) the Conversion is approved by the Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (iii) the Plan is approved by a majority of the votes of the Members entitled to vote, present and voting at the annual meeting or at a special meeting called for such purpose; (iv) this MHC Merger Agreement is approved by a majority of the total votes of the MHC’s Corporators present and voting at the annual meeting or at a special meeting called for such purpose; (v) the Plan and this MHC Merger Agreement are approved by the MHC as the sole stockholder of the Mid-Tier Holding Company; and (vi) the Articles of Merger shall have been filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts with respect to the MHC Merger. The MHC Merger shall become effective on such date and at such time as specified in the filing accepted by the Massachusetts Division of Banks.

 

 

 

3.             Name. The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be NB Financial, Inc.

 

4.             Offices. The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 1063 Great Plain Avenue, Needham, Massachusetts 02492.

 

5.             Articles of Organization and Bylaws. The Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date, shall be the Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Resulting Corporation.

 

6.             Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

 

7.             Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation. At the Effective Date, the MHC shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Massachusetts corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the MHC. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

 

8.             Rights of Stockholders. At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the MHC will be canceled and persons having liquidation interests in the MHC will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the MHC.

 

9.             Other Terms. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  NB Financial, MHC
  (a Massachusetts mutual holding company)
ATTEST:      
   
    By:  
Denise Dunn     Joseph P. Campanelli
Clerk     President and Chief Executive Officer
       
       
  NB Financial, Inc.
  (a Massachusetts corporation)
ATTEST:      
       
  By:  
Denise Dunn, Secretary     Joseph P. Campanelli
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

3

 

 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

NB FINANCIAL, INC. (MASSACHuSETTS) And

NB BANCORP, INC. (MARYLAND)

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Mid-Tier Merger Agreement”), dated as of [●], 2023, is made by and between NB Financial, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), and NB Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion of NB Financial, MHC (the “Plan”) unless otherwise defined herein.

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

1.             The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a Massachusetts corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of Needham Bank, a Massachusetts-chartered co-operative bank (the “Bank”).

 

2.             The Holding Company has been organized as a first-tier stock subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

3.             The Boards of Directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement.

 

4.              Immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, NB Financial, MHC, a Massachusetts mutual holding company (the “MHC”) and the owner of 100% of the capital stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the “MHC Merger”), whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the MHC were cancelled and persons having liquidation interests in the MHC constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the MHC.

 

5.             As a result of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

 

1.             Merger. At and on the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Resulting Corporation”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, persons who had liquidation interests in the MHC who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company as part of the MHC Merger will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received for interests in the Liquidation Account.

 

 

 

2.             Effectiveness and Effective Date. The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless: (i) the Plan is approved by the Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; (ii) the Conversion is approved by the Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (iii) the Plan and this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement are approved by the MHC as the sole stockholder of the Mid-Tier Holding Company; (iv) the Plan and this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement are approved by the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the sole stockholder of the Holding Company; and (v) Articles of Merger shall have been filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger. The Mid-Tier Merger shall become effective on such date and at such time as specified in the filing accepted by the Massachusetts Division of Banks.

 

3.             Name. The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be NB Bancorp, Inc.

 

4.             Offices. The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 1063 Great Plain Avenue, Needham, Massachusetts 02492.

 

5.             Articles of Organization and Bylaws. The Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date, shall be the Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Resulting Corporation.

 

6.             Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of the Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

 

7.             Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation. At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Maryland corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company. The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

 

2

 

 

8.             Rights of Stockholders. At the Effective Date, persons who had liquidation interests in the MHC who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the MHC as part of the MHC Merger, will exchange their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for interests in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account.

 

9.             Other Terms. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

[Signature page follows]    

 

3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

  NB Financial, Inc.
  (a Massachusetts corporation)
ATTEST:      
   
    By:  
Denise Dunn, Secretary     Joseph P. Campanelli
    President and Chief Executive Officer
       
       
  NB Bancorp, Inc.
  (a Maryland corporation)
ATTEST:      
       
  By:  
Denise Dunn, Secretary     Joseph P. Campanelli
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

4

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

NB BANCORP, INC.

 

The undersigned, Joseph P. Campanelli, whose address is 1063 Great Plain Avenue, Needham, Massachusetts 02492, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

 

ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is NB Bancorp, Inc. (herein, the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 

ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

 

ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock

 

A.            Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is one hundred and twenty five million (125,000,000) shares, consisting of:

 

1.     five million (5,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

 

2.     one hundred and twenty million (120,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is one million two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($1,250,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.

 

 

 

B.            Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; and (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

C.            Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock. The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

 

D.            Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

 

1.     Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

 

2 

 

 

2.     The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.

 

(a)An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

(b)“Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2022; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

(1)that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

(2)that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

(3)that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

3 

 

 

(c)A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

(d)The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

 

3.     The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

 

4.     Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

 

5.     If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

 

4 

 

 

E.            Majority Vote for Certain Actions. With respect to those actions as to which any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) requires stockholder authorization by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, any such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.

 

F.            Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

 

G.            Liquidation Account. Under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion of NB Financial, MHC, as may be amended from time to time (the “Plan of Conversion”). In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) Needham Bank, a Massachusetts-chartered cooperative bank that will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.

 

ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

 

A.            Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

 

5 

 

 

B.            Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

A.            Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Directors’ management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

 

B.            Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be ten (10), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

6 

 

 

The names of the individuals who will serve as the initial directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

 

Term to Expire in 2024:
Angela Jackson
Joseph R. Nolan, Jr.
Hope Pascucci
Raza Shaikh
 
Term to Expire in 2025:
Susan Elliott
Christopher Lynch
Francis Orfanello
 
Term to Expire in 2026:
Joseph P. Campanelli
William Darcey
Mark Whalen
 

 

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

 

C.            Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

D.            Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

 

E.            Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

 

7 

 

 

ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

 

For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

 

8 

 

 

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.            Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B.            Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

C.            Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

9 

 

 

D.            Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.            Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.            Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

10 

 

 

ARTICLE 12: Selection of Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the State of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. The provisions of this Article 12 shall not apply to claims arising under the federal securities laws. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 12.

 

ARTICLE 13. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 13, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of initial directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10, Article 11 or Article 12.

 

11 

 

 

ARTICLE 14. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

 

Joseph P. Campanelli 

1063 Great Plain Avenue 

Needham, Massachusetts 02492

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12 

 

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record these Articles of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 6th day of June, 2023.

 

  /s/ Joseph P. Campanelli 
  Joseph P. Campanelli 
  Incorporator

 

13 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

NB BANCORP, INC.

 

BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.Annual Meeting.

 

The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2.Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairperson of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3.Notice of Meetings; Adjournment or Postponement.

 

Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting, or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or if such person is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

 

 

 

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be adjourned by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or by the vote of a majority of the stockholders present at the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

A meeting of stockholders may be postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be postponed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 3. At any postponed meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

 

If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting. Any writing authorizing another person to act as proxy at a meeting of stockholders shall remain valid for use at any adjournment or postponement of such meeting unless such proxy is revoked or a later dated proxy is provided by such stockholder.

 

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4.Quorum.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

Section 5.Organization and Conduct of Business.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in their absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

2

 

 

Section 6.Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

 

(a)           At any annual meeting of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting: (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 100 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, such written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and not later than the tenth day following the earlier of the day notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.

 

With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of Needham Bank, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 100th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made.

 

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

 

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

 

3

 

 

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

 

(b)           Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only: (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b) , the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 100 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, such written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and not later than the tenth day following the earlier of the day notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.

 

With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of Needham Bank, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 100th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made.

 

4

 

 

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

 

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee, including in proxy materials relating to the meeting to nominate the nominee(s), and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; (v) whether such stockholder intends to solicit proxies in support of director nominees other than the Corporation’s nominees in accordance with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. Upon request by the Corporation, if a stockholder provides notice of its intent to solicit proxies in support of director nominees other than the Corporation’s nominees in accordance with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation, no later than five business days prior to the applicable meeting of stockholders, reasonable evidence that it has met the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. Furthermore, unless otherwise required by law, if any stockholder (i) provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act and (ii) subsequently fails to comply with any requirements of Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act or any other rules or regulations thereunder, then the Corporation shall disregard any proxies or votes solicited for such nominees and such nomination shall be disregarded.

 

5

 

 

(c)           For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued through a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or whether such nomination is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-19 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 7.Proxies and Voting.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

 

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

Section 8.Conduct of Voting

 

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the chairperson of the meeting shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

6

 

 

Section 9.Control Share Acquisition Act.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

 

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his or her designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors, and in his or her absence such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

7

 

 

Section 2.Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

 

By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3.Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 4.Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5.Quorum.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

8

 

 

Section 6.Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

 

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7.Conduct of Business.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.Powers.

 

All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

(i)To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

(ii)To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

(iii)To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

(iv)To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

(v)To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

(vi)To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

(vii)To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

9

 

 

(viii)To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9.Compensation of Directors.

 

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10.Resignation.

 

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11.Presumption of Assent.

 

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his or her dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his or her written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his or her written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his or her dissent known at the meeting.

 

Section 12.Director Qualifications

 

(a)           No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (iv) other than the persons appointed as directors in connection with the formation of the Corporation and other than persons who are also or previously have been executive officers of the Corporation or of the Corporation’s banking subsidiary, Needham Bank, if such person did not, at the time of his or her first election or appointment to the Board of Directors, maintain his or her principal residence (as determined by reference to such person’s most recent tax returns, copies of which shall be provided to the Corporation for the sole purpose of determining compliance with this clause (iv)) within any County or any County contiguous to any County in which Needham Bank has an office for a period of at least one year prior to the date of his or her purported nomination, election or appointment to the Board of Directors. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person is: (w) at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in financial services related business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (x) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy and confirm in writing his or her qualifications hereunder; (y) is a party to any agreement, understanding or arrangement with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (1) provides him or her with material benefits which are tied to or contingent on the Corporation entering into a merger, sale of control or similar transaction in which it is not the surviving institution, (2) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (3) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation; or (z) has lost more than one election for service as a director of the Corporation.

 

10

 

 

(b)           The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

 

Section 13.Attendance at Board Meetings.

 

The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence from (i) three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors, or (ii) three regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

(a)           General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

 

(b)           Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules. The Nominating Committee shall recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

11

 

 

(c)           Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

Section 2.Conduct of Business.

 

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

 

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

 

Section 1.Generally.

 

(a)            The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

 

(b)           The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

 

(c)           All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

12

 

 

Section 2.Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

Section 3.Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 5.President.

 

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6.Vice President.

 

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7.Secretary.

 

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

13

 

 

Section 8.Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.

 

The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.Other Officers.

 

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

Section 10.Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

 

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

 

ARTICLE V
STOCK

 

Section 1.Certificates of Stock.

 

The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

14

 

 

Section 2.Transfers of Stock.

 

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

Section 3.Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

 

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

Section 4.Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

15

 

 

Section 5.Stock Ledger.

 

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

Section 6.Regulations.

 

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1.Facsimile and Electronic Signatures.

 

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile and electronic signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile and electronic signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2.Corporate Seal.

 

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.Books and Records.

 

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

16

 

 

Section 4.Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

 

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December in each year.

 

Section 6.Time Periods.

 

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7.Checks, Drafts, Etc.

 

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.Mail.

 

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9.Contracts and Agreements.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

 

ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS

 

The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

 

17

 

Exhibit 4

 

  NB BANCORP, INC.  
No.    
  INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND  

 

CUSIP:       

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS

CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO

RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

THIS CERTIFIES that is the owner of

 

FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of NB Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state governmental agency.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NB Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

Dated: ________________, 2023

 

By:   [SEAL] By:  
  Denise Dunn     Joseph P. Campanelli
  Corporate Secretary     Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

The Board of Directors of NB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

 

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 80% of the shares entitled to vote.

 

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM - as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - _________ Custodian __________
        (Cust)                                       (Minor)
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties      
        Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right      
    of survivorship and not as      
    tenants in common     (State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

 

For value received,                                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)
 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________________________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated,                              

 

In the presence of   Signature:
     
     

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

 

 

Exhibit 5

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

 

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

—————

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

 

June 9, 2023

 

The Board of Directors

NB Bancorp, Inc.

1063 Great Plain Avenue

Needham, Massachusetts 02492

 

Re:          NB Bancorp, Inc.

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer, sale and issuance of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of NB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), the Plan of Conversion of NB Financial, MHC (the “Plan”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer, sale and issuance of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland (which includes applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Maryland Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Constitution).

 

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when issued and sold, and in the case of Needham Bank Charitable Foundation, Inc., when contributed, in each case in accordance with the Plan, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

This opinion has been prepared solely for the use of the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of the Form S-1 and shall not be used for any other purpose without our prior express written consent. We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus contained in the Form S-1 and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1. By giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Luse Gorman, PC
   
  Luse Gorman, PC

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into, by and among Needham Bank, a mutual cooperative bank having its principal place of business in Needham, Massachusetts (the “Bank”), and Joseph Campanelli, of Wellesley, Massachusetts (the “Executive;” collectively, the Bank and the Executive are the “Parties” or a “Party”) effective as of the date on which both Parties execute this Agreement below (the “Effective Date”). In the event the Bank reorganizes as the wholly owned or majority owned subsidiary of a mutual or stock holding company, any reference to the “Company” herein shall mean such parent corporation of the Bank.

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS the Bank desires to continue to employ the Executive in an executive capacity in the conduct of its businesses, and the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms contained herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.            Term of Agreement.

This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date, and shall continue through January 1, 2023, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement (the “Term”). Commencing on January 1, 2021, and on each January 1 thereafter (each, a “Renewal Date”), the Term shall extend automatically for one (1) additional year, so that the Term shall be three (3) years from such Renewal Date, unless either the Bank or the Executive provides written notice to the other Party at least ninety (90) days prior to such Renewal Date notifying the other Party of his or its election to not renew this Agreement. Either Party may elect to not renew this Agreement for any reason or no reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Change in Control (as defined below) occurs during the Term, the Term shall be extended automatically so that it expires three (3) years after the effective date of the Change in Control, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement.

2.            Executive’s Employment with the Bank.

(a)          The Bank hereby employs the Executive and the Executive agrees to be employed by the Bank, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. At all times during the Term of this Agreement, the Bank shall employ the Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer, subject to his election or re-election by the Bank’s Board of Directors (the “Board”).

(b)          The Executive shall be employed on a full-time basis as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and shall be assigned only such duties and tasks as are appropriate for a person in such positions. It is the intention of the Bank and the Executive that, subject to the direction and supervision of the Board, the Executive shall have full discretionary authority to control the day-to-day operations of the Bank and to incur such obligations on behalf of the Bank as may be necessary or appropriate in the ordinary course of its business.

Initials: Executive____; Needham Bank____

 

 

 

(c)          During his employment hereunder, the Executive shall devote his full business time and his best efforts, business judgment, skill and knowledge to the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2(c) and Section 2(d), the Executive shall not engage in any other business activity during the Term, other than an activity approved in writing by the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive may engage in service for civic, charitable or religious purposes or services in connection with any trade association (together “Community Activities”) during business hours without the need for notice to the Board, provided that Community Activities do not involve a material time commitment or interfere with Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement. The Executive shall disclose any such Community Activities if so requested by the Board and shall cease any such Community Activities as soon as practicable if directed in writing by the Board, provided that the Board determines in good faith that continuation of such Community Activities are inconsistent with this Section 2(c) and/or the legitimate business interests of the Bank.

(d)          With the prior written approval of the Board, the Executive may: serve on boards of directors of both for-profit and not-for-profit entities; or engage in Community Activities that involve a material time commitment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may continue to serve on any board of directors on which he is serving as of the Effective Date of this Agreement. A list of such boards of directors has been supplied to the Board by the Executive.

 

3.            Compensation and Benefits.

(a)           Base Compensation. As compensation for the services to be performed by the Executive during the Term, the Bank shall pay to the Executive, in regular periodic installments, a base salary at the rate of Six Hundred Eighty-Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($682,500.00) per year, which may be increased, but not decreased (except for across-the-board reductions affecting substantially all “Executive Management Employees,” defined as employees of the Bank with the title of executive vice-presidents and above), in the sole discretion of the Board from time to time (the “Base Salary”). At least annually, the Board shall consider increasing the Base Salary.

(b)           Short-Term Incentive Compensation. In addition to the foregoing Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible during the Term to receive short-term incentive compensation, determined and payable in the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board. At least annually, the Compensation Committee shall consider awarding short-term incentive compensation to the Executive.

(c)           Long-Term Incentive Compensation. In addition to the foregoing Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible during the Term to receive long-term incentive compensation determined and payable in the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board. At least annually, the Compensation Committee shall consider awarding long-term incentive compensation to the Executive.

2 

 

 

(d)           Fringe Benefits. During the Term, the Bank shall provide the Executive with the fringe benefits in which the Executive is participating on the Effective Date or which are established for Executive Management Employees after the Effective Date, including but not limited to any employee benefit plans, medical insurance plans, life insurance plans, disability income plans, retirement plans, vacation plans, expense reimbursement plans and other benefit plans which the Bank may from time to time have in effect for all or substantially all Executive Management Employees. Such participation shall be subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents, generally applicable policies of the Bank, applicable law and the discretion of the Board of Directors or any administrative or other committee provided for or contemplated by any such plan. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to create any obligation on the part of the Bank to establish any such plan or to maintain any such plan which may be in effect from time to time.

(e)           Personal Benefits Allotment. The Executive shall be entitled to an executive perquisites allotment of Thirty-Four Thousand Dollars ($34,000) annually (the “Personal Benefits Allotment”), or such other greater amount as recommended by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board from time to time (any increase in the Personal Benefits Allotment shall become the “Personal Benefits Allotment”), to be applied by the Executive, in his sole discretion, towards a car allowance, tax or financial advice or other such other perquisites as the Executive deems to be appropriate or desirable to his executive position.

(f)           Timing of Certain Payments. Any compensation payable or provided under this Section 3 shall be paid or provided not later than two and one-half months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-l(d).

(g)           Taxation of Payments and Benefits. The Bank shall undertake to make deductions, withholdings and tax reports with respect to payments and benefits under this Agreement to the extent that it reasonably and in good faith believes that it is required to make such deductions, withholdings and tax reports. Payments under this Agreement shall be in amounts net of any such deductions or withholdings. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Bank to make any payments to compensate the Executive for any adverse tax effect associated with any payments or benefits or for any deduction or withholding from any payment or benefit.

4.             Business Expenses. The Bank shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties and responsibilities, including but not limited to, annual dues and/or membership fees in professional associations, attendance at industry seminars, and educational conferences. Such payments or reimbursements shall be subject to such reasonable requirements with respect to substantiation and documentation as may be specified by the Bank or their auditors or tax advisors. Reimbursements of expenses and in-kind benefits subject to this Section 4 or otherwise provided to the Executive shall be subject to the following rules: (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except as otherwise allowed by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”); (ii) any reimbursement shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expenses to be reimbursed were incurred; and (iii) no right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits may be liquidated or exchanged for another benefit.

3 

 

 

5.            Termination. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 1 and/or the Term of this Agreement, this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate at any point during the Term of the Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a)           Death. In the event of the Executive’s death, this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate on the date of his death; provided, however, that, for a period of twelve (12) months following the Executive’s death, the Bank shall pay to the Executive’s designated beneficiary (or to his estate, if he fails to make such designation) an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of his death (unless an increased Base Salary shall previously have been authorized to take effect as of a later date, in which case such increase shall apply as of that later date), such payments to be made on the same payroll schedule as Base Salary payments would have been made to the Executive had he not died.

(b)           Disability. In the event the Executive becomes disabled, this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate. For purposes of this Agreement, disability means any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months and that renders the Executive unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity and/or perform his obligations under this Agreement. Such determination may be made by the Board with objective medical input from a physician chosen by the Board. In the event of such termination, for a period of twelve (12) months following the Executive’s disability, the Bank shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of his disability (unless an increased Base Salary shall previously have been authorized to take effect as of a later date, in which case such increase shall apply as of that later date), such payments to be made on the same payroll schedule as Base Salary payments would have been made to the Executive had he not become disabled.

(c)           Termination by the Executive Without Good Reason. The Executive may resign from the Bank at any time upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Bank, and this Agreement and the Executive’s employment shall terminate effective on the date thirty (30) days after the written notice is provided to the Bank. In the event of resignation by the Executive under this Section 5(c), the Board may elect to waive the requirement that the Executive remain employed with the Bank during the notice period, or any portion thereof, and may elect to accelerate the date of the termination of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment with the Bank and such waiver and acceleration of the date of termination shall not be considered a termination by the Bank of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment.

(d)           Termination by the Bank Without Cause. The Bank may terminate this Agreement and the Executive’s employment without Cause upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Executive, and this Agreement and the Executive’s employment shall terminate effective on the date thirty (30) days after the written notice is provided by the Bank. In the event of a termination of the Executive by the Bank without Cause, the Board may elect to waive the requirement that the Executive remain employed with the Bank during the notice period, or any portion thereof, provided that the Bank continues to pay and/or provide the Executive his Base Salary and Fringe Benefits due under Section 3 of this Agreement (or, with respect to the Fringe Benefits, the value thereof) for the period of the notice, or any portion thereof.

4 

 

 

(e)           Termination by the Executive for Good Reason. The Executive may terminate this Agreement and his employment hereunder for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)            Failure of the Bank to continue the Executive in the positions of President and Chief Executive Officer without his consent during the Term;

(ii)           Material adverse change by the Bank, not consented to by the Executive, in the nature or scope of the Executive’s responsibilities, title, authorities, powers, functions or duties from the responsibilities, title, authorities, powers, functions or duties normally exercised by an executive in the positions of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, including the failure of the Bank to permit the Executive to attend meetings of the Board;

(iii)          An involuntary reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary except across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting substantially all Executive Management Employees;

(iv)          The involuntary relocation of the office at which the Executive is principally employed to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles driving distance from such office as of the Effective Date hereof (unless the relocated office is closer to the Executive’s then principal residence);

(v)           Material breach by the Bank of Section 3 hereof or of any other provision of this Agreement;

(vi)          A Change in Control as defined herein, provided that the Executive terminates this Agreement and his employment hereunder within three (3) years of the effective date of the Change in Control; or

(vii)         The Bank’s election, pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, to not renew this Agreement, provided that the Executive terminates this Agreement and his employment hereunder within ninety (90) days of the notice of the Bank’s election to not renew this Agreement.

With respect to a Good Reason termination under sub-sections (5)(e)(i) through (5)(e)(v) above, the Executive must follow the “Good Reason Process,” which shall mean that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Bank in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Bank’s efforts, for a period not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Executive terminates his employment within sixty (60) days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Bank cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank may elect to waive the Cure Period, in which case, the Executive’s termination may occur within such 30-day period and such waiver and acceleration of the date of termination shall not be considered a termination by the Bank of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment.

5 

 

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall mean the consummation by the Company or the Bank, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of any of the following:

(i)            Merger: The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation (notwithstanding the foregoing, for as long as the Bank remains in mutual form, this item “(i)” shall be inapplicable unless the merger or consolidation also has the effects set forth in item “(iii)” below);

(ii)           Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership: There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

(iii)          Change in Board Composition: During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s board of directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s board of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary regulator of the Company or the Bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

(iv)          Sale of Assets: The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

A Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred upon: (i) the conversion of the Bank from a mutual cooperative bank to stock form as the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion; or (ii) upon a public stock offering of the shares of the stock holding company resulting from the conversion described in item “(i)” hereinabove.

6 

 

 

(f)           Termination by the Bank for Cause. The Bank may terminate this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause if at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for him, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board, which notice shall specify in reasonable detail the basis for a proposal to terminate the Executive’s employment for “Cause”) a majority of Board determines in good faith that the Executive has engaged in conduct that constitutes “Cause” as defined herein. Only the following shall constitute “Cause” for such termination:

(i)            Conviction of the Executive by a court of competent jurisdiction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere or an admission of sufficient facts with respect to, any criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust or any felony or crime of moral turpitude;

(ii)           Commission by the Executive of an act of fraud upon the Bank;

(iii)          Willful refusal by the Executive to perform the duties reasonably assigned to him by the Board (which duties are consistent with the Executive’s status as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank), which failure or breach continues for more than thirty (30) days after written notice given to the Executive by the Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such refusal;

(iv)           Willful breach of fiduciary duty or willful misconduct by the Executive or the Executive’s commission of an act of moral turpitude that materially and adversely affects the Bank or has the ability to do so; or

(v)            Material breach of this Agreement by the Executive.

For purposes of this Section 5(f), no act, or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be deemed willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive without the reasonable belief that the Executive’s act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Bank.

(g)          Termination due to Retirement. The Executive may terminate this Agreement and the Executive’s employment due to retirement. Termination of the Executive’s employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination of the Executive’s employment in accordance with a retirement policy established by the Board, provided that any such retirement policy shall include a provision which requires that the Bank shall fully vest the Executive in any non-qualified deferred compensation plan(s) sponsored by the Bank or the Company, in which the Executive participates, effective upon the Executive’s date of retirement.

(h)          Termination Shall Constitute Resignation from All Positions. In the event of the termination of this Agreement and Executive’s employment for any reason, such termination shall also constitute Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s Board or as a corporator, as well as the Executive’s resignation from the board of directors, or as an officer, executive or corporator, of any affiliates of the Bank. The Parties may mutually agree to waive the automatic termination provision set forth in Paragraph 5(h).

7 

 

 

6.             Compensation Upon Termination.

(a)          Termination Generally. If this Agreement and the Executive’s employment with the Bank is terminated for any reason, unless the Executive is eligible for Severance Benefits as set forth in the Section 6(b) below, the Executive shall only be entitled to, and the Bank’s sole remaining obligation to the Executive under this Agreement shall be to: (i) pay the Executive, an amount equal to: (A) any Base Salary earned through the effective date of the termination of Executive’s employment (the “Termination Date”), (B) unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 4 of this Agreement), (C) pay at the then Base Salary rate for any accrued but unused vacation as of the Termination Date, (D) any earned but unpaid short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the calendar year immediately preceding the Termination Date, and (E) except in the case of a termination under Section 5(c) or Section 5(f), a prorated portion of the Executive’s target short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs; and (ii) provide to the Executive any vested benefits due to the Executive under any employee benefit plan of the Bank, in accordance with the terms and conditions of those benefits plans and applicable law. The payment and benefits described in this Section 6(a) are collectively referred to as the “Automatic Termination Payments.” Regardless of the length of the Term of this Agreement in effect as of the Termination Date, the Automatic Termination Payments are the sole obligation to the Bank upon termination of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment, unless the Executive is eligible for Severance Benefits as set forth in the Section 6(b) below.

(b)          Severance Benefits. If and only if the Bank terminates this Agreement and Executive’s employment without Cause pursuant to Section 5(d) or if the Executive terminates this Agreement and the Executive’s employment for Good Reason as provided in Section 5(e), and subject to the Executive signing and not revoking the Severance Agreement described in Section 6(c), the Bank shall provide the benefits listed in sub-sections 6(b)(i) to (iii) below (the “Severance Benefits”) to the Executive:

(i)          Severance Payments. The Bank shall pay the Executive a severance payment in an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (A) the Executive’s Base Salary plus (B) the highest annual short-term incentive compensation awarded to the Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) with respect to the three (3) most recent fiscal years ending before or simultaneously with the Termination Date (the “Severance Payment”). The Severance Payment shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum payroll payment within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date of the Severance Agreement; and further subject to modifications as specified in Section 7 hereof. In addition, the Bank shall provide the Executive with an amount equal to two (2) times the Executive’s Personal Benefit Allotment, payable in a lump sum payment at the same time and subject to the same conditions as the payment of the Severance Payment.

(ii)          Additional Benefits Payment. The Bank shall pay an additional lump sum payment to the Executive equal to thirty-six (36) times the total monthly cost as of the Termination Date for the participation in the Bank’s group life, medical and dental insurance plans of the Executive and, if enrolled as of the Termination Date, his family members. This amount shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum payment within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date of the Severance Agreement; and further subject to modifications as specified in Section 7 hereof. To the extent that the Executive and/or his family members elect COBRA continuation coverage for any period after the Termination Date, such cost will be paid solely by the Executive.

8 

 

 

(iii)          Vesting of Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation. The Bank shall fully vest the Executive in any non-qualified deferred compensation plan(s) sponsored by the Bank or the Company, in which the Executive participates.

(c)          The payment of any Severance Benefits to the Executive are contingent upon: (i) the Executive signing a Severance Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A (the “Severance Agreement”) within twenty-one (21) days after the Severance Agreement is tendered (or a longer period if required by law); and (ii) the Executive not revoking the Severance Agreement within the seven (7) day revocation period set forth in the Severance Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Severance Agreement attached as Exhibit A may be modified to the extent necessary based on changes in applicable law from and after the date of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the timing of the payments and/or provision of the Severance Benefits identified in Section 6(b), any Severance Benefits to which the Executive may be entitled under this Agreement will be paid no later than two and one-half months after the close of the plan year in which such Severance Benefits “vest,” as defined in Section 409A.

7.            Sections 280G and 409A.

(a)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to the Executive under this Agreement, either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of the Executive, constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G, or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, then, first, the Bank shall, consistent with any legal obligations to the Bank and its shareholders, exercise seek the approval of 75% of the disinterested shareholders for the payments or benefits in accordance with Section 280G and, if such shareholder approval does not occur, then, second, the Executive may elect between: (i) accepting the Severance Benefits, in full, regardless of the potential Code Section 280G impact on the payment of such Severance Benefits; and (ii) accepting a reduced Severance Benefit in an amount, the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with Code Section 280G. The allocation of the reduction required hereby shall be determined by the Executive, provided, however, that if it is determined that such election by the Executive shall be in violation of Code Section 409A, the allocation of the required reduction shall be pro-rata.

(b)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if at the time of the Executive’s “Separation from Service” (as defined below), the Bank determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s Separation from Service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s Separation from Service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule. Any such delayed payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of Separation from Service occurs, from such date of Separation from Service until the payment date.

9 

 

 

(c)          To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s Separation from Service.” For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and the Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the Executive after the Termination Date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the Termination Date. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d)          The Parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The Parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either Party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either Party.

8.            Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidential Information.

(a)          Non-Competition. During the Term of this Agreement and, in the event that the termination of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment by the Bank is without Cause (pursuant to Section 5(d)) or by the Executive for Good Reason (pursuant to Section 5(e)), for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, the Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank in any city, town or county in which the Executive’s normal business office is located or the Bank or the Company has an office or has or have filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office. The Executive represents and admits that, in the event of the termination of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that the Executive can obtain employment in the geographic area outside the restricted area defined in this Section 8 and/or in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent the Executive from earning a livelihood.

10 

 

 

(b)          Non-Solicitation. During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly (i) hire or attempt to hire any employee of the Bank, assist in such hiring by any other person, or encourage any such employee to terminate his or her relationship with the Bank, or (ii) solicit business from any customer of the Bank or their subsidiaries, divert or attempt to divert any business from the Bank or their subsidiaries, or induce, attempt to induce, or assist others in inducing or attempting to induce any agent, customer or supplier of the Bank or any other person or entity associated or doing business with the Bank (or proposing to become associated or to do business with the Bank) to terminate such person’s or entity’s relationship with the Bank (or to refrain from becoming associated with or doing business with the Bank) or in any other manner to interfere with the relationship between the Bank and any such person or entity. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in Sections 8(a), 9(b), and 9(c) are intended to protect the Bank’s interests in its Confidential Information (as defined below) and established employee, customer and supplier relationships and goodwill, and the Executive agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive’s involvement in general advertising or general personnel recruiting efforts that are not targeted at customers or employees of the Bank shall not be considered to violate this Section 8(b).

(c)          Confidential Information. The Executive shall not at any time divulge, use, furnish, disclose or make accessible to anyone, other than to an employee or director of the Bank with a reasonable need to know, any knowledge or information with respect to confidential or secret data, trade secrets, business information, customer information, procedures or techniques of the Bank (“Confidential Information”), provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8 shall prevent the disclosure by the Executive of any such information which at any time comes into the public domain other than as a result of the violation of the terms of this Section 8 by the Executive or which is otherwise lawfully acquired by the Executive. In the event that Confidential Information is also deemed a trade secret, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b)(1), the Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (a) is made (i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

(d)          Documents, Records, etc. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Executive by the Bank or are produced by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Bank will be and remain the sole property of the Bank. The Executive will return to the Bank all such materials and property as and when requested by the Bank. In any event, the Executive will return all such materials and property immediately upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason. The Executive will not retain any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

(e)          Third-Party Agreements and Rights. The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information or the Executive’s engagement in any business. The Executive represents to the Bank that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Bank, and the performance of the Executive’s duties for the Bank will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Bank, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Bank any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

11 

 

 

(f)          Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and after the Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Bank in the defense or prosecution of any claims or any actions now in existence or that may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Bank that relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Bank; provided that after the end of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall not be required to perform more than one hundred (100) hours of services pursuant to this Section 8(f) above and beyond services that could be compelled by issuance of a subpoena. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Bank at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Bank in connection with any investigation or review by any federal, state or local regulatory authority as such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Bank. The Bank shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of his obligations pursuant to this Section 8(f). Unless the Executive is then employed by the Bank, the Bank shall pay the Executive for any services pursuant to this Section 8(f) at the hourly rate of the Executive’s final annual Base Salary divided by 2,080; provided that no payment obligation shall apply to services that could be compelled pursuant to a subpoena.

(g)          Injunction. The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Bank that might result from any breach by the Executive of the obligations set forth in this Section 8, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches or threatens to breach any portion of this Section 8, the Bank shall be entitled to, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach or threatened breach without showing or proving any actual damages to the Bank and without the need to post a bond.

9.            Withholding. All payments made by the Bank under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Bank under applicable law.

10.          Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage paid, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Bank or, in the case of the Bank, at its main office, attention of the Chairman of the Board.

11.          Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to its subject matter hereof; no other promises or agreements of any kinds have been made to or with the Executive by any other person or entity to cause him to sign this Agreement; and this Agreement supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous communications, agreements, and understandings, written or oral.

12 

 

 

12.          Binding Effect, Non-assignability. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors. Neither this Agreement nor any rights arising hereunder may be assigned or pledged by the Executive during his lifetime. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

13.          Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

14.          Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

15.          Forfeiture of Payments. The Executive agrees that the receipt of Severance Benefits under Section 6(b) is conditioned upon the Executive’s compliance in all material respects with the obligations contained in Section 8. The foregoing provision shall be in addition to any other remedies or rights the Bank may have at law or in equity as a result of the Executive’s failure to comply with such obligations.

16.          Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws, and in accordance with and subject to any applicable federal laws to which the Bank may be subject as an FDIC insured institution. In addition to the foregoing:

(a)          In no event shall the Bank be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Agreement that is prohibited by Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (codified at 12 U.S.C. sec. 1828(k)), 12 C.F.R. Part 359, or any other applicable law.

(b)          In no event shall the Bank be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Agreement if:

(i)the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 U.S.C. sec. 1813(x)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended; or

(ii)the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. sec. 1823(c)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended.

17.          Dispute Resolution. Except with respect to any claim arising out of or relating to the Executive’s obligations under Section 8 of this Agreement, if a dispute arises out of or relates to this Agreement, or the breach hereof, the Parties agree to first use the Employment Mediation Procedures contained in the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association as then in effect (the “Rules”). The mediation will take place at a location within twenty-five (25) miles of the Bank’s headquarters. Any dispute or controversy not settled in accordance with the mediation process described above shall be submitted to binding arbitration pursuant to the Rules. The arbitration will take place at a location within twenty-five (25) miles of the Bank’s headquarters.

13 

 

 

18.          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

19.          Successors to the Bank. The Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank expressly to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place. Failure of the Bank to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

20.          Indemnification. The Bank agrees to indemnify the Executive in his capacity as an officer of the Bank. In addition, to the extent that the Executive serves at the request of the Bank as a representative, an officer, or a Board member of any community organization or financial services industry association or similar entity, he shall be entitled to indemnification by the Bank. Indemnification pursuant to this Section 20 shall be subject to and administered in accordance with the charter or by-laws of the Bank, as amended from time to time; provided, however, that the terms of such indemnification shall be no less favorable to the Executive than those set forth in the charter or by-laws of the Bank as of the Effective Date of this Agreement. Any indemnification with respect to service to a third party shall be provided only to the extent that no indemnification or insurance is available from such third party or that any such indemnification or insurance has been exhausted.

21.          No Mitigation. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. No payment provided for in this Agreement shall be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, or the Executive’s receipt of income from any other sources, after termination of this Agreement and his employment hereunder.

14 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Bank and by the Executive, this ____ day of December, 2019.

ATTEST:   NEEDHAM BANK
 
/s William Day   By: /s/ Chris Lynch         
Clerk     Chairman of the Compensation Committee
 

  JOSEPH CAMPANELLI
     
  /s/ Joseph P. Campanelli
  Executive

15 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

SEVERANCE AND RELEASE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Severance and Release Severance Agreement (“Severance Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Joseph Campanelli (the “Executive”) and Needham Bank (“Needham Bank”) (collectively the “Parties” and/or individually a “Party”).

WHEREAS, the Executive and Needham Bank entered into an Employment Agreement dated December __, 2019 (the “Employment Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Parties agree that given the circumstances of the termination of the Executive’s employment and the Employment Agreement, the Executive is eligible for Severance Benefits under Section 6(b) of the Employment Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Parties further agree that, under the terms of the Employment Agreement, the Executive is entitled to the Severance Benefits only if he executes and does not revoke a Severance and Release Severance Agreement in the form hereof;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants exchanged herein, and other good and valuable consideration, to which the Executive agrees that he is not entitled unless he executes and does not revoke this Severance Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

(1)          Termination. The Parties agree that the Employment Agreement and the Executive’s employment thereunder terminated or will terminate on _________________ (the “Termination Date”). The Parties agree that the payments and benefits described in this Severance Agreement are the Bank’s sole remaining obligation(s) to the Executive under the Employment Agreement or otherwise and that the payments and benefits described herein, once paid, will be a full accord and satisfaction with respect to any amount due and owing from the Bank to the Executive. The Executive’s participation in all benefit plans of the Bank will terminate effective on the Termination Date, in accordance with the specific terms of those plans and any applicable law. The Executive and his eligible dependents may continue their participation in the Bank’s group health and dental insurance plans provided to the Bank’s employees after the Termination Date in accordance with the federal law known as COBRA by paying for the premium costs associated with such coverage.

(2)          Automatic Termination Payments. The Bank agrees that it has provided/will provide the following Automatic Termination Payments, as defined in Section 6(a) of the Employment Agreement, to the Executive, regardless of whether the Executive executes this Severance Agreement:

(a)an amount equal to:

i.any Base Salary earned through the “Termination Date,”

ii.unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 4 of the Employment Agreement),

16 

 

 

iii.pay at the Executive’s Base Salary rate as of the Termination Date for any accrued but unused vacation as of the Termination Date,

iv.any earned but unpaid short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the calendar year immediately preceding the Termination Date, and

v.a prorated portion of the Executive’s target short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs; and

(b)provide to the Executive any vested benefits due to the Executive under any employee benefit plan of the Bank, in accordance with the terms and conditions of those benefits plans and applicable law.

By signing this Severance Agreement, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that, once he is provided the payments and benefits described in this Severance Agreement (in this Section (2) and Section (3) below), he will have been paid and/or provided all wages and benefits due and owing to him from the Bank including, but not limited to, all accrued but unused vacation time, holiday time, short-term incentive compensation, long-term incentive compensation, and bonuses and any amounts or benefits due under the Employment Agreement.

(3)          Severance Benefits to the Executive. If the Executive signs and does not revoke this Severance Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of Section (8) below, the Bank shall provide the following to the Executive (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”):

(a)          Severance Payments. The Bank shall pay the Executive a severance payment in an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (A) the Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date plus (B) the highest annual short-term incentive compensation awarded to the Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) of the Employment Agreement with respect to the three (3) most recent fiscal years ending before or simultaneously with the Termination Date (the “Severance Payment”). The Severance Payment shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum payroll payment within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date of the Severance Agreement, provided that the Executive executes and does not revoke the Severance Agreement; and further subject to modifications as specified in Section (6) hereof. In addition, the Bank shall provide the Executive with an amount equal to two (2) times the Executive’s Personal Benefit Allotment, payable in a lump sum payment at the same time and subject to the same conditions as the payment of the Severance Payment.

(b)          Other Benefits. The Bank shall pay an additional lump sum payment to the Executive equal to thirty-six (36) times the total monthly cost as of the Termination Date for the participation in the Bank’s group life, medical and dental insurance plans of the Executive and, if enrolled as of the Termination Date, his family members. This amount shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum payment within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date of the Severance Agreement, provided that the Executive executes and does not revoke the Severance Agreement; and further subject to modifications as specified in Section (6) hereof. To the extent that the Executive and/or his family members elect COBRA continuation coverage for any period after the Termination Date, such cost will be paid solely by the Executive

17 

 

 

(c)          Vesting of Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation. The Bank shall fully vest the Executive in any non-qualified deferred compensation plan(s) sponsored by the Bank or the Company, in which the Executive participates.

The Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither Needham Bank nor its attorneys have made any representation to him regarding the tax consequences of the payments made to him pursuant to this Severance Agreement. The Executive agrees that he is solely liable for any taxes to be paid by him with respect to the amounts paid pursuant to this Severance Agreement, except that Needham Bank shall be solely liable for any employer portion of FICA taxes to be paid. Except as specifically provided in this Severance Agreement, no wage, payment, insurance or other benefits, allowances, bonuses, or other compensation or expenses of any sort are due, or will be paid, to the Executive. Notwithstanding the timing of the payments and/or provision of the Severance Benefits identified in Section (3), any Severance Benefits to which the Executive may be entitled under this Severance Agreement will be paid no later than two and one-half months after the close of the plan year in which such Severance Benefits “vest,” as defined in Section 409A.

(4)          Release of Claims by the Executive. For and in consideration of the promises of Needham Bank set forth herein, the Executive, on behalf of himself, his heirs, executors, administrators, personal representative and assigns agrees to the following:

(a)          Release of Claims by the Executive. The Executive, after consulting with his attorney, hereby releases, discharges, and forever waives on behalf of himself, his heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, and assigns, any and all claims from the beginning of the world to the date of execution of this document which he now has, might now have, or ever had against Needham Bank and/or its affiliated entities and companies, including without limitation each and every of their present, former and future directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns and all others connected with any of them and their insurers (collectively hereinafter “Releasees”), individually and in their official capacities, including but not limited to, all debts, demands, actions, class actions, causes of action, grievances, arbitrations, suits, accounts, covenants, Severance Agreements, damages, expenses, compensation, wages, claims for attorneys’ fees and any and all claims, demands and liabilities whatsoever of every name and nature, both in law and in equity, including but not limited to any claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Immigration Reform and Control Act; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Equal Pay Act; the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008; the Massachusetts Law Against Discrimination, G.L. c. 151B; the Massachusetts Equal Rights Act, G.L. c. 93; the Massachusetts Civil Rights Act, G.L. c. 12; the Massachusetts Privacy Statute, G.L. c. 214, § 1B; the Massachusetts Sexual Harassment Statute, G.L. c. 214, § 1C; the Massachusetts Parental Leave Law, M.G.L. c. 149, § 105D; the  Massachusetts Wage Payment Statute, G.L. c. 149, §§ 148, 148A, 148B, 149, 150, 150A-150C, 151, 152, 152A, et seq.; the Massachusetts Wage and Hour laws, G.L. c. 151§ 1A et seq.; the Massachusetts Small Necessities Act, G.L. c. 149, § 52D; the Massachusetts Equal Pay Act, G.L. c. 149, § 105A-C; the Massachusetts Equal Rights for the Elderly and Disabled, G.L. c. 93, § 103; the Massachusetts AIDS Testing statute, G.L. c. 111, § 70F; the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act, G.L. c. 93A; Massachusetts Employment Leave for Victims and Family Members of Abuse, G.L. c. 149, §52E; and the Massachusetts Earned Sick Time Law, M.G.L. c. 149, § 14, all as may be amended, and any other local, state or federal law and specifically including, but not limited to, any claims arising out of or relating to the Employment Agreement. The Executive further agrees that he shall not at any time become a party to, opt into, or otherwise participate in, any current or future class action or collective action asserted against Needham Bank, and that he has waived any and all rights to receive any monetary payment or reinstatement arising from such action. The Executive represents that there is not currently pending a complaint, charge or action in any court, administrative agency, or other forum based upon any claim described in this Section (4)(a). The Executive warrants and represents to Releasees that he has not heretofore assigned or transferred, or purported to assign or transfer, to any person or organization any claim described in this Section (4)(a) or any part or portion thereof, and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Releasees from and against any and all liability (including payment of attorneys’ fees and costs actually incurred whether or not litigation is commenced) based on, in connection with, or arising out of any such assignment or transfer or purported assignment or transfer.

18 

 

 

(b)          Claims Not Released by the Executive. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing Section (4)(a) and this Severance Agreement, nothing in this Severance Agreement prohibits or prevents the Executive from filing a charge with or participating, testifying, or assisting in any investigation, hearing, or other proceeding before the National Labor Relations Board, U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or a similar agency enforcing federal, state or local anti-discrimination laws. However, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Executive agrees that if such an administrative claim is made to such an administrative agency, the Executive shall not be entitled to recover any individual monetary relief or other individual remedies. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing Section (4)(a) and this Severance Agreement, the Executive does not waive or release: (i) any rights and/or claims the Executive may have that arise after the date Executive signs this Severance Agreement; (ii) any rights and/or claims that by law cannot be waived by private agreement; (iii) the Executive’s non-forfeitable rights to accrued benefits (within the meaning of Sections 203 and 204 of ERISA); (iv) the Executive’s rights and/or claims to insurance coverage under any directors’ and officers’ personal liability insurance or fiduciary insurance policy; (v) the Executive’s rights and/or claims to enforce this Severance Agreement in accordance with its terms; and (vi) the Executive’s rights and/or claims to indemnification under the Executive’s Employment Agreement or rights and/or claims to enforce the indemnification provisions of the Company’s By-Laws, or as required by law.

(5)          Denial of Wrongdoing or Liability. The Executive agrees and understands that the Releasees deny any wrongdoing or liability to the Executive and that this Severance Agreement does not constitute an admission by Releasees that any action taken with respect to the Executive was unlawful or wrongful, or violated any federal or state law, order, policy, rule or regulation.

19 

 

 

(6)          Sections 280G and 409A.

(a)          The Executive represents and agrees that in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to the Executive under the Employment Agreement and this Severance Agreement, either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of the Executive, constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G, or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, the Executive agrees that the Bank, consistent with any legal obligations to the Bank and its shareholders, sought the approval of 75% of the disinterested shareholders for the payments or benefits in accordance with Section 280G and, in the event such shareholder approval did not occur, then, the Executive has elected between: (i) accepting the Severance Benefits, in full, regardless of the potential Code Section 280G impact on the payment of such Severance Benefits; and (ii) accepting a reduced Severance Benefit in an amount the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with Code Section 280G. The Executive represents and agrees that the allocation of the reduction required hereby has been determined by the Executive, provided, however, that if it is determined that such election by the Executive shall be in violation of Code Section 409A, the allocation of the required reduction shall be pro-rata.

(b)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if at the time of the Executive’s “Separation from Service” (as defined below), the Bank determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Severance Agreement on account of the Executive’s Separation from Service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s Separation from Service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule. Any such delayed payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of Separation from Service occurs, from such date of Separation from Service until the payment date.

(c)          To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Severance Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s Separation from Service.” For purposes of this Severance Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and the Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the Executive after the Termination Date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the Termination Date. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

20 

 

 

(d)          The Parties intend that this Severance Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable. To the extent that any provision of this Severance Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The Parties agree that this Severance Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either Party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(7)          Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidential Information.

(a)          Non-Competition. For a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, the Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank in any city, town or county in which the Executive’s normal business office is located or the Bank or the Company has an office or has or have filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office. The Executive represents and admits that the Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that the Executive can obtain employment in the geographic area outside the restricted area defined in this Section (7)(a) and/or in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent the Executive from earning a livelihood.

(b)          Non-Solicitation. For a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly (i) hire or attempt to hire any employee of the Bank, assist in such hiring by any other person, or encourage any such employee to terminate his or her relationship with the Bank, or (ii) solicit business from any customer of the Bank or their subsidiaries, divert or attempt to divert any business from the Bank or their subsidiaries, or induce, attempt to induce, or assist others in inducing or attempting to induce any agent, customer or supplier of the Bank or any other person or entity associated or doing business with the Bank (or proposing to become associated or to do business with the Bank) to terminate such person’s or entity’s relationship with the Bank (or to refrain from becoming associated with or doing business with the Bank) or in any other manner to interfere with the relationship between the Bank and any such person or entity. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in Sections (7)(a), (7)(b), and (7)(c) are intended to protect the Bank’ interests in its Confidential Information (as defined below) and established employee, customer and supplier relationships and goodwill, and the Executive agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive’s involvement in general advertising or general personnel recruiting efforts that are not targeted at customers or employees of the Bank shall not be considered to violate this Section (7)(b).

(c)          Confidential Information. The Executive shall not at any time divulge, use, furnish, disclose or make accessible to anyone, other than to an employee or director of the Bank with a reasonable need to know, any knowledge or information with respect to confidential or secret data, trade secrets, business information, customer information, procedures or techniques of the Bank (“Confidential Information”), provided, however, that nothing in this Section (7)(c) shall prevent the disclosure by the Executive of any such information which at any time comes into the public domain other than as a result of the violation of the terms of this Section (7) by the Executive or which is otherwise lawfully acquired by the Executive. In the event that Confidential Information is also deemed a trade secret, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b)(1), the Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (a) is made (i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

21 

 

 

(d)          Documents, Records, etc. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Executive by the Bank or are produced by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Bank. The Executive will return to the Bank all such materials and property as and when requested by the Bank. In any event, the Executive will return all such materials and property immediately upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason. The Executive will not retain any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

(e)          Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. The Executive shall cooperate fully with the Bank in the defense or prosecution of any claims or any actions now in existence or that may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Bank that relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Bank; provided that after the Termination date, the Executive shall not be required to perform more than one hundred (100) hours of services pursuant to this Section (7)(e) above and beyond services that could be compelled by issuance of a subpoena. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Bank at mutually convenient times. After the Termination Date, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Bank in connection with any investigation or review by any federal, state or local regulatory authority as such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Bank. The Bank shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of his obligations pursuant to this Section (7)(e). The Bank shall pay the Executive for any services pursuant to this Section (7)(e) at the hourly rate of the Executive’s final annual Base Salary divided by 2,080; provided that no payment obligation shall apply to services that could be compelled pursuant to a subpoena.

(f)          Non-Disparagement. The Executive agrees to refrain from performing any act, engaging in any conduct or course of action or making or publishing any statements, claims, allegations or assertions which have or may reasonably have the effect of demeaning the name of business reputation of Bank or any of its subsidiaries, or any of its employees, officers, directors, agents to advisors in their capacities as such or which adversely affects (or may reasonably be expected adversely to affect) the best interests (economic or otherwise) of any them. The Parties agree that nothing in this Section shall preclude either Party or any other person referenced in this Section from fulfilling any duty or obligation that he or it may have at law, from responding to any subpoena or official inquiry from any court or government agency, including providing truthful testimony, documents subpoenaed or requested or otherwise cooperating in good faith with any proceeding or investigation, or from taking any reasonable actions to enforce such Party’s rights under this Severance Agreement.

22 

 

 

(g)          Injunction. The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Bank that might result from any breach by the Executive of the obligations set forth in this Section (7), and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches or threatens to breach any portion of this Section (7), the Bank shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach or threatened without showing or proving any actual damages to the Bank and without the need to post a bond.

(8)          Withholding. All payments made by the Bank under this Severance Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Bank under applicable law.

(9)          Entire Agreement. This Severance Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to its subject matter hereof; no other promises or agreements of any kinds have been made to or with the Executive by any other person or entity to cause him to sign this Severance Agreement; and this Severance Agreement supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous communications, agreements, and understandings, written or oral, including, but not limited to, the Employment Agreement.

(10)         Binding Effect, Non-assignability. This Severance Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors. Neither this Severance Agreement nor any rights arising hereunder may be assigned or pledged by the Executive during his lifetime. This Severance Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

(11)         Amendment. This Severance Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

(12)         Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Severance Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Severance Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Severance Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(13)         Forfeiture of Payments. The Executive agrees that the receipt of Severance Benefits under Section (3) of this Severance Agreement are each conditioned upon the Executive’s compliance in all material respects with the obligations contained in Section (7) of this Severance Agreement. The foregoing provision shall be in addition to any other remedies or rights the Bank may have at law or in equity as a result of the Executive’s failure to comply with such obligations.

23 

 

 

(14)         Applicable Law. This Severance Agreement shall be construed and enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws, and in accordance with and subject to any applicable federal laws to which the Bank may be subject as an FDIC insured institution. In addition to the foregoing:

 

(a)          In no event shall the Bank be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Severance Agreement that is prohibited by Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (codified at 12 U.S.C. sec. 1828(k)), 12 C.F.R. Part 359, or any other applicable law.

(b)          In no event shall the Bank be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Severance Agreement if:

i.the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 U.S.C. sec. 1813(x)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended; or

ii.the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. sec. 1823(c)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended.

(15)         Dispute Resolution. Except with respect to any claim arising out of or relating to the Executive’s obligations under Section (7) of this Severance Agreement, if a dispute arises out of or relates to this Severance Agreement or the Employment Agreement, or the breach hereof, the Parties agree to first use the Employment Mediation Procedures contained in the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association as then in effect (the “Rules”). The mediation will take place at a location within twenty-five (25) miles of the Bank’s headquarters. Any dispute or controversy not settled in accordance the above mediation process, shall be submitted to binding arbitration pursuant to the Rules. The arbitration will take place at a location within twenty-five (25) miles of the Bank’s headquarters.

(16)        Counterparts. This Severance Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

(17)        Successors to the Bank. The Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank expressly to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Severance Agreement to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place. Failure of the Bank to obtain an assumption of this Severance Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Severance Agreement.

(18)        Indemnification. The Bank agrees to indemnify the Executive in his capacity as an officer of the Bank. In addition, to the extent that the Executive serves at the request of the Bank as a representative, an officer or a Board member of any community organization or financial services industry association or similar entity, he shall be entitled to indemnification by the Bank. Indemnification pursuant to this Section (18) shall be subject to and administered in accordance with the charter or by-laws of the Bank, as amended from time to time; provided, however, that the terms of such indemnification shall be no less favorable to the Executive than those set forth in the charter or by-laws of the Bank as of the date of this Severance Agreement. Any indemnification with respect to service to a third party shall be provided only to the extent that no indemnification or insurance is available from such third party or that any such indemnification or insurance has been exhausted.

24 

 

 

(19)        No Mitigation. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Severance Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. No payment provided for in this Severance Agreement shall be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, or the Executive’s receipt of income from any other sources, after termination of his employment with the Bank.

(20)        Representations. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that:

(a)          he has been advised to consult with an attorney with respect to this Severance Agreement;

(b)          he has been given the opportunity to consider this Severance Agreement for at least twenty-one (21) days before signing it, but that he may voluntarily sign this Severance Agreement within the twenty-one (21) day period;

(c)          he has seven (7) days following his execution of this Severance Agreement to revoke this Severance Agreement by submitting a written revocation to the Chairman of the Board of Needham Bank; that this Severance Agreement shall become effective upon the expiration of the seven (7)-day period (the “Effective Date”); and that the Bank’s obligations contained in Section (3) of this Severance Agreement are contingent upon him executing and not revoking this Severance Agreement; and

(d)          the Executive has carefully read this Severance Agreement, understands the contents, and freely and voluntarily assents to all of its terms and conditions.

25 

 

 

The Parties have executed this Severance Agreement as of the dates below.

  JOSEPH CAMPANELLI     On behalf of  
        NEEDHAM BANK  
           
           
           
        Print Name:  
  Date:          
        Print Title:  
           
           
        Date:    
             
  WITNESS:     WITNESS:    
             
           
           
  Print Name:       Print Name:    
           
  Date:       Date:    
               

 

26 

Exhibit 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into, by and among Needham Bank, a mutual cooperative bank having its principal place of business in Needham, Massachusetts (the “Bank”), and Salvatore Rinaldi, of Woodbridge, Connecticut (the “Executive;” collectively, the Bank and the Executive are the “Parties” or a “Party”) effective as of the date on which both Parties execute this Agreement below (the “Effective Date”). In the event the Bank reorganizes as the wholly owned or majority owned subsidiary of a mutual or stock holding company, any reference to the “Company” herein shall mean such parent corporation of the Bank.

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS the Bank desires to continue to employ the Executive in an executive capacity in the conduct of its businesses, and the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms contained herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.             Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date, and shall continue through January 1, 2022, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement (the “Term”). Commencing on January 1, 2021, and on each January 1st thereafter (each, a “Renewal Date”), the Term shall extend automatically for one (1) additional year, so that the Term shall be two (2) years from such Renewal Date, unless either the Bank or the Executive provides written notice to the other Party at least ninety (90) days prior to such Renewal Date notifying the other Party of his or its election to not renew this Agreement. Either Party may elect to not renew this Agreement for any reason or no reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Change in Control (as defined below) occurs during the Term, the Term shall be extended automatically so that it expires two (2) years after the effective date of the Change in Control, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement.

2.             Executive’s Employment with the Bank.

(a)            The Bank hereby employs the Executive and the Executive agrees to be employed by the Bank, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. At all times during the Term of this Agreement, the Bank shall employ the Executive as its Executive Vice-President and Chief Operating Officer, subject to his election or re-election by the Bank’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), reporting to the President and Chief Executive Officer.

(b)            The Executive shall be employed on a full-time basis as Executive Vice-President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank and shall be assigned only such duties and tasks as are appropriate for a person in such positions. It is the intention of the Bank and the Executive that, subject to the direction and supervision of the Board, the Executive shall have full discretionary authority to control the day-to-day operations of the Bank and to incur such obligations on behalf of the Bank as may be necessary or appropriate in the ordinary course of its business.

Initials: Executive____; Needham Bank____

(c)            During his employment hereunder, the Executive shall devote his full business time and his best efforts, business judgment, skill and knowledge to the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2(c) and Section 2(d), the Executive shall not engage in any other business activity during the Term, other than an activity approved in writing by the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive may engage in service for civic, charitable or religious purposes or services in connection with any trade association (together “Community Activities”) during business hours without the need for notice to the Board, provided that Community Activities do not involve a material time commitment or interfere with Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement. The Executive shall disclose any such Community Activities if so requested by the Board and shall cease any such Community Activities as soon as practicable if directed in writing by the Board, provided that the Board determines in good faith that continuation of such Community Activities are inconsistent with this Section 2(c) and/or the legitimate business interests of the Bank.

(d)            With the prior written approval of the Board, the Executive may: serve on boards of directors of both for-profit and not-for-profit entities; or engage in Community Activities that involve a material time commitment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may continue to serve on any board of directors on which he is serving as of the Effective Date of this Agreement. A list of such boards of directors has been supplied to the Board by the Executive.

3.             Compensation and Benefits.

(a)            Base Compensation. As compensation for the services to be performed by the Executive during the Term, the Bank shall pay to the Executive, in regular periodic installments, a base salary at the rate of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000.00) per year, which may be increased, but not decreased (except for across-the-board reductions affecting substantially all “Executive Management Employees,” defined as employees of the Bank with the title of executive vice-presidents and above), in the sole discretion of the Board from time to time (the “Base Salary”). At least annually, the Board shall consider increasing the Base Salary.

(b)            Short-Term Incentive Compensation. In addition to the foregoing Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible during the Term to receive short-term incentive compensation, determined and payable in the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board. At least annually, the Compensation Committee shall consider awarding short-term incentive compensation to the Executive.

(c)            Long-Term Incentive Compensation. In addition to the foregoing Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible during the Term to receive long-term incentive compensation determined and payable in the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board. At least annually, the Compensation Committee shall consider awarding long-term incentive compensation to the Executive.

(d)            Fringe Benefits. During the Term, the Bank shall provide the Executive with the fringe benefits in which the Executive is participating on the Effective Date or which are established for Executive Management Employees after the Effective Date, including but not limited to any employee benefit plans, medical insurance plans, life insurance plans, disability income plans, retirement plans, vacation plans, expense reimbursement plans and other benefit plans which the Bank may from time to time have in effect for all or substantially all Executive Management Employees. Such participation shall be subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents, generally applicable policies of the Bank, applicable law and the discretion of the Board of Directors or any administrative or other committee provided for or contemplated by any such plan. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to create any obligation on the part of the Bank to establish any such plan or to maintain any such plan which may be in effect from time to time.

2

(e)            Personal Benefits Allotment. The Executive shall be entitled to an executive perquisites allotment of Twenty Four Thousand Dollars ($24,000) annually (the “Personal Benefits Allotment”), or such other greater amount as recommended by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board from time to time (any increase in the Personal Benefits Allotment shall become the “Personal Benefits Allotment”), to be applied by the Executive, in his sole discretion, towards a car allowance, tax or financial advice or other such other perquisites as the Executive deems to be appropriate or desirable to his executive position.

(f)            Timing of Certain Payments. Any compensation payable or provided under this Section 3 shall be paid or provided not later than two and one-half months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-l(d).

(g)            Taxation of Payments and Benefits. The Bank shall undertake to make deductions, withholdings and tax reports with respect to payments and benefits under this Agreement to the extent that it reasonably and in good faith believes that it is required to make such deductions, withholdings and tax reports. Payments under this Agreement shall be in amounts net of any such deductions or withholdings. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Bank to make any payments to compensate the Executive for any adverse tax effect associated with any payments or benefits or for any deduction or withholding from any payment or benefit.

4.            Business Expenses. The Bank shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties and responsibilities, including but not limited to, annual dues and/or membership fees in professional associations, attendance at industry seminars, and educational conferences. Such payments or reimbursements shall be subject to such reasonable requirements with respect to substantiation and documentation as may be specified by the Bank or their auditors or tax advisors. Reimbursements of expenses and in-kind benefits subject to this Section 4 or otherwise provided to the Executive shall be subject to the following rules: (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except as otherwise allowed by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”); (ii) any reimbursement shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expenses to be reimbursed were incurred; and (iii) no right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits may be liquidated or exchanged for another benefit.

3

5.            Termination. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 1 and/or the Term of this Agreement, this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate at any point during the Term of the Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a)            Death. In the event of the Executive’s death, this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate on the date of his death; provided, however, that, for a period of six (6) months following the Executive’s death, the Bank shall pay to the Executive’s designated beneficiary (or to his estate, if he fails to make such designation) an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of his death (unless an increased Base Salary shall previously have been authorized to take effect as of a later date, in which case such increase shall apply as of that later date), such payments to be made on the same payroll schedule as Base Salary payments would have been made to the Executive had he not died.

(b)            Disability. In the event the Executive becomes disabled, this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate. For purposes of this Agreement, disability means any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months and that renders the Executive unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity and/or perform his obligations under this Agreement. Such determination may be made by the Board with objective medical input from a physician chosen by the Board. In the event of such termination, for a period of six (6) months following the Executive’s disability, the Bank shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of his disability (unless an increased Base Salary shall previously have been authorized to take effect as of a later date, in which case such increase shall apply as of that later date), such payments to be made on the same payroll schedule as Base Salary payments would have been made to the Executive had he not become disabled.

(c)            Termination by the Executive Without Good Reason. The Executive may resign from the Bank at any time upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Bank, and this Agreement and the Executive’s employment shall terminate effective on the date thirty (30) days after the written notice is provided to the Bank. In the event of resignation by the Executive under this Section 5(c), the Board may elect to waive the requirement that the Executive remain employed with the Bank during the notice period, or any portion thereof, and may elect to accelerate the date of the termination of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment with the Bank and such waiver and acceleration of the date of termination shall not be considered a termination by the Bank of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment.

(d)            Termination by the Bank Without Cause. The Bank may terminate this Agreement and the Executive’s employment without Cause upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Executive, and this Agreement and the Executive’s employment shall terminate effective on the date thirty (30) days after the written notice is provided by the Bank. In the event of a termination of the Executive by the Bank without Cause, the Board may elect to waive the requirement that the Executive remain employed with the Bank during the notice period, or any portion thereof, provided that the Bank continues to pay and/or provide the Executive his Base Salary and Fringe Benefits due under Section 3 of this Agreement (or, with respect to the Fringe Benefits, the value thereof) for the period of the notice, or any portion thereof.

4

(e)            Termination by the Executive for Good Reason. The Executive may terminate this Agreement and his employment hereunder for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)            Failure of the Bank to continue the Executive in the positions of Executive Vice-President and Chief Operating Officer without his consent during the Term;

(ii)           Material adverse change by the Bank, not consented to by the Executive, in the nature or scope of the Executive’s responsibilities, title, authorities, powers, functions or duties from the responsibilities, title, authorities, powers, functions or duties normally exercised by an executive in the positions of Executive Vice-President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank, including the failure of the Bank to permit the Executive to attend meetings of the Board;

(iii)           An involuntary reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary except across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting substantially all Executive Management Employees;

(iv)           The involuntary relocation of the office at which the Executive is principally employed to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles driving distance from such office as of the Effective Date hereof (unless the relocated office is closer to the Executive’s then principal residence);

(v)            Material breach by the Bank of Section 3 hereof or of any other provision of this Agreement;

(vi)           A Change in Control as defined herein, provided that the Executive terminates this Agreement and his employment hereunder within two (2) years of the effective date of the Change in Control; or

(vii)          The Bank’s election, pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, to not renew this Agreement, provided that the Executive terminates this Agreement and his employment hereunder within ninety (90) days of the notice of the Bank’s election to not renew this Agreement.

With respect to a Good Reason termination under sub-sections (5)(e)(i) through (5)(e)(v) above, the Executive must follow the “Good Reason Process,” which shall mean that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Bank in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Bank’s efforts, for a period not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Executive terminates his employment within sixty (60) days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Bank cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank may elect to waive the Cure Period, in which case, the Executive’s termination may occur within such 30-day period and such waiver and acceleration of the date of termination shall not be considered a termination by the Bank of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment.

5

For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall mean the consummation by the Company or the Bank, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of any of the following:

(i)            Merger: The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation (notwithstanding the foregoing, for as long as the Bank remains in mutual form, this item “(i)” shall be inapplicable unless the merger or consolidation also has the effects set forth in item “(iii)” below);

(ii)            Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership: There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

(iii)            Change in Board Composition: During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s board of directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s board of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary regulator of the Company or the Bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

(iv)            Sale of Assets: The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

A Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred upon: (i) the conversion of the Bank from a mutual cooperative bank to stock form as the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion; or (ii) upon a public stock offering of the shares of the stock holding company resulting from the conversion described in item “(i)” hereinabove.

6

(f)            Termination by the Bank for Cause. The Bank may terminate this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause if at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for him, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board, which notice shall specify in reasonable detail the basis for a proposal to terminate the Executive’s employment for “Cause”) a majority of Board determines in good faith that the Executive has engaged in conduct that constitutes “Cause” as defined herein. Only the following shall constitute “Cause” for such termination:

(i)             Conviction of the Executive by a court of competent jurisdiction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere or an admission of sufficient facts with respect to, any criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust or any felony or crime of moral turpitude;

(ii)             Commission by the Executive of an act of fraud upon the Bank;

(iii)            Willful refusal by the Executive to perform the duties reasonably assigned to him by the Board (which duties are consistent with the Executive’s status as Executive Vice-President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank), which failure or breach continues for more than thirty (30) days after written notice given to the Executive by the Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such refusal;

(iv)            Willful breach of fiduciary duty or willful misconduct by the Executive or the Executive’s commission of an act of moral turpitude that materially and adversely affects the Bank or has the ability to do so; or

(v)            Material breach of this Agreement by the Executive.

For purposes of this Section 5(f), no act, or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be deemed willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive without the reasonable belief that the Executive’s act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Bank.

(g)            Termination due to Retirement. The Executive may terminate this Agreement and the Executive’s employment due to retirement. Termination of the Executive’s employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination of the Executive’s employment in accordance with a retirement policy established by the Board, provided that any such retirement policy shall include a provision which requires that the Bank shall fully vest the Executive in any non-qualified deferred compensation plan(s) sponsored by the Bank or the Company, in which the Executive participates, effective upon the Executive’s date of retirement.

(h)            Termination Shall Constitute Resignation from All Positions. In the event of the termination of this Agreement and Executive’s employment for any reason, such termination shall also constitute Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s Board or as a corporator, as well as the Executive’s resignation from the board of directors, or as an officer, executive or corporator, of any affiliates of the Bank. The Parties may mutually agree to waive the automatic termination provision set forth in Paragraph 5(h).

7

6.              Compensation Upon Termination.

(a)            Termination Generally. If this Agreement and the Executive’s employment with the Bank is terminated for any reason, unless the Executive is eligible for Severance Benefits as set forth in the Section 6(b) below, the Executive shall only be entitled to, and the Bank’s sole remaining obligation to the Executive under this Agreement shall be to: (i) pay the Executive, an amount equal to: (A) any Base Salary earned through the effective date of the termination of Executive’s employment (the “Termination Date”), (B) unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 4 of this Agreement), (C) pay at the then Base Salary rate for any accrued but unused vacation as of the Termination Date, (D) any earned but unpaid short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the calendar year immediately preceding the Termination Date, and (E) except in the case of a termination under Section 5(c) or Section 5(f), a prorated portion of the Executive’s target short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs; and (ii) provide to the Executive any vested benefits due to the Executive under any employee benefit plan of the Bank, in accordance with the terms and conditions of those benefits plans and applicable law. The payment and benefits described in this Section 6(a) are collectively referred to as the “Automatic Termination Payments.” Regardless of the length of the Term of this Agreement in effect as of the Termination Date, the Automatic Termination Payments are the sole obligation to the Bank upon termination of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment, unless the Executive is eligible for Severance Benefits as set forth in the Section 6(b) below.

(b)            Severance Benefits. If and only if the Bank terminates this Agreement and Executive’s employment without Cause pursuant to Section 5(d) or if the Executive terminates this Agreement and the Executive’s employment for Good Reason as provided in Section 5(e), and subject to the Executive signing and not revoking the Severance Agreement described in Section 6(c), the Bank shall provide the benefits listed in sub-sections 6(b)(i) to (iii) below (the “Severance Benefits”) to the Executive:

(i)            Severance Payments. The Bank shall pay the Executive a severance payment in an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (A) the Executive’s Base Salary plus (B) the highest annual short-term incentive compensation awarded to the Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) with respect to the three (3) most recent fiscal years ending before or simultaneously with the Termination Date (the “Severance Payment”). The Severance Payment shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum payroll payment within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date of the Severance Agreement; and further subject to modifications as specified in Section 7 hereof. In addition, the Bank shall provide the Executive with an amount equal to two (2) times the Executive’s Personal Benefit Allotment, payable in a lump sum payment at the same time and subject to the same conditions as the payment of the Severance Payment.

(ii)            Additional Benefits Payment. The Bank shall pay an additional lump sum payment to the Executive equal to twenty-four (24) times the total monthly cost as of the Termination Date for the participation in the Bank’s group life, medical and dental insurance plans of the Executive and, if enrolled as of the Termination Date, his family members. This amount shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum payment within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date of the Severance Agreement; and further subject to modifications as specified in Section 7 hereof. To the extent that the Executive and/or his family members elect COBRA continuation coverage for any period after the Termination Date, such cost will be paid solely by the Executive.

8

(iii)            Vesting of Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation. The Bank shall fully vest the Executive in any non-qualified deferred compensation plan(s) sponsored by the Bank or the Company, in which the Executive participates.

(c)            The payment of any Severance Benefits to the Executive are contingent upon: (i) the Executive signing a Severance Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A (the “Severance Agreement”) within twenty-one (21) days after the Severance Agreement is tendered (or a longer period if required by law); and (ii) the Executive not revoking the Severance Agreement within the seven (7) day revocation period set forth in the Severance Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Severance Agreement attached as Exhibit A may be modified to the extent necessary based on changes in applicable law from and after the date of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the timing of the payments and/or provision of the Severance Benefits identified in Section 6(b), any Severance Benefits to which the Executive may be entitled under this Agreement will be paid no later than two and one-half months after the close of the plan year in which such Severance Benefits “vest,” as defined in Section 409A.

7.              Sections 280G and 409A.

(a)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to the Executive under this Agreement, either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of the Executive, constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G, or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, then, first, the Bank shall, consistent with any legal obligations to the Bank and its shareholders, exercise seek the approval of 75% of the disinterested shareholders for the payments or benefits in accordance with Section 280G and, if such shareholder approval does not occur, then, second, the Executive may elect between: (i) accepting the Severance Benefits, in full, regardless of the potential Code Section 280G impact on the payment of such Severance Benefits; and (ii) accepting a reduced Severance Benefit in an amount, the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with Code Section 280G. The allocation of the reduction required hereby shall be determined by the Executive, provided, however, that if it is determined that such election by the Executive shall be in violation of Code Section 409A, the allocation of the required reduction shall be pro-rata.

(b)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if at the time of the Executive’s “Separation from Service” (as defined below), the Bank determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s Separation from Service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s Separation from Service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule. Any such delayed payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of Separation from Service occurs, from such date of Separation from Service until the payment date.

9

(c)            To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s Separation from Service.” For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and the Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the Executive after the Termination Date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the Termination Date. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d)            The Parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The Parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either Party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either Party.

8.              Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidential Information.

(a)            Non-Competition. During the Term of this Agreement and, in the event that the termination of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment by the Bank is without Cause (pursuant to Section 5(d)) or by the Executive for Good Reason (pursuant to Section 5(e)), for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, the Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank in any city, town or county in which the Executive’s normal business office is located or the Bank or the Company has an office or has or have filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office. The Executive represents and admits that, in the event of the termination of this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that the Executive can obtain employment in the geographic area outside the restricted area defined in this Section 8 and/or in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent the Executive from earning a livelihood.

10

(b)            Non-Solicitation. During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly (i) hire or attempt to hire any employee of the Bank, assist in such hiring by any other person, or encourage any such employee to terminate his or her relationship with the Bank, or (ii) solicit business from any customer of the Bank or their subsidiaries, divert or attempt to divert any business from the Bank or their subsidiaries, or induce, attempt to induce, or assist others in inducing or attempting to induce any agent, customer or supplier of the Bank or any other person or entity associated or doing business with the Bank (or proposing to become associated or to do business with the Bank) to terminate such person’s or entity’s relationship with the Bank (or to refrain from becoming associated with or doing business with the Bank) or in any other manner to interfere with the relationship between the Bank and any such person or entity. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in Sections 8(a), 9(b), and 9(c) are intended to protect the Bank’s interests in its Confidential Information (as defined below) and established employee, customer and supplier relationships and goodwill, and the Executive agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive’s involvement in general advertising or general personnel recruiting efforts that are not targeted at customers or employees of the Bank shall not be considered to violate this Section 8(b).

(c)            Confidential Information. The Executive shall not at any time divulge, use, furnish, disclose or make accessible to anyone, other than to an employee or director of the Bank with a reasonable need to know, any knowledge or information with respect to confidential or secret data, trade secrets, business information, customer information, procedures or techniques of the Bank (“Confidential Information”), provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8 shall prevent the disclosure by the Executive of any such information which at any time comes into the public domain other than as a result of the violation of the terms of this Section 8 by the Executive or which is otherwise lawfully acquired by the Executive. In the event that Confidential Information is also deemed a trade secret, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b)(1), the Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (a) is made (i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

(d)            Documents, Records, etc. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Executive by the Bank or are produced by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Bank will be and remain the sole property of the Bank. The Executive will return to the Bank all such materials and property as and when requested by the Bank. In any event, the Executive will return all such materials and property immediately upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason. The Executive will not retain any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

(e)            Third-Party Agreements and Rights. The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information or the Executive’s engagement in any business. The Executive represents to the Bank that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Bank, and the performance of the Executive’s duties for the Bank will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Bank, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Bank any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

11

(f)            Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and after the Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Bank in the defense or prosecution of any claims or any actions now in existence or that may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Bank that relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Bank; provided that after the end of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall not be required to perform more than one hundred (100) hours of services pursuant to this Section 8(f) above and beyond services that could be compelled by issuance of a subpoena. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Bank at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Bank in connection with any investigation or review by any federal, state or local regulatory authority as such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Bank. The Bank shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of his obligations pursuant to this Section 8(f). Unless the Executive is then employed by the Bank, the Bank shall pay the Executive for any services pursuant to this Section 8(f) at the hourly rate of the Executive’s final annual Base Salary divided by 2,080; provided that no payment obligation shall apply to services that could be compelled pursuant to a subpoena.

(g)            Injunction. The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Bank that might result from any breach by the Executive of the obligations set forth in this Section 8, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches or threatens to breach any portion of this Section 8, the Bank shall be entitled to, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach or threatened breach without showing or proving any actual damages to the Bank and without the need to post a bond.

9.             Withholding. All payments made by the Bank under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Bank under applicable law.

10.            Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage paid, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Bank or, in the case of the Bank, at its main office, attention of the Chairman of the Board.

11.            Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to its subject matter hereof; no other promises or agreements of any kinds have been made to or with the Executive by any other person or entity to cause him to sign this Agreement; and this Agreement supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous communications, agreements, and understandings, written or oral.

12

12.            Binding Effect, Non-assignability. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors. Neither this Agreement nor any rights arising hereunder may be assigned or pledged by the Executive during his lifetime. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

13.            Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

14.            Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

15.            Forfeiture of Payments. The Executive agrees that the receipt of Severance Benefits under Section 6(b) is conditioned upon the Executive’s compliance in all material respects with the obligations contained in Section 8. The foregoing provision shall be in addition to any other remedies or rights the Bank may have at law or in equity as a result of the Executive’s failure to comply with such obligations.

16.            Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws, and in accordance with and subject to any applicable federal laws to which the Bank may be subject as an FDIC insured institution. In addition to the foregoing:

(a)            In no event shall the Bank be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Agreement that is prohibited by Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (codified at 12 U.S.C. sec. 1828(k)), 12 C.F.R. Part 359, or any other applicable law.

(b)            In no event shall the Bank be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Agreement if:

(i)the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 U.S.C. sec. 1813(x)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended; or

(ii)the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. sec. 1823(c)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended.

17.            Dispute Resolution. Except with respect to any claim arising out of or relating to the Executive’s obligations under Section 8 of this Agreement, if a dispute arises out of or relates to this Agreement, or the breach hereof, the Parties agree to first use the Employment Mediation Procedures contained in the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association as then in effect (the “Rules”). The mediation will take place at a location within twenty-five (25) miles of the Bank’s headquarters. Any dispute or controversy not settled in accordance with the mediation process described above shall be submitted to binding arbitration pursuant to the Rules. The arbitration will take place at a location within twenty-five (25) miles of the Bank’s headquarters.

13

18.            Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

19.            Successors to the Bank. The Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank expressly to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place. Failure of the Bank to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

20.            Indemnification. The Bank agrees to indemnify the Executive in his capacity as an officer of the Bank. In addition, to the extent that the Executive serves at the request of the Bank as a representative, an officer, or a Board member of any community organization or financial services industry association or similar entity, he shall be entitled to indemnification by the Bank. Indemnification pursuant to this Section 20 shall be subject to and administered in accordance with the charter or by-laws of the Bank, as amended from time to time; provided, however, that the terms of such indemnification shall be no less favorable to the Executive than those set forth in the charter or by-laws of the Bank as of the Effective Date of this Agreement. Any indemnification with respect to service to a third party shall be provided only to the extent that no indemnification or insurance is available from such third party or that any such indemnification or insurance has been exhausted.

21.            No Mitigation. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. No payment provided for in this Agreement shall be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, or the Executive’s receipt of income from any other sources, after termination of this Agreement and his employment hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Bank and by the Executive, this ____ day of December, 2019.

ATTEST: NEEDHAM BANK
/s/ William Day By: /s/ Chris Lynch         
Clerk Chairman of the Compensation Committee

SALVATORE RINALDI
/s/ Salvatore Rinaldi
Executive

14

EXHIBIT A

SEVERANCE AND RELEASE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Severance and Release Severance Agreement (“Severance Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Salvatore Rinaldi (the “Executive”) and Needham Bank (“Needham Bank”) (collectively the “Parties” and/or individually a “Party”).

WHEREAS, the Executive and Needham Bank entered into an Employment Agreement dated December __, 2019 (the “Employment Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Parties agree that given the circumstances of the termination of the Executive’s employment and the Employment Agreement, the Executive is eligible for Severance Benefits under Section 6(b) of the Employment Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Parties further agree that, under the terms of the Employment Agreement, the Executive is entitled to the Severance Benefits only if he executes and does not revoke a Severance and Release Severance Agreement in the form hereof;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants exchanged herein, and other good and valuable consideration, to which the Executive agrees that he is not entitled unless he executes and does not revoke this Severance Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

(1)            Termination. The Parties agree that the Employment Agreement and the Executive’s employment thereunder terminated or will terminate on _________________ (the “Termination Date”). The Parties agree that the payments and benefits described in this Severance Agreement are the Bank’s sole remaining obligation(s) to the Executive under the Employment Agreement or otherwise and that the payments and benefits described herein, once paid, will be a full accord and satisfaction with respect to any amount due and owing from the Bank to the Executive. The Executive’s participation in all benefit plans of the Bank will terminate effective on the Termination Date, in accordance with the specific terms of those plans and any applicable law. The Executive and his eligible dependents may continue their participation in the Bank’s group health and dental insurance plans provided to the Bank’s employees after the Termination Date in accordance with the federal law known as COBRA by paying for the premium costs associated with such coverage.

(2)            Automatic Termination Payments. The Bank agrees that it has provided/will provide the following Automatic Termination Payments, as defined in Section 6(a) of the Employment Agreement, to the Executive, regardless of whether the Executive executes this Severance Agreement:

(a)an amount equal to:

i.any Base Salary earned through the “Termination Date,”

ii.unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 4 of the Employment Agreement),

15

iii.pay at the Executive’s Base Salary rate as of the Termination Date for any accrued but unused vacation as of the Termination Date,

iv.any earned but unpaid short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the calendar year immediately preceding the Termination Date, and

v.a prorated portion of the Executive’s target short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs; and

(b)provide to the Executive any vested benefits due to the Executive under any employee benefit plan of the Bank, in accordance with the terms and conditions of those benefits plans and applicable law.

By signing this Severance Agreement, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that, once he is provided the payments and benefits described in this Severance Agreement (in this Section (2) and Section (3) below), he will have been paid and/or provided all wages and benefits due and owing to him from the Bank including, but not limited to, all accrued but unused vacation time, holiday time, short-term incentive compensation, long-term incentive compensation, and bonuses and any amounts or benefits due under the Employment Agreement.

(3)            Severance Benefits to the Executive. If the Executive signs and does not revoke this Severance Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of Section (8) below, the Bank shall provide the following to the Executive (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”):

(a)            Severance Payments. The Bank shall pay the Executive a severance payment in an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (A) the Executive’s Base Salary as of the Termination Date plus (B) the highest annual short-term incentive compensation awarded to the Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) of the Employment Agreement with respect to the three (3) most recent fiscal years ending before or simultaneously with the Termination Date (the “Severance Payment”). The Severance Payment shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum payroll payment within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date of the Severance Agreement, provided that the Executive executes and does not revoke the Severance Agreement; and further subject to modifications as specified in Section (6) hereof. In addition, the Bank shall provide the Executive with an amount equal to two (2) times the Executive’s Personal Benefit Allotment, payable in a lump sum payment at the same time and subject to the same conditions as the payment of the Severance Payment.

(b)            Other Benefits. The Bank shall pay an additional lump sum payment to the Executive equal to twenty-four (24)) times the total monthly cost as of the Termination Date for the participation in the Bank’s group life, medical and dental insurance plans of the Executive and, if enrolled as of the Termination Date, his family members. This amount shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum payment within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date of the Severance Agreement, provided that the Executive executes and does not revoke the Severance Agreement; and further subject to modifications as specified in Section (6) hereof. To the extent that the Executive and/or his family members elect COBRA continuation coverage for any period after the Termination Date, such cost will be paid solely by the Executive

16

(c)            Vesting of Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation. The Bank shall fully vest the Executive in any non-qualified deferred compensation plan(s) sponsored by the Bank or the Company, in which the Executive participates.

The Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither Needham Bank nor its attorneys have made any representation to him regarding the tax consequences of the payments made to him pursuant to this Severance Agreement. The Executive agrees that he is solely liable for any taxes to be paid by him with respect to the amounts paid pursuant to this Severance Agreement, except that Needham Bank shall be solely liable for any employer portion of FICA taxes to be paid. Except as specifically provided in this Severance Agreement, no wage, payment, insurance or other benefits, allowances, bonuses, or other compensation or expenses of any sort are due, or will be paid, to the Executive. Notwithstanding the timing of the payments and/or provision of the Severance Benefits identified in Section (3), any Severance Benefits to which the Executive may be entitled under this Severance Agreement will be paid no later than two and one-half months after the close of the plan year in which such Severance Benefits “vest,” as defined in Section 409A.

(4)            Release of Claims by the Executive. For and in consideration of the promises of Needham Bank set forth herein, the Executive, on behalf of himself, his heirs, executors, administrators, personal representative and assigns agrees to the following:

(a)            Release of Claims by the Executive. The Executive, after consulting with his attorney, hereby releases, discharges, and forever waives on behalf of himself, his heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, and assigns, any and all claims from the beginning of the world to the date of execution of this document which he now has, might now have, or ever had against Needham Bank and/or its affiliated entities and companies, including without limitation each and every of their present, former and future directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns and all others connected with any of them and their insurers (collectively hereinafter “Releasees”), individually and in their official capacities, including but not limited to, all debts, demands, actions, class actions, causes of action, grievances, arbitrations, suits, accounts, covenants, Severance Agreements, damages, expenses, compensation, wages, claims for attorneys’ fees and any and all claims, demands and liabilities whatsoever of every name and nature, both in law and in equity, including but not limited to any claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Immigration Reform and Control Act; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Equal Pay Act; the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008; the Massachusetts Law Against Discrimination, G.L. c. 151B; the Massachusetts Equal Rights Act, G.L. c. 93; the Massachusetts Civil Rights Act, G.L. c. 12; the Massachusetts Privacy Statute, G.L. c. 214, § 1B; the Massachusetts Sexual Harassment Statute, G.L. c. 214, § 1C; the Massachusetts Parental Leave Law, M.G.L. c. 149, § 105D; the  Massachusetts Wage Payment Statute, G.L. c. 149, §§ 148, 148A, 148B, 149, 150, 150A-150C, 151, 152, 152A, et seq.; the Massachusetts Wage and Hour laws, G.L. c. 151§ 1A et seq.; the Massachusetts Small Necessities Act, G.L. c. 149, § 52D; the Massachusetts Equal Pay Act, G.L. c. 149, § 105A-C; the Massachusetts Equal Rights for the Elderly and Disabled, G.L. c. 93, § 103; the Massachusetts AIDS Testing statute, G.L. c. 111, § 70F; the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act, G.L. c. 93A; Massachusetts Employment Leave for Victims and Family Members of Abuse, G.L. c. 149, §52E; and the Massachusetts Earned Sick Time Law, M.G.L. c. 149, § 14, all as may be amended, and any other local, state or federal law and specifically including, but not limited to, any claims arising out of or relating to the Employment Agreement. The Executive further agrees that he shall not at any time become a party to, opt into, or otherwise participate in, any current or future class action or collective action asserted against Needham Bank, and that he has waived any and all rights to receive any monetary payment or reinstatement arising from such action. The Executive represents that there is not currently pending a complaint, charge or action in any court, administrative agency, or other forum based upon any claim described in this Section (4)(a). The Executive warrants and represents to Releasees that he has not heretofore assigned or transferred, or purported to assign or transfer, to any person or organization any claim described in this Section (4)(a) or any part or portion thereof, and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Releasees from and against any and all liability (including payment of attorneys’ fees and costs actually incurred whether or not litigation is commenced) based on, in connection with, or arising out of any such assignment or transfer or purported assignment or transfer.

17

(b)            Claims Not Released by the Executive. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing Section (4)(a) and this Severance Agreement, nothing in this Severance Agreement prohibits or prevents the Executive from filing a charge with or participating, testifying, or assisting in any investigation, hearing, or other proceeding before the National Labor Relations Board, U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or a similar agency enforcing federal, state or local anti-discrimination laws. However, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Executive agrees that if such an administrative claim is made to such an administrative agency, the Executive shall not be entitled to recover any individual monetary relief or other individual remedies. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing Section (4)(a) and this Severance Agreement, the Executive does not waive or release: (i) any rights and/or claims the Executive may have that arise after the date Executive signs this Severance Agreement; (ii) any rights and/or claims that by law cannot be waived by private agreement; (iii) the Executive’s non-forfeitable rights to accrued benefits (within the meaning of Sections 203 and 204 of ERISA); (iv) the Executive’s rights and/or claims to insurance coverage under any directors’ and officers’ personal liability insurance or fiduciary insurance policy; (v) the Executive’s rights and/or claims to enforce this Severance Agreement in accordance with its terms; and (vi) the Executive’s rights and/or claims to indemnification under the Executive’s Employment Agreement or rights and/or claims to enforce the indemnification provisions of the Company’s By-Laws, or as required by law.

(5)            Denial of Wrongdoing or Liability. The Executive agrees and understands that the Releasees deny any wrongdoing or liability to the Executive and that this Severance Agreement does not constitute an admission by Releasees that any action taken with respect to the Executive was unlawful or wrongful, or violated any federal or state law, order, policy, rule or regulation.

18

(6)            Sections 280G and 409A.

(a)            The Executive represents and agrees that in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to the Executive under the Employment Agreement and this Severance Agreement, either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of the Executive, constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G, or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, the Executive agrees that the Bank, consistent with any legal obligations to the Bank and its shareholders, sought the approval of 75% of the disinterested shareholders for the payments or benefits in accordance with Section 280G and, in the event such shareholder approval did not occur, then, the Executive has elected between: (i) accepting the Severance Benefits, in full, regardless of the potential Code Section 280G impact on the payment of such Severance Benefits; and (ii) accepting a reduced Severance Benefit in an amount the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with Code Section 280G. The Executive represents and agrees that the allocation of the reduction required hereby has been determined by the Executive, provided, however, that if it is determined that such election by the Executive shall be in violation of Code Section 409A, the allocation of the required reduction shall be pro-rata.

(b)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if at the time of the Executive’s “Separation from Service” (as defined below), the Bank determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Severance Agreement on account of the Executive’s Separation from Service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s Separation from Service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule. Any such delayed payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of Separation from Service occurs, from such date of Separation from Service until the payment date.

(c)            To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Severance Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s Separation from Service.” For purposes of this Severance Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and the Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the Executive after the Termination Date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the Termination Date. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

19

(d)            The Parties intend that this Severance Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable. To the extent that any provision of this Severance Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The Parties agree that this Severance Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either Party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(7)            Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidential Information.

(a)            Non-Competition. For a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, the Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank in any city, town or county in which the Executive’s normal business office is located or the Bank or the Company has an office or has or have filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office. The Executive represents and admits that the Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that the Executive can obtain employment in the geographic area outside the restricted area defined in this Section (7)(a) and/or in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent the Executive from earning a livelihood.

(b)            Non-Solicitation. For a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly (i) hire or attempt to hire any employee of the Bank, assist in such hiring by any other person, or encourage any such employee to terminate his or her relationship with the Bank, or (ii) solicit business from any customer of the Bank or their subsidiaries, divert or attempt to divert any business from the Bank or their subsidiaries, or induce, attempt to induce, or assist others in inducing or attempting to induce any agent, customer or supplier of the Bank or any other person or entity associated or doing business with the Bank (or proposing to become associated or to do business with the Bank) to terminate such person’s or entity’s relationship with the Bank (or to refrain from becoming associated with or doing business with the Bank) or in any other manner to interfere with the relationship between the Bank and any such person or entity. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in Sections (7)(a), (7)(b), and (7)(c) are intended to protect the Bank’ interests in its Confidential Information (as defined below) and established employee, customer and supplier relationships and goodwill, and the Executive agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive’s involvement in general advertising or general personnel recruiting efforts that are not targeted at customers or employees of the Bank shall not be considered to violate this Section (7)(b).

(c)            Confidential Information. The Executive shall not at any time divulge, use, furnish, disclose or make accessible to anyone, other than to an employee or director of the Bank with a reasonable need to know, any knowledge or information with respect to confidential or secret data, trade secrets, business information, customer information, procedures or techniques of the Bank (“Confidential Information”), provided, however, that nothing in this Section (7)(c) shall prevent the disclosure by the Executive of any such information which at any time comes into the public domain other than as a result of the violation of the terms of this Section (7) by the Executive or which is otherwise lawfully acquired by the Executive. In the event that Confidential Information is also deemed a trade secret, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b)(1), the Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (a) is made (i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

20

(d)            Documents, Records, etc. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Executive by the Bank or are produced by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Bank. The Executive will return to the Bank all such materials and property as and when requested by the Bank. In any event, the Executive will return all such materials and property immediately upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason. The Executive will not retain any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

(e)            Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. The Executive shall cooperate fully with the Bank in the defense or prosecution of any claims or any actions now in existence or that may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Bank that relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Bank; provided that after the Termination date, the Executive shall not be required to perform more than one hundred (100) hours of services pursuant to this Section (7)(e) above and beyond services that could be compelled by issuance of a subpoena. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Bank at mutually convenient times. After the Termination Date, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Bank in connection with any investigation or review by any federal, state or local regulatory authority as such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Bank. The Bank shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of his obligations pursuant to this Section (7)(e). The Bank shall pay the Executive for any services pursuant to this Section (7)(e) at the hourly rate of the Executive’s final annual Base Salary divided by 2,080; provided that no payment obligation shall apply to services that could be compelled pursuant to a subpoena.

(f)            Non-Disparagement. The Executive agrees to refrain from performing any act, engaging in any conduct or course of action or making or publishing any statements, claims, allegations or assertions which have or may reasonably have the effect of demeaning the name of business reputation of Bank or any of its subsidiaries, or any of its employees, officers, directors, agents to advisors in their capacities as such or which adversely affects (or may reasonably be expected adversely to affect) the best interests (economic or otherwise) of any them. The Parties agree that nothing in this Section shall preclude either Party or any other person referenced in this Section from fulfilling any duty or obligation that he or it may have at law, from responding to any subpoena or official inquiry from any court or government agency, including providing truthful testimony, documents subpoenaed or requested or otherwise cooperating in good faith with any proceeding or investigation, or from taking any reasonable actions to enforce such Party’s rights under this Severance Agreement.

21

  

(g)            Injunction. The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Bank that might result from any breach by the Executive of the obligations set forth in this Section (7), and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches or threatens to breach any portion of this Section (7), the Bank shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach or threatened without showing or proving any actual damages to the Bank and without the need to post a bond.

(8)            Withholding. All payments made by the Bank under this Severance Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Bank under applicable law.

(9)            Entire Agreement. This Severance Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to its subject matter hereof; no other promises or agreements of any kinds have been made to or with the Executive by any other person or entity to cause him to sign this Severance Agreement; and this Severance Agreement supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous communications, agreements, and understandings, written or oral, including, but not limited to, the Employment Agreement.

(10)           Binding Effect, Non-assignability. This Severance Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors. Neither this Severance Agreement nor any rights arising hereunder may be assigned or pledged by the Executive during his lifetime. This Severance Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

(11)           Amendment. This Severance Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

(12)           Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Severance Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Severance Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Severance Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(13)           Forfeiture of Payments. The Executive agrees that the receipt of Severance Benefits under Section (3) of this Severance Agreement are each conditioned upon the Executive’s compliance in all material respects with the obligations contained in Section (7) of this Severance Agreement. The foregoing provision shall be in addition to any other remedies or rights the Bank may have at law or in equity as a result of the Executive’s failure to comply with such obligations.

22

(14)           Applicable Law. This Severance Agreement shall be construed and enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws, and in accordance with and subject to any applicable federal laws to which the Bank may be subject as an FDIC insured institution. In addition to the foregoing:

(a)            In no event shall the Bank be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Severance Agreement that is prohibited by Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (codified at 12 U.S.C. sec. 1828(k)), 12 C.F.R. Part 359, or any other applicable law.

(b)            In no event shall the Bank be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Severance Agreement if:

i.the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 U.S.C. sec. 1813(x)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended; or

ii.the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. sec. 1823(c)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended.

(15)           Dispute Resolution. Except with respect to any claim arising out of or relating to the Executive’s obligations under Section (7) of this Severance Agreement, if a dispute arises out of or relates to this Severance Agreement or the Employment Agreement, or the breach hereof, the Parties agree to first use the Employment Mediation Procedures contained in the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association as then in effect (the “Rules”). The mediation will take place at a location within twenty-five (25) miles of the Bank’s headquarters. Any dispute or controversy not settled in accordance the above mediation process, shall be submitted to binding arbitration pursuant to the Rules. The arbitration will take place at a location within twenty-five (25) miles of the Bank’s headquarters.

(16)           Counterparts. This Severance Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

(17)           Successors to the Bank. The Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank expressly to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Severance Agreement to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place. Failure of the Bank to obtain an assumption of this Severance Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Severance Agreement.

(18)           Indemnification. The Bank agrees to indemnify the Executive in his capacity as an officer of the Bank. In addition, to the extent that the Executive serves at the request of the Bank as a representative, an officer or a Board member of any community organization or financial services industry association or similar entity, he shall be entitled to indemnification by the Bank. Indemnification pursuant to this Section (18) shall be subject to and administered in accordance with the charter or by-laws of the Bank, as amended from time to time; provided, however, that the terms of such indemnification shall be no less favorable to the Executive than those set forth in the charter or by-laws of the Bank as of the date of this Severance Agreement. Any indemnification with respect to service to a third party shall be provided only to the extent that no indemnification or insurance is available from such third party or that any such indemnification or insurance has been exhausted.

23

(19)            No Mitigation. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Severance Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. No payment provided for in this Severance Agreement shall be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, or the Executive’s receipt of income from any other sources, after termination of his employment with the Bank.

(20)            Representations. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that:

(a)             he has been advised to consult with an attorney with respect to this Severance Agreement;

(b)            he has been given the opportunity to consider this Severance Agreement for at least twenty-one (21) days before signing it, but that he may voluntarily sign this Severance Agreement within the twenty-one (21) day period;

(c)            he has seven (7) days following his execution of this Severance Agreement to revoke this Severance Agreement by submitting a written revocation to the Chairman of the Board of Needham Bank; that this Severance Agreement shall become effective upon the expiration of the seven (7)-day period (the “Effective Date”); and that the Bank’s obligations contained in Section (3) of this Severance Agreement are contingent upon him executing and not revoking this Severance Agreement; and

(d)          the Executive has carefully read this Severance Agreement, understands the contents, and freely and voluntarily assents to all of its terms and conditions.

24

The Parties have executed this Severance Agreement as of the dates below.

SALVATORE RINALDI On behalf of
NEEDHAM BANK
Print Name:
Date:
Print Title:
Date:
WITNESS: WITNESS:
Print Name: Print Name:
Date: Date:

25

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated this ___ day of _______________, 2023, between Needham Bank, with its principal place of business in Needham, Massachusetts (the “Bank”) and [name] (the “Executive”). When used in this Agreement, the term “Company” shall refer to NB Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank.

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS, the Executive is presently the [title] of the Bank;

 

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to assure itself of the Executive’s continued active participation in the business of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and in consideration of the Executive’s agreeing to remain in the employ of the Bank, the parties desire to specify the severance benefits due to the Executive in the event the Executive’s employment with the Bank terminates under specified circumstances.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below for the purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a) Annual Compensation. The Executive’s “Annual Compensation” for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to mean (i) the Executive’s base salary, plus (ii) the annual total incentive bonus that would have been earned in the year of the Change in Control at target bonus opportunity. For purposes of this definition, payments of deferred compensation shall be disregarded when paid and deferral of compensation at the Executive’s election shall be included as compensation exclusively in the year of deferral.

 

(b) Cause. Termination of the Executive’s employment for “Cause” shall mean termination because of the Executive’s (i) material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing the Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank; (ii) willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Bank will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or the Company or injury to the business reputation of the Bank or the Company; (iii) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit; (iv) intentional failure to perform the Executive’s stated duties after written notice thereof from the Board of Directors of the Bank; (v) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank or the Company; any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook or policies, that would result in the termination of employment of employees of the Bank, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference. For purposes of this paragraph, no act or failure to act on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. The Executive’s employment shall not be terminated for “Cause” in accordance with this paragraph for any act or action or failure to act which is undertaken or omitted in accordance with a resolution of the Bank’s Board of Directors or upon advice of the Bank’s counsel.

 

 

 

(c) Change in Control. “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events (i) a change in the ownership of the Corporation; (ii) a change in the effective control of the Corporation; or (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Corporation as defined in accordance with Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Section, the term “Corporation” is defined to include the Bank, the Company or any of their successors, as applicable:

 

(i) “A change in the ownership of a Corporation” occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such Corporation.

 

(ii) “A change in the effective control of the Corporation” occurs on the date that either (A) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(D)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Corporation possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Corporation, or (B) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection “(B)” is inapplicable where a majority stockholder of the Corporation is another corporation.

 

(iii) A change in a substantial portion of the Corporation’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (A) all of the assets of the Corporation, or (B) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.

 

(d) Code. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

2 

 

 

(e) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause, the date on which the Notice of Termination is given, and (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination.

 

(f) Good Reason. Termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment for “Good Reason” shall mean termination by the Executive at or following a Change in Control based on, without the Executive’s express written consent:

 

(i) the assignment by the Bank to the Executive of any duties which are materially inconsistent with the Executive’s positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Bank immediately prior to a Change in Control, or a material change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles or offices as an officer and employee and as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, or any removal of the Executive from or any failure to re-elect the Executive to any of such responsibilities, titles or offices, except in connection with the termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause or as a result of the Executive’s death or by the Executive other than for Good Reason;

 

(ii) a reduction in the Executive’s base salary or bonus/incentive award opportunity under the Employers’ incentive compensation plans or arrangements as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter or a reduction in the package of fringe benefits provided to the Executive as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control;

 

(iii) A change in the Executive’s principal place of employment by a distance in excess of twenty-five (25) miles from its location immediately prior to the Change in Control; or

 

(iv) The failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of and agreement to perform this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Section 10.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to any termination of employment for Good Reason, the Executive must first provide written notice to the Bank within ninety (90) days following the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Bank shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days of the date of the Bank received written notice from the Executive, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. If the Bank remedies the condition within the thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition. If the Bank does not remedy the condition within the thirty (30) day cure period, then the Executive may deliver a Notice of Termination for Good Reason at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the cure period.

 

(g) IRS. IRS shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

 

(h) Notice of Termination. Any purported termination of the Executive’s employment by the Employers for any reason or by the Executive for any reason, including without limitation for Good Reason, shall be communicated by written “Notice of Termination” to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a dated notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) specifies a Date of Termination, which shall be not less than thirty (30) nor more than ninety (90) days after the Notice of Termination is given, except in the case of the Bank’s termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause, which shall be effective immediately; and (iv) is given in the manner specified in Section 11.

 

3 

 

 

2. Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall be for eighteen (18) months, commencing on the date of this Agreement. On each anniversary of the date of this Agreement, the term of the Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be eighteen (18) full calendar months unless either the Bank or Executive by written notice to the other given at least sixty (60) days prior to such renewal date notifies the other of its intent not to extend the term. In the event that notice not to extend is given by either the Bank or the Executive, this Agreement will terminate as of the last day of the then-current term. References herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer both to the initial term and successive terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Bank or the Company has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction that would be considered a Change in Control, the term of this Agreement will be extended automatically so that it is scheduled to expire no less than eighteen (18) months beyond the effective date of the Change in Control, subject to extensions as set forth above.

 

3. Benefits Upon Termination. If the Executive’s employment by the Bank is terminated subsequent to a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement other than for Cause or by the Executive’s for Good Reason, then the Bank shall:

 

(a) pay the Executive any earned but unpaid base salary through the Date of Termination, to be paid not later than the date on which such base salary would ordinarily have been paid;

 

(b) pay to the Executive the annual bonus (if any) to which the Executive is entitled under any cash-based annual bonus or performance compensation plan in effect for the year in which his termination occurs, to be paid at the same time and on the terms and conditions (including but not limited to achievement of performance goals) applicable under the relevant plan;

 

(c) provide the benefits (if any) due to the Executive as a former employee other than pursuant to this Agreement under the Bank’s compensation and benefits plans (the items described in Sections 3(a), (b) and (c), the “Standard Termination Entitlements”);

 

(d) pay to the Executive, in a lump sum on the Date of Termination, a cash severance equal to one and one-half (1.5) times the Executive’s Annual Compensation (the “Additional Severance Payment”), and

 

(e) if the Executive has elected continued health care coverage in accordance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”), provide the Executive with eighteen (18) consecutive monthly cash payments (commencing within the first month following the Date of Termination and continuing until the 18th month following the Date of Termination), each equal to the monthly COBRA premium in effect as of the Date of Termination for the level of coverage in effect for the Executive and the Executive’s dependents under the Bank’s (or any successor’s) group health plan.

 

4 

 

 

4. Limitation of Benefits under Certain Circumstances. If the payments and benefits pursuant to Section 3 hereof (the “Severance Benefits”), either alone or together with other payments and benefits which the Executive has the right to receive from the Bank or its affiliates, would constitute a “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, and but for this Section 4, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3, the Severance Benefits shall be reduced (the “Benefit Reduction”) by the minimum amount necessary to result in no portion of the Severance Benefits being subject to the Excise Tax, provided, however, that the Benefit Reduction shall occur only if such reduction would result in the Executive’s “Net After-Tax Amount” attributable to the Severance Benefits being greater than it would be if no Benefit Reduction was effected. For this purpose, “Net After-Tax Amount” shall mean the net amount of Severance Benefits the Executive is entitled under this Agreement after giving effect to all federal, state and local taxes that would be applicable to such payments and benefits, including but not limited to, the Excise Tax. The determination of whether the Benefit Reduction will be effected shall be based upon the opinion of independent counsel selected by the Bank’s independent public accountants and paid by the Bank. Such counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Bank and the Executive; shall promptly prepare the foregoing opinion, but in no event later than thirty (30) days from the Date of Termination; and may use such actuaries as such counsel deems necessary or advisable for the purpose. Nothing contained herein shall result in a reduction of any payments or benefits to which the Executive may be entitled upon termination of employment under any circumstances other than as specified in this Section 4, or a reduction in the payments and benefits specified in Section 3 below zero.

 

5. No Mitigation; Exclusivity of Benefits.

 

(a) The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise. The amount of severance to be provided pursuant to Section 3 shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as a result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination or otherwise.

 

(b) The specific arrangements referred to herein are not intended to exclude any other benefits which may be available to the Executive upon termination of employment with the Bank pursuant to employee benefit plans of the Bank or otherwise.

 

6. Withholding. All payments required to be made by the Bank hereunder to the Executive shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Bank may reasonably determine should be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

7. Nature of Employment and Obligations.

 

(a) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create other than a terminable at will employment relationship between the Bank and the Executive, and the Bank may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time, subject to providing any payments specified herein in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

5 

 

 

(b) Nothing contained herein shall create or require the Bank to create a trust of any kind to fund any benefits which may be payable hereunder, and to the extent that the Executive acquires a right to receive benefits from the Bank hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Bank.

 

8. Source and Allocation of Payments. All monetary payments and non-monetary benefits provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check, or otherwise provided for, from the general funds of the Bank.

 

9. No Attachment.

 

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

 

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

10. Assignability. The Bank may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any corporation, bank or other entity with or into which the Bank or the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which either the Bank or the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its respective assets, if in any such case said corporation, bank or other entity shall expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Bank hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or their rights and obligations hereunder. The Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder.

 

11. Notice. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank:

 

1063 Great Plain Avenue

Needham, Massachusetts 00492

Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

To the Executive:

 

Most Recent Address on File with the Company or the Bank

 

6 

 

 

12. Amendment; Waiver. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and such officer or officers as may be specifically designated by the Board of Directors of the Bank to sign on their behalf; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be subject to amendment in the future in such manner as the Bank shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effect compliance with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder and to avoid the imposition of penalties and additional taxes under Code Section 409A, it being the express intent of the parties that any such amendment shall not diminish the economic benefit of the Agreement to the Executive on a present value basis. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

 

13. Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

14. Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

15. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17. Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a) This Agreement does not create any obligation on the part of the Bank to make payments to (or to employ) the Executive unless a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company shall have occurred. At the time of or following a Change in Control, the Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time, but any termination, other than a termination for Cause, shall not prejudice the Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. The Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause as defined in Section 1(b).

 

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section1828(k)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, including 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

18. Reinstatement of Benefits After Regulatory Action. In the event the Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an action of a regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Bank during the term of this Agreement and a Change in Control, as defined herein, occurs, the Bank will assume their obligation to pay and the Executive will be entitled to receive all of the termination benefits provided for under Section 3 of this Agreement only upon the Bank’s (or its successor’s) receipt of a dismissal of charges by the regulatory agency.

 

7 

 

 

19. Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by the Bank within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank’s main office, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that the Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement, other than in the case of a termination for Cause.

 

20. Payment of Costs and Legal Fees. All reasonable costs and legal fees paid or incurred by the Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank if the Executive is successful on the merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement in the Executive’s favor. Such payment or reimbursement shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive incurs the expense or, if later, within sixty (60) days after the settlement or resolution that gives rise to the Executive’s right to reimbursement; provided, however, that the Executive shall have submitted to the Bank documentation supporting such expenses at such time and in such manner as the Bank may reasonably require.

 

21. Confidentiality. The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities and plans for business activities of the Bank and affiliates thereof, as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Bank. The Executive will not, during or after the term of the Executive’s employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or the Company or their affiliates thereof to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever (except for such disclosure as may be required to be provided to any bank regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the Bank or the Executive). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank, and the Executive may disclose any information regarding the Bank or the Company which is otherwise publicly available or which the Executive is otherwise legally required to disclose. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 21, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or the Company or their affiliates, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from the Executive.

 

22. Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein. All prior employment or change in control agreements or similar arrangements between the Bank and the Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein are hereby superseded and shall have no force or effect, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to the Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that the Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to the Executive without reference to this Agreement.

 

8 

 

 

23. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The Bank and the Executive acknowledge that each of the payments and benefits to the Executive under this Agreement must either comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder or qualify for an exception from compliance. To that end, the Bank and the Executive agree that:

 

(a) the legal fee reimbursements described in Section 20 are intended to satisfy the requirements for a “reimbursement plan” described in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and shall be administered to satisfy such requirements;

 

(b) the Standard Termination Entitlements payable upon termination of employment described in Section 3 are intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(3) as payments made pursuant to the Bank’s customary payment timing arrangements.

 

All other payments and benefits due to the Executive under this Agreement on account of his termination of employment that are not exempt from Code Section 409A shall not be paid prior to, and shall, if necessary, be deferred to and paid on the later of the earliest date on which the Executive experiences a separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) and, if the Executive is a specified employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) on the date of his separation from service, the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s separation from service.

 

 [Signature Page Follows]

 

9 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

 

ATTEST:   NEEDHAM BANK
     
    By:                      
Corporate Secretary    Chairperson, Compensation Committee
     
Witness:   EXECUTIVE:
     
     
    [Name]

 

10 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

NEEDHAM BANK

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

This document is drafted with the intent that it complies with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and regulations promulgated thereunder. NFP Executive Benefits has provided you this specimen document strictly in its capacity as an employee benefits consulting firm and plan recordkeeper. NFP Executive Benefits does NOT provide legal, tax or accounting consultation or advice. It is NFP Executive Benefits’ recommendation that you seek appropriately specialized professional consultation regarding the information and/or material contained herein.

 

 

 

 

Needham Bank

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Table of Contents

 

Article 1 Definitions 1
1.1 Account 1
1.2 Administrator 1
1.3 Board 1
1.4 Bonus 1
1.5 Change-in-Control 1
1.6 Code 1
1.7 Compensation 2
1.8 Deferrals 2
1.9 Deferral Election 2
1.10 Disability 2
1.11 Effective Date 2
1.12 Eligible Employee 2
1.13 Employee 2
1.14 Employer 2
1.15 Employer Discretionary Contribution 2
1.16 ERISA 2
1.17 Investment Fund 2
1.18 Participant 2
1.19 Plan Year 3
1.20 Retirement 3
1.21 Salary 3
1.22 Separation from Service 3
1.23 Service Recipient 3
1.24 Years of Service 3
     
Article 2 Participation 3
2.1 Commencement of Participation 3
2.2 Loss of Eligible Employee Status 3
     
Article 3 Contributions 4
3.1 Deferral Elections - General 4
3.2 Time of Election 4
3.3 Distribution Elections 4
3.4 Additional Requirements 4
3.5 Cancellation of Deferral Election due to Disability 5
3.6 Employer Discretionary Contribution 5
3.7 Crediting of Contributions 5
     
Article 4 Vesting 5
4.1 Vesting of Deferrals 5
4.2 Vesting of Employer Discretionary Contributions 5
4.3 Vesting due to Certain Events 5
4.4 Amounts Not Vested 6
4.5 Forfeitures 6
     
Article 5 Accounts 6
5.1 Accounts 6
5.2 Investments, Gains and Losses 6
     
Article 6 Distributions 6
6.1 Distribution Election 6
6.2 Distributions upon an In-Service Account Triggering Date 7
6.3 Distributions upon Retirement 7

 

 

 

 

6.4 Substantially Equal Annual Installments 7
6.5 Distributions due to other Separation from Service 7
6.6 Distributions due to Disability 7
6.7 Distributions upon Death 7
6.8 Changes to Distribution Elections 7
6.9 Acceleration or Delay in Payments 8
6.10 Unforeseeable Emergency 8
6.11 Minimum Distribution 8
6.12 Form of Payment 8
6.13 Separation from Service for Cause 8
6.14 Distributions upon a Change-in-Control 9
     
Article 7 Beneficiaries 9
7.1 Beneficiaries 9
7.2 Lost Beneficiary 9
     
Article 8 Funding 9
8.1 Prohibition against Funding 9
8.2 Withholding of Employee Contributions 9
     
Article 9 Claims Administration 10
     
Article 10 General Provisions 10
10.1 Administrator 10
10.2 No Assignment 10
10.3 No Employment Rights 10
10.4 Incompetence 11
10.5 Identity 11
10.6 Other Benefits 11
10.7 Expenses 11
10.8 Insolvency 11
10.9 Amendment or Modification 11
10.10 Plan Suspension 11
10.11 Plan Termination 11
10.12 Plan Termination due to a Change-in-Control 12
10.13 Construction 12
10.14 Governing Law 12
10.15 Severability 12
10.16 Headings 12
10.17 Terms 12
10.18 Code Section 409A Fail Safe Provision 12
10.19 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences 12
10.20 Limitation on Actions 12

 

 

 

 

Needham Bank

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Needham Bank hereby adopts this Needham Bank Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. This Plan is an unfunded arrangement and is intended to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding, and fiduciary requirements set forth in Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. It is intended to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

 

Article 1      Definitions

 

1.1Account

 

The sum of all the bookkeeping sub-accounts as may be established for each Participant as provided in Section 5.1 hereof.

 

1.2Administrator

 

The Employer shall serve as the Administrator of the Plan. The Administrator shall serve as the agent for the Employer with respect to the Trust.

 

1.3Board

 

The Board of Directors of the Employer.

 

1.4Bonus

 

Compensation which is designated as such by the Employer and which relates to services performed during an incentive period by an Eligible Employee in addition to his or her Salary, including any pretax elective deferrals from said Bonus to any Employer sponsored plan that includes amounts deferred under a Deferral Election or any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) or any amount contributed or deferred at the election of the Eligible Employee in accordance with Code Section 125 or 132(f)(4).

 

1.5Change-in-Control

 

Provided that such term shall be interpreted within the meaning of regulations promulgated under Code Section 409A, a “Change-in-Control” of the Employer (which, for purpose of this Section 1.5 shall mean Needham Bank but not any of its affiliates or subsidiaries) shall mean the first to occur of any of the following:

 

(a)          the date that any one person or persons acting as a group acquires ownership of Employer stock constituting more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Employer;

 

(b)          the date that any one person or persons acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of the stock of the Employer possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Employer;

 

(c)          the date that any one person or persons acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Employer that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Employer immediately prior to such acquisition; or

 

(d)          the date that a majority of members of the Employer’s Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or elections.

 

1.6Code

 

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1 

 

 

1.7Compensation

 

The Participant’s earned income, including Salary, Bonus and other remuneration from the Employer as may be included by the Administrator.

 

1.8Deferrals

 

The portion of Compensation that a Participant elects to defer in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof.

 

1.9Deferral Election

 

The separate agreement, submitted to the Administrator, by which an Eligible Employee agrees to participate in the Plan and make Deferrals thereto.

 

1.10Disability

 

Provided that such term shall be interpreted within the meaning of regulations promulgated under Code Section 409A, a Participant shall be considered to have incurred a Disability if: (i) the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s Employer; or (iii) determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

 

1.11Effective Date

 

January 1, 2022

 

1.12Eligible Employee

 

An Employee shall be considered an Eligible Employee if such Employee is a member of a “select group of management or highly compensated employees,” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA, and is designated as an Eligible Employee by the Administrator. The Administrator may at any time, in its sole discretion, change the eligible criteria for an Eligible Employee or determine that one or more Participants will cease to be an Eligible Employee. The designation of an Employee as an Eligible Employee in any year shall not confer upon such Employee any right to be designated as an Eligible Employee in any future Plan Year.

 

1.13Employee

 

Any person employed by the Employer.

 

1.14Employer

 

Needham Bank and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

 

1.15Employer Discretionary Contribution

 

A discretionary contribution made by the Employer that is credited to one or more Participant’s Accounts in accordance with the terms of Section 3.7 hereof.

 

1.16ERISA

 

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

1.17Investment Fund

 

Each investment(s) which serves as a means to measure value, increases or decreases with respect to a Participant’s Accounts.

 

1.18Participant

 

An Eligible Employee who is a Participant as provided in Article 2.

 

2 

 

 

1.19Plan Year

 

For the initial Plan Year, Effective Date through December 31, 2021. For each year thereafter, January 1 through December 31.

 

1.20Retirement

 

Retirement shall mean a Participant’s Separation from Service on, or after, the applicable Participant attaining sixty-five (65) years of age with at least ten (10) Years of Service.

 

1.21Salary

 

An Eligible Employee’s base salary earned during a Plan Year, including any pretax elective deferrals from said Salary to any Employer sponsored plan that includes amounts deferred under a Deferral Election or any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) or any amount contributed or deferred at the election of the Eligible Employee in accordance with Code Section 125 or 132(f)(4).

 

1.22Separation from Service

 

Provided that such term shall be interpreted within the meaning of regulations promulgated under Code Section 409A, a Participant shall incur a Separation from Service with the Service Recipient due to death, retirement or other termination of employment with the Service Recipient unless the employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the individual is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the individual retains a right to reemployment with the Service Recipient under an applicable statute or by contract. Upon a sale or other disposition of the assets of the Employer to an unrelated purchaser, the Administrator reserves the right, to the extent permitted by Code section 409A to determine whether Participants providing services to the purchaser after and in connection with the purchase transaction have experienced a Separation from Service.

 

1.23Service Recipient

 

Provided that such term shall be interpreted within the meaning of regulations promulgated under Code Section 409A, Service Recipient shall mean the Employer or person for whom the services are performed and with respect to whom the legally binding right to compensation arises, and all persons with whom such person would be considered a single employer under Code Section 414(b) (employees of controlled group of corporations), and all persons with whom such person would be considered a single employer under Code Section 414(c) (employees of partnerships, proprietorships, etc., under common control).

 

1.24Years of Service

 

A Participant’s “Years of Service” shall mean the total number of full twelve (12) month periods in which an individual has been employed by Employer beginning with Participant’s date of hire and anniversaries thereof.

 

Article 2      Participation

 

2.1Commencement of Participation

 

Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant at the earlier of the date on which his or her Deferral Election first becomes effective.

 

2.2Loss of Eligible Employee Status

 

A Participant, who is no longer an Eligible Employee, shall not be permitted to submit a Deferral Election and all Deferrals for such Participant shall cease as of the end of the Plan Year in which such Participant is determined to no longer be an Eligible Employee. Amounts credited to the Account of a Participant who is no longer an Eligible Employee shall continue to be held pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall be distributed as provided in Article 6.

 

3 

 

 

Article 3      Contributions

 

3.1Deferral Elections - General

 

A Participant’s Deferral Election for a Plan Year is irrevocable for that applicable Plan Year provided, however that a cessation of Deferrals shall be allowed if required by the terms of the Employer’s qualified 401(k) plan in order for the Participant to obtain a hardship withdrawal from the 401(k) plan, or if required under Section 6.10 (Unforeseeable Emergency) of this Plan. Such amounts deferred under the Plan shall not be made available to such Participant, except as provided in Article 6, and shall reduce such Participant’s Compensation from the Employer in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Deferral Election; provided, however, that all such amounts shall be subject to the rights of the general creditors of the Employer as provided in Article 8. The Deferral Election, in addition to the requirements set forth below, must designate: (i) the amount of Compensation to be deferred, (ii) the time of the distribution, and (iii) the form of the distribution.

 

3.2Time of Election

 

A Deferral Election shall be void if it is not made in a timely manner as follows:

 

(a)          A Deferral Election with respect to any Compensation must be submitted to the Administrator before the beginning of the calendar year during which the amount to be deferred will be earned. As of December 31 of each calendar year, said Deferral Election is irrevocable for the calendar year.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing and in the discretion of the Employer, in a year in which an Employee is first eligible to participate, and provided that such Employee is not eligible to participate in any other similar account balance arrangement subject to Code Section 409A, such Deferral Election shall be submitted within thirty (30) days after the date on which an Employee is first eligible to participate, and such Deferral Election shall apply to Compensation to be earned during the remainder of the calendar year after such election is made.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding the foregoing and in the discretion of the Employer, a Deferral Election with respect to any fiscal-based Bonus may be submitted by the Eligible Employee or Participant provided that such Deferral Election is submitted prior to the beginning of the Employer’s fiscal year for which the fiscal-based Bonus is earned.

 

3.3Distribution Elections

 

At the time a Participant makes a Deferral Election, he or she must also elect the time and form of the distribution by establishing one or more In-Service Account or Retirement Account(s) as provided in Sections 5.1 and 6.1. If the Participant fails to properly designate the time and form of a distribution, the Participant’s Account shall be designated as a Retirement Account and shall be paid in a lump sum.

 

3.4Additional Requirements

 

The Deferral Election, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 hereof, shall comply with the following additional requirements, or as otherwise required by the Administrator in its sole discretion:

 

(a)          Deferrals may be made in whole percentages or stated dollar amounts as determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)          The maximum amount that may be deferred each Plan Year is fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Salary, and one-hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s Bonus, net of applicable taxes.

 

(c)          The distribution year for an In-Service Account must be at least three (3) Plan Years subsequent to the Plan Year in which the Participant first establishes the In-Service subaccount to be credited with contributions.

 

4 

 

 

3.5Cancellation of Deferral Election due to Disability

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if a Participant incurs a disability as defined in this Section 3.5, said Participant may file an election to stop Deferrals as of the date the election is received by the Administrator, provided that such cancellation occurs by the later of the end of the calendar year or the 15th day of the third month following the date the Participant incurs a disability. Disability for purposes of this Section 3.5 only means that a Participant incurs a medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

3.6Employer Discretionary Contribution

 

The Employer may make Employer Discretionary Contributions to some or all Participants’ Accounts in such amount and in such manner as may be determined by the Employer. Such Employer Discretionary Contributions, at the option of the Employer, shall be credited to such sub-account as may be elected by the Participant in accordance with Sections 3.1 and 5.1 and procedures established by the Administrator. In the event no such election is made by the Participant or if Employer desires to direct Employer Discretionary Contributions to a particular Participant sub-account, the Employer, in its sole discretion, may determine which sub-account will be credited with such Employer Discretionary Contributions. In the event the Employer does not designate which Participant sub-account shall be credited, such Employer Discretionary Contributions shall be credited to a lump-sum Separation/Retirement sub-account.

 

3.7Crediting of Contributions

 

(a)          Deferrals shall be credited to a Participant’s Account at such time as the Employer shall determine.

 

(b)          Employer Discretionary Contributions, if any, shall be credited to a Participant’s Account at such time as the Employer shall determine.

 

Article 4      Vesting

 

4.1Vesting of Deferrals

 

A Participant shall be one-hundred percent (100%) vested in his or her Account attributable to Deferrals and any earning or losses on the investment of such Deferrals.

 

4.2Vesting of Employer Discretionary Contributions

 

A Participant shall have a vested right to the portion of his or her Account attributable to Employer Discretionary Contribution(s) and any earnings or losses on the investment of such Employer Discretionary Contribution(s) according to such vesting schedule as the Employer shall determine at the time an Employer Discretionary Contribution is made. In the event the Employer fails to provide a vesting schedule for a particular Employer Discretionary Contribution, such Employer Discretionary Contribution shall fully vest following completion of thirty-six (36) months of employment with the Employer following the date of the applicable Employer Discretionary Contribution effective date of credit to the Participant’s Account.

 

4.3Vesting due to Certain Events

 

(a)          A Participant who incurs a Disability shall be fully vested in the amounts credited to his or her Account as of the date of Disability.

 

(b)          Upon a Participant’s death, the Participant shall be fully vested in the amounts credited to his or her Account.

 

(c)          A Participant who incurs Retirement shall be fully vested in the amounts credited to his or her Account as of the date of Retirement.

 

(d)          Upon a Change-in-Control, all Participants shall be fully vested in the amounts credited to their Accounts as of the date of the Change-in-Control.

 

5 

 

 

(e)          In the event the Plan is terminated pursuant to Article 10.11, all Participants shall become fully vested in the amounts credited to their Accounts as of the date of the Plan termination.

 

4.4Amounts Not Vested

 

Any amounts credited to a Participant’s Account that are not vested at the time of a distribution event / his or her Separation from Service shall be forfeited.

 

4.5Forfeitures

 

At the discretion of the Employer, any forfeitures from a Participant’s Account (i) may be used to reduce succeeding Deferrals and any Employer Contributions, or (ii) may be returned to the Employer as soon as administratively feasible.

 

Article 5      Accounts

 

5.1Accounts

 

The Administrator shall establish and maintain a bookkeeping account in the name of each Participant. The Administrator shall also establish sub-accounts as provided in subsection (a) and (b), below, as elected by the Participant pursuant to Article 3.

 

(a)          A Participant may establish one or more Retirement Account (“Retirement sub-account”) by designating as such on the Participant’s Deferral Election. Each Participant’s Retirement sub-account shall be credited with Deferrals (as specified in the Participant’s Deferral Election), any Employer Discretionary Contributions, and the Participant’s allocable share of any earnings or losses on the foregoing. Each Participant’s Retirement sub-account shall be reduced by any distributions made plus any federal and state tax withholding, and any social security withholding tax as may be required by law.

 

(b)          A Participant may elect to establish one or more In-Service Account (“In-Service sub-account”) by designating as such in the Participant’s Deferral Election the year in which payment shall be made. Each Participant’s In-Service sub-account shall be credited with Deferrals (as specified in the Participant’s Deferral Election), any Employer Discretionary Contributions, and the Participant’s allocable share of any earnings or losses on the foregoing. Each Participant’s In-Service sub-account shall be reduced by any distributions made plus any federal and state tax withholding and any social security withholding tax as may be required by law.

 

5.2Investments, Gains and Losses

 

(a)          A Participant’s Account, established pursuant to the Participant’s participation in the Plan, shall be credited with an annual crediting rate equal to such annual crediting rate as provided for in the Needham Bank Long Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2020.

 

(b)          The Administrator shall adjust the amounts credited to each Participant’s Account to reflect Deferrals, any Employer Discretionary Contributions, interest credit experience, distributions, and any other appropriate adjustments. Such adjustments shall be made as frequently as is administratively feasible.

 

(c)          Participants’ Accounts shall merely be bookkeeping entries on the Employer’s books, and no Participant shall obtain any property right or interest in the Participant’s Account.

 

Article 6      Distributions

 

6.1Distribution Election

 

Each Participant shall designate in his or her Deferral Election the form and timing of his or her distribution by indicating the type of sub-account as described under Section 5.1, and by designating the form in which payments shall be made from the choices available under Section 6.2 and 6.3 hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein provided, no acceleration of the time or schedule of payments under the Plan shall occur except as permitted under both this Plan and Code Section 409A.

 

6 

 

 

6.2Distributions upon an In-Service Account Triggering Date

 

In-Service sub-account distributions of any vested amounts shall begin as soon as administratively feasible but no later than sixty (60) days following June 1 of the calendar year designated by the Participant on a properly submitted Deferral Election and are payable in either a lump-sum payment or substantially equal annual installments, as described in Section 6.4 below, over a period of five (5) to ten (10) years as elected by the Participant in his or her Deferral Election. If the Participant fails to designate the form of the distribution, the sub-account shall be paid in a lump-sum payment.

 

6.3Distributions upon Retirement

 

Upon a Participant’s Retirement, any vested amounts of the Participant’s Retirement sub-account(s) shall be distributed as soon as administratively feasible but no later than sixty (60) days following the Participant’s Retirement. Distribution shall be made either in a lump-sum payment or in substantially equal annual installments, as defined in Section 6.4 below, over a period of five (5) or ten (10) years as elected by the Participant. If the Participant fails to designate the form of the distribution, the sub-account shall be paid in a lump-sum payment. If a Participant has any In-Service sub-accounts at the time of his or her Retirement, said sub-accounts shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible but no later than sixty (60) days following Participant’s Retirement.

 

6.4Substantially Equal Annual Installments

 

(a)          The amount of the substantially equal payments of any vested amounts shall be determined by multiplying the Participant’s Account or sub-account by a fraction, the denominator of which in the first year of payment equals the number of years over which benefits are to be paid, and the numerator of which is one (1). The amounts of the payments for each succeeding year shall be determined by multiplying the Participant’s Account or sub-account as of the applicable anniversary of the payout by a fraction, the denominator of which equals the number of remaining years over which benefits are to be paid, and the numerator of which is one (1). Installment payments made pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall be made as soon as administratively feasible but no later than sixty (60) days following the anniversary of the distribution event.

 

(b)          For purposes of the Plan pursuant to Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder, a series of annual installments from a particular subaccount shall be considered a single payment.

 

6.5Distributions due to other Separation from Service

 

Upon a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason other than Retirement or death, all vested amounts credited to his or her Account shall be paid to the Participant in a lump-sum, as soon as administratively feasible, but no later than sixty (60) days, following the date of Separation from Service.

 

6.6Distributions due to Disability

 

Upon a Participant’s Disability, all amounts credited to his or her Account shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible but no later than sixty (60) days following the date of Disability.

 

6.7Distributions upon Death

 

Upon the death of a Participant, all amounts credited to his or her Account shall be paid, as soon as administratively feasible but no later than sixty (60) days following Participant’s date of death, to his or her beneficiary or beneficiaries, as determined under Article 7 hereof, in a lump sum.

 

6.8Changes to Distribution Elections

 

A Participant will be permitted to elect to change the form or timing of the distribution of the balance of his or her one or more sub-accounts within his or her Account to the extent permitted and in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A(a)(4)(C), including the requirement that (i) a redeferral election may not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after such election is filed with the Employer, (ii) an election to further defer a distribution (other than a distribution upon death, Disability or an unforeseeable emergency) must result in the first distribution subject to the election being made at least five (5) years after the previously elected date of distribution, and (iii) any redeferral election affecting a distribution at a fixed date must be filed with the Employer at least twelve (12) months before the first scheduled payment under the previous fixed date distribution election.

 

7 

 

 

6.9Acceleration or Delay in Payments

 

To the extent permitted by Code Section 409A, and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may elect to (i) accelerate the time or form of payment of any vested amounts of a benefit owed to a Participant hereunder in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(j)(4), or (ii) delay the time of payment of any vested amounts of a benefit owed to a Participant hereunder in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(7). By way of example, and at the sole discretion of the Administrator, if a Participant’s entire Account balance is less than the applicable Code Section 402(g) annual limit, the Employer may distribute the Participant’s Account in a lump sum provided that the distribution results in the termination of the participant’s entire interest in the Plan, subject to the plan aggregation rules of Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder. By way of example, the Administrator may permit such acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the arrangement to an individual other than a Participant as may be necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B)).

 

6.10Unforeseeable Emergency

 

The Administrator may permit an early distribution of part or all of any deferred amounts; provided, however, that such distribution shall be made only if the Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines that the Participant, or the Participant’s beneficiary, has experienced an Unforeseeable Emergency. An Unforeseeable Emergency is defined as a severe financial hardship resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s beneficiary, or a dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. If an Unforeseeable Emergency is determined to exist, a distribution may not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

 

6.11Minimum Distribution

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the vested balance of a Participant’s Account or sub-account at the time of a distribution event is $25,000 or less, then the Participant shall be paid his or her Account or sub-account as a single lump sum.

 

6.12Form of Payment

 

All distributions shall be made in the form of cash.

 

6.13Separation from Service for Cause

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event the Participant has an involuntary Separation from Service for Cause, Participant shall only receive the return of his or her Deferrals including the Participant’s allocable share of any earnings or losses credited on those Deferrals pursuant to Section 5.2 above. Upon a Participant’s Separation from Service for Cause, all amounts credited to Participant’s Account amounts relating to Employer Matching Contributions, Employer Supplemental Contributions, Employer Discretionary Contributions, including the Participant’s allocable share of any earnings or losses credited on the foregoing pursuant to Section 5.2, above, shall be forfeited back to the Employer. For purposes of this Plan, “Cause” shall mean Participant’s: (i) conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere for, any criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust or any felony or crime of moral turpitude; (ii) commission of an act of fraud upon the Employer; (iii) willful refusal to perform the duties reasonably assigned; (iv) willful breach of fiduciary duty or willful misconduct act of moral turpitude that materially and adversely affects the Employer; or (v) in the opinion of the Employer’s Compensation Committee, has the ability to do so.

 

8 

 

 

6.14Distributions upon a Change-in-Control

 

If elected by a Participant at the time of initial eligibility for the Plan on a form prescribed by the Administrator, all vested amounts credited to the Participant’s Account as of the date of the Change-in-Control shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively possible, but no later than sixty (60) days, following such Change-in-Control.

 

Article 7      Beneficiaries

 

7.1Beneficiaries

 

Each Participant may from time to time designate one or more persons (who may be any one or more members of such person’s family or other persons, administrators, trusts, foundations or other entities) as his or her beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made in a form prescribed by the Administrator. Each Participant may at any time and from time to time, change any previous beneficiary designation, without notice to or consent of any previously designated beneficiary, by amending his or her previous designation in a form prescribed by the Administrator. If the beneficiary does not survive the Participant (or is otherwise unavailable to receive payment), or if no beneficiary is validly designated then the amounts payable under this Plan shall be paid to the Participant’s estate. If more than one person is the beneficiary of a deceased Participant, each such person shall receive a pro rata share of any death benefit payable unless otherwise designated in the applicable form. If a beneficiary who is receiving benefits dies, all benefits that were payable to such beneficiary shall then be payable to the estate of that beneficiary.

 

7.2Lost Beneficiary

 

All Participants and beneficiaries shall have the obligation to keep the Administrator informed of their current address until such time as all benefits due have been paid. If a Participant or beneficiary cannot be located by the Administrator exercising due diligence, then, in its sole discretion, the Administrator may presume that the Participant or beneficiary is deceased for purposes of the Plan and all unpaid amounts (net of due diligence expenses) owed to the Participant or beneficiary shall be paid accordingly or, if a beneficiary cannot be so located, then such amounts may be forfeited. Any such presumption of death shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

Article 8      Funding

 

8.1Prohibition against Funding

 

Should any investment be acquired in connection with the liabilities assumed under this Plan, it is expressly understood and agreed that the Participants and beneficiaries shall not have any right with respect to, or claim against, such assets nor shall any such purchase be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Employer and the Participants, their beneficiaries or any other person. Any such assets shall be and remain a part of the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Employer, subject to the claims of its general creditors. It is the express intention of the parties hereto that this arrangement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the ERISA. Each Participant and beneficiary shall be required to look to the provisions of this Plan and to the Employer itself for enforcement of any and all benefits due under this Plan, and to the extent any such person acquires a right to receive payment under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer. The Employer shall be designated the owner and beneficiary of any investment acquired in connection with its obligation under this Plan.

 

8.2Withholding of Employee Contributions

 

The Administrator is authorized to make any and all necessary arrangements with the Employer in order to withhold the Participant’s Deferrals under Section 3.1 hereof from his or her Compensation. The Administrator shall determine the amount and timing of such withholding.

 

9 

 

 

Article 9      Claims Administration

 

If the Participant, Beneficiary or his or her representative is denied all or a portion of an expected benefit for any reason and the Participant, Beneficiary or his or her representative desires to dispute the decision of the Administrator, he or she must file a written notification of his or her claim with the Administrator. The Plan, being established as a “top-hat plan” within the meaning of DOL Reg. §2520.104-23, requires all claims for benefits hereunder be made pursuant to those claims procedure requirements under DOL Reg. §2560.503-1, as amended from time to time. Participant, Beneficiary or his or her representative may file with the Administrator a written claim for benefits, if the Participant, beneficiary or his or her representative disputes the Administrator’s determination regarding a benefit. The Administrator under this Article 9 will provide a separate written document to Participant, Beneficiary or his or her representative explaining the Plan’s claims procedures and which by this reference is incorporated into the Plan. Such documentation shall be written in manner that is in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner to the party receiving the documentation.

 

Article 10      General Provisions

 

10.1Administrator

 

(a)          The Administrator is expressly empowered to limit the amount of Compensation that may be deferred; to interpret the Plan, and to determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan; to employ actuaries, accountants, counsel, and other persons it deems necessary in connection with the administration of the Plan; to request any information from the Employer it deems necessary to determine whether the Employer would be considered insolvent or subject to a proceeding in bankruptcy; and to take all other necessary and proper actions to fulfill its duties as Administrator.

 

(b)          The Administrator shall not be liable for any actions by it hereunder, unless due to its own negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith.

 

(c)          The Administrator shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Employer from and against all personal liability to which it may be subject by reason of any act done or omitted to be done in its official capacity as Administrator in good faith in the administration of the Plan, including all expenses reasonably incurred in its defense in the event the Employer fails to provide such defense upon the request of the Administrator. The Administrator is relieved of all responsibility in connection with its duties hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by law, short of breach of duty to the beneficiaries.

 

10.2No Assignment

 

Benefits or payments under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, whether voluntary or involuntary, and any attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, attach or garnish the same shall not be valid, nor shall any such benefit or payment be in any way liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagement or torts of any Participant or beneficiary, or any other person entitled to such benefit or payment pursuant to the terms of this Plan, except to such extent as may be required by law. If any Participant or beneficiary or any other person entitled to a benefit or payment pursuant to the terms of this Plan becomes bankrupt or attempts to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, attach or garnish any benefit or payment under this Plan, in whole or in part, or if any attempt is made to subject any such benefit or payment, in whole or in part, to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the Participant or beneficiary or any other person entitled to any such benefit or payment pursuant to the terms of this Plan, then such benefit or payment, in the discretion of the Administrator, shall cease and terminate with respect to such Participant or beneficiary, or any other such person.

 

10.3No Employment Rights

 

Participation in this Plan shall not be construed to confer upon any Participant the legal right to be retained in the employ of the Employer, or give a Participant or beneficiary, or any other person, any right to any payment whatsoever, except to the extent of the benefits provided for hereunder. Each Participant shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if this Plan had never been adopted.

 

10 

 

 

10.4Incompetence

 

If the Administrator determines that any person to whom a benefit is payable under this Plan is incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability, the Administrator shall have the power to cause the payments becoming due to such person to be made to another for his or her benefit without responsibility of the Administrator or the Employer to see to the application of such payments. Any payment made pursuant to such power shall, as to such payment, operate as a complete discharge of the Employer, the Administrator.

 

10.5Identity

 

If, at any time, any doubt exists as to the identity of any person entitled to any payment hereunder or the amount or time of such payment, the Administrator shall be entitled to hold such sum until such identity or amount, or time is determined or until an order of a court of competent jurisdiction is obtained. The Administrator shall also be entitled to pay such sum into court in accordance with the appropriate rules of law. Any expenses incurred by the Employer or Administrator incident to such proceeding or litigation shall be charged against the Account of the affected Participant.

 

10.6Other Benefits

 

The benefits of each Participant or beneficiary hereunder shall be in addition to any benefits paid or payable to or on account of the Participant or beneficiary under any other pension, disability, annuity or retirement plan or policy whatsoever.

 

10.7Expenses

 

All expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan, whether incurred by the Employer or the Plan, shall be paid by the Employer.

 

10.8Insolvency

 

Should the Employer be considered insolvent), the Employer, through its Board and chief executive officer, shall give immediate written notice of such to the Administrator of the Plan. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrator shall cease to make any payments to Participants who were Employees of the Employer or their beneficiaries and shall hold all assets attributable to the Employer for the benefit of the general creditors of the Employer.

 

10.9Amendment or Modification

 

The Employer may, at any time, in its sole discretion, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part, except that no such amendment or modification shall have any retroactive effect to reduce any amounts allocated to a Participant’s Accounts, and provided that such amendment or modification complies with Code Section 409A and related regulations thereunder.

 

10.10Plan Suspension

 

The Employer further reserves the right to suspend the Plan in whole or in part, except that no such suspension shall have any retroactive effect to reduce any amounts allocated to a Participant’s Accounts, and provided that the distribution of the vested Participant Accounts shall not be accelerated but shall be paid at such time and in such manner as determined under the terms of the Plan immediately prior to suspension as if the Plan had not been suspended.

 

10.11Plan Termination

 

The Employer further reserves the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in part, in the following manner, except that no such termination shall have any retroactive effect to reduce any amounts allocated to a Participant’s Accounts, and provided that such termination complies with Code Section 409A and related regulations thereunder:

 

(a)          The Employer, in its sole discretion, may terminate the Plan and distribute all vested Participants’ Accounts no earlier than twelve (12) calendar months from the date of the Plan termination and no later than twenty-four (24) calendar months from the date of the Plan termination, provided however that all other similar arrangements are also terminated by the Employer for any affected Participant and no other similar arrangements are adopted by the Employer for any affected Participant within a three (3) year period from the date of termination; or

 

11 

 

 

(b)          The Employer may decide, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Plan in the event of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court, provided that the Participants vested Account balances are distributed to Participants and are included in the Participants’ gross income in the latest of: (i) the calendar year in which the termination occurs; (ii) the calendar year in which the amounts deferred are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which payment is administratively practicable.

 

10.12Plan Termination due to a Change-in-Control

 

The Employer may decide, in its discretion, to terminate the Plan in the event of a Change-in-Control and distribute all vested Participants Account balances no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Change-in-Control and no later than twelve (12) months after the effective date of the Change-in-Control, provided however that the Employer terminates all other similar arrangements for any affected Participant.

 

10.13Construction

 

All questions of interpretation, construction or application arising under or concerning the terms of this Plan shall be decided by the Administrator, in its sole and final discretion, whose decision shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons.

 

10.14Governing Law

 

This Plan shall be governed by, construed and administered in accordance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, Code Section 409A, and any other applicable federal law, provided, however, that to the extent not preempted by federal law this Plan shall be governed by, construed and administered under the laws of the State Commonwealth of Massachusetts, other than its laws respecting choice of law.

 

10.15Severability

 

If any provision of this Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Plan and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included therein. If the inclusion of any Employee (or Employees) as a Participant under this Plan would cause the Plan to fail to comply with the requirements of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, then the Plan shall be severed with respect to such Employee or Employees, who shall be considered to be participating in a separate arrangement.

 

10.16Headings

 

The Article headings contained herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe the scope or intent of this Plan nor in any way shall they affect this Plan or the construction of any provision thereof.

 

10.17Terms

 

Capitalized terms shall have meanings as defined herein. Singular nouns shall be read as plural, masculine pronouns shall be read as feminine, and vice versa, as appropriate.

 

10.18Code Section 409A Fail Safe Provision

 

If any provision of this Plan violates Code Section 409A, the regulations promulgated thereunder, regulatory interpretations, announcements or mandatory judicial precedent construing Code Section 409A (collectively “Applicable Law”), then such provision shall be void and have no effect. At all times, this Plan shall be interpreted in such manner that it complies with Applicable Law.

 

10.19No Guarantee of Tax Consequences

 

While the Plan is intended to provide tax deferral for Participants, the Plan is not a guarantee that the intended tax deferral will be achieved. Participants are solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may arise in connection with this Plan (including any taxes arising under Section 409A of the Code). Neither the Employer nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold any Participant harmless from any such taxes.

 

10.20Limitation on Actions

 

Any Participant or Beneficiary who disagrees with a denial of his appealed claim under Article 9 of this Plan must file any complaint in a federal District Court to dispute such determination (a) within three (3) years of the earlier of the date on which such claim for benefits first accrued or arose under the terms of the Plan, or (b) within one (1) year after the such claim was denied upon appeal, or deemed denied under Article 9 hereof.

 

12 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Needham Bank has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer, effective as of this 1st day of December, 2021.

 

Needham Bank  
   
By: /s/ Linda Farley  
   
Title: SVP Needham Bank  

 

13 

 

 

needham bank

 

FIRST Amendment TO

NEEDHAM BANK NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

WHEREAS, Needham Bank (hereinafter referred to as “Bank”) previously established the Needham Bank Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2022 (the “Plan”), for a select group of management or highly compensated employees; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to amend the Plan to include certain provisions required under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for public companies; and

 

WHEREAS, Section 10.9 of the Plan that the Bank may amend the Plan in certain respects at any time.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Bank does hereby amend the Plan as follows, effective as of June 1, 2023:

 

The following new Section 10.21 is added to the Plan:

 

10.21 Specified Employees

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a Specified Employee and a distribution under this Plan is due to the participant’s Separation from Service (other than due to death), then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, the distribution (or any part thereof) shall be delayed and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. For purposes of this Plan, the term “Specified Employee” means an individual who also satisfies the definition of “key employee” as that term is defined in Code Section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph (5) thereof).”

 

[signature page follows]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Needham Bank has executed this First Amendment to the Needham Bank Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan on this 31st day of May, 2023.

 

Needham Bank:  
   
By: /s/ Chris Lynch  
   
Title: Chris Lynch, Chair, Compensation Committee  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

FOR OFFICERS OF NEEDHAM BANK

 

This Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers of Needham Bank (the “Plan”) is effective April 1, 2013. This Plan is adopted by NEEDHAM BANK (the “Bank”) for the benefit of certain officers (“Executive” or “Executives”), who have been selected and approved by the Bank to participate in this Plan and who have evidenced their participation by execution of a Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan Participation Agreement (“Participation Agreement”) in a form provided by the Bank. This Plan is intended to comply with Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) Section 409A and any regulatory or other guidance issued under such Section.

 

WHEREAS, the Bank recognizes the valuable services performed for it by the Executives and wishes to encourage their continued employment and to provide them with additional incentive to achieve corporate objectives; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank intends this Plan to be considered an unfunded arrangement, maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement income for the Executives, who are members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Bank, for tax purposes and for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank has adopted this Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan which controls all issues relating to benefits as described herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank has adopted this Plan as follows:

 

SECTION I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

When used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

1.1“Account Balance” means the amount credited to the Executive hereunder, including Bank contributions and earnings thereon.

 

1.2“Administrator” means the Board.

 

1.3“Base Compensation” shall mean the annualized base salary paid during the calendar year, excluding short and long term incentives, bonuses, welfare tax adjustments, moving allowances, automobile allowances or any other variable income, but including any pre-tax contributions made to the Bank’s 401(k) Plan or cafeteria plan under Code Section 125 or qualified transportation expenses under Code Section 132(f).

 

 

 

 

1.4“Base Compensation Percentage” shall mean a fixed percentage of an Executive’s Base Compensation that will be contributed to the Executive’s Account Balance each year. The Base Compensation Percentage shall be set forth in the Executive’s Participation Agreement.

 

1.5“Beneficiary” means the person or persons (and their heirs) designated as Beneficiary by the Executive to whom the deceased Executive’s benefits are payable. Such beneficiary designation shall be made on the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and filed with the Plan Administrator. If no Beneficiary is so designated, then the Executive’s spouse, if living, will be deemed the Beneficiary. If the Executive’s spouse is not living, then the Executive’s children (both natural and legally adopted) will be deemed the Beneficiaries and will take on a per stirpes basis. If there are no such living children, then the estate of the Executive will be deemed the Beneficiary.

 

1.6“Benefit Age” means the date set forth in each Executive’s Participation Agreement

 

1.7“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

1.8“Cause” shall mean (i) the commission by, and conviction of, the Executive of a felony or of any lesser criminal offense involving moral turpitude; (ii) the willful commission by the Executive of any act that, in the judgment of the Board will likely cause substantial economic damage to the Bank or substantial injury to the business reputation of the Bank; (iii) the commission by the Executive of an act of fraud in the performance of his duties on behalf of the Bank; (iv) the continuing willful failure of the Executive to perform his duties to the Bank after written notice thereof (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail) and a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure are given to the Executive; or (v) an order of a federal or state regulatory agency or a court of competent jurisdiction requiring the termination of the Executive’s employment by the Bank. For this purpose, no act, or failure to act, on the part of Executive shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall Executive be deemed to be acting in good faith or in the best interests of the Bank for purposes of the preceding sentence with respect to acts of omission or commission taken in contravention of any direction(s), rule(s) or requirement(s) issued, authorized, approved or ratified by the Board. Any termination for Cause shall be subject to the same formalities required in a for Cause termination under any severance or change in control agreement between the Executive and the Bank. If the Executive is not a party to such an agreement, then a termination for Cause shall not occur unless the Bank provides Executive with written notice stating that the Bank intends to terminate Executive for Cause (as defined herein) and setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances allegedly constituting Cause, and the Bank affords Executive a period of two (2) weeks after issuance of such notice either to demonstrate, through written rebuttal, that Cause does not exist or to cure the circumstances constituting such Cause; provided, however, that the determination of whether Cause exists or whether Executive has sufficiently cured any Cause, shall be made in the reasonable discretion of the Board, if the Executive is an Executive Vice-President or above, or in the reasonable discretion of the Compensation Committee, if Executive is a Senior Vice-President or lower, as evidenced by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board or Compensation Committee, as applicable, at a meeting of the Board or Compensation Committee, as applicable, called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to Executive and Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board). Nothing in this Section 3 shall prevent the Bank from terminating Executive for Cause prior to the issuance of the above-referenced notice or expiration of the above-referenced two (2) week rebuttal/cure period; provided however that if, upon the expiration of such two (2) week period, it is determined that facts or circumstances sufficient to constitute Cause did not (or, if applicable, do not) exist or has/have been cured, then such earlier termination of Executive by the Bank shall be deemed to be without Cause.

 

2

 

 

1.9“Change in Control” means a change in ownership of the Bank under paragraph (a) below, or a change in effective control of the Bank under paragraph (b) below, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank under paragraph (c) below:

 

(a)            Change in ownership of the Bank. A change in ownership of the Bank shall occur on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group acquires ownership of stock of that corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation; or

 

(b)            Change in the effective control of the Bank. A change in the effective control of the Bank shall occur on the date that either (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank; or (ii) a majority of members of the Bank’s Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the corporation’s board of Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this sub-section (ii) is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank is another corporation; or

 

(c)            Change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank’s assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank’s assets shall occur on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the corporation immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the corporation, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. There is no Change in Control event under this paragraph (c) when there is a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the transferring corporation immediately after the transfer; or

 

3

 

 

(d)            For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent modified herein.

 

1.10“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.11“Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

1.12“Death Benefit” shall mean a lump sum payment equal to the Account Balance as of the date of death.

 

1.13“Disability” means that Executive is (i) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under the disability insurance, if any, covering employees of the Bank, or (iii) determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

 

1.14“Disability Benefit” shall mean a lump sum payment equal to the Account Balance as of the date of Disability.

 

1.15“Discretionary Contribution” shall mean a contribution which may be made in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer from time to time, with the approval of the Compensation Committee, to one or more Executives participating in the Plan.

 

1.16“Executive” means an employee who has been selected and approved by the Administrator to participate in the Plan and who has agreed to participation by completing a Participation Agreement.

 

1.17“Participation Agreement” means the agreement between Executive and the Bank which sets forth the particulars of Executive’s benefits under the Plan. The Participation Agreement may allow the Executive to elect an alternative form of benefit, if such election occurs upon initial participation.

 

1.18“Plan Year” shall mean the calendar year.

 

1.19“Separation from Service” means Executive’s death, retirement or other termination of employment with the Bank within the meaning of Code Section 409A. No Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur due to military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months or, if longer, so long as Executive’s right to reemployment is provided by law or contract. If the leave exceeds six months and Executive’s right to reemployment is not provided by law or by contract, then Executive shall have a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following such six-month period.

 

4

 

 

Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the employer and employee reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding 36 months (or such lesser period of time in which Executive performed services for the Bank). The determination of whether an Executive has had a Separation from Service shall be made by applying the presumptions set forth in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.

 

1.20“Specified Employee” means, in the event the Bank or any corporate parent is or becomes publicly traded, a “Key Employee” as such term is defined in Code Section 416(i) without regard to paragraph 5 thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an Executive is a Specified Employee and becomes entitled to a payment hereunder due to Separation from Service for any reason (other than death or Disability), the payments to such Executive shall not commence until the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. Whether and the extent to which a person is a Specified Employee shall be determined on the “Specified Employee Determination Date” which shall be December 31 of each calendar year and shall be applicable commencing on the following April 1, in accordance with the rules set forth in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.

 

SECTION II

 

CONTRIBUTIONS; EARNINGS; BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

2.1Yearly Benefit Credits.

 

(a)Crediting of Annual Bank Contributions. As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Administrator shall credit each Executive’s account under this Plan with a Bank contribution equal to the Executive’s Base Compensation Percentage as specified on such Executive’s Participation Agreement. In addition, in the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, with approval of the Compensation Committee, an Executive may receive a Discretionary Contribution from time to time.

 

(b)Earnings. As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Administrator shall credit each Executive’s account hereunder with interest equal to the Bank’s average percentage yield (“APY”) for five-year individual retirement accounts (IRAs), as determined for the preceding twelve (12) month period, compounded annually. The earnings rate may be further increased by additional basis points, as determined by the Board, based on achievement of a performance metric established by the Board within the first 75 days of the calendar year, effective as of the first day of the calendar year. Additional earnings may be credited based on the achievement of performance metrics established by the Board on the first business day of the calendar year. The achievement of such metrics shall be determined and certified by the Board on or within 60 business days of the end of the calendar year.

 

5

 

 

(c)Vesting. The Executive’s benefits hereunder shall be subject to the vesting schedule set forth on the Executive’s Participation Agreement. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule, the Executive’s Account Balance shall automatically become 100% vested upon involuntary termination without Cause, death, Disability or Change in Control.

 

2.2Separation from Service. If the Executive has a Separation from Service other than due to (i) Cause; (ii) death; (iii) Disability, or (iv) Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to a benefit as set forth in this Section. The Executive’s benefit shall be equal to the Executive’s vested Account Balance, which shall continue to be credited with earnings until paid to the Executive. Such amount shall be paid no later than 30 days after the later of (i) the Executive’s Benefit Age or (ii) Separation from Service date (but may be delayed 6 months after Separation from Service if the Executive is a Specified Employee, as described above under “Specified Employee”). The benefits shall be payable in a lump sum unless the Executive elects another form of payment in his Participation Agreement.

 

2.3Benefit Payable Following a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs, the Executive shall be entitled to a payment of benefits hereunder, calculated in the manner set forth herein. If Executive’s benefit is not fully vested, Executive’s benefit percentage shall automatically increase to the next level set forth in the Executive’s Participation Agreement and the vested portion of Executive’s Account Balance shall be immediately distributed as of the effective date of the Change in Control.

 

2.4Termination for Cause. If Executive is terminated for Cause, all benefits under this Plan shall be forfeited (even if vested) and Executive’s participation in this Plan shall become null and void.

 

2.5Death Benefit.

 

(a)If an Executive dies while employed at the Bank, Executive’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to the Death Benefit. The Death Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum no later than 30 days after the Executive’s Date of Death.

 

(b)If an Executive dies following Separation from Service but prior to the receiving all payments under the Plan, the Executive’s Beneficiary shall be paid all remaining payments as a lump sum no later than 30 days after the Executive’s Date of Death.

 

6

 

 

2.6Disability Benefit. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Executive becomes Disabled while employed at the Bank, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Disability Benefit hereunder. The Disability Benefit shall be calculated at time of the Disability determination and shall be payable in a lump sum within 30 days of the Disability determination unless the Executive elects another form of payment in the Executive’s Participation Agreement.

 

SECTION III 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

The Executive shall make an initial designation of primary and secondary Beneficiaries upon execution of his or her Participation Agreement and shall have the right to change such designation, at any subsequent time, by submitting to the Administrator, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A, a written designation of primary and secondary Beneficiaries. Any Beneficiary designation made subsequent to execution of the Participation Agreement shall become effective only when receipt thereof is acknowledged in writing by the Administrator.

 

SECTION IV 

EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO ASSETS: 

ALIENABILITY AND ASSIGNMENT PROHIBITION

 

At no time shall Executive be deemed to have any lien, right, title or interest in or to any specific investment or asset of the Bank. The rights of Executive, any Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through Executive under this Plan, shall be solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Bank. Executive, the Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through Executive, shall only have the right to receive from the Bank those payments so specified under this Plan. Neither Executive nor any Beneficiary under this Plan shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by Executive or his Beneficiary, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.

 

SECTION V 

ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES

 

5.1Named Fiduciary and Administrator. The Board shall be the Named Fiduciary and Administrator of this Plan, provided that the Board may delegate its authority hereunder to the Compensation Committee. The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall have discretionary authority to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and to determine benefit eligibility. The Administrator may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

7

 

 

5.2Claims Procedure and Arbitration. In the event that benefits under this Plan are not paid to Executive (or to his Beneficiary in the case of Executive’s death) and such claimants feel they are entitled to receive such benefits, then a written claim must be made to the Administrator within sixty (60) days from the date payments are refused. The Administrator shall review the written claim and, if the claim is denied, in whole or in part, they shall provide in writing, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such claim, their specific reasons for such denial, reference to the provisions of this Plan or the Participation Agreement upon which the denial is based, and any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim. Such writing by the Administrator shall further indicate the additional steps which must be undertaken by claimants if an additional review of the claim denial is desired.

 

If claimants desire a second review, they shall notify the Administrator in writing within thirty (30) days of the first claim denial. Claimants may review this Plan, the Participation Agreement or any documents relating thereto and submit any issues and comments, in writing, they may feel appropriate. In its sole discretion, the Administrator shall then review the second claim and provide a written decision within thirty (30) days of receipt of such claim. This decision shall state the specific reasons for the decision and shall include reference to specific provisions of this Plan or the Participation Agreement upon which the decision is based.

 

SECTION VI 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1No Effect on Employment Rights. Nothing contained herein will confer upon Executive the right to be retained in the service of the Bank nor limit the right of the Bank to discharge or otherwise deal with Executive without regard to the existence of the Plan.

 

6.2Governing Law. The Plan is established under, and will be construed according to, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, to the extent such laws are not preempted by the ERISA or the Code and regulations published thereunder.

 

6.3Severability and Interpretation of Provisions. In the event that any of the provisions of this Plan or portion hereof are held to be inoperative or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, or in the event that any provision is found to violate Code Section 409A and would subject Executive to additional taxes and interest on the amounts deferred hereunder, or in the event that any legislation adopted by any governmental body having jurisdiction over the Bank would be retroactively applied to invalidate this Plan or any provision hereof or cause the benefits hereunder to be taxable, then: (1) insofar as is reasonable, effect will be given to the intent manifested in the provisions held invalid or inoperative, and (2) the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby. In the event that the intent of any provision shall need to be construed in a manner to avoid taxability, such construction shall be made by the Administrator in a manner that would manifest to the maximum extent possible the original meaning of such provisions.

 

8

 

 

6.4Incapacity of Recipient. In the event Executive is declared incompetent and a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or estate is appointed, any benefits under the Plan to which such Executive is entitled shall be paid to such conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or estate.

 

6.5Unclaimed Benefit. Executive shall keep the Bank informed of his or her current address and the current address of his or her Beneficiaries. If the location of Executive is not made known to the Bank, the Bank shall delay payment of Executive’s benefit payment(s) until the location of Executive is made known to the Bank; however, the Bank shall only be obligated to hold such benefit payment(s) for Executive until the expiration of three (3) years. Upon expiration of the three (3) year period, the Bank may discharge its obligation by payment to Executive’s Beneficiary. If the location of Executive’s Beneficiary is not known to the Bank, Executive and his Beneficiary(ies) shall thereupon forfeit any rights to the balance, if any, of any benefits provided for such Executive and/or Beneficiary under this Plan.

 

6.6Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as an employee or agent of the Bank, or as a member of the Board of the Bank shall be personally liable to Executive or any other person for any claim, loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3 of this Plan, none of the Bank, its employees, officers, agents, representatives or directors, or their successors or assigns shall have any liability to an Executive participating in this Plan if such Executive incurs an excise tax or penalties due to an actual or perceived violation of Code Section 409A hereunder or a violation of any other applicable Section of the Internal Revenue Code or other applicable law or regulations, including any banking laws or regulations.

 

6.7Gender. Whenever in this Plan words are used in the masculine or neuter gender, they shall be read and construed as in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, whenever they should so apply.

 

6.8Inurement. This Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank, its successors and assigns, and Executives, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and Beneficiaries.

 

6.9Acceleration of Payments. Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Plan, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank, in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the United States Treasury Department. Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in accordance with requirements and conditions of the Treasury Regulations (or subsequent guidance) in the following circumstances: (i) as a result of certain domestic relations orders; (ii) in compliance with ethics agreements with the federal government; (iii) in compliance with ethics laws or conflicts of interest laws; (iv) in limited cash-outs (but not in excess of the limit under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B)); (v) in the case of certain distributions to avoid a non-allocation year under Code Section 409(p); (vi) to apply certain offsets in satisfaction of a debt of Executive to the Bank; (vii) in satisfaction of certain bona fide disputes between Executive and the Bank; or (viii) for any other purpose set forth in the Treasury Regulations and subsequent guidance.

 

9

 

 

6.10Headings. Headings and sub-headings in this Plan are inserted for reference and convenience only and shall not be deemed a part of this Plan.

 

6.1112 U.S.C. § 1828(k). Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Plan or otherwise are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) and 12 C.F.R. Part 359 Golden Parachute and Indemnification Payments or any other rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

6.12Payment of Employment and Code Section 409A Taxes. Any distribution under this Plan shall be reduced by the amount of any taxes required to be withheld from such distribution. This Plan shall permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment to pay employment-related taxes as permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j) or to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that the arrangement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder. In the latter case, such payments shall not exceed the amount required to be included in income as the result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

6.13Non-competition, Non-solicitation and Nondisclosure. In the event Executive has a vested Account Balance under this Plan at the time of Separation from Service, the benefits provided to Executives under this Plan following Separation from Service (other than due to death or Disability or in connection with a Change in Control) are specifically conditioned on each Executive’s covenant that, for a period of one (1) year following the Executive’s Separation from Service with the Bank, the Executive will not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

 

(a)solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or any of its affiliates to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business or other entity;

 

(b)become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, sole proprietor, joint venturer, greater than 5% equity-owner or stockholder, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that has headquarters or offices within fifteen (15) miles of the locations in which the Bank or its affiliates has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office as of the date of Executive’s termination; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply if the Executive’s employment is terminated following a Change in Control; or

 

10

 

 

(c)solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank or its affiliates to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank or its affiliates;

 

(d)at any time or in any manner, directly or indirectly, use or disclose Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) to any party other than the Bank either during or after Executive’s termination of employment for any reason, except for purposes consistent with the administration and performance of Executive’s obligations hereunder, or as required by law, provided that written notice of any legally required disclosure shall be given to the Bank promptly prior to any such disclosure and Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Bank to protect the confidentiality thereof pursuant to applicable law or regulation. For these purposes, the term “Confidential Information” includes any confidential or proprietary information furnished or provided by the Bank to Executive after Executive first became employed by the Bank (without regard to whether such information is conveyed directly or on the Bank’s behalf), or otherwise acquired by Executive as a consequence of Executive’s employment with the Bank and that is not generally known in the industry in which the Bank is engaged and that in any way relates to the products, services, purchasing, marketing, names of customers, vendors or suppliers, merchandising and selling, plans, data, specifications or any other confidential and proprietary information of the Bank or any affiliate. Any Confidential Information supplied to an Executive by the Bank prior to the Executive’s participation in this Plan shall be considered in the same manner and be subject to the same treatment as the Confidential Information made available after Executive’s participation in this Plan. The term “Confidential Information” does not include information (i) which was already in the public domain, (ii) which is disclosed as a matter of right by a third party source after Executive’s participation in this Plan, provided such third party source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Bank or (iii) which passes into the public domain by acts other than the unauthorized acts of Executive, whether acting alone or in concert; provided, however, that any disclosure of Confidential Information may be made by Executive if the Bank expressly consents thereto in writing prior to such disclosure.

 

In the event that the Executive violates any provision of this Section 6.13, all benefits payable to Executive shall cease and any benefits previously paid shall be reimbursed to the Bank within thirty (30) days of the Bank’s notification to Executive that this provision has been violated. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.13 to the contrary, in the event of Executive’s termination of employment following a Change in Control, Executive shall not be subject to the requirements of Sections 6.13(a), (b) or (c) above.

 

11

 

 

SECTION VII 

AMENDMENT/TERMINATION

 

7.1Amendment or Modification. This Plan may be amended or modified at any time, provided, however, that no such amendment may serve to reduce the vested benefits of any Executive, and provided further, that no amendment or modification shall be valid if it violates Code Section 409A, as in effect at the time of such amendment or modification.

 

7.2Termination of Plan. Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, in the event of complete termination of the Plan, the Plan shall cease to operate and the Bank shall pay out to Executives their benefits as if the Executive had terminated employment as of the effective date of the complete termination. Such complete termination of the Plan shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions:

 

(a)The Board may terminate the Plan within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)The Board may terminate the Plan by Board action taken within the 30 days preceding or 12 months following a Change in Control, provided that the Plan shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated so that the Executives and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within 12 months of the date of the termination of the arrangements. Following the termination of the Plan, the amount payable to each Executive shall be the amount to which the Executive is entitled upon a Change in Control, as set forth in the Executive’s Participation Agreement.

 

SECTION VIII 

EXECUTION

 

8.1This Plan sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the supplemental executive retirement benefits to be provided by the Bank, and any previous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof are superseded by this Plan.

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank executed this Plan on the date set forth below.

 

 NEEDHAM BANK
   
April 1, 2023   By:  
Date   Chairman of the Board

 

13

 

 

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan 

For Officers of Needham Bank

 

April 1, 2013

 

Participation Agreement

 

I, __________________________, and Needham Bank hereby agree, for good and valuable consideration, the value of which is hereby acknowledged, that I shall participate in the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers of Needham Bank (“Plan”) established as of April 1, 2013, by Needham Bank, as such Plan may now exist or hereafter be modified, and do further agree to the terms and conditions thereof.

 

I understand that I must execute this Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan Participation Agreement (“Participation Agreement”) as well as notify the Administrator of such execution in order to participate in the Plan. I acknowledge receiving a copy of the Plan document, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. I further acknowledge that I have read the Plan and agree to be bound by the terms thereof. In the event of an inconsistency between the terms of this Participation Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

The following provisions relate to a determination of my Account Balance under the Plan.

 

Benefit Age My Benefit Age is ______________ .

 

Base Compensation Percentage A fixed ______% of my annual base salary will be deposited by Needham Bank into my Account under this Plan each year. I understand that additional discretionary contributions may be made to my account from time to time.

 

Vesting Rate [to be determined]

 

Separation from Service On or After Benefit Age I understand that if I retire on or after attainment of my Benefit Age, I shall be entitled to my vested Account Balance, calculated in accordance with all relevant provisions of the Plan. Unless I am a Specified Employee, as defined in Section 1.20 of the Plan, my Account Balance will be paid in a lump sum payment within 30 days of my Separation from Service.

 

Separation from Service Prior to Benefit Age If I have a vested Account Balance at the time of my voluntary or involuntary Separation from Service without Cause (as defined in the Plan) prior to attainment of my Benefit Age (other than due to Death or Disability), I shall be entitled to the vested portion of my Account Balance, calculated in accordance with all relevant provisions of the Plan. My Account Balance will be paid in a lump sum payment upon my attainment of my Benefit Age.

 

Termination for Cause I understand that if I have a Termination for Cause, my entire Account Balance under this Plan shall be forfeited.

 

 

 

 

Death Benefit In the event of my death prior to Separation from Service, my Beneficiary shall be entitled to a Death Benefit equal to my entire Account Balance, calculated in accordance with the Plan and payable in a lump sum payment.

 

Following a Change-in-Control I understand that if there is a Change-in-Control I will be entitled to my entire Account Balance calculated as set forth in the Plan. My Account Balance shall be paid in a lump sum payment immediately upon the effective date of the Change in Control.

 

Disability While Employed I understand that in the event of my Disability prior to my Benefit Age, I will be entitled to the Disability Benefit equal to my entire Account Balance calculated as set forth in the Plan. My Disability Benefit will be paid in a lump sum payment within 30 days of my Disability determination under the Plan.

 

Non-Competition Agreement. I understand that my right to my vested Account Balance under this Plan is expressly conditioned on my compliance with the terms of Section 6.13 Non-competition, Non-solicitation and Nondisclosure of the Plan, which I have read and to which I agree. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that Section 6.13 is void in the event of my death, Disability or in the event of the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

2

 

 

This Participation Agreement shall become effective upon execution below by me as the Executive and by a duly authorized officer of Needham Bank.

 

Dated this ______ day of _____________________, 2013.

 

EXECUTIVE Needham Bank
   
    By:  
 Duly Authorized Officer of the Bank

 

3

 

 

Exhibit A

 

NEEDHAM BANK

 

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

The undersigned Executive, under the terms of the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan executed by the Needham Bank and effective April 1, 2013, hereby designates the following Beneficiary to receive any guaranteed payments or death benefits under such Plan, following his or her death:

 

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:

 

 

In the event the Primary Beneficiary set forth above has predeceased me, I designate the person set forth below as my Secondary Beneficiary.

 

SECONDARY BENEFICIARY:

 

 

This Beneficiary Designation hereby revokes any prior Beneficiary Designation which may have been in effect. Such Beneficiary Designation is revocable.

 

  
Date EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

Needham Bank 

Long-term Incentive Plan 

 

Effective January 1, 2020

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section Page
     
I. Plan Purposes 1
     
II. Compensation Philosophy 1
     
III. Definitions of Key Terms 1
     
IV. Participation 1
     
V. Plan Concept and Operating Guidelines 2
  a.  Plan Description  
  b.  Individual and Corporate Performance Contingencies  
     
VI. Award Opportunities for Participating Executives 2
  a. Types of Award Opportunities  
  b. Award Payouts  
  c. Terms and Conditions of Awards  
     
VII. Vesting of Grant Interests and Distribution of Awards 3
  a. Vesting of Grant Interests  
  b. Distribution of Vested Awards  
  1. Change in Control  
  2. Upon Permanent Disability or Death of Executive  
  3. Voluntary Termination of Employment  
  c. Active Employment Contingency  
  d. Forfeiture of Interests Upon Termination for Cause  
  e. Tax Treatment of Proceeds  
     
VIII. Plan Management 4
  a. Management Prerogatives  
  b. Status Reporting to Participants  
  c. Participating Executive Bound by Plan/Non-compete Non-solicitation  
  d. Claims Procedure  
  e. Amendment and Modification  
  f. Termination (of the Plan)  
  g. Severability  

 

Exhibits  
1.  Definitions of Key Terms  
2.  List of 2020 Participating Positions  
3.  Sample Grant Agreement  

 

 

 

 

Needham Bank 

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 

Effective January 1, 2020

 

I.              Plan Purposes

 

This executive long-term incentive plan will permit participating executives to realize future financial rewards when their collective performances result in attainment of the Company’s strategic objectives for growth, profitability, and increased enterprise value. This executive long-term incentive plan is implemented and administered to recognize, reward and retain senior leadership and those executives that have substantially contributed to the growth of Needham Bank that have or are expected to have contributed to the growth of Needham Bank.

 

II.            Compensation Philosophy

 

Needham Bank (“the Company”) wishes to provide a comprehensive compensation program for those senior executives whose performance and contributions to the business materially enhance and aid the attainment of desired business results. This long-term incentive plan is intended to be an integral part of the total compensation opportunity offered by the Company to these key executives. It is intended as an adjunct, not an offset, to the other forms of compensation already provided by Needham Bank.

 

III.Definitions of Key Terms

 

The description of this long-term incentive plan for key executives of Needham Bank contains several terms that may be unfamiliar to participants and/or have a specific legal definition when used in the context of this type of executive compensation plan. Plan terms and their definitions are provided in Exhibit 1.

 

IV.Participation

 

Participation in this Plan is open to any person employed by Needham Bank in a regular ongoing relationship that meets applicable tests in labor regulation for employee status and is a member of a “select group of management or highly compensated employees,” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA. While all designated executives are eligible for awards, the extent of participation among the selected executives may vary based on level, scope and type of responsibility within the organization, the significance of actual contributions to the development and success of the business, the importance of future contributions to the business, and at the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

1

 

 

Under certain circumstances, Needham Bank’s Compensation Committee may, in their sole and absolute discretion, at any time, change the eligibility criteria for Plan participation by an executive or determine that one or more Plan participants have ceased to be a key executive for purposes of Plan participation. As a result, the Plan Administrator may be directed by the Compensation Committee to suspend vesting of existing grants, suspend or “freeze” further appreciation in a vested but undistributed grant, and/or decline to make additional grants to a participant. The designation of an executive as a Plan participant in any year shall not confer upon such executive any right to continuing employment with the Company or to be designated as a participating executive in any future fiscal year in which the Plan exists.

 

A list of participant(s) and/or position(s) participating in this Plan is provided in Exhibit 2. This participant list will be reviewed, adjusted as necessary, and authorized by the Compensation Committee annually.

 

V.            Plan Concept and Operating Guidelines

 

a.Plan Description. Beginning in 2020, after the end of the fiscal year or calendar year, as applicable, and the completion of financial statements and company valuation, and assuming certain financial performance criteria have been satisfied, the Plan Administrator, with approval and direction from the Compensation Committee, will initiate award grant(s) to eligible participants. The size of the award and the associated terms and conditions of the award will be formalized in a grant agreement. See Exhibit 3. Generally, the value associated with a grant will fluctuate (either increase or decrease) based on Needham Bank’s Tangible Book Value for each fiscal or calendar period, as applicable, during the vesting period. At the end and completion of the third anniversary following the effective date of the grant, the value of the grant on that third anniversary will become vested.

 

b.Individual and Corporate Performance Contingencies. The decision to make an annual grant to a participant and the size and related terms and conditions of a grant are subject to the Compensation Committee’s assessment of Needham Bank’s performance during the fiscal year or calendar year, as applicable, just completed, with a grant date occurring after the completion of the financial statements preparation in the first quarter of the following year.

 

VI.Award Opportunities for Participating Executives

 

This Plan is intended to provide participating executives with long-term compensation opportunities based on the increasing value of the business.

 

a.Types of Award Opportunities. Under provisions of this Plan, participating executives may receive a grant subject to vesting and other conditions specified in a Grant Agreement. The Plan may be amended at a future time to provide for other types of award opportunities.

 

2

 

 

b.Award Payouts. Upon a distribution event, the value of vested awards will be paid to participants, less any required withholding for income taxes and other regular payroll deductions or deferred at the election of the participating executive in compliance with the rules and regulations applicable to Needham Bank’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan.

 

c.Terms and Conditions of Awards. Terms and conditions of each grant will be determined individually and documented in the Long-term Incentive Plan Grant Agreement (“Agreement”). This Agreement will serve as the basis of understanding between the participant and Needham Bank regarding the nature and size of the grant, the costs, if any, associated with the grant, and all other terms, qualifications and contingencies affecting the grant. Exhibit 3 provides an illustration of a typical grant agreement in adherence with IRS regulations.

 

VII.              Vesting of Grant Interests and Distribution of Awards

 

a.Vesting of Grant Interests. Grants received under this Plan will be subject to certain service time vesting requirements as specified in the individual grant agreements. Where service time is used as the basis for vesting, only full years of service, as defined in Exhibit 1, from award date will be applied for vesting purposes.

 

b.Distribution of Vested Awards. Distribution of the value (appreciation) of a grant will be triggered by full vesting of the grant. Proceeds will be paid to the participant within seventy-five (75) days following the vesting date. Participating executives may defer the vested grant at the election of the participating executive in compliance with the rules and regulations applicable to Needham Bank’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The value of awards granted under this Plan may be distributed earlier upon occurrence of one of the following triggering events:

 

1.Change in Control. Upon a Change in Control, participants will become fully vested in all grants received prior to the event. See the definition of Change of Control in Exhibit 1.

 

2.Permanent Disability or Death of the Employee. Following the Permanent Disability or Death of a participating executive, Needham Bank will declare all grants fully vested and distribute the full value (appreciation) of all grant interests to the participant, the participant’s guardian or the participant's estate, as appropriate.

 

3

 

 

3.Involuntary and Voluntary Separation from Service. Should a participating executive incur an involuntary or voluntary Separation from Service, other than due to Retirement, with Needham Bank, his/her unvested vested awards will be forfeited unless vesting is otherwise approved by the Board of Directors of Needham Bank.

 

4.Retirement. Upon a participating executive’s voluntary Separation from Service with the Needham Bank after the employee has completed at least ten (10) Years of Employment and attained the at least sixty-five (65) years of age while actively employed by Needham Bank, such participating executive shall be vested in their grant(s). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Needham Bank may, in their sole and absolute discretion, provide for different criteria for the satisfaction of a Retirement vesting event within a participating executive’s Participant Grant Agreement. For purposes of this provision, “Years of Employment” shall be measured by the participating executive’s employment with Needham Bank during a twelve (12) month period commencing with the participating executive’s date of hire and anniversaries thereof.

 

c.Active Employment Contingency. Eligibility to participate in this Plan and continuing vesting of grant interests are dependent upon continuing active employment with Needham Bank and Needham Bank, in its sole discretion, continuing to extend eligibility to the participating executive.

 

d.Forfeiture of Interests Upon Termination for Cause. A participating executive, who incurs a Separation from Service for Cause, as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee, or his/her designated Plan Administrator, shall forfeit all rights and interests granted under this Plan.

 

e.Tax Treatment of Proceeds from this Plan. In all instances, the proceeds received from the distribution of vested awards will constitute current earned income to the participating executive and will be subject to Federal and State income tax during the year in which the distribution occurs. Needham Bank is obligated to make normal tax withholdings before delivering proceeds to the participating executive.

 

VIII.              Plan Management

 

a.Management Prerogatives. The Compensation Committee of Needham Bank is solely responsible for the design and management of this Plan. He/she may delegate operational responsibilities to officers or outsiders whom he/she designates as Plan Administrators to ensure effective management of the Plan.

 

b.Status Reporting to Participants. Each participant will receive an annual statement summarizing total awards granted, vested and unvested interests, and the current value of vested and unvested awards.

 

4

 

 

c.Participating Executive Bound by Plan – Non-compete/Non-solicitation. The participating executive acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Plan and a grant agreement and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions therein contained. In accepting an award, participant also agrees not to compete with Needham Bank or to solicit its customers or employees as required by the Plan. In witness whereof, Needham Bank has caused this agreement to be executed on its behalf by the Plan Administrator(s) and the participant on the date indicated.

 

d.Claims and Review. If the executive, beneficiary or his or her representative is denied all or a portion of an expected benefit for any reason and the executive, beneficiary or his or her representative desires to dispute the decision of the Administrator, he or she must file a written notification of his or her claim with the Administrator. The Agreement requires all claims for benefits hereunder be made pursuant to those claims procedure requirements under DOL Reg. §2560.503-1, as amended from time to time.  Executive, beneficiary or his or her representative may file with the Administrator a written claim for benefits, if the executive, beneficiary or his or her representative disputes the Administrator’s determination regarding a benefit.  The Administrator under this Section VIII will provide a separate written document to executive, beneficiary or his or her representative explaining the Agreement’s claims procedures and which by this reference is incorporated into the Agreement. Such documentation shall be written in manner that is in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner to the party receiving the documentation.

 

e.Amendment and Modification. The Compensation Committee may, at any time, in his sole discretion, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part, except that no such amendment or modification shall have any retroactive effect to reduce any vested awards, and provided that such amendment or modification complies with applicable state and federal statutes and related regulations thereunder.

 

f.Termination. The Compensation Committee reserves the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in part except that no such termination shall have any retroactive effect to reduce any vested awards to a participating executive.

 

g.Severability. If any provision of this Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Plan and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included therein.

 

5

 

 

Exhibit 1

 

Needham Bank 

Long-term Incentive Plan 

Definitions of Key Terms

 

Certain terms that appear in the description of Needham Bank Long-term Incentive Plan are defined, for purposes of the Plan, as follows:

 

CauseOnly the following shall constitute “Cause” for such termination:

 

(i)              Conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere for, any criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust or any felony or crime of moral turpitude;

 

(ii)             Commission of an act of fraud upon the Bank;

 

(iii)            Willful refusal to perform the duties reasonably assigned

 

(iv)            Willful breach of fiduciary duty or willful misconduct act of moral turpitude that materially and adversely affects the Bank or, in the opinion of the Compensation Committee, has the ability to do so.

 

Change in ControlSuch term shall be interpreted within the meaning of regulations promulgated under Code Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

DisabilityProvided that such term shall be interpreted as follows: a participant shall be considered to have incurred a Disability if: (i) the participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful employment activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) the participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the participant’s Employer; or (iii) determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

 

Full Year of ServiceFor vesting purposes under this Plan, a period of 365 consecutive days during which the participating executive is considered a full-time employee of Needham Bank and is listed on Needham Bank’s roster as an active employee on the last day of the tolling period.

 

6

 

 

Participating ExecutiveA person employed by Needham Bank in a regular ongoing relationship which meets applicable tests in labor regulation for employee status and is a member of a “select group of management or highly compensated employees,” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA.

 

Performance GrantA monetary grant awarded to a participating executive that will serve as the basis of a future monetary reward to the participant based on Needham Bank’s success over the period of specified in the participating executive’s Participant Grant Agreement.

 

Plan Administrator(s)An individual or individuals designated by the Compensation Committee to administer the Plan. The Plan Administrator(s) have authority over all aspects of Plan administration, subject to final review by the Compensation Committee.

 

RetirementFor purposes of this Plan, a voluntary Separation from Service with the Company after the employee has completed at least ten (10) years of service and attained the at least sixty-five (65) years of age. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Needham Bank may, in their sole and absolute discretion, provide for different criteria for the definition of Retirement within a participating executive’s Participant Grant Agreement.

 

 

Separation from ServiceA Participant shall incur a Separation from Service with Needham Bank due to death, Retirement or other termination of employment with the Needham Bank unless the employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the individual is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the individual retains a right to reemployment with Needham Bank under an applicable statute or by contract. Upon a sale or other disposition of the assets of the Employer to an unrelated purchaser, the Plan Administrator(s) reserves the right to determine whether Participants providing services to the purchaser after and in connection with the purchase transaction have experienced a Separation from Service.

 

Tangible Book ValueTangible Book Value shall mean Needham Bank’s accounting book value minus good will. The annual appreciation percentage year over year of this Tangible Book Value shall be the annual interest rate applied to each annual grant.

 

VestingThe service time and/or performance contingencies which must be satisfied before a participant achieves an interest in an award.

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank executed this Plan on the date set forth below.

 

NEEDHAM BANK  
   
By: /s/ Chris Lynch  
Compensation Committee Chair on behalf of the Board of Directors  
   
Date: January 1, 2020  

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 2

 

Needham Bank
Long-term Incentive Plan

 

List of Positions/Participants Participating in the Plan for 2020

 

9

 

 

Exhibit 3

 

Needham Bank 

Long-term Incentive Plan 

Participant Grant Agreement

 

This Agreement is made the                       day of                                           , 20          , by and between Needham Bank ("the Company") and                                                     ("the participant"), an employee of the Company serving in an executive capacity on this date.

 

A. Declaration of Award to Participant

 

In recognition of the participant's role in Needham Bank and the extent of opportunities for the executive to contribute to the growth and success of the business, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Needham Bank awards grants to participants.

 

B. Terms and Conditions of the Grant

 

1.Term of the Grant. This grant will remain in effect and available to the participant throughout the participant's active employment in an executive capacity, until such time as vested portions of the award are distributed, the award is terminated in accordance with the terms of the Plan, or the award is modified or terminated because of a change in the Plan itself or by action of the Plan Administrator(s).

 

2.Vesting of Award Interests. The participant will vest interests in the grant upon the earliest of the following to occur: (i) the third anniversary of the effective date of the grant, (ii) the participating executive’s Retirement, (iii) the participating executive’s death or (iv) the participating executive’s Disability. There is no vesting credit provided for partial service years.

 

3.Distribution of the Vested Grant. Unless otherwise validly deferred into the Needham Bank’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan, the then current value of this grant will be distributed to the participant within seventy-five (75) days following vesting of the grant. Distributions may occur earlier should a qualifying event occur before the grant is fully vested. These qualifying events are described in the Plan description.

 

4.Participant's Rights. A participant's interests and rights will be limited to the cash value of the vested grant.

 

5.Investment Requirement. The participant is not required to make any investment in the Company in order to participate in this Plan.

 

6.Forfeiture of Interests. Upon a participant’s involuntary or voluntary Separation from Service, the participant will forfeit all interests in awards issued under this Plan, whether or not vested.

 

10

 

 

7.Distribution of Proceeds. Proceeds from these awards will be distributed to the participant, less any amounts required by then current tax withholding regulations, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

8.Active Employment Contingency. The participant's opportunity to receive grants and to vest interests in grants is contingent upon continuation of active employment with the Needham Bank, except in cases of Retirement, Disability or death as explained in the Plan description.

 

9.Nontransferability of Grant. The participant's rights and financial interests in this award may not be transferred other than by will or laws of descent and distribution.

 

10.Employment Rights. Receipt of grants under this Plan does not constitute an employment agreement between the participant and the Needham Bank. The employment relationship may be terminated at any time by either party at will.

 

C. Notices

 

Any notice hereunder to the Needham Bank shall be addressed to its offices in                                     to the attention of the Plan Administrator, and any notice to the participant shall be addressed to him or her at the address of record in the Needham Bank's personnel files.

 

D. Participant Bound by Plan

 

The participating executive acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions therein contained. In accepting this award, the participating executive also agrees to comply with all employment documentation required to be executed by Needham Bank, including but not limited to, the participating executive’s executed Needham Bank non-competition and non-solicitation agreement(s) (“Employment Documentation”). Distribution of the benefit provided by this Plan is contingent on the participating executive’s compliance their executed Employment Documentation. In witness whereof, the Needham Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by the Plan Administrators and the participant on the date indicated.

 

 For the Needham Bank:
   
   
  By the Participant:
   
   

 

11

 

 

needham bank

 

FIRST Amendment TO 

NEEDHAM BANK LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

WHEREAS, Needham Bank (hereinafter referred to as “Bank”) previously established the Needham Bank Long-term Incentive Plan, effective January 1, 2020 (the “Plan”) to permit participating executives to realize future financial rewards when their collective performances result in the attainment of certain objectives, growth, profitability, and increased enterprise value; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to amend the Plan to include certain provisions required under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for public companies; and

 

WHEREAS, Section VIII.e. provides that the Compensation Committee may amend or modify the Plan in certain respects at any time.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Bank does hereby amend the Plan as follows, effective as of June 1, 2023:

 

1.The definition of Separation from Service in Exhibit 1 of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

2.The following new Section VIII.h. is added to the Plan:

 

“h. Code Section 409A.

 

1.              Separation from Service. Provided that such term shall be interpreted within the meaning of regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), a participant shall incur a Separation from Service with a Service Recipient due to death, retirement or other termination of employment with the Service Recipient unless the employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the individual is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the individual retains a right to reemployment with the Service Recipient under an applicable statute or by contract. Upon a sale or other disposition of the assets of the Company to an unrelated purchaser, the Company reserves the right, to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A to determine whether participants providing services to the purchaser after and in connection with the purchase transaction have experienced a Separation from Service. For purposes of this provision, the term “Service Recipient” means Needham Bank or person for whom the services are performed and with respect to whom the legally binding right to compensation arises, and all persons with whom such person would be considered a single employer under Code Section 414(b) (employees of controlled group of corporations), and all persons with whom such person would be considered a single employer under Code Section 414(c) (employees of partnerships, proprietorships, etc., under common control).

 

2.              Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if a participant is a Specified Employee and a distribution under this Plan is due to the participant’s Separation from Service (other than due to death), then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, the distribution (or any part thereof) shall be delayed and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. For purposes of this Plan, the term “Specified Employee” means an individual who also satisfies the definition of “key employee” as that term is defined in Code Section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph (5) thereof).

 

 

 

 

3.              Code Section 409A Generally. To the extent applicable, it is intended that the Plan complies with the provisions of Code Section 409A. The Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy Code Section 409A shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Code Section 409A.”

 

[signature page follows]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Needham Bank has executed this First Amendment to the Needham Bank Long-term Incentive Plan on this 31st day of May, 2023.

 

Needham Bank:  
   
By: /s/ Chris Lynch  
     
Title: Chris Lynch, Chair, Compensation Committee  

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

NEEDHAM BANK

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PLAN

 

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PLAN (the “Plan”) is hereby adopted, effective as of the 18th day of July, 2013, by the Board of Directors (“Board”) of Needham Bank (the “Bank”).

 

WHEREAS, the Bank previously established the Director Retirement Plan, effective April 1, 2006 (the “2006 Plan”) in order to induce individuals to serve as non-employee directors (“Directors”), to reward those who have served the Bank loyally for a significant number of years upon retirement from the Board, and to encourage others to serve in their stead; and

 

WHEREAS, the 2006 Plan was amended and restated, effective as of April 1, 2008 (“2008 Plan”) to include those directors who became members of the Board upon the acquisition of Dedham Cooperative Bank, and for certain other purposes; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Directors wish to further amend and restate the 2008 Plan in the manner set forth herein in order to modify the vesting schedule for directors of the Bank who become directors on or after 2009 (as further amended and restated, the “Plan”); and

 

WHEREAS, the 2008 Plan and the Plan as further amended and restated are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) and no revisions to the Plan have changed the time or form of benefit delivery under the Plan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein contained, the Bank and the Directors agree as follows:

 

1.            Effective Date. The initial Effective Date of the Plan was April 1, 2006. The Plan was amended and restated effective as of April 1, 2008, and was further amended and restated effective July 18, 2013.

 

2.Certain Definitions.

 

(a)Annual Director Fee Amount is the amount paid to a Director during a Calendar Year as compensation for fulfilling the fiduciary duties and responsibilities of serving as a Director. The Annual Director Fee Amount shall not include amounts payable as reimbursement of expenses but shall include all amounts paid for serving as a Director, including any special or additional fees or compensation payable for serving as a member or chairman of a committee, as chairman of the Board of Directors, or as secretary or clerk, or other such special fees or compensation.

 

(b)Bank is The Needham Bank and its subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

(c)Beneficiary shall mean the person or persons designated by a Director in accordance with Section 5 hereof to receive benefits under the Plan after the death of the Director.

 

(d)Calendar Year shall mean a twelve-month period beginning on January 1, and ending on the following December 31.

 

(e)Director is a person, other than an Inside Director, duly serving, on or after April 1, 2006, as a Director of the Bank pursuant to the applicable provisions of the by-laws of the Bank. A “Director” shall also include those members of the Board of Directors of Dedham Cooperative Bank who became members of an advisory board to the Bank upon the consummation of the merger of Dedham Cooperative Bank and the Bank, effective March 30, 2007. No person shall be considered to be a Director at any time when such person is also an Inside Director.

 

(f)Disability shall be determined as provided in Section 4.

 

(g)Full-Vesting Date, for persons who were Directors on or before December 31, 2008, shall be the date on which the Director has completed ten (10) Years of Service as a Director. For these purposes, a “Year of Service” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 2(q) below. For any Director whose initial service on the Board commenced in the 2009 calendar year or thereafter, the Full-Vesting Date shall be the date on which the Director has completed fifteen (15) Years of Service.

 

If a Director was ever an Inside Director, Years of Service as a Director shall also include all periods of employment with the Bank and any predecessor in interest of the Bank, regardless of whether such periods of employment occurred before the effective date of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Director of the Bank who was formerly a director of the Dedham Cooperative Bank who had five (5) Years of Service for Dedham Cooperative Bank and was a party to a Director Fee Continuation Agreement with the Dedham Cooperative Bank shall be eligible for a Reduced Plan Benefit hereunder if such Director has less than 10 Years of Service at Termination of Service or has a Termination of Service before age 65.

 

(h)Inside Director is a person duly serving, on or after April 1, 2006, as Director of the Bank pursuant to the applicable provisions of the by-laws of the Bank and who simultaneously is a full-time employee of the Bank.

 

(i)Normal Plan Benefit shall mean, monthly, one-twelfth of an amount equal to seventy percent (70%) of the average Annual Director Fee Amount paid to a Director during the 3 consecutive Calendar Years immediately prior to the Calendar Year in which the Director ceases to serve as a Director, to be paid for 120 months. If an Inside Director becomes a Director and receives an Annual Director Fee Amount for less than 3 consecutive calendar years, the Normal Plan Benefit shall be based on the average annualized fees paid during the consecutive calendar months immediately prior to the month in which the Director ceases to serve as a Director, provided, however, an Inside Director who becomes a Director must serve as a Director for twelve (12) consecutive months in order to be eligible to receive a Normal Plan Benefit.

 

2 

 

 

(j)Partial Vesting Date shall mean, for any Director who commenced Service in or after the 2009 calendar year, the date on which the Director has five Years of Service on the Board. On the Partial Vesting Date, such Director will become 50% vested in a benefit under the Plan.

 

(k)Plan shall mean the terms, conditions and benefits provided by this document and any amendment or restatement of this document.

 

(l)Present Value shall mean the lump sum current value of the Normal Plan Benefit, or the remaining balance thereof, based on a 4% interest rate and determined as of the Director’s date of death.

 

(m)Reduced Plan Benefit shall mean the reduced benefit to which a former director of the Dedham Cooperative Bank shall be entitled hereunder in the event of Retirement after five Years of Service as a Dedham Cooperative Bank director. In such case, the Reduced Plan Benefit shall be a monthly benefit equal to Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250) payable for a period of sixty (60) months. As of the effective date of this Second Amendment and Restatement of the Plan, a Reduced Plan Benefit may also be paid to a Director who commenced service on the Board in or after the 2009 calendar year, provided that such Director has five (5) Years of Service on the Board.

 

(n)Retirement and Retire shall mean Termination of Service as a Director of the Bank and all its subsidiaries for any reason other than death, Disability (provided in Section 4) or Specially Defined Cause.

 

(o)Specially Defined Cause shall mean committing fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement in the performance of duties as a Director of the Bank, or willfully engaging in violations of material banking regulations. For purposes of this provision, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Director shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Director in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Director’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank or based upon the advice of counsel for the Bank shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Director in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Director shall not be deemed to have been discharged for Specially Defined Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a certification by the Clerk of the Bank that the Board of Directors of the Bank (exclusive of the subject Director) pursuant to the Director removal provisions contained in the Bank’s By-Laws found that the Director was guilty of conduct which is deemed to be Specially Defined Cause as defined in this Section and specifying the particulars thereof, after reasonable notice to the Director setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such Specially Defined Cause and an opportunity for him, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

3 

 

 

(p)Termination of Service shall be interpreted consistent with the term “Separation from Service” under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(a)(i) and the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, and shall mean the Director’s death, Retirement, or termination from service on the Bank’s Board of Directors following a failure to be reappointed or reelected to the Board. For these purposes, the Director shall not be deemed to have a “Separation from Service” until the Director no longer serves on the Board of Directors of the Bank, or any member of a controlled group of corporations with the Bank within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)(3). The Director will not be deemed to have a Separation from Service if the Bank anticipates the Director becoming an employee of the Bank.

 

(q)Years of Service, for vesting purposes, shall mean all time spent as a Director of the Bank or a Director of any predecessor in interest of the Bank (including, for this purpose, Years of Service as a Director of the Dedham Cooperative Bank), whether or not such service commenced before the Effective Date of this Plan. For former directors of Dedham Cooperative Bank who became members of the Bank’s advisory board on the effective date of the merger of Dedham Cooperative Bank into the Bank, Years of Service shall include periods of service on the Bank’s advisory board. For these purposes, Years of Service shall be based on each full 12 month period of service as a Director, counted from the Director’s initial date of service.

 

3.Benefit Payable.

 

(a)General. No person shall be entitled to receive any benefits under this Plan unless he or she has had a Termination of Service and is no longer serving as a Director of the Bank.

 

4 

 

 

(b)Retirement.

 

(i)Retirement After Full-Vesting Date and Attainment of Age 70. A Director who Retires after the Full-Vesting Date and on or after his 70th birthday will receive the Normal Plan Benefit.

 

(ii)Retirement at Age 70 But Prior to Full-Vesting Date. A Director who commenced service prior to the 2009 Calendar Year but who does not have 10 Years of Service at the time of retirement, is not entitled to any benefit under the Plan. A Director who commenced service in or after the 2009 Calendar Year who retires at age 70 and before five Years of Service is not entitled to any benefit under the Plan. A Director who commenced service in or after the 2009 Calendar Year who retires on or after age 70 after five Years of Service but before 15 Years of Service will be entitled to a Reduced Benefit. The Reduced Benefit shall be 50% for the first five Years of Service and shall be increased by five percent for each Year of Service with the Bank thereafter until retirement.

 

(iii)Retirement After Full-Vesting Date and Attainment of Age 65. Except to the extent set forth in this Section 3, a Director who commenced service prior to the 2009 Calendar Year and who Retires after the Full-Vesting Date and on or after attainment of age 65 but prior to age 70, will receive 50% of the Normal Plan Benefit. A Director who commenced service in or after the 2009 Calendar Year shall be entitled to the benefit set forth in Section 3(b)(v) below, rather than any benefit under this Section 3(b)(iii).

 

(iv)Special Grandfather Provision for former Dedham Cooperative Bank Directors who Retire After 5 Years of Service as a Dedham Cooperative Bank Directors and Before 10 Years of Service and/or Before Age 65. A former Dedham Cooperative Bank director who is a party to a Director Fee Continuation Agreement and who Retires after 5 Years of Service (on the board of Dedham Cooperative Bank) but before (i) the Full Vesting Date or (ii) before Age 65 shall be entitled to the Reduced Plan Benefit.

 

(v)Retirement by Directors who Commenced Service In or After the 2009 Calendar Year. A Director who commences service in or after the 2009 Calendar Year shall be entitled to a Reduced Plan Benefit equal to 50% of the Normal Plan Benefit if such Director Retires after five (5) Years of Service as a Director. For each Year of Service thereafter, the Director’s vested percentage will increase by 5% until the Director becomes 100% vested in the Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

5 

 

 

(c)Commencement of Payments. If a Director is entitled to all or a portion of the Normal Plan Benefit or Reduced Plan Benefit in accordance with Section 3(b) above, such benefit shall be payable, except as specified below, commencing within ninety (90) days after the date on which the Director has a Termination of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director who is entitled to a benefit under Section 3(b)(v) shall be entitled to the Reduced Plan Benefit or Normal Plan Benefit commencing on the later of attainment of age 65 or 90 days after the date on which the Director has a Termination of Service.

 

(d)Death. If a Director dies while serving as a Director, his Beneficiary, determined pursuant to Section 5 hereof, will receive a lump sum amount equal to the Present Value of the Normal Plan Benefit. If a Director has Retired and is receiving a benefit in accordance with Section 3(b) but dies prior to receiving the entire benefit to which he is entitled, the Director’s Beneficiary, determined pursuant to Section 5 hereof, will receive a lump sum amount equal to the Present Value of the balance of such benefit. Any such lump sum benefit shall be paid to the Director’s Beneficiary no later than ninety (90) days after the Director’s date of death.

 

(e)Disability. A Director who ceases to serve as a Director due to Disability and meets the requirements set forth in Section 4, will receive the benefit described in Section 4.

 

(f)Specially Defined Cause. A Director whose services as a Director are terminated for Specially Defined Cause will receive no Plan benefit.

 

4.            Disability Under the Plan.

 

(a)A Director may be considered to have a Disability under this Plan. A Director shall be determined to have a Disability hereunder if the Director (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees or non-employee directors of the Bank; or (iii) is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. In making a determination of a Disability hereunder, the Bank shall follow any guidance or regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

6 

 

 

(b)If a Director ceases to be a Director due to Disability, he will receive his Normal Plan Benefit commencing no later than ninety (90) days after Termination of Service due to Disability.

 

5.Beneficiary Designation Procedure. Each Director may designate one or more Beneficiaries to receive, upon his death, specified percentages of any death benefit payable pursuant to Section 3(d). The Director shall designate any such Beneficiaries in writing and shall submit such writing to the President of the Bank. Only designated Beneficiaries alive at the Director’s death shall be entitled to share in the benefit payment. Absent a contrary specification by the Director in writing submitted to the President of the Bank, each Beneficiary alive at the Director’s death (or in the case of the Beneficiary’s death after the Director’s death, the Beneficiary’s estate) shall share equally in death benefit payments. If no designated Beneficiary is alive at the Director’s death, his or her surviving spouse shall be entitled to any death benefit payments. If the Director dies leaving neither a designated Beneficiary nor a surviving spouse, his estate shall be entitled to any death benefit payments.

 

6.Alienability and Assignment Prohibition. Except to the extent specifically provided in Section 5, neither the Director, his surviving spouse nor any other Beneficiary under the Plan shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Director, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise. In the event the Director or any Beneficiary attempts assignment, commutation, hypothecation, transfer or disposal of the benefits hereunder, the Bank’s liabilities hereunder shall forthwith cease and terminate.

 

7.Binding Obligation of the Bank and any Successor In Interest. This Plan shall bind the Director and the Bank, their heirs, successors, personal representatives and permitted assigns. The Bank expressly agrees that it shall not consolidate into or with another bank or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm or person until such bank, firm or person expressly agrees in writing to assume and discharge the duties and obligations of the Bank under this Plan.

 

8.Applicable Law. This Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

9.Entire Agreement. This Plan constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Directors, their surviving spouses and beneficiary(ies) pertaining to its subject matter and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understanding, negotiations, prior draft agreements, and discussions of the parties, whether oral or written.

 

7 

 

 

10.Withholding. The Bank may withhold from any amounts payable under this Plan such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

11.Interpretation. When a reference is made in this Plan to sections or exhibits, such reference shall be to a section of or exhibit to this Plan unless otherwise indicated. Reference to sections include subsections which are part of the related sections (e.g., a section numbered “Section 5(a)” would be part of “Section 5” and references to “Section 5(a)” would also refer to material contained in the subsection described as “Section 5(a)(i)”). The recitals hereto constitute an integral part of this Plan. The headings contained in this Plan are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meanings or interpretation of this Plan. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Plan, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The phrases “the date of this Plan,” “the date hereof” and terms of similar import, unless the context otherwise requires, shall be deemed to refer to the date set forth in Section 1 hereof. Unless the context otherwise requires, whenever used in this Plan, the singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa

 

12.Regulatory Provisions. The Directors confirm that they are aware of the fact that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and/or the Massachusetts Division of Banks has the power to preclude the Bank from making payments to a Director under this Plan under certain circumstances. The Directors agree that the Bank shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Plan if it is precluded from making a payment otherwise payable hereunder by reason of regulatory requirements binding on the Bank.

 

13.Communications. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand, sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of receipt requested, sent via a reputable overnight courier service with confirmation or receipt requested, or mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice), and shall be deemed given on the date on which delivered by hand or otherwise on the date of receipt as confirmed. Notices sent to the Bank shall be addressed to it at its head office, Attention: President, and notices to the Directors shall be addressed to their last address as provided in writing to the Bank.

 

14.Amendment/Revocation. This Plan shall not be amended or modified at any time, in whole or part, as to any Director, without the mutual written consent of the Director and the Bank, and such mutual consent shall be required even if the Director is no longer in the service of the Bank. In the event that any of the provisions of this Plan or portion hereof are held to be inoperative or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, or in the event that any legislation adopted by any governmental body having jurisdiction over the Bank would be retroactively applied to invalidate this Plan or any provision hereof or cause the benefits hereunder to be taxable, then: (1) insofar as is reasonable, effect will be given to the intent manifested in the provisions held invalid or inoperative, and (2) the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby. In the event that the intent of any provision shall need to be construed in a manner to avoid taxability, such construction shall be made by the Bank, as administrator of the Plan, in a manner that would manifest to the maximum extent possible the original meaning of such provisions.

 

8 

 

 

Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, in the event of complete revocation of the Plan, the Plan shall cease to operate and the Bank shall pay out to the Director his benefit as if the Director had Separated from Service as of the effective date of the complete revocation. Such complete revocation of the Plan shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions: (1) The administrator may revoke the Plan within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Director’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan revokes; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable. (2) The Bank may revoke the Plan by Board action taken within the 30 days preceding a Change in Control (but not following a Change in Control), provided that the Plan shall only be treated as revoked if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are revoked so that the Director and all Directors under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the revoked arrangements within 12 months of the date of the revocation of the arrangements. For these purposes, “Change in Control” shall be defined in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A. (3) The Bank may revoke the Plan provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, (ii) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Plan under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Director covered by this Plan was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also revoked; (iii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the revocation had not occurred are made within 12 months of the revocation of the arrangement; (iv) all payments are made within 24 months of the revocation of the arrangements; and (v) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any revoked arrangement under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Director participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of revocation of the arrangement.

 

15.Acceleration of Payments. Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Plan, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank, in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the United States Treasury Department. Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in accordance with requirements and conditions of the Treasury Regulations (or subsequent guidance) in the following circumstances: (i) as a result of certain domestic relations orders; (ii) in compliance with ethics agreements with the Federal Government; (iii) in compliance with ethics laws or conflicts of interest laws; (iv) in limited cash-outs (but not in excess of the limit under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B)); (v) in the case of certain distributions to avoid a non-allocation year under Code Section 409(p); (vi) to apply certain offsets in satisfaction of a debt of the Director to the Bank; (vii) in satisfaction of certain bona fide disputes between the Director and the Bank; or (viii) for any other purpose set forth in the Treasury Regulations and subsequent guidance.

 

9 

 

 

16.Payment of Code Section 409A Taxes. This Plan shall permit the acceleration of the time to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that the arrangement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder. Such payments shall not exceed the amount required to be included in income as the result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

17.Confidential Information. In order to be eligible for a benefit hereunder (or the continuation of a benefit hereunder), a Participant shall adhere to all policies, guidelines, ethical standards and applicable laws and regulations regarding confidential information applicable to members of the Board.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on July 18, 2013.

 

10 

 

 

needham bank

 

FIRST Amendment TO 

second amended and restated director retirement plan

 

WHEREAS, Needham Bank (hereinafter referred to as “Bank”) previously established the Needham Bank Second Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan, effective July 18, 2013 (the “2013 Plan”) in order to induce individuals to serve as non-employee directors (“Directors”), to reward those who have served the Bank loyally for a significant number of years upon retirement from the Board of Directors of the Bank, and to encourage others to serve in their stead; and

 

WHEREAS, the 2013 Plan provides certain benefits to the Bank Directors (or their Beneficiary) in the form of a supplemental retirement benefit payment which shall occur upon certain events provided for within the 2013 Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Directors wish to further amend the 2013 Plan in the manner set forth herein in order to modify the vesting schedule for Directors of the Bank who become Directors on or after 2009; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank now wishes to amend the 2013 Plan by providing an increased Normal Plan Benefit; and

 

WHEREAS, Section 14 of the 2013 Plan entitled “Amendments/Revocation” provides for the modification of the 2013 Plan through the consent and execution of this First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan by the Bank and the Bank’s participating Director(s).

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which shall not be questioned, the Bank does hereby amend the 2013 Plan as follows:

 

1.            The definition of “Bank” under Section 2(b) of the 2013 Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following new definition substituted therefor:

 

“(b)Bank is Needham Bank and its subsidiaries.”

 

2.            The definition of “Normal Plan Benefit” under Section 2(i) of the 2013 Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following new definition substituted therefor:

 

“(i)Normal Plan Benefit shall mean an amount equal to seventy percent (70%) of the highest Annual Director Fee Amount for such Director for up to five (5) Calendar Years preceding the Calendar Year in which the Director ceases to serve as Director. Such amount will be paid in equal monthly payments for 120 months. An Inside Director who becomes a Director for twelve (12) consecutive months, will be eligible to receive a Normal Plan Benefit as provided herein.”

 

3.All other provisions of the 2013 Plan shall remain in full force and in effect as presently written.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has executed this First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan on this 1st of January, 2022.

 

Needham Bank:  
   
By: /s/ Chris Lynch  
     
Title: Chairman Compensation Committee  

 

 

 

 

 

needham bank

 

SECOND Amendment TO 

second amended and restated director retirement plan

 

WHEREAS, Needham Bank (hereinafter referred to as “Bank”) previously established the Needham Bank Second Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan, effective July 18, 2013 (the “2013 Original Plan”), as amended by the First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan effective January 1, 2022 (the “2022 Amendment” and together with the 2013 Original Plan, the “2013 Amended Plan”) in order to induce individuals to serve as non-employee directors (“Directors”) and to reward those who have served the Bank loyally for a significant number of years upon retirement from the Board of Directors of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, the 2013 Amended Plan provides certain benefits to the Bank Directors (or their Beneficiary) in the form of a supplemental retirement benefit payment which shall occur upon certain events provided for within the 2013 Amended Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Directors wish to further amend the 2013 Amended Plan in the manner set forth herein in order to modify the vesting schedule for existing and future Directors of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, Section 14 of the 2013 Amended Plan entitled “, Amendments/Revocation provides for the modification of the 2013 Amended Plan through the execution of this Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan by the Bank and the consent of the Bank’s participating director(s).

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which shall not be questioned, the Bank does hereby amend the 2013 Amended Plan as follows:

 

1)            Section 2., Certain Definitions, subsection (g) Full-Vesting Date, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(g)Full-Vesting Date, for persons who are Directors as of December 31, 2022, such Full Vesting Date shall be the effective date of the Second Amendment to the Needham Bank Second Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan. For persons who are Inside Directors, such Full Vesting Date shall be upon completion of twelve (12) full consecutive calendar months as an Inside Director serving the Bank.”

 

2)            Section 2., Certain Definitions, subsection (i) Normal Plan Benefit, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(i) Normal Plan Benefit shall mean: (A) for Directors as of December 31, 2022, an amount equal to seventy percent (70%) of the highest Annual Director Fee Amount for such Director paid to the Director over the immediately preceding consecutive five (5) Calendar Years or (B) for Directors as of January 1, 2023, any benefit shall require both: (a) the recommendation, together with specific vesting schedule of the Governance Committee and (b) the majority vote by the Board of Directors, together with specific vesting schedule. Such amount will be paid in equal monthly payments for 120 months. An Inside Director who also serves as Chairman shall be eligible for a benefit of the greater of either (i) 1.25 times the highest paid Director or (ii) seventy percent (70%) of the previous Chairman’s 5-year highest compensation. An Inside Director, not serving as Chairman, shall be compensated at seventy percent (70%) of the average highest pay of all sitting Directors.”

 

 

 

 

3)            Section 2., Certain Definitions, subsection (j) Partial Vesting Date, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(j)           Reserved”

 

4)            Section 2., Certain Definitions, subsection (m) Reduced Plan Benefit, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(m)         Reserved”

 

5)            Section 3., Benefit Payable, subsection (b)[should add (i)] Retirement, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(b) Retirement.

 

Retirement After Full-Vesting Date and Attainment of Age 62. A Director who Retires after the Full-Vesting Date and on or after his or her 62nd birthday will receive the Normal Plan Benefit.”

 

6)            Section 3., Benefit Payable, subsection (c) Commencement of Payments, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(c)            Commencement of Payments. If a Director or Inside Director is entitled to the Normal Plan Benefit in accordance with Section 3(b) above, such benefit shall be payable within ninety (90) days after the date on which the Director or Inside Director, as applicable, has a Termination of Service.”

 

7)Effective as of January 1, 2023, Section 3 of the 2013 Amended Plan shall be amended to add a new Section 3(g) as follows:

 

(g)“Acceleration of Vesting Upon a Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, the Full-Vesting Date shall be accelerated in full effective as of the date of the Change in Control, provided that the Director has not resigned nor been terminated prior to such date and provided that such acceleration is not prohibited under Code Section 409A.”

 

8)All other provisions of the 2013 Amended Plan shall remain in full force and in effect as presently written.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has executed this Second Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan on this 31st of June, 2023.

 

Needham Bank:  
   
By: /s/ Chris Lynch  
     
Title: Chairman Compensation Committee  

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 14, AMEDMENT AND REVOCATION, WRITTEN CONSENT IS TO BE PROVIDED BY THE BANK AND THE DIRECTORS, CURRENT AND FORMER, RECEIVING BENEFITS UNDER THE PLAN BEFORE ANY AMENDMENT TO THE PLAN IS EFFECTIVE.

 

 

Exhibit 16

 

June 8, 2023

 

Office of the Chief Accountant

SECPS Letter File

Securities and Exchange Commission

SECPSletters@sec.gov

100 F Street, NE

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

We have read the statements of NB Bancorp, Inc., included in the prospectus under the heading “Change in Auditor,” contained within its Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 9, 2023, and we agree with such statements concerning our firm.

 

/s/ G.T. Reilly & Company

 

G.T. Reilly & Company

Milton, Massachusetts

 

 

 

Exhibit 21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

The following is a list of the subsidiaries of NB Bancorp, Inc.:

 

Name State of Incorporation
   
Needham Bank Massachusetts
   
Needco-op Investment Corporation, Inc.(1) Massachusetts
   
Easton Square Realty LLC (1) Massachusetts
   
1892 Investments LLC (1) Massachusetts

 

 

(1)Wholly owned subsidiary of Needham Bank

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

 

 

June 9, 2023

 

Board of Directors
NB Financial, MHC
NB Financial, Inc. 

Needham Bank 

1063 Great Plain Avenue 

Needham, Massachusetts 02149

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Form FR Y-3, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Federal Reserve Board, in the Notice or Application for Conversion, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates and our statement concerning subscription rights in such filings including the prospectus of NB Bancorp, Inc. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  RP® FINANCIAL, LC.
   
   

 

Washington Headquarters    
1311-A Dolley Madison Boulevard  Telephone: (703) 528-1700 
Suite 2A  Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 
McLean, VA 22101  Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com  E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.3

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of NB Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated June 9, 2023, relating to the consolidated financial statements of NB Financial, MHC and Subsidiary appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Elliott Davis, LLC

 

Columbia, South Carolina 

June 9, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

 

                                                              March 14, 2023

 

Mr. Joseph P. Campanelli

President and Chief Executive Officer

Needham Bank, subsidiary of NB Financial, Inc.

which is a subsidiary of NB Financial MHC

1063 Great Plain Avenue

Needham, Massachusetts 02149

 

Dear Mr. Campanelli:

 

This letter sets forth the agreement between Needham Bank, Needham, Massachusetts (the “Bank”), a state-chartered co-operative bank wholly owned by NB Financial, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of NB Financial MHC (the mutual holding company), collectively “the Bank.” In this regard, the Bank has engaged RP Financial to provide the independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the conversion transaction. The scope, timing and fee structure for these appraisal services are described below.

 

These appraisal services will be directed by the undersigned, with the assistance of a Director and/or a consulting associate.

 

Description of Appraisal Services

 

RP Financial will provide conversion appraisal services consistent with the applicable conversion regulations, regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard valuation practices. In this regard, RP Financial will provide a written pro forma valuation report of the Bank to be filed with the conversion application, interim appraisal updates as appropriate to the reflect changes in valuation prior to closing, and the required updated appraisal to set the closing value.

 

In conjunction with these appraisal services, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information, the business plan, and other documents. This review will provide RP Financial insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and key internal and external factors impacting the Bank, all of which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Bank’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the interest rate, credit, and liquidity risks. The appraisal report will take into consideration the Bank’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and specified use of proceeds. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Bank relative to the peer group’s pricing ratios.

 

1311-A Dolley Madison Blvd.  Direct: (703) 647-6543
Suite 2A  Main: (703) 528-1700
McLean, VA 22101  Fax: (703) 528-1788
rriggins@rpfinancial.com  www.rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

 

Mr. Joseph P. Campanelli 

March 14, 2023
Page 2 

 

We will review pertinent sections of the Bank’s prospectus and conduct discussions with representatives of the Bank to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal report, including key deal elements such as dividend policy, use of proceeds, reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, and characteristics of stock plans.

 

The original appraisal report will conclude with a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, which will then establish the resulting range of value for all shares as well as the offering range of value. There will be at least one updated appraisal prepared at the time of the closing of the conversion offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations. In the event of a syndicated community offering, it will be necessary to file an update in conjunction with the close of the subscription offering and prior to the pricing phase in the syndicated community offering.

 

RP Financial agrees to deliver all appraisal reports and updates, in writing, to the Bank at the above address. Subsequent updates, upon authorization by the Bank, will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such appraisal updates pursuant to regulatory guidelines.

 

Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, both Federal and state regulators, regarding the initial appraisal, the appraisal filed with the formal application and subsequent updates. In the event of a syndicated community offering phase, RP Financial will participate in the various calls regarding the offering, pricing discussions and timing.

 

RP Financial will formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board. It is understood that this appraisal may be presented either in person or telephonically.

 

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

 

The Bank agrees to pay RP Financial fees for preparation and delivery of the initial appraisal report, the appraisal report filed with the formal application and subsequent appraisal updates as shown below, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

·$20,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

·$165,000 upon delivery of the appraisal report based on March 31, 2023 financial statements to accompany the formal filing of the application;

 

·$20,000 for preparation of the pro forma presentations for inclusion in the prospectus, reflecting the original appraisal and subsequent update; and

 

·$20,000 upon delivery of each subsequent appraisal update required for the regulatory application and stock offering. Under the conversion regulations a closing appraisal update is required in conjunction with the completion of the offering. In addition, there may be appraisal updates required prior to commencement of the offering if interim changes in market conditions or financial results dictate. Also, if there is a syndicated offering phase, it will be necessary to prepare an update immediately upon completion of the subscription/ community offering and prior to the commencement of the syndicated phase of the offering.

 

 

 

 

Mr. Joseph P. Campanelli 

March 14, 2023
Page 3

 

The Bank will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, copying/printing, shipping, computer and data services, and will not exceed

$10,000 in the aggregate, without the Bank’s authorization to exceed this level.

 

In the event the Bank shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report or subsequent updates and payment of the corresponding fees, the Bank agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $125 per hour for research associates to $550 per hour for managing directors.

 

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Bank and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction such as inclusion of a simultaneous business combination transaction, material changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the conversion transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

 

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

 

The Bank and RP Financial agree to the following:

 

1.       The Bank agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Bank to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Bank the original and any copies of such information.

 

2.       The Bank represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Bank’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

 

 

 

Mr. Joseph P. Campanelli 

March 14, 2023
Page 4

 

 

1.       (a) The Bank agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Bank to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Bank to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Bank, or the Bank’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Bank will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Bank at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, RP Financial shall notify the Bank immediately via telephone, to be followed up in writing, of any actual, suspected or threatened security breach incident involving confidential information, and shall cooperate fully in investigating and responding to each successful or attempted security breach. RP Financial will defend, indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from and against all third party claims, losses, damages and liabilities arising out of a security breach and shall pay for all costs associated with responding to such breach, including without limitation, all legal, forensic, public relations, consultancy and other expert fees incurred by the Bank, the costs of any and all notifications that the Bank sends to individuals whose information was affected by any incident, and the cost of an annual credit monitoring services subscription for all such individuals.

 

(b)      RP Financial shall give written notice to the Bank of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Bank elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Bank shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Bank hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Bank or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Bank does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Bank’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Bank of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

 

 

 

 

Mr. Joseph P. Campanelli 

March 14, 2023
Page 5

 

 

(c)       Subject to the Bank’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Bank shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Bank: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought. It being understood in connection with the foregoing that the Bank shall not be responsible for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel in any matter for which indemnification is sought by RP Financial hereunder.

 

(d)       In the event the Bank does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

 

(e)       Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, in no event shall any payments made by the Bank pursuant to this agreement exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Bank and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

 

The Bank and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Bank nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal banking agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Bank.

 

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

 

 

 

Mr. Joseph P. Campanelli 

March 14, 2023
Page 6

 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $20,000.

 

  Sincerely,
   
 
  Ronald S. Riggins
  Managing Director

 

Agreed to and Accepted by: Joseph P. Campanelli          /s/ Joseph P. Campanelli                    
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors for:

Needham Bank, subsidiary of NB Financial, Inc.,

 

which is a subsidiary of NB Financial MHC

  Needham, Massachusetts

 

Date Executed:   April 25, 2023  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

 

 

June 9, 2023

 

NB Financial, MHC
NB Financial, Inc. 

Needham Bank 

1063 Great Plain Avenue 

Needham, Massachusetts 02149

 

Re:Plan of Conversion

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

Needham Bank

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Boards of Directors of NB Financial, MHC (the “MHC”), NB Financial, Inc., Needham Bank. The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, a new Maryland stock holding company named NB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) has been organized and will sell shares of common stock in a public offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Needham Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.

 

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; (3) Tax-Qualified Plans including the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”); and (4) directors, officer, corporators and employees of the Needham Parties who are not eligible in a higher category. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community and syndicated community offerings but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

(1)the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and

 

(2)the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

 

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

 

  Sincerely,
  RP Financial, LC.
   
   

 

Washington Headquarters    
1311-A Dolley Madison Boulevard  Telephone: (703) 528-1700 
Suite 2A  Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 
McLean, VA 22101  Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com  E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT 

STANDARD CONVERSION

 

NB Bancorp, Inc. │Needham, Massachusetts

 

HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

Needham Bank │Needham, Massachusetts 

 

Dated as of May 19, 2023

 

 

 

 

1311-A Dolley Madison Boulevard, Suite 2A 

McLean, Virginia 22101 

703.528.1700 

rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

   May 19, 2023

 

Board of Directors 

NB Financial, MHC

NB Financial, Inc. 

Needham Bank 

1063 Great Plain Avenue 

Needham, Massachusetts 02149

 

Members of the Board Directors:

 

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction summarized below and described more fully in the prospectus for this transaction.

 

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to requirements stipulated in the Code of Federal Regulations and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” (the “Valuation Guidelines”) of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and accepted by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”) and other state banking regulatory agencies, and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

 

Summary of Plan of Conversion

 

On May 31, 2023, the Board of Directors of NB Financial, MHC (the “MHC”), a mutual holding company that owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock of NB Financial, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (“NB Financial”), adopted a plan of conversion whereby the MHC will convert to stock form and offer its shares publicly. As a result of the conversion, NB Financial, which owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Needham Bank, Needham, Massachusetts (the “Bank”), will be succeeded by a Maryland corporation with the name of NB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”). Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist. For the purposes of this Appraisal, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter be referred to as “NB Bancorp” or the “Company.”

 

The Company will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Tax-Qualified Employee Plans. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, such shares may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to residents in the communities served by the Bank, and subsequently in a syndicated community offering. A portion of the net offering proceeds will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank, with the balance retained by the Company. In addition, the Company will contribute 4.0% of the amount of stock sold in the offering and $2.0 million of cash to a charitable foundation to be established in connection with the conversion.

  

Washington Headquarters   
1311-A Dolley Madison Boulevard  Main: (703) 528-1700
Suite 2A  Fax: (703) 528-1788
McLean, VA 22101  Toll-Free: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com  E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com 

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors

May 19, 2023

Page 2

 

At this time, the primary activities contemplated by the Company are ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed ESOP to fund a stock purchase in the offering, and reinvestment of the net offering proceeds. In the future, the Company may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends and/or repurchase shares of common stock, although there are no specific plans at the present time.

 

RP® Financial, LC.

 

RP® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for the Appraisal, we are independent of the Company and the other parties engaged by the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

 

Appraisal Preparation

 

In preparing the Appraisal, we have reviewed the Company’s regulatory applications and draft prospectus, as filed with the FRB, the FDIC, the Commissioner, and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We also reviewed other audited, unaudited, and regulatory financial and other information through March 31, 2023. We have conducted due diligence related discussions with the Company’s management; Elliot Davis, the Company’s independent auditor; Luse Gorman, PC, the Company’s conversion counsel; and Piper Sandler, the Company’s conversion offering advisor. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

 

We have investigated the competitive environment within which the Company operates and have assessed the Company’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have considered the prevailing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and the potential impact on the industry as a whole and on the Company. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on the Company’s operating and financial characteristics and performance, including the pro forma impact based on the Appraisal range of value. We have reviewed the economic and demographic characteristics of the Company’s primary market area. We have compared the Company’s financial performance and condition with selected publicly-traded thrifts (the “Peer Group”) as well as with other publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed the current conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrift stocks in particular, including the market for existing public banking companies, the Peer Group. and initial public offerings by converting mutual thrifts. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, enforcement actions or other unusual characteristics due to the distorting impact on market pricing.

 

The Appraisal is based on the Company’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory application and draft prospectus, and otherwise furnished to us by the Company, as well as its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents, are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial and other information provided by the Company, or its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents, nor did we independently value the individual assets or liabilities of the Company. The valuation considers the Company only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the Company’s acquisition or liquidation values.

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors

May 19, 2023

Page 3

 

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Company, for all banking companies, including thrifts and their holding companies, and for new issues of converting mutuals. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the value of the Company’s to-be-issued shares of common stock alone. It is our understanding that there are no specific plans for completing material acquisitions or selling control of the Company following completion of the conversion. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

 

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Company’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

 

Appraisal Conclusion

 

It is our opinion that, as of May 19, 2023, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including the 4.0% shares to be issued to the Foundation, equaled $312,500,000 at the midpoint, reflecting 31,250,000 shares offered at the Board of Directors determined price of $10.00 per share.

 

Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% valuation range based on the midpoint, including the 4.0% Foundation shares, indicates a minimum market value of $265,625,000 and a maximum market value of $359,375,000. At the $10.00 share price, total shares range from 26,562,500 at the minimum to 35,937,500 at the maximum. If the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a super maximum value of $413,281,250, 41,328,125 shares at $10.00 per share, without resolicitation.

 

Based on this market value range, the offering range (that is, excluding the 4% Foundation shares) is: $255,000,000 at the minimum, $300,000,000 at the midpoint, $345,000,000 at the maximum, and $396,750,000 at the super maximum. At the $10.00 share price, the number of offering shares is 25,500,000 at the minimum, 30,000,000 at the midpoint, 34,500,000 at the maximum, and 39,675,000 at the super maximum.

 

Limiting Factors and Considerations

 

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the Company’s common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of the Company immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of shares in the aftermarket following the completion of the conversion offering.

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors

May 19, 2023

Page 4 

 

RP Financial’s Appraisal is based on the Company’s financial and operating condition of as of March 31, 2023, as reflected in the prospectus.

 

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.

 

This Appraisal will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. Such updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the Company’s financial performance and condition and management policies, as well as conditions in the equity markets overall, for publicly-traded banking companies, for the Peer Group, and for new issues of converting mutuals. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The Appraisal will also be updated at the completion of the Company’s stock offering.

 

Respectfully submitted,

RP® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

       
William E. Pommerening  Ronald S. Riggins  James P. Hennessey
CEO & Managing Director  Managing Director  Director

  

RP® Financial, LC.TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Needham Bancorp 

Needham, Massachusetts

 

DESCRIPTION

  PAGE
NUMBER

 

CHAPTER ONE  OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

 

    
Introduction  I.1
Plan of Conversion  I.1
Establishment of a Charitable Foundation  I.2
Strategic Overview  I.2
Balance Sheet Trends  I.5
Income and Expense Trends  I.9
Interest Rate Risk Management  I.13
Lending Activities and Strategy  I.14
Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales  I.17
Asset Quality  I.18
Funding Composition and Strategy  I.19
Subsidiary Operations  I.20
Legal Proceedings  I.20

 

CHAPTER TWO  MARKET AREA

 

Introduction  II.1
National Economic Factors  II.2
Primary Market Area  II.6
Market Area Demographics  II.8
Regional Economy  II.9
Unemployment Trends  II.11
Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition  II.12
    

 

CHAPTER THREE  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

 

Peer Group Selection  III.1
Financial Condition  III.6
Income and Expense Components  III.8
Loan Composition  III.11
Credit Risk  III.13
Interest Rate Risk  III.15
Summary  III.15

 

RP® Financial, LC.TABLE OF CONTENTS

ii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Needham Bancorp 

Needham, Massachusetts 

(continued)

  

DESCRIPTION

  PAGE
NUMBER

 

CHAPTER FOUR  VALUATION ANALYSIS

 

Introduction   IV.1
Appraisal Guidelines   IV.1
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation  IV.1
Valuation Analysis   IV.2

 

1. Financial Condition  IV.3
2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings  IV.4
3. Asset Growth  IV.5
4. Primary Market Area  IV.6
5. Dividends  IV.7
6. Liquidity of the Shares  IV.8
7. Marketing of the Issue  IV.8

 

  A. The Public Market  IV.9
  B. The New Issue Market  IV.14
  C. The Acquisition Market  IV.15

 

8. Management  IV.17
9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform  IV.17

 

Summary of Adjustments  IV.17
Valuation Approaches  IV.18
1. Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)  IV.19
2. Price-to-Book (“P/B”)  IV.20
3. Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)  IV.21
Comparison to Recent Offerings  IV.21
Valuation Conclusion  IV.22

 

RP® Financial, LC.LIST OF TABLES

iii

 

LIST OF TABLES
Needham Bancorp

Needham, Massachusetts

  

TABLE
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

  PAGE
NUMBER

  

1.1 Historical Balance Sheet Data  I.6
1.2 Historical Income Statements  I.10
      
2.1 Summary Demographic Data  II.8
2.2 Primary Market Area Employment Sectors  II.10
2.3 Largest Employers in the Boston MSA  II.11
2.4 Unemployment Trends  II.12
2.5 Deposit Summary  II.13
2.6 Market Area Deposit Competitors – As of June 30, 2022  II.14
      
3.1 Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts  III.4
3.2 Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates  III.6
3.3 Income as a Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads  III.9
3.4 Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information  III.12
3.5 Credit Risk Measures and Related Information  III.14
3.6 Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility  III.16
      
4.1 Peer Group Market Area Unemployment Rates  IV.7
4.2 Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends  IV.16
4.3 Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group  IV.23

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.1

 

I. Overview and Financial Analysis

 

Introduction

 

Needham Bank (the “Bank”), established in 1892, is a Massachusetts-chartered mutual cooperative bank headquartered in Needham, Massachusetts. In January 2020, the Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company structure, forming NB Financial, MHC, a Massachusetts chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”). The MHC owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of NB Financial, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”). The Bank is the wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company serves the Boston metropolitan area in eastern Massachusetts through the headquarters office and 11 full service branch offices. A map of the Company’s office locations is provided in Exhibit I-1. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system and its deposits are insured up to the maximum allowable amount by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). As of March 31, 2023, the Company had consolidated total assets of $3.716 billion, total deposits of $3.141 billion and total equity of $351.8 million equal to 9.47% of total assets. The MHC’s audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-2.

 

Plan of Conversion

 

The Board of Directors of NB Financial adopted a plan of conversion (the “Plan”) on May 31, 2023. incorporated herein by reference, whereby the MHC will convert to stock form. As a result of the conversion, the Company which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank will be succeeded by NB Bancorp, Inc. a newly formed Maryland stock holding company (“NB Financial” or the “Company”). Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist. For the remainder of this document, the existing consolidated entity will be referred to as NB Bancorp or the Company.

 

NB Bancorp will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Tax-Qualified Employee Plans including the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable regulatory guidelines governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a community offering and a syndicated community offering or a firm commitment underwritten offering. A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of common stock will be contributed to the Bank and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.2

 

At this time, following the conversion no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Company, funding a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, NB Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock. There are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

 

Establishment of a Charitable Foundation

 

The Plan provides for the establishment of a new charitable foundation (the “Foundation”). The Foundation will be funded with a contribution of 4.0% of the number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after the offering plus $2.0 million of cash. The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities where the Company operates and to enable those communities to share in the Company’s long-term growth. The Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes.

 

Strategic Overview

 

NB Bancorp has been serving Middlesex, Norfolk and Suffolk Counties and other nearby areas in the Boston metropolitan area as a locally-owned and operated financial institution since its founding in 1892. For many years NB Bancorp operated as a traditional savings institution, originating for portfolio long-term fixed rate residential loans funded with certificates of deposit. In recent years, the Company has diversified the loan portfolio into multifamily and commercial real estate mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial business loans and construction loans. In addition to increasing interest income, this strategy has increased lower cost core deposit accounts related to the commercial lending activities. The Company’s products and services are focused on the lending and investment needs of the local retail and commercial customer base as well as households in the market area. Based on the operating history and growth of the Company since its founding, the Company has established name recognition and an overall favorable reputation in eastern Massachusetts. The Company views itself as an integral part of the local communities served and thus has historically strongly supported the retail customer base through providing residential loan products.

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.3

 

To summarize the Company’s mission and values statement, NB Bancorp is seeking to deliver advanced financial solutions and state of the art technologies while maintaining its commitment to the communities and stakeholders it currently serves. The stated dual objective of the Company is to deliver its products and services through the effective utilization of technology while maintaining a high level of personalized products and services.

 

Loans constitute the major portion of the Company’s composition of interest-earning assets, with residential and commercial real estate loans comprising the two largest concentrations of the Company’s loan portfolio. Investments serve as a supplement to lending activities and the investment portfolio is considered to be indicative of a low risk investment philosophy, as government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities constitute a significant portion of the Company’s investment portfolio.

 

Deposits have consistently served as the primary funding source for the Company, with supplemental funding provided by utilization of borrowings as an alternative funding source for purposes of managing funding costs and interest rate risk. Core deposits, consisting of transaction and savings accounts, constitute the substantial portion of the Company’s deposit base. Borrowings currently held by the Company consist primarily of FHLB advances.

 

NB Bancorp’s earnings base is largely dependent upon net interest income and operating expense levels. The Company’s net interest margin has trended higher in recent years, primarily reflecting the benefit of overall balance sheet growth including expansion of the loan portfolio. Importantly, the Company’s efforts to match the repricing of the asset and liability portfolios have been successful in 2022 and into the first three months of 2023 as its yields and overall spreads have increased notwithstanding the rising interest rates experienced over most of 2022 and into 2023.

 

The Company’s mortgage lending emphasis coupled with an efficient branch network have been effective at limiting the Company’s operating expense ratio to levels below 2% of assets. At the same time, the emphasis on portfolio lending has limited non-interest fee income.

 

The Company has commenced a transition of its business operations and strategy to reflect a growth-oriented business plan seeking to grow the loan portfolio and asset base in a range of 6% to 10% annually with a gradual diversification of the loan portfolio to reflect a higher proportion of commercial mortgage loans. In order to accomplish this goal, the Company has been and will continue to invest in a number of key areas including:

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.4

 

·Human capital including executive management and staff;
·Support functions for loans, deposits, digital, etc.
·Branch delivery systems
·Technology;
·Compliance; and
·Risk management

 

In order to accomplish these goals, NB Bancorp has been developing the required infrastructure to be a highly effective competitor utilizing leading edge technologies. On a preliminary basis, management estimates NB Bancorp’s cost structure will increase in a range of $17 million over the next twelve months on a pre-tax basis relative to the core run rate last year reflecting the addition of management, lenders, and back-office staff in a variety of areas to support the planned growth and diversification. This includes adding approximately 30 to 40 new management and staff positions in addition to replacing staff turnover. Notwithstanding the growth in operating costs, such investments are targeted to be deployed into loans and other revenue drivers with earnings increasing as a result.

 

As part of the ongoing development of a broad-based community banking franchise, on January 14, 2022, the Company announced it had entered into an asset purchase agreement for the transfer of the cannabis-related and money service business deposits relationships of Eastern Bank. On April 1, 2022, the transfer of such deposits was completed, which was subject to a post-transfer settlement period of 60 days. The total amount transferred was $278 million including amounts transferred during the post-transfer settlement period. Because the acquired net assets exceeded the fair value of acquired liabilities, the Company realized a bargain purchase gain of $1.1 million on the transaction.

 

The ongoing implementation of a growth-oriented business plan and the continued diversification and development of commercial account relationships were key factors in the decision to move forward with the conversion transaction. The post-offering business plan will be focused on NB Bancorp’s historical roots in the Middlesex, Norfolk and Suffolk County markets with gradual reorientation of operations to reflect an increased emphasis on expanding commercial account relationships. In addition, the Company will continue developing the infrastructure management believes NB Bancorp requires in order to be an effective competitor in the commercial and retail banking arena locally. Accordingly, NB Bancorp will continue to employ additional staff as needed to support the growth of its commercial and consumer banking products and services. Furthermore, NB Bancorp may likely make additional capital investments in its retail branch network and technology to support its growth and expansion initiatives. The addition of the stock-based benefit plans is expected to improve the ability to attract and retain highly qualified individuals able to execute the plan. With the completion of the conversion, the Company will also be in a better position to pursue growth through additional acquisitions of other financial service providers following the stock offering, given its strengthened capital position. The projected uses of proceeds are highlighted below.

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.5

 

· The Company. The Company is expected to retain not more than 50% of the net offering proceeds. At present, funds at the Company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be primarily invested initially into liquid funds held as a deposit at the Bank. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock and the payment of cash dividends.

 

·NB Bancorp. At least 50% of the net conversion proceeds will be infused into the Bank. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into NB Bancorp are anticipated to become part of general operating funds and are expected to be primarily utilized to fund the retirement of outstanding borrowings initially, but to fund loan growth over the longer term.

 

Overall, it is the Company’s objective to pursue controlled growth that will serve to increase returns, while continuing to emphasize management of the overall risk associated with the Company’s operations.

 

Balance Sheet Trends

 

Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past four fiscal years and as of March 31, 2023. From March 31, 2019 through March 31, 2023, NB Bancorp’s assets grew at a 13.69% annual rate. The most significant contributor to asset growth was loan growth, funded primarily funded by growth in deposit liabilities. A summary of NB Bancorp’s key operating ratios for the past three years is presented in Exhibit I-3.

 

NB Bancorp’s loans receivable portfolio increased at a 13.62% annual rate from March 31, 2019 through March 31, 2023. The majority of the loan portfolio growth occurred since the end of fiscal 2021 as the balance of loans receivable increased at an annual rate of 40.31% over the 15 months ended March 31, 2023.

  

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.6

Table 1.1

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Historical Balance Sheet Data 

 

                                                   Compounded 
       As of the Fiscal Year Ended December 31,       Annual 
   As of March 31, 2019   2019   2020   2021   2022   As of March 31, 2023   Growth Rate 
   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Pct 
    $(000)    (%)    $(000)    (%)    $(000)    (%)    $(000)    (%)    $(000)    (%)    $(000)    (%)    (%) 
Total Amount of:                                                                 
Assets  $2,224,561    100.00%  $2,453,579    100.00%  $2,663,994    100.00%  $2,917,926    100.00%  $3,592,335    100.00%  $3,716,055    100.00%   13.69%
Cash and equivalents   19,434    0.87%   106,403    4.34%   222,719    8.36%   467,050    16.01%   156,545    4.36%   91,871    2.47%   47.45%
Securities available for sale   208,816    9.39%   192,404    7.84%   155,192    5.83%   251,704    8.63%   245,480    6.83%   244,917    6.59%   4.07%
Loans receivable (net)   1,911,581    85.93%   2,062,907    84.08%   2,175,191    81.65%   2,086,341    71.50%   2,990,417    83.24%   3,186,078    85.74%   13.62%
Federal Home Loan Bank stock   17,987    0.81%   14,983    0.61%   8,058    0.30%   2,286    0.08%   13,182    0.37%   7,862    0.21%   -18.69%
Federal Reserve Bank stock   4,511    0.20%   5,159    0.21%   6,232    0.23%   7,596    0.26%   8,104    0.23%   8,673    0.23%   17.75%
Non-Public Investments   1,924    0.09%   2,852    0.12%   5,882    0.22%   12,332    0.42%   10,592    0.29%   10,174    0.27%   51.64%
Fixed assets   30,090    1.35%   29,838    1.22%   29,927    1.12%   29,208    1.00%   35,344    0.98%   35,923    0.97%   4.53%
BOLI   3,565    0.16%   3,535    0.14%   3,616    0.14%   25,651    0.88%   49,006    1.36%   49,377    1.33%   92.92%
Other assets   26,653    1.20%   35,498    1.45%   57,177    2.15%   35,758    1.23%   83,665    2.33%   81,180    2.18%   32.11%
                                                                  
Deposits  $1,621,142    72.87%  $1,860,082    75.81%  $2,202,061    82.66%  $2,564,538    87.89%  $2,886,743    80.36%  $3,140,839    84.52%   17.98%
Borrowings   309,463    13.91%   277,327    11.30%   120,368    4.52%   256    0.01%   293,082    8.16%   160,079    4.31%   -15.19%
Other liabilities   14,670    0.66%   23,214    0.95%   34,248    1.29%   27,003    0.93%   68,445    1.91%   63,350    1.70%   44.15%
                                                                  
Stockholders’ equity  $279,286    12.55%  $292,956    11.94%  $307,317    11.54%  $326,129    11.18%  $344,065    9.58%  $351,787    9.47%   5.94%
Tangible stockholders’ equity  $279,286    12.55%  $292,956    11.94%  $307,317    11.54%  $326,129    11.18%  $344,065    9.58%  $351,787    9.47%   5.94%
                                                                  
 Net Unrealized Gain/(Loss) on                                                                 
    Investment/MBS Available for Sale  $(1,139)   -0.05%  $(498)   -0.02%  $492    0.02%  $(2,272)   -0.08%  $(14,401)   -0.40%  $(13,313)   -0.36%   ------- 
                                                                  
 Loans/Deposits        117.92%        110.90%        98.78%        81.35%        103.59%        101.44%     
 Offices Open   9         10         10         10         11         11           

 

(1)  Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.

 

Source:  Audited financial statements and offering prospectus.  RP Financial calculations.

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.7

 

  

The Company pursued growth in the loan portfolio, with growth focused on commercial real estate and non-mortgage loans such that while the balance of 1-4 family residential loans has fluctuated in a relatively narrow range since March 31, 2019, such loans declined as a percent of the portfolio from 38.1% as of the end of fiscal 2021 to 30.3% as of March 31, 2023 (see Exhibit I-9 for loan portfolio composition).

 

NB Bancorp’s emphasis on mortgage lending is evidenced by the historical composition of its loan portfolio. Over the past two and one-quarter fiscal years, mortgage loans have been the largest component of gross loans, with mortgage loans consisting of a broad mix of loans secured by residential, multi-family and commercial properties.

 

As of March 31, 2023, 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and home equity loans and lines of credit comprised a significant component of the loan portfolio totaling $1.048 billion, or 32.6% of total loans, consisting of $972.9 million of 1-4 family loans and $75.7 million of home equity loans and lines of credit. In addition, the Company has sought to build commercial relationships to achieve a balance between residential and commercial lending. Evidence of this effort is indicated by commercial and multi-family mortgage loans together totaling $1.090 billion or 33.9% of total loans. The Company has also become increasingly active in construction lending in view of their relatively high yields and typically short repricing features and/or maturities and such loans totaled $545.0 million or 16.9% of loans.

 

In addition to mortgage lending, non-mortgage commercial and industrial loans (“C&I”) have grown significantly consistent with the Company’s efforts to become a full-service community bank. Specifically, non-mortgage C&I loans have increased from 5.6% of total loans as of the end of fiscal 2021, to 10.5% of total loans as of March 31, 2023. Notwithstanding this growth, NB Bancorp remains predominantly a mortgage lender as approximately 83.5% of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by mortgage loans (including construction loans) as of March 31, 2023, while commercial and consumer non-mortgage loans comprised 16.5% of the loan portfolio.

 

NB Bancorp maintains an investment policy designed to provide adequate liquidity and generate a favorable return within the context of supporting NB Bancorp’s overall credit and interest rate risk objectives. The Company is still evaluating options for the reinvestment of funds retained by the Company, one of which would be to place the funds on deposit with the Company. Since March 31, 2019, the Company’s level of cash and investment securities ranged from a low of 9.1% of assets as of March 31, 2023 to a high of 24.9% of assets at the end of fiscal 2021. The portfolio of cash and investments surged in 2021 as deposit balances increased and loan growth was limited due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The balance of cash and investments has subsequently declined as loan balances have increased and the Company has retired a portion of the maturing borrowed funds.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.8

 

 

As of March 31, 2023, the balance of cash and investments equaled $336.8 million or 9.1% of assets. Cash and equivalent balances totaled $91.9 million or 2.5% of total assets and as referenced above, recent shrinkage has been the redeployment of funds into loans and the retirement of borrowed funds. U.S. Treasury securities totaled $109.5 million, equal to 44.7% of the investment portfolio. Other investments including trust preferred securities total $88.0 million, equal to 37.5% of the investment portfolio. The remainder of the portfolio is comprised of comparatively smaller balances of mortgage-backed securities, and municipal bonds. Investments maintained as available for sale at March 31, 2023 had a net unrealized loss of $13.3 million on an after tax basis. Exhibit I-4 provides historical detail of the Company’s investment portfolio as of the most recent fiscal year end. As of March 31, 2023, the Company also held $7.9 million of FHLB stock and $8.7 million of stock in the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

The Company also maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies that cover the lives of certain officers and Trustees of the Bank. The life insurance policies earn tax-exempt income through cash value accumulation and death proceeds. As of March 31, 2023, the cash surrender value of the Company’s BOLI equaled $49.4 million equal to 1.3% of assets.

 

Since March 31, 2019, NB Bancorp’s funding needs have been addressed through a combination of deposits, borrowings and internal cash flows. From March 31, 2019 through March 31, 2023, the Company’s deposits increased at a 17.98% compounded annual rate, with a particularly notable increase realized since the end of fiscal 2021 as deposits increased by a total of 22.5% since that date. Deposits as a percent of assets increased from 72.9% at March 31, 2019 to 84.5% at March 31, 2023. Deposit growth trends in recent years have consisted of increasing balances of noninterest-bearing demand deposits and certificates of deposit (“CDs”). The Bank emphasizes attraction of core (non-CD deposits) and such core deposits comprised 57.6% of total deposits at March 31, 2023. Deposit growth in fiscal 2022 was bolstered by the previously noted purchase of $278 million of cannabis-related and money service business deposits from Eastern Bank.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.9

 

 

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company. Borrowings have been used to support funding needs and to manage deposit costs and interest rate risk. From March 31, 2019 through March 31, 2023, borrowings were at modest levels with a peak level recorded as of March 31, 2019 at $309.5 million. The balance has subsequently fluctuated based on the need for funds and internal cash flows and, as of March 31, 2023, borrowings had declined to $160.1 million or 4.3% of assets and consisted solely of FHLB advances. The Company’s management is considering repaying a portion of the outstanding borrowed funds with the completion of the conversion but the execution of the strategy will be dependent on market conditions and the Company’s liquidity needs at that point in time.

 

The Company’s equity increased at a 5.94% annual rate from March 31, 2019 through March 31, 2023, with the increase due to retention of earnings. A stronger rate of asset growth relative to equity growth since March 31, 2019 provided for a decrease in the Company’s equity-to-assets ratio from 12.55% at March 31, 2019 to 9.47% at March 31, 2023. All of the Company’s equity consists of tangible equity as there is no goodwill on the balance sheet. NB Bancorp maintained capital surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at March 31, 2023. The addition of stock proceeds will strengthen the Company’s capital position, as well as support growth opportunities. At the same time, the increase in NB Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will initially depress its return on equity ratios.

 

Income and Expense Trends

 

Table 1.2 shows NB Bancorp’s historical income statements for the past four fiscal years and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023. Other than a slight decline in fiscal 2020, net income has shown consistent growth since 2019, supported by an expanding balance sheet and effective control of operating costs. Specifically, net income has increased from $15.8 million or 0.73% of average assets during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 to $34.5 million, equal to 1.05% of average assets, for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023. The slight decline in fiscal 2020 was the result of modest balance sheet growth and increases in loan loss provisions as management took a conservative posture with respect to the balance for allowances for loan and lease losses in the COVID pandemic environment.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.10

 

 

Table 1.2  

NB Bancorp, Inc.  

Historical Income Statements  

 

   For the Fiscal Year Ended   For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021   Twelve Months Ended 
   March 31, 2019   2019   2020   2021   2022   March 31, 2023 
   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1) 
   ($ 000)  (%)   ($ 000)  (%)   ($ 000)  (%)   ($ 000)  (%)   ($ 000)  (%)   ($ 000)  (%) 
Interest Income  $86,183   3.98%  $97,754   3.98%  $95,939   3.75%  $90,641   3.19%  $120,512   3.85%  $142,629   4.33%
Interest Expense   (23,967)  -1.11%   (31,898)  -1.30%   (26,253)  -1.03%   (12,630)  -0.44%   (15,548)  -0.50%   (28,261)  -0.86%
Net Interest Income  $62,216   2.88%  $65,856   2.68%  $69,686   2.72%  $78,011   2.75%  $104,964   3.35%  $114,368   3.47%
Provision for Loan Losses   (625)  -0.03%   (1,525)  -0.06%   (6,900)  -0.27%   (2,050)  -0.07%   (6,700)  -0.21%   (8,372)  -0.25%
Net Interest Income after Provisions  $61,591   2.85%  $64,331   2.62%  $62,786   2.45%  $75,961   2.68%  $98,264   3.14%  $105,996   3.22%
                                                       
Other Income   2,498   0.12%   2,534   0.10%   2,170   0.08%   3,859   0.14%   6,348   0.20%   8,021   0.24%
Mortgage Banking Income   799   0.04%   1,324   0.05%   3,709   0.14%   1,830   0.06%   595   0.02%   545   0.02%
Swap Contract Fees and Other Income   0   0.00%   1,605   0.07%   2,629   0.10%   1,988   0.07%   1,262   0.04%   912   0.03%
Operating Expense   (43,177)  -2.00%   (47,908)  -1.95%   (51,944)  -2.03%   (56,983)  -2.01%   (71,151)  -2.27%   (77,465)  -2.35%
Net Operating Income  $21,711   1.00%  $21,886   0.89%  $19,350   0.76%  $26,655   0.94%  $35,318   1.13%  $38,009   1.15%
                                                       
Non-Operating Income/Expense                                                      
Bargain Purchase Gain   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   1,070   0.03%   1,070   0.03%
Employee Retention Credit (Net)   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   3,452   0.10%
Gain(Loss) on Fixed Assets and Investments  $0   0.00%  $0   0.00%  $0   0.00%  $977   0.03%  $0   0.00%  $0   0.00%
                                                       
Income/(Loss) Before Tax  $21,711   1.00%  $21,886   0.89%  $19,350   0.76%  $27,632   0.97%  $36,388   1.16%  $42,531   1.29%
Income Tax Provision (Benefit)   (5,919)  -0.27%   (5,885)  -0.24%   (5,279)  -0.21%   (6,057)  -0.21%   (6,323)  -0.20%   (7,989)  -0.24%
Net Income (Loss)  $15,792   0.73%  $16,001   0.65%  $14,071   0.55%  $21,575   0.76%  $30,065   0.96%  $34,542   1.05%
                                                       
Adjusted Earnings                                                      
Net Income  $15,792   0.73%  $16,001   0.65%  $14,071   0.55%  $21,575   0.76%  $30,065   0.96%  $34,542   1.05%
Deduct:  Non-Operating Income and Expense   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   (977)  -0.03%   (1,070)  -0.03%   (4,522)  -0.14%
Tax Effect (2)   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   0   0.00%   244   0.01%   268   0.01%   1,131   0.03%
Adjusted Earnings  $15,792   0.73%  $16,001   0.65%  $14,071   0.55%  $20,842   0.73%  $29,263   0.93%  $31,151   0.95%
                                                       
Expense Coverage Ratio (2)   144.1%       137.5%       134.2%       136.9%       147.5%       147.6%    
Efficiency Ratio (3)   66.7%       67.2%       66.4%       66.5%       62.9%       62.5%    
Effective Tax Rate Cost (Benefit)   -27.3%       -26.9%       -27.3%       -21.9%       -17.4%       -18.8%    
Return on Equity   2.28%       2.90%       3.95%       5.47%       3.85%       3.85%    

  

 

(1)  Ratios are as a percent of average assets.

(2)  Expense coverage ratio calculated as net interest income before provisions for loan losses divided by operating expenses.

(3)  Efficiency ratio calculated as op. exp. divided by the sum of net int. inc. before prov. for loan losses plus other income (excluding net gains).

 

Source:  Audited financial statements and offering prospectus.  RP Financial calculations. 

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.11

 

 

Net interest income and operating expenses represent the primary components of the Company’s recurring earnings, while non-interest operating income has been relatively limited. With the exception of the COVID-19 related provisions in fiscal 2020, loan loss provisions have had a modest impact on the Company’s historical net income given NB Bancorp’s relatively conservative underwriting and the secured nature of the Company’s mortgage loan portfolio. Coinciding with the growth in commercial real estate and multi-family loans, however, the Company established increasing loan loss provisions in fiscal 2022 and for the twelve months ending March 31, 2023 consistent with internal loan loss reserve policies.

 

During the period from fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 to December 31, 2021, the Company’s net interest income to average assets ratio exhibited a narrow range of 2.68% to 2.88% as asset growth was relatively modest and the interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liabilities were gradually changing. Since the end of fiscal 2020, net interest income has increased materially as loan and deposit growth and higher market interest rates supported an expanding net interest margin. Specifically, net interest income increased from $69.7 million in fiscal 2020 to $114.4 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023, and the ratio of net interest income to average assets increased from 2.72% to 3.47% over the corresponding timeframe. The Company’s net interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past two years and three months ended March 31, 2023, are set forth Exhibit I-3 (summary form) and Exhibit I-5, show that the Company’s spreads increased from 2.69% to 3.33% between fiscal 2021 and 2022, but declined slightly to 3.13% for the three months ended March 31, 2023 largely the result of a higher cost of funds from rising interest rates.

 

Non-interest operating income includes mortgage banking income, increases in the cash value of BOLI, and other fee income related to deposit and lending activity. Non-interest operating income has historically been a modest contributor to the Company’s net income, and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023, totaled $9.5 million equal to a combined 0.29% of average assets. The trend in these income measures has increased slightly as the Company continues to diversify into more service-oriented business lines.

 

Operating expenses represent the other major component of the Company’s income statement and reflect the limited cost inherent in NB Bancorp’s mortgage lending strategy and retail banking presence. In addition, the Company operates through an efficient network of only 11 offices that support $3.1 billion in deposits. Operating expenses have increased in dollar terms since March 31, 2019, increasing from $43.2 million, or 2.00% of average assets to a level of $77.5 million or 2.35% of average assets for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023. However, while operating expenses have trended higher over the past five years, the Company has been effective in leveraging the increase in operating expenses through consistent growth of the balance sheet such that the ratio of operating expenses to average assets increased by only 32 basis points since the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.12

 

 

Overall, since the year ended March 31, 2019, the Company’s expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses) averaged 140% and equaled approximately 148% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023. Similarly, the Company’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) exhibited a relatively narrow range from 66.4% to 67.2% between fiscal 2019 and 2021, while improving to 62.5% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023.

 

Going forward, NB Bancorp’s operating expenses and operating expense ratio are expected to increase as NB Bancorp implements its diversification, growth and expansion strategy. In particular, in order to achieve its targeted loan growth (targeting 7% to 11% annually), the Company will invest in human, technology and other related infrastructure to support the growth objectives and manage the related risk factors. As noted previously, management estimates NB Bancorp’s cost structure will increase in a range of $17 million in the next twelve months on a pre-tax basis relative to the core run rate last year reflecting the addition of management, lenders, and back-office staff in a variety of areas to support the planned growth and diversification. At the same time, targeted growth is projected to generate revenues in excess of the increase in expenses such that net income is expected to increase.

 

During the period covered in Table 1.2, the amount of loan loss provisions and recoveries recorded by the Company ranged from $0.6 million or 0.03% of average assets in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, to $8.4 million or 0.25% of average assets reported for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023. As of March 31, 2023 the Company maintained loan loss allowances of $27.9 million, equal to 0.87% of total loans receivable and 213% of non-performing loans. Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity for the past five years.

 

The impact of non-operating or non-recurring income and expenses have been limited over the last five fiscal years. Most recently, the Company recorded a bargain purchase gain equal to $1.1 million on the acquisition of Eastern Bank’s cannabis business and received an employee retention credit as part of the pandemic stimulus package equal to $3.5 million. Both these items are included in net income for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023. Excluding these non-recurring income and expense items on a tax effected basis results in a $3.4 million reduction in core earnings relative to reported income, equal to 0.10% of average assets.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.13

 

 

Over the past four and one-quarter years, the Company’s effective tax rate has gradually diminished as the Company has established a securities corporation to limit its state tax liability and has deployed funds into tax advantaged investments such as BOLI and municipal bonds.

 

Interest Rate Risk Management

 

The Company’s balance sheet is slightly asset sensitive in the short-term (less than three years). While community banks in general have been experiencing some interest spread compression during recent periods, primarily as a result of increases in cost of funds in response to higher market interest rates, the Company has realized loan growth and increasing spreads as new loans have been added at current (higher) market rates. As of March 31, 2023, an analysis of the Company’s economic value of equity (“EVE”) and net interest income indicated that in the event of an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in the U.S. Treasury yield curve EVE would increase by 1.5% and net interest income would increase by 0.3% while EVE would decrease by 8.6% and net interest income would decrease by 2.8% percent to a 200 basis point reduction in interest rates which are indicative of a modest level of interest rate risk which are within the board policy limits (see Exhibit I-7).

 

The Company pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Company manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through lending diversification that emphasis origination of adjustable rate or shorter-term fixed rate loans, investing in investment securities with short-terms or adjustable interest rates, maintaining the investment portfolio as available for sale and selling originations of longer term 1-4 family fixed rate loans. As of March 31, 2023, the largest segment of the loan portfolio was secured by adjustable mortgage loans with various repricing periods, typically up to 10 years (see Exhibit I-8). In this regard, approximately two-thirds of the loan portfolio with maturities after December 31, 2023, had adjustable rates. `On the liability side of the balance sheet, the Company’s interest rate risk is primarily managed through maintaining a concentration of deposits in lower costing and less interest rate sensitive transaction and savings account deposits. Transaction and savings account comprised 57.6% of the Company’s total deposits at March 31, 2023.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.14

 

 

In addition to these “on balance sheet” strategies, the Company has utilized interest rate swaps which are intended to limit the impact of rising interest rates on funding costs as interest rates increase. The Company recorded swap contract income equal to $1.9 million and $1.3 million in fiscal 2021 and 2022, respectively, and recorded swap contract income of $0.9 millon in the twelve months ended March 31, 2023, all of which served to mitigate the increase in funding costs.

 

The infusion of stock proceeds is expected to further limit the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increased capital position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

 

Lending Activities and Strategy

 

Over the past several years, NB Bancorp has gradually evolved into a full service community banking operation focused on serving the Boston metropolitan area as well as nearby contiguous markets. The Company seeks to offer both superior technology and a high level of personal service while maintaining its community bank values and local engagement. The Company’s long-term stated objective is to be the premier business bank for small and middle market customers within its retail banking footprint in eastern Massachusetts and other nearby areas of New England. In the future, the lending focus will include the following:

 

·Commercial real estate and Construction/Mini Perm/Bridge Financing;

 

·C&I Loans

 

Structured Finance – Energy, Cannabis, Asset Based

Middle Market – Lines of Credit, Owner Occupied Real Estate

Small Business – SBA (Preferred Lender status with SBA)

 

·Residential mortgage including construction permanent loans; and

 

·Consumer loans including credit cards, HELOC, Boats & RV’s, Home Improvement, indirect consumer loans

 

A focus on commercial lending has facilitated expansion of the Company in terms of total assets and loans receivable. This has been accompanied by active promotion of commercial loan products and pursuing larger loan relationships. As a result, the loan portfolio has increased by more than 50% in the fifteen-month period ended March 31, 2023 and at that date, the 25 largest borrower relationships totaled $722.5 million and the relationship with largest exposure totaled $52.2 million. Exhibit I-9 provides historical detail of NB Bancorp’s loan portfolio composition for the past two and one-quarter fiscal years which are summarized below.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.15

 

 

1-4 Family Residential Mortgage Loans

 

1-4 family lending has historically been the Company’s core business. With over one hundred years of residential lending expertise, the Company continues to capitalize on this strength in both the primary and secondary markets to originate and sell 1-4 family loans with an emphasis on maximizing origination volume to generate portfolio products and fee income.

 

NB Bancorp offers both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family residential mortgage loans with terms of up to 40 years. Loans are generally underwritten to secondary market guidelines, so as to allow for the sale of such loans if such a strategy is warranted for purposes of interest rate risk management. ARM loans offered by the Company have initial repricing terms of up to 10 years and then reprice annually for the balance of the loan term. As of March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans totaled $972.9 million equal to 30.3% of total loans outstanding.

 

While the majority of the Company’s 1-4 family residential lending are secured by primary residences of the homeowner, approximately 20% of NB Bancorp’s permanent 1-4 family residential portfolio is secured by investor-owned rental properties. These loans are typically adjustable rate or carry higher fixed rates than the owner-occupied portfolio. Additionally, at March 31, 2023, $54.5%, of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans were jumbo loans which are common in the Company’s retail banking footprint.

 

Commercial Real Estate and Multi-Family Loans

 

As of March 31, 2023, commercial real estate/multi-family loans totaled $1.1 billion, or 33.9% of total loans, versus $642.7 million, or 30.5% of loans as of December 31, 2021 – representing an annualized increase of 93.5%. The balances of these loans have been trending upward in recent years due to the Company’s focus to diversify its loan portfolio and increase yield. These types of loans are attractive credits given the higher yields, larger balances, shorter duration and prospective relationship potential.

 

Commercial real estate loans are generally secured by five-or-more-unit apartment buildings, industrial properties and properties used for business purposes such as small office buildings and retail facilities. Commercial real estate loans are originated with a maximum term of 30 years with adjustable-rate periods every five years. The maximum LTV for commercial real estate loans is 80%, based on the appraised value of the property or the purchase prices, and the maximum debt service coverage ratio is 1.25 times.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.16

 

 

These loans are generally priced at a higher rate of interest, have larger balances and involve a greater risk profile than 1-4 residential mortgage loans. Often the payments on commercial real estate loans are dependent on successful operations and management of the property. When originating commercial real estate loans, the Company evaluates the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, as well as the value and condition of the property securing the loan. The Company will also generally require and obtain personal guarantees from the principals.

 

Construction Loans

 

Construction loans represent an area of lending diversification for NB Bancorp, and such loans totaled $545.0 million, or 16.9% of loans as of March 31, 2023. Construction loans are generally offered to experienced local developers operating in the primary market area and to individuals for the construction of their personal residences. Construction loans for both residential and commercial properties usually have a term of 12 to 24 months but can be longer for larger commercial construction projects. Loans can be made with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% of the appraised market value upon completion of the project. NB Bancorp also makes a limited amount of land loans to complement its construction lending activities, as such loans are generally secured by lots that will be used for residential or commercial development. Land loans also include loans secured by land purchased for investment purposes.

 

Construction loans generally involve greater credit risk than improved owner-occupied real estate lending. NB Bancorp reviews and inspects each property before disbursement of loan funds, and also requires detailed cost estimates to complete the construction project and an appraisal of the property.

 

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit

 

The Company’s 1-4 family lending activities include home equity loans and lines of credit. Home equity lines of credit are tied to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal and are offered for terms of up to a 10 year draw period followed by a repayment term of 20 years. The Company will originate home equity lines of credit up to a maximum loan-to value (“LTV”) ratio of 80%, inclusive of other liens on the property (70% for investment properties). As of March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance of home equity loans and lines of credit totaled $75.7 million equal to 2.4% of total loans receivable.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.17

 

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans

 

Consistent with the growth in commercial real estate loans, C&I loans represent a source of growth in the Company’s loan portfolio. The balance of C&I loans had increased from $116.9 million at December 31, 2021 to $338.9 million at March 31, 2023, equal to 10.5% of total loans at that date. The Company intensified its efforts to increase the business loan portfolio over the last several years and management expects that ongoing regional consolidation coupled with planned branch expansion and efforts to hire seasoned commercial lenders in the local market will facilitate its marketing efforts. The Company offers commercial loans to sole proprietorships, professional partnerships and various other small businesses. Such loans may be either secured or unsecured to customers in the local market area, typically for the purpose of financing equipment acquisition, expansion, working capital and other general business purposes. The terms of credit lines are generally one year but may be extended at the option of the Company. C&I term loans may be for periods of up to seven years. Loans tied to an SBA product will be subject to SBA limits and guidelines. The loans are either negotiated on a fixed-rate basis or carry adjustable interest rates indexed to the Wall Street Journal Prime rate.

 

Consumer Loans

 

Consumer lending is a comparatively minor lending area, but NB Bancorp offers such loans in conjunction with its efforts to be a full-service community bank. Consumer loans typically include unsecured personal loans, automobile loans, loans secured by passbook savings or certificate accounts, overdraft lines of credit, boat and RV loans and loans to help finance the cost of education including primary, secondary and graduate school. As of March 31, 2023, consumer loans totaled $192.9 million, equal to 6.0% of total loans.

 

Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales

 

All lending activities are conducted by Company personnel located at the office locations, underwritten pursuant to Company policies and procedures. Loan sources typically include loan officers, marketing efforts, the existing customer base, walk-in customers and referrals from real estate brokers, builders and attorneys. The Company generally originates loans for portfolio and has not sold loans over the last several fiscal years. NB Bancorp has also periodically purchased participation loans from other financial institutions in the market area, primarily within the state of Massachusetts. Such loans are underwritten according to the Company’s underwriting criteria and procedures. Participations generally consist of larger commercial real estate and multi-family mortgage loans.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.18

 

 

Asset Quality

 

A healthy regional economy and an emphasis on lending in local markets have supported maintenance of relatively favorable credit quality measures. As of March 31, 2023, NPAs equaled $13.1 million, or 0.41% of assets as of March 31, 2023. Non-accruing loans held by the Company at March 31, 2023, consisted primarily of non-performing first lien residential loans and C&I loans as non-performing commercial real estate loans were not material. In addition, the Company has approximately $7.2 million of loans which have qualified as Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”) not included in the foregoing NPA totals. Exhibit I-11 summarizes key asset quality data for NB Bancorp as of the end of the last two fiscal years and as of March 31, 2023.

 

To track asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, NB Bancorp has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures consistent with regulatory guidelines. Classified assets are reviewed monthly by senior management and the Loan Committee, and quarterly by the full Board. The loan portfolio is also reviewed by an independent third party. Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Company establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. As of March 31, 2023, the Company maintained loan loss allowances of $27.9 million equal to 0.87% of total loans receivable and 213% of non-performing loans.

 

While the Company’s credit quality has been strong, the Company has been successful in its recent efforts since 2020 to grow and restructure the loan portfolio to include and increasing number of commercial real estate, C&I and construction loans, many of which involve relatively large loan relationships. For example, the largest credit relationship as of March 31. 2023 was $52 million and the second largest is $42 million and the 25 largest relationships totaled $722 million. Moreover, the Company has grown the loan portfolio by $1.1 billion over the 15 months ended March 31, 2023. From a valuation perspective, we have considered both the earnings benefits of the recent growth and diversification of the loan portfolio, as well as the risks posed by such lending, particularly since it involves comparatively larger borrower relationships which lack have limited seasoning within the Company’s portfolio. The perceived credit risk exposure is tempered by management’s experience in this area of lending and by the fact that senior lenders have prior relationships with the borrowers.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.19

 

 

In addition to the foregoing, all the federal regulators including the Federal Reserve Board have issued guidance on institutions with commercial real estate loan concentrations in the range of NB Bancorp’s levels including construction, land and development loans in excess of 100% of capital and non-owner commercial real estate loans in excess of 300% of capital. The Company has developed risk management strategies which it believes addresses the incremental risk of such lending in a manner consistent with regulatory guidance but it nonetheless represents a risk to capital and earnings if the real estate markets deteriorate and commercial and construction loan delinquencies increase. Moreover, the concentrations may also result in greater regulatory scrutiny of the Company’s lending operations and strategy, which have been the most significant contributor to recent and projected loan and earnings growth.

 

Funding Composition and Strategy

 

Deposits have consistently served as the Company’s primary funding source and at March 31, 2023, deposits accounted for 95.1% of NB Bancorp’s combined balance of deposits and borrowings. Exhibit I-12 sets forth deposit composition for the past two fiscal years and March 31, 2023. Transaction and savings account deposits constituted 57.8% of total deposits at March 31, 2023, as compared to 62.5% of total deposits at December 31, 2021 based on data set forth in the prospectus. As of March 31, 2023, interest-bearing and non-interest checking accounts comprised 28.7% of deposits while money market and savings accounts together comprised 28.9% of total deposits. The remainder of deposits consists of CDs and individual retirement accounts equal to 42.4% of total deposits at March 31, 2023 compared to 37.5% of total deposits at December 31, 2021. NB Bancorp’s current CD composition reflects a higher concentration of short-term CDs (maturities of one year or less). As of March 31, 2023, jumbo CDs with balances of more than $250,000 amounted to $445 million, equal to 33.4% of CD balances and 14.2% of total deposits as of March 31, 2023.

 

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk Borrowings totaled $160.1 million at March 31, 2023 and consisted solely of FHLB advances employed for liquidity management purposes. The maturities of the portfolio were generally in the first half of 2023 and all mature within one year of the date of financial data in the prospectus.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.20

 

 

Subsidiary Activities

 

Needham Bank has three subsidiaries: Needco-op Investment Corporation, Inc. (“Needco”), a Massachusetts corporation engaged in the buying, selling and holding of investment securities. The income earned on Needco’s securities is subject to a significantly lower rate of state tax than that assessed on income earned on securities maintained at Needham Bank. At March 31, 2023, Needco had total assets of $90 million, substantially all of which were in securities and cash to be invested. The Bank’s other subsidiaries are Eaton Square Realty LLC and 1892 Investments LLC, both of which hold certain real estate investments for Needham Bank, including investor tax credit investments. These entities enable the Company to segregate certain assets for management purposes, and or borrow against assets or stock of these entities for liquidity purposes.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The Company is not currently party to any pending legal proceedings that management believes would have a material adverse effect on financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA
II.1

 

 

II. MARKET AREA

 

Introduction

 

NB Financial serves the Boston metropolitan area through the main office in Needham, Massachusetts and 11 branch offices in Middlesex, Norfolk and Suffolk Counties. The Company considers its market to include these counties and other nearby areas in the Boston metropolitan area. The Company has serviced its markets as a locally-owned and operated financial institution since its founding in 1892. The Company’s main office is in Norfolk County, where it maintains 8 of its 11 facilities and ranks fourth in terms of deposits among competing financial institutions. Three of the remaining branch offices are in Middlesex County and the remaining branch office is in Suffolk County. The Company’s branches are all within the Boston Metropolitan Area and are focused in areas west and north of the City of Boston.

 

With operations in a major metropolitan area, the Company’s competitive environment includes a significant number of savings institutions, commercial banks and other financial services companies, some of which have a regional or national presence and are larger than the Company in terms of deposits, loans, scope of operations, and number of branches. These institutions also have greater resources at their disposal. The Boston metropolitan area has a highly developed economy, with a relatively high concentration of highly skilled workers who are employed in a number of different industry clusters including healthcare, financial services and technology.

 

Future growth opportunities for NB Financial depend on the future growth and stability of the national and regional economy, demographic growth trends and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment. These factors have been examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Company, the relative economic health of the Company’s market area, and the resultant impact on value.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA
II.2

 

 

National Economic Factors

 

The future success of the Company’s operations is partially dependent upon various national and local economic trends. In assessing national economic trends over the past few quarters, manufacturing activity for July 2022 slowed to an index reading of 52.8. Comparatively, July service sector activity increased to a three-month high to an index reading of 56.7. The employment report for July showed stronger-than-expected job growth, as the U.S. economy added 528,000 jobs and the July unemployment rate fell to 3.5%. Retail sales for July were flat. July existing home sales marked the sixth straight month of declining sales with a decrease of 5.9%, which was the longest streak of declines in more than eight years. Rising prices and higher mortgage rates also depressed July new home sales, as July new home sales declined by 12.9%. August manufacturing activity was unchanged with an index reading of 52.8, while August service sector activity edged up to an index reading of 56.9. U.S. employers added 315,000 jobs in August and the August unemployment rate ticked up to 3.7%. Existing home sales declined for a seventh straight month in August, with a decline of 0.4%. Comparatively, new homes sales for August jumped 28.8%. September manufacturing activity slowed to an index reading of 50.9, while service sector activity for September was little changed with an index reading of 56.7. The U.S. economy added 263,000 jobs in September and the September unemployment rate fell to 3.5%. Existing and new home sales for September showed declines of 1.5% and 10.9%, respectively, as home sales were impacted by rising mortgage rates and affordability issues. Third quarter GDP increased at an annual rate of 2.6%.

  

October 2022 manufacturing activity grew at its slowest pace in two and one-half years with an index reading of 50.2, while service sector activity for October slowed to an index reading of 54.4. U.S. employers added 261,000 jobs in October and the October unemployment rate increased to 3.7%. In a sign of economic strength, October retail sales rose 1.3%. Existing home sales for October declined 5.9%, which was the ninth straight month of declining sales. Comparatively, October new home sales increased 7.5%. Manufacturing activity contracted in November with an index reading of 49.0, while November service sector activity accelerated to an index reading of 56.5. The U.S. economy added 263,000 jobs in November and the November unemployment rate held steady at 3.7%. Existing home sales for November plunged 7.7%, which was the 10th straight month of declining sales. Conversely, new home sales for November increased 5.8%. Manufacturing activity for December contracted for a second straight month with an index reading of 48.4, while December service sector activity contracted for the first time since May 2020 with an index reading of 49.6. December employment data showed 223,000 were added and the unemployment rate declined to 3.5%. Retail sales for December posted their biggest decline in 2022, declining by 1.1%, and December existing home sales fell by 1.5%, which was a 12-year low. Comparatively, December new home sales increased 2.3%. Fourth quarter GDP increased at a 2.9% annualized rate (subsequently revised down to 2.7%).

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA
II.3

 

 

January 2023 manufacturing activity showed further contraction with an index reading of 47.4, while service sector activity for January rebounded to an index reading of 55.2. January’s employment report showed stronger-than-expected job growth, as 517,000 jobs were added and the January unemployment rate dropped to 3.4%. Retail sales for January jumped 3.0%. Existing home sales for January fell for a 12th straight month, decreasing 0.7%. Conversely, January new home sales increased 7.2%. Manufacturing activity for February decreased for a fourth straight month with an index reading of 47.7, while February service sector activity slowed slightly to an index reading of 55.1. U.S. employers added 311,000 jobs in February and the February unemployment rate ticked up to 3.6% on a rise in labor force participation. A dip in home prices and slightly lower mortgage rates contributed to a 14.5% increase in existing home sales for February, while new home sales for February rose 1.1%. Manufacturing activity and service sector activity both slowed in March, with index readings of 46.3 and 51.2, respectively. Hiring gains moderated in March with U.S. employers adding 236,000 jobs, while the March unemployment rate ticked down to 3.5%. Existing home sales fell 2.4% in March, versus a 9.6% increase in March new home sales. First quarter GDP slowed to an annual growth rate of 1.1%.

 

Manufacturing activity for April 2023 contracted for a sixth straight month with an index reading of 47.1. Comparatively, service sector activity for April picked-up slightly with an index reading of 51.9. The April employment report showed better-than-expected job growth, as U.S. employers added 253,000 jobs and the April unemployment rate dropped to 3.4%.

 

In terms of interest rates trends over the past few quarters, long-term Treasury yields continued to trend lower at the start of the third quarter of 2022 with the 10-year Treasury declining to 2.81% in early-July. After a strong employment report for June pushed the 10-year Treasury yield back above 3.0% at the close of the first full week of July, the 10-year Treasury yield edged back below 3.0% in mid-July on expectations that the Federal Reserve would continue to aggressively raise interest rates to bring inflation down. A 9.1% increase in the June CPI translated into the 10-year Treasury yield edging back above 3.0% going into the second half of July. Long-term Treasuries rallied at the end of July, with the 10-year Treasury yield falling below 2.7% as the Federal Reserve increased its target interest rate by 0.75% to a range of 2.25% to 2.5% and signaled more tightening was likely this year to combat 40-year high inflation. Data showing a pick-up in certain sectors of the economy, including strong job growth during July, pushed Treasury yields higher in the first week of August. While the pace of price increases slowed in July, the 8.5% increase in the July CPI pressured long-term Treasury yields slightly higher going into mid-August with the yield curve remaining inverted based on expectations that the Federal Reserve would continue to raise rates in an effort to tame inflation and the possibility that could lead to a deeper recession. Indications from Federal Reserve officials that it remained hawkish in its efforts to tame inflation pushed the 10-year Treasury yield above 3.0% in late-August. Driven by expectations of tighter Federal Reserve policy, Treasury yields continued to climb higher at the beginning of September. An 8.3% increase in the August CPI pushed the 10-year Treasury yield to 2022 highs in mid-September, while mortgage rates topped 6% for the first time since 2008. The Federal Reserve approved its third consecutive interest rate increase of 0.75% at its September policy meeting and indicated that additional large interest rate increases were likely. Following the rate hike, long-term Treasury yields edged higher in late-September and then declined slightly at the close of the third quarter.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA
II.4

 

 

At the start of the fourth quarter of 2022, long-term Treasury yields retreated slightly on data showing a slowdown in manufacturing activity. The 10-year Treasury yield trended above 4.0% through mid-October, as hopes faded for a less aggressive monetary policy by the Federal Reserve in light of the relatively strong jobs report for September and affirmation that inflation remained persistently high with an 8.2% increase in the September CPI. The upward trend in the 10-year Treasury yield continued heading into the last week of October, which was followed by the 10-year Treasury yield dipping slightly below 4.0% as third quarter GDP data showed signs of a broad slowdown in the U.S. economy. In advance of the Federal Reserve’s early- November meeting, the 10-year Treasury yield edged back up above 4.0% at the end of October on expectations that the Federal Reserve was poised to approve its fourth consecutive 0.75% rate increase. The upward trend in long-term Treasury yields continued through early-November, as the Federal Reserve lifted its target rate by another 0.75% to combat inflation and signaled plans to keep raising rates. A softer-than-expected 7.7% increase in the October CPI ignited a bond rally heading into mid-November, with the yield on the 10-year Treasury yield dipping below 4.0%. The downward trend in long-term Treasury yields continued through the second half November and into the beginning of December, as the 10-year Treasury yield dipped below 3.5% and the Treasury yield curve inverted to its deepest level since 1981. The 10-year Treasury yield edged higher ahead of the release of November inflation data and then retreated back below 3.5% as inflation slowed in November with the November CPI showing a less-than-expected 7.1% increase from a year ago. The Federal Reserve concluded its mid-December meeting by raising its target rate 0.5% and signaled plans to continue to increase interest rates through the first quarter of 2023. Following the rate hike and subsequent upward revision to third quarter GDP growth, long-term Treasury yields generally edged higher through the balance of 2022.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA
II.5

 

 

Economic data signaling a slowing economy and a slower rate of inflation translated into long-term Treasury yields edging lower at the start of 2023, as the 10-year Treasury yield dipped below 3.5% after December’s CPI report showed the pace of inflation eased for a sixth straight month with a 6.5% increase from a year ago. A weak retail sales report for December furthered the downward trend in long-term Treasury yields going into the second half of January, which was followed by the 10-year Treasury yield edging back above 3.5% at the end of January. Long-term Treasury yields dipped lower after the Federal Reserve approved a quarter-point rate hike on February 1st and signaled it was on track to raise rates by another quarter-point at its next meeting in March. Stronger-than-expected job growth reflected in the January employment report pushed the 10-year Treasury yield back above 3.5% going into the second week of February. The upward trend in long-term Treasury yields continued going into the second half February as new inflation data was stronger than expected, with the January CPI and producer price index showing respective increases of 6.4% and 0.7%. The 10-year Treasury yield edged above 4.0% in early-March and then declined sharply heading into mid-March, as investors flocked to safe-haven investments after regulators shutdown Silicon Valley Bank. Inflation cooled in February but remained stubbornly high with the February CPI registering a 6.0% increase from a year ago, which translated into the 10-year Treasury edging higher in mid-March. As investors remained on edge about further bank failures, the 10-year Treasury yield declined below 3.5% going into the second half of March. The Federal Reserve concluded its March meeting by increasing the federal funds target rate 0.25% to a range between 4.75% and 5.0%, while also signaling that banking-system turmoil might end its rate-rise campaign sooner than previously anticipated. After initially declining following the Federal Reserve meeting, long-term Treasury yields edged higher going into the final week of the first quarter and then declined at the close of first quarter as February consumer price data showed inflation increased at a slower rate.

 

A slowdown in March manufacturing activity extended the decline in long-term Treasury yield at the start of the second quarter of 2023, with the 10-year Treasury yield retreating below 3.35%. While the pace of inflation slowed in March with an increase in the March CPI of 5.0%, long-term Treasury yields edged higher going into mid-April. A mid-April statement by a Federal Reserve official that advocated more interest rate increases were needed to combat inflation contributed to sustaining the upward trend in long-term Treasury yields going into the second half of April, which was followed by a general decline in long-term Treasury yields at the end of April and the beginning of May as investors gravitated toward safe-haven investments ahead of the Federal Reserve’s rate decision in early-May. The Federal Reserve concluded its May meeting by raising its target rate by another quarter-point and indicated that they might be done raising interest rates further. The rate hike was the 10th consecutive rate increase and moved the federal funds rate to a range between 5.0% and 5.25%, which was a 16-year high. Stronger-than-expected job growth reflected in the April employment report translated into long-term Treasury yields edging higher going into the second week of May. As of May 19, 2023, the bond equivalent yields for U.S. Treasury bonds with terms of one and ten years equaled 4.77% and 3.70%, respectively, versus comparable year ago yields of 2.11% and 2.84%. Exhibit II-2 provides historical interest rate trends.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA
II.6

 

 

Based on the consensus outlook of economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in April 2023, GDP was projected to increase 0.5% in 2023 and increase to 1.6% annual growth in 2024. The U.S. unemployment rate was forecasted to equal 4.3% in December 2023 and increase to 4.6% in June 2024. An average of 12,000 jobs were projected to be added per month over the next four quarters. On average, the economists forecasted the federal funds rate would equal 4.96% in December 2023 and then decrease to 4.19% in June 2024. On average, the economists forecasted that the 10-year Treasury yield would equal 3.42% in December 2023 and then decrease to 3.31% in June 2024.

 

The April 2023 mortgage finance forecast from the Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”) was for 2023 existing home sales to decrease by 17.6% from 2022 sales, while 2023 new home sales were forecasted to decrease by 2.3% from sales in 2022. The 2023 median sale prices for existing and new homes were forecasted to decrease by 6.0% and 5.3%, respectively. Total mortgage production was forecasted to decrease in 2023 to $1.806 trillion, compared to $2.245 trillion in 2022. The forecasted decrease in 2023 originations was based on a 12.9% decrease in purchase volume and a 35.2% decrease in refinancing volume. Purchase mortgage originations were forecasted to total $1.374 trillion in 2023, versus refinancing volume totaling $432 billion. Housing starts for 2023 were projected to decrease by 11.7% to total 1.372 million.

 

Primary Market Area

 

The primary market area for business operations is the eastern portion of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including the Boston metropolitan statistical area (the “Boston MSA”). To a much lesser extent, the Company conducts business (primarily lending) in contiguous areas. Eastern Massachusetts is a well-developed area settled in the early part of the country’s history that has a wide range of new and old housing and commercial building stock. Geographically, the market area covers a small area, and thus the Company’s current branch network provides access to a material portion of the statewide population base. Such operations are essentially limited to areas west and north of the Boston MSA (the region containing all of the Company’s offices) though the Company has been effective in marketing its products and services through the entire eastern portion of Massachusetts.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA
II.7

 

 

The market area served by the Company, characterized primarily as the Boston MSA, has a highly developed and diverse economy, with the region’s many colleges and universities serving to attract industries in need of a highly skilled and educated workforce. Healthcare, high-tech and financial services companies constitute major sources of employment in the regional market area, as well as the colleges and universities that populate the Boston MSA. Tourism also is a prominent component of market area’s economy, as Boston annually ranks as one of the nation’s top tourist destinations.

 

NB Financial holds a small market share of deposits in the primary market area, given its asset size, number and size of competitors and the overall population base, and thus has potential for additional growth. Similar to other areas of the country, NB Financial operates in a competitive environment and competes with a number of national, regional and local financial institutions. In addition, the Company faces competition from mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, investment houses, mutual funds, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries. Competitive factors have intensified with the growth of electronic delivery systems.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA
II.8

 

 

Market Area Demographics

 

Demographic and economic growth trends, measured by changes in population, number of households, age distribution and median household income, provide key insight into the health of the market area served by NB Financial. Demographic data for Norfolk, Middlesex and Suffolk Counties in Massachusetts as well as the greater Boston MSA is provided in Table 2.1. Population and household data indicate that the Company’s market area is largely suburban in nature. Norfolk, Middlesex and Suffolk Counties serve a large population base totaling 3.1 million people in aggregate. In addition, the population has been increasing at an approximate rate of 0.2% annually and is projected to continue to increase at the same rate over the next five years. The Boston MSA population size reached 4.9 million as of 2023 and is projected to grow at a 0.3% annual rate over the past five years. These growth rates are in line with recent and expected statewide and national population growth rates. This represents a favorable statistic for financial institutions such as NB Financial, as the demand for personal financial services may likely improve in the near term future. Additional detail regarding the demographic trends of the local market has been included in Table 2.1.

 

Table 2.1

NB Financial, Inc.

Summary Demographic Data

 

    Year     Growth Rate  
    2018     2023     2028     2018-2023     2023-2028  
                      (%)     (%)  
Population (000)                              
USA     326,533       334,500       341,663       0.5 %     0.4 %
Massachusetts     6,865       7,035       7,143       0.5 %     0.3 %
Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH     4,843       4,941       5,023       0.4 %     0.3 %
Norfolk, MA     702       731       746       0.8 %     0.4 %
Middlesex, MA     1,607       1,628       1,652       0.3 %     0.3 %
Suffolk, MA     797       778       777       -0.5 %     0.0 %
                                         
Households (000)                                        
USA     123,943       128,298       131,438       0.7 %     0.5 %
Massachusetts     2,686       2,757       2,808       0.5 %     0.4 %
Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH     1,887       1,916       1,953       0.3 %     0.4 %
Norfolk, MA     271       280       286       0.7 %     0.4 %
Middlesex, MA     625       623       631       0.0 %     0.3 %
Suffolk, MA     326       321       326       -0.3 %     0.3 %
                                         
Median Household Income ($)                                        
USA     61,045       73,503       83,333       3.8 %     2.5 %
Massachusetts     77,248       96,201       110,472       4.5 %     2.8 %
Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH     85,974       106,127       121,316       4.3 %     2.7 %
Norfolk, MA     102,249       118,738       133,060       3.0 %     2.3 %
Middlesex, MA     97,810       121,029       139,508       4.4 %     2.9 %
Suffolk, MA     63,595       88,872       104,635       6.9 %     3.3 %
                                         
Per Capita Income ($)                                        
USA     33,583       41,287       46,830       4.2 %     2.6 %
Massachusetts     44,479       55,178       63,242       4.4 %     2.8 %
Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH     48,518       59,798       68,176       4.3 %     2.7 %
Norfolk, MA     55,377       63,957       71,201       2.9 %     2.2 %
Middlesex, MA     54,602       66,660       75,745       4.1 %     2.6 %
Suffolk, MA     42,267       57,679       68,571       6.4 %     3.5 %
                                         
2023 Age Distribution (%)   0-14 Yrs.     15-34 Yrs.     35-54 Yrs.     55-69 Yrs.     70+ Yrs.  
USA     18.0       26.5       25.0       18.5       12.1  
Massachusetts     15.8       26.6       25.3       19.8       12.6  
Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH     15.9       27.0       25.9       19.3       12.0  
Norfolk, MA     16.4       25.1       25.9       20.0       12.6  
Middlesex, MA     15.8       27.5       26.6       18.6       11.6  
Suffolk, MA     14.7       32.9       27.4       15.3       9.7  
                                         
     Less Than       $25,000 to     $50,000 to                
2023 HH Income Dist. (%)   25,000     50,000     100,000     $100,000+          
USA     16.0       18.8       28.7       36.4          
Massachusetts     14.0       13.8       23.9       48.3          
Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH     12.6       12.1       22.8       52.4          
Norfolk, MA     10.7       10.5       21.2       57.5          
Middlesex, MA     10.3       10.6       21.1       58.0          
Suffolk, MA     19.8       13.1       21.7       45.3          
                                         
Source:  S&P Global Market Intelligence.                                        

  

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA
II.9

 

 

Household growth rates paralleled population growth trends in the primary market area counties, with Norfolk and Middlesex Counties displaying growth rates approximating the rate of growth for the Boston MSA and the state as a whole, and Suffolk County including the City of Boston shrank modestly. The population base in Norfolk, Middlesex and Suffolk Counties is broadly comparable in terms of its age distribution relative to the state and nation.

 

Income measures show that both of the primary market area counties are relatively affluent markets, based on median household and per capita income measures that are well above the comparable U.S. measures. Specifically, the median household income and per capita income measures in the Company’s three county market as well as the larger Boston MSA were higher than the comparable measures for Massachusetts and nation as a whole.

 

Regional Economy

 

Comparative employment data shown in Table 2.2 shows that employment in services and education/healthcare/social services constituted the largest and second largest source of jobs in both of the primary market area counties which was similar to the data for Massachusetts as a whole. Wholesale/retail trade and manufacturing jobs represented the third and fourth largest employment sectors in the primary market area counties, as well as in Massachusetts.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA
II.10

 

 

 

Table 2.2

Needham Financial, Inc.

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

(Percent of Labor Force)

 

       Boston-Cambridge-             
Employment Sector  Massachusetts   Newton, MA-NH   Norfolk, MA   Middlesex, MA   Suffolk, MA 
    (%)                     
Services   27.3%   29.2%   28.7%   30.8%   33.2%
Education,Healthcare, Soc. Serv.   28.0%   27.0%   28.2%   27.7%   29.8%
Government   3.8%   3.7%   3.7%   3.2%   3.8%
Wholesale/Retail Trade   12.3%   11.6%   11.1%   10.0%   9.8%
Finance/Insurance/Real Estate   7.2%   7.9%   10.3%   7.0%   8.3%
Manufacturing   8.8%   8.6%   6.1%   9.8%   4.7%
Construction   5.8%   5.4%   5.6%   4.9%   3.8%
Information   2.3%   2.5%   2.6%   2.9%   2.2%
Transportation/Utility   4.2%   4.0%   3.5%   3.4%   4.3%
Agriculture   0.4%   0.3%   0.1%   0.2%   0.1%
    100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.             

 

The market area served by the Company, characterized primarily as the Boston MSA, has a highly developed and diverse economy, with the regions’ many colleges and universities serving to attract industries in need of a highly skilled and educated workforce. Healthcare, high-tech and financial services companies constitute major sources of employment in the Company’s regional market area, as well as the colleges and universities that populate the Boston MSA. Tourism also is a prominent component of market area’s economy, as Boston annually ranks as one of the nation’s top tourist destinations. Table 2.3 lists the major employers in each of the primary market area counties.

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA

II.11

 

Table 2.3

Needham Bancorp, Inc.

Largest Employers in the Boston MSA

       

           Number of 
Rank   Employer  City   Employees 
1   Mass General Brigham  Somerville    79,430 
2   Beth Israel Lahey Health  Cambridge    26,135 
3   University of Massachusetts  Boston    24,048 
4   Amazon  Boston    20,000 
5   The TJX Cos. Inc.  Framingham    18,970 
6   Harvard University  Cambridge    18,620 
7   The Stop & Shop Supermarket Co. LLC  Quincy    18,147 
8   Demoulas Super Markets Inc.  Tewksbury    17,000 
9   Massachusetts Institute of Technology  Cambridge    15,722 
10   Tufts Medicine  Burlington    14,131 
11   Raytheon Technologies Corp.  Waltham    12,000 
12   Boston University  Boston    10,466 
13   State Street Corp.  Boston    8,200 
14   Boston Medical Center Health System  Boston    7,966 
15   The Kraft Group  Foxborough    7,500 
16   The Kraft Group  Foxborough    7,500 
17   Northeastern University  Boston    6,294 
18   Dana-Farber Cancer Institute  Boston    6,293 
19   Takeda  Cambridge    6,288 
20   National Grid  Waltham    6,248 
21   Fidelity Investments  Boston    5,703 
22   Dell Technologies  Hopkinton    5,308 
23   Tufts University  Medford    5,172 
24   Wayfair  Boston    5,156 
25   Verizon  Boston    5,112 

 

Source:  Boston Business Journal.                    

 

Unemployment Trends

 

Comparative unemployment rates for the Company’s three county market (see Table 2.4) ranged from 2.6% to 3.1% in April 2023 which was lower than the prior year, tracking with unemployment trends in Massachusetts and the USA overall. Moreover, unemployment rates in the Company’s markets and the Boston MSA were modestly below the state and national aggregates which were also low in comparison to the long term historical average.

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA

II.12

 

Table 2.4

Needham Bancorp, Inc.

Unemployment Trends

 

   Unemployment Rate   Net 
Region  April 2022   April 2023   Change 
USA   3.3%   3.1%   -0.2%
Massachusetts   3.3%   2.6%   -0.7%
Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH   3.1%   2.3%   -0.8%
Norfolk, MA   3.1%   2.4%   -0.7%
Middlesex, MA   2.8%   2.1%   -0.7%
Suffolk, MA   3.2%   2.4%   -0.8%

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.    

 

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition

 

The Company’s deposit base is closely tied to the economic fortunes of Norfolk, Middlesex and Suffolk Counties and, in particular, the areas that are nearby to the Company’s branches. Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2017 through June 30, 2022 for NB Financial, as well as for all commercial bank and savings institution branches located in the primary market area counties and Massachusetts.

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA

II.13

 

Table 2.5

Needham Bank

Deposit Summary

 

   As of June 30,    
   2017  2022  Deposit 
      Market   No. of     Market   No. of  Growth Rate 
   Deposits  Share   Branches  Deposits  Share   Branches  2017-2022 
   (Dollars in Thousands)  (%) 
Massachusetts  $350,006,796  100.0%  2,176  $579,549,185  100.0%  1,962  10.6%
    Commercial Banks  $286,555,179  81.9%  1,481  $511,143,012  88.2%  1,429  12.3%
    Savings Institutions  $63,451,617  18.1%  695  $68,406,173  11.8%  533  1.5%
                           
Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH  $302,653,944  100.0%  1,524  $511,256,476  100.0%  1,402  11.1%
    Commercial Banks  $261,314,758  86.3%  1,128  $472,199,247  92.4%  1,111  12.6%
    Savings Institutions  $41,339,186  13.7%  396  $39,057,229  7.6%  291  -1.1%
Needham Bank  $1,454,946  0.5%  10  $2,654,584  0.5%  12  12.8%
                           
Norfolk County  $26,576,855  100.0%  252  $37,756,643  100.0%  235  7.3%
    Commercial Banks  $20,628,140  77.6%  185  $32,264,313  85.5%  189  9.4%
    Savings Institutions  $5,948,715  22.4%  67  $5,492,330  14.5%  46  -1.6%
Needham Bank  $1,403,314  5.3%  8  $2,169,231  5.7%  8  9.1%
                           
Middlesex County  $59,491,932  100.0%  509  $84,116,140  100.0%  469  7.2%
    Commercial Banks  $43,669,083  73.4%  373  $72,649,327  86.4%  385  10.7%
    Savings Institutions  $15,822,849  26.6%  136  $11,466,813  13.6%  84  -6.2%
Needham Bank  $51,632  0.1%  2  $474,894  0.6%  3  55.9%
                           
Suffolk County  $172,906,708  100.0%  232  $322,804,810  100.0%  219  13.3%
    Commercial Banks  $167,793,149  97.0%  194  $321,608,684  99.6%  206  13.9%
    Savings Institutions  $5,113,559  3.0%  38  $1,196,126  0.4%  13  -25.2%
Needham Bank  $0  0.0%  -  $10,459  0.0%  1  NA 

 

Source:  FDIC.  

 

Commercial banks maintained a larger market share of deposits than savings institutions in Massachusetts as well as in both of the primary market area counties. However, the difference in market share for savings institutions and commercial banks was relatively narrow in Middlesex and Norfolk Counties with savings institutions holding 13.6% and 14.5% of deposits, respectively, versus the state average of 11.8%. Overall, for the past five years, bank and savings institution deposits for the primary market area counties increased at a 13.3% rate in Suffolk County and at 7.3% and 7.2% rates in Norfolk and Middlesex Counties. NB Bancorp reported stronger deposit growth than the market overall in all counties, with overall annual growth of 12.8% versus the market and Boston-Cambridge-Newton MA-NH market and 55.9% annual growth in Middlesex County.

 

As implied by the Company’s relatively low market shares of deposits in the primary market area counties, competition among financial institutions in the Company’s market area is significant. Among the Company’s competitors are much larger and more diversified institutions, which have greater resources than maintained by NB Financial. Financial institution competitors in the Company’s primary market area include other locally based thrifts and banks, as well as regional, super regional and money center banks. From a competitive standpoint, NB Financial has sought to emphasize its community orientation in the markets served by its branches. Deposit market share was highest in the Norfolk County market where NB Financial is headquartered as it ranks fourth in total deposits with a 5.7% market share. The Company holds less than 1% of the deposit markets in the other counties where it maintains branch offices.

 

Table 2.6 lists the Bank’s largest competitors in the market area counties, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically.

 

RP® Financial, LC.MARKET AREA

II.14

 

Table 2.6

Needham Financial, Inc.

Market Area Deposit Competitors - As of June 30, 2022

 

Location  Name  Market
Share
   Rank 
Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH  Bank of America Corporation (NC)   29.92%     
  Citizens Financial Group Inc. (RI)   15.44%     
   Banco Santander S.A.   6.93%     
   JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NY)   5.70%     
   Eastern Bankshares Inc. (MA)   5.37%     
   NB Financial MHC (MA)   0.77%   19 of 97 
              
Norfolk County, MA  Bank of America Corporation (NC)   23.89%     
   Citizens Financial Group Inc. (RI)   13.91%     
   Independent Bank Corp (MA)   6.32%     
   NB Financial MHC (MA)   5.69%   4 of 38 
   Banco Santander S.A.   4.94%     
              
Middlesex County, MA  Bank of America Corporation (NC)   25.62%     
   Citizens Financial Group Inc. (RI)   11.61%     
   The Toronto-Dominion Bank   6.61%     
   Cambridge Financial Group Inc. (MA)   5.24%     
   Middlesex Bancorp MHC (MA)   4.78%     
   NB Financial MHC (MA)   0.57%   31 of 47 
              
Suffolk County, MA  Bank of America Corporation (NC)   41.88%     
   Citizens Financial Group Inc. (RI)   20.93%     
   JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NY)   11.40%     
   Banco Santander S.A.   9.27%     
   Eastern Bankshares Inc. (MA)   5.00%     
   NB Financial MHC (MA)   0.01%   30 of 30 

       

Source:  S&P Global Market Intelligence.    

       

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.1

 

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

 

This chapter presents an analysis of NB Bancorp’s operations versus a group of comparable institutions (the "Peer Group") selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of NB Bancorp is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to NB Bancorp, key areas examined for differences are: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

 

Peer Group Selection

 

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines. Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions. Institutions that are not listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks are typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition and recent conversions (less than one year), since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.

 

Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally- or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are approximately 45 publicly-traded savings institutions nationally and, thus, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics. To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences. Since NB Bancorp will be a fully converted public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only full public companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group (i.e., mutual holding companies were excluded). From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected ten institutions with characteristics similar to those of NB Bancorp. In the selection process, we applied the following criteria to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.2

 

·Mid-Atlantic and New England fully-converted publicly-traded institutions;

 

·Total assets between $1 billion and $15 billion; and

 

·Reporting positive earnings on a trailing 12 month basis.

 

Eleven companies met the criteria for inclusion in the Peer Group and ten were included in the valuation Peer Group. ECB Bancorp based in Massachusetts was excluded as its conversion was completed in July 2022 and thus, it has limited seasoning and time to deploy the conversion proceeds. Accordingly, the valuation Peer Group was comprised of a total of ten similarly sized publicly traded savings institutions operating in the northeastern United States. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all Mid-Atlantic and New England publicly-traded thrift institutions while Exhibit III-3 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and NB Bancorp, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of NB Bancorp’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.

 

In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to NB Bancorp’s characteristics is detailed below. Table 3.1 (following) shows the general characteristics of each of the twelve Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-3 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served.

 

·Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc. has a very high capital ratio equal to 17.28% reflecting the completion of a mutual-to-stock conversion in July 2021. Earnings for Northeast Community Bancorp are comparatively high in relation to the Company, reflecting the relatively high asset yields supported by its active construction lending program.

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.3

 

·ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. Comparable due to similar interest-earning asset composition, similar earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income and similar emphasis on mortgage lending, though the Company’s portfolio is more heavily oriented toward commercial lending.

 

·Blue Foundry Bancorp of New Jersey. Blue Foundry’s earnings are comparatively modest as its focus on strong asset quality and mortgage lending have limited asset yields. At the same time, Blue Foundry emphasizes mortgage lending and asset quality ratios are strong, enhancing the comparability to the Company.

 

·Western New England Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts. Comparable due to Massachusetts market area, similar interest-earning asset composition, similar return on average assets, similar net and both the earnings and asset composition are similar. Earnings levels are broadly comparable with similarities observed in the level of net interest income, non-interest income and operating expense. Likewise, Western New England Bancorp and the Company have actively diversified their lending into both commercial mortgage and non-mortgage lending.to a similar degree.

 

·Hingham Institution for Savings of Massachusetts. Comparable due to Boston market area, similar asset size, similar return on average assets, and broadly similar asset composition thought Hingham Institution for Savings has more actively diversified its loan portfolio into multi-family lending in addition to commercial lending.

 

·HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts. Comparable due to the overlapping market in the Boston area. At the same time, Harbor One’s emphasis on residential mortgage banking and its related impact on revenues and expenses represent a difference from the Company.

 

·Northfield Bancorp, Inc. of New Jersey. Comparable due to the similarity of the loan composition which has been diversified to limit single family residential loans in favor of commercial real estate and multi-family loans which predominate the portfolio. Such lending has facilitated Northfield Bancorp’s ability to maintain very low operating expenses although asset yields and non-interest income have been limited in comparison to the Company as well.

 

·TrustCo Bank Corp of New York. Comparable given the emphasis on mortgage lending notwithstanding the greater single family mortgage lending emphasis. Such lending has facilitated earnings which are modestly higher than the Company supported by a relatively efficient level of operating expenses and good asset quality.

 

·Kearny Financial Corp of New Jersey. While broadly comparable to the Company from an asset investment perspective, Kearny Financial has been more actively engaged in high quality multi-family mortgage lending which has limited the yield potential of the portfolio and resulted in a ROAA which is below the Company’s reported level, notwithstanding Kearny Financial’s very low operating expenses.

 

·Provident Financial Services, Inc. Provident Financial is the largest company in the Peer Group at $13.8 billion in assets and while it maintains a broadly similar asset and liability mix funding loans through deposits, Provident Financial has more actively pursued diversification of the loan portfolio to achieve a comparatively higher ratio of multi-family and commercial mortgage loans. This, in turn, coupled with a lower operating expense ratio has led to its more favorable ROAA in comparison to the Company. Although Provident Financial has a pending acquisition as a buyer, its asset size and market capitalization do not yet reflect the pro forma effect of that transaction.

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.4

 

Table 3.1

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

As of March 31, 2023 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

                              As of 
                              May 19, 2023 
                  Total     Fiscal  Conv.  Stock  Market 
Ticker  Financial Institution  Exchange  Region  City  State  Assets  Offices  Mth End  Date  Price  Value 
                  ($Mil)           ($)  ($Mil) 
BLFY  Blue Foundry Bancorp  NASDAQGS  MA  Rutherford  NJ  $2,101  19  Dec  7/15/2021  $9.01  $247 
ESSA  ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQGS  MA  Stroudsburg  PA  $1,986  22  Sep  4/3/2007  $13.10  $127 
HIFS  Hingham Institution for Savings  NASDAQGM  NE  Hingham  MA  $4,206  8  Dec  12/13/1988  $192.34  $413 
HONE  HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQGS  NE  Brockton  MA  $5,573  34  Dec  6/29/2016  $8.06  $363 
KRNY  Kearny Financial Corp.  NASDAQGS  MA  Fairfield  NJ  $8,349  45  Jun  2/23/2005  $6.97  $444 
NECB  Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  MA  White Plains  NY  $1,503  12  Dec  7/5/2006  $12.94  $180 
NFBK  Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  NASDAQGS  MA  Woodbridge  NJ  $5,663  38  Dec  11/7/2007  $9.93  $462 
PFS  Provident Financial Services, Inc.  NYSE  MA  Jersey City  NJ  $13,779  95  Dec  1/15/2003  $15.83  $1,187 
TRST  TrustCo Bank Corp NY  NASDAQGS  MA  Glenville  NY  $6,046  143  Dec  NA  $28.41  $540 
WNEB  Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQGS  NE  Westfield  MA  $2,562  27  Dec  12/27/2001  $5.95  $132 

 

Source:  S&P Capital IQ.

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.5

                              

In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a slightly lower level of tangible equity than the industry average (11.60% of assets versus 12.77% for all public companies), generated higher earnings as a percent of average assets (1.08% core ROAA versus 0.72% for all public companies), and earned a higher ROE. The Peer Group's average P/TB ratio and average core P/E multiple were lower compared to the respective averages for all publicly-traded fully converted institutions.

 

   All Fully Converted     
   Savings Inst.     
   Publicly-Traded   Peer Group 
Financial Characteristics (Averages)          
Assets ($Mil)  $5,955   $5,177 
Market capitalization ($Mil)   472.3    409.6 
Tangible equity/assets (%)   12.77%   11.60%
Core return on average assets (%)   0.72    1.08 
Core return on average equity (%)   6.18    8.96 
           
Pricing Ratios (Averages)(1)          
Core price/earnings (x)   10.66x    7.34x 
Price/tangible book (%)   81.80%   77.46%
Price/assets (%)   9.14%   8.27%

  

(1)  Based on market prices as of May 19, 2023.

 

The following sections present a comparison of NB Bancorp’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the figures reported by the Peer Group. Figures referenced for the Peer Group are on a median basis unless otherwise noted. The conclusions drawn from the comparative analysis are then factored into the valuation analysis discussed in the final section.

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.6

 

Financial Condition

 

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for NB Bancorp and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined above. The Company’s and the Peer Group's ratios reflect balances as of March 31, 2023. NB Bancorp’s equity-to-assets ratio of 9.47% was below the Peer Group's median net worth ratio of 10.89%. The Company’s pro forma equity position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds, with such ratio providing an advantage above the Peer Group’s ratio in terms of capital strength. The increase in NB Bancorp’s pro forma equity ratio will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs. At the same time, the Company’s higher pro forma equity ratio will depress return on equity. Both NB Bancorp’s and the Peer Group's equity ratios reflected surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s regulatory surpluses will be higher than the Peer Group figures.

 

Table 3.2

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2023 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

      Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets 
      Cash &   MBS &       Net       Borrowed   Sub.   Total   Goodwill   Tangible 
      Equival.   Invest   BOLI   Loans (1)   Deposits   Funds   Debt   Equity   & Intang   Equity 
NB Bancorp, Inc. MA                                       
  March 31, 2023   2.47%  7.26%  1.33%  85.74%  84.52%  4.31%  0.00%  9.47%  0.00%  9.47%
                                            
Comparable Group                                         
  Averages   4.03%  11.81%  1.80%  78.57%  73.03%  13.47%  0.25%  12.08%  0.74%  11.53%
  Medians   2.77%  14.48%  1.74%  78.09%  73.36%  13.34%  0.00%  10.89%  0.57%  10.16%
                                            
Comparable Group                                         
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc. NJ 1.70%  16.58%  1.74%  73.53%  74.73%  11.50%  0.08%  11.90%  3.34%  8.56%
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc. NY 5.13%  3.01%  1.73%  87.23%  80.41%  1.12%  0.00%  17.47%  0.01%  17.45%
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc. PA 1.24%  13.86%  1.95%  79.04%  71.99%  15.18%  0.00%  11.02%  0.70%  10.32%
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp NJ 2.74%  17.31%  1.03%  74.94%  59.24%  21.43%  0.00%  18.36%  0.04%  18.32%
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc. MA 0.91%  15.10%  2.93%  77.57%  84.20%  5.08%  0.77%  9.10%  0.57%  8.53%
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings MA 8.38%  2.93%  0.32%  87.31%  59.92%  30.08%  0.00%  9.34%  0.00%  9.34%
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. MA 4.48%  6.22%  NA   82.36%  76.11%  10.60%  0.62%  10.76%  1.29%  9.47%
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY) NJ 2.81%  17.13%  2.98%  74.17%  67.94%  17.44%  1.08%  12.33%  0.73%  11.60%
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY NY 10.54%  8.10%  0.00%  78.61%  86.22%  3.01%  0.00%  10.17%  0.01%  10.16%
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp. NJ 2.33%  17.88%  3.49%  70.94%  69.51%  19.30%  0.00%  10.37%  NA   NA 

 

     Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates   Regulatory Capital 
         MBS, Cash           Borrows.   Total   Tangible   Tier 1   Tier 1   Risk-Based 
     Assets   Invests   Loans   Deposits   &Subdebt   Equity   Equity   Leverage   Risk-Based   Capital 
NB Bancorp, Inc.                                        
  March 31, 2023  30.00%  -14.46%  41.07%  25.57%  NM   8.28%  8.28%  10.07%  N/A   N/A 
                                         
Comparable Group                                        
  Averages  8.22%  -14.51%  15.10%  0.21%  79.02%  -0.26%  0.83%  11.32%  14.15%  15.08%
  Medians  7.42%  -16.47%  16.34%  -2.78%  89.34%  2.02%  3.17%  10.37%  12.51%  13.49%
                                         
Comparable Group                                        
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.  1.19%  -14.70%  5.68%  -9.40%  234.34%  1.17%  1.85%  11.83%  14.30%  15.33%
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  17.28%  -42.51%  30.79%  21.82%  -30.04%  3.20%  3.38%  16.21%  13.78%  14.11%
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  6.43%  -28.43%  17.09%  -11.82%  NA   2.86%  3.17%  10.46%  12.25%  13.36%
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp  8.40%  -18.55%  18.56%  -3.00%  112.82%  -8.22%  -8.30%  14.37%  20.35%  21.38%
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  0.26%  -17.43%  4.22%  -5.31%  NA   6.46%  7.12%  9.68%  12.50%  13.49%
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings  15.33%  11.17%  15.59%  5.24%  46.10%  7.52%  7.52%  9.51%  12.51%  13.33%
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  21.38%  17.56%  23.33%  12.75%  NA   -7.59%  -8.40%  9.91%  11.33%  12.44%
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  2.66%  -15.51%  8.84%  -10.58%  140.22%  -2.41%  -2.54%  12.97%  NA   NA 
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY  -3.76%  -33.57%  7.58%  -2.57%  -39.65%  3.68%  3.68%  10.27%  18.47%  19.72%
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.  12.98%  -3.08%  19.36%  4.97%  89.34%  -9.31%  NA   7.96%  11.87%  12.53%

 

(1)  Includes loans held for sale.                                              

                                                   

Source:  S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.    

                                                   

Copyright (c) 2023 by RP® Financial, LC.                                                

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.7

 

The interest-earning asset compositions for the Company and the Peer Group were somewhat similar, with loans constituting the largest concentration of interest-earning assets for both NB Bancorp and the Peer Group. The Company’s loans-to-assets ratio of 85.74% was higher than the comparable Peer Group median ratio of 78.09%. Comparatively, the Company’s cash and investments-to-assets ratio of 9.73% was lower than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 17.26%. Overall, NB Bancorp’s interest-earning assets amounted to 95.47% of assets, which was slightly more than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 94.41% based on the average. The Peer Group’s non-interest earning assets included Company-owned life insurance (BOLI”) equal to 1.74% of assets and goodwill/intangibles equal to 0.57% of assets, while the Company maintained BOLI equal to 1.33% of assets and no goodwill/intangibles.

 

NB Bancorp’s funding liabilities reflected a funding composition that was somewhat similar to that of the Peer Group's funding composition. The Company’s deposits equaled 84.52% of assets, which was above the Peer Group’s median ratio of 73.36%. Comparatively, the Company maintained a lower level of borrowings than the Peer Group, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 4.31% and 13.34% for NB Bancorp and the Peer Group, respectively. Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Company and the Peer Group, as a percent of assets, equaled 88.83% and 86.70%, respectively.

 

A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its interest-earning assets/interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio. Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio is slightly below the Peer Group’s ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 107.48% and 108.82%, respectively. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to provide NB Bancorp with an IEA/IBL ratio that exceeds the Peer Group’s average ratio, as the increase in capital provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will serve to lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

 

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items. Balance sheet growth in terms of assets, loans, deposits and borrowings was more significant for the Company, owing in part to the acquisition of Eastern Bank’s cannabis business in 2022 which added approximately $278 million of deposits. Specifically, assets increased by 29.9% versus the Peer Group median of 7.42%. However, even excluding the acquisition, organic growth was in the range of 20% for the year which is still well in excess of the Peer Group average and median.

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.8

 

The Company’s assets and loan growth was funded by expanded utilization of deposits and borrowed funds - deposits increased by 25.57% for the Company while the borrowings growth rate was not meaningful as the prior year levels was negligible. By comparison, the Peer Group also had strong loan growth (16.34%) which was funded by expanded utilization of borrowings in face of flat deposit growth for the Peer Group. The Company’s tangible capital increased by 8.28%, which was more than the Peer Group’s tangible capital growth rate of 3.17% based on the median. The average equity growth for the Peer Group was impacted by AOCL losses on the investment portfolios for several companies in addition to the payment of dividends by many of the Peer Group institutions. The Company’s post-conversion capital growth rate will initially be constrained by maintenance of a higher pro forma capital position. Additional implementation of any stock repurchases and dividend payments, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines, could also slow the Company’s capital growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.

 

Income and Expense Components

 

Table 3.3 displays statements of operations for the Company and the Peer Group. The Company’s and the Peer Group’s ratios are based on earnings for the 12 months ended March 31, 2023. NB Bancorp reported net income to average assets ratios of 1.05% while the Peer Group’s average and median ROA were both equal to 1.03%. The Company’s core earnings adjusted to exclude the bargain purchase gain of $1.0 million and non-recurring employee retention credit equal to 0.10% of average assets on an after tax basis equaled 0.95% was slightly below the Peer Group average ratio. A higher ratio of net interest income represented the principal earnings advantage for the Company, while the Peer Group maintained slightly lower non-interest expense.

 

The Company’s higher net interest income to average assets ratio was realized through a more favorable ratio of interest expense to average assets supported by the large base of core deposits including checking accounts. At the same time, the ratio of interest income to average assets fell between the Peer Group average and median values. Overall, NB Bancorp and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 3.47% and 3.04% (median), respectively.

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.9

 

Table 3.3

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparable Institution Analysis

For the 12 Months Ended March 31, 2023 or the Most Recent 12 Months Available

 

            Net Interest Income       Non-Interest Income     
                        Loss   NII   Gain   Other   Total 
        Net               Provis.   After   on Sale of   Non-Int   Non-Int 
        Income   Income   Expense   NII   on IEA   Provis.   Loans   Income   Expense 
        (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%) 
NB Bancorp, Inc.  MA                                    
  March 31, 2023     1.05%  4.33%  0.86%  3.47%  0.25%  3.22%  0.03%  0.26%  2.35%
                                          
Comparable Group                                       
  Averages       1.03%  3.87%  0.74%  3.13%  0.07%  3.07%  0.02%  0.33%  1.98%
  Medians       1.03%  3.62%  0.69%  3.04%  0.07%  2.94%  0.00%  0.28%  2.08%
                                          
Comparable Group                                       
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.  NJ  1.26%  3.73%  0.57%  3.16%  0.15%  3.01%  0.00%  0.66%  1.90%
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  NY  2.44%  6.57%  0.94%  5.63%  0.05%  5.58%  0.00%  0.26%  2.38%
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  PA  1.08%  3.82%  0.50%  3.32%  0.02%  3.30%  0.00%  0.43%  2.40%
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp  NJ  0.03%  3.38%  0.79%  2.59%  0.00%  2.60%  0.00%  0.11%  2.66%
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  MA  1.01%  3.51%  0.41%  3.09%  0.03%  3.07%  0.00%  0.42%  2.26%
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings  MA  0.86%  3.75%  1.42%  2.33%  0.09%  2.24%  0.00%  0.03%  0.69%
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  MA  0.82%  3.86%  0.85%  3.01%  0.14%  2.87%  0.26%  0.68%  2.70%
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  NJ  1.04%  3.37%  0.59%  2.78%  0.09%  2.69%  0.01%  0.16%  1.43%
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY  NY  1.24%  3.26%  0.20%  3.06%  0.00%  3.06%  0.00%  0.31%  1.72%
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.  NJ  0.51%  3.45%  1.09%  2.36%  0.09%  2.27%  -0.02%  0.21%  1.61%

 

     NonOp Items       Yields, Costs, and Spreads        
             Provision               MEMO:  MEMO: 
     Net Gains/   Extrao.   for   Yield   Cost   Yld-Cost   Assets/  Effective 
     Losses (1)   Items   Taxes   On IEA   Of IBL   Spread   FTE Emp.  Tax Rate 
     (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($000)  (%) 
NB Bancorp, Inc.                                
  March 31, 2023  0.14%  0.00%  0.24%  4.56%  1.16%  3.40%  $11,716  21.02%
                                   
Comparable Group                                
  Averages  -0.06%  0.00%  0.37%  4.08%  0.72%  3.36%  $14,376  26.31%
  Medians  -0.02%  0.00%  0.36%  3.78%  0.56%  3.35%  $10,307  26.10%
                                   
Comparable Group                                
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.  -0.04%  0.00%  0.47%  4.08%  0.54%  3.54%  $12,006  27.00%
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  -0.05%  0.00%  0.98%  6.97%  1.31%  5.66%  $10,311  28.58%
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  0.00%  0.00%  0.26%  4.05%  0.40%  3.65%  $7,941  19.55%
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp  NA   0.00%  0.01%  3.49%  0.76%  2.73%  $10,303  31.31%
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  0.12%  0.00%  0.34%  3.76%  0.26%  3.50%  $8,228  25.20%
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings  -0.35%  0.00%  0.37%  3.80%  1.74%  2.06%  $48,909  30.25%
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  -0.02%  0.00%  0.27%  4.12%  0.57%  3.55%  $8,808  25.17%
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  0.00%  0.00%  0.41%  3.52%  0.54%  2.98%  $14,038  28.09%
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY  0.00%  0.00%  0.40%  3.34%  0.14%  3.20%  $7,979  24.38%
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.  -0.18%  0.00%  0.16%  3.71%  0.97%  2.74%  $15,238  23.58%

 

(1)  Net gains/losses includes gain/loss on sale of securities and nonrecurring income and expense.

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2023 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.10

 

 

 

RP® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.10

 

The Company’s business model focused on portfolio mortgage lending which while limiting net non-interest income also minimizes operating costs. NB Bancorp reported a lower ratio of operating expenses, equal to 2.35% of average assets which is relatively low in relation to industry averages. At the same time, the Peer Group has also focused on mortgage lending such that the median ratio of operating expense to average assets was 2.08%, which is slightly below the Company’s reported level. Assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $11.7 million for the Company versus a comparable measure of $10.3 million and $14.4 million, based on the Peer Group median and average respectively. On a post-offering basis, the Company’s operating expenses can be expected to further increase with the addition of the ESOP and certain expenses that result from being a publicly-traded savings institution, with such expenses already impacting the Peer Group's operating expenses. In addition to the foregoing, management estimates NB Bancorp’s cost structure will increase in a range of $17 million next year or by 23% on a pre-tax basis relative to the core run rate last year reflecting the addition of management, lenders, and back office staff in a variety of areas to support the planned growth and diversification. In addition, the Company will continue to make enhancements to facilitate growth in such key areas as technology while continuing to expand back office functions such as compliance. Over the long term, the Company will be seeking to leverage both the capital and infrastructure investments through its expanded growth capacity.

 

When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a Company’s earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities. In this regard, the Company’s interest coverage ratio equal to 1.48x fell short of the Peer Group’s average and median expense coverage ratio 0f 1.74x and 1.56x, respectively. Importantly, the expense coverage ratio does not capture the impact of non-interest income which is comparatively modest for the Company as noted below.

 

Contributions to earnings from non-interest operating income was similar for the Company in comparison to the Peer Group, equaling 0.29% and 0.28% of average assets, respectively. Moreover, gains on the sale of loans were a limited factor for each, equal to 0.02% of assets for the Company and an average of 0.03% of average assets for the Peer Group. Taking non-interest operating income into account in comparing the Company’s and the Peer Group's earnings, NB Bancorp’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 62.6% was less favorable than the Peer Group's average efficiency ratio of 57.7%.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.11

 

Loan loss provisions equaled 0.25% of average assets for the Company but averaged only 0.07% for the Peer Group. The Company has been required to establish allowances for loan and lease losses in excess of the Peer Group average in view of the growth of the loan portfolio balances, particularly with respect to high risk-weight loans.

 

The Company reported non-operating income equal to 0.14% of average assets which was comprised of the after-tax amount of the bargain purchase gain attributable to the purchase of the cannabis banking business from Eastern Bank and the one-time employee retention credit reflecting the last of the pandemic stimulus payments. Conversely, the Peer Group recorded modest non-operating expenses equal to 0.02% of average assets based on the median.

 

The Company recorded an effective tax rate of 21.02%, which was lower than the Peer Group’s effective tax rate of 26.10%. Based on discussions with NB Bancorp’s management, the average tax rate for the Company reflects the benefit of an investment subsidiary which limits the Company’s state tax expense.

 

Loan Composition

 

Table 3.4 presents data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions (including the investment in mortgage-backed securities). Enhancing the comparability to the Company, the loan portfolio composition of the Peer Group is broadly similar to NB Bancorp with mortgage loans comprising the substantial majority of the portfolio. Moreover, MBS and 1-4 family loans are similar at 28.8% of assets for the Company versus an average of 34.44% for the Peer Group. Likewise, high risk-weight construction, multi-family, commercial real estate and commercial business loans equaled 53.1% of assets for the Company versus an average of 51.2% for the Peer Group with the most significant disparities being the Company’s higher ratio of construction and commercial real estate loans while the Peer Group’s portfolio was more heavily invested in multi-family mortgage loans.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.12

 

Table 3.4  

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information  

Comparable Institution Analysis  

As of March 31, 2023 or the Most Recent Date Available  

 

        Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets 
            1-4   Constr.   Multi-       Commerc.       RWA/   Servicing 
      MBS   Family   & Land   Family   Comm RE   Business   Consumer   Assets   Assets 
        (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($000) 
NB Bancorp, Inc.  MA   0.40%   28.42%   14.64%   5.70%   23.68%   9.12%   5.19%   NA   $2,230 
  March 31, 2023                                                
                                                   
Comparable Group                                                
  Averages      7.04%   26.36%   9.11%   19.20%   18.74%   4.18%   0.16%   78.21%  $5,028 
  Medians      7.83%   26.61%   3.74%   10.14%   16.96%   3.53%   0.09%   77.53%  $99 
                                                   
Comparable Group                                                
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.  NJ   10.36%   11.17%   5.60%   10.99%   39.34%   7.14%   0.15%   79.07%  $622 
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  NY   0.45%   0.36%   61.04%   9.30%   2.06%   7.32%   0.04%   113.68%  $0 
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  PA   8.13%   38.23%   7.34%   8.72%   17.99%   4.23%   0.20%   83.61%  $776 
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp  NJ   7.54%   29.32%   0.85%   32.87%   10.28%   0.22%   0.00%   69.88%  $0 
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  MA   13.58%   28.25%   4.16%   5.93%   29.61%   9.58%   0.19%   77.53%  $550 
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings  MA   0.00%   24.97%   5.56%   31.51%   25.86%   0.01%   0.01%   74.64%  $0 
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  MA   4.65%   29.54%   3.32%   8.21%   32.26%   7.93%   0.71%   84.10%  $48,138 
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  NJ   12.50%   5.80%   0.44%   49.88%   15.94%   2.84%   0.04%   NA   $197 
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY  NY   4.43%   74.81%   0.61%   0.40%   1.92%   0.35%   0.20%   55.51%  $0 
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.  NJ   8.79%   21.12%   2.23%   34.22%   12.10%   2.12%   0.03%   65.91%  $0 

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
   
Copyright (c) 2023 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.13

 

Loan servicing intangibles constituted a more significant balance sheet item for the Peer Group, equal to an average of $5.0 million for the Peer Group compared to a $2.2 million balance for the Company. Overall, the loan portfolio composition is similar to the Peer Group based on the focus on mortgage lending and in terms of diversification into high risk-weight loans.

 

Credit Risk

 

Overall, based on a comparison of credit risk measures, the Company’s implied credit risk exposure was viewed to be modestly greater than the Peer Group’s implied credit risk exposure although both NB Bancorp and the Peer Group had favorable credit quality ratios overall. As shown in Table 3.5, the Company’s ratios for non-performing/assets and non-performing loans/loans including performing TDRs equaled 0.55% and 0.63%, respectively, versus comparable measures of 0.31% and 0.36% for the Peer Group. The ratio of NPAs excluding performing TDRs equaled 0.35% for the Company, versus an average and median value of 0.29% and 0.23% for the Peer Group.

 

The Company’s and Peer Group’s loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans equaled 137.84% and 181.77%, respectively. Loss reserves maintained as percent of loans receivable equaled 0.87% for the Company, versus the range of 0.86% and 0.92% for the Peer Group average and median. Last, loan chargeoffs were at negligible levels for both the Company and the Peer Group based on the most recent trailing 12 month data.

 

The similar emphasis on higher risk commercial lending suggest that the reserve coverage ratios in comparison to the Peer Group are appropriate. However, given the strides the Company has made to diversify the portfolio over the last couple of years with the more active commercial mortgage, C&I and construction lending activity, many of which involve relatively large loan relationships. For example, the largest credit relationship as of March 31. 2023 was $52 million and the second largest is $42 million and the 25 largest relationships totaled $722 million. Given the recent growth and diversification of the commercial portfolio limits the seasoning of the portfolio in comparison to the Peer Group, potentially introducing an element of risk exposure.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.14

 

Table 3.5

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2023 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

            NPAs &   NPAs &               Rsrves/         
        REO/   90+Del/   90+Del/   NPLs/   Rsrves/   Rsrves/   NPAs &   Net Loan   NLCs/ 
      Assets   Assets (1)   Assets   Loans (2)   Loans HFI   NPLs (2)   90+Del (1)   Chargeoffs (3)   Loans 
        (%)   (%)       (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($000)   (%) 
NB Bancorp, Inc.  MA                                             
  March 31, 2023      0.00%   0.55%   0.35%   0.63%   0.87%   137.84%   137.84%  $934    0.03%
                                                   
Comparable Group                                                
  Averages      0.05%   0.36%   0.29%   0.39%   0.86%   214.00%   206.82%  $1,153    0.03%
  Medians      0.00%   0.31%   0.23%   0.37%   0.92%   181.77%   201.58%  $534    0.02%
                                                   
Comparable Group                                                
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.  NJ   0.00%   0.01%   0.01%   0.01%   0.84%   NA    NA   $3,724    0.00%
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  NY   0.10%   0.10%   0.10%   0.00%   0.31%   NA    277.27%  $314    0.03%
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  PA   0.18%   0.92%   0.75%   0.92%   1.15%   125.03%   100.67%  $193    0.01%
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp  NJ   0.00%   0.37%   0.37%   0.49%   0.89%   181.77%   181.77%  $19    0.00%
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  MA   0.00%   0.34%   0.23%   0.43%   0.95%   221.39%   221.39%  $2,352    0.12%
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings  MA   0.00%   0.01%   0.01%   0.01%   0.69%   NA    NA   -$50   0.00%
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  MA   0.00%   0.22%   0.22%   0.26%   1.02%   383.50%   383.50%  $753    0.02%
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  NJ   0.00%   0.28%   0.16%   0.30%   0.98%   328.26%   260.51%  $2,781    0.07%
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY  NY   0.03%   0.49%   0.35%   0.58%   0.97%   166.95%   156.49%  -$307   -0.01%
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.  NJ   0.16%   0.81%   0.69%   0.90%   0.82%   91.10%   72.95%  $1,752    0.03%

 

(1)  NPAs are defined as nonaccrual loans, accruing loans 90 days or more past due, performing TDRs, and OREO.
(2)  NPLs are defined as nonaccrual loans, accruing loans 90 days or more past due and performing TDRs.
(3)  Net loan chargeoffs are shown on a last twelve month basis.
 
Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obrained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
   
Copyright (c) 2023 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.15

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, NB Bancorp’s interest rate risk characteristics implied a comparable degree of interest rate risk exposure relative to the measures reported for the Peer Group. In this regard, while the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets was below the Peer Group ratios, the IEA/IBL ratio was lower and non-interest earnings assets were also lower. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to strengthen the Company’s balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics, given the increases that will be realized in Company’s tangible equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios.

 

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for NB Bancorp and the Peer Group. In general, the comparative fluctuations in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income ratios were similar in magnitude although the Company appears to benefiting from the increases to the Federal Reserve short term rate targets to a greater extent than the Peer Group based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period covered in Table 3.6. The stability of the Company’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as interest rate sensitive liabilities will be funding a lower portion of NB Bancorp’s assets and the proceeds will be substantially deployed into interest-earning assets.

 

Summary

 

Based on the above analysis, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of the Company. Such general characteristics as asset size, capital position, interest-earning asset composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint. Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.16

 

Table 3.6

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2023 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

        Balance Sheet Measures                         
        Tangible       Non-Earn.     
        Equity/   IEA/   Assets/   Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income 
      Assets   IBL   Assets   3/31/2023   12/31/2022   9/30/2022   6/30/2022   3/31/2022   12/31/2021 
                                        
        (%)   (%)   (%)   (change in net interest income is annualized in basis points) 
NB Financial, Inc.  MA                                             
  March 31, 2023      9.5%   107.5%   4.5%   0    3    44    25    0    -69 
                                                   
Comparable Group                                                
Average      11.6%   110.0%   5.0%   -27    -8    19    18    -5    4 
Median      10.2%   108.9%   5.4%   -23    -19    11    18    -5    0 
                                                   
Comparable Group                                                
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.  NJ   8.9%   116.3%   2.5%   -17    11    28    18    2    1 
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  NY   17.5%   117.0%   4.6%   3    73    120    47    -21    6 
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  PA   10.4%   108.0%   5.9%   -21    -36    47    15    16    -11 
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp  NJ   18.3%   117.7%   5.0%   -24    -21    6    24    -4    47 
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  MA   8.6%   103.9%   6.4%   -35    8    14    8    4    -10 
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings  MA   9.3%   109.6%   1.4%   -62    -67    -44    -8    -15    -2 
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  MA   9.6%   106.6%   6.9%   -48    -21    4    30    -4    11 
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  NJ   11.7%   108.9%   5.9%   -31    -17    8    19    -14    -2 
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY  NY   10.2%   109.0%   2.7%   -14    18    33    18    -5    4 
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.  NJ   NA    102.6%   8.9%   -17    -28    -20    5    -6    -2 

 

NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.
 
Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2023 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC. VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.1

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

 

Introduction

 

This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology prepared pursuant to the regulatory guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Company’s mutual-to-stock conversion.

 

Appraisal Guidelines

 

The federal regulatory appraisal guidelines required by the OCC, FRB, the FDIC and state banking agencies, including the Commissioner, specify the pro forma market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of a converting mutual institution. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject Company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject Company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

 

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

 

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes "fundamental analysis" techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a "technical analysis" of recently completed conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a stock on a given day.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC. VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.2

 

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the stock issuance process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in the Company’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor the Company’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and, (4) monitor pending conversion offerings, both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur prior to the close of the offering, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

 

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all savings and thrift institutions. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including NB Bancorp’s value, the market value of the stocks of publicly traded financial institutions or NB Bancorp’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into its analysis.

 

Valuation Analysis

 

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on appraised value of NB Bancorp coming to market at this time.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC. VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.3

 

1.            Financial Condition

 

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group's financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

·Overall A/L Composition. Loans funded by retail deposits were the primary components of both NB Bancorp’s and the Peer Group's balance sheets. In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s interest-earning asset composition exhibited a slightly higher concentration of loans and a broadly similar diversification into high risk-weight loans. NB Bancorp’s funding composition was similar to the Peer Group as both funded operations primarily with deposits and the level of borrowings was small for both the Company and the Peer Group. Overall, as a percent of assets, the Company maintained a higher level of interest-earning assets and a higher level of interest-bearing liabilities relative to the comparable ratios for the Peer Group, which translated into a slightly higher IEA/IBL ratio for NB Bancorp. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio will realize further improvement relative to the Peer Group’s IEA/IBL ratio. On balance, RP Financial concluded that the overall A/L composition was broadly comparable to the Peer Group.

 

·Credit Quality. Both the Company and the Peer Group had relatively favorable asset quality measures with NB Bancorp’s ratios being slightly less favorable in terms of the NPAs/Assets and reservice coverage ratios. Loss reserves maintained as percent of loans receivable equaled 0.87% for the Company, which fell within the range of the Peer Group average and median. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit risk for the Company was slightly greater given the limited seasoning of the portfolio considering the significant loan portfolio growth in the last two years.

 

·Balance Sheet Liquidity. The Company maintained a lower level of cash and investment securities than the Peer Group. The Company’s investment portfolio is classified as AFS and could be sold if necessary. Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Company’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as a portion of the net proceeds will initially be held in short-term liquid funds. The Company’s future borrowing capacity was considered to be modestly greater than the Peer Group’s borrowing capacity, as the level of borrowings was modestly lower than the Peer Group’s ratio. Overall, RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a slight positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition with the expected addition of the stock conversion proceeds at the completion of the conversion.

 

·Funding Liabilities. The Company’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a slightly higher concentration of deposits and a lower concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group median ratios but were broadly comparable overall. Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities were a neutral factor in our adjustment.

 

·Equity. The Company currently operates with a tangible equity/assets ratio lower than the Peer Group’s average and median ratios on a pre-conversion basis. However, following the stock offering, NB Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will exceed the Peer Group’s figures by a material amount. On balance, RP Financial concluded that equity strength was a positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC. VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.4

 

On balance, NB Bancorp’s balance sheet strength was considered to be slightly greater than the Peer Group’s balance sheet strength and, thus, a slight upward adjustment was applied for the Company’s financial condition.

 

2.            Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

 

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution's earnings stream and prospects to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

·Reported Earnings. The Company’s reported earnings were comparable to the Peer Group’s on a ROAA basis (1.05% of average assets versus an average and median of 1.03% of average assets for the Peer Group). As noted in the Peer Group analysis in Section Three, reported net income was supported by two non-recurring entries and, adjustment for those, estimated core earnings equaled 0.90% of average assets.

 

·Core Earnings. The Company’s core earnings are supported by stronger levels of net interest income and an efficient 11 office structure. The Company’s operating expense ratio was modestly above the Peer Group average while non-interest fee income was higher. Overall, the Company’s core earnings were considered to be comparable to the Peer Group’s reported earnings and, thus, RP Financial concluded that this was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·Interest Rate Risk. Quarterly changes in the Company’s and the Peer Group's net interest income to average assets ratios indicated that a similar degree of volatility was associated with NB Bancorp’s net interest margin although the Company has benefited from recent interest rate increases relative to the Peer Group. The extent to which this will continue to be the case is uncertain. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Company with equity-to-assets and IEA/ILB ratios that are more favorable than the Peer Group’s ratios, as well as enhance the stability of the Company’s net interest margin. Accordingly, on balance, interest rate risk was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·Credit Risk. The Company and Peer Group both posses modest credit risk based on key credit quality ratios, though NB Bancorp’s ratios are slightly less favorable. Coupled with the unseasoned nature of a significant portion of commercial real estate and C&I loans, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a slight negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings for the Company.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC. VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.5

 

·Earnings Growth Potential. Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the Company’s ROAA falls modestly below the Peer Group average and median on a pre-conversion basis although NB Bancorp has been incurring significant expenses related to a number of growth-oriented business plan initiatives. Importantly, the Company is targeting earnings growth related to these initiatives, but there is also execution risk that the objectives can be fully realized and/or may not produce the targeted revenue increase. . In view of the Company’s expansion plans and pro forma capital level, NB Bancorp’s earnings growth potential was considered to be modestly better than the Peer Group. Based on the foregoing considerations, earnings growth potential was a slight favorable factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·Return on Equity. Currently, the Company’s core ROE is similar to the Peer Group’s core ROE. While the stock conversion will provide additional capital to facilitate long term growth, the expenses of the stock benefit plans and high pro forma capital levels will depress the ROE until such time as the new capital can be leveraged. Until that time, the Company’s pro forma ROE will be lower than the Peer Group’s ROE.

 

On balance, NB Bancorp’s pro forma earnings strength was considered to be similar to the Peer Group. Moreover, while the Company’s earnings growth trends are strong, future earnings growth will be dependent upon NB Bancorp’s ability to successfully execute its growth and diversification strategy. This may take several years to fully realize and it entails a degree of execution risk. Coupled with the much higher capital ratio that NB Bancorp will operate with, the ROE will be depressed relative to the Peer Group over at least the next five years based on the projected results in NB Bancorp’s strategic plan. Accordingly, we applied no valuation adjustment for Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings.

 

3.            Asset Growth

 

The Company achieved asset growth of 29.9% in the twelve months ended March 31, 2023, significantly exceeding the Peer Group average and median asset growth rates 8.2% and 7.4%, respectively. The Company’s growth rates were skewed upward by the acquisition of Eastern Bank’s cannabis business, but even excluding this transaction annual asset growth of approximately 20% continued to exceed the Peer Group measures. Growth for the Company has been broad-based as loans increased by 41% and deposits increased by 26% inclusive. By comparison, the Peer Group’s loans increased by only 15% and deposit balances were relatively flat. Overall, the Company’s recent asset growth trends would tend to be viewed favorably relative to the Peer Group’s asset growth trends in terms of supporting future earnings growth. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will be higher than the Peer Group's tangible equity-to-assets ratio, providing the Company with greater leverage capacity as maintained by the Peer Group. Coupled with the adoption and initial implementation of a growth-oriented business plan, a slight upward adjustment was applied for asset growth.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC. VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.6

 

4.            Primary Market Area

 

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. NB Bancorp serves the Boston Metropolitan Areas focusing on Norfolk, Middlesex and Suffolk Counties where it maintains retail banking office but employing technology and people to essentially extend its market coverage throughout southern New England. Within this market, the Company faces significant competition for loans and deposits from both community-based institutions and larger regional financial institutions, which provide a broader array of services and have significantly larger branch networks. However, the Peer Group companies by virtue of their relatively comparable size relative to NB Bancorp also face numerous and/or large competitors.

 

Demographic and economic trends and characteristics in the Company’s primary market area are presented in Exhibit III-3 along with Peer Group comparable data. In this regard, the total population of Norfolk, Middlesex and Suffolk Counties is higher than the average and median primary market areas of the Peer Group. While these demographic trends are slightly more favorable for the Company, the per capita income level in Norfolk County is well above the average and median of the Peer Group’s markets. The deposit market share exhibited by the Company in Norfolk County is below the Peer Group average and median, indicative of the larger market within which the Company operates, while several of the Peer Group members operate in smaller demographic areas. As shown in Table 4.1, the average unemployment rate for the primary market area counties served by the Peer Group companies was modestly higher than the unemployment rate reflected for Middlesex County. On balance, we concluded that a slight upward adjustment was appropriate for the Company’s market area.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC. VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.7

 

 

RP® Financial, LC. VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.7

 

Table 4.1

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Peer Group Market Area Unemployment Rates

 

      Unemployment 
      Rate 
   County  March 2023 
NB Financial, Inc.  Norfolk, MA   3.6%
         
Peer Group Average      4.3%
         
Peer Group        
ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  Middlesex, MA   3.3%
Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.  Westchester, NY   3.3%
HV Bancorp, Inc.  Monroe, PA   6.2%
Magyar Bancorp, Inc.  Bergen, NJ   3.4%
Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  Hampden, MA   5.3%
PCSB Financial Corporation  Plymouth, MA   4.5%
Provident Bancorp, Inc.  Plymouth, MA   4.5%
Prudential Bancorp, Inc.  Middlesex, NJ   3.6%
Randolph Bancorp, Inc.  Schenectady, NY   3.5%
Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  Essex, NJ   5.0%

 

Source: S&P Capital IQ.

 

5.             Dividends

 

At this time the Company has not established a dividend policy. Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions. Nine out of the ten Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 1.31% to 6.31%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions equaled 4.32% as of May 19, 2023, reflecting the yield of the nine companies which have a regular dividend policy. Comparatively, as of May 19, 2023, the average dividend yield on the stocks of all fully-converted publicly-traded savings and thrift institutions equaled 3.42%.

 

Following the conversion, the Company’s capacity to pay dividends is viewed to be comparable to the Peer Group’s capacity to pay dividends based on its pro forma capitalization and earnings levels. On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.8

 

6.             Liquidity of the Shares

 

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. A total of nine of the Peer Group companies trade on NASDAQ while one trades on the NYSE. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $127 million to $1.2 billion as of May 19, 2023, with average and median market values of $410 million and $388 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding of the Peer Group companies ranged from 2.2 million to 63.7 million, with average and median shares outstanding equal to 32.5 million and 24.8 million, respectively. The Company’s stock offering is expected to provide for a pro forma market value that will approximate the Peer Group average and median. Following the conversion, the Company’s stock will be traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market. Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s stock will have a comparable level of trading as the Peer Group companies on average and, therefore, we concluded that no adjustment was necessary for this factor.

 

7.             Marketing of the Issue

 

Three separate markets exist for thrift stocks: (1) the after-market for public companies, both fully-converted stock companies and MHC’s, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a publicly-held Company and stock trading history; and (3) the acquisition market. All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.9

 

A.            The Public Market

 

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays various stock price indices as of May 19, 2023.

 

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. After a favorable employment report for March supported stock market gains at the beginning of April 2022, stocks turned lower going into mid-April as rate fears mounted in light of data showing that inflation hit another 40-year high in March and the Federal Reserve signaling a more hawkish tone for future interest rate hikes in order to tame inflation. Notwithstanding a stock market rally in the second half of June on signs that economic activity was cooling off, which tempered expectations that the Federal Reserve would implement a series of steep rate hikes, the second quarter of 2022 ended with stocks closing lower and, overall, posting their worst first half of a year in decades.

 

Stocks opened the third quarter of 2022 trading unevenly ahead of the release of the June employment report. Fears about a recession on the horizon and the June CPI showing inflation recached a four-decade high weighed on stocks going into mid-July, which was followed by a one-day rally to closeout the second full week of trading in July. The one-day rally was fueled by a larger than expected in June retail sales. Second quarter earnings reports drove day-to-day fluctuations in the broader stock market going into the second half of July, which was followed by stocks rallying at the end of July after the Federal Reserve increased its target rate by 0.75% and signaled more tightening was likely this year. Geopolitical tensions in China weighed on stocks at the start of August, which was followed a broader stock market rally through mid-August. Factors contributing to the upswing in stocks included some strong earnings reports and a slowdown in inflation as indicated by the CPI. Stocks snapped a four week winning to close out the third week of August, as fears of additional sharp interest rate increases by the Federal Reserve prompted a multi-day selloff heading into last two weeks of August. After rallying in advance of the Federal Reserve Chairman’s late-August speech on the economy, stocks plummeted to close out August as investors reacted to the Federal Reserve Chairman’s pledge to keep raising interest rates until it was confident that inflation was under control. Expectations that the Federal Reserve remained on track to raise interest rates following the release of the August jobs report provided for an up-and-down market for stocks during the first few days of trading in September. Stocks suffered their worst day in more than two years on September 13th, as a stronger than expected increase in the August CPI raised expectations that the Federal Reserve would move aggressively to combat inflation and, in turn, increase the possibility of a recession. In advance of the Federal Reserve meeting, stocks edged higher, which was followed by a board-based selloff after the Federal Reserve raised its target rate by 0.75% and signaled the need for further rate increases. The DJIA slid into bear market territory to close out the third quarter, as investors confronted new signs of slowing global economic growth, Russia’s attempt to escalate the war in Ukraine and growing certainty that the Federal Reserve will continue to raise rates to fight inflation.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.10

 

The broader stock market rebounded at the start of the fourth quarter of 2022, with the DJIA posting its best two-day gain since April 2020. A relative strong jobs report for September 2022 translated into stocks trading lower following the early-October rally, as hopes faded that the Federal Reserve would pursue a less aggressive monetary policy. After NASDAQ moved into bear territory for the second time of 2022, some favorable third quarter earnings reports fueled a broader stock market rally in the second half of October. Overall, the DJIA was up 14% for the month of October, which was its best month since 1976. Stocks traded lower at the start of November in conjunction with the Federal Reserve raising its target rate by another 0.75% and plans to keep raising rates, but potentially in smaller increments. A favorable employment report for October boosted stocks ahead of the mid-term elections, which was followed by a one-day selloff after election day amid uncertainty around the mid-term election results and turmoil in cryptocurrency markets. With the release of the October CPI showing a smaller-than-expected increase, stocks posted their biggest gains in more than two years on November 10th. Trading in the broader stock market was mixed through mid-November, as investor enthusiasm over a potential slowdown in interest rate increases faded. The up and down market continued through the second half of November, with stocks trading lower on worries about a rise in Covid-19 cases in China and then rallying after the Federal Reserve Chairman signaled a potential slowdown in interest rate increases. Economically sensitive shares led the market lower in early-December, as strong economic data increased expectations that the Federal Reserve would continue to raise interest rates throughout 2023. Slowing inflation indicated by November’s CPI fueled a stock market rally heading into mid-December, which was followed by a selloff in mid-December as weak data for retail sales and manufacturing output heightened recession fears. A jump in consumer confidence data for December sparked a one-day rally heading into the last week of 2022, which was followed by an up and down stock market during the final week of the year. Overall, the DJIA closed at 33147.25 on the last day of trading in 2022, a decrease of 8.8% for 2022, while the S&P 500 and the NASDAQ Composite ended 2022 with respective declines of 19.4% and 33.1%.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.11

 

Signs that inflation was moderating and the December jobs report showing a slowdown in hiring translated into stocks trending higher during the first two weeks of 2023. A sharp in December retail sales prompted a selloff in the broader stock market heading into the second half of January. Some favorable fourth quarter earnings reports and indications that inflation was moderating contributed to stocks trading higher during the second half of January. All three of the major U.S. stock indexes recorded strong monthly gains, as investors became more confident that Federal Reserve interest rate increases were nearing an end. After a stronger-than-expected jobs report for January stoked fears that interest rate increases could continue longer than anticipated, stocks pulled back in early-February. A general downward trend continued in the broader stock market going into the second half of February, as stronger than expected inflation data further heightened concerns that Federal Reserve tightening would last longer than investors had anticipated. All three of the U.S. stock indexes posted losses for the month of February. Defensive stocks led the market higher at the start of March, which was followed by stocks sinking at the beginning of the second week of March after the Federal Reserve Chairman said the Federal Reserve would likely lift rates more than previously expected to fight inflation. Bank stocks led the market lower to close out the second week of March, as investors reacted to SVB Financial Group reporting a $2 billion loss on the sale of assets following a larger-than-expected decline in deposits and the subsequent takeover of Silicon Valley Bank by the FDIC. With investors remaining on edge about further bank failures and the heightened risk that banking-sector turmoil could tip the U.S. economy into a recession, volatility prevailed in the broader stock market in mid-March. As concerns about the health of the banking sector ebbed, stock generally drifted higher in the closing weeks of the first the quarter with the exception of a one-day selloff that occurred when the Federal Reserve raised its target rate by another 0.25%. The positive trend in the broader stock market generally was sustained during the first half of April, as data suggesting that inflation was easing heightened optimism that the Federal Reserve could be nearing an end to its current round of interest rate increases. Growing fears of an economic slowdown pulled stocks lower heading into late-April, which was followed by stocks rallying at the end of April as a strong round of earnings reports helped the broader stock market to advance for a second month in a row. Stocks faltered at the start of May, as investors moved into safe-haven investments following the takeover of First Republic Bank by regulators and the Federal Reserve’s decision to increase its benchmark rate by another quarter-point. An upbeat jobs report for April propelled stocks higher to close out the first week of May. Major U.S. stock indexes traded in a narrow range to start the third week of May, although the NASDAQ edged up to return to bull-market territory. On May 19, 2023, the DJIA closed at 33426.6, an increase of 6.95% from one year ago and an increase of 0.8% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 12706.15, an increase of 11.2% from one year ago and an increase of 20.9% year-to-date. The S&P 500 Index closed at 4138.12 on May 19, 2023, an increase of 9.2% from one year ago and an increase of 7.5% year-to-date.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.12

 

The market for thrift stocks has also experienced varied trends in recent quarters. At the start of the third quarter of 2022, bank stocks showed little movement ahead of the June employment report. Bank stocks traded lower at the start of the second quarter earnings season, as J.P. Morgan’s second quarter earnings report spotlighted concerns about the outlook for the U.S. economy. The one-day rally in the broader stock market in mid-July lifted bank stocks as well, which was in part supported by favorable second quarter earnings reports posted by some large banks. A favorable earnings outlook reported by some banks in their second quarter earnings reports and the rally in the broader stock market following the Federal Reserve’s rate hike helped to sustain a positive trend for financial shares through the second half of July. After edging lower at the start of August, a stronger-than-expected jobs report for July and a slightly slower pace of inflation indicated by the July CPI contributed to financial shares trending higher through mid-August. Bank stocks reversed course and followed the broader stock market lower during the second half of August, as investors assessed the likelihood that the Federal Reserve would continue to move aggressively to tame inflation and the potential that higher interest rates could push the U.S. economy into a protracted economic downturn. After edging lower at the start of September, financial shares traded higher along with the broader stock market heading into mid-September. Financial shares participated in the broader market selloff with the release of the August CPI in mid-September, which indicated that inflation remained elevated and raised expectations that the Federal Reserve would continue to raise rates aggressively in an effort to combat inflation. The downturn in bank stocks accelerated in the second half of September, as fears of an economic slowdown mounted following the Federal Reserve’s 0.75% rate hike and expectations that the Federal Reserve would continue to raise rates for the balance of 2022.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.13

 

Financial shares paralleled trends in the broader stock market at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2022, initially trading up and then retreating with the strong jobs report for September diminishing expectations of an easing in the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy. Bank shares led a mid-October stock market rally, as some large banks posted better-than-expected third quarter earnings. Generally favorable third quarter earnings reports coming out of the banking sector and indications by some Federal Reserve officials that they were considering whether to slow the pace of monetary tightening helped to sustain the positive trend for bank stocks through the end of October. After trading in a narrow range at the beginning of November and through the mid-term elections, bank stocks traded up on the lower-than-expected increase in the October CPI. Financial shares eased lower heading into the second half of November, as stronger-than-expected retail sales for October increased expectations that the Federal Reserve would keep raising interest rates to reduce persistently high inflation. Signs of inflation cooling and the possibility of smaller interest rate increases by the Federal Reserve contributed to bank stocks edging higher during the second half of November, which was followed by bank stocks and other economically shares leading the market lower during the first half of December. Recession worries elevated by indications from the Federal Reserve that it may have to hold interest rates higher for longer than expected was a driving factor that fueled the downturn in bank stocks. In the closing weeks of 2022, bank stocks traded in a narrow range and then edged higher at the end of December. For 2022 overall, the S&P U.S. BMI Banks Index was down 19.4%.

 

Bank stocks followed the broader stock market’s positive trend during the first half of January 2023 and then retreated heading into the second half of January, as recession worries came into focus on the report that retail sales for December posted their biggest decline in 2022. Prospects that the Federal Reserve would begin to dial back its interest rate increases and fourth quarter GDP data that showed economic growth slowed less than expected provided for a mildly positive trend for bank stocks in the second half of January, which continued into early-February as the quarter-point rate hike by the Federal Reserve was in line with expectations. Fourth quarter earnings season translated into a narrow trading range for bank stocks through mid-February, which was followed by bank stocks trading lower along with the selloff in the broader stock market as inflation data raised expectations that the Federal Reserve would keep interest rates higher for longer than had been anticipated. A generally stable market prevailed for bank stocks at the end of February and into early-March, which was followed by a sharp selloff in the banking sector through mid-March. The selloff was ignited by the collapse of Silicon Valley Bank followed by the failure of Signature Bank, which raised fears that more banks could be in trouble. Bank shares closed out the last two weeks of the first quarter trading in a narrow range, as concerns about the health of the banking sector eased and the FDIC completed the sale of Silicon Valley Bank to First Citizens Bancshares. Data indicating that the labor market was softening translated into bank stocks trading lower at the start of the second quarter, which was followed by an upswing in bank stocks through mid-April. Factors contributing to the positive trend in bank stocks included a stronger-than-expected jobs report for March, data showing a slower pace of inflation and some big banks reporting better-than-expected earnings at the start of the first quarter earnings season. Heightened recession fears pressured financial shares lower in the second half of April, which was followed by a more pronounced selloff in bank stocks at the beginning of May. Persistent worries about regional banks and the economy were noted factors that fueled the retreat in bank stocks. The better-than-expected employment report for April helped banks stocks to reverse course and rally along with the broader stock market to close out the first week of May. However, the rally could not be sustained as ongoing concerns regarding liquidity issues and the direction of future earnings weighed in on financial issues through mid May. On May 19, 2023, the S&P U.S. BMI Banks Index closed at 125.1, a decrease of 15.6% from one year ago and a decrease of 15.7% year-to-date.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.14

 

B.             The New Issue Market

 

In addition to stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book ("P/B") ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio often reflects a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.15

 

As shown in Table 4.2, three standard conversion offerings, one second-step offering and one first-step MHC offering were completed since the beginning of 2022 and one second-step offering has been completed during 2023. The most recent standard conversion offering was completed by ECB Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts which was completed in July 2022. ECB Bancorp’s offering was smaller in size in comparison to NB Bancorp’s offering and closed between the minimum and the midpoint of the offering range pro forma price/tangible book ratio of 59.3%. While ECB Bancorp’s stock price closed up 41.3% after its first week of trading, the price has subsequently diminished to 8.8% above the IPO price as of May 19, 2023. As a group, the three recent standard conversion offerings closed at a pro forma P/TB ratio of 56.9% based on the average and 59.3% based on the median.

 

C.             The Acquisition Market

 

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on NB Bancorp’s holding company’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other savings institutions operating in Massachusetts. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there have been 24 bank and thrift acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2018 through year-to-date 2023, of which 13 involved thrift/savings institutions. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Company’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Company’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence NB Bancorp’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in NB Bancorp’s stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

 

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.16

 

Table 4.2

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Conversions Completed in Since January 1, 2022

  

          Pre-Conversion Data   Offering Information 
Institutional Information  Financial Info.   Asset Quality   Excluding Foundation 
   Conversion         Equity/   NPAs/   Res.   Gross   %   % of   Exp./ 
Institution  Date  Ticker  Assets   Assets   Assets   Cov.   Proc.   Offer   Mid.   Proc. 
         ($Mil)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($Mil.)   (%)   (%)   (%) 
Standard Conversions                                          
ECB Bancorp, Inc., MA  7/28/22  ECBK-NASDAQ  $689    11.42%   0.11%   589%  $89.2    100%   96%   2.7%
VWF Bancorp, Inc., OH  7/14/22  VWFB-OTCQB  $137    17.62%   0.17%   96%  $19.2    100%   87%   7.8%
NSTS Bancorp, Inc., IL  1/19/22  NSTS-NASDAQ  $260    17.68%   0.70%   529%  $52.9    100%   132%   3.7%
                                               
Averages - Standard Conversions:  $362    15.57%   0.33%   405%  $53.8    100%   105%   4.7%
Medians - Standard Conversions:  $260    17.62%   0.17%   529%  $52.9    100%   96%   3.7%
Mutual Holding Companies                                           
CFSB Bancorp, Inc., MA*  1/13/22  CFSB-NASDAQ  $337    14.56%   0.00%   NM   $28.0    43%   130%   5.4%
                                               
Averages - MHC Conversions:  $337    14.56%   0.00%   NM   $28.0    43%   130%   5.4%
Medians - MHC Conversions:  $337    14.56%   0.00%   NM   $28.0    43%   130%   5.4%

 

   Contribution to  Insider Purchases     
         Char.  Found.  % Off Incl. Fdn.+Merger Shares     
Institutional Information     % of  Benefit Plans       Initial 
   Conversion        Public Off.      Recog.   Stk   Mgmt.&   Div. 
Institution  Date  Ticker  Form  Inc. Fdn.  ESOP   Plans   Option   Dirs.   Yield 
            (%)  (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)(1)   (%) 
Standard Conversions                               
ECB Bancorp, Inc., MA  7/28/22  ECBK-NASDAQ  C/S  $600/2.83%   8.0%   4.0%   10.0%   3.8%   0.00%
VWF Bancorp, Inc., OH  7/14/22  VWFB-OTCQB  N.A.  N.A.   8.0%   4.0%   10.0%   25.1%   0.00%
NSTS Bancorp, Inc., IL  1/19/22  NSTS-NASDAQ  C/S  $150/2.00%   8.0%   4.0%   10.0%   5.0%   0.00%
                                      
Averages - Standard Conversions:  N.A.  N.A.   8.0%   4.0%   10.0%   11.3%   0.00%
Medians - Standard Conversions:  N.A.  N.A.   8.0%   4.0%   10.0%   5.0%   0.00%
Mutual Holding Companies                               
CFSB Bancorp, Inc., MA*  1/13/22  CFSB-NASDAQ  C/S  $250/4.44%   8.7%   4.4%   10.9%   5.2%   0.00%
                                      
Averages - MHC Conversions:  N.A.  N.A.   8.7%   4.4%   10.9%   5.2%   0.00%
Medians - MHC Conversions:  N.A.  N.A.   8.7%   4.4%   10.9%   5.2%   0.00%

 

           Post-IPO Pricing Trends 
          Pro Forma Data       Closing Price: 
Institutional Information  Pricing Ratios(2)(5)   Financial Charac.       After             
   Conversion         Core       Core       Core   IPO   First   %   Thru   % 
Institution  Date  Ticker  P/TB   P/E   P/A   ROA   TE/A   ROE   Price   Week(3)   Chg   5/19/23   Chg 
         (%)   (x)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($)   ($)   (%)   ($)   (%) 
Standard Conversions                                                       
ECB Bancorp, Inc., MA  7/28/22  ECBK-NASDAQ   59.3%   19.1x   12.0%   0.6%   20.2%   3.1%  $10.00   $14.13    41.3%  $10.88    8.8%
VWF Bancorp, Inc., OH  7/14/22  VWFB-OTCQB   51.8%   NM    12.8%   0.1%   24.8%   0.3%  $10.00   $14.50    45.0%  $13.55    35.5%
NSTS Bancorp, Inc., IL  1/19/22  NSTS-NASDAQ   59.5%   NM    17.7%   -0.2%   29.8%   -0.6%  $10.00   $12.30    23.0%  $8.70    -13.1%
                                                              
Averages - Standard Conversions:   56.9%   19.1x   14.2%   0.2%   24.9%   0.9%  $10.00   $13.64    36.4%  $11.04    10.4%
Medians - Standard Conversions:   59.3%   19.1x   12.8%   0.1%   24.8%   0.3%  $10.00   $14.13    41.3%  $10.88    8.8%
Mutual Holding Companies                                                       
CFSB Bancorp, Inc., MA*  1/13/22  CFSB-NASDAQ   63.2%   75.4x   16.7%   0.3%   20.0%   1.6%  $10.00   $10.65    6.5%  $7.13    -28.7%
                                                              
Averages - MHC Conversions:   63.2%   75.4x   16.7%   0.3%   20.0%   1.6%  $10.00   $10.65    6.5%  $7.13    -28.7%
Medians - MHC Conversions:   63.2%   75.4x   16.7%   0.3%   20.0%   1.6%  $10.00   $10.65    6.5%  $7.13    -28.7%

 

Note:  * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Financial assisted in the business plan preparation, "NT" - Not Traded; "NA" - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

 

(1)  As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.   (5)  Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
(2)  Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6. (6)  Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
(3)  Latest price if offering is less than one week old.   (7)   Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
(4)  Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old. (8)  Former credit union. May 19, 2023

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.17

 

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks. Overall, volatile market conditions including several recent large bank failures have led to selloffs in a range of 15% on both a year to date and trailing twelve-month basis. Coupled with initiatives by the Federal Reserve to get inflation under control, these factors have led to unusual market volatility. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that a moderate downward adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purpose of marketing of the issue.

 

8.Management

 

The Company’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations. In the most recent year, the Company has commenced making a significant investment in management through hiring senior level management to fill certain key positions and retraining certain other key officers to facilitate implementation of the Company’s strategic plan. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Company’s Board of Directors and senior management. Similarly, the returns, equity positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.

 

9.Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

 

In summary, as a fully-converted, FDIC insured institution, Needham Bank and NB Bancorp will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members -- all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects NB Bancorp’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.

 

Summary of Adjustments

 

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.18

 

Valuation Adjustments

 

Key Valuation Parameters:   Valuation Adjustment
Financial Condition   Slight Upward
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings   No Adjustment
Asset Growth   Slight Upward
Primary Market Area   Slight Upward
Dividends   No Adjustment
Liquidity of the Shares   No Adjustment
Marketing of the Issue   Moderate Downward
Management   No Adjustment
Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform   No Adjustment

 

Valuation Approaches

 

In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the FDIC and the Massachusetts Division of Banks. i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock – price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches – all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters as incorporated into the offering prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions and expenses and for the foundation contribution. The assumptions for the transaction have been summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8.

 

In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings. RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

P/E Approach. The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock. In the short term, however, until such time as the new capital has been fully deployed and leveraged, the P/E approach has less impact on pro forma market value. While they were considered in the valuation, pro forma P/E multiples received less weight than book value based approaches.

 

P/B Approach. P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value, taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.19

 

P/A Approach. P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

 

The Company will adopt “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”), which will cause earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of ASC 718-40 in the valuation.

 

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above and the dilutive impact of the stock contribution to the Foundation, RP Financial concluded that, as of May 19, 2023, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be issued to the Foundation, equaled $312,500,000 at the midpoint, equal to $31,250,000 shares offered at a price of $10.00 per share.

 

1.             Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”). The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. The Company’s reported earnings equaled $34.5 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023. As noted in the financial analysis in Section One, the only material non-recurring expenses were related to a bargain purchase gain on the purchase of the cannabis business and pandemic related earnings retention credits. Excluding the foregoing items on a tax-effected basis resulted in a core earnings figure of $31.2 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2023. In applying this technique, we considered both reported and core earnings and, placing greater emphasis on core earnings, adjusted historical earnings to reflect the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds and the estimated after-tax expenses of implementing stock-based benefit plans. It is these pro forma earnings figures, reflecting the impact of the conversion, that are used in calculating pro forma P/E multiples.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.20

 

Based on the Company’s estimated core earnings and incorporating the impact of the conversion, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $312.5 million midpoint value were 8.75x and 9.67x (see Table 4.3). Compared to the Peer Group’s average and median reported earnings multiples of 8.00x and 7.15x, respectively, the Company’s midpoint P/E multiple reflected a premium of 9.3% and 22.4%. And compared to the Peer Group’s average and median core earnings multiples of 7.34x and 7.15x, respectively, the Company’s midpoint P/E multiple reflected a premium of 31.8% and 35.3%. The Company’s pro forma P/E multiples based on core earnings at the minimum and the supermaximum equaled 8.27x and 12.63x, respectively, reflecting premiums of 72.1% and 12.7% relative to the Peer Group average (of 7.34x).

 

2.             Price-to-Book (“P/B”). The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio to the Company’s pro forma book value. As of March 31, 2023, the Company’s historical book value and tangible book value was $351.8 million. To arrive at pro forma book value, historical book value was adjusted to reflect the addition of the conversion net proceeds, the impact of funding the foundation, and the accounting entries related to the stock-based benefit plans. Based on the $312.5 million midpoint, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 51.23%. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 70.75% and 77.46%, the Company’s ratios reflected a discount of 27.6% on a P/B basis and a discount of 33.9% on a P/TB basis. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 65.08% and 71.57%, respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 21.3% and 28.4%, respectively. At the top of the supermaximum, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 59.52%. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the supermaximum reflected discounts of 15.9% and 23.2%, respectively. The discounts reflected under the P/B approach were supported by premiums indicated in the P/E approaches that ranged from 9% to 35% based on the midpoint valuation and 43% to 77% at the supermaximum.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.21

 

3.             Price-to-Assets (“P/A”). The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base. As of March 31, 2023, the Company’s historical assets were $3.716 billion. To arrive at pro forma assets, historical assets were adjusted to reflect the addition of the conversion net proceeds, the impact of funding the foundation, and the accounting entries related to the stock-based benefit plans. Although the P/A approach conservatively assumes no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases, in all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals that will understate the pro forma P/A ratio computed herein under this approach. At the $312.5 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 7.86% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 8.27%, which implies a discount of 4.9% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 8.39%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a discount of 6.2%.

 

Comparison to Recent Offerings

 

As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings cannot be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). The most relevant recent conversion was undertaken by ECB Bancorp of Everett, Massachusetts raising gross proceeds of $89.2 million upon completion of its conversion in July 2022. ECB Bancorp completed its conversion at a pro forma P/TB ratio of 59.3%, but this was completed prior to the significant selloff in financial institution stocks as a result of the failure of three banks including Silicon Valley Bank. We also considered ECB Bancorp’s recent trading including the fact that as of May 19, 2023, ECB Bancorp was trading 8.8% above its IPO price at $10.88 per share, and at a 61.34% price/tangible book value ratio, even after nearly 10 months of trading. At the midpoint of the offering range, NB Bancorp’s pro forma P/TB ratio is discounted by ECB Bancorp’s current P/TB ratio and is at substantial parity to ECB Bancorp’s P/TB ratio at the supermaximum of the offering range.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.22

 

Valuation Conclusion

 

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of May 19, 2023, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be issued to the Foundation, equaled $312,500,000 at the midpoint, equal to $31,250,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% valuation range applied to the midpoint of the offering including the shares issued to the Foundation equal to 4 percent of the pro forma shares outstanding, indicates a minimum market value of $265,625,000 and a maximum market value of $359,375,000. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 26,562,500 at the minimum and 35,937,500 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a super maximum value of $413,281,250 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the super maximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 41,328,125. Based on this valuation range, the offering range is as follows: $255,000,000 at the minimum, $300,000,000 at the midpoint, $345,000,000 at the maximum and $396,750,000 at the super maximum. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the number of offering shares is as follows: 25,500,000 at the minimum, 30,000,000 at the midpoint, 34,500,000 at the maximum and 39,675,000 at the super maximum. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.3 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.23

 

Table 4.3

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

NB Bancorp, Inc.

As of May 19, 2023

 

       Market   Per Share Data                     
       Capitalization   Core   Book                     
       Price/   Market   12 Month   Value/   Pricing Ratios(3) 
       Share(1)   Value   EPS(2)   Share   P/E   P/B   P/A   P/TB   P/Core 
       ($)   ($Mil)   ($)   ($)   (x)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (x) 
NB Bancorp, Inc.                                            
Supermaximum      $10.00   $413.28   $0.87   $16.80   11.44x   59.52%  10.18%  59.52%  12.63x 
Maximum      $10.00   $359.38   $1.00   $18.06   10.01x   55.37%  8.95%  55.37%  11.06x 
Midpoint      $10.00   $312.50   $1.14   $19.52   8.75x   51.23%  7.86%  51.23%  9.67x 
Minimum      $10.00   $265.63   $1.34   $21.48   7.48x   46.55%  6.75%  46.55%  8.27x 
                                             
Valuation Peer Group                                            
Averages      $30.25   $409.58   $3.54   $34.04   8.00   70.75%  8.27%  77.46%  7.34 
Medians      $11.44   $388.35   $1.69   $16.07   7.15   65.08%  8.39%  71.57%  7.15 
                                             
All Fully-Converted, Publicly-Traded Institutions                                            
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp  NJ  $9.01   $246.74   $0.02   $14.08   NM   63.97%  11.74%  64.10%  NM 
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  PA  $13.10   $127.22   $2.11   $21.03   6.27x   62.28%  6.41%  66.54%  6.22x 
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings  MA  $192.34   $413.42   $20.58   $182.89   12.39x   105.17%  9.83%  105.17%  9.35x 
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  MA  $8.06   $363.29   $0.91   $12.74   9.16x   63.24%  6.52%  71.85%  8.85x 
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.  NJ  $6.97   $443.82   $0.79   $12.99   11.43x   53.65%  5.32%  71.29%  8.80x 
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  NY  $12.94   $179.96   $2.21   $17.13   6.02x   75.55%  11.98%  75.61%  5.86x 
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  NJ  $9.93   $462.04   $1.28   $15.00   7.76x   66.18%  8.16%  70.34%  7.74x 
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.  NJ  $15.83   $1,186.65   $2.39   $21.73   6.85x   72.84%  8.61%  101.25%  6.63x 
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY  NY  $28.41   $540.48   $3.98   $32.31   7.15x   87.93%  8.94%  88.01%  7.15x 
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  MA  $5.95   $132.15   $1.09   $10.50   5.00x   56.66%  5.16%  60.44%  5.47x 

  

   Dividends(4)   Financial Characteristics(6)     
   Amount/       Payout   Total   Equity/   Tang. Eq./   NPAs/   Reported (5)   Core (5)   Offering 
   Share   Yield   Ratio   Assets   Assets   T. Assets   Assets   ROAA   ROAE   ROAA   ROAE   Value 
   ($)   (%)   (%)   ($Mil)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($Mil) 
NB Bancorp, Inc.                                                   
Supermaximum  $0.00   0.00%  0.00%  $4,059   17.11%  17.11%  0.50%  0.89%  5.20%  0.81%  4.71%  $396.75 
Maximum  $0.00   0.00%  0.00%  $4,013   16.17%  16.17%  0.50%  0.89%  5.53%  0.81%  5.01%  $345.00 
Midpoint  $0.00   0.00%  0.00%  $3,974   15.35%  15.35%  0.51%  0.90%  5.85%  0.81%  5.30%  $300.00 
Minimum  $0.00   0.00%  0.00%  $3,935   14.50%  14.50%  0.51%  0.90%  6.22%  0.82%  5.63%  $255.00 
                                                    
Valuation Peer Group                                                   
Averages  $0.81   4.32%  33.81%  $5,177   12.08%  11.60%  0.43%  1.03%  8.54%  1.08%  8.96%     
Medians  $0.52   4.71%  32.39%  $4,889   10.89%  10.16%  0.39%  1.03%  9.18%  1.07%  10.12%     
                                                    
All Fully-Converted, Publicly-Traded Institutions                                                   
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp   NA   NA   NA   $2,101   18.36%  18.33%  0.37%  0.03%  0.16%  0.03%  0.15%        
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  $0.60   4.58%  28.71%  $1,986   11.02%  10.39%  0.75%  1.08%  9.43%  1.09%  9.50%        
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings  $2.52   1.31%  19.90%  $4,206   9.34%  9.34%  0.01%  0.86%  8.93%  1.14%  11.84%        
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  $0.30   3.72%  32.39%  $5,573   10.76%  9.60%  NA   0.82%  6.49%  0.84%  6.71%        
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.  $0.44   6.31%  72.13%  $8,349   10.37%  NA   0.81%  0.51%  4.51%  0.66%  5.84%        
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  $0.24   1.85%  11.16%  $1,503   17.47%  17.46%  NA   2.44%  12.41%  2.51%  12.76%        
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  $0.52   5.24%  40.63%  $5,663   12.33%  11.68%  0.16%  1.04%  8.33%  1.04%  8.35%        
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.  $0.96   6.06%  41.56%  $13,779   11.90%  8.86%  0.39%  1.26%  10.74%  1.29%  10.99%        
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY  $1.44   5.07%  35.97%  $6,046   10.17%  10.16%  0.49%  1.24%  12.66%  1.24%  12.66%        
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  $0.28   4.71%  21.85%  $2,562   9.10%  8.58%  NA   1.01%  11.74%  0.93%  10.75%        

 

(1)  Closing price at date indicated, market value equal to public (minority shares) times current stock price.

(2)  Core earnings reflect net income less non-recurring items

(3)  P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.

(4)  Dividend is as of most recent quarterly dividend.   Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.

(5)  ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.

(6)  Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

(7) Current Quarter is March 31, 2023, footnote reflects data as of December 31, 2022, or most recent date

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

   

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

  

 
  

 

 

RP® Financial, LC.

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

  

Exhibit  
Number Description
   
I-1 Map of Branch Office Network
   
I-2 Audited Financial Statements
   
I-3 Key Operating Ratios
   
I-4 Investment Securities
   
I-5 Yields and Costs
   
I-6 Loan Loss Allowance Activity
   
I-7 Interest Rate Risk Analysis
   
I-8 Fixed Rate and Adjustable Rate Loans
   
I-9 Loan Portfolio Composition
   
I-10 Contractual Maturity By Loan Type
   
I-11 Non-Performing Assets
   
I-12 Deposit Composition
   
I-13 CDs >$250,000 in balance by Maturity
   
I-14 Borrowings Details
   
II-1 Historical Interest Rates
   
II-2 Market Area Demographic/Economic Information
   
III-1 General Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Savings Institutions
   
III-2 Publicly Traded MidAtlantic and New England Thrifts
   
III-3 Peer Group Summary Demographic and Deposit Market Share Data

  

 
  

 

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS (continued)

 

Exhibit  
Number Description
   
IV-1 Thrift Stock Prices: As of May 19, 2023
   
IV-2 Historical Stock Price Indices
   
IV-3 Historical Thrift Stock Indices
   
IV-4 Market Area Acquisition Activity
   
IV-5 Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes
   
IV-6 Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios
   
IV-7 Pro Forma Analysis Sheet
   
IV-8 Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds
   
V-1 Firm Qualifications Statement

  

 
  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-1

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Map of Branch Office Network

 

 

 

 
  

 

 

EXHIBIT I-2

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Audited Financial Statements

(Incorporated by Reference)

 

 
  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-3

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Key Operating Ratios

 

  

At or For the
Three Months Ended
March 31,

  

At or For the
Years Ended
December 31,

 
   2023   2022   2022   2021 
Performance Ratios:                    
Return on average assets (1)   0.99%   0.60%   0.96%   0.76%
Return on average equity (1)   10.22%   5.29%   9.06%   6.82%
Interest rate spread (2)   3.13%   2.98%   3.33%   2.69%
Net interest margin (1)(3)   3.61%   3.06%   3.49%   2.81%
Non-interest expense to average assets (1)   2.56%   2.30%   2.28%   2.00%
Efficiency ratio (4)   61.8%   72.4%   62.3%   65.8%
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   127.5%   127.7%   132.2%   126.5%
                     
Capital Ratios:                    
Community bank leverage ratio   10.07%   11.49%   10.49%   11.23%
Average equity to average assets   9.66%   11.33%   10.64%   11.11%
                     
Asset Quality Ratios:                    
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans   0.87%   0.83%   0.83%   0.88%
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of non-performing loans   213%   389%   192%   307%
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average outstanding loans during the period (1)   (0.04)%   0.00%   0.00%   (0.16)%
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans   0.41%   0.21%   0.43%   0.29%
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total assets   0.35%   0.17%   0.36%   0.21%
Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets   0.35%   0.17%   0.36%   0.21%
                     
Other:                    
Number of offices   13    12    13    12 
Number of full-time equivalent employees   317    265    307    257 

  

 

 

(1)Annualized where appropriate.
(2)Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(4)Represents noninterest expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

 

 

Source: Prospectus.

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-4

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Investment Securities

 

Available for Sale - The amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities classified as Available-for-Sale ("AFS") are as follows:

 

   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair Value/ 
   Cost   Gain   Loss   Carrying Value 
December 31, 2022  (In thousands) 
Debt Securities:                    
                     
U.S. Treasury securities  $111,953   $43   $(5,195)  $106,801 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   14,123    3    (1,985)   12,141 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   3,749    -    (676)   3,073 
Corporate bonds   110,886    -    (9,079)   101,807 
Municipal obligations   23,313    -    (1,655)   21,658 
   $264,024   $46   $(18,590)  $245,480 

 

 

Maturities of Debt Securities – A schedule of the contractual maturities of debt securities by fair value and amortized cost as of December 31, 2022 is as follows:

 

   Available-for-Sale 
   Amortized Cost   Fair Value 
   (In thousands) 
         
Within one year  $68,882   $67,763 
Over one year to five years   132,752    122,020 
Over five years to ten years   41,518    37,483 
    246,152    230,266 
Agency mortgage-backed securities   14,123    12,141 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations   3,749    3,073 
   $264,024   $245,480 

 

 

Source: Audited Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-5

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Yields and Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   For the Three Months Ended March 31, 
   2023   2022 
   Average Outstanding Balance   Interest   Average Yield/Rate (1)   Average Outstanding Balance   Interest   Average Yield/Rate (1) 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Interest-earning assets:                              
Loans  $3,099,605   $43,552    5.70%  $2,182,007   $22,143    4.12%
Securities   252,895    1,109    1.78%   264,944    965    1.48%
Other investments   37,905    196    2.10%   23,427    94    1.63%
Short-term investments   57,491    603    4.25%   347,955    141    0.16%
Total interest-earning assets   3,447,896    45,460    5.35%   2,818,333    23,343    3.36%
Non-interest-earning assets   174,088              92,388           
Allowance for credit losses   (26,302)             (18,497)          
Total assets  $3,595,682             $2,892,225           
                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:                              
Savings accounts  $159,087    20    0.05%  $166,296    21    0.05%
NOW accounts   368,795    65    0.07%   397,998    89    0.09%
Money market accounts   654,043    2,535    1.57%   740,149    397    0.22%
Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts   1,322,760    9,673    2.97%   902,411    1,577    0.71%
Total interest-bearing deposits   2,504,685    12,293    1.99%   2,206,854    2,084    0.38%
FHLB advances   200,194    2,506    5.01%   297    2    2.73%
Total interest-bearing
liabilities
   2,704,879    14,799    2.22%   2,207,151    2,086    0.38%
Non-interest-bearing deposits   472,788              327,315           
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   70,674              30,206           
Total liabilities   3,248,341              2,564,672           
Equity   347,342              327,553           
Total liabilities and equity  $3,595,682             $2,892,225           
Net interest income       $30,661             $21,257      
Net interest rate spread (2)             3.13%             2.98%
Net interest-earning assets (3)  $743,017             $611,183           
Net interest margin (4)             3.61%             3.06%
                               
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   127.47%             127.69%          

 

 

 

(1)Annualized
(2)Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

 

Source: Prospectus

 

 

 

   For the Years Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
   Average Outstanding Balance   Interest   Average Yield/Rate   Average Outstanding Balance   Interest   Average Yield/Rate 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Interest-earning assets:                              
Loans   $2,485,182   $113,760    4.58%  $2,122,519   $85,873    4.05%
Securities    324,567    4,954    1.53%   194,316    3,738    1.92%
Other investments    27,522    656    2.38%   35,733    475    1.33%
Short-term investments    168,190    1,142    0.68%   423,533    555    0.13%
Total interest-earning assets    3,005,461    120,512    4.01%  $2,776,101    90,641    3.27%
Non-interest-earning assets    133,851              88,581           
Allowance for loan losses    (20,422)             (17,981)          
Total assets   $3,118,890             $2,846,701           
                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:                              
Savings accounts   $166,905    84    0.05%  $146,921    99    0.07%
NOW accounts    402,110    328    0.08%   361,633    423    0.12%
Money market accounts    768,487    2,466    0.32%   644,358    2,117    0.33%
Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts    848,500    9,811    1.16%   978,353    7,951    0.81%
Total interest-bearing deposits    2,186,003    12,689    0.58%   2,131,265    10,590    0.50%
FHLB advances    88,344    2,859    3.24%   63,607    2,040    3.21%
Total interest-bearing
liabilities
   2,274,347    15,548    0.68%   2,194,872    12,630    0.58%
Non-interest-bearing deposits    464,461              303,959           
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities    48,210              31,522           
Total liabilities    2,787,018              2,530,353           
Equity    331,872              316,348           
Total liabilities and equity   $3,118,890             $2,846,701           
Net interest income        $104,964             $78,011      
Net interest rate spread (1)              3.33%             2.69%
Net interest-earning assets (2)   $731,114             $581,229           
Net interest margin (3)              3.49%             2.81%
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities    132.15%             126.48%          

 

 

 

(1)Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2)Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

 

Source: Prospectus

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-6

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Loan Loss Allowance Activity

 

  

At or For the Three Months Ended

March 31,

  

At or For the Years Ended

December 31,

 
   2023   2022   2022   2021 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
     
Allowance for credit losses at beginning
of period
  $25,028   $18,415   $18,415   $19,845 
Allowance for credit losses implementation    1,159    -    -    - 
Provision for credit losses    2,072    400    6,700    2,050 
Charge-offs:                    
Real estate loans:                    
One- to four-family residential    -    -    (35)   (62)
Home equity loans and lines
of credit
   -    -    -    - 
Commercial    -    -    -    (3,415)
Construction and land development    -    -    -    - 
Commercial and industrial loans    -    -    -    (113)
Consumer loans    (637)   (25)   (287)   - 
Total charge-offs    (637)   (25)   (322)   (3,590)
                     
Recoveries:                    
Real estate loans:                    
One- to four-family residential    -    33    33    - 
Home equity loans and lines
of credit
   -    -    -    - 
Commercial    12    12    48    48 
Construction and land development    -    -    -    - 
Commercial and industrial loans    -    -    -    62 
Consumer loans    297    -    154    - 
Total recoveries    309    45    235    110 
                     
Net (charge-offs) recoveries    (328)   20    (87)   (3,480)
                     
Allowance at end of period   $27,931   $18,835   $25,028   $18,415 
                     
Allowance to non-performing loans    213%   389%   192%   307%
Allowance to total loans outstanding at the end of the period    0.87%   0.83%   0.83%   0.88%
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans outstanding during the period (1)    (0.04)%   0.00%   0.00%   (0.16)%

 

 

 

(1)Annualized at and for the three months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022.

 

 

Source: Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-7

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Interest Rate Risk Analysis

 

At March 31, 2023 

Change in Interest Rates
(basis points) (1)

  Net Interest Income Year
1 Forecast
   Year 1 Change from
Level
 
   (Dollars in thousands)     
300  $359    0.3%
200   359    0.3%
100   718    0.6%
Level   119,616    n/a%
(100)   (1,675)   (1.4)%
(200)   (3,349)   (2.8)%
(300)   (5,742)   (4.8)%

 

At March 31, 2023
Change in Interest  Estimated   Estimated Increase
(Decrease) in EVE
 
Rates (basis points) (1)  EVE (2)   Amount   Percent 
             
(Dollars in thousands)
300  $476,917   $4,553    1.0%
200   479,388    7,024    1.5%
100   478,426    6,062    1.3%
Level   472,364    n/a    n/a%
(100)   457,197    (15,167)   (3.2)%
(200)   431,748    (40,616)   (8.6)%
(300)   394,632    (77,732)   (16.5)%

 

 

(1)   Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

(2)   EVE is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.

(3)   Present value of assets represents the discounted present value of incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets.

(4)   EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the present value of assets.

 

Source: Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-8

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Fixed Rate and Adjustable Rate Loans

  

   Due After March 31, 2024 
   Fixed   Adjustable   Total 
   (In thousands) 
             
Real estate loans:               
One- to four-family residential   $495,376   $457,166   $952,543 
Home equity loans and lines of credit    -    -    - 
Commercial real estate and multifamily     223,437    798,981    1,022,417 
Construction and land development    44,789    302,872    347,661 
Commercial and industrial loans    53,307    162,850    216,156 
Consumer loans    120,807    1,442    122,250 
Total loans   $937,716   $1,723,311   $2,661,027 

 

 

Source: Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-9

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Loan Portfolio Composition

  

   At March 31,    At December 31, 
   2023   2022    2021  
   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
             
Real estate loans:                              
One- to four-family residential   $972,873    30.3%  $932,436    30.9%  $801,690    38.1%
Home equity loans and lines
of credit
   75,674    2.4    75,226    2.5    52,986    2.5 
Commercial real estate and multifamily    1,090,208    33.9    1,012,023    33.6    642,702    30.6 
Construction and land development    544,972    16.9    552,375    18.3    449,109    21.4 
Commercial and industrial loans    338,936    10.5    247,361    8.2    116,878    5.5 
Consumer loans    192,907    6.0    196,535    6.5    39,380    1.9 
           100%          100%          100%
Less:                              
Net deferred loan fees    (1,561)        (511)        2,011      
Allowance for credit losses    (27,931)        (25,028)        (18,415)     
Loans, net   $3,186,078        $2,990,417        $2,086,341      

 

Source: Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-10

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Contractual Maturity By Loan Type

 

 

   One- to four-family residential   Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit   Commercial Real Estate and multifamily   Construction and Land Development   Commercial and Industrial   Consumer Loans 
   (In thousands) 
Amounts due in:                              
One year or less   $20,330   $75,674   $67,791   $197,311   $122,780   $70,657 
After one through five years    22,015    -    266,344    313,441    80,916    120,795 
After five through 15 years    66,401    -    333,901    21,079    124,628    490 
More than 15 years    864,127    -    422,172    13,141    10,612    965 
Total   $972,873   $75,674   $1,090,208   $544,972   $338,936   $192,907 

 

 

 

Source: Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-11

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Non-Performing Assets

 

   At March 31,    At December 31, 
   2023   2022    2021  
   (Dollars in thousands) 
Non-accrual loans:               
Real estate loans:               
One- to four-family residential   $5,748   $5,579   $3,384 
Home equity loans and lines of credit    570    818    370 
Commercial    670    670    542 
Construction and land development    10    10    409 
Commercial and industrial loans    5,077    5,086    945 
Consumer loans    1,011    859    358 
Total non-accrual loans   $13,086   $13,022   $6,008 
                
Total non-accrual loans to total loans (1)    0.41%   0.43%   0.29%
Total non-performing loans to total loans    0.41%   0.43%   0.29%
Total non-performing assets to total assets    0.35%   0.36%   0.21%

 

 

 

 

(1)Includes both non-accrual loans and non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans.

 

 

Source: Prospectus.

.

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-12

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Deposit Composition

  

   At March 31,   At December 31, 
   2023   2022   2021 
   Amount   Percent   Average Rate   Amount   Percent   Average Rate   Amount   Percent   Average Rate 
   (Dollars in thousands) 
                                     
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   $516,771    16.5%   0.00%  $445,518    15.4%   0.00%  $324,392    12.6%   0.00%
Savings accounts    145,768    4.6    0.05%   163,257    5.7    0.05%   160,098    6.2    0.05%
NOW accounts    384,245    12.2    0.07%   408,894    14.2    0.07%   419,285    16.4    0.09%
Money market accounts    763,595    24.3    2.25%   659,455    22.8    1.12%   699,309    27.3    0.22%
Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts    1,330,460    42.4    3.34%   1,209,619    41.9    2.67%   961,454    37.5    0.60%
Total   $3,140,839    100%   1.97%  $2,886,743    100%   1.38%  $2,564,538    100%   0.30%

 

Source: Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-13

NB Bancorp, Inc.

CDs >$250,000 in Balance by Maturity
As of March 31, 2023

 

As of March 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the aggregate amount of deposits we had in amounts greater than $250,000, which is the maximum amount for federal deposit insurance, was $995 million, $915 million and $861 million, respectively. In addition, as of March 31, 2023, the aggregate amount of all our certificates of deposit in excess of $250,000 was $445 million.

 

All of our deposits are fully insured due to the additional insurance provided to a Massachusetts cooperative bank, such as Needham Bank, under the Depositors Insurance Fund, a private industry-sponsored insurance fund in Massachusetts that insures all deposits at Needham Bank above FDIC limits

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-14

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Borrowings Detail

 

Borrowing Capacity. At March 31, 2023, the Company had the ability to borrow an additional $631.1 million from the FHLB, subject to certain collateral requirements and had advances of $160.1 million at such date. At March 31, 2023 the Company also had an additional line of credit from the FHLB in an amount of $6.1 million which was not being utilized.

 

Additionally, at March 31, 2023 we had secured Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window borrowing capacity of $49.2 million, and at March 31, 2023, none of which was utilized.

 

Source: Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT II-1

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Historical Interest Rates

 

     Prime   90 Day   One
Year
   10 Year 
Year/Qtr. Ended  Rate   T-Note   T-Note   T-Note 
2015: Quarter 1   3.25%   0.03%   0.26%   1.94%
  Quarter 2   3.25%   0.01%   0.28%   2.35%
  Quarter 3   3.25%   0.00%   0.33%   2.06%
  Quarter 4   3.50%   0.16%   0.65%   2.27%
                       
2016: Quarter 1   3.50%   0.21%   0.59%   1.78%
  Quarter 2   3.50%   0.26%   0.45%   1.49%
  Quarter 3   3.50%   0.29%   0.59%   1.60%
  Quarter 4   3.75%   0.51%   0.85%   2.45%
                       
2017: Quarter 1   4.00%   0.76%   1.03%   2.40%
  Quarter 2   4.25%   1.03%   1.24%   2.31%
  Quarter 3   4.25%   1.06%   1.31%   2.33%
  Quarter 4   4.50%   1.39%   1.76%   2.40%
                       
2018: Quarter 1   4.75%   1.73%   2.09%   2.74%
  Quarter 2   5.00%   1.93%   2.33%   2.85%
  Quarter 3   5.25%   2.19%   2.59%   3.05%
  Quarter 4   5.50%   2.45%   2.63%   2.69%
                       
2019: Quarter 1   5.50%   2.40%   2.40%   2.41%
  Quarter 2   5.00%   2.12%   1.92%   2.00%
  Quarter 3   4.75%   1.88%   1.75%   1.68%
  Quarter 4   4.75%   1.55%   1.59%   1.92%
                       
2020: Quarter 1   3.25%   0.11%   0.17%   0.70%
  Quarter 2   3.25%   0.16%   0.16%   0.66%
  Quarter 3   3.25%   0.10%   0.12%   0.69%
  Quarter 4   3.25%   0.09%   0.10%   0.93%
                       
2021: Quarter 1   3.25%   0.03%   0.07%   1.74%
  Quarter 2   3.25%   0.05%   0.08%   1.44%
  Quarter 3   3.25%   0.04%   0.09%   1.52%
  Quarter 4   3.25%   0.06%   0.39%   1.52%
                       
2022: Quarter 1   3.50%   0.52%   1.63%   2.32%
  Quarter 2   4.75%   1.72%   2.80%   2.98%
  Quarter 3   6.25%   3.33%   4.05%   3.83%
  Quarter 4   7.50%   4.42%   4.73%   3.88%
                       
2023: Quarter 1   8.00%   4.85%   4.64%   3.48%
  As of May 19, 2022   8.25%   5.27%   5.03%   3.70%

 

 

(1)End of period data.

 

Sources:  Federal Reserve and The Wall Street Journal.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT II-2

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Market Area Demographic/Economic Information

 

 

 

 

Demographic Detail: Massachusetts

 

   Base 
2010
   Current 
2023
   Projected
2028
   % Change
2010-2023
   % Change
2023-2028
 
Total Population (actual)   6,547,640    7,034,708    7,142,653    7.44    1.53 
 0-14 Age Group (%)   17.69    15.78    15.10    (4.18)   (2.83)
 15-34 Age Group (%)   27.24    26.57    25.42    4.80    (2.86)
 35-54 Age Group (%)   29.01    25.27    25.18    (6.43)   1.18 
 55-69 Age Group (%)   16.31    19.83    20.52    30.66    5.03 
 70+ Age Group (%)   9.75    12.55    13.78    38.32    11.51 
 Median Age (actual)   38.7    41.0    42.3    5.94    3.17 
                          
Female Population (actual)   3,380,948    3,616,893    3,670,606    6.98    1.49 
Male Population (actual)   3,166,692    3,417,815    3,472,047    7.93    1.59 
                          
Population Density (#/ sq miles)   839.34    901.77    915.61    7.44    1.53 
                          
Diversity Index (actual)   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
 Black (%)   6.63    7.33    7.85    18.70    8.75 
 Asian (%)   5.34    7.53    8.03    51.37    8.35 
 White (%)   80.41    67.05    63.01    (10.42)   (4.58)
 Hispanic (%)   9.59    13.87    15.85    55.45    16.01 
 Pacific Islander (%)   0.03    0.04    0.05    24.10    27.64 
 American Indian/Alaska Native (%)   0.29    0.41    0.51    52.44    27.65 
 Multiple races (%)   2.63    9.75    11.46    298.81    19.32 
 Other (%)   4.66    7.89    9.08    81.97    16.82 
                          
Total Households (actual)   2,547,062    2,757,077    2,807,537    8.25    1.83 
 < $25K Households (%)   NA    13.95    12.11    NA    (11.62)
 $25-49K Households (%)   NA    13.83    12.34    NA    (9.13)
 $50-99K Households (%)   NA    23.93    21.63    NA    (7.97)
 $100-$199K Households (%)   NA    29.12    29.24    NA    2.23 
 $200K+ Households (%)   NA    19.16    24.68    NA    31.16 
                          
Average Household Income ($)   NA    135,840    155,255    NA    14.29 
Median Household Income ($)   NA    96,201    110,472    NA    14.83 
Per Capita Income ($)   NA    55,178    63,242    NA    14.61 
                          
Total Owner Occupied Housing Units (actual)   1,587,152    1,723,711    1,755,282    8.60    1.83 
Renter Occupied Housing Units (actual)   959,910    1,033,366    1,052,255    7.65    1.83 
Vacant Occupied Housing Units (actual)   261,204    261,733    266,331    0.20    1.76 

 

Source: Claritas

 

 

 

 

Demographic Detail: Norfolk, MA

 

   Base
2010
   Current
2023
   Projected
2028
   % Change
2010-2023
   % Change
2023-2028
 
Total Population (actual)   670,844    730,687    746,045    8.92    2.10 
 0-14 Age Group (%)   18.61    16.39    15.67    (4.09)   (2.37)
 15-34 Age Group (%)   23.96    25.06    24.19    13.93    (1.43)
 35-54 Age Group (%)   30.31    25.92    25.54    (6.83)   0.59 
 55-69 Age Group (%)   16.70    20.00    20.82    30.47    6.25 
 70+ Age Group (%)   10.42    12.62    13.78    31.93    11.46 
 Median Age (actual)   40.3    41.5    42.7    2.98    2.89 
                          
Female Population (actual)   349,745    378,320    385,978    8.17    2.02 
Male Population (actual)   321,099    352,367    360,067    9.74    2.19 
                          
Population Density (#/ sq miles)   1,693.59    1,844.67    1,883.44    8.92    2.10 
                          
Diversity Index (actual)   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
 Black (%)   5.69    7.57    8.33    44.96    12.32 
 Asian (%)   8.61    13.24    14.84    67.36    14.49 
 White (%)   82.26    68.71    64.27    (9.03)   (4.50)
 Hispanic (%)   3.28    6.07    7.34    101.63    23.44 
 Pacific Islander (%)   0.02    0.03    0.05    91.20    49.79 
 American Indian/Alaska Native (%)   0.16    0.23    0.32    54.10    41.96 
 Multiple races (%)   1.93    7.54    9.26    326.21    25.46 
 Other (%)   1.33    2.69    2.94    120.33    11.62 
                          
Total Households (actual)   257,915    279,927    285,827    8.53    2.11 
 < $25K Households (%)   NA    10.73    9.47    NA    (9.81)
 $25-49K Households (%)   NA    10.52    9.70    NA    (5.87)
 $50-99K Households (%)   NA    21.23    18.95    NA    (8.88)
 $100-$199K Households (%)   NA    32.11    31.02    NA    (1.34)
 $200K+ Households (%)   NA    25.41    30.86    NA    23.97 
                          
Average Household Income ($)   NA    162,882    181,388    NA    11.36 
Median Household Income ($)   NA    118,738    133,060    NA    12.06 
Per Capita Income ($)   NA    63,957    71,201    NA    11.33 
                          
Total Owner Occupied Housing Units (actual)   178,374    192,327    196,304    7.82    2.07 
Renter Occupied Housing Units (actual)   79,541    87,600    89,523    10.13    2.20 
Vacant Occupied Housing Units (actual)   12,442    13,999    14,401    12.51    2.87 

 

 

 

 

Demographic Detail: Middlesex, MA

 

   Base
2010
   Current
2023
   Projected
2028
   % Change
2010-2023
   % Change
2023-2028
 
Total Population (actual)   1,503,101    1,628,018    1,651,714    8.31    1.46 
 0-14 Age Group (%)   17.54    15.84    15.25    (2.15)   (2.30)
 15-34 Age Group (%)   27.84    27.49    25.42    6.95    (6.18)
 35-54 Age Group (%)   29.67    26.57    27.34    (3.03)   4.42 
 55-69 Age Group (%)   15.64    18.55    19.21    28.50    5.09 
 70+ Age Group (%)   9.32    11.55    12.76    34.30    12.12 
 Median Age (actual)   38.3    39.8    41.4    3.92    4.02 
                          
Female Population (actual)   772,191    828,878    840,652    7.34    1.42 
Male Population (actual)   730,910    799,140    811,062    9.33    1.49 
                          
Population Density (#/ sq miles)   1,837.86    1,990.59    2,019.57    8.31    1.46 
                          
Diversity Index (actual)   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
 Black (%)   4.66    5.29    5.45    22.87    4.64 
 Asian (%)   9.31    13.35    14.08    55.26    7.05 
 White (%)   79.99    65.37    61.22    (11.50)   (4.99)
 Hispanic (%)   6.54    9.42    10.43    55.85    12.40 
 Pacific Islander (%)   0.03    0.04    0.05    25.15    46.19 
 American Indian/Alaska Native (%)   0.17    0.28    0.36    74.64    30.91 
 Multiple races (%)   2.54    9.56    11.62    307.01    23.24 
 Other (%)   3.29    6.12    7.22    101.82    19.64 
                          
Total Households (actual)   580,689    623,063    631,229    7.30    1.31 
 < $25K Households (%)   NA    10.31    8.91    NA    (12.45)
 $25-49K Households (%)   NA    10.62    9.09    NA    (13.27)
 $50-99K Households (%)   NA    21.12    18.64    NA    (10.63)
 $100-$199K Households (%)   NA    30.93    29.63    NA    (2.95)
 $200K+ Households (%)   NA    27.02    33.74    NA    26.50 
                          
Average Household Income ($)   NA    167,938    191,064    NA    13.77 
Median Household Income ($)   NA    121,029    139,508    NA    15.27 
Per Capita Income ($)   NA    66,660    75,745    NA    13.63 
                          
Total Owner Occupied Housing Units (actual)   361,092    386,234    391,078    6.96    1.25 
Renter Occupied Housing Units (actual)   219,597    236,829    240,151    7.85    1.40 
Vacant Occupied Housing Units (actual)   31,318    37,131    38,699    18.56    4.22 

 

Source: Claritas

 

 

 

 

Demographic Detail: Essex, MA

 

   Base
2010
   Current
2023
   Projected
2028
   % Change
2010-2023
   % Change
2023-2028
 
Total Population (actual)   743,154    814,620    832,172    9.62    2.15 
 0-14 Age Group (%)   18.85    16.84    16.29    (2.05)   (1.20)
 15-34 Age Group (%)   24.36    25.10    24.53    12.97    (0.19)
 35-54 Age Group (%)   29.82    24.67    24.10    (9.33)   (0.17)
 55-69 Age Group (%)   16.94    20.54    21.09    32.94    4.87 
 70+ Age Group (%)   10.04    12.85    13.99    40.29    11.24 
 Median Age (actual)   40.0    41.5    42.4    3.75    2.17 
                          
Female Population (actual)   386,537    422,042    430,706    9.19    2.05 
Male Population (actual)   356,617    392,578    401,466    10.08    2.26 
                          
Population Density (#/ sq miles)   1,508.88    1,653.98    1,689.62    9.62    2.15 
                          
Diversity Index (actual)   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
 Black (%)   3.77    4.66    5.47    35.57    20.01 
 Asian (%)   3.12    3.66    3.64    28.54    1.57 
 White (%)   81.86    65.61    60.56    (12.15)   (5.70)
 Hispanic (%)   16.52    25.57    30.26    69.72    20.86 
 Pacific Islander (%)   0.04    0.04    0.04    (4.25)   5.12 
 American Indian/Alaska Native (%)   0.37    0.60    0.76    81.02    28.50 
 Multiple races (%)   2.62    9.96    11.01    316.77    12.96 
 Other (%)   8.22    15.47    18.51    106.30    22.25 
                          
Total Households (actual)   285,954    310,229    316,397    8.49    1.99 
 < $25K Households (%)   NA    13.58    11.48    NA    (13.81)
 $25-49K Households (%)   NA    14.44    12.83    NA    (9.34)
 $50-99K Households (%)   NA    24.51    21.84    NA    (9.16)
 $100-$199K Households (%)   NA    28.09    29.07    NA    5.51 
 $200K+ Households (%)   NA    19.37    24.79    NA    30.50 
                          
Average Household Income ($)   NA    136,352    156,737    NA    14.95 
Median Household Income ($)   NA    94,724    109,820    NA    15.94 
Per Capita Income ($)   NA    53,215    61,112    NA    14.84 
                          
Total Owner Occupied Housing Units (actual)   182,556    197,603    201,409    8.24    1.93 
Renter Occupied Housing Units (actual)   103,398    112,626    114,988    8.92    2.10 
Vacant Occupied Housing Units (actual)   20,802    18,972    19,271    (8.80)   1.58 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT III-1

NB Bancorp, Inc.

General Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Institutions

 

 

 

 

Exhbiit III-1

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Banks & Thrifts

As of March 31, 2023 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

                              As of 
                              May 19, 2023 
                  Total     Fiscal  Conv.  Stock  Market 
Ticker  Financial Institution  Exchange  Region  City  State  Assets  Offices  Mth End  Date  Price  Value 
                  ($Mil)           ($)  ($Mil) 
BCOW  1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.  NASDAQCM  MW  Greenfield  WI  $552  6  Dec  1/8/19  $6.85  $41 
AFBI  Affinity Bancshares, Inc.  NASDAQCM  SE  Covington  GA  $932  3  Dec  4/27/17  $12.14  $80 
AX  Axos Financial, Inc.  NYSE  WE  Las Vegas  NV  $19,782  1  Jun  3/14/05  $39.47  $2,333 
BLFY  Blue Foundry Bancorp  NASDAQGS  MA  Rutherford  NJ  $2,101  19  Dec  7/15/21  $9.01  $247 
BYFC  Broadway Financial Corporation  NASDAQCM  WE  Los Angeles  CA  $1,205  3  Dec  1/8/96  $0.95  $46 
CFFN  Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.  NASDAQGS  MW  Topeka  KS  $10,086  50  Sep  3/31/99  $5.81  $774 
CARV  Carver Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  MA  New York  NY  $712(1) 7  Mar  10/24/94  $4.00  $17 
CLST  Catalyst Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  SW  Opelousas  LA  $276  6  Dec  10/12/21  $10.34  $52 
CULL  Cullman Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  SE  Cullman  AL  $418  4  Dec  10/8/09  $10.59  $78 
ECBK  ECB Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  NE  Everett  MA  $1,157  2  Dec  7/27/22  $10.88  $100 
ESSA  ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQGS  MA  Stroudsburg  PA  $1,986  22  Sep  4/3/07  $13.10  $127 
FNWB  First Northwest Bancorp  NASDAQGM  WE  Port Angeles  WA  $2,172  14  Dec  1/29/15  $10.52  $94 
FSEA  First Seacoast Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  NE  Dover  NH  $537(1) 5  Dec  7/16/19  $8.20  $42 
FSBW  FS Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  WE  Mountlake Terrace  WA  $2,783  29  Dec  7/9/12  $28.12  $215 
GBNY  Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.  NASDAQCM  MA  Seneca Falls  NY  $389  10  Dec  7/10/06  $8.50  $20 
HONE  HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQGS  NE  Brockton  MA  $5,573  34  Dec  6/29/16  $8.06  $363 
HIFS  Hingham Institution for Savings  NASDAQGM  NE  Hingham  MA  $4,206  8  Dec  12/13/88  $192.34  $413 
HMNF  HMN Financial, Inc.  NASDAQGM  MW  Rochester  MN  $1,072  14  Dec  6/30/94  $18.12  $79 
HFBL  Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana  NASDAQCM  SW  Shreveport  LA  $686  11  Jun  1/18/05  $16.50  $49 
IROQ  IF Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  MW  Watseka  IL  $843  8  Jun  7/7/11  $14.13  $45 
KRNY  Kearny Financial Corp.  NASDAQGS  MA  Fairfield  NJ  $8,349  45  Jun  2/23/05  $6.97  $444 
MGYR  Magyar Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQGM  MA  New Brunswick  NJ  $840  7  Sep  1/23/06  $10.08  $68 
MSVB  Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  MW  Salem  IN  $266  3  Dec  4/8/98  $9.20  $25 
NYCB  New York Community Bancorp, Inc.  NYSE  MA  Hicksville  NY  $123,706  436  Dec  11/23/93  $10.92  $7,886 
NECB  Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  MA  White Plains  NY  $1,503  12  Dec  7/5/06  $12.94  $180 
NFBK  Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  NASDAQGS  MA  Woodbridge  NJ  $5,663  38  Dec  11/7/07  $9.93  $462 
NSTS  NSTS Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  MW  Waukegan  IL  $260  3  Dec  1/18/22  $8.70  $47 
PBBK  PB Bankshares, Inc.  NASDAQCM  MA  Coatesville  PA  $393  4  Dec  7/14/21  $12.08  $32 
PDLB  Ponce Financial Group, Inc.  NASDAQGM  MA  Bronx  NY  $2,540  14  Dec  9/29/17  $7.43  $173 
PVBC  Provident Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQCM  NE  Amesbury  MA  $1,702  7  Dec  7/15/15  $8.11  $142 
PROV  Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.  NASDAQGS  WE  Riverside  CA  $1,335  14  Jun  6/27/96  $11.72  $82 
PFS  Provident Financial Services, Inc.  NYSE  MA  Jersey City  NJ  $13,779  95  Dec  1/15/03  $15.83  $1,187 
RVSB  Riverview Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQGS  WE  Vancouver  WA  $1,590  18  Mar  10/26/93  $4.40  $93 
SBT  Sterling Bancorp, Inc. (Southfield, MI)  NASDAQCM  MW  Southfield  MI  $2,412  28  Dec  11/16/17  $4.88  $248 
TCBC  TC Bancshares, Inc.  NASDAQCM  SE  Thomasville  GA  $430  2  Dec  7/20/21  $14.00  $63 
TBNK  Territorial Bancorp Inc.  NASDAQGS  WE  Honolulu  HI  $2,213  30  Dec  7/10/09  $11.15  $96 
TCBS  Texas Community Bancshares, Inc.  NASDAQCM  SW  Mineola  TX  $418  6  Dec  7/14/21  $11.36  $36 
TCBX  Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.  NASDAQGS  SW  Humble  TX  $3,860  16  Dec  11/8/21  $16.11  $240 
TSBK  Timberland Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQGM  WE  Hoquiam  WA  $1,787  23  Sep  1/12/98  $23.38  $192 
TFIN  Triumph Financial, Inc.  NASDAQGS  SW  Dallas  TX  $5,628  64  Dec  11/6/14  $52.41  $1,213 
TRST  TrustCo Bank Corp NY  NASDAQGS  MA  Glenville  NY  $6,046  143  Dec  NA  $28.41  $540 
WSBF  Waterstone Financial, Inc.  NASDAQGS  MW  Wauwatosa  WI  $2,114  16  Dec  10/4/05  $13.51  $305 
WNEB  Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  NASDAQGS  NE  Westfield  MA  $2,562  27  Dec  12/27/01  $5.95  $132 
WMPN  William Penn Bancorporation  NASDAQCM  MA  Bristol  PA  $862  13  Jun  4/15/08  $10.00  $125 
WSFS  WSFS Financial Corporation  NASDAQGS  MA  Wilmington  DE  $20,319  98  Dec  11/26/86  $32.55  $2,000 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT III-2 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

New England and Mid-Atlantic Savings Institutions

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit III-2

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

New England and Mid-Atlantic Savings Institutions

As of May 19, 2023

 

         Market  Per Share Data                
         Capitalization  Core  Book                
         Price/  Market  12 Month  Value/  Pricing Ratios(3) 
       Share(1)  Value  EPS(2)  Share  P/E  P/B  P/A  P/TB  P/Core 
         ($)  ($Mil)  ($)  ($)  (x)  (%)  (%)  (%)  (x) 
All Fully-Converted, Publicly-Traded Institutions                                      
  Averages        $20.25  $699.96  $2.12  $24.17   9.85   71.91%  8.06%  80.15%  10.61 
  Medians        $10.00  $173.22  $1.00  $15.00   7.51   68.16%  8.09%  71.85%  7.74 
                                            
All Fully-Converted, Publicly-Traded Institutions                                      
CARV Carver Bancorp, Inc. (7) NY  $4.00  $16.91  $(0.63) $4.60   NM   86.99%  2.37%  86.99%  NM 
GBNY Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.   NY  $8.50  $19.90  $0.27  $16.03   NM   53.04%  5.11%  55.24%  32.04x
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.   NY  $12.94  $179.96  $2.21  $17.13   6.02x  75.55%  11.98%  75.61%  5.86x
PBBK PB Bankshares, Inc.   PA  $12.08  $31.51  $0.65  $16.48   13.57x  73.28%  8.02%  73.28%  18.49x
WMPN William Penn Bancorporation   PA  $10.00  $124.65  $0.28  $12.87   NM   77.71%  14.45%  80.21%  NM 
MGYR Magyar Bancorp, Inc.   NJ  $10.08  $67.97  $1.23  $15.12   8.20x  66.66%  8.09%  66.66%  8.20x
PDLB Ponce Financial Group, Inc.   NY  $7.43  $173.22   NA  $10.90   NM   68.16%  6.82%  68.16%  NA 
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp   NJ  $9.01  $246.74  $0.02  $14.08   NM   63.97%  11.74%  64.10%  NM 
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   PA  $13.10  $127.22  $2.11  $21.03   6.27x  62.28%  6.41%  66.54%  6.22x
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.   NJ  $6.97  $443.82  $0.79  $12.99   11.43x  53.65%  5.32%  71.29%  8.80x
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)   NJ  $9.93  $462.04  $1.28  $15.00   7.76x  66.18%  8.16%  70.34%  7.74x
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY   NY  $28.41  $540.48  $3.98  $32.31   7.15x  87.93%  8.94%  88.01%  7.15x
WSFS WSFS Financial Corporation   DE  $32.55  $2,000.16  $4.80  $37.57   7.27x  86.64%  9.84%  153.23%  6.78x
NYCB New York Community Bancorp, Inc.   NY  $10.92  $7,885.61  $1.49  $14.23   2.87x  76.72%  6.37%  110.77%  7.35x
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.   NJ  $15.83  $1,186.65  $2.39  $21.73   6.85x  72.84%  8.61%  101.25%  6.63x
ECBK ECB Bancorp, Inc. (7) MA  $10.88  $99.83  $0.54  $17.74   34.00x  61.34%  9.38%  61.34%  20.19x
FSEA First Seacoast Bancorp, Inc. (7) NH  $8.20  $41.63  $0.01  $9.73   NM   84.24%  7.75%  84.76%  NM 
PVBC Provident Bancorp, Inc.   MA  $8.11  $141.93  $(1.53) $11.95   NM   67.86%  8.34%  67.86%  NM 
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings   MA  $192.34  $413.42  $20.58  $182.89   12.39x  105.17%  9.83%  105.17%  9.35x
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.   MA  $8.06  $363.29  $0.91  $12.74   9.16x  63.24%  6.52%  71.85%  8.85x
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.   MA  $5.95  $132.15  $1.09  $10.50   5.00x  56.66%  5.16%  60.44%  5.47x

 

     Dividends(4)  Financial Characteristics(6) 
     Amount/     Payout  Total  Equity/  Tang. Eq./  NPAs/  Reported (5)  Core (5) 
   Share  Yield  Ratio  Assets  Assets  T. Assets  Assets  ROAA  ROAE  ROAA  ROAE 
     ($)  (%)  (%)  ($Mil)  (%)  (%)  (%)  (%)  (%)  (%)  (%) 
All Fully-Converted, Publicly-Traded Institutions                                        
  Averages    $0.60   3.42%  30.75% $9,754   12.25%  11.65%  0.57%  0.69%  6.03%  0.72%  5.89%
  Medians    $0.44   3.72%  28.71% $2,101   11.34%  10.27%  0.39%  0.82%  6.49%  0.89%  7.46%
                                                
All Fully-Converted, Publicly-Traded Institutions                                    
CARV Carver Bancorp, Inc.  $0.00   0.00%  NA  $712   6.34%  6.34%  2.59%  -0.39%  -5.38%  -0.39%  -5.38%
GBNY Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.   NA   NA   NA  $389   9.64%  9.29%  0.95%  0.14%  1.39%  0.16%  1.60%
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  $0.24   1.85%  11.16% $1,503   17.47%  17.46%  NA   2.44%  12.41%  2.51%  12.76%
PBBK PB Bankshares, Inc.   NA   NA   NA  $393   11.78%  11.78%  NA   0.59%  4.85%  0.43%  3.55%
WMPN William Penn Bancorporation  $0.12   1.20%  48.00% $862   20.18%  19.68%  0.59%  0.39%  1.80%  0.45%  2.07%
MGYR Magyar Bancorp, Inc.  $0.12   1.19%  16.26% $840   12.05%  12.05%  NA   1.01%  8.20%  1.01%  8.20%
PDLB Ponce Financial Group, Inc.   NA   NA   NA  $2,540   19.53%  19.53%  NA   -1.09%  -5.01%  NA   NA 
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp   NA   NA   NA  $2,101   18.36%  18.33%  0.37%  0.03%  0.16%  0.03%  0.15%
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  $0.60   4.58%  28.71% $1,986   11.02%  10.39%  0.75%  1.08%  9.43%  1.09%  9.50%
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.  $0.44   6.31%  72.13% $8,349   10.37%  NA   0.81%  0.51%  4.51%  0.66%  5.84%
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  $0.52   5.24%  40.63% $5,663   12.33%  11.68%  0.16%  1.04%  8.33%  1.04%  8.35%
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY  $1.44   5.07%  35.97% $6,046   10.17%  10.16%  0.49%  1.24%  12.66%  1.24%  12.66%
WSFS WSFS Financial Corporation  $0.60   1.84%  13.39% $20,319   11.34%  6.74%  0.16%  1.39%  12.33%  1.49%  13.19%
NYCB New York Community Bancorp, Inc.  $0.68   6.23%  17.85% $123,706   8.72%  6.32%  NA   3.42%  32.85%  1.26%  12.06%
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.  $0.96   6.06%  41.56% $13,779   11.90%  8.86%  0.39%  1.26%  10.74%  1.29%  10.99%
ECBK ECB Bancorp, Inc.   NA   NA   NA  $1,064   15.29%  15.29%  0.06%  0.35%  2.37%  0.58%  3.99%
FSEA First Seacoast Bancorp, Inc.   NA   NA   NA  $537   9.18%  9.13%  0.05%  -0.11%  -1.05%  0.01%  0.10%
PVBC Provident Bancorp, Inc.  $0.16   1.97%  NA  $1,702   12.42%  12.42%  NA   -1.47%  -11.05%  -1.47%  -11.05%
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings  $2.52   1.31%  19.90% $4,206   9.34%  9.34%  0.01%  0.86%  8.93%  1.14%  11.84%
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  $0.30   3.72%  32.39% $5,573   10.76%  9.60%  NA   0.82%  6.49%  0.84%  6.71%
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  $0.28   4.71%  21.85% $2,562   9.10%  8.58%  NA   1.01%  11.74%  0.93%  10.75%

 

(1)  Closing price at date indicated, market value equal to public (minority shares) times current stock price.

(2)  Core earnings reflect net income less non-recurring items

(3)  P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.  P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.

(4)  Dividend is as of most recent quarterly dividend.   Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.

(5)  ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.

(6)  Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.  

(7)  Current Quarter is March 31, 2023, footnote reflects data as of December 31, 2022, or most recent date  

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT III-3 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

Peer Group Summary Demographic and Deposit Market Share Data

 

 

 

 

Exhibit III-3

Peer Group Market Area Comparative Analysis

 

                     Per Capita Income  Deposit 
      Population (000s)  2018-2023  2023-2028  2023  % State  Market 
Institution  County  2018  2023  2028(1)  % Change  % Change  ($)  Average  Share(2)  
Provident Financial Services, Inc.  Hudson, NJ  685,756  711,498  717,824  0.7% 0.2% 51,540  100.2% 2.48%
Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.  Westchester, NY  978,809  1,001,569  1,008,982  0.5% 0.1% 66,368  139.3% 0.06%
ESSA Bancorp, Inc.  Monroe, PA  165,260  168,881  169,353  0.4% 0.1% 35,921  87.7% 20.71%
Blue Foundry Bancorp  Bergen, NJ  945,893  958,976  973,328  0.3% 0.3% 61,600  119.7% 1.59%
Western New England Bancorp, Inc.  Hampden, MA  468,749  461,937  461,095  -0.3% 0.0% 37,845  68.6% 13.69%
Hingham Institution for Savings  Plymouth, MA  518,528  537,253  550,144  0.7% 0.5% 52,415  95.0% 11.22%
HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.  Plymouth, MA  518,528  537,253  550,144  0.7% 0.5% 52,415  95.0% 11.38%
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)  Middlesex, NJ  841,338  866,428  880,772  0.6% 0.3% 49,878  96.9% 1.44%
TrustCo Bank Corp NY  Schenectady, NY  154,359  158,031  158,697  0.5% 0.1% 42,527  89.3% 31.53%
Kearny Financial Corp.  Essex, NJ  799,984  863,569  879,426  1.5% 0.4% 44,424  86.3% 0.84%
                             
   Averages:  607,720  626,540  634,977  0.6% 0.2% 49,493  97.8% 9.49%
   Medians:  602,142  624,376  633,984  0.5% 0.2% 50,709  95.0% 6.85%
                             
NB Bancorp, Inc.  Norfolk, MA  701,942  730,687  746,045  0.8% 0.4% 63,957  115.9% 5.75%

 

(1) Projected population.

(2) Total institution deposits in headquarters county as percent of total county deposits as of June 30, 2022.

Sources:  S&P Global Market Intelligence, FDIC.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-1

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Thrift Stock Prices: As of May 19, 2023

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-1A

Weekly Bank and Thrift Market Line - Part One

Prices As of May 19, 2023

 

     Market Capitalization   Price Change Data   Current Per Share Financials 
     Price/   Shares   Market   52 Week (1)       % Change From   LTM   LTM Core   BV/   TBV/   Assets/ 
   Share(1)   Outstanding   Capitalization   High   Low   Last Wk   Last Wk   52 Wks (2)   MRY (2)   EPS (3)   EPS (3)   Share   Share (4)   Share 
     ($)   (000)   ($Mil)   ($)   ($)   ($)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($) 
Financial Institutions, Fully Converted, Not Under Acquisition (69)                                                       
  Average   19.24    25,102    324.7    26.15    16.65    19.24    2.62    -20.03    -17.33    1.89    1.94    22.51    21.28    221.90 
  Median   12.08    5,398    78.2    16.83    10.83    12.08    1.71    -19.12    -18.09    1.19    1.26    17.26    16.81    167.38 
                                                                         
Financial Institutions, Fully Converted, Not Under Acquisition (69)                                                   
BCOW 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.   6.85    6,192    42.4    11.16    6.31    6.85    7.00    -30.50    -31.48    -0.09    -0.04    12.26    12.26    89.08 
AFBI Affinity Bancshares, Inc.   12.14    6,566    79.7    16.50    11.29    12.14    -0.57    -17.36    -19.60    1.06    1.08    18.02    15.20    141.99 
AX Axos Financial, Inc.   39.47    59,113    2,333.2    51.46    33.15    39.47    7.84    11.75    3.27    4.60    5.21    31.07    28.46    334.66 
BCTF Bancorp 34, Inc.   9.25    3,715    34.3    14.85    8.98    9.25    2.78    -36.90    -31.99    0.80    NA    NA    NA    154.64 
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp   9.01    27,385    246.7    13.17    8.14    9.01    3.56    -22.53    -29.88    0.02    0.02    14.08    14.06    76.72 
BYFC Broadway Financial Corporation   0.95    73,503    46.0    1.89    0.83    0.95    -0.60    -39.02    -6.42    0.09    0.09    1.76    1.38    16.39 
CFFN Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.   5.81    133,193    773.8    10.39    5.25    5.81    7.39    -39.92    -32.83    0.53    0.54    7.87    7.79    75.72 
CARV Carver Bancorp, Inc.   4.00    4,227    16.9    12.30    3.62    4.00    -0.61    -57.36    -2.68    -0.63    -0.63    4.60    4.60    168.51 
CLST Catalyst Bancorp, Inc.   10.34    5,059    52.3    13.69    9.26    10.34    5.56    -16.21    -18.58    0.10    NA    NA    NA    54.53 
CTUY Century Next Financial Corporation   27.70    1,789    49.4    32.00    26.05    27.70    0.69    -13.44    0.95    2.92    2.92    36.27    34.29    389.14 
CIBN Community Investors Bancorp, Inc.   18.00    794    14.3    18.00    14.95    18.00    12.50    3.45    15.02    1.40    NA    21.59    21.05    329.22 
CULL Cullman Bancorp, Inc.   10.59    7,384    78.2    13.25    10.40    10.59    0.76    -2.13    -7.83    0.60    0.60    13.62    13.62    56.55 
EFBI Eagle Financial Bancorp, Inc.   16.51    1,252    20.7    20.00    16.50    16.51    0.00    -7.40    -12.65    0.32    0.32    NA    NA    139.34 
ECBK ECB Bancorp, Inc.   10.88    9,175    99.8    16.91    10.33    10.88    1.02    -22.78    -32.21    0.32    0.54    17.74    17.74    116.01 
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   13.10    9,711    127.2    21.80    12.79    13.10    -0.15    -17.82    -37.23    2.09    2.11    21.03    19.69    204.45 
ERKH Eureka Homestead Bancorp, Inc.   10.00    926    9.3    15.50    9.10    10.00    0.10    -28.06    -30.94    NA    NA    18.90    18.90    110.94 
FFBW FFBW, Inc.   10.55    4,980    52.5    13.40    9.82    10.55    2.93    -12.23    -9.13    0.44    0.44    NA    NA    66.88 
FDLB Fidelity Federal Bancorp   95.00    1,938    184.1    NA    NA    95.00    0.00    0.00    0.00    14.11    5.27    NA    NA    NA 
FNFI First Niles Financial, Inc.   9.45    1,333    12.6    14.10    8.99    9.45    1.94    -16.00    -13.70    0.18    NA    NA    NA    100.44 
FNWB First Northwest Bancorp   10.52    8,903    93.7    17.60    9.94    10.52    2.63    -39.26    -31.51    1.79    1.88    16.92    16.81    243.98 
FSEA First Seacoast Bancorp, Inc.   8.20    5,077    41.6    13.40    8.00    8.20    0.79    -34.98    -28.23    -0.12    0.01    9.73    9.67    105.85 
FSBW FS Bancorp, Inc.   28.12    7,631    214.6    37.39    26.08    28.12    1.85    -1.33    -15.91    3.92    4.26    31.23    28.14    364.67 
GBNY Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.   8.50    2,341    19.9    11.87    8.25    8.50    1.80    -27.04    -21.30    0.23    0.27    16.03    15.39    166.24 
GTPS Great American Bancorp, Inc.   33.00    398    13.1    33.99    31.00    33.00    0.00    0.00    6.45    3.85    3.85    50.03    48.81    547.85 
GUAA Guaranty Bancorp, Inc.   24.00    973    23.3    24.00    24.00    24.00    0.00    -40.01    -40.01    NA    NA    34.30    NA    676.87 
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.   8.06    45,073    363.3    15.57    7.51    8.06    2.15    -39.85    -42.01    0.88    0.91    12.74    11.22    123.64 
HARL Harleysville Financial Corporation   24.23    3,689    89.4    33.68    23.10    24.23    4.89    -8.57    -3.54    3.07    3.07    22.79    22.79    228.48 
HRGG Heritage NOLA Bancorp, Inc.   9.35    1,134    10.5    17.99    7.78    9.35    13.75    -42.81    -35.61    0.44    0.44    16.72    16.72    160.77 
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings   192.34    2,149    413.4    335.53    173.51    192.34    2.92    -35.47    -30.30    15.53    20.58    182.89    182.89    1956.79 
HMNF HMN Financial, Inc.   18.12    4,351    78.9    24.23    17.31    18.12    -1.02    -22.75    -15.07    1.87    1.86    22.35    22.17    246.29 
HFBL Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana   16.50    2,996    49.4    22.21    15.08    16.50    -2.42    -13.16    -3.57    1.72    1.88    16.05    14.57    228.96 
HLFN Home Loan Financial Corporation   30.30    1,400    42.4    33.50    28.30    30.30    0.00    -9.55    -2.73    NA    NA    24.03    NA    195.24 
IROQ IF Bancorp, Inc.   14.13    3,196    45.2    22.50    14.13    14.13    -5.61    -36.35    -18.09    1.59    1.70    21.98    21.98    263.77 
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.   6.97    63,675    443.8    12.51    6.58    6.97    3.87    -41.18    -31.33    0.61    0.79    12.99    NA    131.12 
KSBI KS Bancorp, Inc.   47.80    1,108    53.0    59.00    45.50    47.80    0.00    1.70    2.80    7.14    7.13    33.81    33.81    524.93 
MGYR Magyar Bancorp, Inc.   10.08    6,743    68.0    13.45    9.64    10.08    0.90    -12.42    -21.37    1.23    1.23    15.12    15.12    124.55 
MLGF Malaga Financial Corporation   22.10    8,548    188.9    24.29    20.75    22.10    0.45    -1.46    -3.95    2.63    2.63    NA    NA    175.38 
MCHN McHenry Bancorp, Inc.   35.09    932    32.7    35.20    35.00    35.09    0.00    1.71    0.00    NA    NA    NA    NA    353.29 
MCPH Midland Capital Holdings Corp.   5.95    373    2.2    10.00    5.95    5.95    0.00    -40.50    -15.00    0.08    0.08    25.47    25.47    321.09 
MSVB Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.   9.20    2,885    26.5    14.08    9.10    9.20    -1.07    -31.09    -29.28    0.65    0.65    12.11    12.11    92.33 
NASB NASB Financial, Inc.   30.10    7,414    223.2    58.59    28.55    30.10    -1.42    -45.77    -36.03    3.69    3.67    51.59    50.15    372.51 
NYCB New York Community Bancorp, Inc.   10.92    722,126    7,885.6    11.21    5.81    10.92    8.23    11.89    26.98    3.81    1.49    14.23    9.86    171.31 
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.   12.94    13,907    180.0    15.99    10.67    12.94    0.47    20.26    -13.27    2.15    2.21    17.13    17.12    108.05 
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)   9.93    46,530    462.0    16.13    9.13    9.93    6.77    -21.19    -36.87    1.28    1.28    15.00    14.12    121.71 
NSTS NSTS Bancorp, Inc.   8.70    5,398    46.9    11.55    8.25    8.70    0.75    -19.12    -14.17    0.01    -0.14    14.92    14.92    48.95 
PBBK PB Bankshares, Inc.   12.08    2,609    31.5    14.64    10.99    12.08    5.00    -7.13    -11.08    0.89    0.65    16.48    16.48    150.61 
PDLB Ponce Financial Group, Inc.   7.43    23,313    173.2    10.04    6.51    7.43    12.75    -18.80    -20.28    -1.00    NA    10.90    10.90    108.93 
PVBC Provident Bancorp, Inc.   8.11    17,694    141.9    16.74    5.76    8.11    2.01    -45.13    11.40    -1.53    -1.53    11.95    11.95    96.20 
PROV Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.   11.72    7,023    82.3    15.18    11.72    11.72    -6.84    -21.08    -14.89    1.29    1.29    18.40    18.40    190.14 
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.   15.83    74,962    1,186.6    25.61    14.54    15.83    5.89    -27.91    -25.89    2.31    2.39    21.73    15.64    183.81 
QNTO Quaint Oak Bancorp, Inc.   17.25    2,192    37.7    24.75    17.10    17.25    0.88    -28.13    -22.12    2.85    2.25    20.66    19.41    370.22 
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc.   4.40    21,222    93.4    8.00    4.17    4.40    0.92    -32.82    -42.71    0.83    0.83    7.32    6.02    74.91 
SBT Sterling Bancorp, Inc. (Southfield, MI)   4.88    50,808    247.9    6.76    4.22    4.88    8.44    -26.17    -19.87    -0.40    -0.40    6.21    6.21    47.46 
TCBC TC Bancshares, Inc.   14.00    4,622    64.7    17.28    12.35    14.00    -2.03    12.86    -6.04    0.28    0.28    17.26    17.26    92.99 
TBNK Territorial Bancorp Inc.   11.15    8,755    96.9    25.50    9.57    11.15    13.78    -47.28    -53.56    1.55    1.55    28.18    28.18    252.74 
TCBS Texas Community Bancshares, Inc.   11.36    3,139    35.6    17.00    9.38    11.36    8.14    -28.36    -26.03    0.58    0.62    16.95    16.83    132.95 
TDCB Third Century Bancorp   7.70    1,189    9.2    16.35    7.25    7.70    2.67    -51.88    -20.62    1.77    1.77    7.30    7.30    244.65 
TCBX Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.   16.11    14,900    240.0    26.75    12.31    16.11    2.61    -30.44    -12.59    1.64    1.69    23.63    22.22    259.05 
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc.   23.38    8,203    191.8    35.62    22.11    23.38    2.23    -7.66    -31.50    3.24    3.27    27.75    25.81    217.80 
TFIN Triumph Financial, Inc.   52.41    23,151    1,213.4    76.49    45.08    52.41    8.32    -20.05    7.24    3.46    2.86    33.47    22.09    243.10 
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY   28.41    19,024    540.5    39.36    27.27    28.41    2.86    -6.64    -24.42    3.98    3.98    32.31    32.28    317.79 
UNTN United Tennessee Bankshares, Inc.   17.50    757    13.2    20.66    15.40    17.50    5.11    -12.50    -12.50    NA    NA    NA    NA    338.60 
VERF Versailles Financial Corporation   21.00    332    7.0    21.00    21.00    21.00    0.00    0.00    0.00    NA    NA    NA    NA    190.74 
VWFB VWF Bancorp, Inc.   13.55    1,923    26.1    15.75    11.25    13.55    0.00    5.04    -3.21    NA    NA    20.50    20.50    83.10 
WSBF Waterstone Financial, Inc.   13.51    20,771    305.5    18.93    12.93    13.51    1.50    -16.76    -21.64    0.75    0.75    16.73    16.70    101.80 
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.   5.95    22,209    132.1    10.25    5.72    5.95    1.71    -28.91    -37.10    1.19    1.09    10.50    9.84    115.36 
WMPN William Penn Bancorporation   10.00    12,703    124.6    12.52    8.77    10.00    5.60    -14.82    -17.49    0.25    0.28    12.87    12.47    67.89 
WSFS WSFS Financial Corporation   32.55    61,449    2,000.2    51.77    29.59    32.55    7.28    -17.24    -28.21    4.48    4.80    37.57    21.24    330.67 
WVFC WVS Financial Corp.   12.31    1,902    23.4    15.29    12.31    12.31    -0.73    -17.76    -12.07    NA    NA    20.54    NA    197.99 

 

(1)  Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.

(2) Or since offering price if converted of first listed in the past 52 weeks.  Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized.

(3)  EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing 12 month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.

(4)  Excludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).

(5)  ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.

(6)  Annualized based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.

(7)  Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.

(8)  Excluded from averages due to actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

(9)  For MHC institutions, market value reflects share price multiplied by public (non-MHC) shares.

 

Source: S&P Market Intelligence, LC. and RP® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2023 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

 

 

 

 Exhibit IV-1B  

Weekly Bank and Thrift Market Line - Part Two  

Prices As of May 19, 2023  

 

     Key Financial Ratios   Asset Quality Ratios 
     Equity/   Tg. Equity/   Reported Earnings   Core Earnings   NPAs/   Rsvs/ 
   Assets   Assets   ROA(5)   ROE(5)   ROA(5)   ROE(5)   Assets   NPLs 
     (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%) 
Financial Institutions, Fully Converted, Not Under Acquisition (69)                     
  Average   12.62    12.43    0.70    6.78    0.72    6.85    0.40    248.16 
  Median   11.30    10.53    0.75    6.38    0.76    7.05    0.27    229.16 
                                           
Financial Institutions, Fully Converted, Not Under Acquisition (69)                         
BCOW 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.   13.77    13.77    -0.08    -0.59    -0.04    -0.30    NA    NA 
AFBI Affinity Bancshares, Inc.   12.69    10.92    0.89    6.03    0.91    6.16    NA    NA 
AX Axos Financial, Inc.   9.32    8.61    1.56    16.11    1.72    17.84    0.51    168.12 
BCTF Bancorp 34, Inc.   11.26    11.26    0.26    3.42    NA    NA    NA    NA 
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp   18.36    18.33    0.03    0.16    0.03    0.15    0.37    180.13 
BYFC Broadway Financial Corporation   23.22    21.38    0.53    2.41    0.56    2.51    0.00    NM 
CFFN Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.   10.63    10.53    0.62    6.38    0.63    6.47    NA    NA 
CARV Carver Bancorp, Inc.   6.34    6.34    -0.39    -5.38    -0.39    -5.38    2.59    27.99 
CLST Catalyst Bancorp, Inc.   31.22    31.22    0.14    0.44    NA    NA    NA    NA 
CTUY Century Next Financial Corporation   9.48    9.01    0.82    8.21    0.82    8.21    NA    NA 
CIBN Community Investors Bancorp, Inc.   6.56    6.40    0.45    6.64    NA    NA    NA    NA 
CULL Cullman Bancorp, Inc.   24.09    24.09    1.05    4.22    1.05    4.22    NA    NA 
EFBI Eagle Financial Bancorp, Inc.   15.03    15.03    0.24    1.53    0.24    1.53    NA    NA 
ECBK ECB Bancorp, Inc.   15.29    15.29    0.35    2.37    0.58    3.99    0.06    NM 
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   11.02    10.39    1.08    9.43    1.09    9.50    0.75    160.67 
ERKH Eureka Homestead Bancorp, Inc.   18.87    18.87    0.13    0.67    0.13    0.67    0.00    NM 
FFBW FFBW, Inc.   22.68    22.63    0.69    2.87    0.69    2.87    NA    NA 
FDLB Fidelity Federal Bancorp   NA    NA    1.79    18.42    0.74    7.89    NA    NA 
FNFI First Niles Financial, Inc.   9.82    8.68    0.20    1.81    0.20    1.81    0.11    451.33 
FNWB First Northwest Bancorp   7.38    7.34    0.72    8.76    0.76    9.27    NA    NA 
FSEA First Seacoast Bancorp, Inc.   9.18    9.13    -0.11    -1.05    0.01    0.10    0.05    NM 
FSBW FS Bancorp, Inc.   8.69    7.90    1.21    11.96    1.32    12.99    0.33    343.87 
GBNY Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.   9.64    9.29    0.14    1.39    0.16    1.60    0.95    74.56 
GTPS Great American Bancorp, Inc.   9.13    8.93    0.70    8.14    0.70    8.14    NA    NA 
GUAA Guaranty Bancorp, Inc.   5.07    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.   10.76    9.60    0.82    6.49    0.84    6.71    NA    NA 
HARL Harleysville Financial Corporation   10.03    10.03    1.28    13.78    1.28    13.78    0.27    234.62 
HRGG Heritage NOLA Bancorp, Inc.   11.37    11.37    0.31    2.58    0.31    2.58    0.26    276.05 
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings   9.34    9.34    0.86    8.93    1.14    11.84    0.01    NM 
HMNF HMN Financial, Inc.   9.35    9.28    0.76    7.09    0.76    7.05    NA    610.44 
HFBL Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana   7.31    6.68    0.93    11.19    1.01    12.22    NA    NA 
HLFN Home Loan Financial Corporation   12.31    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
IROQ IF Bancorp, Inc.   8.75    8.75    0.62    7.09    0.66    7.58    0.07    NM 
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.   10.37    NA    0.51    4.51    0.66    5.84    0.81    90.60 
KSBI KS Bancorp, Inc.   6.44    6.44    1.41    24.32    1.41    24.30    NA    NA 
MGYR Magyar Bancorp, Inc.   12.05    12.05    1.01    8.20    1.01    8.20    NA    NA 
MLGF Malaga Financial Corporation   12.43    12.43    1.49    12.28    1.49    12.28    NA    NA 
MCHN McHenry Bancorp, Inc.   8.05    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
MCPH Midland Capital Holdings Corp.   7.93    7.93    0.02    0.31    0.02    0.31    0.86    40.19 
MSVB Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.   13.12    13.12    0.66    5.14    0.66    5.12    NA    NA 
NASB NASB Financial, Inc.   13.84    13.50    0.84    5.54    1.08    7.07    NA    NA 
NYCB New York Community Bancorp, Inc.   8.72    6.32    3.42    32.85    1.26    12.06    NA    NA 
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.   17.47    17.46    2.44    12.41    2.51    12.76    NA    NA 
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)   12.33    11.68    1.04    8.33    1.04    8.35    0.16    451.91 
NSTS NSTS Bancorp, Inc.   30.48    30.48    0.01    0.03    -0.13    -0.45    0.32    74.37 
PBBK PB Bankshares, Inc.   11.78    11.78    0.59    4.85    0.43    3.55    NA    NA 
PDLB Ponce Financial Group, Inc.   19.53    19.53    -1.09    -5.01    NA    NA    NA    123.05 
PVBC Provident Bancorp, Inc.   12.42    12.42    -1.47    -11.05    -1.47    -11.05    NA    NA 
PROV Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.   9.69    9.69    0.75    7.13    0.75    7.13    0.12    375.06 
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.   11.90    8.86    1.26    10.74    1.29    10.99    0.39    229.16 
QNTO Quaint Oak Bancorp, Inc.   6.09    5.77    1.01    17.14    0.84    14.99    NA    NA 
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc.   9.77    8.18    1.08    11.71    1.09    11.77    NA    NA 
SBT Sterling Bancorp, Inc. (Southfield, MI)   13.08    13.08    -0.79    -6.04    -0.79    -5.98    1.09    146.80 
TCBC TC Bancshares, Inc.   19.98    19.98    0.33    1.63    0.33    1.62    NA    NA 
TBNK Territorial Bancorp Inc.   11.47    11.47    0.63    5.35    0.63    5.35    NA    NA 
TCBS Texas Community Bancshares, Inc.   13.39    13.30    0.47    4.01    0.50    4.30    0.37    113.59 
TDCB Third Century Bancorp   2.98    2.98    0.77    22.73    0.77    22.73    NA    NA 
TCBX Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.   10.03    9.58    0.75    7.50    0.77    7.72    0.25    378.77 
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc.   12.74    11.96    1.46    12.35    1.47    12.45    0.26    325.25 
TFIN Triumph Financial, Inc.   14.70    10.47    1.59    10.03    1.32    8.34    0.34    233.45 
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY   10.17    10.16    1.24    12.66    1.24    12.66    0.49    166.96 
UNTN United Tennessee Bankshares, Inc.   6.56    6.56    0.92    15.15    0.92    15.15    0.15    431.51 
VERF Versailles Financial Corporation   18.46    18.46    0.96    5.31    0.96    5.31    0.00    NM 
VWFB VWF Bancorp, Inc.   24.67    24.67    -0.14    -0.90    0.42    2.69    NA    NA 
WSBF Waterstone Financial, Inc.   17.30    17.28    0.82    4.25    0.82    4.25    0.22    396.34 
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.   9.10    8.58    1.01    11.74    0.93    10.75    NA    NA 
WMPN William Penn Bancorporation   20.18    19.68    0.39    1.80    0.45    2.07    0.59    67.06 
WSFS WSFS Financial Corporation   11.34    6.74    1.39    12.33    1.49    13.19    0.16    528.35 
WVFC WVS Financial Corp.   9.92    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 

 

     Pricing Ratios   Dividend Data (6) 
     Price/   Price/   Price/   Price/   Price/Core   Div/   Dividend   Payout 
   Earnings   Book   Assets   Tang Book   Earnings   Share   Yield   Ratio (7) 
     (x)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (x)   ($)   (%)   (%) 
Financial Institutions, Fully Converted, Not Under Acquisition (69)                      
  Average   10.78    76.46    8.82    81.00    11.19    0.53    2.99    38.55 
  Median   8.99    72.84    8.03    73.93    8.67    0.40    2.83    28.92 
                                           
Financial Institutions, Fully Converted, Not Under Acquisition (69)                      
BCOW 1895 Bancorp of Wisconsin, Inc.   NM    55.87    7.69    55.87    NM    NA    NA    NM 
AFBI Affinity Bancshares, Inc.   11.45    67.38    8.55    79.87    11.21    NA    NA    NM 
AX Axos Financial, Inc.   8.58    127.04    11.84    138.69    7.58    NA    NA    NM 
BCTF Bancorp 34, Inc.   11.56    64.66    NA    64.66    NA    0.28    3.03    35.00 
BLFY Blue Foundry Bancorp   NM    63.97    11.74    64.10    NM    NA    NA    NM 
BYFC Broadway Financial Corporation   10.50    53.58    6.59    68.51    10.07    0.00    0.00    NM 
CFFN Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.   10.96    73.79    7.84    74.58    10.82    0.34    5.85    138.68 
CARV Carver Bancorp, Inc.   NM    86.99    2.50    86.99    NM    0.00    0.00    NM 
CLST Catalyst Bancorp, Inc.   NM    61.82    NA    61.82    NA    NA    NA    NM 
CTUY Century Next Financial Corporation   9.49    76.37    7.24    80.78    9.49    0.32    1.16    10.96 
CIBN Community Investors Bancorp, Inc.   12.86    83.37    5.47    85.52    NA    0.40    2.22    35.71 
CULL Cullman Bancorp, Inc.   17.65    77.73    18.73    77.73    17.65    0.12    1.13    20.00 
EFBI Eagle Financial Bancorp, Inc.   NM    83.31    NA    83.31    NM    0.32    1.94    68.75 
ECBK ECB Bancorp, Inc.   34.00    61.34    9.38    61.34    20.19    NA    NA    NM 
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   6.27    62.28    6.86    66.54    6.22    0.60    4.58    28.71 
ERKH Eureka Homestead Bancorp, Inc.   NM    52.91    9.99    52.91    NA    NA    NA    NM 
FFBW FFBW, Inc.   23.98    74.51    NA    74.72    23.98    NA    NA    NM 
FDLB Fidelity Federal Bancorp   6.73    136.98    10.09    NA    18.03    1.00    1.05    7.09 
FNFI First Niles Financial, Inc.   NM    NA    NA    NA    NA    0.24    2.54    133.33 
FNWB First Northwest Bancorp   5.88    62.16    4.68    62.58    5.59    0.28    2.66    15.64 
FSEA First Seacoast Bancorp, Inc.   NM    84.24    7.73    84.76    NM    NA    NA    NM 
FSBW FS Bancorp, Inc.   7.17    90.04    7.82    99.93    6.59    1.00    3.56    22.96 
GBNY Generations Bancorp NY, Inc.   NM    53.04    5.11    55.24    32.04    NA    NA    NM 
GTPS Great American Bancorp, Inc.   8.57    65.97    6.02    67.61    8.57    0.80    2.42    18.44 
GUAA Guaranty Bancorp, Inc.   7.16    62.05    3.67    62.05    NA    0.00    0.00    NA 
HONE HarborOne Bancorp, Inc.   9.16    63.24    6.81    71.85    8.85    0.30    3.72    32.39 
HARL Harleysville Financial Corporation   7.89    106.30    10.66    106.30    7.89    1.20    4.95    76.22 
HRGG Heritage NOLA Bancorp, Inc.   21.25    55.93    6.36    55.93    21.25    NA    NA    NM 
HIFS Hingham Institution for Savings   12.39    105.17    9.82    105.17    9.35    2.52    1.31    19.90 
HMNF HMN Financial, Inc.   9.69    81.10    7.58    81.75    9.73    0.32    1.77    13.90 
HFBL Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana   9.59    102.83    7.51    113.28    8.77    0.48    2.91    27.91 
HLFN Home Loan Financial Corporation   NA    126.11    15.52    130.34    NA    1.08    3.56    NA 
IROQ IF Bancorp, Inc.   8.89    64.27    5.62    64.27    8.31    0.40    2.83    25.16 
KRNY Kearny Financial Corp.   11.43    53.65    5.57    71.29    8.80    0.44    6.31    72.13 
KSBI KS Bancorp, Inc.   6.69    141.37    9.11    141.37    6.70    1.00    2.09    11.90 
MGYR Magyar Bancorp, Inc.   8.20    66.66    8.03    66.66    8.20    0.12    1.19    16.26 
MLGF Malaga Financial Corporation   8.41    103.44    NA    103.44    8.41    1.00    4.52    36.69 
MCHN McHenry Bancorp, Inc.   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
MCPH Midland Capital Holdings Corp.   NM    23.36    1.85    23.36    NM    0.08    0.00    NM 
MSVB Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.   14.15    75.96    9.96    75.96    14.20    0.24    2.61    33.85 
NASB NASB Financial, Inc.   10.49    58.34    8.07    60.02    8.21    1.00    3.32    97.56 
NYCB New York Community Bancorp, Inc.   2.87    76.72    6.40    110.77    7.35    0.68    6.18    17.85 
NECB Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.   6.02    75.55    13.20    75.61    5.86    0.24    1.85    11.16 
NFBK Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (Staten Island, NY)   7.76    66.18    8.16    70.34    7.74    0.52    5.24    40.63 
NSTS NSTS Bancorp, Inc.   NM    58.27    17.76    58.27    NM    NA    NA    NM 
PBBK PB Bankshares, Inc.   13.57    73.28    8.63    73.28    18.49    NA    NA    NM 
PDLB Ponce Financial Group, Inc.   NM    68.16    7.98    68.16    NA    NA    NA    NM 
PVBC Provident Bancorp, Inc.   NM    67.86    8.43    67.86    NM    0.16    0.00    NM 
PROV Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.   9.09    63.70    6.17    63.70    9.09    0.56    4.78    43.41 
PFS Provident Financial Services, Inc.   6.85    72.84    8.67    101.25    6.63    0.96    5.94    41.56 
QNTO Quaint Oak Bancorp, Inc.   6.05    83.51    4.68    88.88    7.65    0.52    3.01    13.68 
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc.   5.30    60.15    5.87    73.07    5.27    0.24    5.45    28.92 
SBT Sterling Bancorp, Inc. (Southfield, MI)   NM    78.59    10.28    78.59    NM    0.00    0.00    NM 
TCBC TC Bancshares, Inc.   NM    81.12    16.20    81.12    NM    0.10    0.71    35.71 
TBNK Territorial Bancorp Inc.   7.19    39.57    4.54    39.57    7.19    0.92    8.25    65.81 
TCBS Texas Community Bancshares, Inc.   19.58    67.00    8.97    67.48    18.26    0.08    0.70    3.45 
TDCB Third Century Bancorp   4.35    105.48    3.15    105.48    4.35    0.40    5.19    22.60 
TCBX Third Coast Bancshares, Inc.   9.82    68.19    5.77    72.51    9.51    NA    NA    NM 
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc.   7.22    84.24    10.73    90.59    7.16    0.92    3.93    30.86 
TFIN Triumph Financial, Inc.   15.15    156.59    21.94    237.26    18.30    NA    NA    NM 
TRST TrustCo Bank Corp NY   7.15    87.93    8.94    88.01    7.15    1.44    5.07    35.97 
UNTN United Tennessee Bankshares, Inc.   NA    87.72    NA    87.72    NA    0.60    3.43    NA 
VERF Versailles Financial Corporation   28.00    62.10    10.95    62.10    28.00    0.50    2.38    NA 
VWFB VWF Bancorp, Inc.   NA    67.01    17.74    67.01    NA    NA    NA    NA 
WSBF Waterstone Financial, Inc.   18.01    80.76    13.97    80.90    18.01    0.80    5.92    106.67 
WNEB Western New England Bancorp, Inc.   5.00    56.66    5.16    60.44    5.47    0.28    4.71    21.85 
WMPN William Penn Bancorporation   NM    77.71    15.68    80.21    NM    0.12    1.20    48.00 
WSFS WSFS Financial Corporation   7.27    86.64    9.83    153.23    6.78    0.60    1.84    13.39 
WVFC WVS Financial Corp.   NA    59.92    5.95    61.53    NA    0.40    3.25    NA 

 

Partial Stock Mutual Holding Companies(8)

 

(1)  Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.

(2) Or since offering price if converted of first listed in the past 52 weeks.  Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized.

(3)  EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing 12 month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.

(4)  Exludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).

(5)  ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.

(6)  Annualized based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.

(7)  Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.

(8)  For MHC institutions, market value reflects share price multiplied by public (non-MHC) shares.

(9)  Excluded from averages due to actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

 

Source:  S&P Market Intelligence, LC. and RP® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2023 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-2

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Historical Stock Price Indices

 

                 S&P U.S.   KBW NASDAQ 
             NASDAQ   BMI Banks   Regional Bank 
Year/Qtr. Ended  DJIA   S&P 500   Composite   Index   Index 
2016: Quarter 1   17685.1    2059.7    4869.9    92.8    77.6 
  Quarter 2   17930.0    2098.9    4842.7    93.9    80.0 
  Quarter 3   18308.2    2168.3    5312.0    100.7    86.5 
  Quarter 4   19762.6    2238.8    5383.1    130.4    111.2 
                            
2017: Quarter 1   20663.2    2362.7    5911.7    131.2    106.7 
  Quarter 2   21349.6    2423.4    6140.4    134.9    106.6 
  Quarter 3   22405.1    2519.4    6496.0    140.4    109.0 
  Quarter 4   24719.2    2673..6    6903.4    151.0    110.9 
                            
2018: Quarter 1   24103.1    2640.9    7063.5    148.9    111.9 
  Quarter 2   24271.4    2718.4    7510.3    146.2    113.9 
  Quarter 3   26458.3    2914.0    8046.4    149.1    110.7 
  Quarter 4   23327.5    2506.9    6635.3    123.4    89.4 
                            
2019: Quarter 1   25928.7    2834.4    7729.3    133.9    97.1 
  Quarter 2   26600.0    2941.8    8006.2    142.2    100.2 
  Quarter 3   26916.8    2976.7    7999.3    145.3    98.8 
  Quarter 4   28538.4    3230.8    8972.6    164.6    107.6 
                            
2020: Quarter 1   21917.2    2584.6    7700.1    97.1    63.6 
  Quarter 2   25812.9    3100.3    10058.8    106.3    72.2 
  Quarter 3   27781.7    3363.0    11167.5    103.1    64.1 
  Quarter 4   30606.5    3756.1    12888.3    138.9    94.6 
                            
2021: Quarter 1   32981.6    3972.9    13246.9    171.3    121.9 
  Quarter 2   34502.5    4297.5    14504.0    176.0    119.4 
  Quarter 3   33843.9    4307.5    14448.6    182.7    122.5 
  Quarter 4   36338.3    4766.2    15645.0    184.0    126.0 
                            
2022: Quarter 1   34678.4    4530.4    14220.5    171.0    122.5 
  Quarter 2   30775.4    3785.4    11028.7    141.2    107.1 
  Quarter 3   28725.5    3585.6    10575.6    136.7    110.5 
  Quarter 4   33147.3    3839.5    10466.5    148.4    114.1 
                            
2023: Quarter 1   33274.2    4109.3    12221.9    128.0    92.9 
  As of May 19, 2022   33426.6    4192.0    12657.9    125.1    82.1 

 

(1)   End of period data.

 

Sources:  S&P Global Market Intelligence and The Wall Street Journal.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-3

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Historical Stock Indices

 

 

 

 

Index Summary (Change (%))
Industry Banking                                  
Geography United States and Canada                                  
 
         Change (%) 
Index Name  Current Value  As Of  1 Day   1 Week   MTD  QTD   YTD   1 Year  3 Years 
Banking Indexes                                          
        S&P U.S. BMI Banks   125.05  5/19/2023   (0.97)   4.99    (3.57)   (2.30)   (15.70)   (15.63)   29.56 
        KBW Nasdaq Bank Index   76.86  5/19/2023   (0.98)   5.81    (5.43)   (6.31)   (23.79)   (27.87)   15.04 
        KBW Nasdaq Regional Bank Index   82.05  5/19/2023   (2.16)   6.19    (8.31)   (11.68)   (28.08)   (25.04)   27.78 
        S&P 500 Bank   285.66  5/19/2023   (0.71)   4.63    (2.78)   0.07    (12.92)   (13.56)   28.51 
        NASDAQ Bank   2,843.28  5/19/2023   (1.78)   6.08    (5.23)   (9.99)   (29.71)   (30.43)   17.83 
        S&P 500 Commercial Banks   408.11  5/19/2023   (0.71)   4.63    (2.78)   0.07    (12.92)   (13.56)   28.51 
        S&P 500 Diversified Banks   533.79  5/19/2023   (0.72)   4.20    (2.05)   1.52    (5.46)   (3.61)   38.42 
        S&P 500 Regional Banks   68.54  5/19/2023   (0.65)   8.68    (8.84)   (11.27)   (39.29)   (44.21)   (7.03)
Market Cap Indexes                                          
        Dow Jones U.S. MicroCap Banks   21,908.46  5/19/2023   (0.92)   4.63    (5.59)   (12.06)   (26.75)   (23.97)   31.73 
        S&P U.S. SmallCap Banks   168.30  5/19/2023   (1.99)   6.80    (6.64)   (10.77)   (27.25)   (26.33)   25.86 
        S&P U.S. MidCap Banks   376.87  5/19/2023   (0.78)   7.79    (8.63)   (10.77)   (42.90)   (48.82)   (4.72)
        S&P U.S. LargeCap Banks   342.59  5/19/2023   (0.70)   4.23    (2.14)   1.34    (7.24)   (5.90)   35.44 
        S&P United States Between USD1 Billion and USD5 Billion Banks   493.99  5/19/2023   (2.30)   6.62    (7.48)   (13.36)   (28.58)   (25.99)   24.98 
        S&P United States Over USD5 Billion Banks   363.72  5/19/2023   (0.82)   4.81    (3.11)   (0.69)   (13.67)   (14.22)   28.99 
        S&P United States Between USD250 Million and USD1 Billion Banks   1,080.69  5/19/2023   (1.57)   5.82    (4.85)   (12.77)   (29.69)   (26.30)   36.79 
        S&P United States Under USD250 Million Banks   950.68  5/19/2023   (1.03)   3.27    (8.38)   (16.55)   (28.05)   (23.30)   40.35 
Geographic Indexes                                          
        S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Mid-Atlantic Region   574.53  5/19/2023   (0.65)   3.93    (1.32)   2.80    (3.65)   1.24    38.27 
        S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Midwest Region   446.66  5/19/2023   (1.38)   5.05    (9.19)   (13.40)   (28.76)   (30.39)   12.69 
        S&P U.S. BMI Banks - New England Region   371.64  5/19/2023   (1.38)   6.28    (10.66)   (14.52)   (32.50)   (29.91)   21.65 
        S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Southeast Region   341.52  5/19/2023   (1.27)   5.20    (5.14)   (5.29)   (19.30)   (20.59)   28.14 
        S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Southwest Region   917.26  5/19/2023   (2.04)   7.67    (5.86)   (8.66)   (27.59)   (28.13)   31.55 
        S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Western Region   899.53  5/19/2023   (0.90)   7.18    (2.20)   (0.62)   (25.09)   (30.16)   20.66 
Broad Market Indexes                                          
        DJIA   33,426.63  5/19/2023   (0.33)   0.38    (1.97)   0.46    0.84    6.95    38.09 
        S&P 500   4,191.98  5/19/2023   (0.14)   1.65    0.54    2.01    9.18    7.46    43.42 
        S&P 400 Mid Cap   2,455.89  5/19/2023   (0.89)   0.95    (1.39)   (2.24)   1.05    2.70    48.61 
        S&P 600 Small Cap   1,144.79  5/19/2023   (0.74)   2.25    (0.29)   (3.15)   (1.10)   (2.68)   53.09 
        S&P 500 Financials   541.16  5/19/2023   (0.45)   2.18    (1.86)   1.10    (5.02)   (1.09)   51.21 
        MSCI US IMI Financials   1,882.86  5/19/2023   (0.49)   2.70    (2.38)   (0.48)   (6.32)   (3.67)   47.34 
        NASDAQ   12,657.90  5/19/2023   (0.24)   3.04    3.53    3.57    20.94    11.15    37.81 
        NASDAQ Finl   4,190.12  5/19/2023   (0.85)   2.29    (3.29)   (5.96)   (12.27)   (14.28)   6.30 
        NYSE   15,324.32  5/19/2023   (0.14)   0.51    (1.43)   (0.33)   0.92    1.92    36.23 
        Russell 1000   2,292.00  5/19/2023   (0.20)   1.65    0.56    1.71    8.84    6.88    42.18 
        Russell 2000   1,773.72  5/19/2023   (0.62)   1.89    0.27    (1.60)   0.71    (0.14)   35.63 
        Russell 3000   2,402.37  5/19/2023   (0.23)   1.66    0.55    1.53    8.35    6.47    41.74 
        S&P TSX Composite   20,351.06  5/19/2023   0.27    (0.34)   (1.38)   1.25    4.98    0.84    36.72 
        MSCI AC World (USD)   656.42  5/19/2023   0.07    1.11    0.22    1.49    8.43    5.95    33.70 
        MSCI World   2,842.76  5/19/2023   0.09    1.19    0.24    1.84    9.22    7.21    37.91 
        Bermuda Royal Gazette/BSX   2,125.12  5/19/2023   0.00    0.01    0.66    2.21    (8.31)   (2.18)   33.19 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-4

NB Bancorp, Inc.

Market Area Acquisition Activity

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-4

Massachusetts Bank and Thrift Acquisitions 2018-Present

 

                  Target Financials at Announcement 
                  Total                   NPAs/   Rsrvs/ 
Announce  Complete              Assets   E/A   TE/A   ROAA   ROAE   Assets   NPLs 
Date  Date  Buyer Name     Target Name     ($000)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%) 
03/14/2023  Pending  1831 Bancorp MHC  MA  South Shore Bancorp MHC  MA   2,111,040    8.17    7.84    0.98    11.95    0.27    347.77 
12/16/2022  Pending  Newburyport Five Cents Bancorp  MA  Pentucket Bank Holdings, MHC  MA   946,817    9.80    9.80    0.12    1.07    0.92    83.25 
07/28/2022  12/03/2022  1889 Bancorp MHC  MA  Foxboro Federal Savings  MA   205,082    12.43    12.43    0.55    3.86    0.00    NA 
05/23/2022  10/01/2022  Cambridge Bancorp  MA  Northmark Bank  MA   442,468    12.12    12.12    0.78    6.73    0.00    NA 
03/28/2022  10/07/2022  Hometown Financial Group MHC  MA  Randolph Bancorp, Inc.  MA   803,278    12.56    12.56    1.29    9.31    0.48    164.46 
02/23/2022  08/01/2022  1854 Bancorp  MA  Patriot Community Bank  MA   207,627    14.86    14.86    1.13    7.81    1.62    55.79 
04/22/2021  11/12/2021  Independent Bank Corp.  MA  Meridian Bancorp, Inc.  MA   6,503,925    12.13    11.84    1.17    10.12    0.07    NM 
04/07/2021  11/12/2021  Eastern Bankshares Inc.  MA  Century Bancorp, Inc.  MA   7,289,324    5.23    5.20    0.68    11.97    0.04    NM 
01/04/2021  07/01/2021  SVB Financial Group  CA  Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.  MA   10,048,733    8.64    8.04    0.49    5.34    0.31    261.98 
02/18/2020  02/01/2021  LendingClub Corp.  CA  Radius Bancorp, Inc.  MA   1,390,254    8.82    8.70    0.38    4.12    0.92    64.83 
12/18/2019  06/01/2020  Cambridge Financial Group Inc.  MA  Melrose Bancorp, Inc.  MA   340,813    11.93    11.93    0.38    2.93    NA    NA 
12/05/2019  06/01/2020  Cambridge Bancorp  MA  Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.  MA   985,867    7.28    7.28    0.70    9.48    NA    NA 
12/04/2019  10/01/2020  Bridgewater Financial MHC  MA  Mansfield Co-operative Bank  MA   527,235    10.66    10.66    0.60    5.77    0.35    378.22 
06/18/2019  01/01/2020  Fidelity MHC  MA  Family Federal Savings, F.A.  MA   97,894    11.76    11.76    0.05    0.47    1.36    32.11 
04/09/2019  10/01/2019  North Shore Bancorp  MA  Beverly Financial, MHC  MA   486,825    8.53    8.53    0.72    8.40    0.30    294.09 
02/27/2019  10/21/2019  Hometown Financial Group MHC  MA  Millbury Savings Bank  MA   228,126    12.46    12.46    0.81    6.72    0.76    99.48 
02/06/2019  05/17/2019  Hometown Financial Group MHC  MA  Abington Bank  MA   314,124    10.55    9.92    0.47    4.45    1.31    37.00 
11/27/2018  04/01/2019  People's United Financial Inc.  CT  BSB Bancorp, Inc.  MA   2,971,807    6.66    6.66    0.74    11.00    0.19    322.35 
11/06/2018  04/30/2019  North Easton Savings Bank  MA  Mutual Bank  MA   517,988    8.99    8.99    0.59    6.65    0.31    232.63 
09/20/2018  04/01/2019  Independent Bank Corp.  MA  Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.  MA   2,741,162    14.60    14.31    0.70    4.54    0.52    189.63 
08/14/2018  04/01/2019  Equitable Bancorp MHC  MA  South Shore Mutual Holding Company  MA   522,836    9.15    8.87    0.29    3.07    1.12    117.09 
07/25/2018  01/31/2019  Hometown Financial Group MHC  MA  Pilgrim Bancshares, Inc.  MA   265,562    12.93    12.93    0.52    4.04    1.34    35.71 
05/29/2018  11/14/2018  Independent Bank Corp.  MA  MNB Bancorp  MA   365,356    8.19    8.19    0.55    6.19    0.44    258.96 
04/30/2018  08/20/2018  Salem Five Bancorp  MA  Sage Bank  MA   141,727    7.22    7.22    -1.25    -15.66    1.48    36.17 
                                                   
            Average:      1,685,661    10.24    10.13    0.56    5.43    0.64    167.31 
            Median:      520,412    10.17    9.86    0.60    5.98    0.46    140.78 

 

                                            
                  Deal Terms and Pricing at Announcement 
                  Deal   Value/                   Prem/ 
Announce  Complete              Value   Share   P/B   P/TB   P/E   P/A   Cdeps 
Date  Date  Buyer Name     Target Name     ($M)   ($)   (%)   (%)   (x)   (%)   (%) 
03/14/2023  Pending  1831 Bancorp MHC  MA  South Shore Bancorp MHC  MA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
12/16/2022  Pending  Newburyport Five Cents Bancorp  MA  Pentucket Bank Holdings, MHC  MA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
07/28/2022  12/03/2022  1889 Bancorp MHC  MA  Foxboro Federal Savings  MA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
05/23/2022  10/01/2022  Cambridge Bancorp  MA  Northmark Bank  MA   63.0    79.540    117.52    117.52    17.87    14.24    3.21 
03/28/2022  10/07/2022  Hometown Financial Group MHC  MA  Randolph Bancorp, Inc.  MA   148.3    27.000    136.84    136.87    14.36    18.46    8.98 
02/23/2022  08/01/2022  1854 Bancorp  MA  Patriot Community Bank  MA   NA    15.750    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
04/22/2021  11/12/2021  Independent Bank Corp.  MA  Meridian Bancorp, Inc.  MA   1150.6    21.882    145.39    149.55    14.49    17.69    8.71 
04/07/2021  11/12/2021  Eastern Bankshares Inc.  MA  Century Bancorp, Inc.  MA   641.9    115.280    168.32    169.53    14.82    8.81    NA 
01/04/2021  07/01/2021  SVB Financial Group  CA  Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.  MA   942.6    10.943    103.79    112.30    19.90    9.38    1.73 
02/18/2020  02/01/2021  LendingClub Corp.  CA  Radius Bancorp, Inc.  MA   188.3    NA    176.41    179.49    35.39    13.54    9.37 
12/18/2019  06/01/2020  Cambridge Financial Group Inc.  MA  Melrose Bancorp, Inc.  MA   57.6    25.000    141.82    141.82    44.64    16.91    9.97 
12/05/2019  06/01/2020  Cambridge Bancorp  MA  Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.  MA   121.0    44.289    158.53    158.53    17.44    12.28    8.10 
12/04/2019  10/01/2020  Bridgewater Financial MHC  MA  Mansfield Co-operative Bank  MA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
06/18/2019  01/01/2020  Fidelity MHC  MA  Family Federal Savings, F.A.  MA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
04/09/2019  10/01/2019  North Shore Bancorp  MA  Beverly Financial, MHC  MA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
02/27/2019  10/21/2019  Hometown Financial Group MHC  MA  Millbury Savings Bank  MA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
02/06/2019  05/17/2019  Hometown Financial Group MHC  MA  Abington Bank  MA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
11/27/2018  04/01/2019  People's United Financial Inc.  CT  BSB Bancorp, Inc.  MA   317.2    32.420    159.75    159.75    14.87    10.67    7.27 
11/06/2018  04/30/2019  North Easton Savings Bank  MA  Mutual Bank  MA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
09/20/2018  04/01/2019  Independent Bank Corp.  MA  Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.  MA   725.4    25.872    173.71    177.91    34.96    26.46    19.21 
08/14/2018  04/01/2019  Equitable Bancorp MHC  MA  South Shore Mutual Holding Company  MA   NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA    NA 
07/25/2018  01/31/2019  Hometown Financial Group MHC  MA  Pilgrim Bancshares, Inc.  MA   53.8    23.000    151.43    151.43    35.38    20.26    14.91 
05/29/2018  11/14/2018  Independent Bank Corp.  MA  MNB Bancorp  MA   54.3    NA    203.72    203.72    41.35    14.87    13.10 
04/30/2018  08/20/2018  Salem Five Bancorp  MA  Sage Bank  MA   9.3    6.300    112.97    112.97    NA    6.59    1.64 
                                                   
            Average:                150.02    151.65    25.46    14.63    8.85 
            Median:                151.43    151.43    18.89    14.24    8.85 

 

Source: S&P Capital IQ.

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-5 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

Director and Senior Management Resumes

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-5 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

Director and Senior Management Resumes

 

Directors

 

Joseph Campanelli is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Needham Bank. Mr. Campanelli has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Needham Bank since joining the Bank in January 2017 and was elected Chairman in 2022.  Mr. Campanelli has over 40 years of banking experience in a variety of senior and executive positions, including having served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary Sovereign Bank as well as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary Flagstar Bank.  Mr. Campanelli’s positions as President and Chief Executive Officer foster clear accountability, effective decision-making, a clear and direct channel of communication from senior management to the full board of directors, and alignment on corporate strategy. Additionally, Mr. Campanelli has a long history of community involvement, currently serving on the board of the Massachusetts Business Roundtable, Boys and Girls Club of Boston and The One Hundred Club of Boston.  We believe each of these attributes qualifies him to serve on the board of directors.

 

William Darcey is President and Chief Executive Officer of Provider Group, an insurance agency headquartered in Needham, Massachusetts and Providence, Rhode Island. Mr. Darcey joined Provider Group in 2001 and has served as its President and Chief Executive Officer since 2009. He has over 30 years of experience providing risk management services to businesses and individuals throughout New England and as President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Darcey leads Provider Group’s strategic direction, including overseeing sales, marketing, client services, and agency operations. We believe Mr. Darcey’s executive management experience as well as his knowledge of the commercial landscape and trends in our market area qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Susan Elliott is retired. Prior to her retirement in 2019, from 1981 until 2019 Ms. Elliott was employed at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston in roles of increasing responsibility, including serving as Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer from 2009 until her retirement. Ms. Elliott has over 45 years of banking experience and we believe this experience qualifies her to serve on the board of directors.

 

Angela Jackson, Ed.L.D, is a lecturer at Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. She has held teaching positions in a part-time capacity since 2018 and has focused more exclusively as a lecturer since June 2022. In her role at Harvard, among other responsibilities, Dr. Jackson teaches classes on education, entrepreneurship and innovation. In addition to her lecturing responsibilities, from February 2022 until October 2022, Dr. Jackson served as Chief Ecosystem Investment Officer for Kapor Enterprises, a family office, and from June 2018 until February 2022, she was a Managing Partner at New Profit, a venture philanthropy firm headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts where she oversaw Economic Mobility Investments. As an Environment, Social and Corporate Governance (ESG) expert, Dr. Jackson is a frequent lecturer and is a widely published consultant and Board member to numerous organizations and entities, and has advised over 100 enterprises in ESG strategy and oversight. We believe that Dr. Jackson’s expertise in the areas of ESG as well as her knowledge and interaction with civic, charitable and venture philanthropic enterprises in our market area and nationally qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

 

 

 

 

Christopher Lynch is a partner and co-founder, since 1995, of Marshall Resources, an information technology services company with offices in Massachusetts, North Carolina and Arizona. Mr. Lynch is also an entrepreneur and investor and since 2003, Mr. Lynch has been the sole owner and operator of various real estate investment entities which purchase, develop and manage commercial real estate properties in Needham, Massachusetts and since 2009 has owned and managed a wine investment company. We believe that Mr. Lynch’s experience as a business owner and entrepreneur offers a valuable perspective on developing a successful business as well as the challenges and risks an organization may face as it grows its product offerings which qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Joseph Nolan is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Eversource Energy Service Company, New England’s largest electric, gas and water utility provider and is Chairman and a director of Eversource Energy’s principal subsidiaries, excepting The Connecticut Light and Power Company. Mr. Nolan was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of Eversource Energy in May 2021 and elected Chairman in 2022. Previously, Mr. Nolan served as Executive Vice President-Strategy, Customer and Corporate Relations of Eversource Energy since February 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Nolan served as Executive Vice President-Customer and Corporate Relations of Eversource Energy from August 2016 to February 2020. Mr. Nolan is active in civic and charitable organizations including serving on the Boards of Directors of the New England Council, Camp Harbor View, Francis Ouimet Scholarship Fund, Long Island Association, and an advisory board member of Intercontinental Real Estate Corporation.  We believe Mr. Nolan’s management and executive experience and his general business acumen qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Francis Orfanello is an Operating Partner in the Food and Beverage Manufacturing and Distribution division of One Rock Capital Partners, LLC, which focuses on private equity investments in middle-market companies in North America. Prior to his employment with One Rock Capital, for over 30 years, Mr. Orfanello was a corporate executive at various beverage and food companies where he oversaw national supply chain and sales operations as well as leading strategic initiatives in new product development, manufacturing modernization, opening new channels of distribution and scaling branded consumer products businesses. Mr. Orfanello was previously a certified public accountant and began his career in a Boston-based accounting firm. We believe Mr. Orfanello’s strategic marketing experience as well as his financial acumen qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

Hope Pascucci is President and Principal of Rose Grove Capital Management, LLC, headquartered in Wellesley, Massachusetts, which manages fixed-income credit hedge funds focused on preferred stock and hybrid capital markets. Ms. Pascucci has held these positions since the firm’s founding in 2006. Prior to Rose Grove Capital’s founding, Ms. Pascucci served as Co-head of Global Capital Markets for Deutsche Bank in London where her responsibilities included oversight of Global Debt Capital Markets, European and Asian Equity Capital Markets and High Yield/Leveraged Loans. Ms. Pascucci has previously served on the Board of Trustees of Amherst College as well as the Board of Directors of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC. We believe that Ms. Pascucci’s knowledge of the capital markets, management skills and business acumen qualify her to be on our board of directors.

 

Raza Shaikh, whose legal name is Muhammad Raza, is an entrepreneur and early-stage investor and, since January 2020, is a Managing Director of Launchpad Venture Group, an early-stage angel investment group centered in Boston, Massachusetts. He is also the owner of Raza Enterprises, LLC, a consulting firm founded in January 2019 which focuses on mobile applications and games and, since June 2019, has been a Managing Partner of Beacon Venture Partners, an early-stage Venture Capital Fund for high-growth companies throughout New England. From 2010 until January 2019, Mr. Shaikh was co-Founder and Chief Technology Officer of NorthBay, a consulting firm focused on data analytics, cloud computing and artificial intelligence.  We believe Mr. Shaikh’s extensive business investment analysis, analytics and information technology expertise qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

 

 

 

Mark Whalen is retired. Prior to his retirement in 2017, Mr. Whalen was a career banker and from 2007 until his retirement, Mr. Whalen was employed at Needham Bank. He served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Needham Bank from 2014 through 2015 and Chief Executive Officer of Needham Bank from 2015 until his retirement. Prior to his employment at Needham Bank, from 1999 through 2007, Mr. Whalen was President and Chief Executive Officer of Dedham Co-operative Bank, Dedham, Massachusetts. Mr. Whalen has over 40 years of banking experience. We believe Mr. Whalen’s broad banking experience as well as his institutional knowledge of Needham Bank and our market areas qualifies him to serve on the board of directors.

 

Executive Officers Who Are not Directors

 

Peter Bakkala, age 58, is Executive Vice President – Chief Risk Officer of Needham Bank, a position he has held since 2016. In this role, Mr. Bakkala oversees the Bank’s enterprise risk management, fraud prevention, and general compliance, including Bank Secrecy Act and Community Reinvestment Act compliance, and the Bank’s internal audit functions.  Prior to joining Needham Bank, Mr. Bakkala led various audit, risk, and compliance functions, as well as commercial businesses, throughout his career in large superregional and multinational firms

 

James Daley, age 38, is Senior Vice President – Director Structured Finance of Needham Bank, where he is responsible for the Bank’s commercial loan growth and portfolio management in the Structured Finance Unit as well as being responsible for all Cash Management Sales and Operation Services for the Bank, a position he has held since March 2020. Prior to this appointment, from 2017 until March 2020, Mr. Daley served as a senior vice president for Customers Bank, a commercial bank headquartered in Reading, Pennsylvania.

 

Paul Evangelista, age 60, is Executive Vice President – Director of Specialized Bank of Needham Bank, a position he has held since April 2022. In this position, Mr. Evangelista has primary responsibility of the Bank’s cannabis and money service businesses. From December 2021 until March 2022, Mr. Evangelista was a consultant to Eastern Bank, headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts, advising the institution primarily with respect to the cannabis and money service business it acquired in connection with its November 2021 acquisition of Century Bank, headquartered in Medford, Massachusetts. From December 1999 until its sale to Eastern Bank in November 2021, Mr. Evangelista served in positions of increasing responsibility at Century Bank, having served as an Executive Vice President since December 1999.

 

Kevin Henkin, age 53, is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of Needham Bank, a position he has held since April 2018. In this role, Mr. Henkin has primary responsibility for managing all aspects of the credit risk management framework over the Bank’s lending operations. Mr. Henkin has over 30 years of banking experience, having served at other financial institutions as well as running a bank consulting firm for three years at which Mr. Henkin conducted external loan reviews, stress testing and due diligence for financial institutions.

 

 

 

 

Stephanie Maiona, age 56, is Executive Vice President and Senior Commercial Lender of Needham Bank, having served as Senior Commercial Lender since 2011 and becoming Executive Vice President in 2018. Ms. Maiona joined Needham Bank in 2009. She has over thirty years of banking experience, having previously served at other financial institutions as well as serving as a Bank Examiner at the FDIC.

 

Salvatore Rinaldi, age 68, is Chief Operating Officer of Needham Bank, a position he has held since April 2017 when he joined Needham Bank. In this role, Mr. Rinaldi assists the Chief Executive Officer in the general oversight of Needham Bank and implementation of the Bank’s strategic direction. Mr. Rinaldi has over 40 years of banking experience, primarily with commercial banks and their holding companies.

 

Danielle Walsh, age 45, is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Needham Bank, a position she has held since July 2020. Prior to this appointment, from 2014 until July 2020, Ms. Walsh served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of Needham Bank. Ms. Walsh joined Needham Bank in 2009 as Vice President and Controller.

 

Margaret Watson, age 55, is General Counsel to Needham Bank, a position she has held since January 2020. Ms. Watson has over 25 years of legal experience in national and local firms, including her previous position at Cohn and Dussi, PC, a full-service law firm headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts where she served as a Partner in the firm’s Real Estate, Banking and Litigation departments for seven years.

 

James White, age 59, is Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Needham Bank, where he oversees all aspects of the technology, operations and innovation strategy for the Bank, including digital, cyber-security/fraud, innovation, customer care centers, data and facilities management. Mr. White joined Needham Bank in February 2018 as Senior Vice President, Director of Retail Banking and was promoted into his current roles in July 2020. Mr. White has over 40 years of banking experience.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-6 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

   

Needham Bank
Historical at
March 31, 2023

    Needham Bank Pro Forma at March 31, 2023 Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of:  
        25,500,000 shares     30,000,000 shares     34,500,000 shares    

39,675,000 shares (1)

 
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
 
                                                             
      (Dollars in thousands)    
Equity   $ 351,700       9.46 %   $ 444,584       11.57 %   $ 461,180       11.94 %   $ 477,777       12.30 %   $ 496,864       12.70 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 leverage capital (2)(3)   $ 364,050       10.07 %   $ 456,934       12.21 %   $ 473,530       12.58 %   $ 490,127       12.95 %   $ 509,214       13.36 %
Tier 1 leverage requirement     180,805       5.00 %     187,043       5.00 %     188,154       5.00 %     189,265       5.00 %     190,543       5.00 %
Excess   $ 183,245       5.07 %   $ 269,890       7.21 %   $ 285,376       7.58 %   $ 300,860       7.95 %   $ 318,670       8.36 %
                                                                                 
Reconciliation of capital infused into Needham Bank:                                                                  
Net proceeds             $ 124,759             $ 146,980             $ 169,202             $ 194,757          
Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP       (21,250 )             (25,000 )             (28,750 )             (33,063 )        
Less:  Common stock acquired by stock-based incentive plans       (10,625 )             (12,500 )             (14,375 )             (16,531 )        
Pro forma increase     $ 92,884             $ 109,480             $ 126,077             $ 145,163          

 

Source: Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-7 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

Pro Forma Analysis Sheet

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-7  

PRO FORMA ANALYSIS SHEET  

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

Prices as of May 19, 2023 

 

           Subject at   Thrift Peer Group   All Public Thrifts     
Valuation Pricing Multiples      Symbol   Midpoint   Mean   Median   Mean   Median     
Price-earnings multiple   =  P/E    8.75x   8.00x   7.15x   10.42x   9.09x   51.86216595 
Price-core earnings multiple   =  P/CE    9.67x   7.34x   7.15x   10.66x   8.78x   51.86216595 
Price-book ratio   =  P/B    51.24%   70.75%   65.08%   74.26%   68.19%   0.557004076 
Price-tangible book ratio   =  P/TB    51.24%   77.46%   71.57%   81.80%   73.28%   0.557004076 
Price-assets ratio   =  P/A    7.86%   8.27%   8.39%   9.14%   8.09%   0.131600436 

 

             % of   % of Offering       
Valuation Parameters             Offering   + Foundation       
Pre-Conversion Earnings (Y)  $34,542,000    (12 Mths 3/23)   ESOP Stock as % of Offering (E)   8.3333%   8.0000%      
Pre-Conversion Core Earnings  $31,151,000    (12 Mths 3/23)   Cost of ESOP Borrowings (S)   0.00%           
Pre-Conversion Book Value (B)  $351,787,000    (3/23)  ESOP Amortization (T)   20.00    years                      
Intangibles  $0    (3/23)  SBP Stock as % of Offering (M)   4.1667%   4.0000%      
Pre-Conv. Tang. Book Value (B)  $351,787,000    (3/23)  Stock Programs Vesting (N)   5.00    years       
Pre-Conversion Assets (A)  $3,716,055,000    (3/23)  Fixed Expenses  $2,395,000            
Reinv. Rate: (5 Yr Treas)@3/31/23   3.60%       Subscr/Dir Comm Exp (Mdpnt)  $8,000,000    3.33%      
Tax rate (TAX)   25.00%       Total Expenses (Midpoint)  $10,395,000            
A-T Reinvestment Rate(R)   2.70%       Syndicate Expenses (Mdpnt)  $0    0.00%      
Est. Conversion Expenses (1)(X)   1.93%       Syndicate Amount  $0            
Insider Purchases ($)  $5,000,000        Percent Sold (PCT)   100.00%           
Price/Share  $10.00        MHC Assets  $0            
Foundation Cash Contrib. (FC)  $2,000,000        Options as % of Offering (O1)   10.4167%   10.00%      
Found. Stk Contrib (% of offering (FS)   4.1667%       Estimated Option Value (O2)   49.50%           
Foundation Tax Benefit (Z)  $3,625,000        Option Vesting Period (O3)   5.00    years       
Foundation Amount (Mdpt.)  $12,500,000        % of Options taxable (O4)   25.00%           

 

Calculation of Pro Forma Value After Conversion

 

1.    V= P/E * (Y)   V= $312,500,000                                 
  1 - P/E * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-FC-FS)*R - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N)-(1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)            
               
1.    V= P/E * (Y)   V= $312,500,000      
  1 - P/Core E * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-FC-FS)*R - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N)-(1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)            
               
2.    V= P/B  *  (B+Z)          V= $312,500,000      
  1 - P/B * PCT * (1-X-E-M-FC-FS)                   
                           
2.    V= P/TB  *  (TB+Z)          V= $312,500,000      
  1 - P/TB * PCT * (1-X-E-M-FC-FS)                   
                       
3.    V= P/A * (A+Z+PA)               V= $312,500,000      
    1 - P/A * PCT * (1-X-E-M-FC-FS)                   

 

                   Market Value   Market Value 
   Shares Sold   Foundation   Total Shares   Price Per   of Stock Sold   of Stock Issued 
Valuation Conclusion  to Public   Shares   Issued   Share   in Offering   in Reorganization 
Supermaximum   39,675,000    1,653,125    41,328,125   $10.00   $396,750,000   $413,281,250 
Maximum   34,500,000    1,437,500    35,937,500    10.00    345,000,000   $359,375,000 
Midpoint   30,000,000    1,250,000    31,250,000    10.00    300,000,000   $312,500,000 
Minimum   25,500,000    1,062,500    26,562,500    10.00    255,000,000   $265,625,000 
                               
    Shares Sold    Foundation    Total Shares                
Valuation Conclusion   to Public    Shares    Issued                
Supermaximum   96.000%   4.000%   100.000%               
Maximum   96.000%   4.000%   100.000%               
Midpoint   96.000%   4.000%   100.000%               
Minimum   96.000%   4.000%   100.000%               

 

(1) Estimated offering expenses at midpoint of the offering. 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-8 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

NB Bancorp, Inc.

At the Minimum of the Range

 

1.  Market Value of Shares Sold In Offering:  $255,000,000 
   Market Value of Shares Issued to Foundation:   10,625,000 
     Total Market Value of Company:  $265,625,000 
         
2.  Offering Proceeds of Shares Sold In Offering  $255,000,000 
      Less: Estimated Offering Expenses   5,483,125 
    Net Conversion Proceeds  $249,516,875 
         
3.  Estimated Additional Equity and Income from Offering Proceeds     
   Net Conversion Proceeds  $249,516,875 
       Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation   (2,000,000)
       Less: Non-Cash ESOP Stock Purchases (1)   (21,250,000)
       Less: Non-Cash SBP Stock Purchases (2)   (10,625,000)
   Net Conversion Proceeds Reinvested  $215,641,875 
   Estimated After-Tax Reinvestment Rate   2.70%
       Earnings from Reinvestment of Proceeds  $5,822,331 
       Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings(1)   0 
       Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings(1)   (796,875)
       Less: Stock Programs Vesting (2)   (1,593,750)
       Less: Option Plan Vesting (3)   (2,465,332)
   Net Earnings Increase  $966,374 

 

          Net      
       Before  Earnings   After  
4.   Pro Forma Earnings  Conversion  Increase   Conversion  
    12 Months ended March 31, 2023 (reported)  $ 34,542,000  $966,374   $35,508,374  
    12 Months ended March 31, 2023 (core)  $ 31,151,000  $966,374   $32,117,374  

 

      Before   Net Equity   Tax Benefit   After 
5.  Pro Forma Net Worth  Conversion   Proceeds   of Foundation   Conversion 
  March 31, 2023  $351,787,000   $215,641,875   $3,156,250   $570,585,125 
   March 31, 2023 (Tangible)  $351,787,000   $215,641,875   $3,156,250   $570,585,125 

 

      Before   Net Cash   Tax Benefit   After 
6.  Pro Forma Assets  Conversion   Proceeds   of Foundation   Conversion 
  March 31, 2023  $3,716,055,000   $215,641,875   $3,156,250   $3,934,853,125 

 

(1) ESOP stock (8% of offering and foundation) amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 25.0%.

(2) Stock programs (4% of offering and foundation) amortized over 5 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 25.0%.

(3) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25% taxable.  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

NB Bancorp, Inc.

At the Midpoint of the Range

 

1.  Market Value of Shares Sold In Offering:  $300,000,000 
   Market Value of Shares Issued to Foundation:   12,500,000 
     Total Market Value of Company:  $312,500,000 
         
2.  Offering Proceeds of Shares Sold In Offering  $300,000,000 
      Less: Estimated Offering Expenses   6,040,000 
    Net Conversion Proceeds  $293,960,000 
         
3.  Estimated Additional Equity and Income from Offering Proceeds     
   Net Conversion Proceeds  $293,960,000 
       Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation   (2,000,000)
       Less: Non-Cash ESOP Stock Purchases (1)   (25,000,000)
       Less: Non-Cash SBP Stock Purchases (2)   (12,500,000)
   Net Conversion Proceeds Reinvested  $254,460,000 
   Estimated After-Tax Reinvestment Rate   2.70%
       Earnings from Reinvestment of Proceeds  $6,870,420 
       Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings(1)   0 
       Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings(1)   (937,500)
       Less: Stock Programs Vesting (2)   (1,875,000)
       Less: Option Plan Vesting (3)   (2,900,391)
   Net Earnings Increase  $1,157,529 

 

          Net     
      Before   Earnings   After 
4.  Pro Forma Earnings  Conversion   Increase   Conversion 
  12 Months ended March 31, 2023 (reported)  $34,542,000   $1,157,529   $35,699,529 
   12 Months ended March 31, 2023 (core)  $31,151,000   $1,157,529   $32,308,529 

 

      Before   Net Capital   Tax Benefit   After 
5.  Pro Forma Net Worth  Conversion   Proceeds   of Foundation   Conversion 
  March 31, 2023  $351,787,000   $254,460,000   $3,625,000   $609,872,000 
   March 31, 2023 (Tangible)  $351,787,000   $254,460,000   $3,625,000   $609,872,000 

 

      Before   Net Cash   Tax Benefit   After 
6.  Pro Forma Assets  Conversion   Proceeds   of Foundation   Conversion 
  March 31, 2023  $3,716,055,000   $254,460,000   $3,625,000   $3,974,140,000 

 

(1) ESOP stock (8% of offering and foundation) amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 25.0%.

(2) Stock programs (4% of offering and foundation) amortized over 5 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 25.0%.

(3) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25% taxable.                                    

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-8
PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS
NB Bancorp, Inc.
At the Maximum of the Range

 

1.  Market Value of Shares Sold In Offering:  $345,000,000 
   Market Value of Shares Issued to Foundation:   14,375,000 
     Total Market Value of Company:  $359,375,000 
         
2.  Offering Proceeds of Shares Sold In Offering  $345,000,000 
      Less: Estimated Offering Expenses   6,596,875 
    Net Conversion Proceeds  $338,403,125 
         
3.  Estimated Additional Equity and Income from Offering Proceeds     
   Net Conversion Proceeds  $338,403,125 
       Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation   (2,000,000)
       Less: Non-Cash ESOP Stock Purchases (1)   (28,750,000)
       Less: Non-Cash SBP Stock Purchases (2)   (14,375,000)
   Net Conversion Proceeds Reinvested  $293,278,125 
   Estimated After-Tax Reinvestment Rate   2.70%
       Earnings from Reinvestment of Proceeds  $7,918,509 
       Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings(1)   0 
       Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings(1)   (1,078,125)
       Less: Stock Programs Vesting (2)   (2,156,250)
       Less: Option Plan Vesting (3)   (3,335,449)
   Net Earnings Increase  $1,348,685 

 

          Net     
      Before   Earnings   After 
4.  Pro Forma Earnings  Conversion   Increase   Conversion 
  12 Months ended March 31, 2023 (reported)  $34,542,000   $1,348,685   $35,890,685 
   12 Months ended March 31, 2023 (core)  $31,151,000   $1,348,685   $32,499,685 

 

      Before   Net Capital   Tax Benefit   After 
5.  Pro Forma Net Worth  Conversion   Proceeds   of Foundation   Conversion 
  March 31, 2023  $351,787,000   $293,278,125   $4,093,750   $649,158,875 
   March 31, 2023 (Tangible)  $351,787,000   $293,278,125   $4,093,750   $649,158,875 

 

      Before   Net Cash   Tax Benefit   After 
6.  Pro Forma Assets  Conversion   Proceeds   of Foundation   Conversion 
  March 31, 2023  $3,716,055,000   $293,278,125   $4,093,750   $4,013,426,875 

 

(1) ESOP stock (8% of offering and foundation) amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 25.0%.

(2) Stock programs (4% of offering and foundation) amortized over 5 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 25.0%.

(3) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25% taxable.                                    

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-8
PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS
NB Bancorp, Inc.
At the Supermaximum Value

 

1.  Market Value of Shares Sold In Offering:  $396,750,000 
   Market Value of Shares Issued to Foundation:   16,531,250 
     Total Market Value of Company:  $413,281,250 
         
2.  Offering Proceeds of Shares Sold In Offering  $396,750,000 
      Less: Estimated Offering Expenses   7,237,281 
    Net Conversion Proceeds  $389,512,719 
         
3.  Estimated Additional Equity and Income from Offering Proceeds     
   Net Conversion Proceeds  $389,512,719 
       Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation   (2,000,000)
       Less: Non-Cash ESOP Stock Purchases (1)   (33,062,494)
       Less: Non-Cash MRP Stock Purchases (2)   (16,531,242)
   Net Conversion Proceeds Reinvested  $337,918,983 
   Estimated After-Tax Reinvestment Rate   2.70%
       Earnings from Reinvestment of Proceeds  $9,123,813 
       Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings(1)   0 
       Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings(1)   (1,239,844)
       Less: Stock Programs Vesting (2)   (2,479,688)
       Less: Option Plan Vesting (3)   (3,835,767)
   Net Earnings Increase  $1,568,515 

 

          Net     
      Before   Earnings   After 
4.  Pro Forma Earnings  Conversion   Increase   Conversion 
  12 Months ended March 31, 2023 (reported)  $34,542,000   $1,568,515   $36,110,515 
   12 Months ended March 31, 2023 (core)  $31,151,000   $1,568,515   $32,719,515 

 

      Before   Net Capital   Tax Benefit   After 
5.  Pro Forma Net Worth  Conversion   Proceeds   of Foundation   Conversion 
  March 31, 2023  $351,787,000   $337,918,983   $4,632,813   $694,338,795 
   March 31, 2023 (Tangible)  $351,787,000   $337,918,983   $4,632,813   $694,338,795 

 

      Before   Net Cash   Tax Benefit   After 
6.  Pro Forma Assets  Conversion   Proceeds   of Foundation   Conversion 
  March 31, 2023  $3,716,055,000   $337,918,983   $4,632,813   $4,058,606,795 

 

(1) ESOP stock (8% of offering and foundation) amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 25.0%.

(2) Stock programs (4% of offering and foundation) amortized over 5 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 25.0%.

(3) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25% taxable.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT V-1 

RP® Financial, LC. 

Firm Qualifications Statement

 

 

 

  

 

 

FIRM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

 

RP® Financial (“RP®) provides financial and management consulting, merger advisory and valuation services to the financial services industry nationwide. We offer a broad array of services, high quality and prompt service, hands-on involvement by principals and senior staff, careful structuring of strategic initiatives and sophisticated valuation and other analyses consistent with industry practices and regulatory requirements. Our staff maintains extensive background in financial and management consulting, valuation and investment banking. Our clients include commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies and other financial services companies.  

 

STRATEGIC PLANNING SERVICES

 

RP®’s strategic planning services are designed to provide effective feasible plans with quantifiable results. We analyze strategic options to enhance shareholder value, achieve regulatory approval or realize other objectives. Such services involve conducting situation analyses; establishing mission/vision statements, developing strategic goals and objectives; and identifying strategies to enhance franchise and/or market value, capital management, earnings enhancement, operational matters and organizational issues. Strategic recommendations typically focus on: capital formation and management, asset/liability targets, profitability, return on equity and stock pricing. Our proprietary financial simulation models provide the basis for evaluating the impact of various strategies and assessing their feasibility and compatibility with regulations.  

 

MERGER ADVISORY SERVICES

 

RP®’s merger advisory services include targeting potential buyers and sellers, assessing acquisition merit, conducting due diligence, negotiating and structuring merger transactions, preparing merger business plans and financial simulations, rendering fairness opinions, preparing mark-to-market analyses, valuing intangible assets and supporting the implementation of post-acquisition strategies. Our merger advisory services involve transactions of financially healthy companies and failed bank deals. RP® is also expert in de novo charters and shelf charters. Through financial simulations, comprehensive data bases, valuation proficiency and regulatory familiarity, RP®’s merger advisory services center on enhancing shareholder returns.

 

VALUATION SERVICES

 

RP®’s extensive valuation practice includes bank and thrift mergers, thrift mutual-to-stock conversions, goodwill impairment, insurance company demutualizations, ESOPs, subsidiary companies, merger accounting and other purposes. We are highly experienced in performing appraisals which conform to regulatory guidelines and appraisal standards. RP® is the nation’s leading valuation firm for thrift mutual-to-stock conversions, with appraised values ranging up to $4 billion.  

 

OTHER CONSULTING SERVICES

 

RP® offers other consulting services including evaluating the impact of regulatory changes (TARP, etc.), branching and diversification strategies, feasibility studies and special research. We assist banks/thrifts in preparing CRA plans and evaluating wealth management activities on a de novo or merger basis. Our other consulting services are facilitated by proprietary valuation and financial simulation models.

 

KEY PERSONNEL (Years of Relevant Experience & Contact Information)

 

Ronald S. Riggins, Managing Director (42) (703) 647-6543 rriggins@rpfinancial.com
William E. Pommerening, Managing Director (38) (703) 647-6546 wpommerening@rpfinancial.com
James P. Hennessey, Director (36) (703) 647-6544 jhennessey@rpfinancial.com
James J. Oren, Director (34) (703) 647-6549 joren@rpfinancial.com
Gregory E. Dunn, Director (38) (703) 647-6548 gdunn@rpfinancial.com

 

 

1311-A Dolley Madison Blvd., Suite 2A Telephone: (703) 528-1700
McLean, VA 22101 Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
www.rpfinancial.com E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.6

 

 

 

June 9, 2023

 

NB Financial, MHC
NB Financial, Inc. 

Needham Bank 

1063 Great Plain Avenue 

Needham, Massachusetts 02149

 

Re:Plan of Conversion

NB Financial, MHC 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

Needham Bank

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Boards of Directors of NB Financial, MHC (the “MHC”), NB Financial, Inc. and Needham Bank (the “Bank”). The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”). Pursuant to the Plan, a new Maryland stock holding company named NB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) has been organized and will sell shares of common stock in a public offering. When the Conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.

 

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing an amount equal to the Mutual Holding Company’s total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Conversion. The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in the Bank. We further understand that the Bank will also establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to the Company’s liquidation account, pursuant to the Plan. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interest in the event of liquidation of the Bank (or the Company and the Bank).

 

In the unlikely event that either the Bank (or the Company and the Bank) were to liquidate after the Conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the liquidation account maintained by the Company. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of the Bank, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and the Bank has positive net worth, the Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in the Bank, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall have an equivalent interest in such bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

 

Washington Headquarters    
1311-A Dolley Madison Boulevard  Telephone: (703) 528-1700 
Suite 2A  Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 
McLean, VA 22101  www.rpfinancial.com
  E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

 

RP® Financial, LC. 

Boards of Directors 

June 9, 2023 

Page 2  

 

Based upon our review of the Plan and our observation that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of the Bank (or the Company and the Bank), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to the Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the FRB, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors’ interest in such account to the Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of the Bank, no longer subject to the Company’s creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the Needham Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Cormpany lacks sufficient net assets and does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs on the prior page. We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.

 

  Sincerely,
  RP® Financial, LC.
   
  Signature - RP
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EX-FILINGFEES

 

Calculation of Filing Fee Tables

 

Form S-1 

(Form Type)

 

NB Bancorp, Inc. 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Table 1: Newly Registered Securities

 

  Security
Type
Security Class
Title
Fee
Calculation
Rule 
Amount
Registered
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
Per Unit
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
Fee Rate Amount of
Registration
Fee
Fees to be paid Equity Common stock, $0.01 par value per share Rule 457(a) 41,328,125(1) $10.00 $413,281,250 0.0001102 $45,543.59
  Total Offering Amounts   $413,281,250   $45,543.59
  Total Fees Previously Paid       $0
  Total Fee Offsets       ̶
  Net Fee Due       $45,543.59

 

(1)Includes 39,675,000 shares to be offered for sale in the stock offering and 1,653,125 shares to be issued to Needham Bank Charitable Foundation, Inc.